TK Syllabus Comparison Document

General Information
This document has been created to support the Agency in transitioning the ECQB to align with the syllabus, learning objecti
for the theoretical knowledge (TK) examinations associated with the ATPL(A), CPL(A), ATPL(H)/IR, ATPL(H)/VFR, CPL(A)H (re
in this document), IR(A and H), CBIR(A) and EIR(A), as published in the ED Decisions listed below. The relevant AMCs are AM
FCL.615(b), AMC2 FCL.615(b) to AMC8 FCL.615(b), AMC1 ARA.FCL.300(b) and AMC2 ARA.FCL.300(b)).

The amendments to these AMCs as published in 2018 are described as the “new syllabus” in this document:
- Amendment 4 to Part-FCL, EDD 2018/001/R,
- Amendment 6 to Part-FCL, EDD 2018/011/R,
- Amendment 6 to Part-ARA, EDD 2018/011/R.

Comparison is made with the TK syllabi and LOs as published in the ED Decisions listed below. These are described as the “
- Amendment 1 to Part-FCL, EDD 2014/022/R for the CBIR(A) and EIR(A),
- Amendment 2 to Part-FCL, EDD 2016/008/R for a professional licence (A or H), and the IR(A and H).

Note that subjects 091 VFR Communications and 092 IFR Communications are NOT contained in this document. The forthc
Communications will only be published once Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011 has been amended to combine the subjects. T
Opinion No 06/2017.

Feedback: the Agency welcomes feedback on this TK syllabus comparison from stakeholders via email to ECQB@easa.euro

Proposals for amendments / improvements to the TK syllabus and LOs should be communicated to the Agency following th
as described on the Agency website: https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-library/rulemaking-programmes/rulemaking

Disclaimer
The TK Syllabus Comparison Document is made available for information purposes only. While every care has been taken i
Syllabus Comparison Document to avoid errors, the Agency makes no warranty as to the accuracy, completeness or curren
not be liable for any kind of damages or other claims or demands incurred as a result of incorrect, insufficient or invalid da
with the use, copying or display of the content, to the extent permitted by European and national laws. The information co
not be construed as legal advice.
Contents
The following subjects are covered in individual worksheets:
- 010 Air Law
- 021 Aircraft General Knowledge – Airframe, Systems and Powerplant
- 022 Aircraft General Knowledge - Instrumentation
- 031 Mass & Balance
- 032 Performance – Aeroplanes
- 033 Flight Planning and Monitoring
- 034 Performance – Helicopters
- 040 Human Performance and Limitations
- 050 Meteorology
- 061 General Navigation
- 062 Radio Navigation
- 070 Operational Procedures
- 081 Principles of Flight – Aeroplanes
- 082 Principles of Flight - Helicopters

A standard format has been applied to each sheet. In addition there are filters to allow the information to be sorted in the
the old or new syllabus structure, and to apply filters relating to the nature of the modification, and the licence/rating type
structure, starting from column A:

Index: each row has a unique number. The sequence is primarily based on that of The new syllabus.
Old syllabus text: based on amendment 2 to Part-FCL and taking into account the LOs for the CBIR and EIR as published in
new syllabus and LOs are indicated (see further below).
Old syllabus reference: the numbering published in amendments 1 and 2 to Part-FCL is modified to include dots between
LO (Note: some old LOs are listed more than once, where there has been a lot of movement of LOs within a subject. They w
the same part of the subject along with a cross-reference to the relevant new LO, and are listed again in the part of the wo
syllabus containing the new LO).

New syllabus reference: the numbering as published in amendments 4 and 6 to Part-FCL is modified to include dots betwe
Moved to/from another subject: a brief comment is made where this is the case.
New syllabus text: based on amendments 4 and 6 to Part-FCL.
Renumbered: an “x” indicates that there is a difference between the old and new syllabus references.
New: an “x” indicates that the LO is new to the syllabus.
Deleted: an “x” indicates that the old LO is not retained in the new syllabus.
Text unmodified: an “x” indicates that the wording of the text is the same in the old and new syllabi (style elements such a
layout are not indicated).
Reworded, intent the same: an “x” indicates that the revised working does not alter the specific issue or depth of knowled
to know/understand (e.g. grammatical improvements, abbreviations written out or terms abbreviated).
Reworded, intent modified: an “x” indicates that a significant change is introduced (e.g. accounting for technological adva
/ modified terms, or a different depth of knowledge is indicated by the key verb, considering GM1 FCL.310; FCL.515(b); FCL
Columns M to S on the licences and instrument ratings: an “x” indicates that the LO applies to this licence/rating, as per th
Background knowledge: the “x” is as per the new syllabus, and indicates that the LO must be taught but is not addressed d
the ECQB. These LOs will no longer be the subject of dedicated examination questions which focus only on the specific sub
example, recalling the appropriate unit of measurement to be used. However, student pilots will still be required to assimi
required by the BK LOs in order to have the ability to answer examination questions based on LOs which target higher leve
subject. These other LOs, themselves, build upon this basic knowledge. The ATOs must ensure that all LOs (including BK LO
course of training being delivered are covered.

Differences between the old and new syllabi and LOs are indicated.
The colour code is as follows:
Red indicates modifications – where the text is also struck-through, it indicates that it is deleted. Under columns M to S, an
applicable to the relevant licence/rating type.
Green indicates a completely new text, reference and exam association
Blue identifies the source as mentioned in the LO.
Purple indicates that the LO has been moved to a different topic/subtopic/paragraph within the subject or to a completely
Version: 1
Date: 11/8/2018
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus New syllabus Moved to/from
reference reference another subject

Index

1 AIR LAW 010.00.00.00 010.00.00.00

2 INTERNATIONAL LAW: CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS AND 010.01.00.00 010.01.00.00
ORGANISATIONS
3 The Convention on International Civil Aviation (Chicago) – ICAO 010.01.01.00 010.01.01.00
DOC 7300
4 010.01.01.01

5 Explain the historical background that led to the establishment 010.01.01.00.01 010.01.01.01.01
of the Convention on International Civil Aviation, Chicago, 7
December 1944.

6 Part I - Air navigation 010.01.01.01 010.01.01.02

7 Be familiar with the general contents of relevant parts of the 010.01.01.01.01 010.01.01.02.01
following Chapters:
— general principles and application of the Convention;
— flight over territory of contracting States;
— nationality of aircraft;
— measures to facilitate air navigation;
— conditions to be fulfilled with respect to aircraft;
— international standards and recommended practices (SARPs)
especially notification of differences and validity of endorsed
certificates and licences.

8 General principles. Describe the application of the following 010.01.01.01.02 010.01.01.02.02

terms in Civil Aviation:
— sovereignty;
— territory, high seas, according to the UN Convention of the
High Seas.

9 Define the following terms and explain how they apply to 010.01.01.01.03 010.01.01.02.03
international air traffic:
- right of non-scheduled flight (including the two technical
freedoms of the air)
- scheduled air services
- cabotage
- landing at customs airports
- applicability of air regulations
- rules of the air
- search of aircraft.

10 Describe the duties of Contracting States in relation to: 010.01.01.01.04 010.01.01.02.04

- documents carried in aircraft
- certificate of registration,
- certificates of airworthiness,
- licenses of personnel,
- recognition of certificates and licenses,
- cargo restrictions,
- photographic apparatus.

11 Part II - The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) 010.01.01.02 010.01.01.03

12 Describe the objectives of ICAO. 010.01.01.02.01 010.01.01.03.01

13 Explain the organisation and duties of the ICAO Assembly, 010.01.01.02.02 010.01.01.03.02
Council and Air Navigation Commission (ANC).

14 Explain the organisation and duties of ICAO Headquarters and 010.01.01.02.03

Regional Offices.
15 Describe the worldwide ICAO regions. 010.01.01.02.04
16 Be familiar with the hierarchy of ICAO publications (SARPs, Docs) 010.01.01.02.05 010.01.01.03.03
- annexes to the Convention - documents.
17 Other conventions and agreements 010.01.02.00 010.01.02.00
18 The International Air Services Transit Agreement (ICAO 010.01.02.01 010.01.02.01
Doc 7500)
19 Explain the two technical freedoms of the air. 010.01.02.01.01 010.01.02.01.01

20 The International Air Transport Agreement 010.01.02.02 010.01.02.02

21 Explain the three commercial freedoms of the air. 010.01.02.02.01 010.01.02.02.01

22 Describe legal situation within the EU with regards to the 010.01.02.02.02

Freedoms of the Air.
23 Suppression of unlawful acts against the safety of civil aviation; 010.01.02.03 010.01.02.03
the Conventions of Tokyo, Den Haag, Montreal
24 Explain the facts that led to the Conventions and Supplements 010.01.02.03.01
concerning unlawful acts against the safety of civil aviation.
25 Explain the content of the Convention on Unlawful Acts 010.01.02.03.02
Committed on Board Aircraft.
(Doc 8364 - Convention on Offences and Certain Other Acts
Committed on Board Aircraft, Tokyo 14 September 1963).

26 Explain the content of the Convention on Suppression of 010.01.02.03.03

Unlawful Seizure of Aircraft. (Doc 8920 - Convention for the
Suppression of Unlawful Seizure of Aircraft, Den Haag 16
December 1970 and Protocol for the Suppression of Unlawful
Acts against the Safety of Civil Aviation, Montreal 23 September
1971).

27 Explain the content of the Convention on Suppression of 010.01.02.03.04

Unlawful Acts of Violence at Airports Serving International Civil
Aviation in accordance with: (Doc 8966 - Convention for the
Suppression of Unlawful Acts against the Safety of Civil Aviation,
done at Montreal 23.9.1971, signed at Montreal 24 February
1988).

28 Describe measures and actions to be taken by the PIC of an 010.01.02.03.05 010.01.02.03.01

aircraft in order to suppress Unlawful Acts against the Safety of
the aircraft. (Doc 9518 – Protocol supplementary to the
Convention for the Suppression of Unlawful Acts against the
Safety of Civil Aviation, done at Montreal 23 September 1971,
signed at Montreal 24 February 1988).

29 Bilateral Agreements 010.01.02.04 010.01.02.04

30 International private law 010.01.02.05 010.01.02.05
31 Explain the Conventions and Protocols designed to cover liability 010.01.02.05.01
towards persons and goods in accordance with the Warsaw
System based on the Convention for the Unification of Certain
Rules Relating to International Carriage by Air, Warsaw, 2
October 1929.

32 Explain the legal significance of the issue of a passenger ticket 010.01.02.05.02 010.01.02.05.01
and/or of baggage/cargo documents.

33 Describe the consequences for an airline and/or the PIC when a 010.01.02.05.03 010.01.02.05.02
passenger ticket is not issued.

34 Explain that the liability towards persons and goods may be 010.01.02.05.04
unlimited, on the basis of the Montreal Convention of 28 May
1999.
35 Explain the consequences of the EU Regulation about passenger 010.01.02.05.05 010.01.02.05.03
rights in case of delay, cancellation or denied of boarding.

36 Explain the liability limit in relation to the destruction, loss, 010.01.02.05.06 010.01.02.05.04
damage or delay of baggage.

37 World organisations 010.01.03.00 010.01.03.00

38 The International Air Transport Association (IATA) 010.01.03.01 010.01.03.01
39 Describe the general organisation and objectives of IATA. 010.01.03.01.01 010.01.03.01.01

40 European organisations 010.01.04.00 010.01.04.00

41 European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) 010.01.04.01 010.01.04.01

42 Describe the general organisation and objectives of EASA. 010.01.04.01.01 010.01.04.01.01

43 Describe the role of EASA in European civil aviation. 010.01.04.01.02 010.01.04.01.02
44 Describe the role of the National Aviation Authorities (NAAs) in 010.01.04.01.03
relation to EASA.
45 Give an overview of the EASA Regulations' structure. 010.01.04.01.04 010.01.04.01.03

46 Describe the relationship between EASA, ICAO and other organisa 010.01.04.01.05
47 010.01.04.01.04

48 EUROCONTROL 010.01.04.02 010.01.04.02

49 Describe the objectives of the Convention relating to the 010.01.04.02.01 010.01.04.02.01
Cooperation for the Safety of Air Navigation (Eurocontrol) and
the Single European Sky (SES) Regulations.
50 European Civil Aviation Conference (ECAC) 010.01.04.03
51 Give a brief summary of the European Civil Aviation Conference (E010.01.04.03.01
52 AIRWORTHINESS OF AIRCRAFT 010.02.00.00 010.02.00.00

53 ICAO Annex 8 and the Certification Specifications 010.02.01.00 010.02.01.00

54 Explain the definitions in ICAO Annex 8. 010.02.01.00.01
55 Explain how the airworthiness Standards of ICAO Annex 8 and 010.02.01.00.02
the Certification Specifications (CSs) are related to each other.
56 State which aircraft the Standards of ICAO Annex 8 and the CSs 010.02.01.00.03
shall apply to.
57 Certificate of Airworthiness ( C-of-A) 010.02.02.00 010.02.02.00
58 010.02.02.01
59 State the Issuing Authority of a CofA. 010.02.02.00.01 010.02.02.01.01

60 State the necessity to have a CofA. 010.02.02.00.02 010.02.02.01.02

61 Explain the various elements that are required for a CofA. 010.02.02.00.03 010.02.02.01.03

62 State who shall determine the continuity of an aircraft’s 010.02.02.00.04 010.02.02.01.04

airworthiness.

63 Describe how a Certificate of Airworthiness can be renewed or 010.02.02.00.05 010.02.02.01.05

may remain valid.

64 AIRCRAFT NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION MARKS 010.03.00.00 010.02.03.00

65 Definitions in ICAO Annex 7 010.03.01.00 010.02.03.01
66 Recall the definitions of the following terms: 010.03.01.00.01 010.02.03.01.01
- aircraft
- heavier-than-air aircraft
- State of Registry.

67 Aircraft Nationality, common and registration marks to be used 010.03.02.00 010.02.04.00

68 010.02.04.01

69 State the location of nationality and common and registration 010.03.02.00.01 010.02.04.01.01
marks.

70 Explain the combination of nationality and registration marks 010.03.02.00.02

(sequence, use of hyphen).
71 State who is responsible for assigning registration marks. 010.03.02.00.03 010.02.04.01.02

72 World Organisation 010.03.00.00 010.03.00.00

73 PERSONNEL LICENSING 010.04.00.00 010.04.00.00
74 ICAO Annex 1 010.04.01.00 010.04.01.00
75 Differences between ICAO Annex 1 and the Regulation on 010.04.01.01 010.04.01.01
Aircrew
76 Describe the relationship and differences between ICAO Annex 1 010.04.01.01.01 010.04.01.01.01
and the Aircrew Regulation.
77 Part-FCL 010.04.02.00 010.04.02.00

78 Definitions 010.04.02.01 010.04.02.01

79 Define the following: category of aircraft, cross-country, dual 010.04.02.01.01 010.04.02.01.01
instruction time, flight time, SPIC, instrument time, instrument
flight time, instrument ground time, MCC, multi-pilot aircraft,
night, private pilot, proficiency check, renewal, revalidation, skill
test, solo flight time, type of aircraft.

80 Define the following: multi-pilot aeroplanes, PPL, CPL, rating. 010.04.02.01.02 010.04.02.01.02

81 Content and structure 010.04.02.02 010.04.02.02

82 Explain the structure of Part FCL. 010.04.02.02.01 010.04.02.02.01

83 Understand the difference between Part-FCL and AMC/GM to 010.04.02.02.02

Part-FCL.
84 Explain the requirements to act as a flight crew member of a 010.04.02.02.03 010.04.02.02.02
civil aircraft registered in a Member State.

85 State to what extent Member States will accept certificates 010.04.02.02.04

issued by other Member States.
86 List the two factors that are relevant for the exercise of the 010.04.02.02.05 010.04.02.02.03
privileges of a licence.

87 State the circumstances in which a language-proficiency 010.04.02.02.06 010.04.02.02.04

endorsement is required.

88 List the restrictions for licence holders with an age of 60 years or 010.04.02.02.07 010.04.02.02.05
more.

89 Explain the term 'competent authority'. 010.04.02.02.08 010.04.02.02.06

90 Describe the obligation to carry and present documents (e.g. a 010.04.02.02.09 010.04.02.02.07
flight crew licence) under Part-FCL.

91 Commercial Pilot Licence – CPL 010.04.02.03 010.04.02.03

92 State the requirements for the issue of a CPL. 010.04.02.03.01 010.04.02.03.01

93 State the privileges of a CPL. 010.04.02.03.02 010.04.02.03.02

94 Airline Transport Pilot Licence – ATPL and Multi-crew Pilot 010.04.02.04 010.04.02.04
Licence (MPL)
95 State the requirements for the issue of an ATPL and MPL. 010.04.02.04.01 010.04.02.04.01

96 State the privileges of an ATPL and MPL. 010.04.02.04.02 010.04.02.04.02

97 State the requirements for the issue of an ATPL and MPL. 010.04.02.04.01 010.04.02.04.03

98 State the privileges of an ATPL and MPL. 010.04.02.04.02 010.04.02.04.04

99 Ratings 010.04.02.05 010.04.02.05

100 Explain the requirements for class ratings, their validity and 010.04.02.05.01 010.04.02.05.01
privileges.

101 Explain the requirements for type ratings, their validity and 010.04.02.05.02 010.04.02.05.02
privileges.

102 Explain the requirements for instrument ratings, their validity 010.04.02.05.03 010.04.02.05.03
and privileges.
103 010.04.02.05.04

104 Part-MED 010.04.03.00 010.04.03.00

105 010.04.03.01
106 Describe the relevant content of Part-MED - Medical 010.04.03.00.01 010.04.03.01.01
Requirements (administrative parts and requirements related to
licensing only).

107 State the requirements for a medical certificate. 010.04.03.00.02 010.04.03.01.02

108 Name the kind of medical certificate required when exercising 010.04.03.00.03 010.04.03.01.03
the privileges of a CPL or ATPL.

109 State the actions to be taken in case of a decrease in medical 010.04.03.00.04 010.04.03.01.04
fitness.

110 RULES OF THE AIR 010.05.00.00 010.05.00.00

111 Definitions in ICAO Annex 2 010.05.01.00 010.05.01.00

112 010.05.01.01
113 Explain the definitions of ICAO Annex 2. 010.05.01.00.01 010.05.01.01.01

114 010.05.01.01.02

115 Applicability of the Rules of the Air 010.05.02.00 010.05.02.00

116 010.05.02.01
117 Explain the Territorial Application of the ICAO Rules of the Air. 010.05.02.00.01 010.05.02.01.01

118 Explain the compliance with the Rules of the Air. 010.05.02.00.02 010.05.02.01.02

119 State who on board an aircraft is primarily responsible for the 010.05.02.00.03 010.05.02.01.03
operation of the aircraft in accordance with the Rules of the Air.
120 Indicate under what circumstances departure from the Rules of 010.05.02.00.04 010.05.02.01.04
the Air may be allowed.

121 Explain the duties of the PIC concerning pre-flight actions in case 010.05.02.00.05 010.05.02.01.05
of an IFR flight.

122 State who has the final authority as to the disposition of the 010.05.02.00.06 010.05.02.01.06
aircraft.

123 Explain the problematic in the use of psychoactive substances 010.05.02.00.07 010.05.02.01.07
by flight crew members.

124 General rules 010.05.03.00 010.05.03.00

125 010.05.03.01
126 Describe the rules for the avoidance of collisions. 010.05.03.00.01 010.05.03.01.01

127 Describe the lights to be displayed by aircraft. 010.05.03.00.02 010.05.03.01.02

128 Understand marshalling signals. 010.05.03.00.03 010.05.03.01.03

129 State the basic requirements for minimum height for the flight 010.05.03.00.04 010.05.03.01.04
over congested areas of cities, towns or settlements or over an
open-air assembly of persons.

130 Define when the cruising levels shall be expressed in terms of 010.05.03.00.05 010.05.03.01.05
flight levels (FL).

131 Define under what circumstances cruising levels shall be 010.05.03.00.06 010.05.03.01.06
expressed in terms of altitudes.
132 Explain the limitation for proximity to other aircraft and the 010.05.03.00.07 010.05.03.01.07
right-of-way rules, including holding at runway-holding positions
and lighted stop bars.

133 Describe the meaning of light signals displayed to and by the 010.05.03.00.08 010.05.03.01.08
aircraft.

134 Describe the requirements when carrying out simulated 010.05.03.00.09 010.05.03.01.09
instrument flights.

135 Indicate the basic rules for an aircraft operating on and in the 010.05.03.00.10 010.05.03.01.10
vicinity of an aerodrome (AD).

136 Explain the requirements for the submission of an ATS flight 010.05.03.00.11 010.05.03.01.11
plan.

137 Explain why a time check has to be obtained before the flight. 010.05.03.00.12
138 Explain the actions to be taken in case of flight plan change or 010.05.03.00.13 010.05.03.01.12
delay.

139 State the actions to be taken in case of inadvertent changes to 010.05.03.00.14 010.05.03.01.13
track, true airspeed (TAS) and time estimate affecting the
current flight plan.

140 Explain the procedures for closing a flight plan. 010.05.03.00.15 010.05.03.01.14

141 State for which flights an air traffic control clearance shall be 010.05.03.00.16 010.05.03.01.15
obtained.

142 State how a pilot may request an air traffic control clearance. 010.05.03.00.17 010.05.03.01.16

143 State the action to be taken if an air traffic control clearance is 010.05.03.00.18 010.05.03.01.17
not satisfactory to a pilot-in-command.

144 Describe the required actions to be carried out if the 010.05.03.00.19 010.05.03.01.18
continuation of a controlled VFR flight in VMC is not practicable
anymore.

145 Describe the provisions for transmitting a position report to the 010.05.03.00.20 010.05.03.01.19
appropriate ATS unit including time of transmission and normal
content of the message.

146 Describe the necessary action when an aircraft experiences a 010.05.03.00.21 010.05.03.01.20
COM failure.

147 State what information an aircraft being subjected to unlawful 010.05.03.00.22 010.05.03.01.21
interference shall give to the appropriate ATS unit.

148 Visual flight rules (VFR) 010.05.04.00 010.05.04.00

149 010.05.04.01
150 Describe the Visual Flight Rules as contained in Chapter 4 of 010.05.04.00.01 010.05.04.01.01
ICAO Annex 2.

151 Instrument flight rules (IFR) 010.05.05.00 010.05.05.00

152 010.05.05.01
153 Describe the Instrument Flight Rules as contained in Chapter 5 010.05.05.00.01 010.05.05.01.01
of ICAO Annex 2.

154 Interception of civil aircraft 010.05.06.00 010.05.06.00

155 010.05.06.01
156 List the possible reasons for the intercepting a civil aircraft. 010.05.06.00.01 010.05.06.01.01

157 State what primary action should be carried out by an 010.05.06.00.02 010.05.06.01.02
intercepted aircraft.

158 State which frequency should primarily be tried in order to 010.05.06.00.03 010.05.06.01.03
contact an intercepting aircraft.
159 State on which mode and code a transponder on board the 010.05.06.00.04 010.05.06.01.04
intercepted aircraft should be operated.

160 Recall the interception signals and phrases. 010.05.06.00.05 010.05.06.01.05

161 PROCEDURES FOR AIR NAVIGATION SERVICES – AIRCRAFT 010.06.00.00 010.06.00.00

OPERATIONS (PANS OPS)
162 Foreword and introduction 010.06.01.00 010.06.01.00
163 Translate the term “PANS-OPS“ into plain language. 010.06.01.00.01
164 State the general aim of PANS-OPS Flight Procedures (ICAO Doc 010.06.01.00.02
8168, Volume I).
165 Definitions and abbreviations 010.06.02.00 010.06.02.00

166 010.06.02.01
167 Recall all definitions included in ICAO Doc. 8168 Volume I, Part I, 010.06.02.00.01 010.06.02.01.01
Chapter 1.

168 Interpret all abbreviations as shown in ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, 010.06.02.00.02 010.06.02.01.02
Part I, Chapter 2.

169 Departure procedures 010.06.03.00 010.06.03.00

170 General criteria (assuming all engines operating) 010.06.03.01 010.06.03.01
171 Name the factors dictating the design of instrument departure 010.06.03.01.01 010.06.03.01.01
procedures.

172 Explain in which situations the criteria for omni-directional 010.06.03.01.02 010.06.03.01.02
departures are applied.

173 Standard instrument departures (SIDs) 010.06.03.02 010.06.03.02

174 Define the terms “straight departure” and “turning departure”. 010.06.03.02.01 010.06.03.02.01

175 State the responsibility of the operator when unable to utilize 010.06.03.02.02
the published departure procedures.
176 Omni-directional departures 010.06.03.03 010.06.03.03
177 Explain when the “omni-directional method” is used for 010.06.03.03.01 010.06.03.03.01
departure.
178 Describe the solutions when an omni-directional procedure is 010.06.03.03.02
not possible.
179 Published information 010.06.03.04 010.06.03.04
180 State the conditions for the publication of a SID and/or RNAV 010.06.03.04.01
route.
181 Describe how omni-directional departures are expressed in the 010.06.03.04.02
appropriate publication.
182 Area Navigation (RNAV) Departure Procedures and RNP-based 010.06.03.05 010.06.03.05
Departures
183 Explain the relationship between RNAV/RNP-based departure 010.06.03.05.01
procedures and those for approaches.
184 Approach procedures 010.06.04.00 010.06.04.00
185 General criteria 010.06.04.01 010.06.04.01
186 General criteria (except table “Speeds for procedure 010.06.04.01.01 010.06.04.01.01
calculations") of Approach Procedure Design.
Instrument Approach Areas,
Accuracy of fixes,
Fixes formed by Intersections,
Intersection fix tolerance factors,
other fix tolerance factors,
Approach Area Splays,
Descent Gradient.

187 Name the five possible segments of an instrument approach 010.06.04.01.02 010.06.04.01.02
procedure.

188 Give reasons for establishing aircraft categories for the 010.06.04.01.03 010.06.04.01.03
approach.

189 State the maximum angle between the final approach track and 010.06.04.01.04 010.06.04.01.04
the extended RWY centre-line to still consider a non-precision-
approach as being a “Straight-In Approach“.
190 State the minimum obstacle clearance provided by the 010.06.04.01.05 010.06.04.01.05
minimum sector altitudes (MSA) established for an aerodrome.

191 Describe the point of origin, shape, size and sub-divisions of the 010.06.04.01.06
area used for MSAs.
192 State that a pilot shall apply wind corrections wind when 010.06.04.01.07 010.06.04.01.06
carrying out an instrument approach procedures.
193 Name the most significant performance factor influencing the 010.06.04.01.08 010.06.04.01.07
conduct of Instrument Approach Procedures.

194 Explain why a pilot should not descend below OCA/Hs which are 010.06.04.01.09 010.06.04.01.08
established for:
- precision approach procedures;
- a non-precision approach procedures;
- visual (circling) procedures.

195 Describe in general terms, the relevant factors for the 010.06.04.01.10 010.06.04.01.09
calculation of operational minima.

196 Translate the following abbreviations into plain language: 010.06.04.01.11 010.06.04.01.10
DA, DH, OCA, OCH, MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, MDA/H.

197 Explain the relationship between the terms: 010.06.04.01.12 010.06.04.01.11

DA, DH, OCA, OCH, MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, MDA/H.

198 Approach procedure design 010.06.04.02 010.06.04.02

199 Describe how the vertical cross-section for each of the five 010.06.04.02.01 010.06.04.02.01
approach segments is broken down into the various areas.

200 State within which area of the cross-section the Minimum 010.06.04.02.02 010.06.04.02.02
Obstacle Clearance (MOC) is provided for the whole width of the
area.
201 Define the terms IAF, IF, FAF, MAPt and TP. 010.06.04.02.03 010.06.04.02.03

202 Name the area within which the plotted point of an intersection 010.06.04.02.04
fix may lie.
203 Explain by which factors the dimensions of an intersection fix 010.06.04.02.05
are determined.
204 State the accuracy of facilities providing track (VOR, ILS, NDB). 010.06.04.02.06 010.06.04.02.04

205 Describe the “other fix tolerance factors“: 010.06.04.02.07

Surveillance Radar (Terminal Area Radar / TAR, En-route
surveillance radar / RSR), DME, 75 MHz Marker Beacon, Fixes
overhead a station (VOR, NDB).

206 Describe the basic information relating to approach area splays. 010.06.04.02.08
207 State the optimum descent gradient (preferred for a precision 010.06.04.02.09 010.06.04.02.05
approach) in degrees and percent.

208 Arrival and approach segments 010.06.04.03 010.06.04.03

209 Name the five standard segments of an instrument APP 010.06.04.03.01 010.06.04.03.01
procedure and state the beginning and end for each of them.

210 Describe where an ARR route normally ends. 010.06.04.03.02 010.06.04.03.02

211 State whether or not omni-directional or sector arrivals can be pr 010.06.04.03.03

212 Explain the main task for the initial APP segment. 010.06.04.03.04 010.06.04.03.03

213 Describe the maximum angle of interception between the initial 010.06.04.03.05 010.06.04.03.04
APP segment and the intermediate APP segment (provided at
the intermediate fix) for a precision APP and a non-precision
APP.
214 Describe the main task of the intermediate APP segment. 010.06.04.03.06 010.06.04.03.05

215 State the main task of the final APP segment. 010.06.04.03.07 010.06.04.03.06

216 Name the two possible aims of a final APP. 010.06.04.03.08 010.06.04.03.07

217 Explain the term “final approach point“ in case of an ILS 010.06.04.03.09 010.06.04.03.08
approach.

218 State what happens if an ILS GP becomes inoperative during the 010.06.04.03.10 010.06.04.03.09
APP.

219 Missed approach 010.06.04.04 010.06.04.04

220 Name the three phases of a missed approach procedure and 010.06.04.04.01 010.06.04.04.01
describe their geometric limits.

221 Describe the main task of a missed approach procedure. 010.06.04.04.02 010.06.04.04.02

222 State at which height / altitude the missed approach is assured 010.06.04.04.03
to be initiated.
223 Define the term “missed approach point (MAPt)“. 010.06.04.04.04 010.06.04.04.03

224 Describe how an MAPt may be established in an approach 010.06.04.04.05 010.06.04.04.04

procedure.

225 State the pilot‘s reaction if, upon reaching the MAPt, the 010.06.04.04.06 010.06.04.04.05
required visual reference is not established.

226 Describe what a pilot is expected to do in the event a missed 010.06.04.04.07 010.06.04.04.06
approach is initiated prior to arriving at the MAPt.

227 State whether the pilot is obliged to cross the MAPt at the 010.06.04.04.08 010.06.04.04.07
height / altitude required by the procedure or whether he is
allowed to cross the MAPt at an altitude / height greater than
that required by the procedure.

228 Visual manoeuvring (circling) in the vicinity of the aerodrome 010.06.04.05 010.06.04.05
229 Describe what is meant by “visual manoeuvring (circling)”. 010.06.04.05.01 010.06.04.05.01

230 Describe how a prominent obstacle in the visual manoeuvring 010.06.04.05.02 010.06.04.05.02
(circling) area outside the final approach and missed approach
area has to be considered for the visual circling.

231 State for which category of aircraft the obstacle clearance 010.06.04.05.03 010.06.04.05.03
altitude/height within an established visual manoeuvring
(circling) area is determined.

232 Describe how an MDA/H is specified for visual manoeuvring 010.06.04.05.04 010.06.04.05.04
(circling) if the OCA/H is known.

233 State the conditions to be fulfilled before descending below 010.06.04.05.05 010.06.04.05.05
MDA/H in a visual manoeuvring (circling) approach.

234 Describe why there can be no single procedure designed that 010.06.04.05.06 010.06.04.05.06
will cater for conducting a circling approach in every situation.

235 State how the pilot is expected to behave after initial visual 010.06.04.05.07 010.06.04.05.07
contact during a visual manoeuvring (circling).
236 Describe what the pilot is expected to do if visual reference is 010.06.04.05.08 010.06.04.05.08
lost while circling to land from an instrument approach.

237 Area navigation (RNAV) approach procedures based on 010.06.04.06 010.06.04.06

VOR/DME
238 Describe the provisions that must be fulfilled before carrying out 010.06.04.06.01 010.06.04.06.01
VOR / DME RNAV approaches.

239 Explain the disadvantages of the VOR / DME RNAV system. 010.06.04.06.02 010.06.04.06.02

240 List the factors on which the navigational accuracy of the VOR / 010.06.04.06.03 010.06.04.06.03
DME RNAV system depends.

241 State whether the VOR / DME / RNAV approach is a precision or 010.06.04.06.04 010.06.04.06.04
a non-precision procedure.

242 Use of FMS / RNAV equipment to follow conventional non- 010.06.04.07

precision approach procedures
243 State the provisions for flying the conventional non-precision 010.06.04.07.01
approach procedures using FMS / RNAV equipment.
244 Holding procedures 010.06.05.00 010.06.05.00
245 Entry and holding 010.06.05.01 010.06.05.01
246 Explain why deviations from the in-flight procedures of a holding 010.06.05.01.01 010.06.05.01.01
established in accordance with Doc. 8168 are dangerous.

247 State that if for any reasons a pilot is unable to conform to the 010.06.05.01.02 010.06.05.01.02
procedures for normal conditions laid down for any particular
holding pattern, he should advise ATC as early as possible.

248 Describe how the right turns holdings can be transferred to left 010.06.05.01.03
turn holding patterns.
249 Describe the shape and terminology associated with the holding 010.06.05.01.04 010.06.05.01.03
pattern.

250 State the bank angle and rate of turn to be used whilst flying in a 010.06.05.01.05 010.06.05.01.04
holding pattern.

251 Explain why pilots in a holding pattern should attempt to 010.06.05.01.06 010.06.05.01.05
maintain tracks and how this can be achieved.

252 Describe where outbound timing begins in a holding pattern. 010.06.05.01.07 010.06.05.01.06

253 State where the outbound leg in a holding terminates if the 010.06.05.01.08 010.06.05.01.07
outbound leg is based on DME.

254 Describe the three heading entry sectors for entries into a 010.06.05.01.09 010.06.05.01.08
holding pattern.

255 Define the terms “parallel entry“, “offset entry“ and “direct 010.06.05.01.10 010.06.05.01.09
entry“.
256 Determine the correct entry procedure for a given holding 010.06.05.01.11 010.06.05.01.10
pattern.
257 State the still air time for flying the outbound entry heading with 010.06.05.01.12 010.06.05.01.11
or without DME.

258 Describe what the pilot is expected to do when clearance is 010.06.05.01.13 010.06.05.01.12
received specifying the time of departure from the holding
point.
259 Obstacle clearance (except table) 010.06.05.02 010.06.05.02
260 Describe the layout of the basic holding area, entry area and 010.06.05.02.01 010.06.05.02.01
buffer area of a holding pattern.

261 State which obstacle clearance is provided by a minimum 010.06.05.02.02 010.06.05.02.02

permissible holding level referring to the holding area, the
buffer area (general only) and over high terrain or in
mountainous areas.

262 Altimeter setting procedures 010.06.06.00 010.06.06.00

263 Basic requirements and procedures 010.06.06.01 010.06.06.01
264 Describe the two main objectives for altimeter settings. 010.06.06.01.01 010.06.06.01.01

265 Define the terms “QNH” and “QFE”. 010.06.06.01.02 010.06.06.01.02

266 Describe the different terms of altitude or flight levels 010.06.06.01.03 010.06.06.01.03
respectively which are the references during climb or descent to
change the altimeter setting from QNH to 1013.2 hPa and vice
versa.

267 Define the term “flight level” (FL). 010.06.06.01.04 010.06.06.01.04

268 State where flight level zero shall be located. 010.06.06.01.05 010.06.06.01.05

269 State the interval by which consecutive flight levels shall be 010.06.06.01.06 010.06.06.01.06
separated.
270 Describe how flight levels are numbered. 010.06.06.01.07 010.06.06.01.07

271 Define the term “Transition Altitude”. 010.06.06.01.08 010.06.06.01.08

272 State how Transition Altitudes shall normally be specified. 010.06.06.01.09 010.06.06.01.09

273 Explain how the height of the Transition Altitude is calculated 010.06.06.01.10 010.06.06.01.10
and expressed in practice.

274 State where Transition Altitudes shall be published. 010.06.06.01.11 010.06.06.01.11

275 Define the term “Transition Level”. 010.06.06.01.12 010.06.06.01.12

276 State when the Transition Level is normally passed to aircraft. 010.06.06.01.13 010.06.06.01.13

277 State how the vertical position of aircraft shall be expressed at 010.06.06.01.14 010.06.06.01.14
or below the Transition Altitude and Transition Level.

278 Define the term “Transition Layer”. 010.06.06.01.15 010.06.06.01.15

279 Describe when the vertical position of an aircraft passing 010.06.06.01.16 010.06.06.01.16
through the transition layer shall be expressed in terms of flight
levels and when in terms of altitude.

280 State when the QNH altimeter setting shall be made available to 010.06.06.01.17 010.06.06.01.17
departing aircraft.

281 Explain when the vertical separation of aircraft during en-route 010.06.06.01.18 010.06.06.01.18
flight shall be assessed in terms of altitude and when in terms of
flight levels.
282 Explain when, in air-ground communications during an en-route 010.06.06.01.19 010.06.06.01.19
flight, the vertical position of an aircraft shall be expressed in
terms of altitude and when in terms of flight levels.

283 Describe why QNH altimeter setting reports should be provided 010.06.06.01.20 010.06.06.01.20
from sufficient locations.

284 State how a QNH altimeter setting shall be made available to 010.06.06.01.21 010.06.06.01.21
aircraft approaching a controlled aerodrome for landing.

285 State under which circumstances the vertical position of an 010.06.06.01.22 010.06.06.01.22
aircraft above the transition level may be referenced to
altitudes.
286 Procedures for operators and pilots 010.06.06.02 010.06.06.02
287 State the three requirements that selected altitudes or flight 010.06.06.02.01
levels selected should have.
288 Describe a pre-flight operational test in case of QNH setting and 010.06.06.02.02
in case of QFE setting including indication (error) tolerances
referred to the different test ranges.
289 State on which setting at least one altimeter shall be set prior to 010.06.06.02.03 010.06.06.02.01
take off.

290 State where during the climb the altimeter setting shall be 010.06.06.02.04 010.06.06.02.02
changed from QNH to 1013.2 hPa.

291 Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at an AD 010.06.06.02.05 010.06.06.02.03

shall obtain the transition level.

292 Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at an AD 010.06.06.02.06 010.06.06.02.04

shall obtain the actual QNH altimeter setting.

293 State where the altimeter settings shall be changed from 1013.2 010.06.06.02.07 010.06.06.02.05
hPa to QNH during descent for landing.
294 Simultaneous Operation on parallel or near-parallel instrument 010.06.07.00 010.06.07.00
Runways
295 010.06.07.01

296 Describe the difference between independent and dependent 010.06.07.00.01 010.06.07.01.01
parallel approaches.

297 Describe the following different operations: 010.06.07.00.02 010.06.07.01.02

- Simultaneous instrument departures
- Segregated parallel approaches / departures
- Semi-mixed and mixed operations.

298 Know about “NOZ” and “NTZ”. 010.06.07.00.03 010.06.07.01.03

299 Name the aircraft equipment requirements for conducting 010.06.07.00.04 010.06.07.01.04
parallel instrument approaches.

300 State under which circumstances parallel instrument 010.06.07.00.05 010.06.07.01.05

approaches may be conducted.

301 State the radar requirements for simultaneous independent 010.06.07.00.06 010.06.07.01.06
parallel instrument approaches and how weather conditions
effect this.

302 State the maximum angle of interception for an ILS localizer CRS 010.06.07.00.07 010.06.07.01.07
or MLS final APP Track in case of simultaneous independent
parallel instrument approaches.

303 Describe the special conditions for tracks on missed approach 010.06.07.00.08 010.06.07.01.08
procedures and departures in case of simultaneous parallel
operations.

304 Secondary surveillance radar (transponder) operating 010.06.08.00 010.06.08.00

procedures
305 Operation of transponders 010.06.08.01 010.06.08.01
306 State when and where the pilot shall operate the transponder. 010.06.08.01.01 010.06.08.01.01

307 State the modes and codes that the pilot shall operate in the 010.06.08.01.02 010.06.08.01.02
absence of any ATC directions or regional air navigation
agreements.
308 Indicate when the pilot shall operate Mode C. 010.06.08.01.03 010.06.08.01.03

309 State when the pilot shall “SQUAWK IDENT“. 010.06.08.01.04 010.06.08.01.04

310 State the transponder mode and code to indicate: 010.06.08.01.05 010.06.08.01.05
- a state of emergency
- a Communication failure
- unlawful interference.

311 Name and interpret the codes 7700, 7600 and 7500. 062.03.04.03.03 010.06.08.01.05 Moved from
(Moved and merged into 010.06.08.01.05) subject 062
312 Describe the consequences of a transponder failure in flight. 010.06.08.01.06 010.06.08.01.06

313 State the primary action of the pilot in the case of an 010.06.08.01.07 010.06.08.01.07
unserviceable transponder before departure when no repair or
replacement at this aerodrome is possible.

314 Indicate when the pilot shall operate Mode S. 010.06.08.01.08 010.06.08.01.08

315 Operation of ACAS equipment 010.06.08.02 010.06.08.02

316 Describe the main reason for using ACAS. 010.06.08.02.01 010.06.08.02.01

317 Indicate whether the “use of ACAS indications” described in Doc 010.06.08.02.02 010.06.08.02.02
8168 is absolutely mandatory.

318 Explain the pilots reaction required to allow ACAS to fulfil its role 010.06.08.02.03 010.06.08.02.03
of assisting pilots in the avoidance of potential collisions.

319 Explain why pilots shall not manoeuvre their aircraft in response 010.06.08.02.04 010.06.08.02.04
to Traffic Advisories only.
320 Explain the significance of Traffic Advisories in view of possible 010.06.08.02.05 010.06.08.02.05
Resolution Advisories.

321 State why a pilot should follow Resolution Advisories 010.06.08.02.06 010.06.08.02.06
immediately.

322 List the reasons which may force a pilot to disregard an 010.06.08.02.07 010.06.08.02.07
Resolution Advisory.

323 Decide how a pilot shall react if there is a conflict between 010.06.08.02.08
Resolution Advisories in case of an ACAS / ACAS co-ordinated
encounter Resolution Advisories.
324 Explain the importance of instructing ATC immediately that a 010.06.08.02.09 010.06.08.02.08
Resolution Advisories has been followed.

325 Explain the duties of a pilot as far as ATC is concerned when a 010.06.08.02.10 010.06.08.02.09
Resolution Advisories situation is resolved.

326 010.06.09.00
327 010.06.09.01
328 010.06.09.01.01

329 010.06.09.01.02

330 010.06.09.02
331 010.06.09.02.01

332 010.06.09.03
333 010.06.09.03.01
334 010.06.09.03.02

335 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES AND AIR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 010.07.00.00 010.07.00.00

336 ICAO Annex 11 - Air Traffic Services 010.07.01.00 010.07.01.00

337 Definitions 010.07.01.01 010.07.01.01
338 Recall the Definitions given in ICAO Annex 11. 010.07.01.01.01 010.07.01.01.01

339 General 010.07.01.02 010.07.01.02

340 Name the objectives of Air Traffic Services (ATS). 010.07.01.02.01 010.07.01.02.01

341 Describe the three basic types of Air Traffic Services. 010.07.01.02.02 010.07.01.02.02

342 Describe the three basic types of Air Traffic Control services 010.07.01.02.03 010.07.01.02.03
(ATC).

343 Indicate when aerodrome control towers shall provide an 010.07.01.02.04

accurate time check to pilots.
344 State on which frequencies a pilot can expect ATS to contact 010.07.01.02.05 010.07.01.02.04
him in case of an emergency.

345 Understand the procedure for the transfer of an aircraft from 010.07.01.02.06 010.07.01.02.05
one ATC unit to another.

346 Airspace 010.07.01.03 010.07.01.03

347 Describe the purpose for establishing FIRs including UIRs. 010.07.01.03.01 010.07.01.03.01

348 Understand the various rules and services that apply in the 010.07.01.03.02 010.07.01.03.02
various classes of airspace.

349 Explain which airspace shall be included in an FIR or UIR. 010.07.01.03.03 010.07.01.03.03
350 State the designation for those portions of the airspace where 010.07.01.03.04 010.07.01.03.04
flight information service (FIS) and alerting service will be
provided.
351 State the designations for those portions of the airspace where 010.07.01.03.05 010.07.01.03.05
ATC service will be provided.

352 Indicate whether or not CTAs and CTRs designated within a FIR 010.07.01.03.06 010.07.01.03.06
shall form part of that FIR.

353 Name the lower limit of a CTA as far as ICAO standards are 010.07.01.03.07 010.07.01.03.07
concerned.
354 State whether or not the lower limit of a CTA has to be 010.07.01.03.08 010.07.01.03.08
established uniformly.

355 Explain why an UIR or Upper CTA should be delineated to 010.07.01.03.09 010.07.01.03.09
include the Upper Airspace within the lateral limits of a number
of lower FIR or CTAs.

356 Describe in general the lateral limits of CTRs. 010.07.01.03.10 010.07.01.03.10

357 State the minimum extension (in NM) of the lateral limits of a 010.07.01.03.11 010.07.01.03.11
CTR.
358 State the upper limits of a CTR located within the lateral limits of 010.07.01.03.12 010.07.01.03.12
a CTA.

359 Air Traffic Control Services 010.07.01.04 010.07.01.04

360 Name all classes of airspace in which ATC shall be provided. 010.07.01.04.01 010.07.01.04.01

361 Name the ATS units providing ATC service (area control service, 010.07.01.04.02 010.07.01.04.02
approach control service, aerodrome control service).

362 Describe which unit(s) may be assigned with the task to provide 010.07.01.04.03 010.07.01.04.03
specified services on the apron.

363 Name the purpose of clearances issued by an ATC unit. 010.07.01.04.04 010.07.01.04.04

364 Describe the aim of clearances issued by ATC with regard to IFR, 010.07.01.04.05
VFR or special VFR flights and refer to the different airspaces.
365 List the various (five possible) parts of an ATC clearance. 010.07.01.04.06 010.07.01.04.05

366 Describe the various aspects of clearance co-ordination. 010.07.01.04.07

367 State how ATC shall react when it becomes apparent that traffic, 010.07.01.04.08
additional to that one already accepted, cannot be
accommodated within a given period of time at a particular
location or in a particular area, or can only be accommodated at
a given rate.

368 Explain why the movement of persons, vehicles and towed 010.07.01.04.09 010.07.01.04.06
aircraft on the manoeuvring area of an AD shall be controlled by
the AD TWR (as necessary).

369 Flight information service (FIS) 010.07.01.05 010.07.01.05

370 State for which aircraft FIS shall be provided. 010.07.01.05.01 010.07.01.05.01

371 State whether or not FIS shall include the provision of pertinent 010.07.01.05.02 010.07.01.05.02
SIGMET and AIRMET information.

372 State which information FIS shall include in addition to SIGMET 010.07.01.05.03 010.07.01.05.03
and AIRMET information.

373 Indicate which other information the FIS shall include in addition 010.07.01.05.04 010.07.01.05.04
to the special information given in ANNEX 11.

374 Name the three major types of operational FIS broadcasts. 010.07.01.05.05
375 Give the meaning of the acronym ATIS in plain language. 010.07.01.05.06 010.07.01.05.05
376 Show that you are acquainted with the basic conditions for 010.07.01.05.07
transmitting an ATIS as indicated in ANNEX 11.
377 Mention the four possible ATIS messages. 010.07.01.05.08
378 List the basic information concerning ATIS broadcasts (e.g. 010.07.01.05.09 010.07.01.05.06
frequencies used, number of ADs included, updating,
identification, acknowledgment of receipt, language and
channels, ALT setting).

379 Understand the content of an ATIS message and the factors 010.07.01.05.10 010.07.01.05.07
involved.

380 State the reasons and circumstances when an ATIS message 010.07.01.05.11 010.07.01.05.08
shall be updated.

381 Alerting service 010.07.01.06 010.07.01.06

382 Indicate who is providing the Alerting Service. 010.07.01.06.01 010.07.01.06.01

383 State who is responsible for initiating the appropriate 010.07.01.06.02 010.07.01.06.02
emergency phase.

384 Indicate the aircraft to which alerting service shall be provided. 010.07.01.06.03 010.07.01.06.03

385 Name the unit which shall be notified by the responsible ATS 010.07.01.06.04 010.07.01.06.04
unit immediately an aircraft is considered to be in a state of
emergency.

386 Name the three stages of emergency and describe the basic 010.07.01.06.05 010.07.01.06.05
conditions for each kind of emergency.

387 Show knowledge of the meaning of the expressions INCERFA, 010.07.01.06.06 010.07.01.06.06
ALERFA and DETRESFA.

388 Describe the limiting conditions for the information of aircraft in 010.07.01.06.07 010.07.01.06.07
the vicinity of an aircraft being in a state of emergency.

389 Principles governing RNP and ATS route designators 010.07.01.07 010.07.01.07

390 State the meaning of the expressions RNP 4, RNP 1 etc. 010.07.01.07.01 010.07.01.07.01

391 State the factors that RNP are based on. 010.07.01.07.02 010.07.01.07.02

392 Describe the reason for establishing a system of route 010.07.01.07.03 010.07.01.07.03
designators and required navigation performance (RNP).

393 State whether or not a prescribed RNP type is considered an 010.07.01.07.04 010.07.01.07.04
integral part of the ATS route designator.

394 Demonstrate general knowledge of the composition of an ATS 010.07.01.07.05 010.07.01.07.05

route designator.

395 ICAO Document 4444 - Air Traffic Management 010.07.02.00 010.07.02.00

396 Foreword (Scope and purpose) 010.07.02.01 010.07.02.01
397 Explain in plain language the meaning of the abbreviation 010.07.02.01.01
“PANS-ATM”.
398 State whether or not the procedures prescribed in ICAO Doc 010.07.02.01.02
4444 are directed exclusively to ATS services personnel.
399 Describe the relationship between ICAO Doc 4444 and other 010.07.02.01.03
documents.
400 State whether or not a clearance issued by ATC units does 010.07.02.01.04 010.07.02.01.01
include prevention of collision with terrain and if there is an
exception to this, name the exception.
401 Definitions 010.07.02.02 010.07.02.02
402 Recall all definitions given in Doc 4444 except the following: 010.07.02.02.01 010.07.02.02.01
accepting unit / controller, AD taxi circuit, aeronautical fixed
service (AFS), aeronautical fixed station, air-taxiing, allocation,
approach funnel, assignment, data convention, data processing,
discrete code, D-value, flight status, ground effect, receiving unit
/ controller, sending unit / controller, transfer of control point,
transferring unit / controller, unmanned free balloon.
403 ATS System Capacity and Air Traffic Flow Management 010.07.02.03 010.07.02.03
404 Explain when and where an air traffic flow management (ATFM) 010.07.02.03.01 010.07.02.03.01
service shall be implemented.

405 General Provisions for Air Traffic services 010.07.02.04 010.07.02.04

406 Describe who is responsible for the provision of flight 010.07.02.04.01 010.07.02.04.01
information and alerting service within a flight information
region (FIR) within controlled airspace and at controlled
aerodromes.

407 ATC clearances 010.07.02.05 010.07.02.05

408 Explain “the sole scope and purpose” of an ATC clearance. 010.07.02.05.01
409 State on which information the issue of an ATC clearance is 010.07.02.05.02 010.07.02.05.01
based.

410 Describe what a PIC should do if an ATC clearance is not 010.07.02.05.03 010.07.02.05.02
suitable.

411 Indicate who bears the responsibility for maintaining applicable 010.07.02.05.04 010.07.02.05.03
rules and regulations whilst flying under the control of an ATC
unit.

412 Name the two primary purposes of clearances issued by ATC 010.07.02.05.05 010.07.02.05.04
units.

413 State why clearances must be issued “early enough” to en-route 010.07.02.05.06 010.07.02.05.05
aircraft.

414 Explain what is meant by the expression “clearance limit”. 010.07.02.05.07 010.07.02.05.06

415 Explain the meaning of the phrases “cleared via flight planned 010.07.02.05.08 010.07.02.05.07
route”, “cleared via (designation) departure” and “cleared via
(designation) arrival “ in an ATC clearance.

416 List which items of an ATC clearance shall always be read back 010.07.02.05.09 010.07.02.05.08
by the flight crew.

417 Horizontal Speed Control Instructions 010.07.02.06 010.07.02.06

418 Explain the reason for speed control by ATC. 010.07.02.06.01 010.07.02.06.01

419 Define the maximum speed changes that ATC may impose. 010.07.02.06.02 010.07.02.06.02

420 State within which distance from the threshold the PIC must not 010.07.02.06.03 010.07.02.06.03
expect any kind of speed control.

421 Change from IFR to VFR flight 010.07.02.07 010.07.02.07

422 Explain how the change from IFR to VFR can be initiated by the 010.07.02.07.01 010.07.02.07.01
PIC.

423 Indicate the expected reaction of the appropriate ATC unit upon 010.07.02.07.02 010.07.02.07.02
a request to change from IFR to VFR.

424 Wake turbulence 010.07.02.08 010.07.02.08

425 State the wake-turbulence categories of aircraft. 010.07.02.08.01 010.07.02.08.01

426 State the wake-turbulence separation minima. 010.07.02.08.02 010.07.02.08.02

427 Describe how a “Heavy” aircraft shall indicate this on the initial 010.07.02.08.03 010.07.02.08.03
radiotelephony contact with ATS.

428 Altimeter setting procedures 010.07.02.09 010.07.02.09

429 Define the following terms: 010.07.02.09.01 010.07.02.09.01
- transition level
- transition layer
- and transition altitude.
430 Indicate how the vertical position of an aircraft in the vicinity of 010.07.02.09.02 010.07.02.09.02
an aerodrome shall be expressed at or below the transition
altitude, at or above the transition level and while climbing or
descending through the transition layer.

431 Describe when the height of an aircraft using QFE during an NDB 010.07.02.09.03 010.07.02.09.03
approach is referred to the landing threshold instead of the
aerodrome elevation.

432 Indicate how far altimeter settings provided to aircraft shall be 010.07.02.09.04 010.07.02.09.04
rounded up or down.

433 Define the expression “lowest usable flight level”. 010.07.02.09.05 010.07.02.09.05

434 Determine how the vertical position of an aircraft on a flight en- 010.07.02.09.06 010.07.02.09.06
route is expressed at or above the lowest usable flight level and
below the lowest usable flight level.

435 State who establishes the transition level to be used in the 010.07.02.09.07 010.07.02.09.07
vicinity of an aerodrome.

436 Decide how and when a flight crew shall be informed about the 010.07.02.09.08 010.07.02.09.08
transition level.

437 State whether or not the pilot can request the transition level to 010.07.02.09.09 010.07.02.09.09
be included in the approach clearance.

438 State in what kind of clearance the QNH altimeter setting shall 010.07.02.09.10
be included.
439 Position reporting 010.07.02.10 010.07.02.10
440 Describe when position reports shall be made by an aircraft 010.07.02.10.01 010.07.02.10.01
flying on routes defined by designated significant points.

441 List the six items that are normally included in a voice position 010.07.02.10.02 010.07.02.10.02
report.

442 Name the requirements for using a simplified position report 010.07.02.10.03 010.07.02.10.03
with Flight level, next position (and time over) and ensuing
significant points omitted.

443 Name the item of a position report which must be forwarded to 010.07.02.10.04 010.07.02.10.04
ATC with the initial call after changing to a new frequency.

444 Indicate the item of a position report which may be omitted if 010.07.02.10.05 010.07.02.10.05
SSR Mode C is used.

445 Explain in which circumstances the indicated air speed should be 010.07.02.10.06 010.07.02.10.06
included in a position report.

446 Explain the meaning of the abbreviation “ADS”. 010.07.02.10.07 010.07.02.10.07

447 State to which unit an ADS report shall be made. 010.07.02.10.08
448 Describe how ADS reports shall be made. 010.07.02.10.09
449 Describe which expression shall precede the level figures in a 010.07.02.10.10 010.07.02.10.08
position report if the level is reported in relation to 1013.2 hPa
(standard pressure).

450 Reporting of operational and meteorological information 010.07.02.11 010.07.02.11

451 List the occasions when special air reports shall be made. 010.07.02.11.01 010.07.02.11.01

452 Separation methods and minima 010.07.02.12 010.07.02.12

453 Explain the general provisions for the separation of controlled 010.07.02.12.01 010.07.02.12.01
traffic.

454 Name the different kind of separation used in aviation. 010.07.02.12.02 010.07.02.12.02
455 Understand the difference between the type of separation 010.07.02.12.03 010.07.02.12.03
provided within the various classes of airspace and between the
various types of flight.

456 State who is responsible for the avoidance of collision with other 010.07.02.12.04 010.07.02.12.04
aircraft when operating in VMC.

457 State the ICAO documents in which details of current separation 010.07.02.12.05
minima are prescribed.
458 Describe how vertical separation is obtained. 010.07.02.12.06 010.07.02.12.05

459 State the required vertical separation minimum. 010.07.02.12.07 010.07.02.12.06

460 Describe how the cruising levels of aircraft flying to the same 010.07.02.12.08 010.07.02.12.07
destination and the expected approach sequence are correlated
between each other.

461 Name the conditions that must be adhered to, when two aircraft 010.07.02.12.09 010.07.02.12.08
are cleared to maintain a specified vertical separation between
them during climb or descent.

462 List the two main methods for horizontal separation. 010.07.02.12.10 010.07.02.12.09

463 Describe how lateral separation of aircraft at the same level may 010.07.02.12.11 010.07.02.12.10
be obtained.

464 Explain the term “Geographical Separation“. 010.07.02.12.12 010.07.02.12.11

465 Describe track separation between aircraft using the same 010.07.02.12.13 010.07.02.12.12
navigation aid or method.

466 Describe the three basic means for the establishment of 010.07.02.12.14 010.07.02.12.13
longitudinal separation.

467 Describe the circumstances under which a reduction in 010.07.02.12.15

separation minima may be allowed.
468 Indicate the standard horizontal radar separation in NM. 010.07.02.12.16 010.07.02.12.14

469 Describe the method of Mach Number Technique. 010.07.02.12.17 010.07.02.12.15

470 State the wake turbulence radar separation for aircraft in the 010.07.02.12.18
APP and DEP phases of a flight when an aircraft is operating
directly behind another aircraft at the same ALT or less than 300
m (1000 ft) below.

471 Separation in the vicinity of aerodromes 010.07.02.13 010.07.02.13

472 Define the expression “Essential Local Traffic”. 010.07.02.13.01 010.07.02.13.01

473 State which possible decision the PIC may choose if departing 010.07.02.13.02 010.07.02.13.02
aircraft are expedited by suggesting a take-off direction which is
not “into the wind”.
474 State the condition to enable ATC to initiate a visual approach 010.07.02.13.03 010.07.02.13.03
for an IFR flight.

475 Indicate whether or not separation will be provided by ATC 010.07.02.13.04 010.07.02.13.04
between an aircraft executing a visual approach and other
arriving or departing aircraft.

476 State in which case when the flight crew are not familiar with 010.07.02.13.05 010.07.02.13.05
the instrument approach procedure being carried out, that only
the final approach track has to be forwarded to them by ATC.

477 Describe which flight level should be assigned to an aircraft first 010.07.02.13.06 010.07.02.13.06
arriving over a holding fix for landing.

478 Talk about the priority that will be given to aircraft for a landing. 010.07.02.13.07 010.07.02.13.07
479 Understand the situation when a pilot of an aircraft in an 010.07.02.13.08 010.07.02.13.08
approach sequence indicates their intention to hold for weather
improvements.

480 Explain the term “Expected Approach Time” and the procedures 010.07.02.13.09 010.07.02.13.09
for its use.

481 State the reasons which could probably lead to the decision to 010.07.02.13.10 010.07.02.13.10
use another take-off or landing direction than the one into the
wind.
482 Name the possible consequences for a PIC if the “RWY-in-use” is 010.07.02.13.11 010.07.02.13.11
not considered suitable for the operation involved.

483 Miscellaneous separation procedures 010.07.02.14 010.07.02.14

484 Be familiar with the separation of aircraft holding in flight. 010.07.02.14.01
485 Be familiar with the minimum separation between departing 010.07.02.14.02 010.07.02.14.01
aircraft.

486 Be familiar with the minimum separation between departing 010.07.02.14.03 010.07.02.14.02
and arriving aircraft.
(Merged into 010.07.02.14.02)
487 Be familiar with the non-radar wake turbulence longitudinal 010.07.02.14.04 010.07.02.14.02
separation minima.
488 Know about a clearance to “maintain own separation” while in 010.07.02.14.05 010.07.02.14.03
VMC.

489 Give a brief description of “Essential Traffic” and “Essential 010.07.02.14.06 010.07.02.14.04
Traffic Information”.

490 Describe the circumstances under which a reduction in 010.07.02.14.07 010.07.02.14.05

separation minima may be allowed.

491 Arriving and departing aircraft 010.07.02.15 010.07.02.15

492 List the elements of information which shall be transmitted to 010.07.02.15.01 010.07.02.15.01
an aircraft as early as practicable if an approach for landing is
intended.

493 List the information to be transmitted to an aircraft at the 010.07.02.15.02 010.07.02.15.02

commencement of final approach.

494 List the information to be transmitted to an aircraft during final 010.07.02.15.03 010.07.02.15.03
approach.

495 Acquaint yourself with all information regarding arriving and/or 010.07.02.15.04 010.07.02.15.04
departing aircraft on parallel or near-parallel runways, including
knowledge about NTZ and NOZ and the various combinations of
parallel arrivals and/or departures.

496 State the sequence of priority between aircraft landing (or in the 010.07.02.15.05 010.07.02.15.05
final stage of an approach to land) and aircraft intending to
depart.

497 Explain the factors that influence the approach sequence. 010.07.02.15.06
498 State the significant changes in the meteorological conditions in 010.07.02.15.07 010.07.02.15.06
the take-off or climb-out area that shall be transmitted without
delay to a departing aircraft.

499 Describe what information shall be forwarded to a departing 010.07.02.15.08

aircraft as far as visual or non-visual aids are concerned.
500 State the significant changes that shall be transmitted as early as 010.07.02.15.09 010.07.02.15.07
practicable to an arriving aircraft, particularly changes in the
meteorological conditions.

501 Procedures for Aerodrome Control Service 010.07.02.16 010.07.02.16

502 Describe the general tasks of the Aerodrome Control Tower 010.07.02.16.01
(TWR) when issuing information and clearances to aircraft under
its control.
503 List for which aircraft and their given positions or flight 010.07.02.16.02
situations the TWR shall prevent collisions.
504 Name the operational failure or irregularity of AD equipment 010.07.02.16.03 010.07.02.16.01
which shall be reported to the TWR immediately.

505 State that, after a given period of time, the TWR shall report to 010.07.02.16.04 010.07.02.16.02
the ACC or FIC if an aircraft does not land as expected.

506 Describe the procedures to be observed by the TWR whenever 010.07.02.16.05 010.07.02.16.03
VFR operations are suspended.

507 Explain the term “RWY-in-use” and its selection. 010.07.02.16.06 010.07.02.16.04

508 List the information the TWR should give to an aircraft 010.07.02.16.07 010.07.02.16.05
- Prior to taxi for take-off
- Prior to take-off
- Prior to entering the traffic circuit.

509 Explain that a report of surface wind direction given to a pilot by 010.07.02.16.08 010.07.02.16.06
the TWR is magnetic.

510 Explain the exact meaning of the expression “Runway vacated”. 010.07.02.16.09 010.07.02.16.07

511 Radar services 010.07.02.17 010.07.02.17

512 State to what extent the use of radar in air traffic services may 010.07.02.17.01
be limited.
513 State what radar derived information shall be available for 010.07.02.17.02
display to the controller as a minimum.
514 Name the two basic identification procedures used with radar. 010.07.02.17.03 010.07.02.17.01

515 Define the term “PSR“. 010.07.02.17.04 010.07.02.17.02

516 Describe the circumstances under which an aircraft provided 010.07.02.17.05 010.07.02.17.03
with radar service should be informed of its position.

517 List the possible forms of position information passed to the 010.07.02.17.06 010.07.02.17.04
aircraft by radar services.

518 Define the term “radar vectoring“. 010.07.02.17.07 010.07.02.17.05

519 State the aims of radar vectoring as shown in ICAO Doc 4444. 010.07.02.17.08 010.07.02.17.06

520 State how radar vectoring shall be achieved. 010.07.02.17.09 010.07.02.17.07

521 Describe the information which shall be given to an aircraft 010.07.02.17.10 010.07.02.17.08
when radar vectoring is terminated and the pilot is instructed to
resume own navigation.

522 Explain the procedures for the conduct of Surveillance Radar 010.07.02.17.11 010.07.02.17.09
Approaches (SRA).

523 Describe what kind of action (concerning the transponder) the 010.07.02.17.12 010.07.02.17.10
pilot is expected to perform in case of emergency if he has
previously been directed by ATC to operate the transponder on
a specific code.

524 Air traffic advisory service 010.07.02.18 010.07.02.18

525 Describe the objective and basic principles of the Air Traffic 010.07.02.18.01 010.07.02.18.01
Advisory Service.

526 State to which aircraft Air Traffic Advisory Service will be 010.07.02.18.02 010.07.02.18.02
provided.

527 Explain why Air Traffic Advisory Service does not deliver 010.07.02.18.03 010.07.02.18.03
“Clearances” but only “Advisory Information“.

528 Procedures related to emergencies, communication failure and 010.07.02.19 010.07.02.19

contingencies
529 State the Mode and Code of SSR equipment a pilot might 010.07.02.19.01 010.07.02.19.01
operate in a (general) state of emergency or (specifically) in case
the aircraft is subject to unlawful interference.
530 State the special rights an aircraft in a state of emergency can 010.07.02.19.02 010.07.02.19.02
expect from ATC.

531 Describe the expected action of aircraft after receiving a 010.07.02.19.03 010.07.02.19.03
broadcast from ATS concerning the emergency descent of an
aircraft.
532 State how it can be ascertained, in case of a failure of two-way 010.07.02.19.04 010.07.02.19.04
communication, whether the aircraft is able to receive
transmissions from the ATS unit.

533 Explain the assumption based on which separation shall be 010.07.02.19.05

maintained if an aircraft is known to experience a COM failure in
VMC or in IMC.
534 State on which frequencies appropriate information, for an 010.07.02.19.06 010.07.02.19.05
aircraft encountering two way COM failure, will be sent by ATS.

535 Describe the expected activities of an ATS-unit after having 010.07.02.19.07

learned that an aircraft is being intercepted in or outside its area
of responsibility.
536 State what is meant by the expression “Strayed aircraft” and 010.07.02.19.08 010.07.02.19.06
“Unidentified aircraft”.

537 Explain the minimum level for fuel-dumping and the reasons for 010.07.02.19.09 010.07.02.19.07
this.
538 Explain the possible request of ATC to an aircraft to change its 010.07.02.19.10 010.07.02.19.08
RTF call sign.
539 Miscellaneous procedures 010.07.02.20 010.07.02.20
540 Explain the meaning of “AIRPROX”. 010.07.02.20.01 010.07.02.20.01

541 Determine the task of an Air Traffic Incident report. 010.07.02.20.02 010.07.02.20.02

542 AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE 010.08.00.00 010.08.00.00

543 Introduction 010.08.01.00 010.08.01.00
544 010.08.01.01

545 State, in general terms, the objective of the Aeronautical 010.08.01.00.01 010.08.01.01.01
Information Service.
546 Definitions in ICAO Annex 15 010.08.02.00 010.08.02.00
547 010.08.02.01
548 Recall the following definitions: 010.08.02.00.01 010.08.02.01.01
Aeronautical Information Circular (AIC), Aeronautical
Information Publication (AIP), AIP amendment, AIP supplement,
AIRAC, danger area, Integrated Aeronautical Information
Package, international airport, international NOTAM office
(NOF), manoeuvring area, movement area, NOTAM, pre-flight
information bulletin (PIB), prohibited area, restricted area,
SNOWTAM, ASHTAM.

549 General 010.08.03.00 010.08.03.00

550 010.08.03.01
551 State during which period of time an aeronautical information 010.08.03.00.01 010.08.03.01.01
service shall be available with reference to an aircraft flying in
the area of responsibility of an AIS, provided a 24-hours service
is not available.

552 Name (in general) the kind of aeronautical information / data 010.08.03.00.02 010.08.03.01.02
which an AIS service shall make available in a suitable form for
flight crews.

553 Summarize the duties of an aeronautical information service 010.08.03.00.03 010.08.03.01.03

concerning aeronautical information data for the territory of the
State.

554 Understand the principles of WGS 84. 010.08.03.00.04

555 Integrated Aeronautical Information Package 010.08.04.00 010.08.04.00
556 Name the different elements that make up an Integrated 010.08.04.00.01
Aeronautical Information Package.
557 Aeronautical information publication (AIP) 010.08.04.01 010.08.04.01
558 State the primary purpose of the AIP. 010.08.04.01.01 010.08.04.01.01

559 Name the different parts of the AIP. 010.08.04.01.02 010.08.04.01.02

560 State in which main part of the AIP the following information 010.08.04.01.03 010.08.04.01.03
can be found:
- Differences from ICAO Standards, Recommended Practices and
Procedures,
- Location indicators, aeronautical information services,
minimum flight altitude, VOLMET service, SIGMET service,
- General rules and procedures (especially general rules, VFR,
IFR, ALT setting procedure, interception of civil aircraft, unlawful
interference, air traffic incidents),
- ATS airspace (especially FIR, UIR, TMA),
- ATS routes (especially lower ATS routes, upper ATS routes,
area navigation routes),
- Aerodrome data including Aprons, TWYs and check
locations/positions data,
- Navigation warnings (especially prohibited, restricted and
danger areas),
- aircraft instruments, equipment and flight documents,
- AD surface movement guidance and control system and
markings,
- RWY physical characteristics, declared distances, APP and RWY
lighting,
- AD radio navigation and landing aids,
- charts related to an AD,
- entry, transit and departure of aircraft, passengers, crew and
cargo.

561 State how permanent changes to the AIP shall be published. 010.08.04.01.04 010.08.04.01.04

562 Explain what kind of information shall be published in form of 010.08.04.01.05 010.08.04.01.05
AIP Supplements.

563 Describe how conspicuousness of AIP Supplement pages is 010.08.04.01.06

achieved.
564 NOTAMs 010.08.04.02 010.08.04.02
565 Describe how information shall be published which in principal 010.08.04.02.01 010.08.04.02.01
would belong to NOTAMs but includes extensive text and/or
graphics.
566 Summarize essential information which leads to the issuance of 010.08.04.02.02 010.08.04.02.02
a NOTAM.

567 State to whom NOTAMs shall be distributed. 010.08.04.02.03 010.08.04.02.03

568 Explain how information regarding snow, ice and standing water 010.08.04.02.04 010.08.04.02.04
on AD pavements shall be reported.

569 Describe the means by which NOTAMs shall be distributed. 010.08.04.02.05 010.08.04.02.05

570 State which information an ASHTAM may contain. 010.08.04.02.06 010.08.04.02.06

571 Aeronautical information regulation and control (AIRAC) 010.08.04.03 010.08.04.03

572 List the circumstances of which the information concerned shall 010.08.04.03.01 010.08.04.03.01
or should be distributed as AIRAC.

573 State the sequence in which AIRACs shall be issued and state 010.08.04.03.02
how many days in advance of the effective date the information
shall be distributed by AIS.
574 Aeronautical information circulars (AICs) 010.08.04.04 010.08.04.04
575 Describe the reasons for the publication of AICs. 010.08.04.04.01 010.08.04.04.01

576 Explain the organisation and standard colour codes for AICs. 010.08.04.04.02 010.08.04.04.02

577 Explain the normal publication cycle for AICs. 010.08.04.04.03

578 Pre-flight and post-flight information/data 010.08.04.05 010.08.04.05
579 List (in general) which details shall be included in aeronautical 010.08.04.05.01
information provided for pre-flight planning purposes at the
appropriate ADs.
580 Summarise the additional current information relating to the AD 010.08.04.05.02 010.08.04.05.01
of departure that shall be provided as pre-flight information.
581 Describe how a recapitulation of current NOTAM and other 010.08.04.05.03 010.08.04.05.02
information of urgent character shall be made available to flight
crews.

582 State which post-flight information from aircrews shall be 010.08.04.05.04 010.08.04.05.03
submitted to AIS for distribution as required by the
circumstances.
583 010.08.05.00
584 010.08.05.01
585 010.08.05.01 .01

586 AERODROMES (ICAO Annex 14, Volume I, Aerodrome Design 010.09.00.00 010.09.00.00
and Operations)
587 General 010.09.01.00 010.09.01.00
588 010.09.01.01
589 Recognise all definitions in ICAO Annex 14 except the following: 010.09.01.00.01
Accuracy, cyclic redundancy check, data quality, effective
intensity, ellipsoid height (geodetic height), geodetic datum,
geoid, geoid ondulation, integrity (aeronautical data), light
failure, lighting system reliability, orthometric height, station
declination, usability factor, Reference Code.

590 Describe, in general terms, the intent of the AD reference code 010.09.01.00.02 010.09.01.01.01
as well as its composition of two elements.

591 Aerodrome data 010.09.02.00 010.09.02.00

592 Aerodrome reference point 010.09.02.01 010.09.02.01
593 Describe where the aerodrome reference point shall be located 010.09.02.01.01 010.09.02.01.01
and where it shall normally remain.

594 Pavement strengths 010.09.02.02 010.09.02.02

595 Explain the terms PCN and ACN and describe their mutual 010.09.02.02.01 010.09.02.02.01
dependence.

596 Describe how the bearing strength for an aircraft with an apron 010.09.02.02.02 010.09.02.02.02
mass equal to or less than 5700 kg shall be reported.

597 Declared distances 010.09.02.03 010.09.02.03

598 List the four most important declared RWY distances and 010.09.02.03.01 010.09.02.03.01
indicate where you can find guidance on their calculation in
ICAO Annex 14.
599 Recall the definitions for the four main Declared Distances. 010.09.02.03.02 010.09.02.03.02

600 Condition of the movement area and related facilities 010.09.02.04 010.09.02.04
601 Understand the purpose of informing AIS and ATS units about 010.09.02.04.01 010.09.02.04.01
the condition of the movement area and relating facilities.

602 List the matters of operational significance or affecting aircraft 010.09.02.04.02 010.09.02.04.02
performance which should be reported to AIS and ATS units for
the transmission to aircraft involved.

603 Describe the four different types of water deposit on runways. 010.09.02.04.03 010.09.02.04.03

604 Name the three defined states of frozen water on the RWY. 010.09.02.04.04 010.09.02.04.04

605 Understand the five levels of Braking Action including the 010.09.02.04.05 010.09.02.04.05
associated coefficients and codes.

606 Physical characteristics 010.09.03.00 010.09.03.00

607 Runways 010.09.03.01 010.09.03.01
608 Describe where a threshold should normally be located. 010.09.03.01.01 010.09.03.01.01

609 Acquaint yourself with the general considerations concerning 010.09.03.01.02 010.09.03.01.02
runways associated with a Stopway or Clearway.

610 State where in Annex 14 you can find detailed information 010.09.03.01.03
about the required runway width dependent upon Code number
and Code letter.
611 Runway Strips 010.09.03.02 010.09.03.02
612 Explain the term “Runway strip“. 010.09.03.02.01 010.09.03.02.01

613 Runway-end safety area 010.09.03.03 010.09.03.03

614 Explain the term “RWY end safety area“. 010.09.03.03.01 010.09.03.03.01

615 Clearway 010.09.03.04 010.09.03.04

616 Explain the term “Clearway“. 010.09.03.04.01 010.09.03.04.01

617 Stopway 010.09.03.05 010.09.03.05

618 Explain the term “Stopway“. 010.09.03.05.01 010.09.03.05.01

619 Radio-altimeter operating area 010.09.03.06 010.09.03.06

620 Describe where a radio-altimeter operating area should be 010.09.03.06.01
established and how far it should extend laterally and
longitudinally.
621 Taxiways 010.09.03.07 010.09.03.07
622 Describe the condition which must be fulfilled to maintain the 010.09.03.07.01
required clearance between the outer main wheels of an aircraft
and the edge of the taxiway.
623 Describe the reasons and the requirements for rapid exit 010.09.03.07.02 010.09.03.07.01
taxiways.

624 State the reason for a taxiway widening in curves. 010.09.03.07.03 010.09.03.07.02

625 Explain when and where holding bays should be provided. 010.09.03.07.04 010.09.03.07.03

626 Describe where runway-holding positions shall be established. 010.09.03.07.05 010.09.03.07.04

627 Define the term “road-holding position“. 010.09.03.07.06 010.09.03.07.05

628 Describe where Intermediate taxi-way holding positions should 010.09.03.07.07 010.09.03.07.06
be established.

629 Visual aids for navigation 010.09.04.00 010.09.04.00

630 Indicators and signalling devices 010.09.04.01 010.09.04.01
631 Describe the wind direction indicators with which ADs shall be 010.09.04.01.01 010.09.04.01.01
equipped.

632 Describe a landing-direction indicator. 010.09.04.01.02 010.09.04.01.02

633 Explain the capabilities of a signalling lamp. 010.09.04.01.03 010.09.04.01.03

634 State which characteristics a signal area should have. 010.09.04.01.04 010.09.04.01.04

635 Interpret all indications and signals that may be used in a signals 010.09.04.01.05 010.09.04.01.05
area.

636 Markings 010.09.04.02 010.09.04.02

637 Name the colours used for the various markings (RWY, TWY, 010.09.04.02.01 010.09.04.02.01
aircraft stands, apron safety lines).

638 State where a RWY designation marking shall be provided and 010.09.04.02.02 010.09.04.02.02
how it is designed.
639 Describe the application and characteristics of: 010.09.04.02.03 010.09.04.02.03
- RWY centre line markings
- THR marking
- Touchdown Zone marking
- RWY side stripe marking
- TWY centre line marking
- Runway-holding position marking
- Intermediate holding position marking
- Aircraft stand markings
- Apron safety lines
- Road holding position marking
- Mandatory instruction marking
- Information marking.

640 Lights 010.09.04.03 010.09.04.03

641 Describe mechanical safety considerations regarding elevated 010.09.04.03.01 010.09.04.03.01
approach lights and elevated RWY, stopway and taxiway-lights.

642 Describe the relationship of the intensity of RWY lighting, the 010.09.04.03.02
approach lighting system and the use of a separate intensity
control for different lighting systems.
643 List the conditions for the installation of an AD beacon and 010.09.04.03.03 010.09.04.03.02
describe its general characteristics.

644 Name the different kinds of operations for which a simple APP 010.09.04.03.04 010.09.04.03.03
lighting system shall be used.

645 Describe the basic installations of a simple APP lighting system 010.09.04.03.05 010.09.04.03.04
including the dimensions and distances normally used.

646 Describe the principle of a precision APP category l lighting 010.09.04.03.06 010.09.04.03.05
system including such information as location and
characteristics.
Remark – This includes the ‘Calvert’ system with additional
crossbars.

647 Describe the principle of a precision APP category II and III 010.09.04.03.07 010.09.04.03.06
lighting system including such information as location and
characteristics, especially mentioning the inner 300 m of the
system.

648 Describe the wing bars of PAPI and APAPI. 010.09.04.03.08 010.09.04.03.07

649 Interpret what the pilot will see during approach, using PAPI, 010.09.04.03.09
APAPI, T-VASIS and AT-VASIS.
650 Interpret what the pilot will see during approach, using HAPI. 010.09.04.03.10 010.09.04.03.08

651 Explain the application and characteristics of: 010.09.04.03.11 010.09.04.03.09

- RWY edge lights
- RWY threshold and wing bar lights
- RWY end lights
- RWY centre line lights - RWY lead in lights
- RWY touchdown zone lights
- Stopway lights
- Taxiway centre line lights
- Taxiway edge lights
- Stop bars
- Intermediate holding position lights
- RWY guard lights
- Road holding position lights.

652 Understand the timescale within which aeronautical ground 010.09.04.03.12 010.09.04.03.10
lights shall be made available for arriving aircraft.

653 Signs 010.09.04.04 010.09.04.04

654 State the general purpose for installing signs. 010.09.04.04.01
655 Explain what signs are the only ones on the movement area 010.09.04.04.02 010.09.04.04.01
utilizing red.
656 List the provisions for illuminating signs. 010.09.04.04.03 010.09.04.04.02

657 State the purpose for installing mandatory instruction signs. 010.09.04.04.04
658 Name the kind of signs which mandatory instruction signs shall 010.09.04.04.05 010.09.04.04.03
include.

659 Name the colours used with mandatory instruction signs. 010.09.04.04.06 010.09.04.04.04

660 Describe by which sign a pattern “A“ runway-holding position 010.09.04.04.07 010.09.04.04.05
(i.e. at an intersection of a taxiway and a non-instrument, non-
precision approach or take-off RWY) marking shall be
supplemented.

661 Describe by which sign a pattern “B” runway-holding position is 010.09.04.04.08 010.09.04.04.06
at an intersection of a taxiway and a Precision approach RWY,
marking shall be supplemented.

662 Describe the location of: 010.09.04.04.09 010.09.04.04.07

- a RWY designation sign at a taxiway / RWY intersection
- a NO ENTRY sign
- a RWY holding position sign.

663 Name the sign with which it shall be indicated that a taxiing 010.09.04.04.10 010.09.04.04.08
aircraft is about to infringe an obstacle limitation surface or to
interfere with the operation of radio navigation aids (e.g. ILS /
MLS critical / sensitive area).

664 Describe the various possible inscriptions on RWY designation 010.09.04.04.11 010.09.04.04.09
signs and on holding position signs.

665 Describe the inscription on an Intermediate-holding position 010.09.04.04.12

sign on a taxiway.
666 State when information signs shall be provided. 010.09.04.04.13
667 Describe the colours used in connection with information signs. 010.09.04.04.14 010.09.04.04.10

668 Describe the possible inscriptions on information signs. 010.09.04.04.15 010.09.04.04.11

669 Explain the application, location and characteristics of aircraft 010.09.04.04.16 010.09.04.04.12
stand identification signs.

670 Explain the application, location and characteristics of road 010.09.04.04.17 010.09.04.04.13
holding position signs.

671 Markers 010.09.04.05 010.09.04.05

672 Explain why Markers located near a runway or Taxiway shall be 010.09.04.05.01 010.09.04.05.01
limited in their height.

673 Explain the application and characteristics of: 010.09.04.05.02 010.09.04.05.02

- Unpaved RWY edge markers
- TWY edge markers
- TWY centre line markers
- unpaved TWY edge markers
- boundary markers
- stopway edge markers.

674 Visual aids for denoting obstacles 010.09.05.00 010.09.05.00

675 Marking of objects 010.09.05.01 010.09.05.01
676 State how fixed or mobile objects shall be marked if colouring is 010.09.05.01.01 010.09.05.01.01
not practicable.

677 Describe marking by colours (fixed or mobile objects). 010.09.05.01.02 010.09.05.01.02

678 Explain the use of markers for the marking of objects, overhead 010.09.05.01.03 010.09.05.01.03
wires, cables etc.

679 Explain the use of flags for the marking of objects. 010.09.05.01.04 010.09.05.01.04

680 Lighting of objects 010.09.05.02 010.09.05.02

681 Name the different types of lights to indicate the presence of 010.09.05.02.01 010.09.05.02.01
objects which must be lighted.

682 State the time period(s) of the 24 hours of a day during which 010.09.05.02.02
high-intensity lights are intended for use.
683 Describe (in general terms) the location of obstacle lights. 010.09.05.02.03 010.09.05.02.02
684 Describe (in general and for normal circumstances) colour and 010.09.05.02.04 010.09.05.02.03
sequence of low-intensity obstacle lights, medium-intensity
obstacle lights and high-intensity obstacle lights.

685 State where you can find information about lights to be 010.09.05.02.05 010.09.05.02.04
displayed by aircraft.
686 Visual aids for denoting restricted use of areas 010.09.06.00 010.09.06.00
687 010.09.06.01
688 Describe the colours and meaning of “closed markings” on RWYs 010.09.06.00.01 010.09.06.01.01
and taxiways.

689 State how the pilot of an aircraft moving on the surface of a 010.09.06.00.02 010.09.06.01.02
taxiway, holding bay or apron shall be warned that the
shoulders of these surfaces are “non-load-bearing”.

690 Describe the pre-threshold marking (including colours) when the 010.09.06.00.03 010.09.06.01.03
surface before the threshold is not suitable for normal use by
aircraft.

691 Aerodromes Operational Services, Equipment and Installations 010.09.07.00 010.09.07.00

692 Rescue and firefighting (RFF) 010.09.07.01 010.09.07.01
693 Name the principal objective of a rescue and fire fighting 010.09.07.01.01 010.09.07.01.01
service.

694 List the most important factors bearing on effective rescue in a 010.09.07.01.02
survivable aircraft accident.
695 Explain the basic information the AD category (for rescue and 010.09.07.01.03 010.09.07.01.02
fire fighting) depends upon.

696 Describe what is meant by the term “response time“ and state 010.09.07.01.04 010.09.07.01.03
its normal and maximum limits.

697 State the reasons for emergency access roads and for satellite 010.09.07.01.05
fire fighting stations.
698 Apron management service 010.09.07.02 010.09.07.02
699 Describe the reason for providing a special apron management 010.09.07.02.01
service and state what has to be observed if the AD control
tower is not participating in the apron management service.
700 State who has a right-of-way against vehicles operating on an 010.09.07.02.02 010.09.07.02.01
apron.

701 Ground servicing of aircraft 010.09.07.03 010.09.07.03

702 Describe the necessary actions during the ground servicing of an 010.09.07.03.01 010.09.07.03.01
aircraft with regard to the possible event of a fuel fire.

703 Attachment A to ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1 – Supplementary 010.09.08.00 010.09.08.00

Guidance Material
704 Declared distances 010.09.08.01 010.09.08.01
705 List the four types of “declared distances” on a runway and also 010.09.08.01.01 010.09.08.01.01
the appropriate abbreviations.

706 Explain the circumstances which lead to the situation that the 010.09.08.01.02 010.09.08.01.02
four declared distances on a runway are equal to the length of
the runway.

707 Describe the influence of a clearway, stopway and/or displaced 010.09.08.01.03 010.09.08.01.03
threshold upon the four “declared distances“.

708 Radio altimeter operating areas 010.09.08.02 010.09.08.02

709 Describe the purpose of a radio altimeter operating area. 010.09.08.02.01
710 Describe the physical characteristics of a radio altimeter 010.09.08.02.02
operating area.
711 Describe dimensions of a radio altimeter operating area. 010.09.08.02.03
712 Describe the position of a radio altimeter operating area. 010.09.08.02.04
713 Approach lighting systems 010.09.08.03 010.09.08.03
714 Name the two main groups of approach lighting systems. 010.09.08.03.01 010.09.08.03.01
715 Describe the two different versions of a simple approach lighting 010.09.08.03.02 010.09.08.03.02
system.
716 Describe the two different basic versions of precision approach 010.09.08.03.03 010.09.08.03.03
lighting systems for CAT I.
717 Describe the diagram of the inner 300 m of the precision 010.09.08.03.04 010.09.08.03.04
approach lighting system in the case of CAT II and III.
718 Describe how the arrangement of an approach lighting system 010.09.08.03.05 010.09.08.03.05
and the location of the appropriate threshold are interrelated
between each other.
719 FACILITATION (ICAO Annex 9) 010.10.00.00 010.10.00.00
720 General 010.10.01.00 010.10.01.00
721 Foreword 010.10.01.01
722 Explain the aim of ANNEX 9 as indicated in the Foreword. 010.10.01.01.01
723 Definitions (ICAO Annex 9) 010.10.01.02
724 Understand the definitions. 010.10.01.02.01
725 Entry and departure of aircraft 010.10.02.00 010.10.02
726 General declaration 010.10.02.01 010.10.02.01
727 Describe the purpose and use of aircraft documents - as far as 010.10.02.01.01 010.10.02.01.01
the “General declaration” is concerned.

728 State whether or not a “General Declaration” will be required by 010.10.02.01.02

a Contracting State under normal circumstances.
729 State the kind of information concerning crew members 010.10.02.01.03
whenever a “General Declaration” is required by a Contracting
State.
730 Entry and departure of crew 010.10.02.02 010.10.02.02
731 Explain entry requirements for crew. 010.10.02.02.01 010.10.02.02.01

732 Explain the reasons for the use of Crew Member Certificates 010.10.02.02.02 010.10.02.02.02
(CMC) for flight crews and cabin attendants engaged in
International Air Transport.

733 Explain in which cases Contracting States shall accept the CMC 010.10.02.02.03 010.10.02.02.03
as an identity document instead of a passport or visa.

734 State whether the entry privileges for crews of scheduled 010.10.02.02.04
international air services can be extended to other flight crews
of aircraft operated for remuneration or hire but not engaged in
scheduled International Air Services.

735 Entry and departure of passengers and baggage 010.10.02.03 010.10.02.03

736 Explain the entry requirements for passengers and their 010.10.02.03.01 010.10.02.03.01
baggage.

737 Explain the requirements and documentation for 010.10.02.03.02 010.10.02.03.02

unaccompanied baggage.

738 Be familiar with the documentation required for the departure 010.10.02.03.03 010.10.02.03.03
and entry of passengers and their baggage.

739 Be familiar with the arrangements in the event of a passenger 010.10.02.03.04 010.10.02.03.04
being declared an inadmissible person.

740 Describe the pilots authority towards unruly passengers. 010.10.02.03.05 010.10.02.03.05

741 Entry and departure of cargo 010.10.02.04 010.10.02.04

742 Explain entry requirements for cargo. 010.10.02.04.01 010.10.02.04.01
743 Be familiar with the documentation required for the entry and 010.10.02.04.02
departure of cargo.
744 SEARCH AND RESCUE 010.11.00.00 010.11.00.00
745 Essential Search and Rescue (SAR) definitions in ICAO Annex 12 010.11.01.00 010.11.01.00
746 010.11.01.01
747 Define the following: 010.11.01.00.01 010.11.01.01.01
alert phase, distress phase, emergency phase, operator, pilot-in-
command, rescue co-ordination centre, State of registry,
uncertainty phase.

748 Organisation 010.11.02.00 010.11.02.00

749 010.11.02.01
750 Describe how Contracting States shall arrange for the 010.11.02.00.01 010.11.02.01.01
establishment and prompt provisions of SAR services.

751 Explain the establishment of SAR Regions by Contracting States. 010.11.02.00.02 010.11.02.01.02

752 Describe the areas within which SAR services shall be 010.11.02.00.03 010.11.02.01.03
established by Contracting States.

753 State the period of time per day within which SAR services shall 010.11.02.00.04 010.11.02.01.04
be available.

754 Describe for which areas rescue coordination centres shall be 010.11.02.00.05 010.11.02.01.05
established.

755 Operating procedures for non-SAR crews 010.11.03.00 010.11.03.00

756 010.11.03.01
757 Explain the SAR operating procedures for the pilot-in-command 010.11.03.00.01 010.11.03.01.01
who arrives first at the scene of an accident.

758 Explain the SAR operating procedures for the pilot-in-command 010.11.03.00.02 010.11.03.01.02
intercepting a distress transmission.

759 Search and rescue signals 010.11.04.00 010.11.04.00

760 010.11.04.01
761 Explain the “Ground-air visual signal code” for use by survivors. 010.11.04.00.01 010.11.04.01.01

762 Explain the signals to be used for “Air-ground signals”. 010.11.04.00.02 010.11.04.01.02

763 SECURITY 010.12.00.00 010.12.00.00

764 Essential definitions in ICAO Annex 17 010.12.01.00 010.12.01.00

765 010.12.01.01
766 Define the following terms: 010.12.01.00.01 010.12.01.01.01
Airside, aircraft security check, screening, security, security
control, security restricted area, unidentified baggage.

767 General principles 010.12.02.00 010.12.02

768 010.12.02.01
769 State the objectives of security. 010.12.02.00.01 010.12.02.01.01

770 Explain where further information in addition to ICAO Annex 17 010.12.02.00.02

concerning aviation security is available.
771 Organisation 010.12.03.00 010.12.03.00
772 Understand the required activities expected at each airport 010.12.03.00.01
serving international civil aviation.
773 Preventive security measures 010.12.04.00 010.12.04.00
774 010.12.04.01
775 Describe the objects not allowed (for reasons of aviation 010.12.04.00.01 010.12.04.01.01
security) on board an aircraft engaged in international civil
aviation.
776 Explain what each Contracting State is supposed to do 010.12.04.00.02
concerning originating passengers and their cabin baggage prior
to boarding an aircraft engaged in international civil aviation
operations.

777 State what each Contracting State is supposed to do if 010.12.04.00.03 010.12.04.01.02

passengers subjected to security control have mixed after a
security screening point.

778 Explain what has to be done at airports serving international civil 010.12.04.00.04
aviation to protect cargo, baggage, mail stores and operators
supplies against an act of unlawful interference.
779 Explain what has to be done when passengers are supposed to 010.12.04.00.05 010.12.04.01.03
board an aircraft who are obliged to travel because of judicial or
administrative proceedings.

780 Understand what has to be considered if law enforcement 010.12.04.00.06 010.12.04.01.04

officers are carrying weapons on board.

781 Describe what is meant by “Access Control” at an aerodrome. 010.12.04.00.07

782 Management of response to acts of unlawful interference 010.12.05.00 010.12.05.00
783 010.12.05.01
784 Describe the assistance each Contracting State shall provide to 010.12.05.00.01 010.12.05.01.01
an aircraft subjected to an act of unlawful seizure.

785 State the circumstances which could prevent a State to detain 010.12.05.00.02 010.12.05.01.02
an aircraft on the ground after being subjected to an act of
unlawful seizure.

786 Operators security programme 010.12.06.00 010.12.06.00

787 010.12.06.01
788 Understand the principles of the written operator security 010.12.06.00.01 010.12.06.01.01
programme each Contracting State requires from Operators.

789 Security Procedures in other documents i.e. ICAO Annex 2, 010.12.07.00 010.12.07.00
ICAO Annex 6, ICAO Annex 14, ICAO Doc 4444
790 ICAO ANNEX 2 Rules of the Air, Attachment B, Unlawful 010.12.07.01 010.12.07.01
Interference
791 Describe what the PIC should do unless considerations on board 010.12.07.01.01 010.12.07.01.01
the aircraft dictate otherwise.

792 Describe what the PIC should do if: 010.12.07.01.02 010.12.07.01.02

- the aircraft must depart from its assigned track
- the aircraft must depart from its assigned cruising level
- the aircraft is unable to notify an ATS unit of the unlawful
interference.

793 Describe what the PIC should attempt in regard to broadcast 010.12.07.01.03 010.12.07.01.03
warnings at which level he is proceeding if no applicable
regional procedures for in-flight contingencies have been
established.

794 ICAO ANNEX 6, Chapter 13, Security 010.12.07.02 010.12.07.02

795 Describe the special considerations referring to flight crew 010.12.07.02.01 010.12.07.02.01
compartment doors with regard to aviation security.

796 Explain what an operator shall do to minimize the consequences 010.12.07.02.02

of acts of unlawful interference.
797 Explain what an operator shall do to have appropriate 010.12.07.02.03
employees available who can contribute to the prevention of
acts of sabotage or other forms of unlawful interference.
798 ICAO ANNEX 14, Chapter 3, Physical Characteristics 010.12.07.03 010.12.07.03

799 Describe what minimum distance an isolated aircraft parking 010.12.07.03.01 010.12.07.03.01
position (after the aircraft is subject of unlawful interference)
should have from other parking positions, buildings or public
areas.

800 ICAO Document 4444 010.12.07.04 010.12.07.04

801 Describe the considerations that must take place with regards to 010.12.07.04.01 010.12.07.04.01
a taxi clearance in case an aircraft is known or believed to be
subject of unlawful interference.

802 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT INVESTIGATION 010.13.00.00 010.13.00.00

803 Essential definitions in ICAO Annex 13 010.13.01.00 010.13.01.00
804 010.13.01.01
805 Define the following: 010.13.01.00.01 010.13.01.01.01
Accident, aircraft, flight recorder, incident, investigation,
maximum mass, operator, serious incident, serious injury, State
of Design, State of Manufacture, State of Occurrence, State of
the Operator, State of Registry.

806 Define the difference between “Serious Incident“ and 010.13.01.00.02 010.13.01.01.02
“Accident“.

807 Determine whether a certain occurrence has to be defined as a 010.13.01.00.03 010.13.01.01.03

serious incident or as an accident.

808 Recognise the description of an accident or incident. 010.13.01.00.04 010.13.01.01.04

809 Applicability of ICAO Annex 13 010.13.02.00

810 Describe the geographical limits, if any, within which the 010.13.02.00.01
specifications given in ANNEX 13 apply.
811 ICAO Accident and Incident investigation 010.13.03.00 010.13.02.00
812 010.13.02.01
813 State the objective(s) of the investigation of an accident or 010.13.03.00.01 010.13.02.01.01
incident according to Annex 13.

814 Understand the general procedures for the investigation of an 010.13.03.00.02 010.13.02.01.02
accident or incident according to Annex 13.

815 Accident and Incident Investigation in accordance with EU 010.13.04.00 010.13.03.00

documents
816 010.13.03.01
817 Be familiar with Council Directive 94/56/EC of 21 November 010.13.04.00.01 010.13.03.01.01
1994 establishing the fundamental principles governing the
investigation of civil aviation accidents and incidents

818 Be familiar with Council Directive 2003/42/EC of the European 010.13.04.00.02 010.13.03.01.02
Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2003 on occurrence
reporting in civil aviation

819 Be familiar with the differences between the procedures for 010.13.04.00.03 010.13.03.01.03
Accident and Incident. Investigation in EU regulations compared
with ICAO Annex 13.
820 010.13.03.01.04

821 010.13.03.01.05

822 010.13.03.01.06
 New syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent

Basic Knowledge
Text unmodified
Renumbered

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR

CBIR, EIR
modified

IR(A&H)
ATPL(A)
Deleted

CPL(H)
CPL(A)
same
New
AIR LAW x
INTERNATIONAL LAW: CONVENTIONS, AGREEMENTS AND x
ORGANISATIONS
The Convention on International Civil Aviation (Chicago) - ICAO Doc x
7300/9. Convention on the High Seas (Geneva, 29 April 1958)
The establishment of the Convention on International Civil Aviation, x
Chicago, 7 December 1944
Explain the circumstances that led to the establishment of the x x x x x x x x
Convention on International Civil Aviation, Chicago, 7 December
1944.
Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9 Preamble

Part I - Air navigation x

Recall the general contents of relevant parts of the following x x x x x x x x
chapters:
- general principles and application of the Convention;
-flight over territory of Contracting States;
- nationality of aircraft;
- international standards and recommended practices (SARPs),
especially notification of differences and validity of endorsed
certificates and licences.
Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9 Part 1, Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 37, 38, 39, 40

General principles. Describe the application of the following terms in x x x x x x x x

civil aviation:
- sovereignty;
- territory and high seas according to the UN Convention on the High
Seas.
Source: Convention on the High Seas (Geneva, 29 April 1958)
Articles 1, 2; ICAO Doc 7300/9 Part 1, Articles 1, 2

Explain the following terms and how they apply to international air x x x x x x x
traffic:
- right of non-scheduled flight (including the two technical freedoms
of the air);
- scheduled air services;
- cabotage;
- landing at customs airports;
- Rules of the Air;
- search of aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 16

Explain the duties of Contracting States in relation to: x x x x x x x x

- documents carried on board the aircraft:
- certificate of registration;
- certificates of airworthiness;
- licences of personnel;
- recognition of certificates and licences;
- cargo restrictions;
- photographic apparatus.
Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 29, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36

Part II - The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) x x

Describe the objectives of ICAO. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9, Article 44
Recognise the organisation and duties of the ICAO Assembly, Council x x x x x x x x
and Air Navigation Commission (ANC).
Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 48, 49, 50, 54, 56, 57
x

x
Describe the annexes to the Convention. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 7300/9, Articles 54, 90, 94, 95
Other conventions and agreements x
The International Air Services Transit Agreement (ICAO Doc 7500) x

Explain the two technical freedoms of the air. x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 7500
The International Air Transport Agreement (ICAO Doc 9626) x
Explain the three commercial freedoms of the air. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 9626
x
Suppression of Unlawful Acts Against the Safety of Civil Aviation - x
The Tokyo Convention of 1963
x

Describe the measures and actions to be taken by the pilot-in- x x x x x x x

command (PIC) of an aircraft in order to suppress unlawful acts
against the safety of the aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 8364 — Convention on Offences and Certain
Other Acts Committed on Board Aircraft, Tokyo, 14 September
1963

Intentionally left blank x

Private international law x
x

Explain the legal significance of the issue of a passenger ticket or of x x x x x x x

baggage/cargo documents (that the issue is a form of contract).
Source: ICAO Doc 9740 Convention for the Unification of Certain
Rules for International Carriage — The Montreal Convention of
1999

Describe the consequences for an airline or the PIC when a x x x x x x x

document of carriage is not issued (that the contract is unaffected).
Source: ICAO Doc 9740 Convention for the Unification of Certain
Rules for International Carriage — The Montreal Convention of
1999

Explain the consequences for an airline operator of Regulation (EC) x x x x x x x x

No 261/2004 on passenger rights in the event of delay, cancellation
or denial of boarding.
Source: Regulation (EC) No 261/2004

Explain the liability limit in relation to destruction, loss, damage or x x x x x x x

delay of baggage.
Source: ICAO Doc 9740 Convention for the Unification of Certain
Rules for International Carriage — The Montreal Convention of
1999

World organisations x
The International Air Transport Association (IATA) x
Describe the objectives of IATA. x x x x
Source: IATA web page
European organisations x
European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Regulation (EC) No x x
216/2008
Describe the objectives of EASA. x x x x x x X
Describe the role of EASA in European civil aviation. x x x x x x
x

State that the structure of the regulatory material related to EASA x x x x x x x

involves: hard law (regulations, implementing rules); soft law
(certification specifications, acceptable means of compliance,
guidance material).

x
State the meaning of the terminology associated with the EASA x x x x x x
regulations’ structure, specifically: regulations; implementing rules;
certification specifications; acceptable means of compliance;
guidance material.

EUROCONTROL x
Describe the Single European Sky (SES) regulations. x x x x x x X

x
x
AIRWORTHINESS OF AIRCRAFT, AIRCRAFT NATIONALITY AND x
REGISTRATION MARKS
Intentionally left blank x
x
x

Certificate of Airworthiness (CofA) x

Certificate of Airworthiness (CofA) - Details x
State the issuing authority of a CofA. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 8, Chapter 3.2 Issuance and continued validity
of a Certificate of Airworthiness
State the necessity to hold a CofA. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 7300, Article 31
Explain the prerequisites for the issue of a CofA according to x x x x x x x X
Commission Regulation (EU) No 748/2012.
Source: Commission Regulation (EU) No 748/2012, SUBPART H
State who shall determine an aircraft’s continuing airworthiness. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 8, Chapter 3.2 Issuance and continued validity
of a Certificate of Airworthiness
Describe how a CofA can be renewed or may remain valid. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 8 Chapter 3.2 Issuance and continued validity
of a Certificate of Airworthiness; Chapter 3.5 Temporary loss of
airworthiness; Chapter 3.6 Damage to aircraft

ICAO Annex 7 - Aircraft Nationality and Registration Marks x x

ICAO Annex 7 - Definitions x
Recall the definition of the following terms: x x x x x x x x X
- aircraft;
- heavier-than-air aircraft;
- State of Registry.
Source: ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 1 Definitions

Nationality marks, common marks and registration marks x x

Nationality marks, common marks and registration marks - x
assignment and location.
Source: ICAO Annex 7
State the location of nationality marks, common marks and x x x x
registration marks.
Source: ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 4.3 Heavier-than-air aircraft; ICAO
Annex 7, Chapter 9 Identification plate

Explain who is responsible for assigning nationality marks, common x x x x x x x

marks and registration marks.
Source: ICAO Annex 7, Chapter 3 Nationality, common and
registration marks to be used

Intentionally left blank x

PERSONNEL LICENSING x
ICAO Annex 1 x
Differences between ICAO Annex 1 and Regulation (EU) x
No 1178/2011 (hereinafter: Aircrew Regulation)
Describe the relationship and differences between ICAO Annex 1 x x x x x x x X
and the Aircrew Regulation.
Aircrew Regulation - Annex I (Part-FCL). x
Source: Aircrew Regulation
Definitions x
Define the following: Category, class and type of aircraft, cross- x x x x x x x x x
country, dual instruction time, flight time, student pilot-in-command
(SPIC), instrument time, instrument flight time, instrument ground
time, night, private pilot, proficiency check, renewal, revalidation,
skill test, solo flight time.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.010 Definitions

Define the following: multi-crew cooperation (MCC), multi-pilot x x x x x

aircraft, rating.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.010 Definitions; Note:
"rating" is defined in Article 3 of Regulation (EC) No 216/2008

Content and structure x

Explain the structure of Part-FCL. x x x x x x x x x
Source: Aircrew Regulation, Article 1 Subject matter
x
Explain the requirements to act as a flight crew member of a civil x x x x x x x x
aircraft registered in a Member State, and know the general
principles of the licensing system (light aircraft pilot licence (LAPL),
private pilot licence (PPL), commercial pilot licence (CPL), multi-crew
pilot licence (MPL), airline transport pilot licence (ATPL)).
Source: Regulation (EC) No 216/2008, Article 7; Aircrew Regulation,
point FCL.015 Application and issue, revalidation and renewal of
licences, ratings and certificates

List the two factors that are relevant to the exercise of the privileges x x x x x x x x X
of a licence.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.040 Exercise of the privileges
of licences

State the circumstances in which a language proficiency x x x x x x x x X

endorsement is required.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.055 Language proficiency
List the restrictions for licence holders with an age of 60 years or x x x x x x x X
more.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.065 Curtailment of privileges
of licence holders aged 60 years or more in commercial air
transport

Explain the term ‘competent authority’. x x x x x x x x X

Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.001 Competent authority
Describe the obligation to carry and present documents (e.g. a flight x x x x x x x x
crew licence) under Part-FCL.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.045 Obligation to carry and
present documents

Commercial pilot licence (CPL) x

State the requirements for the issue of a CPL. x x x x x x X
Source: Aircrew Regulation: point FCL.300 CPL - Minimum age;
Appendix 3, D. CPL integrated course - Aeroplanes, Flying Training
(8, a–f); Appendix 3, E. CPL modular course - Aeroplanes,
Experience (12, a–d)

State the privileges of a CPL. x x x x x x

Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.305 CPL - Privileges and
conditions
Airline transport pilot licence (ATPL) and multi-crew pilot licence x
(MPL)
State the requirements for the issue of an ATPL. x x x x X
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.500 ATPL - Minimum age;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.510.A ATPL(A) - Prerequisites,
experience and crediting ((a) and (b)); Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.510.H ATPL(H) - Prerequisites, experience and crediting

State the privileges of an ATPL. x x x x

Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.505 ATPL - Privileges
State the requirements for the issue of an MPL. x x x X
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.400.A MPL - Minimum age;
Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.410.A MPL - Training course and
theoretical knowledge examinations and Appendix 5 (items 1 to 8)

State the privileges of an MPL. x x x

Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.405.A MPL - Privileges
Ratings x
State the requirements for class ratings, their validity and privileges. x x x
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.740 Validity and renewal of
class and type ratings; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.705 Privileges
of the holder of a class or type rating; Aircrew Regulation, point
FCL.720.A Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue
of class or type ratings - aeroplanes

State the requirements for type ratings, their validity and privileges. x x x x x x
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.705 Privileges of the holder
of a class or type rating; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.720.A
Experience requirements and prerequisites for the issue of class or
type ratings - aeroplanes; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.740
Validity and renewal of class and type ratings

State the requirements for instrument ratings, their validity and x x x x x

privileges (instrument rating (IR), competency-based instrument
rating (CBIR) and en-route instrument rating (EIR)).
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.610 IR - Prerequisites and
crediting; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.605 IR - Privileges; Aircrew
Regulation, point FCL.625 IR - Validity, revalidation and renewal
State the requirements for other ratings, their validity and privileges x x x x x x
according to Part-FCL.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.800 Aerobatic rating; Aircrew
Regulation, point FCL.805 Sailplane towing and banner towing
ratings; Aircrew Regulation, point FCL.810 Night rating; Aircrew
Regulation, point FCL.815 Mountain rating; Aircrew Regulation,
point FCL.820 Flight test rating.

Aircrew Regulation - Annex IV (Part-MED) x

Aircrew Regulation - Annex IV (Part-MED) - Details x
Describe the relevant content of Part-MED - Medical requirements x x x x x x x x X
(administrative parts and requirements related to licensing only).
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point MED.A.001 Competent authority;
Aircrew Regulation, point MED.A.005 Scope; Aircrew Regulation,
point MED.A.045 Validity, revalidation and renewal of medical
certificates

State the requirements for the issue of a medical certificate. X x x x x x x x

Source: Aircrew Regulation, point MED.A.040 Issue, revalidation
and renewal of medical certificates
Name the class of medical certificate required when exercising the x x x x x x x
privileges of a CPL, MPL or ATPL.
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point MED.A.030 Medical certificates
State the actions to be taken in case of a decrease in medical fitness. x x x x x x x x
Source: Aircrew Regulation, point MED.A.020 Decrease in medical
fitness
RULES OF THE AIR ACCORDING TO ICAO ANNEX 2 AND SERA x x
Overview of ICAO Annex 2 and SERA (Commission Implementing x x
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 and its references and subsequent
amendments)
ICAO Annex 2 and SERA - Relationship and content x
Explain the scope and purpose of ICAO Annex 2. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 2, Foreword, Applicability
Explain the scope and main content of SERA. x x x x x x x
Source: SERA, Article 1 Subject matter and scope
Rules of the Air x
Applicability of the Rules of the Air x
Explain the principle of territorial application of the various Rules of x x x x x x x
the Air, e.g. ICAO, SERA, national rules.
Source: ICAO Annex 2, Chapter 2, 2.1 Territorial application of the
rules of the air; SERA.1001 and SERA.2001

Explain the necessity to comply with the Rules of the Air. x x x x x x x

Source: SERA.2005 Compliance with the rules of the air
State the responsibilities of the PIC. x x x x x x x
Source: SERA.2010 Responsibilities.
Identify under what circumstances departure from the Rules of the x x x x x x x
Air may be allowed.
Source: SERA.2010 Responsibilities
Explain the duties of the PIC concerning pre-flight actions in case of x x x x x x
an instrument flight rule (IFR) flight.
Source: SERA.2010 Responsibilities
State that the PIC of an aircraft has final authority as to the x x x x x x x
disposition of the aircraft while in command.
Source: SERA.2015 Authority of pilot-in-command of an aircraft
Explain when the use of psychoactive substances, taking into x x x x x x x x
consideration their effects, by flight crew members is prohibited.
Source: SERA.2020 Problematic use of psychoactive substances
General rules x
General rules - Collision avoidance - SERA x
Describe the rules for the avoidance of collisions. x x x x x x
Source: SERA Chapter 2 Avoidance of collisions (except water
operations)
Describe the lights, including their angles, to be displayed by aircraft. x x x x x x
Source: SERA.3215 Lights to be displayed by aircraft; ICAO Annex 2,
Chapter 3, 3.2.3; ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 6, 6.10 and
Appendix 1; and ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Chapter 4, 4.42.

Interpret marshalling signals. x x x x x x

Source: SERA Appendix 1, Chapter 4 Marshalling signals
State the basic requirements for minimum height (HGT) for the flight x x x x x x
over congested areas of cities, towns or settlements, or over an
open-air assembly of persons.
Source: SERA.3105 Minimum heights

Define when the cruising levels shall be expressed in terms of flight x x x x x x

levels (FLs).
Source: SERA.3110 Cruising levels
Define under what circumstances cruising levels shall be expressed x x x x x x
in terms of altitude (ALT).
Source: SERA.3110 Cruising levels
Explain the limitation for proximity to other aircraft and the right-of- x x x x x x
way rules, including holding at runway (RWY) holding positions and
lighted stop bars.
Source SERA.3205 Proximity; SERA.3210 Right-of-way

Describe the meaning of light signals displayed to aircraft and by x x x x x x

aircraft.
Source: SERA.3215 Lights to be displayed by aircraft; SERA,
Appendix 1, Chapter 3 Signals for aerodrome traffic

Describe the requirements when carrying out simulated instrument x x x x x

flights.
Source: SERA.3220 Simulated instrument flights
Explain the basic rules for an aircraft operating on and in the vicinity x x x x x x
of an aerodrome (AD).
Source: SERA.3225 Operation on and in the vicinity of an
aerodrome

Explain the requirements for the submission of an air traffic service x x x x x x

(ATS) flight plan.
Source: SERA.4001 Submission of a flight plan
x
Explain the actions to be taken in case of flight plan change or delay. x x x x x x x x
Source: SERA.4015 Changes to a flight plan; SERA.8020 Adherence
to flight plan
State the actions to be taken in case of inadvertent changes to track, x x x x x x x x
true airspeed (TAS) and time estimate affecting the current flight
plan.
Source: SERA.8020 Adherence to flight plan

Explain the procedures for closing a flight plan. x x x x x x x

Source: SERA.4020 Closing a flight plan
State for which flights an air traffic control (ATC) clearance shall be x x x x x x x
obtained.
Source: SERA.8015 Air traffic control clearances
State how a pilot may request ATC clearance. x x x x x x x
Source: SERA.8015 Air traffic control clearances
State the action to be taken if an ATC clearance is not satisfactory to x x x x x x x
a PIC.
Source: SERA.8015 Air traffic control clearances
Describe the required actions to be carried out if the continuation of x x x x x x x
a controlled visual flight rule (VFR) flight in visual meteorological
conditions (VMC) is not practicable any more.
Source: SERA.8020 Adherence to flight plan

Describe the provisions for transmitting a position report to the x x x x x x x x x

appropriate ATS unit including time of transmission and normal
content of the message.
Source: SERA.8025 Position reports

Describe the necessary action when an aircraft experiences a x x x x x x x x x

communication (COM) failure.
Source: SERA.8035 Communications
State what information an aircraft being subjected to unlawful x x x x x x x
interference shall give to the appropriate ATS unit.
Source: SERA.11001 Unlawful interference
Visual flight rules (VFR) x
Visual flight rules (VFR) - SERA x
Describe the VFR as contained in Commission Implementing x x x x x x x
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012.
Source: SERA.5001 VMC visibility and distance
from cloud minima; SERA.5005 Visual flight rules; SERA.5010
Special VFR in control zones

Instrument flight rules (IFR) x

Instrument flight rules (IFR) - SERA x
Describe the IFR as contained in Commission Implementing x x x x x x
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012.
Source: SERA.5015 Instrument flight rules (IFR) - Rules applicable to
all IFR flights; SERA.5020 IFR - Rules applicable to IFR flights within
controlled airspace; SERA.5025 IFR - Rules applicable to IFR flights
outside controlled airspace

Interception of civil aircraft x

Interception of civil aircraft - SERA x
List the possible reasons for intercepting a civil aircraft. x x x x x x x
Source: SERA.11015 Interception
State what primary action should be carried out by an intercepted x x x x x x x
aircraft.
Source: SERA.11015 Interception
State which frequency should primarily be tried in order to contact x x x x x x x
an intercepting aircraft.
Source: SERA.11015 Interception
State on which mode and code a transponder on board the x x x x x x x
intercepted aircraft should be operated.
Source: SERA.11015 Interception
Recall the interception signals and phrases. x x x x x x x
Source: SERA.11015 Interception, Tables S11-1, S11-2, S11-3
AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS x

Intentionally left blank x

x
x

Definitions and abbreviations (PANS-OPS Flight Procedures, ICAO x x

Doc 8168, Volume I)
Definitions and abbreviations - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume 1 x
Recall all definitions included in ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, x x x x x x
Section 1, Chapter 1.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 1
Interpret all abbreviations and acronyms as shown in ICAO Doc x x x x x x
8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 2.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1, Chapter 2
Departure procedures - (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I) x x
General criteria (assuming all engines operating) x
State the factors dictating the design of instrument departure x x x x x X
procedures.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 2, Chapter 1, 1.1
General

Explain in which situations the criteria for omnidirectional x x x x x

departures are applied.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 3, Chapter 1, 1.3
Instrument departure procedure: 1.3.1; 1.3.2; 1.3.3

Standard instrument departures (SIDs) x

Explain the terms ‘straight departure’ and ‘turning departure’. x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 3, Chapter 2, 2.1
General; 2.2 Straight Departures; 2.3 Turning (excluding maximum
speeds)

Omnidirectional departures x
Explain when the ‘omnidirectional method’ is used for departure. x x x x x

Intentionally left blank x

x

Intentionally left blank x

Approach procedures - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I x x

General criteria x
State the general criteria (except ‘Speeds for procedure x x x x
calculations’) of the approach procedure design: instrument
approach areas; accuracy of fixes; fixes formed by intersections;
intersection fix-tolerance factors; other fix-tolerance factors;
descent gradient.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1

Name the five possible segments of an instrument approach x x x x x

procedure.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.2.2
Segments of the approach procedure

State the reasons for establishing aircraft categories for the x x x x x

approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.3
Categories of aircraft

State the maximum angle between the final approach track and the x x x x x
extended RWY centre line to still consider a non-precision approach
as being a ‘straight-in approach’.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.2.3
Types of approach
State the minimum obstacle clearance (MOC) provided by the x x x x x
minimum sector altitudes (MSAs) established for an aerodrome.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 2, 12.3
Minimum sector altitudes (MSA)/terminal arrival altitudes (TAA)

State that a pilot shall apply wind corrections when carrying out an x x x x x x x
instrument approach procedure.
State the most significant factor influencing the conduct of x x x x x x
instrument approach procedures.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.2.1
External factors influencing the approach procedure

Explain why a pilot should not descend below obstacle clearance x x x x x x

altitude/height (OCA/H), which are established for: precision
approach procedures; non-precision approach procedures; visual
(circling) procedures; APV approach procedures.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.5
Obstacle clearance altitude/height (OCA/H)

Describe in general terms the relevant factors for the calculation of x x x x x x

operational minima.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.6
Factors affecting operational minima

State the following acronyms in plain language: DA, DH, OCA, OCH, x x x x x x
MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, MDA/H.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1
Explain the relationship between the terms: DA, DH, OCA, OCH, x x x x x x
MDA, MDH, MOC, DA/H, OCA/H, and MDA/H.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1
Approach procedure design x
Describe how the vertical cross section for each of the five approach x x x x x
segments is broken down into the various areas.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1
State within which area of the cross section the minimum obstacle x x x x x
clearance (MOC) is provided for the whole width of the area.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 2
Define the terms ‘IAF’, ‘IF’, ‘FAF’, ‘FAP’, ‘MAPt’ and ‘TP’. x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement
x

State the accuracy of facilities providing track (VHF omnidirectional x x x x x x x

radio range (VOR), instrument landing system (ILS), non-directional
beacon (NDB)).
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 2, Chapter 2, Table
I-2-2-1. System use accuracy (2 SD) of facility providing track
guidance and facility not providing track guidance

x
State the optimum descent gradient (preferred for a precision x x x x x x
approach) in degrees and per cent.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.9
Descent gradient.

Arrival and approach segments x

Name the five standard segments of an instrument approach x x x x x
procedure, and state the beginning and end for each of them.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 1, 1.2
Instrument approach procedure

Describe where an arrival route normally ends. x X x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 2
Arrival segment
x
State the main task of the initial approach segment. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 3 Initial
approach segment
Describe the maximum angle of interception between the initial x x x x x x
approach segment and the intermediate approach segment
(provided at the intermediate fix) for a precision approach and a
non-precision approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 3 Initial
approach segment
Describe the main task of the intermediate approach segment. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 4
Intermediate approach segment
State the main task of the final approach segment. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 5 Final
approach segment
Name the two possible aims of a final approach. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 5 Final
approach segment
Explain the term ‘final approach point’ in case of an ILS approach. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 5 Final
approach segment
State what happens if an ILS glide path (GP) becomes inoperative x x x x x x
during the approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 5 Final
approach segment

Missed approach x
Name the three phases of a missed approach procedure and x x x x x
describe their geometric limits.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 6
Missed approach segment

State the main task of a missed approach procedure. x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 6
Missed approach segment
x

Define the term ‘missed approach point (MAPt)’. x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement
Describe how an MAPt may be established in an approach x x x x x x
procedure.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 6
Missed approach segment
State the pilot’s action if, upon reaching the MAPt, the required x x x x x x
visual reference is not established.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 6
Missed approach segment

Describe what a pilot is expected to do in the event a missed x x x x x x

approach is initiated prior to arriving at the MAPt.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 6
Missed approach segment

State whether the pilot is obliged to cross the MAPt at the height x x x x x x
(HGT)/altitude (ALT) required by the procedure or whether they are
allowed to cross the MAPt at a HGT/ALT greater than that required
by the procedure.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 6
Missed approach segment

Visual manoeuvring (circling) in the vicinity of the aerodrome (AD) x

Describe what is meant by ‘visual manoeuvring (circling)’. x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area
Describe how a prominent obstacle in the visual manoeuvring x x x x x
(circling) area outside the final approach and missed approach area
has to be considered for the visual circling.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area

State for which category of aircraft the obstacle clearance x x x x x

altitude/height (OCA/H) within an established visual manoeuvring
(circling) area is determined.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area

Describe how the minimum descent altitude/height (MDA/H) is x x x x x

specified for visual manoeuvring (circling) if the OCA/H is known.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area

State the conditions to be fulfilled before descending below MDA/H x x x x x

in a visual manoeuvring (circling) approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area

Explain why there can be no single procedure designed that will x x x x x

cater for conducting a circling approach in every situation.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area

State how the pilot is expected to act after initial visual contact x x x x x
during a visual manoeuvring (circling).
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area
Describe what the pilot is expected to do if visual reference is lost x x x x x
while circling to land from an instrument approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 4, Chapter 7 Visual
manoeuvring (circling) area

RNAV approach procedures based on VOR/distance-measuring x

equipment (DME)
Describe the provisions that must be fulfilled before carrying out x x x x x
VOR/DME RNAV approaches.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 3, Chapter 3
Explain the disadvantages of the VOR/DME RNAV system compared x x x x x
to a DME/DME RNAV approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 3, Chapter 3
List the factors the navigational accuracy of the VOR/DME RNAV x x x x x
system depends on.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 3, Chapter 3
State whether the VOR/DME RNAV approach is a precision or a non- x x x x x
precision procedure.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part II, Section 3, Chapter 3
x

Holding procedures - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I x x

Entry and holding x
Explain why deviations from the in-flight procedures of a holding x x x x x
established in accordance with ICAO Doc 8168 are dangerous.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6
State that if for any reason a pilot is unable to conform to the x x x x x
procedures for normal conditions laid down for any particular
holding pattern, this pilot should advise ATC as early as possible.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1

Describe the shape and terminology associated with the holding x x x x x x

pattern.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
State the bank angle and rate of turn to be used whilst flying in a x x x x x x
holding pattern.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
Explain why a pilot in a holding pattern should attempt to maintain x x x x x x
tracks and how this can be achieved.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
Describe where outbound timing begins in a holding pattern. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
State where the outbound leg in a holding terminates if the x x x x x x
outbound leg is based on DME.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
Describe the three heading entry sectors for entries into a holding x x x x x x
pattern.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
Describe the terms ‘parallel entry’, ‘offset entry’ and ‘direct entry’. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
Determine the correct entry procedure for a given holding pattern. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
State the still-air time for flying the outbound entry heading with or x x x x x x
without DME.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
Describe what the pilot is expected to do when clearance is received x x x x x x
specifying the time of departure from the holding point.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 1
Obstacle clearance x
Describe the layout of the basic holding area, entry area and buffer x x x x x x
area of a holding pattern.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 2
State which obstacle clearance is provided by a minimum x x x x x x
permissible holding level referring to the holding area, the buffer
area (general only) and over high terrain or in mountainous areas.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 6, Chapter 2

Altimeter-setting procedures - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I x x

Basic requirements and procedures x
Describe the two main objectives of altimeter settings. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 1
Define the terms ‘QNH’ and ‘QFE’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Describe the different terms for ALT or flight levels (FLs) respectively, x x x x x x x x
which are the references during climb or descent to change the
altimeter settings from QNH to 1013.2 hPa and vice versa.
Source: ICAO Doc
8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Define the term ‘flight level (FL)’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement
State where FL zero shall be located. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
State the interval by which consecutive FLs shall be separated. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Describe how FLs are defined. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Define the term ‘transition altitude (TA)’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement
State how TAs shall normally be specified. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Explain how the HGT of the TA is calculated and expressed in x x x x x x x x
practice.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
State where TAs shall be published. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Define the term ‘transition level (TRL)’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement
State when the TRL is normally passed on to the aircraft. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
State how the vertical position of the aircraft shall be expressed at or x x x x x x x x
below the TA and TRL.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Define the term ‘transition layer’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part I, Section 1 Definitions,
abbreviations and acronyms and units of measurement
Describe when the vertical position of an aircraft passing through x x x x x x x x
the transition layer shall be expressed in terms of FLs and when in
terms of ALT.

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2

State when the QNH altimeter setting shall be made available to x x x x x x x x
departing aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Explain when the vertical separation of an aircraft during en-route x x x x x x x x
flight shall be assessed in terms of ALT and when in terms of FLs.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 3
Explain when, in air–ground communications during an en-route x x x x x x x x
flight, the vertical position of an aircraft shall be expressed in terms
of ALT and when in terms of FLs.

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 3

Describe why QNH altimeter-setting reports should be provided x x x x x x x x
from sufficient locations.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
State how a QNH altimeter setting shall be made available to aircraft x x x x x x x x
approaching a controlled aerodrome (AD) for landing.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
State under which circumstances the vertical position of an aircraft x x x x x x x x
above the TRL may be referenced in ALT.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2
Procedures for operators and pilots x
x

State on which setting at least one altimeter shall be set prior to x x x x x x x x x

take-off.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 3
State where during the climb the altimeter setting shall be changed x x x x x x x x x
from QNH to 1013.2 hPa.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 3
Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at an AD shall x x x x x x x x x
obtain the TRL.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 3
Describe when a pilot of an aircraft intending to land at an AD shall x x x x x x x x x
obtain the actual QNH altimeter setting.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 3
State where the altimeter settings shall be changed from 1013.2 hPa x x x x x x x x x
to QNH during descent for landing.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 3
Parallel or near-parallel instrument RWYs - ICAO Doc 8168, Volume x x
I
Simultaneous operation on parallel or near-parallel instrument x
RWYs
Describe the difference between independent and dependent x x x x x x x x x x
parallel approaches.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1
Describe the following different operations: simultaneous x x x x x x x x x
instrument departures; segregated parallel approaches/departures;
semi-mixed and mixed operations.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1

Describe the terms ‘normal operating zone (NOZ)’ and ‘no x x x x x x x x

transgression zone (NTZ)’.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1
State the aircraft avionics requirements for conducting parallel x x x x x x x x
instrument approaches.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1
State where guidance material may be located for simultaneous x x x x x x x x
operations on parallel or near-parallel instrument runways.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1, 1.4
State the radar requirements for simultaneous, independent, and x x x x x x x x
parallel instrument approaches, and how weather conditions effect
these.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1

State the maximum angle of interception for an ILS localiser course x x x x x x x x

(CRS) or microwave landing system (MLS) final approach track in
case of simultaneous, independent, and parallel instrument
approaches.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1
Describe the special conditions for tracks on missed approach x x x x x x x x
procedures and departures in case of simultaneous or parallel
operations.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1

Secondary surveillance radar (transponder) operating procedures - x

ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I
Operation of transponders x
State when and where the pilot shall operate the transponder. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1
State the modes and codes that the pilot shall operate in the x x x x x x x x
absence of any ATC directions or regional air navigation agreements.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1
State when the pilot shall operate Mode C. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1
State when the pilot shall ‘SQUAWK IDENT’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1
State the transponder code to indicate: a state of emergency; a COM x x x x x x x x
failure; unlawful interference.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1

See details above. x x x x x x x x x

Describe the consequences of a transponder failure in flight. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1
State the primary action of the pilot in the case of an unserviceable x x x x x x x x
transponder before departure when no repair or replacement at the
given AD is possible.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1

State when the pilot shall operate Mode S. x x

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 1
Operation of airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS) equipment x

Describe the main reason for using ACAS. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.1
ACAS overview
State whether the ‘use of ACAS indications’ described in ICAO Doc x x x x x x x
8168 is absolutely mandatory.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2
Use of ACAS indications

Explain the pilots’ reaction required to allow ACAS to fulfil its role of x x x x x x x
assisting pilots in the avoidance of potential collisions.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2 Use of
ACAS indications

Explain why pilots shall not manoeuvre their aircraft in response to x x x x x x x

traffic advisories (TAs) only.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2
Use of ACAS indications
Explain the significance of TAs in view of possible resolution x x x x x x x
advisories (RAs).
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2
Use of ACAS indications

State why a pilot should follow RAs immediately. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2
Use of ACAS indications
List the reasons which may force a pilot to disregard an RA. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2
Use of ACAS indications
x

Explain the importance of instructing ATC immediately that an RA x x x x x x x x

has been followed.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2
Use of ACAS indications

Explain the duties of a pilot with regard to ATC when an RA situation x x x x x x x x

is resolved.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168, Volume I, Part III, Section 3, Chapter 3, 3.2
Use of ACAS indications

REGULATION (EU) No 965/2012 ON AIR OPERATIONS x

Regulation structure x
Describe the subject matter and scope of that Regulation. x x x x x x x x
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Article 1 Subject matter and
scope
State that Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 covers all types of x x x x x x x x x
commercial and non-commercial operations.
Definitions (Annex I) x
Recall the definitions in the Regulation not already given in ICAO x x x x x x x x
PAN-OPS.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Article 2 Definitions
Part-SPA (Annex V), Part-NCC (Annex VI) and Part-NCO (Annex VII) x
Describe the scope of these Parts. x x x x x x
Explain the main content of these Parts, except the operational x x x x x x x
procedures.
AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES (ATS) AND AIR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT x
(ATM)
ICAO Annex 11 - Air Traffic Services x
Definitions x
Recall the definitions given in ICAO Annex 11. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 1 Definitions
General x
State the objectives of ATS. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.2 Objectives of ATS
Describe the three basic types of ATS. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.3 Divisions of the air traffic
services
Describe the three basic types of ATC services. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.3 Divisions of the air traffic
services
x

State on which frequencies a pilot can expect ATC to contact them in x x x x x x x x

case of an emergency.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.24 Service to aircraft in the
event of an emergency, 2.25 In-flight contingencies, Chapter 5, 5.3
Use of communication facilities, and Chapter 6, 6.1.1.1 (referring to
Annex 10, Volumes II and V), Chapter 4, 4.1.3.1

Describe the procedure for the transfer of an aircraft from one ATC x x x x x x x x
unit to another.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.6.1 Transfer of responsibility
for control

Airspace x
Describe the purpose for establishing flight information regions x x x x x x x
(FIRs) including upper flight information regions (UIRs).
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2: 2.10; 2.11.
Describe the various rules and services that apply to the various x x x x x x x x
classes of airspace.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.6 Classification of airspaces
and Annex 11, Appendix 4

Explain which airspace shall be included in an FIR or UIR. x x x x x x

State the designation for those portions of the airspace where flight x x x x x x x
information service (FIS) and alerting service shall be provided.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5 Designation of the portions
of the airspace and controlled aerodromeswhere air traffic services
will be provided
State the designations for those portions of the airspace where ATC x x x x x x x
services shall be provided.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5 Designation of the portions
of the airspace and controlled aerodromeswhere air traffic services
will be provided

Identify whether or not control areas (CTAs) and control zones x x x x x x x

(CTRs) designated within an FIR shall form part of that FIR.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.5 Designation of the portions
of the airspace and controlled aerodromeswhere air traffic services
will be provided

State the lower limit of a CTA as far as ICAO Standards are x x x x x x x

concerned.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.3 Control areas
State whether or not the lower limit of a CTA has to be established x x x x x x x
uniformly.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.3 Control areas
Explain why a UIR or upper CTA should be delineated to include the x x x x x x x
upper airspace within the lateral limits of a number of lower FIRs or
CTAs.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.4 Flight information regions
or control areas in the upper airspace

Describe in general the lateral limits of CTRs. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.5 Control zones
State the minimum extension (in NM) of the lateral limits of a CTR. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.5 Control zones
State the upper limits of a CTR located within the lateral limits of a x x x x x x x
CTA.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.11.5 Control zones
Air traffic control (ATC) services x
Name all classes of airspace in which ATC services shall be provided. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.1 Application
Name the ATS units providing ATC services (area control service, x x x x x x x x
approach control service, aerodrome control service).
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.2 Provision of air traffic
control service

Describe which unit(s) may be assigned with the task to provide x x x x x x x x

specified services on the apron.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.2 Provision of air traffic
control service

State the purpose of clearances issued by an ATC unit. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.3 Operation of air traffic
control service
x

List the various (five possible) parts of an ATC clearance. x x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.7.1 Contents of clearances
x
x

Explain why the movement of persons, vehicles and towed aircraft x x x x x x x x

on the manoeuvring area of an AD shall be controlled by the
aerodrome control tower (TWR) (as necessary).
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.8 Control of persons and
vehicles at aerodromes, 3.8.1

Flight information service (FIS) x

State for which aircraft FIS shall be provided. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.1 Application
State whether or not FIS shall include the provision of pertinent x x x x x x x x
significant meteorological information (SIGMET) and air
meteorological information report (AIRMET) information.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.2 Scope of flight information
service

State which information FIS shall include in addition to SIGMET and x x x x x x x x

AIRMET information.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.2 Scope of flight information
service

Indicate which other information the FIS shall include in addition to x x x x x x x x

the special information given in Annex 11.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.2 Scope of flight information
service, 4.2.2 Note 2 and Attachment B

x
State the meaning of the acronym ‘ATIS’ in plain language. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.4 Voice-automatic terminal
information service (Voice-ATIS) broadcasts
 x

x
List the basic information concerning automatic terminal x x x x x x x x
information service (ATIS) broadcasts (e.g. frequencies used, number
of ADs included, updating, identification, acknowledgment of
receipt, language and channels, ALT- setting).
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.4 Voice-automatic terminal
information service (Voice-ATIS) broadcasts

State the content of an ATIS message. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.7 ATIS for arriving and
departing aircraft
State the reasons and circumstances when an ATIS message shall be x x x x x x x x
updated.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 4, 4.3.6 Automatic terminal
information service (voice and/or data link)

Alerting service x
State who provides the alerting service. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 2, 2.10 Establishment and
designation of the units providing air traffic services
State who is responsible for initiating the appropriate emergency x x x x x x
phase.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service
State the aircraft to which alerting service shall be provided. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service
State which unit shall be notified by the responsible ATS unit x x x x x x
immediately when an aircraft is considered to be in a state of
emergency.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service

Name the three stages of emergency and describe the basic x x x x x x

conditions for each kind of emergency.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service
State the meaning of the expressions ‘INCERFA’, ‘ALERFA’ and x x x x x x x
‘DETRESFA’.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service
State the information to be provided to those aircraft that operate in x x x x x x x
the vicinity of an aircraft that is either in a state of emergency or
unlawful interference.

Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 5 Alerting service

Principles governing required navigation performance (RNP) and x
air traffic service (ATS) route designators
State the meaning of the acronym ‘RNP’. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 1 Definitions
State the factors that RNP is based on. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 1 Definitions (Navigation
specification)
Describe the reason for establishing a system of route designators x x x x x x x
and navigation specifications.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 1. Designators for ATS routes
and navigation specifications

State whether or not a prescribed RNP type is considered an integral x x x x x x

part of the ATS route designator.
Source: ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 1. Designators for ATS routes
and navigation specifications

Explain the composition of an ATS route designator. x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 1, 2. Composition of designator
(not to the extent of memorising the codes in 2.2.1)
ICAO Doc 4444 - Air Traffic Management x
Foreword (Scope and purpose) x
x

State which ATS units provide clearances that do, and do not, x x x x x x x x x
include the prevention of collision with terrain.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Foreword, 2 Scope and purpose, 2.1
Definitions x
Recall all definitions given in ICAO Doc 4444 except the following x x x x x x x x
accepting unit/controller, AD taxi circuit, aeronautical fixed service
(AFS), aeronautical fixed station, air-taxiing, allocation, approach
funnel, assignment, data convention, data processing, discrete code,
D-value, flight status, ground effect, receiving unit/controller,
sending unit/controller, transfer of control point, transferring
unit/controller, unmanned free balloon.

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1 Definitions

ATS system capacity and air traffic flow management (ATFM) x
Explain when and where ATFM services shall be implemented. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 3, 3.2 Air traffic flow management,
3.2.1 General
General provisions for air traffic services (ATS) x
Describe who is responsible for the provision of flight information x x x x x x x x
and alerting services within an FIR, within controlled airspace and at
controlled ADs.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.2 Responsibility for the
provision of flight information service and alerting service

ATC clearances x
x
State which information the issue of an ATC clearance is based on. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air traffic control clearances,
4.5.1 Scope and purpose
Describe what a PIC should do if an ATC clearance is not suitable. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air traffic control clearances,
4.5.1 Scope and purpose
State who bears the responsibility for adhering to the applicable x x x x x x x x x
rules and regulations whilst flying under the control of an ATC unit.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air traffic control clearances,
4.5.1 Scope and purpose

State the two primary purposes of clearances issued by ATC units. x x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air traffic control clearances,
4.5.1 Scope and purpose
State why clearances must be issued ‘early enough’ to aircraft. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5 Air traffic control clearances,
4.5.1 Scope and purpose
Explain what is meant by the expression ‘clearance limit’. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7 Description of air traffic
control clearances, 4.5.7.1 Clearance limit
Explain the meaning of the phrases ‘cleared via flight planned route’, x x x x x x x x x
‘cleared via (designation) departure’ and ‘cleared via (designation)
arrival’ in an ATC clearance.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7 Description of air traffic
control clearances, 4.5.7.2 Route of flight

List which items of an ATC clearance shall always be read back by x x x x x x x x x

the flight crew.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7.5 Readback of clearances
Horizontal speed control instructions x
Explain the reason for speed control by ATC. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6 Horizontal speed control
instructions, 4.6.1 General
Define the maximum speed changes that ATC may impose. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6.3 Descending and arriving
aircraft
State within what distance from the THR the PIC should not expect x x x x x x x x
any kind of speed control.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.6.3 Descending and arriving
aircraft

Change from IFR to VFR flight x

Explain how the change from IFR to VFR can be initiated by the PIC. x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.8 Change from IFR to VFR
flight
Describe the expected reaction of the appropriate ATC unit upon a x x x x x
request to change from IFR to VFR.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.8 Change from IFR to VFR
flight
Wake turbulence x
State the wake-turbulence categories of aircraft. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.9.1 Wake turbulence
categories of aircraft
State the wake-turbulence separation minima. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.8 Time-based wake turbulence
longitudinal separation minima; ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.7.3.4
(table of distance-based wake turbulence separation minima) and
8.7.3.4.1 (appropriate conditions for application)

Describe how a ‘heavy’ aircraft shall indicate this in the initial x x x x x x x

radiotelephony contact with ATS.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.9.2 Indication of heavy wake
turbulence category

Altimeter-setting procedures x
Define the following terms: TRL; transition layer; and TA. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1 Definitions
Describe how the vertical position of an aircraft in the vicinity of an x x x x x x x x
AD shall be expressed at or below the TA, at or above the TRL, and
while climbing or descending through the transition layer.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.1 Expression of vertical
position of aircraft

Describe when the HGT of an aircraft using QFE during an NDB x x x x x x x x

approach is referred to the landing THR instead of the AD elevation.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.1 Expression of vertical
position of aircraft

State in which margin altimeter settings provided to aircraft shall be x x x x x x x x

rounded up or down.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter
setting information

Describe the expression ‘lowest usable FL’. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter
setting information
Determine how the vertical position of an aircraft on an en-route x x x x x x x x
flight is expressed at or above the lowest usable FL and below the
lowest usable FL.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.1 Expression of vertical
position of aircraft

State who establishes the TRL to be used in the vicinity of an AD. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.2 Determination of the
transition level
Decide how and when a flight crew member shall be informed about x x x x x x x x
the TRL.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter
setting information

State whether or not the pilot can request TRL to be included in the x x x x x x x x
approach clearance.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.10.4 Provision of altimeter
setting information

Position reporting x
Describe when position reports shall be made by an aircraft flying on x x x x x x x x
routes defined by designated significant points.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.1 Transmission of position
reports, 4.11.1.1

List the six items that are normally included in a voice position x x x x x x x x
report.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position
reports
State the requirements for using a simplified position report with FL, x x x x x x x x X
next position (and time-over) and ensuing significant points omitted.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position
reports

State the item of a position report which must be forwarded on to x x x x x x x x

ATC with the initial call after changing to a new frequency.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position
reports

Indicate the item of a position report which may be omitted if x x x x x x x x

secondary surveillance radar (SSR) Mode C is used.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position
reports

Explain in which circumstances the airspeed should be included in a x x x x x x x

position report.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position
reports

Explain the meaning of the acronym ‘ADS’. x x x x x x x

x
x
Describe which expression shall precede the level figures in a x x x x x x x x
position report if the level is reported in relation to 1013.2 hPa
(standard pressure).
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.5.7.5 Readback of clearances;
ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.11.2 Contents of voice position reports

Reporting of operational and meteorological information x

List the occasions when special air-reports shall be made. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 4, 4.12.3 Contents of special air-
reports 4.12.3.1 (a to k inclusive)
Separation methods and minima x
Explain the general provisions for the separation of controlled air x x x x x
traffic.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.2.1 General and 5.2.2
Degraded aircraft performance

Name the different kinds of separation used in aviation. x x x x x X

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5; ICAO Annex 11, Chapter 3, 3.5.2
State the difference between the type of separation provided within x x x x x
the various classes of airspace and the various types of flight.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.2 Provisions for the separation
of controlled traffic

State who is responsible for the avoidance of collision with other x x x x x

aircraft when operating in VMC.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.9 Clearances to fly maintaining
own separation while in VMC

Describe how vertical separation is obtained. x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.1 Vertical separation
application
State the required vertical separation minimum. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.2 Vertical separation
minimum
Describe how the cruising levels of aircraft flying to the same x x x x x x
destination and in the expected approach sequence are correlated
with each other.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.3 Assignment of cruising
levels for controlled flights

Name the conditions that must be adhered to when two aircraft are x x x x x x
cleared to maintain a specified vertical separation between them
during climb or descent.

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.3.4 Vertical separation during

climb or descent
State the two main methods for horizontal separation. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5
Describe how lateral separation of aircraft at the same level may be x x x x x x
obtained.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.1 Lateral separation,
5.4.1.1.2

Explain the term ‘geographical separation’. x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.1 Lateral separation
Describe track separation between aircraft using the same x x x x x x
navigation aid or method.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.1.2 Lateral separation
criteria and minima, 5.4.1.2.1.2

Describe the three basic means for the establishment of longitudinal x x x x x x

separation.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.2
x

State the minimum standard horizontal radar separation in NM. x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5
Describe the method of the Mach number technique. x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.4.2.4 Longitudinal separation
minima with mach number technique based on time
x

Separation in the vicinity of aerodromes (ADs) x

Describe the expression ‘essential local traffic’. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.2 Essential local traffic
State which possible decision the PIC may choose to take if they are x x x x x x x
asked to accept take-off in a direction which is not ‘into the wind’.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.3.3 Departure sequence
State the condition to enable ATC to initiate a visual approach for an x x x x x x x x
IFR flight.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.3 Visual approach, 6.5.3.1
State whether or not separation shall be provided by ATC between x x x x x x x x
an aircraft executing a visual approach and other arriving or
departing aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.3 Visual approach, 6.5.3.4

State in which case, when the flight crew are not familiar with the x x x x x x x x
instrument approach procedure being carried out, only the final
approach track has to be given to them by ATC.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.4 Instrument approach

Describe which FL should be assigned to an aircraft first arriving over x x x x x x x x

a holding fix for landing.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.5 Holding
State which kinds of priority can be applied to aircraft for a landing. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.6 Approach sequence,
6.5.6.1 General
Describe the situation when a pilot of an aircraft in an approach x x x x x x x x
sequence indicates their intention to hold for weather
improvements.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.6 Approach sequence,
6.5.6.1 General
Explain the term ‘expected approach time’ and the procedures for x x x x x x x x
its use.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.5.7 Expected approach time
State the reasons which could probably lead to the decision to use x x x x x x x x
another take-off or landing direction than the one into the wind.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.2 Selection of runway-in-use
State the possible consequences for a PIC if the ‘RWY-in-use’ is not x x x x x x x x
considered suitable for the operation involved.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7
Miscellaneous separation procedures x
x
State the minimum separation between departing and arriving x x x x x x x x
aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.7 Separation of departing
aircraft from arriving aircraft

See below

State the non-radar wake-turbulence longitudinal separation x x x x x x x x

minima.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5 and 6
Describe the consequences of a clearance to ‘maintain own x x x x x x x x
separation’ while in VMC.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.8 Time-based wake turbulence
longitudinal separation minima, 5.8.1; ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6,
6.5.3 Visual approach

Give a brief description of ‘essential traffic’ and ‘essential traffic x x x x x x x x

information’.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 5, 5.10 Essential traffic information
Describe the circumstances under which a reduction in separation x x x x x x x x
minima may be allowed.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.1 Reduction in separation
minima in the vicinity of aerodromes

Arriving and departing aircraft x

List the elements of information which shall be transmitted to an x x x x x x x x
aircraft as early as practicable if an approach for landing is intended.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for arriving
aircraft

List the elements of information to be transmitted to an aircraft at x x x x x x x x

the commencement of final approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for arriving
aircraft

List the elements of information to be transmitted to an aircraft x x x x x x x x

during final approach.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for arriving
aircraft

State the prerequisites for operating on parallel or near-parallel x x x x x x x

RWYs including the different combinations of parallel arrivals or
departures.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.7 Operations on parallel or
near-parallel runways

State the sequence of priority between aircraft landing (or in the x x x x x x x x

final stage of an approach to land) and aircraft intending to depart.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.8 Order of priority for arriving
and departing aircraft

x
State the significant changes in the meteorological conditions in the x x x x x x x x x
take-off or climb-out area that shall be transmitted without delay to
a departing aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.4.1 Meteorological conditions

State the significant changes that shall be transmitted as early as x x x x x x x x x

practicably possible to an arriving aircraft, particularly changes in the
meteorological conditions.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 6, 6.6 Information for arriving
aircraft

Procedures for aerodrome (AD) control service x

x

x
Name the operational failure or irregularity of AD equipment which x x x x x x x x x
shall be reported by the TWR immediately.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.1.3 Failure or irregularity of
aids and equipment

Explain that, after a given period of time, the TWR shall report to the x x x x x x x x x
area control centre (ACC) or flight information centre (FIC) if an
aircraft does not land as expected.

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.1.2 Alerting service provided

by aerodrome control towers
Describe the procedures to be observed by the TWR whenever VFR x x x x x x x x x
operations are suspended.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.13 Suspension of visual flight
rules operations

Explain the term ‘RWY-in-use’ and its selection. x x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.2 Selection of runway-in-use
List the information the TWR should give to an aircraft prior to: x x x x x x x x x
taxiing for take-off; take-off; entering the traffic circuit.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.4.1.2 Aerodrome and
meteorological information

Explain that a report of surface wind direction given to a pilot by the x x x x x x x x x

TWR is magnetic.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 11, 11.4.3.2 Messages containing
meteorological information

Explain the exact meaning of the expression ‘RWY vacated’. x x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 7, 7.10.3.4
Radar services x
x

State the basic identification procedures used with radar. x x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.2.3 SSR and/or MLAT
identification procedures and Chapter 8, 8.6.2.4 PSR identification
procedures

Define the term ‘PSR’. x x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1 Definitions
Describe the circumstances under which an aircraft provided with x x x x x x x x x
radar service should be informed of its position.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.4 Position information
List the possible forms of position information passed on to the x x x x x x x x x
aircraft by radar services.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.4 Position information
Describe the term ‘radar vectoring’. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5 Vectoring
State the aims of radar vectoring as shown in ICAO Doc 4444. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5 Vectoring
Describe how radar vectoring shall be achieved. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5 Vectoring
Describe the information which shall be given to an aircraft when x x x x x x x x x
radar vectoring is terminated and the pilot is instructed to resume
own navigation.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.6.5 Vectoring

Explain the procedures for the conduct of surveillance radar x x x x x x x x x

approaches (SRAs).
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.9.7.1 Surveillance radar
approach

Describe what kind of action (concerning the transponder) the pilot x x x x x x x x x

is expected to perform in case of emergency if they have previously
been directed by ATC to operate the transponder on a specific code.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 8, 8.8.1 Emergencies

Air traffic advisory service x

Describe the objective and basic principles of the air traffic advisory x x x x x x x x
service.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9, 9.1.4.1 Objective and basic
principles

State to which aircraft air traffic advisory service may be provided. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9, 9.1.4.1 Objective and basic
principles
Explain the difference between advisory information and clearances, x x x x x x x x
stating which ATS units are responsible for their issue.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 9, 9.1.4.1.3
Procedures related to emergencies, communication (COM) failure x
and contingencies
State the mode and code of SSR equipment a pilot might operate in x x x x x x x x
a (general) state of emergency or (specifically) in case the aircraft is
subject to unlawful interference.

Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.1 Emergency procedures

State the special rights an aircraft in a state of emergency can expect x x x x x x x x
from ATC.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.1.1 General; 15.1.2 Priority;
15.1.3 Unlawful interference and aircraft bomb threat

Describe the expected action of aircraft after receiving a broadcast x x x x x x x x

from ATS concerning the emergency descent of an aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.1.4 Emergency descent
State how it can be ascertained, in case of a failure of two-way COM, x x x x x x x x
whether the aircraft is able to receive transmissions from the ATS
unit.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.3 Air-ground
communications failure

State on which frequencies appropriate information, for an aircraft x x x x x x x x x

encountering two-way COM failure, shall be sent by ATS.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.3.5
x

State what is meant by the expressions ‘strayed aircraft’ and x x x x x x x x x

‘unidentified aircraft’.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.5.1 Strayed or unidentified
aircraft

Explain the reasons for fuel-dumping and state the minimum level. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.5.3 Fuel dumping
Explain the possible request of ATC to an aircraft to change its radio- x x x x x x x x x
telephone (RTF) call sign.
Miscellaneous procedures x
Explain the meaning of ‘AIRPROX’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 1 Definitions; ICAO Doc 4444,
Chapter 16, 16.3 Air traffic incident report
Describe the task of an air traffic incident report. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 16, 16.3 Air traffic incident report
AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE (AIS) x
Introduction x
Introduction to ICAO Annex 15 - Aeronautical Information Service x
(AIS)
State, in general terms, the objective of an AIS. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 1, Note 1
Definitions of ICAO Annex 15 x
Definitions of ICAO Annex 15 x
Recall the following definitions aeronautical information circular x x x x x x x x x
(AIC), aeronautical information publication (AIP), AIP amendment,
AIP supplement, aeronautical information regulation and control
(AIRAC), danger area, integrated aeronautical information package,
international airport, international NOTAM office (NOF),
manoeuvring area, movement area, NOTAM, pre-flight information
bulletin (PIB), prohibited area, restricted area, SNOWTAM, ASHTAM.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 1, 1.1 Definitions

General x
General - AIS responsibilities and functions x
State during which period of time an AIS shall be available with x x x x x x x x x
reference to an aircraft flying in the area of responsibility of an AIS,
provided a 24-hour service is not available.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS responsibilities and
functions

List, in general, the kind of aeronautical information/data which an x x x x x x x x x

AIS service shall make available in a suitable form to flight crew.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS responsibilities and
functions

Summarise the duties of an AIS concerning aeronautical information x x x x x x x x x

data for the territory of a particular State.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.2 AIS responsibilities and
functions; ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 2, 2.3 Exchange of aeronautical
data and aeronautical information

x
Integrated aeronautical information package x
x

Aeronautical information publication (AIP) x

State the primary purpose of the AIP. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 4, Notes 1 and 2
Name the different parts of the AIP. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 4, 4.1 Contents
State the main parts of the AIP where the following information can x x x x x x x x
be found: differences from the ICAO Standards, Recommended
Practices and Procedures; location indicators, AIS, minimum flight
ALT, meteorological information for aircraft in flight (VOLMET)
service, SIGMET service; general rules and procedures (especially
general rules, VFR, IFR, ALT-setting procedure, interception of civil
aircraft, unlawful interference, air traffic incidents); ATS airspace
(especially FIR, UIR, TMA); ATS routes (especially lower ATS routes,
upper ATS routes, area navigation routes); AD data including aprons,
taxiways (TWYs) and check locations/positions data; navigation
warnings (especially prohibited, restricted and danger areas); aircraft
instruments, equipment and flight documents; AD surface
movement guidance and control system and markings; RWY physical
characteristics, declared distances, approach (APP) and RWY lighting;
AD radio navigation and landing aids; charts related to an AD; entry,
transit and departure of aircraft, passengers, crew and cargo, and
the significance of this information to flight crew.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 1

State how permanent changes to the AIP shall be published. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 4, 4.3 Specifications for AIP

Amendments; ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 4, 4.5 Distribution
Explain what kind of information shall be published in the form of x x x x x x x
AIP Supplements.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 4, 4.4 Specifications
for AIP Supplements

Notices to airmen (NOTAMs) x

Describe how information shall be published which in principle x x x x x x x x
would belong to NOTAMs but includes extensive text or graphic.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.1.1 and Notes 1 and 2
Summarise the essential information which leads to the issue of a x x x x x x x x
NOTAM.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.1.1.1
State to whom NOTAMs shall be distributed. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 5, 5.3.1
Explain how information regarding snow, ice and standing water on x x x x x x x x
AD pavements shall be reported.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2 Instructions for the completion
of the SNOWTAM format

Describe the means by which NOTAMs shall be distributed. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 15, 5.2 General specifications; ICAO Annex 15,
5.3 Distribution; ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 5
Define and state which information an ASHTAM may contain. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 3 ASHTAM format
Aeronautical information regulation and control (AIRAC) x
List the circumstances under which the information concerned shall x x x x x x x x x
or should be distributed as an AIRAC.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 6; ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 4
Information to be notified by AIRAC

Aeronautical information circulars (AICs) x

Describe the type of information that may be published in AICs. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 7, 7.1 Origination
Explain the organisation of AICs. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 7, 7.2 General specifications
x
Pre-flight and post-flight information/data x
x

Summarise, in addition to the elements of the integrated AIP and x x x x x x x x

maps/charts, the additional current information relating to the AD of
departure that shall be provided as pre-flight information.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 8, 8.1 Pre-flight information
Describe how a recapitulation of current NOTAM and other x x x x x x x x x
information of urgent character shall be made available to flight
crew.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 8, 8.1 Pre-flight information

State which post-flight information from flight crew shall be x x x x x x x x

submitted to AIS for distribution as required by the circumstances.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 8, 8.3 Post-flight information
ATM service providers x
ATM x
State that Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 2017/373 x x x x
provides: general requirements for the provision of air navigation
services; specific requirements for the provision of air traffic
services; specific requirements for the provision of meteorological
services; specific requirements for the provision of aeronautical
information services; specific requirements for the provision of
communication, navigation or surveillance services.

AERODROMES (ICAO Annex 14, Volume I - Aerodrome Design and x

Operations, and Regulation (EU) No 139/2014)
General x
General - AD reference code x
x

Describe the intent of the AD reference code and state the functions x x x x
of the two code elements.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1, 1.6 Reference Code
Aerodrome (AD) data x
Aerodrome (AD) reference point x
Describe where the AD reference point shall be located and where it x x x x x x x x
shall normally remain.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.2 Aerodrome
reference point

Pavement strengths x
Explain the terms: ‘pavement classification number (PCN)’ and x x x x x x x
‘aircraft classification number (ACN)’, and describe their mutual
dependence.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.6 Strength of
pavements

Describe how the bearing strength for an aircraft with an apron mass x x x x x x x
equal to or less than 5 700 kg shall be reported.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.6 Strength of
pavements

Declared distances x
State that ICAO Annex 14 provides guidance on the calculation of x x x x x x x
declared distances (TORA, TODA, ASDA, LDA).

Recall the definitions for the four main declared distances. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1, 1.1 Definitions
Condition of the movement area and related facilities x
State the purpose of informing AIS and ATS units about the x x x x x x x
condition of the movement area and related facilities.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related facilities

List the matters of operational significance or affecting aircraft x x x x x x x

performance which should be reported to AIS and ATS units to be
transmitted to aircraft involved.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related facilities

Describe the three different types of water deposit on RWYs. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the
movement area and related facilities
Explain the different types of frozen water on the RWY and their x x x x x x x
impact on aircraft braking performance.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1, 1.1 Definitions and
Chapter 2, 2.9 Condition of the movement area and related
facilities

Describe the five levels of braking action including the associated x x x x x x

coefficients and codes.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 6. Assessing the
surface friction characteristics of snow-, slush-, ice- and frost-
covered paved surfaces

Physical characteristics x
Runways (RWYs) x
Describe where a THR should normally be located. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.1.5 and 3.1.6
Location of threshold
Describe the general considerations concerning RWYs associated x x x x x x x x
with a stopway (SWY) or clearway (CWY).
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.1.9 Runways with
stopways or clearways

Runway (RWY) strips x

Explain the term ‘runway strip’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.4 General, 3.4.1
Runway-end safety area x
Explain the term ‘runway-end safety area’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.5 Runway end
safety area 3.5.1 and 3.5.2
Clearway (CWY) x
Explain the term ‘clearway’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.6 Clearways
Stopway (SWY) x
Explain the term ‘stopway’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.7 Stopways
Intentionally left blank x
x

Taxiways (TWYs) x
x

Describe the reasons and the requirements for rapid-exit TWYs . x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.9 Taxiways –
Rapid-exit taxiways
Explain TWY widening in curves. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.9.5 Taxiways
curves
Explain when and where holding bays should be provided. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.12
Describe where RWY holding positions shall be established. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.12
Describe the term ‘road holding position’. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 1, 1.1 and Chapter 3,
3.12
Describe where intermediate TWY holding positions should be x x x x x x x x
established.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 3, 3.12
Visual aids for navigation x
Indicators and signalling devices x
Describe the wind-direction indicators with which ADs shall be x x x x x x x x
equipped.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.1.1 Wind dire ction
indicator (Application, Location and Characteristics)

Describe a landing-direction indicator. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.1.2 Landing
direction indicator
Explain the capabilities of a signalling lamp. x x x x x x x x
State which characteristics a signal area should have. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.1.4 Signal panels
and signal area, 5.1.4.1 to 5.1.4.3
Interpret all indications and signals that may be used in a signal area. x x x x x x x x x
Source: Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012
(SERA) - Appendix 1 Signals, 3.2 Visual ground signals
Markings x
Name the colours used for the various markings (RWY, TWY, aircraft x x x x x x x x
stands, apron safety lines).
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings
State where a RWY designation marking shall be provided and x x x x x x x x
describe the different layouts (excluding dimensions).
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings
Describe the application and general characteristics (excluding x x x x x x x x
dimensions) of: RWY-centre-line markings; THR markings;
touchdown-zone (TDZ) markings; RWY-side-stripe markings; TWY-
centre-line markings; RWY holding position markings; intermediate
holding position markings; aircraft-stand markings; apron safety
lines; road holding position markings; mandatory instruction
markings; information markings.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.2 Markings

Lights x
Describe the mechanical safety considerations regarding elevated x x x x x x x x
approach lights and elevated RWY, SWY and TWY lights.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.1.4 to 5.3.1.8
(Elevated approach lights, elevated lights and surface lights)

List the conditions for the installation of an aerodrome beacon (ABN) x x x x x x x x x

and describe its general characteristics.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.3 Aeronautical
beacons

Describe the different kinds of operations for which a simple x x x x x x x x x

approach lighting system shall be used.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.4 Approach
lighting systems

Describe the basic installations of a simple approach lighting system x x x x x x x x x

including the dimensions and distances normally uses.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.4.2
Describe the principle of a precision approach category I lighting x x x x x x x x x
system including information such as location and characteristics.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.4.10; ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.4.14

Describe the principle of a precision approach category II and III x x x x x

lighting system including information such as location and
characteristics, especially the inner 300 m of the system.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.4.22; ICAO Annex
14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.4.30; ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1,
Chapter 5, 5.3.4.31

Describe the wing bars of the precision approach path indicator x x x x x x x x x

(PAPI) and the abbreviated precision approach path indicator
(APAPI). Interpret what the pilot will see during the approach using
PAPI.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5, 5.3.5.24 to 5.3.5.27
PAPI and APAPI

Interpret what the pilot will see during an approach using a x x x x x

helicopter approach path indicator (HAPI).
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume II, Chapter 5, 5.3.6 Visual approach
slope indicator

Explain the application and characteristics (as applicable, but limited x x x x x x x x x

to colour, intensity, direction and whether fixed or flashing) of: RWY-
edge lights; RWY-THR and wing-bar lights; RWY-end lights; RWY-
centre-line lights; RWY-lead-in lights; RWY-TDZ lights; SWY lights;
TWY-centre-line lights; TWY-edge lights; stop bars; intermediate
holding position lights; RWY guard lights; road holding position
lights.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5

State the timescale within which aeronautical ground lights shall be x x x x x x x x x

made available to arriving aircraft.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Section 7.15 Aeronautical ground lights
Signs x
x
Explain which signs are the only ones on the movement area utilising x x x x x x x x x
red.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
List the provisions for illuminating signs. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
x
Name the kinds of signs which shall be included in mandatory x x x x x x x x x
instruction signs.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
Name the colours used for mandatory instruction signs. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
Describe by which sign a pattern ‘A’ RWY holding position (i.e. at an x x x x x x x x x
intersection of a TWY and a non-instrument, non-precision approach
or take-off RWY) marking shall be supplemented.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

Describe by which sign a pattern ‘B’ RWY holding position (i.e. at an x x x x x x x x x

intersection of a TWY and a precision approach RWY) marking shall
be supplemented.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

Describe the location of: a RWY designation sign at a TWY/RWY x x x x x x x x x

intersection; a ‘NO ENTRY’ sign; a RWY holding position sign.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

State which sign indicates that a taxiing aircraft is about to infringe x x x x x x x x x

an obstacle limitation surface or interfere with the operation of
radio navigation aids (e.g. ILS/MLS critical/sensitive area).
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs

Describe the various possible inscriptions on RWY designation signs x x x x x x x x x

and on holding position signs.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
x

x
Describe the colours used in connection with information signs. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
Describe the possible inscriptions on information signs. x x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
Explain the application, location and characteristics of aircraft stand x x x x x x x x x
identification signs.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
Explain the application, location and characteristics of road holding x x x x x x x x x
position signs.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.4 Signs
Markers x
Explain why markers located near a RWY or TWY shall be HGT x x x x x x x x
limited.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.5 Markers
Explain the application and characteristics (excluding dimensions) of: x x x x x x x x
unpaved RWY-edge markers; TWY-edge markers; TWY-centre-line
markers; unpaved TWY-edge markers; boundary markers; SWY-edge
markers.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 5.5 Markers

Visual aids for denoting obstacles x

Marking of objects x
State how fixed or mobile objects shall be marked if colouring is not x x x x x x x
practicable.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.3.1 Marking
Describe marking by colours (fixed or mobile objects). x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.2 Mobile objects:
6.2.2.1, 6.2.2.2; 6.2.2.3; 6.2.2.4; ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter
6, 6.2.3 Fixed objects: 6.2.3.1; 6.2.3.2; 6.2.3.3

Explain the use of markers for the marking of objects, overhead x x x x x x x

wires, cables, etc.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.5 Overhead
wires, cables, etc., and supporting towers

Explain the use of flags for the marking of objects. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2.3 Fixed objects:
6.2.3.5; 6.2.3.6; 6.2.3.7
Lighting of objects x
Name the different types of lights to indicate the presence of objects x x x x x x x
which must be lighted.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2 Marking and/or
lighting of objects: 6.2.1.1

Describe (in general terms) the location of obstacle lights. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6, 6.2 Marking and/or
lighting of objects: 6.2.1.3
Describe (in general and for normal circumstances) the colour and x x x x x x x x
sequence of low-intensity obstacle lights, medium-intensity obstacle
lights and high-intensity obstacle lights.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 6: Table 6-1.
Characteristics of obstacle lights

State that information about lights to be displayed by aircraft is x x x x x x x x

provided in both ICAO Annex 2 (Rules of the Air) and SERA.
Visual aids for denoting restricted use of areas x
Visual aids for denoting restricted use of areas on RWYs and TWYs x
Describe the colours and meaning of ‘closed markings’ on RWYs and x x x x x x x x
TWYs.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 7, 7.1 Closed runways
and taxiways, or parts thereof

State how the pilot of an aircraft moving on the surface of a TWY, x x x x x x x x

holding bay or apron shall be warned that the shoulders of these
surfaces are ‘non-load-bearing’.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 7, 7.2 Non-load-bearing
surfaces

Describe the pre-THR marking (including colours) when the surface x x x x x x x x

before the THR is not suitable for normal use by aircraft.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 7, 7.3 Pre-threshold
area

Aerodrome (AD) operational services, equipment and installations x

Rescue and firefighting (RFF) x
State the principal objective of RFF services. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting
x

Explain the basic information the AD category (for RFF) depends x x x x x x x x

upon.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting

Describe what is meant by the term ‘response time’, and state its x x x x x x x x
normal and maximum limits.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, 9.2 Rescue and
firefighting

Apron management service x

x

State who has a right-of-way against vehicles operating on an apron. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, 9.5 Apron
management service
Ground-servicing of aircraft x
Describe the necessary actions during the ground-servicing of an x x x x x x x
aircraft with regard to the possible event of a fuel fire.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Chapter 9, 9.6 Ground servicing
of aircraft

Attachment A to ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1 - Supplementary x

Guidance Material
Declared distances x
List the four types of ‘declared distances’ on a RWY and also the x x x x x x x
appropriate abbreviations.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 3. Calculation of
declared distances: 3.1

Explain the circumstances which lead to the situation that the four x x x x x x x
declared distances on a RWY are equal to the length of the RWY.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 3. Calculation of
declared distances: 3.2

Describe the influence of a CWY, SWY or displaced THR upon the x x x x x x x

four ‘declared distances’.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 3. Calculation of
declared distances: 3.3; 3.4; 3.5

Intentionally left blank x

x
x

x
x
Approach lighting systems x
Name the two main groups of approach lighting systems. x x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Attachment A, 12.1 Types and
characteristics
Describe the two different versions of a simple approach lighting x x x x x x x x
system.
Describe the two different basic versions of precision approach x x x x x x x x
lighting systems for CAT I.
Describe the diagram of the inner 300 m of the precision approach x x
lighting system in the case of CAT II and III.
Describe how the arrangement of an approach lighting system and x x x x x x x x
the location of the appropriate THR are interrelated.

FACILITATION (ICAO Annex 9) x

Intentionally left blank x
x
x
x
x
Entry and departure of aircraft x
General declaration x
Describe the purpose and use of aircraft documents as regards a x x x x x x
‘general declaration’.
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 2 Entry and departure of aircraft,
Section B Documents - requirements and use and Section D
Disinsection of aircraft

Entry and departure of crew x

Explain entry requirements for crew. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, K. Entry procedures and
responsibilities; N. Identification and entry of crew and other
aircraft operators’ personnel

Explain the reasons for the use of crew member certificates (CMC) x x x x x x
for crew members engaged in international air transport.
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, N. Identification and entry of
crew and other aircraft operators’ personnel

Explain in which cases Contracting States should accept the CMC as x x x x x x

an identity document instead of a passport or visa.
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, N. Identification and entry of
crew and other aircraft operators’ personnel

Entry and departure of passengers and baggage x

Explain the entry requirements for passengers and their baggage. x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3 Entry and departure of persons
and their baggage A. General; B. Documents required for travel; F.
Entry/re-entry visas; P. Emergency assistance/entry visas in cases
of force majeure

Explain the requirements and documentation for unaccompanied X x x x x x

baggage.
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3, M. Disposition of baggage
separated from its owner; ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 4, C. Release and
clearance of export and import cargo

Identify the documentation required for the departure and entry of x x x x x x

passengers and their baggage.
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 3. Entry and departure of persons
and their baggage

Explain the arrangements in the event of a passenger being declared x x x x x x

an inadmissible person.
Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 5, INADMISSIBLE PERSONS AND
DEPORTEES: A. General; B. Inadmissible persons

Describe the pilot’s authority towards unruly passengers. x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 9, Chapter 6, E. Unruly passengers
Entry and departure of cargo x
Explain the entry requirements for cargo. x x x x x x
x

SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR) x

Essential SAR definitions x
Essential SAR definitions - ICAO Annex 12 x
Recall the definitions of the following terms alert phase, distress x x x x x x x
phase, emergency phase, operator, PIC, rescue coordination centre,
State of Registry, uncertainty phase.
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 1 Definitions

SAR - Organisation x
SAR - Organisation - Establishment and provision x
Describe how ICAO Contracting States shall arrange for the x x x x x x x
establishment and prompt provision of SAR services.
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2
Explain the establishment of SAR by Contracting States. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2
Describe the areas within which SAR services shall be established by x x x x x x x
Contracting States.
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2
State the period of time per day within which SAR services shall be x x x x x x x
available.
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2
Describe for which areas rescue coordination centres shall be x x x x x x x
established.
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 2
Operating procedures for non-SAR crews x
Operating procedures for non-SAR crews - PIC x
Explain the SAR operating procedures for the PIC who arrives first at x x x x x x x
the scene of an accident.
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5, 5.6 Procedures at thescene of an
accident

Explain the SAR operating procedures for the PIC intercepting a x x x x x x x

distress transmission.
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5, 5.7 Procedures for a pilot-in-
command intercepting a distress transmission

Search and rescue signals x

Search and rescue signals - Survivors x
Explain the ‘ground–air visual signal code’ for use by survivors. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5.8 Search and rescue signals and
Appendix
Recognise the SAR ‘air-to-ground signals’ for use by survivors. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 12, Chapter 5.8 Search and rescue signals and
Appendix
SECURITY - Safeguarding International Civil Aviation against Acts of x
Unlawful Interference (ICAO Annex 17)
Essential definitions of ICAO Annex 17 x
Essential definitions of ICAO Annex 17 x
Recall the definitions of the following terms airside, aircraft security x x x x x x x
check, screening, security, security control, security-restricted area,
unidentified baggage.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 1 Definitions

General principles x
General principles - Objectives of security x
State the objectives of security. x x x x x x x
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 2, 2.1 Objectives
x

Intentionally left blank x

x

Preventive security measures x

Preventive security measures x
Describe the objects not allowed (for reasons of aviation security) on x x x x x x x
board an aircraft that is engaged in international civil aviation.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.1 Objective
x

State what each Contracting State is supposed to do if passengers x x x x x x x

subjected to security control have mixed after a security screening
point.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.4 Measures relating to
passengers and their cabin baggage

Explain what has to be done when passengers who are obliged to x x x x x x x

travel because of judicial or administrative proceedings are
supposed to board an aircraft.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.7 Measures relating to special
categories of passengers

Explain what has to be considered if law enforcement officers carry x x x x x x x

weapons on board.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 4, 4.7 Measures relating to special
categories of passengers

x
Management of response to acts of unlawful interference x
Management of response to acts of unlawful interference x
Describe the assistance each Contracting State shall provide to an x x x x x x x
aircraft subjected to an act of unlawful seizure.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 5, 5.2 Response
State the circumstances which could prevent a Contracting State x x x x x x x
from detaining an aircraft on the ground after being subjected to an
act of unlawful seizure.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 5, 5.2 Response

Operators’ security programme x

Operators’ security programme - Principles x
Describe the principles of the written operator’s security programme x x x x x x x
each Contracting State requires from operators.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 3, 3.3 Aircraft operators
Security procedures in other documents, i.e. ICAO Annexes 2, 6 and x
14, ICAO Doc 4444, Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 and CS-ADR-DSN
ICAO Annex 2 - Rules of the Air, including Attachment B - Unlawful x
interference
Describe what the PIC should do, in a situation of unlawful x x x x x x
interference, unless considerations aboard the aircraft dictate
otherwise.
Source: ICAO Annex 2, Chapter 3, 3.7 Unlawful interference

Describe what the PIC, of an aircraft subjected to unlawful x x x x x x

interference, should do if the aircraft must depart from its assigned
track; the aircraft must depart from its assigned cruising level; the
aircraft is unable to notify an ATS unit of the unlawful interference.
Source: ICAO Annex 2, Attachment B ‘Unlawful interference’

Describe what the PIC should attempt to do with regard to broadcast x x x x x x x

warnings and the level at which to proceed, in a situation of
unlawful interference, if no applicable regional procedures for in-
flight contingencies have been established.
Source: ICAO Annex 2, Attachment B ‘Unlawful interference’

ICAO Annex 6 - Operation of Aircraft Chapter 13 - Security x

Describe the special considerations referring to flight crew x x x x x x
compartment doors with regard to aviation security.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Chapter 13, 13.2 Security of the flight crew
compartment

ICAO Annex 14 Volume I - Aerodromes Chapter 3 - Physical x

characteristics
Describe what minimum distance an isolated aircraft parking x x x x x x
position (after the aircraft has been subjected to unlawful
interference) should have from other parking positions, buildings or
public areas.
Source: ICAO Annex 14 Volume I, Chapter 3, 3.14 Isolated aircraft
parking position
ICAO Doc 4444 - Air Traffic Management x
Describe the considerations that must take place with regard to a x x x x x x
taxi clearance in case an aircraft is known or believed to have been
subjected to unlawful interference.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444, Chapter 15, 15.1.3 Unlawful interference
and aircraft bomb threat

AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT INVESTIGATION x

Essential definitions of ICAO Annex 13 x
Definitions and descriptions x
Recall the definitions of the following terms: accident, aircraft, flight x x x x x x x
recorder, incident, investigation, maximum mass, operator, serious
incident, serious injury, State of Design, State of Manufacture, State
of Occurrence, State of the Operator, State of Registry.
Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions

Explain the difference between ‘serious incident’ and ‘accident’. x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions and Attachment C
‘List of examples of serious incidents’
Determine whether a certain occurrence has to be defined as a x x x x x x x
serious incident or as an accident.
Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions and Attachment C
‘List of examples of serious incidents’

Recognise the description of an accident or incident. x x x x x x x x

Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 1 Definitions
x
x

Accident and incident investigation in ICAO Annex 13 x

Objectives and procedures x
State the objective(s) of the investigation of an accident or incident x x x x x x x x
according to ICAO Annex 13.
Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 3, 3.1 Objective of the
investigation

Describe the general procedures for the investigation of an accident x x x x x x x x

or incident according to ICAO Annex 13.
Source: ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 4, 4.1; ICAO Annex 13, Chapter 5,
5.1 to 5.4.1

Accident and incident investigation in EU regulations x

Occurrences x
Identify an occurrence as being either an accident, incident or x x x x x x x
serious incident in Regulation (EU) No 996/2010 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 20 October 2010 on the
investigation and prevention of accidents and incidents in civil
aviation.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 996/2010, Article 2(1), (7) and (16) and
Annex ‘List of examples of serious incidents’
Describe the relationship between Regulation (EU) No 996/2010 of x x x x x x x
the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 October 2010 on
the investigation and prevention of accidents and incidents in civil
aviation and Regulation (EU) No 376/2014 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 3 April 2014 on the reporting,
analysis and follow-up of occurrences in civil aviation.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, p. L122/18 (3) and p.
L122/21 (28); Regulation (EU) No 996/2010

State the subject matter and scope of Regulation (EU) No 376/2014 x x x x x x x

(Article 3).
Source: Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, Article 3
Identify occurrences that must be reported (Regulation (EU) No x x x x x x
376/2014, Article 4).
Source: Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, Article 4
Identify occurrences that should be voluntarily reported (Regulation x x x x x x
(EU) No 376/2014, Article 5).
Source: Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, Article 5
Describe how information from occurrences is collected, stored and x x x x x x
analysed (Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, Articles 6, 8, 13 and 14).
Source: Regulation (EU) No 376/2014, Articles 6, 8, 13 and 14
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus New syllabus
reference reference
Index

1 AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE - AIRFRAME, SYSTEMS 021.00.00.00 021.00.00.00

AND POWER
SYSTEM PLANT
DESIGN, LOADS, STRESSES, MAINTENANCE 021.01.00.00 021.01.00.00
2
3 System design 021.01.01.00 021.01.01.00
4 Design concepts 021.01.01.01 021.01.01.01
Describe the following structural design philosophy: - safe 021.01.01.01.01 021.01.01.01.01
5 life; - fail‑safe (multiple load paths); - damage‑tolerant.
Describe the following system design philosophy: - 021.01.01.01.02 021.01.01.01.02
6 redundancy.
7 Level of certification 021.01.01.02 021.01.01.02
Explain and state the safety objectives associated with 021.01.01.02.01
8 failure conditions (AMC 25.1309 Fig. 2).
Explain the relationship between the probability of a 021.01.01.02.02
9 failure and the severity of the failure effects.
Explain why some systems are duplicated or triplicated. 021.01.01.02.03 021.01.01.02.01
10
021.01.01.02.02

11

021.01.01.02.03
12

021.01.01.02.04
13

14 Loads and stresses 021.01.02.00 021.01.02.00

15 021.01.02.01
021.01.02.01.01

16

Explain the following terms: - stress - strain – tension – 021.01.02.00.01 021.01.02.01.02

compression buckling – bending - torsion - static loads -
17 dynamic loads - cyclic loads - elastic and plastic
deformation.

Describe the relationship between stress and strain for a 021.01.02.00.02

18 metal.
021.01.02.01.03

19

20 Fatigue 021.01.03.00 021.01.03.00

21 021.01.03.01
Describe the phenomenon of fatigue. 021.01.03.00.01 021.01.03.01.04
22
(Merged into 021.01.03.01.04)
Explain the relationship between the magnitude of the 021.01.03.00.02
23 alternating stress and the number of cycles (S/N diagram
or Wöhler curve).
24 Explain the implication of stress concentration factor. 021.01.03.00.03
021.01.03.01.01
25
021.01.03.01.02
26

021.01.03.01.03
27
Describe the phenomenon of fatigue. 021.01.03.00.01 021.01.03.01.04

28 (Moved from 021.01.03.00.01)

Describe the interaction between fatigue and corrosion 021.01.04.00.02 021.01.03.01.04

29 (stress corrosion).
(Merged into 021.01.03.01.04)
30 Corrosion 021.01.04.00 021.01.04.00
Describe the following types of corrosion: - oxidation - 021.01.04.00.01
31 electrolytic.
Describe the interaction between fatigue and corrosion 021.01.04.00.02 021.01.03.01.04
32 (stress corrosion).
(Moved and merged into 021.01.03.01.04)
33 Maintenance 021.01.05.00 021.01.05.00
Maintenance methods: hard-time and on-condition 021.01.05.01 021.01.05.01
34 monitoring
Explain the following terms: - hard time maintenance - 021.01.05.01.01 021.01.05.01.01
35 on condition maintenance.

36 AIRFRAME 021.02.00.00 021.02.00.00

37 Construction and attachment methods 021.02.01.00 021.02.01.00
021.02.01.01
38
Describe the principles of the following construction 021.02.01.00.01
39 methods: - monocoque - semi-monocoque – cantilever -
sandwich, including honey comb - truss.
Describe the following attachment methods: - riveting – 021.02.01.00.02 021.02.01.01.01
40 welding – bolting - pinning - adhesives (bonding).

State that sandwich structural parts need additional 021.02.01.00.03

41 provisions to carry concentrated loads.
021.02.01.01.02
42

43 Materials 021.02.02.00 021.02.02.00

44 021.02.02.01
 Explain the following material properties: - elasticity – 021.02.02.00.01
45 plasticity - stiffness – strength - strength to density ratio.
Compare the above properties as they apply to aluminium 021.02.02.00.02
46 alloys, magnesium alloys, titanium alloys, steel and
composites.
47 Explain the need to use alloys rather than pure metals. 021.02.02.00.03
Explain the principle of a composite material. 021.02.02.00.04 021.02.02.01.01
48

Describe the function of the following components: - 021.02.02.00.05 021.02.02.01.01

49 matrix, resin or filler - fibres.
(Merged into 021.02.02.01.01)
State the advantages and disadvantages of composite 021.02.02.00.06 021.02.02.01.02
materials compared with metal alloys considering the
following: - strength to weight ratio - capability to tailor
the strength to the direction of the load – stiffness -
50 electrical conductivity (lightning) - resistance to fatigue -
resistance to corrosion and cost.

State that the following are composite fibre materials: - 021.02.02.00.07 021.02.02.01.01
51 carbon – glass - aramide (Kevlar).
(Merged into 021.02.02.01.01)
021.02.02.01.03
52

53 Aeroplane: Wings, tail surfaces and control surfaces 021.02.03.00 021.02.03.00

54 Design and construction 021.02.03.01 021.02.03.01
Describe the following types of construction: - cantilever - 021.02.03.01.01 021.02.03.01.01
55 non cantilever (braced).

Describe the following design configurations: - 021.02.03.03.05 021.02.03.01.01

56 conventional (low or mid set) tailplane - T-tail.
(Moved from 021.02.03.03.05)
57 Structural components 021.02.03.02 021.02.03.02
Describe the function of the following structural 021.02.03.02.01 021.02.03.02.01
58 components: - spar and its components (web and girder or
cap). – rib – stringer – skin - torsion box.
59 Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations (flutter) 021.02.03.03 021.02.03.03
Describe the vertical and horizontal loads on the ground. 021.02.03.03.01 021.02.03.03.01
60
Describe the loads in flight for symmetrical and 021.02.03.03.02 021.02.03.03.02
asymmetrical conditions, considering both vertical and
61 horizontal loads and loads due to engine failure.

Describe the principle of flutter, flutter damping and 021.02.03.03.03 021.02.03.03.03

62 resonance for the wing and the control surfaces.
 Explain the significance on stress relief and flutter of the 021.02.03.03.04 021.02.03.03.04
following: - chord wise and span wise position of masses
(e.g. engines, fuel and balance masses, control balance
63 masses). - torsional stiffness - bending flexibility.

Describe the following design configurations: - 021.02.03.03.05 021.02.03.01.01

conventional (low or mid set) tailplane - T-tail.
64
(Merged into 021.02.03.01.01)
Fuselage, landing gear, doors, floor, wind-screen and 021.02.04.00 021.02.04.00
65 windows
66 021.02.04.01
Describe the following types of fuselage construction: - 021.02.04.00.01 021.02.04.01.01
67 monocoque - semi-monocoque.
Describe the construction and the function of the 021.02.04.00.02 021.02.04.01.02
following structural components of a fuselage: - frames –
bulkhead - stiffeners, stringers, longerons - skin, doublers -
68 floor suspension (crossbeams) - floor panels - firewall.

69 Describe the loads on the fuselage due to pressurisation. 021.02.04.00.03 021.02.04.01.03

Describe the following loads on a main landing gear: - 021.02.04.00.04 021.02.04.01.04
70 touch down loads (vertical and horizontal) - taxi loads on
bogie gear (turns).
Describe the structural danger of a nose wheel landing 021.02.04.00.05 021.02.04.01.05
71 with respect to: - Fuselage loads - Nose wheel strut loads.
Describe the structural danger of a tail strike with respect 021.02.04.00.06 021.02.04.01.06
72 to: - fuselage and aft bulkhead damage (pressurisation).
Describe door and hatch construction for pressurised and 021.02.04.00.07 021.02.04.01.07
73 unpressurised aeroplanes including: - door and frame
(plug type) - hinge location - locking mechanism.
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of the following 021.02.04.00.08 021.02.04.01.08
74 fuselage cross sections: - circular - double bubble (two
types) – oval - rectangular.
State that flight deck windows are constructed with 021.02.04.00.09 021.02.04.01.09
75 different layers.
Explain the function of window heating for structural 021.02.04.00.10 021.02.04.01.10
76 purposes.
Explain the implication of a direct vision window (see CS 021.02.04.00.11 021.02.04.01.11
77 25.773 (b) (3)).
78 State the need for an eye reference position. 021.02.04.00.12 021.02.04.01.12
79 Explain the function of floor venting (blow out panels). 021.02.04.00.13 021.02.04.01.13
80 Describe the construction and fitting of sliding doors. 021.02.04.00.14 021.02.04.01.14
81 Helicopter : Flight controls structural aspects 021.02.05.00 021.02.05.00
82 Design and construction 021.02.05.01 021.02.05.01
83 List the functions of flight controls. 021.02.05.01.01 021.02.05.01.01
Describe and explain the different flight control design 021.02.05.01.02
84 concepts for conventional, tandem, coaxial, side by side,
NOTAR and Fenestron equipped helicopters.
Explain the advantages, disadvantages and limitations of 021.02.05.01.03
85 the respective designs above.
86 Explain the function of the synchronised elevator. 021.02.05.01.04
Describe the construction methods and alignment of 021.02.05.01.05 021.02.05.01.02
87 vertical and horizontal stabilisers.

88 Structural components and materials 021.02.05.02 021.02.05.02

89 Name the main components of flight and control surfaces. 021.02.05.02.01
Describe the fatigue life and methods of checking for 021.02.05.02.02 021.02.05.02.01
90 serviceability of flight and control surface components and
materials.
91 Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations 021.02.05.03 021.02.05.03
Describe and explain where the main stresses are applied 021.02.05.03.01
92 to components.
Describe the dangers and stresses regarding safety and 021.02.05.03.02 021.02.05.03.01
93 serviceability in flight when the manufacturers design
envelope is exceeded.
Explain the procedure for: - static chord wise balancing - 021.02.05.03.03
94 static span wise balancing - blade alignment - dynamic
chord wise balancing - dynamic span wise balancing.
Explain the process of blade tracking including: - the pre- 021.02.05.03.04 021.02.05.03.02
track method of blade tracking - the use of delta incidence
numbers - aircraft configuration whilst carrying out
tracking - factors affecting blade flying profile - ground
95 tracking and in-flight trend analysis - use of pitch link and
blade trim tab adjustments - tracking techniques,
including stroboscopic and electronic.

Describe the early indications and vibrations which are 021.02.05.03.05 021.02.05.03.03
likely to be experienced when the main rotor blades and
tail rotor are out of balance and/or tracking, including the
96 possible early indications due to possible fatigue and
overload.

Explain how a vibration harmonic can be set up in other 021.02.05.03.06 021.02.05.03.04

97 components which can lead to their early failure.
Describe the three planes of vibration measurement i.e.: 021.02.05.03.07 021.02.05.03.05
98 vertical, lateral, fore and aft.
99 Structural limitations 021.02.06.00 021.02.06.00
100 021.02.06.01
Define and explain the following maximum structural 021.02.06.00.01 021.02.06.01.01
masses: - Maximum ramp mass - Maximum take-off mass
- Maximum zero fuel mass - Maximum landing mass.
101 Remark: These limitations may also be found in the
relevant part of subjects 031, 032 and 034.

Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created by 021.02.06.00.02 021.02.06.01.02

102 alternating stress and the number of load cycles.
Explain the maximum structural masses: - Maximum take- 021.02.06.00.03 021.02.06.01.03
103 off mass.
Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created by 021.02.06.00.04 021.02.06.01.04
104 the load cycles.
105 HYDRAULICS 021.03.00.00 021.03.00.00
106 Hydromechanics: basic principles 021.03.01.00 021.03.01.00
107 021.03.01.01
 Explain the concept and basic principles of hydro- 021.03.01.00.01 021.03.01.01.01
mechanics including: - Hydrostatic pressure - Pascal’s law -
The relationship between pressure, force and area -
108 Transmission of power: Multiplication of force, decrease
of displacement.

109 Hydraulic systems 021.03.02.00 021.03.02.00

110 Hydraulic fluids: types, characteristics, limitations 021.03.02.01 021.03.02.01
List and explain the desirable properties of a hydraulic 021.03.02.01.01 021.03.02.01.01
111 fluid: - thermal stability - corrosiveness - flashpoint and
flammability - volatility - viscosity.
112 State that hydraulic fluids are irritating for skin and eyes. 021.03.02.01.02 021.03.02.01.02
List the two different types of hydraulic fluids: - synthetic - 021.03.02.01.03 021.03.02.01.03
113 mineral.
State that different types of hydraulic fluids cannot be 021.03.02.01.04 021.03.02.01.04
114 mixed.
State that at the pressures being considered hydraulic 021.03.02.01.05 021.03.02.01.05
115 fluid is considered incompressible.
System components: design, operation, degraded modes 021.03.02.02 021.03.02.02
116 of operation, indications and warnings
117 Explain the working principle of a hydraulic system. 021.03.02.02.01 021.03.02.02.01
Describe the difference in principle of operation between 021.03.02.02.02 021.03.02.02.02
118 a constant pressure system and a system pressurised only
on specific demand (open-centre).
State the differences in principle of operation between a 021.03.02.02.03 021.03.02.02.03
119 passive hydraulic system (without a pressure pump) and
an active hydraulic system (with a pressure pump).
List the main advantages and disadvantages of system 021.03.02.02.04 021.03.02.02.04
120 actuation by hydraulic or purely mechanical means with
respect to: - weight - size - force.
121 List the main users of hydraulic systems. 021.03.02.02.05 021.03.02.02.05
State that hydraulic systems can be classified as either 021.03.02.02.06 021.03.02.02.06
122 high pressure (typically 3000 psi or higher) and low
pressure (typically up to 2000 psi).
State that the normal hydraulic pressure of most large 021.03.02.02.07 021.03.02.02.07
123 transport aircraft is 3000 psi.

Explain the working principle of a low pressure (0-2000 021.03.02.02.08 021.03.02.02.08

124 psi) open centred system using an off loading valve and an
RPM dependent pump.
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a high 021.03.02.02.09 021.03.02.02.09
125 pressure system over a low pressure system.
Describe the working principle and functions of pressure 021.03.02.02.10 021.03.02.02.10
pumps including: - constant pressure pump (swashplate or
126 camplate) - pressure pump whose output is dependent on
pump RPM (gear type).

State that for an aeroplane, the power sources of a 021.03.02.02.11 021.03.02.02.11

hydraulic pressure pump can be: - manual - engine
gearbox - electrical - air (pneumatic and Ram Air Turbine) -
127 hydraulic (Power Transfer Unit) or reversible motor
pumps.
 State that for a helicopter, the power sources of a 021.03.02.02.12 021.03.02.02.12
hydraulic pressure pump can be: - manual - engine -
128 gearbox - electrical.

Describe the working principle and functions of the 021.03.02.02.13 021.03.02.02.13

following hydraulic system components: - reservoir
(pressurised and unpressurised) - accumulators - case
drain lines and fluid cooler return lines - piston actuators
(single and double acting) - hydraulic motors - filters -
non-return (check) valves - relief valves - restrictor valves -
129 selector valves (linear and basic rotary selectors, two and
four ports) - by‑pass valves - shuttle valves - fire shut‑off
valves - priority valves - fuse valves - pressure and return
pipes.

Explain why many transport aeroplanes have “demand” 021.03.02.02.14 021.03.02.02.14

130 hydraulic pumps.
131 Explain how redundancy is obtained by giving examples. 021.03.02.02.15 021.03.02.02.15
Interpret the hydraulic system schematic appended to 021.03.02.02.16 021.03.02.02.16
132 these LOs (to be introduced at a latter date).

133 Explain the implication of a high system demand. 021.03.02.02.17 021.03.02.02.17

Explain the implication of a system internal leakage 021.03.02.02.18
134 including hydraulic lock of piston actuators.
List and describe the instruments and alerts for 021.03.02.02.19 021.03.02.02.18
135 monitoring a hydraulic system.
State the indications and explain the implications of the 021.03.02.02.20 021.03.02.02.19
136 following malfunctions: - system leak or low level - low
pressure - high temperature.
137 LANDING GEAR, WHEELS, TYRES, BRAKES 021.04.00.00 021.04.00.00
138 Landing gear 021.04.01.00 021.04.01.00
139 Types 021.04.01.01 021.04.01.01
Name, for an aeroplane, the following different landing 021.04.01.01.01 021.04.01.01.01
140 gear configurations: - nose-wheel - tail-wheel.
Name, for a helicopter, the following different landing 021.04.01.01.02 021.04.01.01.02
141 gear configurations: - nose-wheel - tail-wheel - skids.
System components, design, operation, indications and 021.04.01.02 021.04.01.02
142 warnings, on-ground/in-flight protections, emergency
extension systems
Explain the function of the following components of a 021.04.01.02.01 021.04.01.02.01
landing gear - oleo leg/shock strut - axles - bogies and
bogie beam - drag struts - side stays/struts - torsion links -
143 locks (over centre) - gear doors and retraction
mechanisms (normal and emergency operation).

Explain the function of the following components of a 021.04.01.02.02 021.04.01.02.02

landing gear - oleo leg/shock strut - axles - drag struts -
side stays/struts - torsion links - locks (over centre) - gear
144 doors and retraction mechanisms (normal and emergency
operation).

Name the different components of a landing gear, using 021.04.01.02.03 021.04.01.02.03

145 the diagram appended to these LOs.
 Describe the sequence of events during normal operation 021.04.01.02.04 021.04.01.02.04
146 of the landing gear.
State how landing gear position indication and alerting is 021.04.01.02.05 021.04.01.02.05
147 implemented.
Describe the various protection devices to avoid 021.04.01.02.06 021.04.01.02.06
inadvertent gear retraction on the ground: - ground lock
(pins), - protection devices in the gear retraction
148 mechanism.

Explain the speed limitations for gear operation (VLO and 021.04.01.02.07 021.04.01.02.07
149 VLE).

Describe the sequence for emergency gear extension: - 021.04.01.02.08 021.04.01.02.08

150 unlocking - operating - down locking.
Describe some methods for emergency gear extension 021.04.01.02.09 021.04.01.02.09
151 including: - gravity/free fall - air or nitrogen pressure -
manually/mechanically.
152 Nose-wheel steering 021.04.02.00 021.04.02.00
153 021.04.02.01
154 Explain the operating principle of nose‑wheel steering. 021.04.02.00.01 021.04.02.01.01
Explain for a helicopter the functioning of differential 021.04.02.00.02 021.04.02.01.02
155 braking with free castoring nose wheel.
Describe for an aeroplane the functioning of the following 021.04.02.00.03 021.04.02.01.03
systems: - differential braking with free castoring nose
156 wheel - tiller or hand wheel steering - rudder pedal nose
wheel steering.

157 Explain the centering mechanism of the nose wheel. 021.04.02.00.04 021.04.02.01.04
Define the term ‘shimmy’ and the possible consequences 021.04.02.00.05 021.04.02.01.05
for the nose and the main wheel system.
158

159 Explain the purpose of main wheel (body) steering. 021.04.02.00.06 021.04.02.01.06
160 Brakes 021.04.03.00 021.04.03.00
161 Types and materials 021.04.03.01 021.04.03.01
162 Describe the basic operating principle of a disk brake. 021.04.03.01.01 021.04.03.01.01
State the different materials used in a disc brake (steel, 021.04.03.01.02 021.04.03.01.02
163 carbon).
Describe their characteristics plus advantages and 021.04.03.01.03 021.04.03.01.03
164 disadvantages such as: - weight - temperature limits -
internal friction coefficient. - wear.
System components, design, operation, indications and 021.04.03.02 021.04.03.02
165 warnings
State the limitation of brake energy and describe the 021.04.03.02.01 021.04.03.02.01
166 operational consequences.
Explain how brakes are actuated. 021.04.03.02.02 021.04.03.02.02
167
Identify the task of an auto retract or in flight brake 021.04.03.02.03 021.04.03.02.03
168 system.
169 State that brakes can be torque limited. 021.04.03.02.04
170 Describe the function of a brake accumulator. 021.04.03.02.05 021.04.03.02.04
171 Describe the function of the parking brake. 021.04.03.02.06 021.04.03.02.05
172 Explain the function of wear indicators. 021.04.03.02.07 021.04.03.02.06
173 Explain the reason for the brake temperature indicator. 021.04.03.02.08 021.04.03.02.07
State that the main power source for brakes in normal 021.04.03.02.09
174 operation and for alternate operation for large transport
aeroplanes is hydraulic.
175 Anti-skid 021.04.03.03 021.04.03.03
Describe the operating principle of an anti‑skid system 021.04.03.03.01 021.04.03.03.01
176 where the brake performance is based on maintaining the
optimum wheel slip value.
Explain the purpose of the wheel speed signal 021.04.03.03.02 021.04.03.03.02
(tachometer) and of the aeroplane reference speed signal
to the anti-skid computer, considering: - slip ratio for
maximum braking performance - locked wheel prevention
177 (protection against deep skid on one wheel)- touchdown
protection (protection against brake pressure application
during touch down) - hydroplane protection.

Give examples of the impact of an anti-skid system on 021.04.03.03.03 021.04.03.03.03

178 performance.

179 Autobrake 021.04.03.04 021.04.03.04

180 Describe the operating principle of an auto‑brake system. 021.04.03.04.01 021.04.03.04.01
State that the anti-skid system must be available when 021.04.03.04.02 021.04.03.04.02
181 using auto-brakes.
Explain the difference between the three possible levels of 021.04.03.04.03 021.04.03.04.03
operation of an auto-brake system: - OFF (system off or
reset) - Arm/Disarm (ARM : the system is ready to operate
182 under certain conditions) - Operative/Inoperative or
Activated/De-activated (application of pressure on
brakes).
021.04.03.04.04

183

184 Wheels, rims and tyres 021.04.04.00 021.04.04.00

Types, structural components and materials, operational 021.04.04.01 021.04.04.01
185 limitations, thermal plugs
Describe the different types of tyres such as: - tubeless - 021.04.04.01.01 021.04.04.01.01
186 diagonal (cross ply) - radial (circumferential bias).

Define the following terms - ply rating - tyre tread - tyre 021.04.04.01.02 021.04.04.01.02
187 creep - retread (cover).
188 Explain the function of thermal/fusible plugs. 021.04.04.01.03 021.04.04.01.03
Explain the implications of tread separation and tyre 021.04.04.01.04 021.04.04.01.04
189 burst.

190 State that the ground speed of tyres is limited. 021.04.04.01.05 021.04.04.01.05
Describe material and basic construction of the rim of an 021.04.04.01.06 021.04.04.01.06
191 aeroplane wheel.

192 Helicopter equipment 021.04.05.00 021.04.05.00

193 021.04.05.01
 Explain flotation devices and how they are operated. 021.04.05.00.01 021.04.05.01.01
194
Explain the IAS limitations, before, during and after 021.04.05.00.02 021.04.05.01.02
195 flotation device deployment.

Remark: The manual, irreversible and reversible flight 021.04.05.00.02

control systems as discussed in 021 05 01 01, 05 01 02 and
05 01 03 are all considered to be mechanical flight control
196 systems. Fly by Wire flight control systems are discussed
in 021 05 04 00.

197 FLIGHT CONTROLS 021.05.00.00 021.05.00.00

198 Aeroplane: primary flight controls 021.05.01.00 021.05.01.00
199 021.05.01.01
200 Define a primary flight control. 021.05.01.00.01 021.05.01.01.01
List the following primary flight control surfaces: - elevator 021.05.01.00.02 021.05.01.01.02
201 - aileron, roll spoilers - rudder.
List the various means of control surface actuation 021.05.01.00.03 021.05.01.01.03
202 including: - manual - fully powered (irreversible) - partially
powered (reversible).
203 Manual controls 021.05.01.01 021.05.01.02
204 Explain the basic principle of a fully manual control 021.05.01.01.01 021.05.01.02.01
205 system.
Fully powered controls (irreversible) 021.05.01.02 021.05.01.03
Explain the basic principle of a fully powered control 021.05.01.02.01 021.05.01.03.01
206 system.
Explain the concept of irreversibility in a flight control 021.05.01.02.02 021.05.01.03.02
207 system.
Explain the need for a ‘feel system’ in a fully powered 021.05.01.02.03 021.05.01.03.03
208 control system.
Explain the operating principle of a stabiliser trim system 021.05.01.02.04 021.05.01.03.04
209 in a fully powered control system.
Explain the operating principle of rudder and aileron trim 021.05.01.02.05 021.05.01.03.05
210 in a fully powered control system.
211 Partially powered controls (reversible) 021.05.01.03 021.05.01.04
Explain the basic principle of a partially powered control 021.05.01.03.01 021.05.01.04.01
212 system.
Explain why a ‘feel system’ is not necessary in a partially 021.05.01.03.02 021.05.01.04.02
213 powered control system.
System components, design, operation, indications and 021.05.01.05 021.05.01.05
214 warnings, degraded modes of operation, jamming
List and describe the function of the following 021.05.01.04.01 021.05.01.05.01
components of a flight control system: - actuators -
215 control valves - cables or electrical wiring - control surface
position sensors.

Explain how redundancy is obtained in primary flight 021.05.01.04.02 021.05.01.05.02

216 control systems of large transport aeroplanes.
Explain the danger of control jamming and the means of 021.05.01.04.03 021.05.01.05.03
217 retaining sufficient control capability.
Explain the methods of locking the controls on the ground 021.05.01.04.04 021.05.01.05.04
218 and describe “gust or control lock“ warnings.
 Explain the concept of a rudder deflection limitation 021.05.01.04.05 021.05.01.05.05
(rudder limiter) system and the various means of
219 implementation (rudder ratio changer, variable stops,
blow-back).

220 Aeroplane: secondary flight controls 021.05.02.00 021.05.02.00

System components, design, operation, degraded modes 021.05.02.01 021.05.02.01
221 of operation, indications and warnings
222 Define a secondary flight control. 021.05.02.01.01 021.05.02.01.01
List the following secondary flight control surfaces: - lift 021.05.02.01.02 021.05.02.01.02
augmentation devices (flaps and slats) - speed brakes -
223 flight and ground spoilers - trimming devices such as trim
tabs, trimmable horizontal stabiliser.

Describe secondary flight control actuation methods and 021.05.02.01.03 021.05.02.01.03

224 sources of actuating power.
Explain the function of a mechanical lock when using 021.05.02.01.04 021.05.02.01.04
225 hydraulic motors driving a screw jack.
Describe the requirement for limiting speeds for the 021.05.02.01.05 021.05.02.01.05
226 various secondary flight control surfaces.
For lift augmentation devices, explain the load limiting 021.05.02.01.06 021.05.02.01.06
227 (relief) protection devices and the functioning of an auto-
retraction system.
Explain how a flap/slat asymmetry protection device 021.05.02.01.07 021.05.02.01.07
228 functions.

229 Describe the function of an auto-slat system. 021.05.02.01.08 021.05.02.01.08

Explain the concept of control surface blow-back 021.05.02.01.09 021.05.02.01.09
230 (aerodynamic forces overruling hydraulic forces).
231 Helicopter: flight controls 021.05.03.00 021.05.03.00
232 021.05.03.01
233 Explain the methods of locking the controls on the ground. 021.05.03.00.01 021.05.03.01.01
Describe main rotor droop stops and how static rotor 021.05.03.00.02 021.05.03.01.02
234 flapping is restricted.
Describe the need for linear and rotary control input/ 021.05.03.00.03
235 output.
236 Explain the principle of phase lag and advance angle. 021.05.03.00.04 021.05.03.01.03
Describe the following four axis of control operation, their 021.05.03.00.05 021.05.03.01.04
operating principle and their associated cockpit controls: -
237 collective control - cyclic fore and aft (pitch axis) - cyclic
lateral (roll axis) - yaw.

Describe the swashplate or azimuth star control system 021.05.03.00.06 021.05.03.01.05

including the following: - swashplate inputs - the function
of the non-rotating swashplate - the function of the
rotating swashplate - how swashplate tilt is achieved -
238 swashplate pitch axis - swashplate roll axis - balancing of
pitch/roll/collective inputs to the swashplate to equalise
torsional loads on the blades.

Describe the main rotor spider control system including 021.05.03.00.07 021.05.03.01.06
239 the following: - the collective beam - pitch/roll/collective
inputs to the collective beam - spider drive.
 Describe the need for control system interlinks, in 021.05.03.00.08
particular: - collective/yaw - collective/throttle -
240 cyclic/stabilator - interaction between cyclic controls and
horizontal/stabilator.

State the need for “feel systems” in the hydraulic actuated 021.05.03.00.09 021.05.03.01.07
241 flight control system.
Describe the purpose of a trim system. 021.05.03.00.10 021.05.03.01.08

242

Describe the purpose of a cyclic beep trim system that 021.05.03.00.11

243 utilises Parallel Trim Actuators to enable the pilot to
control the aircraft.
244 List and describe the different types of trim system. 021.05.03.00.12
Explain the basic components of a trim system in 021.05.03.00.13
particular: - force trim switch - force gradient - parallel
trim actuator - cyclic 4-way trim switch - interaction of
245 trim system with a SAS/SCAS/ASS stability system - trim
motor indicators.

246 Describe the different types of control runs. 021.05.03.00.14 021.05.03.01.09

247 Explain the use of control stops. 021.05.03.00.15 021.05.03.01.10
248 Aeroplane: fly-by-wire (FBW) control systems 021.05.04.00 021.05.04.00
021.05.04.01
249
Explain that a FBW flight control system is composed of 021.05.04.00.01 021.05.04.01.01
the following: - pilot's input command (control
stick/column) - electrical signalling including: - pilot input
to computer - computer to flight control surfaces -
250 feedback from aircraft response to computer - flight
control computers - actuators - control surfaces.

State the advantages and disadvantages of a FBW system 021.05.04.00.02 021.05.04.01.02

in comparison with a conventional flight control system
251 including: - weight - pilot workload - flight envelope
protection.

252 Explain why a FBW system is always irreversible. 021.05.04.00.03 021.05.04.01.03

State the existence of degraded modes of operation. 021.05.04.00.04 021.05.04.01.04
253

021.05.04.01.05
254
021.05.04.01.06

255

021.05.04.01.07
256
257 021.05.04.01.08
Helicopter: fly-by-wire (FBW) control system 021.05.05.00 021.05.05.00
258
259 To be introduced at a later date. 021.05.05.00.01
PNEUMATICS - PRESSURISATION AND AIR- 021.06.00.00 021.06.00.00
260 CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
261 Pneumatic/bleed-air supply 021.06.01.00 021.06.01.00
262 Piston-engine air supply 021.06.01.01 021.06.01.01
State the method of supplying air for the pneumatic 021.06.01.01.01 021.06.01.01.01
263 systems for piston engine aircraft.

State that an air supply is required for the following 021.06.01.01.02 021.06.01.01.02
264 systems: - instrumentation - heating - de-icing.
265 Gas turbine engine: bleed-air supply 021.06.01.02 021.06.01.02
State that the possible bleed air sources for gas turbine 021.06.01.02.01 021.06.01.02.01
266 engine aircraft are the following: - engine - APU - ground
supply.
State that for an aeroplane a bleed air supply can be used 021.06.01.02.02 021.06.01.02.02
for the following systems or components: - anti-icing -
engine air starter - pressurisation of a hydraulic reservoir -
267 air driven hydraulic pumps - pressurisation and air
conditioning.

State that for a helicopter a bleed air supply can be used 021.06.01.02.03 021.06.01.02.03
268 for the following systems or components: - anti-icing -
engine air starter - pressurisation of a hydraulic reservoir.
State that the bleed air supply system can comprise the 021.06.01.02.04 021.06.01.02.04
following: - pneumatic ducts - isolation valve - pressure
269 regulating valve - engine bleed valve (HP/IP valves) - fan
air pre‑cooler - temperature and pressure sensors.

Interpret the pneumatic system schematic appended to 021.06.01.02.05 021.06.01.02.05

270 these Los
271 Describe the cockpit indications for bleed air systems. 021.06.01.02.06 021.06.01.02.06
State how the bleed air supply system is controlled and 021.06.01.02.07 021.06.01.02.07
272 monitored.
List the following air bleed malfunctions: - over 021.06.01.02.08 021.06.01.02.08
273 temperature - over pressure - low pressure -
overheat/duct leak.
274 Helicopter: air-conditioning systems 021.06.02.00 021.06.02.00
Types, system components, design, operation, degraded 021.06.02.01 021.06.02.01
275 modes of operation, indications and warnings
276 Describe the purpose of an air conditioning system. 021.06.02.01.01 021.06.02.01.01
277 Explain how an air conditioning system is controlled. 021.06.02.01.02 021.06.02.01.02
Describe the vapour cycle air conditioning system 021.06.02.01.03 021.06.02.01.03
278 including systems components, design, operation,
degraded modes of operation and system malfunction
indications.
Identify the following components from a diagram of an 021.06.02.01.04 021.06.02.01.04
air conditioning system and describe the operating
principle and function: - air cycle machine (pack, bootstrap
279 system) - pack cooling fan - water separator - mixing
valves - flow control valves - isolation valves - re-
circulation fans - filters for re-circulation - temperature
sensors.
 List and describe the controls, indications and warnings 021.06.02.01.05 021.06.02.01.05
280 related to an air conditioning system.
281 Aeroplane: pressurisation and air-conditioning system 021.06.03.00 021.06.03.00
System components, design, operation, degraded modes 021.06.03.01 021.06.03.01
282 of operation, indications and warnings
State that a pressurisation and an air conditioning system 021.06.03.01.01 021.06.03.01.01
283 of an aeroplane controls: - ventilation - temperature -
pressure.
284 State that in general humidity is not controlled. 021.06.03.01.02 021.06.03.01.02
Explain that the following components constitute a 021.06.03.01.03 021.06.03.01.03
pressurisation system: - pneumatic system as the power
source - outflow valve - outflow valve actuator - pressure
285 controller - excessive differential pressure relief valve -
negative differential pressure relief valve.

Explain that the following components constitute an 021.06.03.01.04 021.06.03.01.04

air‑conditioning system and describe their operating
principles and function: - air cycle machine (pack,
bootstrap system) - pack cooling fan - water separator -
mixing valves - flow control valves (outflow valve) -
286 isolation valves - ram air valve - re-circulation fans - filters
for re-circulated air - temperature sensors. Remark: The
bootstrap system is the only air conditioning system
considered for Part-FCL aeroplane examinations.

287 Describe the use of hot trim air. 021.06.03.01.05 021.06.03.01.05

Define the following terms: - cabin altitude - cabin vertical 021.06.03.01.06 021.06.03.01.06
288 speed - differential pressure - ground pressurisation.
Describe the operating principle of a pressurisation 021.06.03.01.07 021.06.03.01.07
289 system.
Describe the emergency operation by manual setting of 021.06.03.01.08 021.06.03.01.08
290 the outflow valve position.
Describe the working principle of an electronic cabin 021.06.03.01.09 021.06.03.01.09
291 pressure controller.
292 State how the maximum operating altitude is determined. 021.06.03.01.10 021.06.03.01.10
State: - the maximum allowed value of cabin altitude - 021.06.03.01.11 021.06.03.01.11
state a typical value of maximum differential pressure for
large transport aeroplane (8 to 9 psi) - the relation
293 between cabin altitude, the maximum differential
pressure and maximum aeroplane operating altitude.

Identify the aural warning when cabin altitude exceeds 021.06.03.01.12 021.06.03.01.12
294 10,000 ft.
List the indications of the pressurisation system. 021.06.03.01.13 021.06.03.01.13
295
021.06.03.01.14

296

297 ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING SYSTEMS 021.07.00.00 021.07.00.00

Types, design, operation, indications and warnings, 021.07.01.00 021.07.01.00
298 operational limitations
021.07.01.01
299
300 Explain the concepts of de‑icing and anti‑icing. 021.07.01.00.01 021.07.01.01.01
Name the components of an aircraft which can be 021.07.01.00.02 021.07.01.01.02
301 protected from ice accretion.
State that on some aeroplanes the tail does not have an 021.07.01.00.03 021.07.01.01.03
302 ice protection system.
State the different types of anti-icing/de-icing systems 021.07.01.00.04 021.07.01.01.04
303 (hot-air, electrical, fluid).
Describe the operating principle of these systems. 021.07.01.00.05 021.07.01.01.05
304
Describe the operating principle of the inflatable boot de- 021.07.01.00.06
305 icing system.
306 Ice warning systems 021.07.02.00 021.07.02.00
307 021.07.02.01
Describe the different operating principles of the following 021.07.02.00.01 021.07.02.01.01
308 ice detectors: - mechanical systems using air pressure -
electro-mechanical systems using resonance frequencies.
309 Describe the principle of operation of ice warning systems. 021.07.02.00.02 021.07.02.01.02
310 Helicopter blade heating systems 021.07.03.00 021.07.03.00
311 021.07.03.01
312 Describe main and tail rotor blade heating systems. 021.07.03.00.01
Explain the limitations on blade heating and the fact that 021.07.03.00.02 021.07.03.01.01
313 on some helicopters, the heating does not heat all the
main rotor blades at the same time.
314 FUEL SYSTEM 021.08.00.00 021.08.00.00
315 Piston engine 021.08.01.00 021.08.01.00
316 Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations 021.08.01.01 021.08.01.01
State the types of fuel used by piston engine (diesel, 021.08.01.01.01 021.08.01.01.01
317 AVGAS, MOGAS) and their associated limitations.

State the main characteristics of these fuels and give 021.08.01.01.02 021.08.01.01.02
318 typical values regarding their flash points, freezing points
and density.
319 Design, operation, system components, indications 021.08.01.02 021.08.01.02
320 State the tasks of the fuel system. 021.08.01.02.01 021.08.01.02.01
Name the following main components of a fuel system, 021.08.01.02.02 021.08.01.02.02
state their location and state their function. - lines - boost
pump - pressure valves - filter, strainer - tanks (wing, tip,
321 fuselage) - vent system - sump - drain - fuel quantity
sensor - temperature sensor.

Describe a gravity fuel feed system and a pressure feed 021.08.01.02.03 021.08.01.02.03
322 fuel system.
Describe the construction of the different types of fuel 021.08.01.02.04 021.08.01.02.04
323 tanks and state their advantages and disadvantages: -
drum tank - bladder tank - integral tank.
324 Explain the function of cross-feed. 021.08.01.02.05 021.08.01.02.05
325 Define the term ‘unusable fuel’. 021.08.01.02.06 021.08.01.02.06
List the following parameters that are monitored for the 021.08.01.02.07 021.08.01.02.07
326 fuel system: - fuel quantity (low level warning) - fuel
temperature.
327 Turbine engine 021.08.02.00 021.08.02.00
328 Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations 021.08.02.01 021.08.02.01
 State the types of fuel used by gas turbine engine (JET-A, 021.08.02.01.01 021.08.02.01.01
329 JET-A1, JET-B).
State the main characteristics of these fuels and give 021.08.02.01.02 021.08.02.01.02
330 typical values regarding their flash points, freezing points
and density.
331 State the existence of additives for freezing. 021.08.02.01.03 021.08.02.01.03
332 Design, operation, system components, indications 021.08.02.02 021.08.02.02
State the tasks of the fuel system. 021.08.02.02.01 021.08.02.02.01

333

Name the main components of a fuel system, state their 021.08.02.02.02 021.08.02.02.02
location and state their function. - lines - centrifugal boost
pump - pressure valves - fuel shut off valve - filter, strainer
334 - tanks (wing, tip, fuselage, tail) - bafflers - sump - vent
system - drain - fuel quantity sensor - temperature sensor
- re/de-fuelling system - fuel dump/jettison system.

Interpret the fuel system schematic appended to these 021.08.02.02.03 021.08.02.02.03

335 LOs.
Explain the limitations in the event of loss of booster 021.08.02.02.04 021.08.02.02.04
336 pump fuel pressure.
Describe the construction of the different types of fuel 021.08.02.02.05 021.08.02.02.05
337 tanks and state their advantages and disadvantages: -
drum tank - bladder tank - integral tank.
338 Explain the function of cross-feed and transfer. 021.08.02.02.06
339 Define the term ‘unusable fuel’. 021.08.02.02.07
Describe the use and purpose of drip sticks (manual 021.08.02.02.08
340 magnetic indicators).
Explain the considerations for fitting a fuel dump/jettison 021.08.02.02.09 021.08.02.02.06
341 system.
List the following parameters that are monitored for the 021.08.02.02.10
342 fuel system: - fuel quantity (low level warning) - fuel
temperature.
343 ELECTRICS 021.09.00.00 021.09.00.00
General, definitions, basic applications: circuit breakers, 021.09.01.00 021.09.01.00
344 logic circuits
345 Static electricity 021.09.01.01 021.09.01.01
Explain static electricity. 021.09.01.01.01 021.09.01.01.01
346

Describe a static discharger and explain its purpose. 021.09.01.01.02 021.09.01.01.02

347

Explain why an aircraft must first be grounded before 021.09.01.01.03 021.09.01.01.03

348 refuelling/de-fuelling.
349 Explain the reason for electrical bonding. 021.09.01.01.04 021.09.01.01.04
350 Direct current (DC) 021.09.01.02 021.09.01.02
State that a current can only flow in a closed circuit. 021.09.01.02.01 021.09.01.02.01
351
 Explain the basic principles of conductivity and give 021.09.01.02.02 021.09.01.02.02
352 examples of conductors, semiconductors and insulators.
State the operating principle of mechanical (toggle, 021.09.01.02.03 021.09.01.02.03
rocker, push and pull), thermo, time and proximity
switches.
353

Define voltage, current and resistance and state their unit 021.09.01.02.04 021.09.01.02.04
354 of measurement.
355 Explain Ohm’s law in qualitative terms. 021.09.01.02.05 021.09.01.02.05
Explain the effect on total resistance when resistors are 021.09.01.02.06 021.09.01.02.06
356 connected in series or in parallel.
State that resistances can have a positive or a negative 021.09.01.02.07 021.09.01.02.07
357 temperature coefficient (PTC/NTC) and state their use.
Define electrical work and power in qualitative terms and 021.09.01.02.08 021.09.01.02.08
358 state the unit of measurement.
Define the term ”electrical field” and “magnetic field” in 021.09.01.02.09
359 qualitative terms and explain the difference with the aid
of the Lorentz Force (Electro Motive Force : EMF).
Explain the term capacitance and explain the use of a 021.09.01.02.10
360 capacitor as a storage device.
361 Alternating current (AC) 021.09.01.03 021.09.01.03
Explain the term alternating current (AC). 021.09.01.03.01 021.09.01.03.01
362
Define the term phase. 021.09.01.03.02 021.09.01.03.02
363
Explain the principle of single phase and three phase AC 021.09.01.03.03 021.09.01.03.03
364 and state its use in the aircraft.
Define frequency in qualitative terms and state the unit of 021.09.01.03.04 021.09.01.03.04
365 measurement.
366 Explain the use of a particular frequency in aircraft. 021.09.01.03.05
367 Define phase shift in qualitative terms. 021.09.01.03.06 021.09.01.03.05
368 Resistors, capacitors, inductance coil 021.09.01.04 021.09.01.04
Describe the relation between voltage and current of an 021.09.01.04.01
369 ohmic resistor in an AC/DC circuit.
Describe the relation between voltage and current of a 021.09.01.04.02
370 capacitor in an AC/DC circuit.
Describe the relation between voltage and current of a 021.09.01.04.03
371 coil in an AC/DC circuit.
372 Permanent magnets 021.09.01.05 021.09.01.05
373 Explain the term magnetic flux. 021.09.01.05.01
State the pattern and direction of the magnetic flux 021.09.01.05.02
374 outside the magnetic poles and inside the magnet.
375 Electromagnetism 021.09.01.06 021.09.01.06
State that an electrical current produces a magnetic field 021.09.01.06.01 021.09.01.06.01
376 and define the direction of that field.
Describe how the strength of the magnetic field changes if 021.09.01.06.02 021.09.01.06.02
377 supported by a ferromagnetic core.
Explain the purpose and the working principle of a 021.09.01.06.03 021.09.01.06.03
378 solenoid.
379 Explain the purpose and the working principle of a relay. 021.09.01.06.04 021.09.01.06.04
Explain the principle of electromagnetic induction. 021.09.01.06.05 021.09.01.06.05
380

381 List the parameters affecting the inductance of a coil. 021.09.01.06.06

382 List the parameters affecting the induced voltage in a coil. 021.09.01.06.07
383 Circuit protection 021.09.01.07 021.09.01.07
Explain the operating principle of a fuse and a circuit 021.09.01.07.01 021.09.01.07.01
384 breaker.
385 Explain how a fuse is rated. 021.09.01.07.02 021.09.01.07.02
State the difference between a ”trip-free” and ”non-trip- 021.09.01.07.03 021.09.01.07.03
free” circuit breaker.
386

List the following different types of circuit breakers: - 021.09.01.07.04 021.09.01.07.04

387 thermal circuit breakers - magnetic circuit breaker.

021.09.01.07.05
388

021.09.01.07.06
389
390 021.09.01.07.07
021.09.01.07.08
391

392 Semiconductors and logic circuits 021.09.01.08 021.09.01.08

State the differences between semiconductor materials 021.09.01.08.01 021.09.01.08.01
393 and conductors and explain how the conductivity of
semiconductors can be altered.
State the principal function of diodes such as rectification, 021.09.01.08.02
394 voltage limiting.
State the principal function of transistors such as 021.09.01.08.03
395 switching and amplification.
Explain the following five basic functions: AND, OR, NOT, 021.09.01.08.04 021.09.01.08.02
NOR and NAND.
396

397 Describe their associated symbols. 021.09.01.08.05

Interpret logic diagrams using a combination of these 021.09.01.08.06 021.09.01.08.03
398 functions.
399 Batteries 021.09.02.00 021.09.02.00
400 Types, characteristics and limitations 021.09.02.01 021.09.02.01
401 State the function of an aircraft battery. 021.09.02.01.01 021.09.02.01.01
Name the types of rechargeable batteries used in aircraft. 021.09.02.01.02 021.09.02.01.02
402
Compare lead-acid and nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) batteries 021.09.02.01.03 021.09.02.01.03
with respect to weight, voltage, load behaviour, self-
403 discharge, charging characteristics, thermal runaway and
storage life.
 Explain the term “cell voltage”. 021.09.02.01.04 021.09.02.01.04
404

State that a battery is composed of several cells. 021.09.02.01.05 021.09.02.01.04

405
(Merged into 021.09.02.01.04)
State the charging voltage that corresponds with different 021.09.02.01.07
406 battery voltages.
Explain the difference between battery voltage and 021.09.02.01.06 021.09.02.01.05
407 charging voltage.

Define the term ”capacity of batteries” and state the unit 021.09.02.01.08 021.09.02.01.06
408 of measurement used.
State the effect of temperature on battery capacity. 021.09.02.01.09 021.09.02.01.07
409
State the relationship between voltage and capacity when 021.09.02.01.10
410 batteries are connected in series or in parallel.
State that in the case of loss of all generated power 021.09.02.01.11 021.09.02.01.08
411 (Battery power only) the remaining electrical power is
time limited.
021.09.02.01.09

412

021.09.02.01.10

413

414 Generation 021.09.03.00 021.09.03.00

Remark: For standardisation, the SET uses the following 021.09.03.00 021.09.03.00
standard expressions: - DC generator: produces DC output.
- DC alternator: produces internal AC, rectified by
integrated rectifying unit, the output is DC. - AC generator:
produces AC output. - Starter generator: integrated
combination of a DC generator with DC output and a
starter motor using battery DC. - Permanent magnet
415 alternator/generator: produces AC output without field
excitation using a permanent magnet.

416 DC generation 021.09.03.01 021.09.03.01

Describe the working principle of a simple DC alternator 021.09.03.01.01 021.09.03.01.01
417 and name its main components.
State in qualitative terms how voltage depends on the 021.09.03.01.02 021.09.03.01.02
418 number of windings, field strength, rpm and load.
List the differences between a DC generator and a DC 021.09.03.01.03
419 alternator with regard to voltage response at low rpm,
power/weight ratio, brush sparking.
420 Explain the principle of voltage control. 021.09.03.01.04
 Explain why reverse current flow from the battery to the 021.09.03.01.05 021.09.03.01.03
421 generator must be prevented.
Describe the operating principle of a starter generator and 021.09.03.01.06 021.09.03.01.04
422 state its purpose.
423 AC generation 021.09.03.02 021.09.03.02
Describe the components of a three-phase AC generator 021.09.03.02.01 021.09.03.02.01
424 and the operating principle.
State that the generator field current is used to control 021.09.03.02.02 021.09.03.02.02
425 the voltage.
State in qualitative terms the relation between frequency, 021.09.03.02.03 021.09.03.02.03
426 number of pole pairs, and RPM of a three-phase
generator.
427 Explain the term wild frequency generator. 021.09.03.02.04 021.09.03.02.04
Describe how a three phase AC generator can be 021.09.03.02.05
428 connected to the electrical system.
Describe the purpose and the working principle of a 021.09.03.02.06
429 permanent magnet alternator/generator.
List the following different power sources that can be used 021.09.03.02.07 021.09.03.02.05
430 for an aeroplane to drive an AC generator: - engine - APU
- RAT - Hydraulic.
List the following different power sources that can be used 021.09.03.02.08 021.09.03.02.06
431 for a helicopter to drive an AC generator: - engine - APU -
gearbox.
Constant speed drive (CSD) and integrated drive 021.09.03.03 021.09.03.03
432 generator (IDG) systems
Describe the function and the working principle of a 021.09.03.03.01 021.09.03.03.01
433 constant speed drive (CSD).
434 Explain the parameters of a CSD that are monitored. 021.09.03.03.02 021.09.03.03.02
Describe the function and the working principle of an 021.09.03.03.03 021.09.03.03.03
435 Integrated Drive Generator (IDG).
Explain the consequences of a mechanical disconnect 021.09.03.03.04 021.09.03.03.04
436 during flight for a CSD and an IDG.
021.09.03.03.05
437
Transformers, transformer rectifier units (TRUs), static 021.09.03.04 021.09.03.04
438 inverters
State the function of a transformer and its operating 021.09.03.04.01 021.09.03.04.01
439 principle.
State the function of a Transformer Rectifier Unit (TRU), 021.09.03.04.02 021.09.03.04.02
440 its operating principle and the voltage output.
State the function of static inverters, its operating 021.09.03.04.03 021.09.03.04.03
441 principle and the voltage output.
442 Distribution 021.09.04.00 021.09.04.00
443 General 021.09.04.01 021.09.04.01
444 Explain the function of a bus (bus bar). 021.09.04.01.01 021.09.04.01.01
Describe the function of the following buses: - main bus - 021.09.04.01.02 021.09.04.01.02
445 tie bus - essential bus - emergency bus - ground bus -
battery bus - hot (battery) bus.
State that the aircraft structure can be used as a part of 021.09.04.01.03 021.09.04.01.03
446 the electrical circuit (common earth) and explain the
implications for electrical bonding.
447 Explain the function of external power. 021.09.04.01.04 021.09.04.01.04
 State that a priority sequence exists between the different 021.09.04.01.05 021.09.04.01.05
448 sources of electrical power on ground and in flight.
449 Introduce the term 'load sharing'. 021.09.04.01.06 021.09.04.01.06
Explain that load sharing is always achieved during parallel 021.09.04.01.07
450 operations.
451 Introduce the term 'load shedding'. 021.09.04.01.08 021.09.04.01.07
Explain that an AC load can be shed in case of generator 021.09.04.01.09 021.09.04.01.08
452 overload.

Interpret an electrical system schematic (appended to 021.09.04.01.10 021.09.04.01.09

453 these LOs). N.B: The system described is a split system.
021.09.04.01.10
454

455 DC distribution 021.09.04.02 021.09.04.02

Describe a simple DC electrical system of a single engine 021.09.04.02.01 021.09.04.02.01
456 aircraft.
Describe a DC electrical system of a multi-engine aircraft 021.09.04.02.02 021.09.04.02.02
457 (CS 23/CS 27) including the distribution consequences of
loss of generator(s) or bus failure.
Describe the DC part of an electrical system of a transport 021.09.04.02.03 021.09.04.02.03
458 aircraft (CS 25/CS 29) including the distribution
consequences of loss of DC supply or bus failure.
459 Give examples of DC consumers. 021.09.04.02.04 021.09.04.02.04
460 AC distribution 021.09.04.03 021.09.04.03
Describe the AC electrical system of a transport aircraft for 021.09.04.03.01 021.09.04.03.01
461 split and parallel operation.

Describe the distribution consequences of: - APU electrical 021.09.04.03.02 021.09.04.03.02

supply and external power priority switching - loss of (all)
462 generator(s) - bus failure.

463 Give examples of AC consumers. 021.09.04.03.03 021.09.04.03.03

Explain the conditions to be met for paralleling AC 021.09.04.03.04 021.09.04.03.04
464 generators.
Explain the terms real and reactive loads. 021.09.04.03.05 021.09.04.03.05
465
State that real/reactive loads are compensated in the case 021.09.04.03.06
466 of paralleled AC generators.
Electrical load management and monitoring systems: 021.09.04.04 021.09.04.04
467 automatic generators and bus switching during normal
and failure operation, indications and warnings
 Give examples of system control, monitoring and 021.09.04.04.01 021.09.04.04.01
annunciators.

468

Describe, for normal (on ground/in flight) and degraded 021.09.04.04.02 021.09.04.04.02
modes of operation, the following functions of an
electrical load management system: - distribution -
469 monitoring - protection (overloading, over/undervoltage,
incorrect frequency).

State which parameters are used to monitor an electrical 021.09.04.04.03 021.09.04.04.03

470 system for parallel and split system operation.
Describe how batteries are monitored. 021.09.04.04.04 021.09.04.04.04
471
State that Ni-Cd batteries are monitored to avoid damage 021.09.04.04.05
472 resulting from excessive temperature increase (thermal
runaway).
Interpret various different ammeter indications of an 021.09.04.04.06 021.09.04.04.05
473 ammeter which monitors the charge current of the
battery.
474 Electrical motors 021.09.05.00 021.09.05.00
475 General 021.09.05.01 021.09.05.01
State that the purpose of an electric motor is to convert 021.09.05.01.01 021.09.05.01.01
476 electrical energy into mechanical energy.
021.09.05.01.02
477

021.09.05.01.03

478

479 Operating principle 021.09.05.02 021.09.05.02

Explain the operating principle of an electric motor as 021.09.05.02.01 021.09.05.02.01
480 being an electrical current carrying conductor inside a
magnetic field that experiences a (Lorentz/EMF) force.
481 State that electrical motors can be AC or DC type. 021.09.05.02.02 021.09.05.02.02
021.09.05.02.03
482
483 Components 021.09.05.03 021.09.05.03
 Name the following components of an electric motor and 021.09.05.03.01 021.09.05.03.01
484 explain their function: - rotor (rotating part of an electric
motor) - stator (stationary part of an electric motor).
PISTON ENGINES 021.10.00.00 021.10.00.00
485

486 General 021.10.01.00 021.10.01.00

Types of internal-combustion engines: basic principles, 021.10.01.01 021.10.01.01
487 definitions
Define the following terms and expressions: - RPM - 021.10.01.01.01 021.10.01.01.01
torque - Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) - power
output - specific fuel consumption - mechanical efficiency,
488 thermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency - compression
ratio, clearance volume, swept (displaced) volume, total
volume.
Describe the influence of compression ratio on thermal 021.10.01.01.02
489 efficiency.
490 Engine: design, operation, components 021.10.01.02 021.10.01.02
Describe the following main engine components and state 021.10.01.02.01 021.10.01.02.01
their function. - crankcase - crankshaft - connecting rod -
491 piston - piston pin - piston rings - cylinder - cylinder head -
valves - valve springs - push rod - camshaft - rocker arm -
cam shaft gear - bearings.
State the materials used for the following engine 021.10.01.02.02
components: - crankcase - crankshaft - connecting rod -
492 piston - piston pin - cylinder - cylinder head - valves -
camshaft.

Name and identify the various types of engine design with 021.10.01.02.03 021.10.01.02.02
regard to cylinder arrangement such as: - horizontal
493 opposed - in line - radial - and working cycle (4 stroke:
petrol and diesel).

Describe the gas state changes, the valve positions and 021.10.01.02.04
494 the ignition timing during the four strokes of the
theoretical piston engine cycle.
Explain the main differences between the theoretical 021.10.01.02.05
495 (Otto cycle) and practical four stroke piston engine cycles.
Describe the differences between petrol engines and 021.10.01.02.06 021.10.01.02.03
diesel engines with respect to: - means of ignition -
maximum compression ratio - air or mixture supply to the
496 cylinder - specific power output (kW/kg) - thermal
efficiency - pollution from the exhaust.

497 Fuel 021.10.02.00 021.10.02.00

498 Types, grades, characteristics, limitations 021.10.02.01 021.10.02.01
Name the type of fuel used for petrol engines including its 021.10.02.01.01 021.10.02.01.01
499 colour (AVGAS).
Name the types of fuel used for diesel engines (kerosene 021.10.02.01.02 021.10.02.01.02
500 or diesel).
501 Define the term 'octane rating'. 021.10.02.01.03 021.10.02.01.03
Describe the combustion process in a piston engine 021.10.02.01.04
502 cylinder for both petrol and diesel engines.
 Define the term “flame front velocity“ and describe its 021.10.02.01.05
503 variations depending on the fuel-air mixture for petrol
engines.
Define the term “detonation“ and describe the causes and 021.10.02.01.06 021.10.02.01.04
504 effects of detonation for both petrol and diesel engines.
Define the term “pre-ignition” and describe the causes 021.10.02.01.07 021.10.02.01.05
505 and effects of pre-ignition for both petrol and diesel
engines.
Identify the conditions and power settings that promote 021.10.02.01.08 021.10.02.01.06
506 detonation for petrol engines.
507 Describe how detonation in petrol engines is recognised. 021.10.02.01.09 021.10.02.01.07
Name the anti-detonation petrol fuel additive (Tetra Ethyl 021.10.02.01.10
508 Lead).
Describe the method and occasions for checking the fuel 021.10.02.01.11 021.10.02.01.08
509 for water content.
State the typical value of fuel density for aviation gasoline 021.10.02.01.12 021.10.02.01.09
510 and diesel fuel.
Explain volatility, viscosity and vapour locking for petrol 021.10.02.01.13 021.10.02.01.10
511 and diesel fuels.
512 Engine fuel pumps 021.10.03.00 021.10.03.00
513 Engine-driven fuel pump 021.10.03.01 021.10.03.01
514 Describe the need for a separate engine driven fuel pump. 021.10.03.00.01 021.10.03.01.01
List the different types of engine driven fuel pumps: - gear 021.10.03.00.02
515 type - vane type.
516 Carburettor/injection system 021.10.04.00 021.10.04.00
Carburettor: design, operation, degraded modes of 021.10.04.01 021.10.04.01
517 operation, indications and warnings
518 State the purpose of a carburettor. 021.10.04.01.01 021.10.04.01.01
Describe the operating principle of the simple float 021.10.04.01.02 021.10.04.01.02
519 chamber carburettor.
520 Describe the method of achieving reliable idle operation. 021.10.04.01.03
Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over 021.10.04.01.04 021.10.04.01.03
521 the whole operating engine power setting range
(compensation jet, diffuser).
Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over 021.10.04.01.05 021.10.04.01.04
522 the whole operating altitude range.
Explain the purpose and the operating principle of an 021.10.04.01.06 021.10.04.01.05
523 accelerator pump.
524 Explain the purpose of power enrichment. 021.10.04.01.07 021.10.04.01.06
525 Describe the function of the carburettor heat system. 021.10.04.01.08 021.10.04.01.07
Explain the effect of carburettor heat on mixture ratio and 021.10.04.01.09 021.10.04.01.08
526 power output.
Explain the purpose and the operating principle of a 021.10.04.01.10 021.10.04.01.09
527 primer pump.
Discuss other methods for priming an engine (acceleration 021.10.04.01.11 021.10.04.01.10
528 pumps).
Explain the danger of carburettor fire, including corrective 021.10.04.01.12 021.10.04.01.11
529 measures.
Injection: design, operation, degraded modes of 021.10.04.02 021.10.04.02
530 operation, indications and warnings
 Describe the low pressure, continuous flow type fuel 021.10.04.02.01
531 injection system used on light aircraft piston petrol
engines with the aid of a schematic diagram.
Explain the advantages of an injection system compared 021.10.04.02.02 021.10.04.02.01
532 with a carburettor system.
Explain the requirement for two different pumps in the 021.10.04.02.03
533 fuel injection system and describe their operation.
Describe the task and explain the operating principle of 021.10.04.02.04
534 the fuel and mixture control valves in the injection system
for petrol engines.
Describe the task and explain the operating principle of 021.10.04.02.05
535 the fuel manifold valve, the discharge nozzles and the fuel
flow meter in the fuel injection system for petrol engines.
Describe the injection system of a diesel engine and 021.10.04.02.06
explain the function of the following components: - high
536 pressure fuel injection pump - common rail principle - fuel
lines - fuel injectors.

537 Icing 021.10.04.03 021.10.04.03

Describe the causes and effects of carburettor icing and 021.10.04.03.01 021.10.04.03.01
538 the action to be taken if carburettor icing is suspected.
Name the meteorological conditions within which 021.10.04.03.02 021.10.04.03.02
539 carburettor icing may occur.
Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor 021.10.04.03.03 021.10.04.03.03
540 icing with both a fixed pitch and a constant speed
propeller.
Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor 021.10.04.03.04 021.10.04.03.04
541 icing with a helicopter.
Describe the indications that will occur upon selection of 021.10.04.03.05 021.10.04.03.05
542 carburettor heat depending on whether ice is present or
not.
Explain the reason for the use of alternate air on fuel 021.10.04.03.06 021.10.04.03.06
543 injection systems and describe its operating principle.
State the meteorological conditions under which induction 021.10.04.03.07 021.10.04.03.07
544 system icing may occur.
545 Cooling systems 021.10.05.00 021.10.05.00
546 Design, operation, indications and warnings 021.10.05.01 021.10.05.01
547 Specify the reasons for cooling a piston engine. 021.10.05.01.01 021.10.05.01.01
Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air 021.10.05.01.02 021.10.05.01.02
548 cooling for aeroplanes.
Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air 021.10.05.01.03 021.10.05.01.03
549 cooling for helicopters (e.g. engine driven impeller and
scroll assembly, baffles).
Compare the advantages of liquid and air cooling systems. 021.10.05.01.04 021.10.05.01.04
550
Identify the cylinder head temperature indication to 021.10.05.01.05 021.10.05.01.05
551 monitor engine cooling.
552 Describe the function and the operation of cowl flaps. 021.10.05.01.06 021.10.05.01.06
553 Lubrication systems 021.10.06.00 021.10.06.00
554 Lubricants: characteristics, limitations 021.10.06.01 021.10.06.01
Describe the term ‘viscosity’ including the effect of 021.10.06.01.01 021.10.06.01.01
555 temperature.
 Describe the viscosity grade numbering system used in 021.10.06.01.02 021.10.06.01.02
556 aviation.
557 Design, operation, indications and warnings 021.10.06.02 021.10.06.02
558 State the functions of a piston engine lubrication system. 021.10.06.02.01 021.10.06.02.01
Describe the working principle of a dry sump lubrication 021.10.06.02.02 021.10.06.02.02
system and describe the functions of the following
components: - oil tank (reservoir) and its internal
components: hot well; de-aerator; vent; expansion space.
- check valve (non-return valve) - pressure pump and
559 pressure relief valve - scavenge pump - filters (suction,
pressure and scavenge) - oil cooler - oil cooler by-pass
valve (anti-surge and thermo-static) - pressure and
temperature sensors - lines.

560 Describe a wet sump lubrication system. 021.10.06.02.03 021.10.06.02.03

State the differences between a wet and a dry sump 021.10.06.02.04 021.10.06.02.04
561 lubrication system.

State the advantages/disadvantages of each system. 021.10.06.02.05 021.10.06.02.04

562
(Merged into 021.10.06.02.04)
List the following factors that influence oil consumption: - 021.10.06.02.06 021.10.06.02.05
563 oil grade - cylinder and piston wear - condition of piston
rings.
Describe the interaction between oil pressure, oil 021.10.06.02.07 021.10.06.02.06
564 temperature and oil quantity.
565 Ignition circuits 021.10.07.00 021.10.07.00
566 Design, operation 021.10.07.01 021.10.07.01
Describe the working principle of a magneto ignition 021.10.07.01.01 021.10.07.01.01
system and the functions of the following components: -
magneto - contact breaker points - capacitor (condenser) -
567 coils or windings - ignition switches - distributor - spark
plug - High tension (HT) cable.

State why piston engines are equipped with two 021.10.07.01.02 021.10.07.01.02
568 electrically independent ignition systems.
State the function and operating principle of the following 021.10.07.01.03 021.10.07.01.03
569 methods of spark augmentation: - starter vibrator
(booster coil) - impulse start coupling.
State the function and operating principle of the following 021.10.07.01.04 021.10.07.01.04
570 methods of spark augmentation: - starter vibrator
(booster coil) - both magnetos live.
571 Explain the function of the magneto check. 021.10.07.01.05 021.10.07.01.05
State the reasons for using the correct temperature grade 021.10.07.01.06
572 for a spark plug.
573 Explain the function of ignition timing advance or retard. 021.10.07.01.07
574 Explain how combustion is initiated in diesel engines. 021.10.07.01.08 021.10.07.01.06
575 Mixture 021.10.08.00 021.10.08.00
Definition, characteristic mixtures, control instruments, 021.10.08.01 021.10.08.01
576 associated control levers, indications
Define the following terms: - mixture - chemically correct 021.10.08.01.01 021.10.08.01.01
ratio (stoichiometric) - best power ratio - lean (weak)
577 mixture (lean or rich side of the EGT top) - rich mixture.
 State the typical fuel to air ratio values or range of values 021.10.08.01.02 021.10.08.01.02
578 for the above mixtures.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of weak and 021.10.08.01.03 021.10.08.01.03
579 rich mixtures.
Describe the relation between engine specific fuel 021.10.08.01.04 021.10.08.01.04
580 consumption and mixture ratio.
Describe the use of the exhaust gas temperature as an aid 021.10.08.01.05 021.10.08.01.05
581 to mixture setting.
Explain the relation between mixture ratio, cylinder head 021.10.08.01.06 021.10.08.01.06
582 temperature, detonation and pre ignition.
583 Explain the absence of mixture control in diesel engines. 021.10.08.01.07 021.10.08.01.07
584 Aeroplane: propellers 021.10.09.00 021.10.09.00
585 Definitions, general 021.10.09.01 021.10.09.01
Remark: Definitions and aerodynamic concepts are 021.10.09.01 021.10.09.01
586 detailed in subject 081, topic 07 (Propellers) but need to
be appreciated for this subject also.
Constant-speed propeller: design, operation, system 021.10.09.02 021.10.09.02
587 components
Describe the operating principle of a constant speed 021.10.09.02.01 021.10.09.02.01
588 propeller system under normal flight operations with the
aid of a schematic diagram.
Explain the need for a Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) 021.10.09.02.02 021.10.09.02.02
589 indicator to control the power setting with a constant
speed propeller.
590 State the purpose of a torquemeter. 021.10.09.02.03 021.10.09.02.03
State the purpose and describe the operation of a low 021.10.09.02.04 021.10.09.02.04
591 pitch stop (centrifugal latch).
Describe the operating principle of a single acting and a 021.10.09.02.05 021.10.09.02.05
592 double acting variable pitch propeller for single and multi-
engine aeroplanes.
Describe the function and the basic operating principle of 021.10.09.02.06 021.10.09.02.06
593 synchronising and synchro phasing systems.
Explain the purpose and the basic operating principle of 021.10.09.02.07 021.10.09.02.07
594 an auto-feathering system including un-feathering.
595 Reduction gearing: design 021.10.09.03 021.10.09.03
596 State the purpose of reduction gearing. 021.10.09.03.01 021.10.09.03.01
597 Explain the principles of design for reduction gearing. 021.10.09.03.02
Propeller handling: associated control levers, degraded 021.10.09.04 021.10.09.04
598 modes of operation, indications and warnings
Describe the checks to be carried out on a constant speed 021.10.09.04.01 021.10.09.04.01
599 propeller system after engine start.
Describe the operation of a constant speed propeller 021.10.09.04.02 021.10.09.04.02
600 system during flight at different true air speeds and RPM
including an overspeeding propeller.
Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch 021.10.09.04.03 021.10.09.04.03
601 propeller when feathering and un-feathering, including
the operation of cockpit controls.
Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch 021.10.09.04.04 021.10.09.04.04
602 propeller when reverse pitch is selected, including the
operation of cockpit controls.
 Describe the operation of the propeller levers during 021.10.09.04.05 021.10.09.04.05
603 different phases of flight.
604 Performance and engine handling 021.10.10.00 021.10.10.00
605 Performance 021.10.10.01 021.10.10.01
Engine Performance: Define pressure altitude, density 021.10.10.01.01
606 altitude.
Describe the effect on power output of a petrol and diesel 021.10.10.01.02 021.10.10.01.01
engine taking into consideration the following parameters:
607 - ambient pressure, exhaust back pressure - temperature -
density altitude - humidity.

608 Explain the term normally aspirated engine. 021.10.10.01.03 021.10.10.01.02

Power Augmentation Devices: Explain the requirement for 021.10.10.01.04 021.10.10.01.03
609 power augmentation (turbocharging) of a piston engine.
Describe the function and the principle of operation of the 021.10.10.01.05 021.10.10.01.04
following main components of a turbocharger: - turbine -
compressor - waste gate - waste gate actuator - absolute
610 pressure controller - density controller - differential
pressure controller.

Explain the difference between an altitude-boosted 021.10.10.01.06 021.10.10.01.05

611 turbocharger and a ground-boosted turbocharger.
612 Explain turbo-lag. 021.10.10.01.07 021.10.10.01.06
613 Define the term critical altitude. 021.10.10.01.08 021.10.10.01.07
614 Explain the function of an intercooler. 021.10.10.01.09 021.10.10.01.08
615 Define the terms full throttle height and rated altitude. 021.10.10.01.10 021.10.10.01.09
616 Engine handling 021.10.10.02 021.10.10.02
State the correct procedures for setting the engine 021.10.10.02.01 021.10.10.02.01
617 controls when increasing or decreasing power.
Define the following terms - Take-off Power - Maximum 021.10.10.02.02 021.10.10.02.02
618 Continuous Power.
Describe the term hydraulicing and the precautions to be 021.10.10.02.03
619 taken prior to engine start.
Describe the start problems associated with extreme cold 021.10.10.02.04 021.10.10.02.03
620 weather.
FADEC for a piston engine: To be introduced at a later 021.10.10.02.05 021.10.10.02.04
621 date.

021.10.10.02.05
622
021.10.10.02.06

623

021.10.10.02.07
624
625 TURBINE ENGINES 021.11.00.00 021.11.00.00
626 Basic principles 021.11.01.00 021.11.01.00
627 Basic generation of thrust and the thrust formula 021.11.01.01 021.11.01.01
Describe how thrust is produced by a basic gas turbine 021.11.01.01.01 021.11.01.01.01
628 engine.
 Describe the simple form of the thrust formula for a basic 021.11.01.01.02 021.11.01.01.02
629 straight turbo-jet and perform simple calculations
(including pressure thrust).
State that thrust can be considered to remain 021.11.01.01.03 021.11.01.01.03
630 approximately constant over the whole aeroplane
subsonic speed range.
631 Design, types and components of turbine engines 021.11.01.02 021.11.01.02
List the main components of a basic gas turbine engine. - 021.11.01.02.01 021.11.01.02.01
632 inlet - compressor - combustion chamber - turbine -
outlet.
Describe the system of station numbering in a gas turbine 021.11.01.02.02
633 engine.
Describe the variation of static pressure, temperature and 021.11.01.02.03 021.11.01.02.02
axial velocity in a gas turbine engine under normal
634 operating conditions and with the aid of a working cycle
diagram.

Describe the differences between absolute, 021.11.01.02.04 021.11.01.02.03

635 circumferential (tangential) and axial velocity.
List the different types of gas turbine engines. - straight jet 021.11.01.02.05 021.11.01.02.04
636 - turbo fan - turbo prop.
State that a gas turbine engine can have one or more 021.11.01.02.06 021.11.01.02.05
637 spools.
Describe how thrust is produced by turbojet and turbofan 021.11.01.02.07 021.11.01.02.06
638 engines.
639 Describe how power is produced by turboprop engines. 021.11.01.02.08 021.11.01.02.07
Describe the term ‘equivalent horsepower’ (= thrust 021.11.01.02.09 021.11.01.02.08
640 horsepower + shaft horsepower).
Explain the principle of a free turbine or free power 021.11.01.02.10 021.11.01.02.09
641 turbine.
Define the term bypass ratio and perform simple 021.11.01.02.11 021.11.01.02.10
642 calculations to determine bypass ratio.
Define the terms propulsive power, propulsive efficiency, 021.11.01.02.12 021.11.01.02.11
643 thermal efficiency and total efficiency.
Describe the influence of compressor pressure ratio on 021.11.01.02.13 021.11.01.02.12
644 thermal efficiency.
Explain the variations of propulsive efficiency with forward 021.11.01.02.14 021.11.01.02.13
645 speed for turbojet, turbofan and turboprop engines.
Define the term ‘specific fuel consumption’ for turbojets 021.11.01.02.15 021.11.01.02.14
646 and turboprops.
Coupled turbine engine: design, operation, components 021.11.01.03 021.11.01.03
647 and materials
Name the main assembly parts of a coupled turbine 021.11.01.03.01 021.11.01.03.01
648 engine and explain the operation of the engine.
Explain the limitations of the materials used, in regard to 021.11.01.03.02 021.11.01.03.02
649 the maximum turbine temperature, engine and drive train
torque limits.
Describe the possible effects on engine components when 021.11.01.03.03 021.11.01.03.03
650 limits are exceeded.
Explain that when engine limits are exceeded, this event 021.11.01.03.04 021.11.01.03.04
651 must be reported.
652 Free-turbine engine: design, components and materials 021.11.01.04 021.11.01.04
 Describe the design methods to keep engine size small for 021.11.01.04.01 021.11.01.04.01
653 installation in helicopters.
654 List the main components of a free turbine engine. 021.11.01.04.02 021.11.01.04.02
Describe how the power is developed by a turboshaft/free 021.11.01.04.03 021.11.01.04.03
655 turbine engine.
Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to 021.11.01.04.04 021.11.01.04.04
656 monitor turbine stress.
657 Main-engine components 021.11.02.00 021.11.02.00
658 Aeroplane: air intake 021.11.02.01 021.11.02.01
659 State the functions of the engine air inlet/air intake. 021.11.02.01.01 021.11.02.01.01
660 Describe the geometry of a subsonic (pitot type) air inlet. 021.11.02.01.02 021.11.02.01.02
Explain the gas parameter changes in a subsonic air inlet 021.11.02.01.03 021.11.02.01.03
661 at different flight speeds.
Describe the reasons for, and the dangers of, the following 021.11.02.01.04 021.11.02.01.04
operational problems concerning the engine air inlet: -
662 airflow separation - inlet icing - inlet damage - foreign
object damage (FOD) - heavy in-flight turbulence.

663 Compressor and diffuser 021.11.02.02 021.11.02.02

664 State the purpose of the compressor. 021.11.02.02.01 021.11.02.02.01
Describe the working principle of a centrifugal and an axial 021.11.02.02.02 021.11.02.02.02
665 flow compressor.
Name the following main components of a single stage 021.11.02.02.03 021.11.02.02.03
666 and describe their function for a centrifugal compressor: -
impeller - diffuser.
Name the following main components of a single stage 021.11.02.02.04 021.11.02.02.04
667 and describe their function for an axial compressor: - rotor
vanes - stator vanes.
Describe the gas parameter changes in a compressor 021.11.02.02.05 021.11.02.02.05
668 stage.
Define the term pressure ratio and state a typical value for 021.11.02.02.06 021.11.02.02.06
669 one stage of a centrifugal and an axial flow compressor
and for the complete compressor.
State the advantages and disadvantages of increasing the 021.11.02.02.07 021.11.02.02.07
670 number of stages in a centrifugal compressor.
Explain the difference in sensitivity for Foreign Object 021.11.02.02.08 021.11.02.02.08
671 Damage (FOD) of a centrifugal compressor compared with
an axial flow type.
Explain the convergent air annulus through an axial flow 021.11.02.02.09 021.11.02.02.09
672 compressor.
673 Describe the reason for twisting the compressor blades. 021.11.02.02.10 021.11.02.02.10
674 State the tasks of inlet guide vanes (IGVs). 021.11.02.02.11 021.11.02.02.11
State the reason for the clicking noise whilst the 021.11.02.02.12 021.11.02.02.12
675 compressor slowly rotates on the ground.
676 State the advantages of increasing the number of spools. 021.11.02.02.13 021.11.02.02.13
Explain the implications of tip losses and describe the 021.11.02.02.14 021.11.02.02.14
677 design features to minimise the problem.
Explain the problems of blade bending and flapping and 021.11.02.02.15 021.11.02.02.15
678 describe the design features to minimise the problem.
Explain the following terms: - compressor stall, - engine 021.11.02.02.16 021.11.02.02.16
679 surge.
 State the conditions that are possible causes of stall and 021.11.02.02.17 021.11.02.02.17
680 surge.
681 Describe the indications of stall and surge. 021.11.02.02.18 021.11.02.02.18
Describe the design features used to minimise the 021.11.02.02.19 021.11.02.02.19
682 occurrence of stall and surge.
Describe a compressor map (surge envelope) with RPM- 021.11.02.02.20 021.11.02.02.20
683 lines, stall limit, steady state line and acceleration line.
684 Describe the function of the diffuser. 021.11.02.02.21 021.11.02.02.21
685 Combustion chamber 021.11.02.03 021.11.02.03
686 Define the purpose of the combustion chamber. 021.11.02.03.01 021.11.02.03.01
687 List the requirements for combustion. 021.11.02.03.02 021.11.02.03.02
688 Describe the working principle of a combustion chamber. 021.11.02.03.03 021.11.02.03.03
Explain the reason for reducing the airflow axial velocity at 021.11.02.03.04 021.11.02.03.04
689 the combustion chamber inlet (snout).
690 State the function of the swirl vanes (swirler). 021.11.02.03.05 021.11.02.03.05
691 State the function of the drain valves. 021.11.02.03.06 021.11.02.03.06
Define the terms ‘primary airflow’ and ‘secondary airflow’ 021.11.02.03.07 021.11.02.03.07
692 and explain their purpose.
Explain the following two mixture ratios: - primary airflow 021.11.02.03.08 021.11.02.03.08
693 to fuel - total airflow (within the combustion chamber) to
fuel.
Describe the gas parameter changes in the combustion 021.11.02.03.09 021.11.02.03.09
694 chamber.
State a typical maximum value of the outlet temperature 021.11.02.03.10 021.11.02.03.10
695 of the combustion chamber.
Describe the following types of combustion chamber and 021.11.02.03.11 021.11.02.03.11
state the differences between them: - can type - can-
696 annular, cannular or tubo-annular - annular - reverse-flow
annular.

Describe the principle of operation of a simplex and a 021.11.02.03.12

697 duplex fuel spray nozzle (atomiser).
698 Turbine 021.11.02.04 021.11.02.04
Explain the purpose of a turbine in different types of gas 021.11.02.04.01 021.11.02.04.01
699 turbine engines.
Describe the principles of operation of impulse, reaction 021.11.02.04.02 021.11.02.04.02
700 and impulse-reaction axial flow turbines.
Name the main components of a turbine stage and their 021.11.02.04.03 021.11.02.04.03
701 function.
702 Describe the working principle of a turbine. 021.11.02.04.04 021.11.02.04.04
703 Describe the gas parameter changes in a turbine stage. 021.11.02.04.05 021.11.02.04.05
Describe the function and the working principle of Active 021.11.02.04.06 021.11.02.04.06
704 Clearance Control.
Describe the implications of tip losses and the means to 021.11.02.04.07 021.11.02.04.07
705 minimise.
Explain why the available engine thrust is limited by the 021.11.02.04.08 021.11.02.04.08
706 turbine inlet temperature.
Explain the divergent gas flow annulus through an axial 021.11.02.04.09 021.11.02.04.09
707 flow turbine.
Describe turbine blade convection, impingement and film 021.11.02.04.10
708 cooling.
 Explain the high mechanical-thermal stress in the turbine 021.11.02.04.11 021.11.02.04.10
709 blades and wheels.
710 Explain the term creep. 021.11.02.04.12
711 Explain the consequences of creep on the turbine. 021.11.02.04.13
Explain the terms ‘low cycle fatigue’ and ‘high cycle 021.11.02.04.14
712 fatigue’.
713 Aeroplane: exhaust 021.11.02.05 021.11.02.05
Name the following main components of the exhaust unit 021.11.02.05.01 021.11.02.05.01
714 and their function. - jet pipe - propelling nozzle - exhaust
cone.
715 Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. 021.11.02.05.02 021.11.02.05.02
716 Describe the gas parameter changes in the exhaust unit. 021.11.02.05.03 021.11.02.05.03
Define the term ‘choked exhaust nozzle’ (not applicable 021.11.02.05.04 021.11.02.05.04
717 for turboprops).
718 Explain how jet exhaust noise can be reduced. 021.11.02.05.05 021.11.02.05.05
719 Helicopter: air intake 021.11.02.06 021.11.02.06
720 Name and explain the main task of the engine air intake. 021.11.02.06.01 021.11.02.06.01
Describe the use of a convergent air intake ducting on 021.11.02.06.02 021.11.02.06.02
721 helicopters.
Describe the reasons for and the dangers of the following 021.11.02.06.03 021.11.02.06.03
operational problems concerning the engine air intake: -
722 airflow separations - intake icing - intake damage - foreign
object damage - heavy in flight turbulence.

Describe the conditions and circumstances during ground 021.11.02.06.04 021.11.02.06.04

723 operations when foreign object damage is most likely to
occur.
Describe and explain the principles of air intake filter 021.11.02.06.05 021.11.02.06.05
724 systems that can be fitted to some helicopters for
operations in icing and sand conditions.
Describe the function of the heated pads on some 021.11.02.06.06 021.11.02.06.06
725 helicopter air intakes.
726 Helicopter: exhaust 021.11.02.07 021.11.02.07
Name the following main components of the exhaust unit 021.11.02.07.01
727 and their function. - jet pipe - exhaust cone.
728 Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. 021.11.02.07.02 021.11.02.07.01
729 Describe the gas parameter changes in the exhaust unit. 021.11.02.07.03 021.11.02.07.02
730 Additional components and systems 021.11.03.00 021.11.03.00
731 Engine fuel system 021.11.03.01 021.11.03.01
Name the main components of the engine fuel system and 021.11.03.01.01 021.11.03.01.01
state their function.
732

Name the two types of engine driven high-pressure pump 021.11.03.01.02 021.11.03.01.02
733 such as: - gear type - swash plate type.
734 State the tasks of the fuel control unit. 021.11.03.01.03 021.11.03.01.03
List the possible input parameters to a fuel control unit to 021.11.03.01.04 021.11.03.01.04
735 achieve a given thrust/power setting.
736 Engine control system 021.11.03.02 021.11.03.02
737 State the tasks of the engine control system. 021.11.03.02.01 021.11.03.02.01
 List the following different types of engine control systems 021.11.03.02.02 021.11.03.02.02
(refer to AMC to CS-E 50 Engine control system (1)
Applicability) and state their respective engine control
(output) parameters: - hydro mechanical (Main Engine
Control: MEC) - hydro mechanical with a limited authority
electronic supervisor (Power Management
738 System/Control: PMS/PMC) - single channel full authority
Engine control with hydro mechanical back-up - dual
channel full authority Electronic Engine Control System
with no back-up or any other combination (FADEC).

Describe a F.A.D.E.C. as a full authority dual channel 021.11.03.02.03 021.11.03.02.03

system including functions such as an electronic engine
control unit , wiring, sensors, variable vanes, active
739 clearance control, bleed configuration, electrical signalling
of TLA (see also AMC to CS-E-50), and an EGT protection
function and engine overspeed.

Explain how redundancy is achieved by using more than 021.11.03.02.04 021.11.03.02.04

740 one channel in a FADEC system.
State the consequences of a FADEC single input data 021.11.03.02.05 021.11.03.02.05
741 failure.
State that all input and output data are checked by both 021.11.03.02.06 021.11.03.02.06
742 channels.
State that a FADEC system uses its own sensors and that 021.11.03.02.07 021.11.03.02.07
743 in some cases also data from aircraft systems are used.
State that a FADEC must have its own source of electrical 021.11.03.02.08 021.11.03.02.08
744 power.
745 Engine lubrication 021.11.03.03 021.11.03.03
746 State the tasks of an engine lubrication system. 021.11.03.03.01 021.11.03.03 .01
Name the following main components of a lubrication 021.11.03.03.02 021.11.03.03 .02
system and state their function. - oil tank and centrifugal
breather - oil pumps (pressure and scavenge pumps) - oil
747 filters (including the by-pass) - oil sumps - chip detectors -
coolers.

Explain that each spool is fitted with at least one ball 021.11.03.03.03 021.11.03.03 .03
748 bearing and two or more roller bearings.
Explain the use of compressor air in oil sealing systems 021.11.03.03.04 021.11.03.03 .04
749 (e.g. labyrinth seals).
750 Engine auxiliary gearbox 021.11.03.04 021.11.03.04
751 State the tasks of the auxiliary gearbox. 021.11.03.04.01 021.11.03.04.01
752 Describe how the gearbox is driven and lubricated. 021.11.03.04.02 021.11.03.04.02
753 Engine ignition 021.11.03.05 021.11.03.05
754 State the task of the ignition system. 021.11.03.05.01 021.11.03.05.01
Name the following main components of the ignition 021.11.03.05.02 021.11.03.05.02
system and state their function. - power sources -
755 trembler mechanism (vibrator) - transformer - diodes -
capacitors - discharge gap (high tension tube) - igniters.

State why jet turbine engines are equipped with two 021.11.03.05.03 021.11.03.05.03
756 electrically independent ignition systems.
Explain the different modes of operation of the ignition 021.11.03.05.04 021.11.03.05.04
757 system.
758 Engine starter 021.11.03.06 021.11.03.06
 Name the main components of the starting system and 021.11.03.06.01 021.11.03.06.01
759 state their function.
760 Explain the principle of a turbine engine start. 021.11.03.06.02 021.11.03.06.02
Describe the following two types of starters - electric - 021.11.03.06.03 021.11.03.06.03
761 pneumatic.
Describe a typical start sequence (on ground/in flight) for 021.11.03.06.04 021.11.03.06.04
762 a turbofan.
763 Define 'self-sustaining RPM'. 021.11.03.06.05 021.11.03.06.05
764 Reverse thrust 021.11.03.07 021.11.03.07
Name the following main components of a reverse thrust 021.11.03.07.01 021.11.03.07.01
system and state their function. - reverse thrust select
765 lever - power source (pneumatic or hydraulic) - actuators -
doors - annunciations.

766 Explain the principle of a reverse thrust system. 021.11.03.07.02 021.11.03.07.02

Identify the advantages and disadvantages of using 021.11.03.07.03 021.11.03.07.03
767 reverse thrust.
Describe and explain the following different types of 021.11.03.07.04 021.11.03.07.04
thrust reverser systems. Hot stream reverser - clamshell or
768 bucket door system Cold stream reverser (only turbo fan
engines) - blocker doors - cascade vanes.

Explain the implications of reversing the cold stream (fan 021.11.03.07.05 021.11.03.07.05
769 reverser) only on a high by-pass ratio engine.
Describe the protection features against inadvertent 021.11.03.07.06 021.11.03.07.06
770 thrust reverse deployment in flight as present on most
transport aeroplanes.
Describe the controls and indications provided for the 021.11.03.07.07 021.11.03.07.07
771 thrust reverser system.
Helicopter specifics on design, operation and components 021.11.03.08 021.11.03.08
for additional components and systems such as
772 lubrication system, ignition circuit, starter, accessory
gearbox

773 State the task of the lubrication system. 021.11.03.08.01 021.11.03.08.01

List and describe the common helicopter lubrication 021.11.03.08.02 021.11.03.08.02
774 systems.
Name the following main components of a helicopter 021.11.03.08.03 021.11.03.08.03
lubrication system: - reservoir, - pump assembly, -
775 external oil filter, - magnetic chip detectors, electronic
chip detectors, - thermostatic oil coolers, - breather.

Identify and name the components of a helicopter 021.11.03.08.04 021.11.03.08.04

776 lubrication system from a diagram.
Identify the indications used to monitor a lubrication 021.11.03.08.05 021.11.03.08.05
777 system including warning systems.
Explain the differences and appropriate use of straight oil 021.11.03.08.06 021.11.03.08.06
778 and compound oil and describe the oil numbering system
for aviation use.
Explain and describe the ignition circuit for engine start 021.11.03.08.07 021.11.03.08.07
779 and engine re-light facility when the selection is set for
both automatic and manual functions.
 Explain and describe the starter motor and the sequence 021.11.03.08.08 021.11.03.08.08
of events when starting, and that for most helicopters the
780 starter becomes the generator after the starting sequence
is over.

Explain and describe why the engine drives the accessory 021.11.03.08.09 021.11.03.08.09
781 gearbox.
782 Engine operation and monitoring 021.11.04.00 021.11.04.00
783 General 021.11.04.01 021.11.04.01
Explain the following aeroplane engine limitations: - Take- 021.11.04.01.01 021.11.04.01.01
784 off, - Go-around, - Maximum Continuous Thrust/power, -
Maximum Climb Thrust/power.
785 Explain spool-up time. 021.11.04.01.02 021.11.04.01.02
Explain the reason for the difference between ground and 021.11.04.01.03 021.11.04.01.03
786 approach flight idle values (RPM).
State the parameters that can be used for setting and 021.11.04.01.04 021.11.04.01.04
787 monitoring the thrust/power.
Describe the terms alpha-range, beta-range and reverse 021.11.04.01.05 021.11.04.01.05
788 thrust as applied to a turboprop power lever.
Explain the dangers of inadvertent beta-range selection in 021.11.04.01.06 021.11.04.01.06
789 flight for a turboprop.
790 Explain the purpose of engine trending. 021.11.04.01.07 021.11.04.01.07
Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to 021.11.04.01.08 021.11.04.01.08
791 monitor turbine stress.
Describe the effect of engine acceleration and 021.11.04.01.09 021.11.04.01.09
792 deceleration on the EGT.
Describe the possible effects on engine components when 021.11.04.01.10 021.11.04.01.10
793 EGT limits are exceeded.
794 Explain why engine limit exceedences must be reported. 021.11.04.01.11 021.11.04.01.11
Explain the limitations on the use of the thrust reverser 021.11.04.01.12 021.11.04.01.12
795 system at low forward speed.
796 Explain the term engine seizure. 021.11.04.01.13 021.11.04.01.13
State the possible causes of engine seizure and explain 021.11.04.01.14 021.11.04.01.14
797 their preventative measures.
Explain the reason for the difference in the pressures of 021.11.04.01.15 021.11.04.01.15
the fuel and oil in the heat-exchanger.

798

Explain oil filter clogging (blockage) and the implications 021.11.04.01.16 021.11.04.01.16
799 for the lubrication system.
800 Give examples of monitoring instruments of an engine. 021.11.04.01.17 021.11.04.01.17
021.11.04.01.18
801
802 Starting malfunctions 021.11.04.02 021.11.04.02
Describe the indications and the possible causes of the 021.11.04.02.01 021.11.04.02.01
following aeroplane starting malfunctions: - false (dry or
803 wet) start - tailpipe fire (torching) - hot start - abortive
(hung) start - no N1 rotation - no FADEC indications.
 Describe the indications and the possible causes of the 021.11.04.02.02 021.11.04.02.02
following helicopter starting malfunctions: - false (dry or
wet) start - tailpipe fire (torching) - hot start - abortive
804 (hung) start - no N1 rotation - freewheel failure.

no FADEC indications. 021.11.04.02.03 021.11.04.02.02

805 (Merged into 022.11.04.02.02)
806 Relight envelope 021.11.04.03 021.11.04.03
807 Explain the re-light envelope. 021.11.04.03.01 021.11.04.03.01
808 Performance aspects 021.11.05.00 021.11.05.00
809 Thrust, performance aspects, and limitations 021.11.05.01 021.11.05.01
Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel 021.11.05.01.01 021.11.05.01.01
810 consumption with altitude at constant TAS.
Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel 021.11.05.01.02 021.11.05.01.02
811 consumption with TAS at constant altitude.
Explain the term flat rated engine by describing the 021.11.05.01.03 021.11.05.01.03
812 change of take-off thrust, turbine inlet temperature and
engine RPM with OAT.
813 Define the term ‘engine pressure ratio’ (EPR). 021.11.05.01.04 021.11.05.01.04
Explain the use of reduced (flexible) and de-rated thrust 021.11.05.01.05 021.11.05.01.05
814 for take-off, and explain the advantages and
disadvantages when compared with a full rated take-off.
Describe the effects of use of bleed air on RPM, EGT, 021.11.05.01.06 021.11.05.01.06
815 thrust and specific fuel consumption.
Helicopter engine ratings, engine performance and 021.11.05.02 021.11.05.02
816 limitations, engine handling: torque, performance
aspects and limitations
Describe engine rating torque limits for take-off, transient 021.11.05.02.01 021.11.05.02.01
817 and maximum continuous.
Describe turbine outlet temperature (TOT) limits for take- 021.11.05.02.02 021.11.05.02.02
818 off.
Explain why TOT is a limiting factor for helicopter 021.11.05.02.03 021.11.05.02.03
819 performance.
Describe and explain the relationship between maximum 021.11.05.02.04 021.11.05.02.04
torque available and density altitude, which leads to
820 decreasing torque available with the increase of density
altitude.

Explain that hovering down wind on some helicopters will 021.11.05.02.05 021.11.05.02.05
821 noticeably increase the engine TOT.
Explain the reason why the engine performance is less 021.11.05.02.06 021.11.05.02.06
822 when aircraft accessories are switched on i.e. anti-ice,
heating, hoist, filters.
Describe the effects of use of bleed air on engine 021.11.05.02.07 021.11.05.02.07
823 parameters.
Explain that on some helicopter that exceeding the TOT 021.11.05.02.08 021.11.05.02.08
824 limit may cause the main rotor to droop (slow down).
825 021.11.05.02.09
826 Auxiliary power unit (APU) 021.11.06.00 021.11.06.00
827 Design, operation, functions, operational limitations 021.11.06.01 021.11.06.01
828 State that an APU is a gas turbine engine and list its tasks. 021.11.06.01.01 021.11.06.01.01
829 State the difference between the two types of APU inlets. 021.11.06.01.02 021.11.06.01.02
 Define maximum operating and maximum starting 021.11.06.01.03 021.11.06.01.03
830 altitude.
831 Name the typical APU control and monitoring 021.11.06.01.04 021.11.06.01.04
832 instruments.
Describe the APU’s automatic shut-down protection. 021.11.06.01.05 021.11.06.01.05
833 PROTECTION AND DETECTION SYSTEMS 021.12.00.00 021.12.00.00
834 Smoke detection 021.12.01.00 021.12.01.00
835 Types, design, operation, indications and warnings 021.12.01.01 021.12.01.01
Explain the operating principle of the following types of 021.12.01.01.01 021.12.01.01.01
836 smoke detection sensors: - optical - ionising.
Give an example of warnings, indications and function 021.12.01.01.02 021.12.01.01.02
837 tests.
838 Fire-protection systems 021.12.02.00 021.12.02.00
839 Fire extinguishing (engine and cargo compartments) 021.12.02.01 021.12.02.01
Explain the operating principle of a built-in fire 021.12.02.01.01 021.12.02.01.01
840 extinguishing system and describe its components.
State that two discharges must be provided for each 021.12.02.01.02 021.12.02.01.02
841 engine (see CS 25.1195(c)).
842 Fire detection 021.12.02.02 021.12.02.02
Explain the following principles involved in fire detection: 021.12.02.02.01 021.12.02.02.01
843 - resistance and capacitance - gas pressure.
Explain fire detection applications such as : - bi-metallic - 021.12.02.02.02 021.12.02.02.02
844 continuous loop - gaseous loop (gas filled detectors).
845 Explain why generally double loop systems are used. 021.12.02.02.03 021.12.02.02.03
Give an example of warnings, indications and function test 021.12.02.02.04 021.12.02.02.04
846 of a fire protection system.
847 Rain-protection system 021.12.03.00 021.12.03.00
848 021.12.03.01
Explain the principle and method of operation of the 021.12.03.00.01 021.12.03.01.01
849 following windshield rain protecting systems for an
aeroplane: - wipers - liquids (rain repellent) - coating.
Explain the principle and method of operation of wipers 021.12.03.00.02 021.12.03.01.02
850 for a helicopter.
851 OXYGEN SYSTEMS 021.13.00.00 021.13.00.00
852 021.13.01.00
853 021.13.01.01
Describe the basic operating principle of a cockpit oxygen 021.13.00.00.01 021.13.01.01.01
854 system and describe the following different modes of
operation: - normal (diluter demand) - 100% - emergency.
Describe the operating principle and the purposes of the 021.13.00.00.02 021.13.01.01.02
855 following two portable oxygen systems: - smoke hood -
portable bottle.
Describe the following two oxygen systems that can be 021.13.00.00.03 021.13.01.01.03
856 used to supply oxygen to passengers: - fixed system
(chemical oxygen generator or gaseous) - portable.
Describe the actuation methods (automatic and manual) 021.13.00.00.04 021.13.01.01.04
857 and the functioning of a passenger oxygen mask.
Compare chemical oxygen generators to gaseous systems 021.13.00.00.05 021.13.01.01.05
858 with respect to: - capacity - flow regulation.
State the dangers of grease or oil related to the use of 021.13.00.00.06 021.13.01.01.06
859 oxygen systems.
860 HELICOPTER: MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS 021.14.00.00 021.14.00.00
 Variable rotor speed 021.14.01.00 021.14.01.00
861
862 021.14.01.01
Explain the system when pilots can’ beep’ the NR an 021.14.01.00.01
additional amount when manoeuvring, landing and taking-
863 off, normally at higher altitudes to obtain extra tail rotor
thrust, which makes manoeuvring more positive and
safer.
Explain the system for ‘beeping’ the NR to its upper limit 021.14.01.00.02 021.14.01.01.01
864 to enable safer take-off.
865 Active vibration suppression 021.14.02.00 021.14.01.02
Explain and describe how the active vibration suppression 021.14.02.00.01 021.14.01.02.01
866 system works through high speed actuators and
accelerometer inputs.
867 Night Vision Goggles 021.14.03.00 021.14.01.03
868 To be introduced at a later date. 021.14.03.00.01
869 HELICOPTER: ROTOR HEADS 021.15.00.00 021.15.00.00
870 Main rotor 021.15.01.00 021.15.01.00
871 Types 021.15.01.01 021.15.01.01
Describe the following rotor head systems: - Teetering - 021.15.01.01.01 021.15.01.01.01
872 articulated - hingeless - bearingless.

Describe the following configuration of rotor systems and 021.15.01.01.02 021.15.01.01.02

873 their advantages and disadvantages: - tandem - coaxial -
side by side.
Explain how flapping, dragging and feathering is achieved 021.15.01.01.03 021.15.01.01.03
874 in each rotor head systems.
Structural components and materials, stresses, structural 021.15.01.02 021.15.01.02
875 limitations
Identify from a diagram the main structural components 021.15.01.02.01 021.15.01.02.01
876 of the main types of rotor head system.
List and describe the methods used how to detect damage 021.15.01.02.02 021.15.01.02.02
877 and cracks.
Explain and describe the structural limitations to 021.15.01.02.03 021.15.01.02.03
878 respective rotor systems, including the dangers of
negative G inputs to certain rotor head systems.
879 Describe the various rotor head lubrication methods. 021.15.01.02.04 021.15.01.02.04
880 Design and construction 021.15.01.03 021.15.01.03
Describe the material technology used in rotor head 021.15.01.03.01 021.15.01.03.01
design, including construction using the following
881 materials or mixture of materials: - composites - fibreglass
- alloys - elastomerics.

882 Adjustment 021.15.01.04 021.15.01.04

Describe and explain the methods of adjustment which 021.15.01.04.01 021.15.01.04.01
883 are possible on various helicopter rotor head assemblies.
884 Tail rotor 021.15.02.00 021.15.02.00
885 Types 021.15.02.01 021.15.02.01
 Describe the following tail rotor systems - delta 3 hinge - 021.15.02.01.01 021.15.02.01.01
multi bladed delta 3 effect - Fenestron or ducted fan tail
rotor - No Tail Rotor (NOTAR) High velocity air jet flows
886 from adjustable nozzles (Coanda effect).

Identify from a diagram the main structural components 021.15.02.01.02 021.15.02.01.02

of the four main types of tail rotor system.
887

Explain and describe the methods to detect damage and 021.15.02.01.03 021.15.02.01.03
888 cracks on the tail rotor and assembly.
Explain and describe the structural limitations to the 021.15.02.01.04 021.15.02.01.04
889 respective tail rotor systems and possible limitations
regarding the turning rate of the helicopter.
Explain and describe the following methods that 021.15.02.01.05 021.15.02.01.05
helicopter designers use to minimise tail rotor drift and
890 roll. - reducing the couple arm (tail rotor on a pylon) - off
setting the rotor mast - use of “bias” in cyclic control
mechanism.
891 Explain pitch input mechanisms. 021.15.02.01.06 021.15.02.01.06
Explain the relationship between tail rotor thrust and 021.15.02.01.07 021.15.02.01.07
892 engine power.
Describe how the vertical fin on some helicopters reduces 021.15.02.01.08 021.15.02.01.08
893 the power demand of the Fenestron.
894 Design and construction 021.15.02.02 021.15.02.02
List and describe the various tail rotor designs and 021.15.02.02.01 021.15.02.02.01
895 construction methods used on current helicopters in
service.
Describe the rigging and adjustment of the tail rotor 021.15.02.03.01
896 system to obtain optimum position of the pilots’ yaw
pedals.
897 HELICOPTER: TRANSMISSION 021.16.00.00 021.16.00.00
898 Main gearbox 021.16.01.00 021.16.01.00
899 Different types, design, operation, limitations 021.16.01.01 021.16.01.01
Describe the following main principles of helicopter 021.16.01.01.01 021.16.01.01.01
transmission systems for single and twin engine
helicopters: - drive for the main and tail rotor - accessory
900 drive for the generator/s alternator/s, hydraulic and oil
pumps, oil cooler/s and tachometers.

Describe the reason for limitations on multi engine 021.16.01.01.02 021.16.01.01.02

901 helicopter transmissions in various engine out situations.
Describe how the passive vibration control works with 021.16.01.01.03 021.16.01.01.03
902 gearbox mountings.
903 Rotor brake 021.16.02.00 021.16.02.00
904 021.16.02.01
905 Describe the main function of the disc type of rotor brake. 021.16.02.00.01 021.16.02.01.01
Describe both hydraulic and cable operated rotor brake 021.16.02.00.02 021.16.02.01.02
906 systems.
Describe the different options for the location of the rotor 021.16.02.00.03 021.16.02.01.03
907 brake.
 List the following operational considerations for the use of 021.16.02.00.04 021.16.02.01.04
rotor brakes: - rotor speed at engagement of rotor brake -
risk of blade sailing in windy conditions - risk of rotor
brake over heating and possible fire when brake is applied
above the maximum limit, particularly when spilled
908 hydraulic fluid is present - avoid stopping blades over jet
pipe exhaust with engine running - cockpit annunciation
of rotor brake operation.

909 Auxiliary systems 021.16.03.00 021.16.03.00

910 021.16.03.01
Explain how the hoist/ winch can be driven by an off-take 021.16.03.00.01
911 from the auxiliary gear box.
Explain how power for the air-conditioning system is taken 021.16.03.00.02 021.16.03.01.01
912 from the auxiliary gear box.
913 Driveshaft and associated installation 021.16.04.00 021.16.04.00
914 021.16.04.01
Describe how power is transmitted from the engine to the 021.16.04.00.01 021.16.04.01.01
915 main rotor gearbox.
916 Describe the material and construction of the drive shaft. 021.16.04.00.02 021.16.04.01.02
Explain the need for alignment between the engine and 021.16.04.00.03 021.16.04.01.03
917 the main rotor gearbox.
Identify how temporary misalignment occurs between 021.16.04.00.04 021.16.04.01.04
918 driving and driven components.
Explain the use of: - flexible couplings - Thomas couplings 021.16.04.00.05
- flexible disc packs - driveshaft support bearings and
919 temperature measurement - subcritical and supercritical
driveshafts.

Explain the relationship between the driveshaft speed and 021.16.04.00.06 021.16.04.01.05
920 torque.
Describe the methods in which power is delivered to the 021.16.04.00.07 021.16.04.01.06
921 tail rotor.
Describe and identify the construction and materials of tail 021.16.04.00.08 021.16.04.01.07
922 rotor/Fenestron driveshafts.
923 Intermediate and tail gearbox 021.16.05.00 021.16.05.00
924 021.16.05.01
Explain and describe the various arrangements when the 021.16.05.00.01 021.16.05.01.01
925 drive changes direction and the need for an intermediate
or tail gear box.
Explain the lubrication requirements for intermediate and 021.16.05.00.02 021.16.05.01.02
926 tail rotor gear boxes and methods of checking levels.
Explain how on most helicopters the tail rotor gear box 021.16.05.00.03 021.16.05.01.03
927 contains gearing etc. for the tail rotor pitch change
mechanism.
928 Clutches 021.16.06.00 021.16.06.00
929 021.16.06.01
930 Explain the purpose of a clutch. 021.16.06.00.01 021.16.06.01.01
Describe and explain the operation of a : - centrifugal 021.16.06.00.02 021.16.06.01.02
931 clutch. - actuated clutch.
932 List the typical components of the various clutches. 021.16.06.00.03 021.16.06.01.03
 Identify the following methods by which clutch 021.16.06.00.04 021.16.06.01.04
serviceability can be ascertained : - brake shoe dust. -
vibration. - main rotor run-down time. - engine speed at
933 time of main rotor engagement. - belt tensioning. - start
protection in a belt drive clutch system.

934 Freewheels 021.16.07.00 021.16.07.00

935 021.16.07.01
936 Explain the purpose of a freewheel. 021.16.07.00.01 021.16.07.01.01
Describe and explain the operation of a : - cam and roller 021.16.07.00.02 021.16.07.01.02
937 type freewheel. - sprag clutch type freewheel.
938 List the typical components of the various freewheels. 021.16.07.00.03 021.16.07.01.03
Identify the various locations of freewheels in power plant 021.16.07.00.04 021.16.07.01.04
939 and transmission systems.
Explain the implications regarding the engagement and 021.16.07.00.05 021.16.07.01.05
940 disengagement of the freewheel.
941 HELICOPTER: BLADES 021.17.00.00 021.17.00.00
942 Main-rotor design and blade design 021.17.01.00 021.17.01.00
943 Design, construction 021.17.01.01 021.17.01.01
Describe the different type of blade construction and the 021.17.01.01.01 021.17.01.01.01
944 need for torsional stiffness.
Describe the principles of heating systems/pads on some 021.17.01.01.02 021.17.01.01.02
945 blades for anti/de-icing.
Describe the fully articulated rotor with hinges and 082.05.04.02.01 021.17.01.01.03
946 feathering bearings.
(Moved from 082.05.04.02.01 )
947 Structural components and materials 021.17.01.02 021.17.01.02
List the materials used in the construction of main rotor 021.17.01.02.01 021.17.01.02.01
948 blades.
List the main structural components of a main rotor blade 021.17.01.02.02 021.17.01.02.02
949 and their function.
Describe the drag hinge of the fully articulated rotor and 082.05.03.02.01 021.17.01.02.03
950 the lag flexure in the hingeless rotor.
(Moved from 082.05.03.02.01)
Explain the necessity of drag dampers. 082.05.03.02.02 021.17.01.02.04
951 (Moved to 021.17.01.02.04)
952 Forces and stresses 021.17.01.03 021.17.01.03
Describe main rotor blade loading on the ground and in 021.17.01.03.01 021.17.01.03.01
953 flight.
Describe where the most common stress areas are on 021.17.01.03.02 021.17.01.03.02
954 rotor blades.
Show how the centrifugal force depend on rotor RPM and 082.05.01.01.01 021.17.01.03.03
blade mass and how they pull on the blade attachment to
the hub. Apply the formula to an example. Justify the
955 upper limit of the rotor RPM.
(Moved from 082.05.01.01.01)

Assume a rigid attachment and show how thrust may 082.05.01.01.02 021.17.01.03.04
cause huge oscillating bending moments which stress the
956 attachment.
(Moved from 082.05.01.01.02)
 Explain why flapping hinges do not transfer such 082.05.01.01.03 021.17.01.03.05
moments. Show the small flapping hinge offset on fully
957 articulated rotors and zero offset in the case of teetering
rotors.
(Moved from 082.05.01.01.03)
Describe the working principle of the flexible element in 082.05.01.01.04 021.17.01.03.06
the hingeless rotor and describe the equivalent flapping
958 hinge offset compared to that of the articulated rotor.
(Moved from 082.05.01.01.04)

959 Structural limitations 021.17.01.04 021.17.01.04

Explain the structural limitations in terms of bending and 021.17.01.04.01 021.17.01.04.01
960 rotor RPM.
961 Adjustment 021.17.01.05 021.17.01.05
962 Explain the use of trim tabs. 021.17.01.05.01 021.17.01.05.01
963 Tip shape 021.17.01.06 021.17.01.06
Describe the various blade tip shapes used by different 021.17.01.06.01 021.17.01.06.01
964 manufacturers and compare their advantages and
disadvantages.
Describe how on some rotor blade tips, static and dynamic 021.17.01.06.02
balancing weights are attached to threaded rods and
965 screwed into sockets in the leading edge spar and others
in a support embedded into the blade tip.

Origins of the vertical vibrations 082.05.06.01 021.17.01.07

966
Explain the lift (thrust) variations per rev of a blade and 082.05.06.01.01 021.17.01.07.01
the resulting vertical rotor thrust variation in the case of
967 perfect identical blades.
(Moved from 082.05.06.01.01)

Show the resulting frequencies and amplitudes as a 082.05.06.01.02 021.17.01.07.02

function of the number of blades.
968
(Moved from 082.05.06.01.02)
Explain the thrust variation in case of an out-of- track 082.05.06.01.03 021.17.01.07.03
969 blade, causes, frequencies (one-per-rev).
(Moved from 082.05.06.01.03)
Lateral vibrations 082.05.06.02 021.17.01.08
970
Explain imbalances of a blade, causes, and effects. 082.05.06.02.01 021.17.01.08.01
971
(Moved from 082.05.06.02.01)
972 Tail-rotor design and blade design 021.17.02.00 021.17.02.00
973 Design, construction 021.17.02.01 021.17.02.01
Describe the most common design of tail rotor blade 021.17.02.01.01 021.17.02.01.01
construction, consisting of stainless steel shell reinforced
974 by a honeycomb filler and stainless steel leading abrasive
strip.

Explain that ballast weights are located at the inboard 021.17.02.01.02 021.17.02.01.02
975 trailing edge and tip of blades, the weights used are
determined when the blades are manufactured.
Describe how anti-icing/de-icing systems are designed into 021.17.02.01.03 021.17.02.01.03
976 the blade construction of some helicopters.
 Describe the two-bladed rotor with teetering hinge, the 082.06.01.01.01 021.17.02.01.04
977 rotors with more than two blades.
(Moved from 082.06.01.01.01)
Describe the dangers to ground personnel, to the rotor 082.06.01.01.03 021.17.02.01.05
978 blades, possibilities of minimising these dangers.
(Moved from 082.06.01.01.03)
979 Structural components and materials 021.17.02.02 021.17.02.02
List the materials used in the construction of tail rotor 021.17.02.02.01
980 blades.
List the main structural components of a tail rotor blade 021.17.02.02.02
981 and their function.
982 Stresses 021.17.02.03 021.17.02.03
Describe the tail rotor blade loading on the ground and in 021.17.02.03.01 021.17.02.03.01
983 flight.
Explain the sources of vibration of the tail rotor and the 082.06.04.01.01 021.17.02.03.02
resulting high frequencies.
984
(Moved from 082.06.04.01.01)
Explain balancing and tracking of the tail rotor. 082.06.04.02.01 021.17.02.03.03
985
(Moved from 082.06.04.02.01)
986 Structural limitations 021.17.02.04 021.17.02.04
987 Describe the structural limitations of tail rotor blades. 021.17.02.04.01 021.17.02.04.01
Describe the method of checking the strike indicators 021.17.02.04.02 021.17.02.04.02
988 placed on the tip of some tail rotor blades.
989 Adjustment 021.17.02.05 021.17.02.05
Describe the adjustment of yaw pedals in the cockpit, to 021.17.02.05.01 021.17.02.05.01
990 obtain full control authority of the tail rotor.
The Fenestron 082.06.02.00 021.17.02.06
991 (Moved from 082.06.02.00)
Show the technical layout of a fenestron tail rotor. 082.06.02.01.01 021.17.02.06.01
992
(Moved from 082.06.02.01.01)
Explain the advantages and disadvantages. 082.06.02.03.01 021.17.02.06.02
993
(Moved from 082.06.02.03.01)
The NOTAR 082.06.03.00 021.17.02.07
994 (Moved from 082.06.03.00)
Show the technical layout. 082.06.03.01.01 021.17.02.07.01
995
(Moved from 082.06.03.01.01)
Explain the control concepts. 082.06.03.02.01 021.17.02.07.02
996
(Moved from 082.06.03.02.01)
Explain the advantages and disadvantages. 082.06.03.03.01 021.17.02.07.03
997
(Moved from 082.06.03.03.01)
Moved to/from New syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

another subject

Text unmodified
Renumbered

Deleted

same
New
AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE - AIRFRAME, SYSTEMS
AND POWER
SYSTEM PLANT
DESIGN, LOADS, STRESSES, MAINTENANCE
System design
Design concepts
Describe the following structural design philosophy: safe x
life; fail-safe (multiple load paths); damage-tolerant.
Explain the purpose of redundancy in aircraft design.

Level of certification
x

Explain why some systems are duplicated or triplicated. x x

Explain that all aircraft are certified according to x

specifications determined by the competent authority,
and that these certification specifications cover aspects
such as design, material quality and build quality.

State that the certification specifications for aeroplanes x

issued by EASA are: CS-23 for Normal, Utility, Aerobatic
and Commuter Aeroplanes; CS-25 for Large Aeroplanes.
State that the certification specifications for rotorcraft x
issued by EASA are: CS-27 for Small Rotorcraft; CS-29 for
Large Rotorcraft.
Loads and stresses x
Stress, strain and loads x
Explain how stress and strain are always present in an x
aircraft structure both when parked and during
manoeuvring. Remark: Stress is the internal force per unit
area inside a structural part as a result of external loads.
Strain is the deformation caused by the action of stress on
a material.

Describe the following types of loads that an aircraft may x

be subjected to, when they occur, and how a pilot may
affect their magnitude: static loads; dynamic loads; cyclic
loads.

Describe the areas typically prone to stress that should be x

given particular attention during a pre-flight inspection,
and highlight the limited visual cues of any deformation
that may be evident.

Fatigue and corrosion

Describe and explain fatigue and corrosion x
See the new LO below x

x
Describe the effects of corrosion and how it can be visually x
identified by a pilot during the pre-flight inspection.
Describe the operating environments where the risk of x
corrosion is increased and how to minimise the effects of
the environmental factors.
Explain that aircraft have highly corrosive fluids on board x
as part of their systems and equipment.
Explain fatigue, how it affects the useful life of an aircraft, x
and the effect of the following factors on the development
of fatigue: corrosion; number of cycles; type of flight
manoeuvres; stress level; level and quality of
maintenance.
See new LO reference above x

Intentionally left blank x

x

See new LO reference above x

Maintenance x
Maintenance methods: hard-time and on-condition x
monitoring
Explain the following terms: hard-time or fixed-time
maintenance; on-condition maintenance; condition
monitoring.
AIRFRAME x
Attachment methods
Attachment methods and detecting the development of x
faulty attachments
x

Describe the following attachment methods used for x

aircraft parts and components: riveting; welding; bolting;
pinning; adhesives (bonding); screwing.
x

Explain how the development of a faulty attachment x

between aircraft parts or components can be detected by
a pilot during the pre-flight inspection.
Materials x
Composite and other materials x
 x

x
Explain the principle of a composite material, and give x
examples of typical non-metallic materials used on
aircraft: carbon; glass; Kevlar aramid; resin or filler.
See new LO reference above x

State the advantages and disadvantages of composite x

materials compared with metal alloys by considering the
following: strength-to-weight ratio; capability to tailor the
strength to the direction of the load; stiffness; electrical
conductivity (lightning); resistance to fatigue and
corrosion; resistance to cost; discovering damage during a
pre-flight inspection.

See new LO reference above x

State that several types of materials are used on aircraft x

and that they are chosen based on type of structure or
component and the required/desired material properties.
Aeroplane: wings, tail surfaces and control surfaces x
Design
Describe the following types of design and explain their
advantages and disadvantages: high-mounted wing; low-
mounted wing; low- or mid-set tailplane; T-tail.
See new LO reference above x x

Structural components x
Describe the function of the following structural x
components: spar and its components (web and girder or
cap); rib; stringer; skin; torsion box.
Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations (flutter) x
Describe the vertical and horizontal loads on the ground
and during normal flight.
Describe the vertical and horizontal loads during
asymmetric flight following an engine failure for a multi-
engine aeroplane, and how a pilot may potentially
overstress the structure during the failure scenario.

Explain the principle of flutter and resonance for the wing

and control surfaces.
Explain the following countermeasures used to achieve
stress relief and reduce resonance: chord-wise and span-
wise position of masses (e.g. engines, fuel, balance masses
for wing and control balance masses); torsional stiffness;
bending flexibility; fuel-balancing procedures during flight
(automatic or applied by the pilot).

See new LO reference above x

Fuselage, landing gear, doors, floor, windscreen and x

windows
Construction, functions, loads x
Describe the following types of fuselage construction: x x
monocoque, semi-monocoque.
Describe the construction and the function of the x
following structural components of a fuselage: frames;
bulkhead; pressure bulkhead; stiffeners, stringers,
longerons; skin, doublers; floor suspension (crossbeams);
floor panels; firewall.

Describe the loads on the fuselage due to pressurisation. x x

Describe the following loads on a main landing gear: x x
touch-down loads (vertical and horizontal); taxi loads on
bogie gear (turns).
Describe the structural danger of a nose-wheel landing x x
with respect to: fuselage loads; nose-wheel strut loads.
Describe the structural danger of a tail strike with respect x x
to: fuselage and aft bulkhead damage (pressurisation).
Describe the door and hatch construction for pressurised x x
and unpressurised aeroplanes including: door and frame
(plug type); hinge location; locking mechanism.
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of the following x x
fuselage cross sections: circular; double bubble; oval;
rectangular.
Explain why flight-deck windows are constructed with x
different layers.
Explain the function of window heating for structural x x
purposes.
Explain the implication of a direct-vision window (see CS x x
25.773(b)(3)).
Explain the need for an eye-reference position. x
Explain the function of floor venting (blow-out panels). x x
Describe the construction and fitting of sliding doors. x x
Helicopter: structural aspects of flight controls x
Design and construction x
List the functions of flight controls. x
x

x
 x
Explain why vertical and horizontal stabilisers may have x
different shapes and alignments.

Structural components and materials x

x
Describe the fatigue life and methods of checking for x x
serviceability of the components and materials of flight
and control surfaces.
Loads, stresses and aeroelastic vibrations x
x

Describe the dangers and stresses regarding safety and x x

serviceability in flight when the manufacturer’s design
envelope is exceeded.
x

Explain that blade tracking is important both to minimise X

vibration and to help ensure uniformity of flow through
the disc.

Describe the early indications and vibrations which are x x

likely to be experienced when the main-rotor blades and
tail rotor are out of balance or tracking, including the
possible early indications due to possible fatigue and
overload.

Explain how a vibration harmonic can be set up in other x x

components which can lead to their early failure.
State the three planes of vibration measurement, i.e. x
vertical, lateral, fore and aft.
Structural limitations x
Maximum structural masses x
Define and explain the following maximum structural x x
masses: maximum ramp mass; maximum take-off mass;
maximum zero fuel mass; maximum landing mass.
Remark: These limitations may also be found in the
relevant part of Subjects 031 ‘Mass and balance’, 032
‘Performance (aeroplane)’ and 034 ‘Performance
(helicopter)’.
Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created by x x
alternating stress and the number of load cycles.
Explain the maximum structural masses: maximum take- x x
off mass.
Explain that airframe life is limited by fatigue, created by x x
load cycles.
HYDRAULICS x
Hydromechanics: basic principles x
Concepts and basic principles x
Explain the concept and basic principles of x x
hydromechanics including: hydrostatic pressure; Pascal’s
law; the relationship between pressure, force and area;
transmission of power: multiplication of force, decrease of
displacement.

Hydraulic systems x
Hydraulic fluids: types, characteristics, limitations x
List and explain the desirable properties of a hydraulic x
fluid with regard to: thermal stability; corrosiveness;
flashpoint and flammability; volatility; viscosity.
State that hydraulic fluids are irritating to skin and eyes.
List the two different types of hydraulic fluids: synthetic; x
mineral.
State that different types of hydraulic fluids cannot be x
mixed.
State that at the pressures being considered, hydraulic x
fluid is considered incompressible.
System components: design, operation, degraded modes x
of operation, indications and warnings
Explain the working principle of a hydraulic system. x
Describe the difference in the principle of operation x
between a constant pressure system and a system
pressurised only on specific demand.
State the differences in the principle of operation between x
a passive hydraulic system (without a pressure pump) and
an active hydraulic system (with a pressure pump).
List the main advantages and disadvantages of system x
actuation by hydraulic or purely mechanical means with
respect to: weight; size; force.
List the main uses of hydraulic systems. x
State that hydraulic systems can be classified as either x
high pressure (typically 3000 psi or higher) or low pressure
(typically up to 2000 psi).
State that a high-pressure hydraulic system is typically
operating at 3000 psi but on some aircraft a hydraulic
pressure of 4000 to 5000 psi may also be used.
Explain the working principle of a low-pressure (0–2000 x
psi) system.

Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a high- x

pressure system over a low-pressure system.
Describe the working principle and functions of pressure x
pumps including: constant pressure pump (swash plate or
cam plate); pressure pump whose output is dependent on
pump revolutions per minute (rpm) (gear type).

Explain the following different sources of hydraulic

pressure, their typical application and potential
operational limitations: manual; engine gearbox; electrical;
air (pneumatic and ram-air turbine); hydraulic (power
transfer unit) or reversible motor pumps; accessory.
Explain the following different sources of hydraulic
pressure, their typical application and potential
operational limitations: manual; engine; gearbox;
electrical.

Describe the working principle and functions of the x

following hydraulic system components: reservoir
(pressurised and unpressurised); accumulators; case drain
lines and fluid cooler return lines; piston actuators (single-
and double-acting); hydraulic motors; filters; non-return
(check) valves; relief valves; restrictor valves; selector
valves (linear and basic rotary selectors, two and four
ports); bypass valves; shuttle valves; fire shut_x001E_off
valves; priority valves; fuse valves; pressure and return
pipes.

Explain the function of the demand pump installed on

many transport aeroplanes.
Explain how redundancy is obtained by giving examples. x
Interpret a typical hydraulic system schematic to the level
of detail as found in an aircraft flight crew operating
manual (FCOM).
Explain the implication of a high system demand. x
x

List and describe the instruments and alerts for monitoring x x

a hydraulic system.
State the indications and explain the implications of the x x
following malfunctions: system leak or low level; low
pressure; high temperature.
LANDING GEAR, WHEELS, TYRES, BRAKES x
Landing gear x
Types x
Name, for an aeroplane, the following different landing- x
gear configurations: nose wheel; tail wheel.
Name, for a helicopter, the following different landing- x
gear configurations: nose wheel; tail wheel; skids.
System components, design, operation, indications and x
warnings, on-ground/in-flight protections, emergency
extension systems
Explain the function of the following components of a
landing gear: oleo leg/shock strut; axles; bogies and bogie
beam; drag struts; side stays/struts; torsion links; locks
(over centre); gear doors.

Explain the function of the following components of a

landing gear: oleo leg/shock strut; axles; drag struts; side
stays/struts; torsion links; locks (over centre); gear doors.

Name the different components of a landing gear, using x

the diagram appended to these LOs (021).
Describe the sequence of events during normal operation x
of the landing gear.
State how landing-gear position indication and alerting is x
implemented.
Describe the various protection devices to avoid x
inadvertent gear retraction on the ground and explain the
implications of taking off with one or more protection
devices in place: ground lock (pins); protection devices in
the gear retraction mechanism.

Explain the speed limitations for gear operation (VLO x

(maximum landing gear operating speed) and VLE
(maximum landing gear extended speed)).
Describe the sequence for emergency gear extension: x
unlocking; operating; down-locking.
Describe some methods for emergency gear extension x
including: gravity/free fall; air or nitrogen pressure;
manually/mechanically.
Nose-wheel steering x
Design, operation x
Explain the operating principle of nose_x001E_wheel x x
steering.
Explain, for a helicopter, the functioning of differential x x
braking with free-castoring nose wheel.
Describe, for an aeroplane, the functioning of the x x
following systems: differential braking with free-castoring
nose wheel; tiller or hand wheel steering; rudder pedal
nose-wheel steering.

Explain the centring mechanism of the nose wheel. x x

Define the term ‘shimmy’ and the possible consequences x
of shimmy for the nose- and the main-wheel system and
explain the purpose of a shimmy damper to reduce the
severity of shimmy.

Explain the purpose of main-wheel (body) steering. x x

Brakes x
Types and materials x
Describe the basic operating principle of a disc brake. x
State the different materials used in a disc brake (steel, x
carbon).
Describe the characteristics, advantages and
disadvantages of steel and carbon brake discs with regard
to: weight; temperature limits; internal-friction coefficient;
wear.
System components, design, operation, indications and x
warnings
Explain the limitation of brake energy and describe the
operational consequences.
Explain how brakes are actuated: hydraulically,
electrically.
Explain the purpose of an in-flight wheel brake system.

x
Describe the function of a brake accumulator. x x
Describe the function of the parking brake. x x
Explain the function of brake-wear indicators. x x
Explain the reason for the brake-temperature indicator. x x
x

Anti-skid x
Describe the operating principle of anti_x001E_skid wher
excessive brake pressure applied is automatically reduced
for optimum breaking performance.
Explain that the anti-skid computer compares wheel speed
to aeroplane reference speed to provide the following: slip
ratio for maximum braking performance; locked-wheel
prevention (protection against deep skid on one wheel);
touchdown protection (protection against brake-pressure
application during touchdown); hydroplane protection.

Give examples of the impact of an anti-skid system on

performance, and explain the implications of anti-skid
system failure.
Autobrake x
Describe the operating principle of an autobrake system. x
Explain why the anti-skid system must be available when
using autobrakes.
Explain the difference between the three modes of
operation of an autobrake system: OFF (system off or
reset); Armed (the system is ready to operate under
certain conditions); Activated/Deactivated (application of
pressure on brakes).

Describe how an autobrake system setting will either apply x

maximum braking (RTO or MAX) or result in a given rate of
deceleration, where the amount of braking applied may be
affected by: the use of reverse thrust; slippery runway.

Wheels, rims and tyres x

Types, structural components and materials, operational x
limitations, thermal plugs
Describe the different types of tyres such as: tubeless; x
diagonal (cross ply); radial (circumferential bias).
Define the following terms: ply rating; tyre tread; tyre x
creep; retread (cover).
Explain the function of thermal/fusible plugs. x
Explain the implications of and how to identify tread
separation and wear or damage with associated increased
risk of tyre burst.
Explain why the ground speed of tyres is limited.
Describe the following tyre checks a pilot will perform
during the pre-flight inspection and identify probable
causes: cuts and damages; flat spots.
Helicopter equipment x
Flotation devices x
Explain flotation devices, how they are operated, and their x
limitations.
Explain why indicated airspeed (IAS) limitations before, x
during and after flotation-device deployment must be
observed.
x

FLIGHT CONTROLS X
Aeroplane: primary flight controls X
Definition and control surfaces X
Define a ‘primary flight control’. x x
List the following primary flight control surfaces: elevator, x x
aileron, roll spoilers, flaperon; rudder.
List the various means of control surface actuation x x
including: manual; fully powered (irreversible); partially
powered (reversible).
Manual controls X
Explain the basic principle of a fully manual control x x
system.
Fully powered controls (irreversible) X
Explain the basic principle of a fully powered control x x
system.
Explain the concept of irreversibility in a flight control x x
system.
Explain the need for a ‘feel system’ in a fully powered x x
control system.
Explain the operating principle of a stabiliser trim system x x
in a fully powered control system.
Explain the operating principle of rudder and aileron trim x x
in a fully powered control system.
Partially powered controls (reversible) X
Explain the basic principle of a partially powered control x x
system.
Explain why a ‘feel system’ is not necessary in a partially x x
powered control system.
System components, design, operation, indications and X
warnings, degraded modes of operation, jamming
List and describe the function of the following components x x
of a flight control system: actuators; control valves; cables;
electrical wiring; control surface position sensors.

Explain how redundancy is obtained in primary flight x x

control systems of large transport aeroplanes.
Explain the danger of control jamming and the means of x x
retaining sufficient control capability.
Explain the methods of locking the controls on the ground x x
and describe ‘gust or control lock’ warnings.
Explain the concept of a rudder deflection limitation x x
(rudder limiter) system and the various means of
implementation (rudder ratio changer, variable stops,
blow-back).

Aeroplane: secondary flight controls x

System components, design, operation, degraded modes x
of operation, indications and warnings
Define a ‘secondary flight control’. x
List the following secondary flight control surfaces: lift- x
augmentation devices (flaps and slats); speed brakes;
flight and ground spoilers; trimming devices such as trim
tabs, trimmable horizontal stabiliser.

Describe secondary flight control actuation methods and x

sources of actuating power.
Explain the function of a mechanical lock when using x
hydraulic motors driving a screw jack.
Describe the requirement for limiting flight speeds for the x
various secondary flight control surfaces.
For lift-augmentation devices, explain the load-limiting x
(relief) protection devices and the functioning of an auto-
retraction system.
Explain how a flap/slat asymmetry protection device
functions, and describe the implications of a flap/slat
asymmetry situation.
Describe the function of an auto-slat system. x
Explain the concept of control surface blow-back x
(aerodynamic forces overruling hydraulic forces).
Helicopter: flight controls x
Droop stops, control systems, trim systems, control stops x
Explain the methods of locking the controls on the ground. x x
Describe main-rotor droop stops and how rotor flapping is x x
restricted.
x

Explain the principle of phase lag and advance angle. x x

Describe the following four axes of control operation, their x x
operating principle and their associated cockpit controls:
collective control; cyclic fore and aft (pitch axis); cyclic
lateral (roll axis); yaw.

Describe the swash plate or azimuth star control system x x

including the following: swash plate inputs; the function of
the non-rotating swash plate; the function of the rotating
swash plate; how swash plate tilt is achieved; swash plate
pitch axis; swash plate roll axis; balancing of
pitch/roll/collective inputs to the swash plate to equalise
torsional loads on the blades.

Describe the operation of the spider control system. x

 x

State the need for artificial feel in a hydraulically actuated x x

flight control system.
Describe and explain the purpose of a trim system using x
the following terms: force-trim switch; force gradient;
parallel trim actuator; cyclic 4-way trim switch; interaction
of trim system with an SAS/SCAS/ASS stability system;
trim-motor indicators.

x
x

Describe the different types of control runs. x x

Explain the use of control stops. x x
Aeroplane: fly-by-wire (FBW) control systems x
Composition, explanation of operation, modes of x
operation
Explain that an FBW flight control system is composed of x x
the following: pilot’s input command (control
column/sidestick/rudder pedals); electrical signalling
paths, including: pilot input to computer, computer to
flight control surfaces, feedback from aircraft response to
computer; flight control computers; actuators; flight
control surfaces.

State the advantages and disadvantages of an FBW system x x

in comparison with a conventional flight control system
including: weight; pilot workload; flight-envelope
protection.

Explain why an FBW system is always irreversible. x x

Explain the different modes of operation: normal x
operation (e.g. normal law or normal mode); downgraded
operation (e.g. alternate law or secondary mode); direct
law.
Describe the implications of mode degradation in relation x
to pilot workload and flight-envelope protection.
Describe the implications for pilot workload during flight in x
normal operation (normal law/normal mode) during the
following scenarios: an undetected system error activates
the envelope protection; aircraft departs from intended
flight path; aircraft does not respond as expected to
control inputs.

For aircraft using sidestick for manual control, describe the x

implications of: dual control input made by the pilot; the
control takeover facility available to the pilot.
Describe solutions or actions to regain control. x
Helicopter: fly-by-wire (FBW) control systems - to be x
introduced at a later date
Merged into the subtopic title x
PNEUMATICS - PRESSURISATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING x
SYSTEMS
Pneumatic/bleed-air supply x
Piston-engine air supply x
Describe the following means of supplying air for the
pneumatic systems for piston-engine aircraft: compressor;
vacuum pump.
State that an air supply is required for the following x
systems: instrumentation; heating; de-icing.
Gas turbine engine: bleed-air supply x
State that the possible bleed-air sources for gas turbine x
engine aircraft are the following: engine; auxiliary power
unit (APU); ground supply.
State that for an aeroplane a bleed-air supply can be used x
for the following systems or components: ice protection;
engine air starter; pressurisation of a hydraulic reservoir;
air-driven hydraulic pumps; pressurisation and air
conditioning.

State that for a helicopter a bleed-air supply can be used x

for the following systems or components: anti-icing;
engine air starter; pressurisation of a hydraulic reservoir.
State that the bleed-air supply system can comprise the x
following: pneumatic ducts; isolation valve; pressure-
regulating valve; engine bleed valve (HP/IP valves); fan-air
pre-cooler; temperature and pressure sensors.

Interpret a basic pneumatic system schematic to the level

of detail as found in an FCOM.
Describe the cockpit indications for bleed-air systems. x
Explain how the bleed-air supply system is controlled and
monitored.
State the following bleed-air malfunctions: over-
temperature; over-pressure; low pressure; overheat/duct
leak; and describe the potential consequences.
Helicopter: air-conditioning systems
Types, system components, design, operation, degraded
modes of operation, indications and warnings
Describe the purpose of an air-conditioning system. x
Explain how an air-conditioning system is controlled. x
Describe the vapour cycle air-conditioning system x
including system components, design, operation,
degraded modes of operation and system malfunction
indications.
Identify the following components from a diagram of an x
air-conditioning system and describe the operating
principle and function: air-cycle machine (pack, bootstrap
system); pack-cooling fan; water separator; mixing valves;
flow-control valves; isolation valves; recirculation fans;
filters for recirculation; temperature sensors.
List and describe the controls, indications and warnings x
related to an air-conditioning system.
Aeroplane: pressurisation and air-conditioning system x
System components, design, operation, degraded modes x
of operation, indications and warnings
Explain that a pressurisation and an air-conditioning
system of an aeroplane controls: ventilation; temperature;
pressure.
Explain how humidity is controlled.
Explain that the following components constitute a x
pressurisation system: pneumatic system as the power
source; outflow valve; outflow valve actuator; pressure
controller; excessive differential pressure-relief valve;
negative differential pressure-relief valve.

Explain that the following components constitute an x

air_x001E_conditioning system and describe their
operating principles and function: air-cycle machine (pack,
bootstrap system); pack-cooling fan; water separator;
mixing valves; flow-control valves (outflow valve); isolation
valves; ram-air valve; recirculation fans; filters for
recirculated air; temperature sensors. Remark: The
bootstrap system is the only air-conditioning system
considered for Part-FCL aeroplane examinations.

Describe the use of hot trim air. x

Define the following terms: cabin altitude; cabin vertical x
speed; differential pressure; ground pressurisation.
Describe the operating principle of a pressurisation x
system.
Describe the emergency operation by manual setting of x
the outflow valve position.
Describe the working principle of an electronic cabin- x
pressure controller.
State how the maximum operating altitude is determined. x
Explain: why the maximum allowed value of cabin altitude
is limited; a typical value of maximum differential pressure
for large transport aeroplanes; the relation between cabin
altitude, the maximum differential pressure and maximum
aeroplane operating altitude.

Explain the typical warning on a transport category aircraft

when cabin altitude exceeds 10 000 ft.
List and interpret typical indications of the pressurisation
system.
Describe the main operational differences between a x
bleed-air-driven air-conditioning system and an electrically
driven air-conditioning system as found on aircraft without
engine bleed-air system.

ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING SYSTEMS x

Types, operation, indications x

Types, design, operation, indications and warnings, x

operational limitations
Explain the concepts of anti_x001E_icing and x x
de_x001E_icing.
Name the components of an aircraft which can be x x
protected from ice accretion.
State that on some aeroplanes the tail does not have an x x
ice-protection system.
State the different types of anti-icing/de-icing systems and x
describe their operating principle: hot air; electrical; fluid.
Describe the operating principle of the inflatable boot de- x x
icing system.
x

Ice warning systems x

Types, operation, and indications x
Describe the different operating principles of the following x x
ice detectors: mechanical systems using air pressure;
electromechanical systems using resonance frequencies.
Describe the principle of operation of ice warning systems. x x
Helicopter blade heating systems x
Limitations x
x
Explain the limitations on blade heating and the fact that x x
on some helicopters the heating does not heat all the
main-rotor blades at the same time.
FUEL SYSTEM x
Piston engine x
Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations x
State the types of fuel used by a piston engine and their
associated limitations: diesel; JET-A1 (for high-
compression engines); AVGAS; MOGAS.
State the main characteristics of these fuels and give x
typical values regarding their flash points, freezing points
and density.
Design, operation, system components, indications x
State the tasks of the fuel system. x
Name the following main components of a fuel system, x
and state their location and their function: lines; boost
pump; pressure valves; filter, strainer; tanks (wing, tip,
fuselage); vent system; sump; drain; fuel-quantity sensor;
fuel-temperature sensor.

Describe a gravity fuel feed system and a pressure feed x

fuel system.
Describe the construction of the different types of fuel x
tanks and state their advantages and disadvantages: drum
tank; bladder tank; integral tank.
Explain the function of cross-feed. x
Define the term ‘unusable fuel’. x
List the following parameters that are monitored for the x
fuel system: fuel quantity (low-level warning); fuel
temperature.
Turbine engine x
Fuel: types, characteristics, limitations x
State the types of fuel used by a gas turbine engine: JET-A; x
JET-A1; JET-B.
State the main characteristics of these fuels and give x
typical values regarding their flash points, freezing points
and density.
State the existence of additives for freezing. x
Design, operation, system components, indications x
Explain the function of the fuel system: lines; centrifugal
boost pump; pressure valves; fuel shut-off valve; filter,
strainer; tanks (wing, tip, fuselage, tail); bafflers/baffles;
sump; vent system; drain; fuel-quantity sensor; fuel-
temperature sensor; refuelling/defueling system; fuel
dump/jettison system.

Name the main components of the fuel system and state

their location and their function: trim fuel tanks; bafflers;
refuelling/defueling system; fuel dump/jettison system.
Remark: For completion of list, please see 021 08 01 02
(02).

Interpret a typical fuel system schematic to the level of

detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
Explain the limitations in the event of loss of booster x
pump fuel pressure.
Describe the use and purpose of drip sticks (manual
magnetic indicators) (may also be known as dip stick or
drop stick).
x
x
x

Explain the considerations for fitting a fuel dump/jettison x

system and, if fitted, its function.
x

ELECTRICS x
General, definitions, basic applications: circuit breakers, x
logic circuits
Static electricity x
Explain static electricity and describe the flying conditions
where aircraft are most susceptible to build-up of static
electricity.
Describe a static discharger and explain the following: its
purpose; typical locations; pilot’s role of observing it
during pre-flight inspection.
Explain why an aircraft must first be grounded before x
refuelling/defueling.
Explain the reason for electrical bonding. x
Direct current (DC) x
Explain the term ‘direct current’ (DC), and state that
current can only flow in a closed circuit.
Explain the basic principles of conductivity and give x
examples of conductors, semiconductors and insulators.
Describe the difference in use of the following mechanical
switches and explain the difference in observing their
state (e.g. ON/OFF), and why some switches are guarded:
toggle switch; rocker switch; pushbutton switch; rotary
switch. Explain the difference in observing their state (e.g.
ON/OFF) and why some switches are guarded.

Define voltage and current, and state their unit of

measurement.
Explain Ohm’s law in qualitative terms. x
Explain the effect on total resistance when resistors are x
connected in series or in parallel.
State that resistances can have a positive or a negative x
temperature coefficient (PTC/NTC) and state their use.
Define electrical power and state the unit of
measurement.
x

Alternating current (AC) x

Explain the term ‘alternating current’ (AC), and compare
its use to DC with regard to complexity.
Define the term ‘phase’, and explain the basic principle of
single-phase and three-phase AC.
State that aircraft can use single-phase or three-phase AC.

Define frequency and state the unit of measurement. x

x
Define ‘phase shift’ in qualitative terms. x x
Intentionally left blank x
x

Intentionally left blank x

x
x

Electromagnetism x
State that an electrical current produces a magnetic field.

Describe how the strength of the magnetic field changes

with the magnitude of the current.
Explain the purpose and the working principle of a x
solenoid.
Explain the purpose and the working principle of a relay. x
Explain the principle of electromagnetic induction and
how two electrical components or systems may affect
each other through this principle.
x
x
Circuit protection
Explain the working principle of a fuse and a circuit x
breaker.
Explain how a fuse is rated. x
Describe the principal difference between the following
types of circuit breakers: thermal circuit breaker sensing
magnitude of current; magnetic circuit breaker sensing
direction of current.

Describe how circuit breakers may be used to reset aircraft

systems/computers in the event of system failure (when
part of a described procedure).
Explain a short circuit in practical terms using Ohm’s Law, x
power and energy expressions highlighting the risk of fire
due to power transfer and extreme energy dissipation.
Explain the risk of fire resulting from excessive heat in a x
circuit subjected to overcurrent.
Explain that overcurrent situations may be transient. x
Explain the hazards of multiple resets of a circuit breaker x
or the use of incorrect fuse rating when replacing blown
fuses.
Semiconductors and logic circuits x
Describe the effect of temperature on semiconductors
with regard to function and longevity of the component.

Describe the following five basic logic functions, as used in

aircraft FCOM documentation, and recognise their
schematic symbols according to the ANSI/MIL standard:
AND; OR; NOT; NOR; NAND.

x
Interpret a typical logic circuit schematic to the level of
detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
Batteries x
Types, characteristics and limitations x
State the function of an aircraft battery. x
Name the types of rechargeable batteries used in aircraft:
lead-acid; nickel-cadmium; lithium-ion; lithium-polymer.
Compare the different battery types with respect to: load
behaviour; charging characteristics; risk of thermal
runaway.
Explain the term ‘cell voltage’ and describe how a battery
may consist of several cells that combined provide the
desirable voltage and capacity.
See the LO above x x

Explain the difference between battery voltage and x x

charging voltage.

Define the term ‘capacity of batteries’ and state the unit of x x

measurement used.
State the effect of temperature on battery capacity and x
performance.
x

State that in the case of loss of all generated power x x

(battery power only) the remaining electrical power is
time-limited.
Explain how lithium-type batteries pose a threat to aircraft x
safety and what affects this risk: numbers of batteries on
board an aircraft including those brought on board by
passengers; temperature, of both battery and
environment; physical condition of the battery; battery
charging.

Describe how to contain a battery thermal runaway x

highlighting the following: how one cell can affect the
neighbouring cells; challenges if it happens in an aircraft
during flight.

Generation x
Remark: For standardisation purposes, the following
standard expressions are used:
— DC generator: produces DC output;
— DC alternator: produces AC, rectified by integrated
rectifying unit, the output is DC;
— DC alternator: producing a DC output by using a
rectifier;
— AC generator: produces AC output;
— starter generator: integrated combination of a
generator and a starter motor;
— permanent magnet alternator/ generator: self-exciting
AC generator.

DC generation x
Describe the basic working principle of a simple DC
generator or DC alternator.
Explain the principle of voltage control and why it is
required.
x

x
Explain the purpose of reverse current protection from the x
battery/busbar to the alternator.
Describe the basic operating principle of a starter x
generator and state its purpose.
AC generation x
Describe the working principle of a brushless three-phase
AC generator.
State that the generator field current is used to control x
voltage.
State the relationship between output frequency and the
rpm of a three-phase AC generator.
Explain the term ‘frequency wild generator’. x
x

List the following different power sources that can be used x x

for an aeroplane to drive an AC generator: engine; APU;
RAT; hydraulic.
List the following different power sources that can be used x x
for a helicopter to drive an AC generator: engine; APU;
gearbox.
Constant speed drive (CSD) and integrated drive x
generator (IDG) systems
Describe the function of a CSD.

Explain the parameters of a CSD that are monitored. x

Describe the function of an IDG.

Explain the consequences of a mechanical disconnection x

during flight for a CSD and an IDG.
Explain that a CSD/IDG has its own, independent oil x
system and how a leak from this may appear as an engine
oil leak.
Transformers, transformer rectifier units (TRUs), static x
inverters
State the function of a transformer.

State the function of a TRU and its purpose, including type

of output.
State the function of a static inverter and its purpose,
including type of output.
Distribution x
General x
Explain the function of a busbar. x
Describe the function of the following buses: AC bus; DC
bus; emergency AC or DC bus; essential AC or DC bus;
battery bus; hot bus, ground servicing or maintenance bus.
State that the aircraft structure can be used as a part of x
the electrical circuit (common earth) and explain the
implications for electrical bonding.
Explain the function of external power. x
State that a priority sequence exists between the different x
sources of electrical power on ground and in flight.
Explain the term ‘load sharing’.
x

Explain the term ‘load shedding’. x

Describe typical systems that can be shed in the event of a x
supply failure, such as passenger entertainment system
and galley power.
Interpret a typical electrical system schematic to the level x
of detail as found in an aircraft FCOM.
Explain the difference between a supply (e.g. generator) x
failure and a bus failure, and the operating consequences
of either.
DC distribution x
Describe a simple DC electrical system of a single-engine x
aircraft.
Describe a DC electrical system of a multi-engine aircraft x
(CS-23/CS-27) including the distribution consequences of
loss of generator(s) or bus failure.
Describe the DC part of an electrical system of a transport x
aircraft (CS-25/CS-29) including the distribution
consequences of loss of DC supply or bus failure.
Give examples of DC consumers. x
AC distribution x
Explain the difference in the principle of operation for a
split AC electrical system and a parallel AC electrical
system.
Describe the following distribution consequences: power
transfer between different power supplies; power transfer
in the event of a supply failure; loss of all normal AC
supplies.

Give examples of AC consumers. x

Explain the conditions to be met for paralleling AC x
generators.
State that volt-ampere (VA) is the unit for total power
consumed in an AC system.
x

Electrical load management and monitoring systems: x

automatic generators and bus switching during normal
and failure operation, indications and warnings
Give examples of system control, monitoring and
annunciators using the following terms: generator control
unit (GCU) for monitoring generator output and providing
network protection; exciter contactor/breaker/relay for
control of generator exciter field; generator
contactor/breaker/relay for connecting the generator to
the network; bus-tie contactor/breaker/relay for
connecting busbars together; generator switch on the
flight deck for manual control of exciter contactor;
IDG/CSD disconnect switch on the flight deck for
mechanical disconnection of the generator; bus-tie switch
on the flight deck with AUTO and OFF positions only.

Describe, for normal and degraded modes of operation,

the following functions of an electrical load management
system on ground and in flight using the terms in 021 09
04 04 (01): distribution; monitoring; protection in the
event of incorrect voltage; protection in the event of
incorrect frequency; protection in the event of a
differential fault.
Describe the requirement for monitoring the aircraft
batteries.
Explain the importance of monitoring the temperature of
nickel-cadmium and lithium-type batteries.
x

Interpret various different ammeter indications of an x x

ammeter which monitors the charge current of the
battery.
Electrical motors x
General x
State that the purpose of an electrical motor is to convert x
electrical energy into mechanical energy.
State that because of the similarity in design, a generator x
and an electrical motor may be combined into a starter
generator.
Explain that the size of the engine determines how much x
energy is required for starting, and state the following:
small turbine engines may be able to use the battery for a
very limited number of start attempts; large turbine
engines require one or more power sources, either
external or on-board.

Operating principle x
Describe how the torque of an electrical motor is
determined by the supplied voltage and current, and the
resulting magnetic fields within the engine.
State that electrical motors can be either AC or DC. x
Explain the consequences of the following: rotor seizure; x
rotor runaway.
Components x
Name the following components of an electrical motor:
rotor (rotating part of an electrical motor); stator
(stationary part of an electrical motor).
PISTON ENGINES x
Remark: This topic includes diesel engines and petrol
engines
General x
Types of internal-combustion engines: basic principles, x
definitions
Define the following terms and expressions: rpm; torque;
manifold absolute pressure (MAP); power output; specific
fuel consumption; compression ratio, clearance volume,
swept (displaced) volume, total volume.

Engine: design, operation, components x

Describe the basic operating principle of a piston engine: x
crankcase; crankshaft; connecting rod; piston; piston pin;
piston rings; cylinder; cylinder head; valves; valve springs;
push rod; camshaft; rocker arm; camshaft gear; bearings.

Name and identify the various types of engine design with x

regard to cylinder arrangement and their
advantages/disadvantages: horizontally opposed; in line;
radial; and working cycle (four stroke: petrol and diesel).

Describe the differences between petrol and diesel x

engines with respect to: means of ignition; maximum
compression ratio; regulating air or mixture supply to the
cylinder; pollution from the exhaust.

Fuel x
Types, grades, characteristics, limitations x
Name the type of fuel used for petrol engines including its
colour (AVGAS); 100 (green); 100LL (blue).
Name the type of fuel normally used for aviation diesel
engines (JET-A1).
Define the term ‘octane rating’. x
x
 x

Define the term ‘detonation’ and describe the causes and x x

effects of detonation for both petrol and diesel engines.
Define the term ‘pre-ignition’ and describe the causes and x x
effects of pre-ignition for both petrol and diesel engines.
Identify the conditions and power settings that promote x x
detonation for petrol engines.
Describe how detonation in petrol engines is recognised. x x
x

Describe the method and occasions for checking the fuel x x

for water content.
State the typical value of fuel density for aviation gasoline x x
and diesel fuel.
Explain volatility, viscosity and vapour locking for petrol x x
and diesel fuels.
Engine fuel pumps x
Engine-driven fuel pump x
Explain the need for a separate engine-driven fuel pump. x
x

Carburettor/injection system x
Carburettor: design, operation, degraded modes of x
operation, indications and warnings
State the purpose of a carburettor. x
Describe the operating principle of the simple float x
chamber carburettor.
x
Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over x x
the whole operating engine power setting range
(compensation jet, diffuser).
Describe the methods of obtaining mixture control over x x
the whole operating altitude range.
Explain the purpose and the operating principle of an x x
accelerator pump.
Explain the purpose of power enrichment. x x
Describe the function of the carburettor heat system. x x
Explain the effect of carburettor heat on mixture ratio and x x
power output.
Explain the purpose and the operating principle of a x x
primer pump.
Discuss other methods for priming an engine (acceleration x x
pumps).
Explain the danger of carburettor fire, including corrective x x
measures.
Injection: design, operation, degraded modes of x
operation, indications and warnings
 x

Explain the advantages and difference in operation of an x

injection system compared with a carburettor system.
x

Icing x
Describe the causes and effects of carburettor icing and x
the action to be taken if carburettor icing is suspected.
Name the meteorological conditions under which x
carburettor icing may occur.
Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor x
icing for both a fixed pitch and a constant speed propeller.

Describe the indications of the presence of carburettor x

icing for a helicopter.
Describe the indications that will occur upon selection of x
carburettor heat depending on whether ice is present or
not.
Explain the reason for the use of alternate air on fuel x
injection systems and describe its operating principle.
State the meteorological conditions under which induction x
system icing may occur.
Cooling systems x
Design, operation, indications and warnings x
Specify the reasons for cooling a piston engine. x
Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air x
cooling for aeroplanes.
Describe the design features to enhance cylinder air x
cooling for helicopters (e.g. engine-driven impeller and
scroll assembly, baffles).
Compare the differences between liquid- and air-cooling
systems.
Identify the cylinder head temperature indication to x
monitor engine cooling.
Describe the function and the operation of cowl flaps. x
Lubrication systems x
Lubricants: characteristics, limitations x
Describe the term ‘viscosity’ including the effect of x
temperature.
Describe the viscosity grade numbering system used in x
aviation.
Design, operation, indications and warnings x
State the functions of a piston-engine lubrication system. x
Describe the working principle of a dry-sump lubrication x
system and describe the functions of the following
components: oil tank (reservoir) and its internal
components: hot well, de-aerator, vent, expansion space;
check valve (non-return valve); pressure pump and
pressure-relief valve; scavenge pump; filters (suction,
pressure and scavenge); oil cooler; oil cooler bypass valve
(anti-surge and thermostatic); pressure and temperature
sensors; lines.

Describe a wet-sump lubrication system. x

State the differences between a wet- and a dry-sump
lubrication system and their advantages and
disadvantages.
See new LO reference above x x

List the following factors that influence oil consumption: x x

oil grade; cylinder and piston wear; condition of piston
rings.
Describe the interaction between oil pressure, oil x x
temperature and oil quantity.
Ignition circuits x
Design, operation x
Describe the working principle of a magneto-ignition x
system and the functions of the following components:
magneto; contact-breaker points; capacitor (condenser);
coils or windings; ignition switches; distributor; spark plug;
high-tension (HT) cable.

State why piston engines are equipped with two x

electrically independent ignition systems.
State the function and operating principle of the following x
methods of spark augmentation: starter vibrator (booster
coil); impulse-start coupling.
State the function and operating principle of the following x
methods of spark augmentation: starter vibrator (booster
coil); both magnetos live.
Explain the function of the magneto check. x
x

x
Explain how combustion is initiated in diesel engines. x x
Mixture x
Definition, characteristic mixtures, control instruments, x
associated control levers, indications
Define the following terms: mixture; chemically correct x
ratio (stoichiometric); best power ratio; lean (weak)
mixture (lean or rich side of the exhaust gas temperature
(EGT) top); rich mixture.
State the typical fuel-to-air ratio values or range of values x
for the above mixtures.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of weak and x
rich mixtures.
Describe the relation between engine-specific fuel x
consumption and mixture ratio.
Describe the use of the exhaust gas temperature as an aid x
to mixture-setting.
Explain the relation between mixture ratio, cylinder head x
temperature, detonation and pre-ignition.
Explain the absence of mixture control in diesel engines. x
Aeroplane: propellers x
Definitions, general x
Remark: Definitions and aerodynamic concepts are x
detailed in subject 081, topic 07 (Propellers) but need to
be appreciated for this subject also.
Constant-speed propeller: design, operation, system x
components
Describe the operating principle of a constant-speed x
propeller system under normal flight operations with the
aid of a schematic.
Explain the need for a MAP indicator to control the power x
setting with a constant-speed propeller.

State the purpose of a torque-meter. x

State the purpose and describe the operation of a low- x
pitch stop (centrifugal latch).
Describe the operating principle of a single-acting and a x
double-acting variable pitch propeller for single- and
multi-engine aeroplanes.
Describe the function and the basic operating principle of x
synchronising and synchro-phasing systems.
Explain the purpose and the basic operating principle of an x
auto-feathering system and unfeathering.
Reduction gearing: design x
State the purpose of reduction gearing. x
x
Propeller handling: associated control levers, degraded x
modes of operation, indications and warnings
Describe the checks to be carried out on a constant-speed x
propeller system after engine start.
Describe the operation of a constant-speed propeller x
system during flight at different true airspeeds (TAS) and
rpm including an overspeeding propeller.
Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch x
propeller when feathering and unfeathering, including the
operation of cockpit controls.
Describe the operating principle of a variable pitch x
propeller when reverse pitch is selected, including the
operation of cockpit controls.
Describe the operation of the propeller levers during x
different phases of flight.
Performance and engine handling x
Performance x
x

Describe the effect on power output of a petrol and diesel x x

engine taking into consideration the following parameters:
ambient pressure, exhaust back pressure; temperature;
density altitude; humidity.

Explain the term ‘normally aspirated engine’. x x

Power-augmentation devices: explain the requirement for x x
power augmentation (turbocharging) of a piston engine.
Describe the function and the principle of operation of the x
following main components of a turbocharger: turbine;
compressor; waste gate; waste-gate actuator.

Explain the difference between an altitude-boosted x x

turbocharger and a ground-boosted turbocharger.
Explain turbo lag. x x
Define the term ‘critical altitude’. x x
Explain the function of an intercooler. x x
Define the terms ‘full-throttle height’ and ‘rated altitude’. x x
Engine handling x
State the correct procedures for setting the engine x
controls when increasing or decreasing power.
Define the following terms: take-off power; maximum x
continuous power.
x

Describe the start problems associated with extreme cold x x

weather.
Describe the principal difference between a full-authority x
digital engine control (FADEC) system-controlled engine
and traditional manual engine controls.
Describe the engine controls available on the flight deck x
for a FADEC-controlled engine.
Explain that the FADEC has full authority of the control of x
all engine parameters ensuring efficient and correct
running of the engine, including protection in the event of
failure.

Explain the need for FADEC redundancy with regard to x

power supply and data input and output.
TURBINE ENGINES x
Basic principles x
Basic generation of thrust and the thrust formula x
Describe how thrust is produced by a basic gas turbine x
engine.
Describe the simple form of the thrust formula for a basic, x
straight jet engine and perform simple calculations
(including pressure thrust).
State that thrust can be considered to remain x
approximately constant over the whole aeroplane
subsonic speed range.
Design, types and components of turbine engines x
List the main components of a basic gas turbine engine: x
inlet; compressor; combustion chamber; turbine; outlet.
x

Describe the variation of static pressure, temperature and x x

axial velocity in a gas turbine engine under normal
operating conditions and with the aid of a working cycle
diagram.

Describe the differences between absolute, x x

circumferential (tangential) and axial velocity.
List the different types of gas turbine engines: straight jet; x x
turbofan; turboprop.
State that a gas turbine engine can have one or more x x
spools.
Describe how thrust is produced by turbojet and turbofan x x
engines.
Describe how power is produced by turboprop engines. x x
Describe the term ‘equivalent horsepower’ (= thrust x x
horsepower + shaft horsepower).
Explain the principle of a free turbine or free-power x x
turbine.
Define the term ‘bypass ratio’ and perform simple x x
calculations to determine it.
Define the terms ‘propulsive power’, ‘propulsive x x
efficiency’, ‘thermal efficiency’ and ‘total efficiency’.
Describe the influence of compressor-pressure ratio on x x
thermal efficiency.
Explain the variations of propulsive efficiency with forward x x
speed for turbojet, turbofan and turboprop engines.
Define the term ‘specific fuel consumption’ for turbojets x x
and turboprops.
Coupled turbine engine: design, operation, components x
and materials
Name the main assembly parts of a coupled turbine x
engine and explain its operation.
Explain the limitations of the materials used with regard to x
maximum turbine temperature, engine and drive train
torque limits.
Describe the possible effects on engine components when x
limits are exceeded.
Explain that when engine limits are exceeded, this event x
must be reported.
Free-turbine engine: design, components and materials x
Describe the design methods to keep the engine’s size x
small for installation in helicopters.
List the main components of a free-turbine engine. x
Describe how the power is developed by a x
turboshaft/free-turbine engine.
Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to x
monitor turbine stress.
Main-engine components x
Aeroplane: air intake x
State the functions of the engine air inlet/air intake. x
Describe the geometry of a subsonic (pitot-type) air inlet. x
Explain the gas-parameter changes in a subsonic air inlet x
at different flight speeds.
Describe the reasons for, and the dangers of, the following x
operational problems concerning the engine air inlet:
airflow separation; inlet icing; inlet damage; foreign object
damage (FOD); heavy in-flight turbulence.

Compressor and diffuser x

State the purpose of the compressor. x
Describe the working principle of a centrifugal and an axial x
flow compressor.
Name the following main components of a single stage x
and describe their function for a centrifugal compressor:
impeller; diffuser.
Name the following main components of a single stage x
and describe their function for an axial compressor: rotor
vanes; stator vanes.
Describe the gas-parameter changes in a compressor x
stage.
Define the term ‘pressure ratio’ and state a typical value x
for one stage of a centrifugal and an axial flow compressor
and for the complete compressor.
State the advantages and disadvantages of increasing the x
number of stages in a centrifugal compressor.
Explain the difference in sensitivity for FOD of a centrifugal x
compressor compared with an axial flow type.

Explain the convergent air annulus through an axial flow x

compressor.
Describe the reason for twisting the compressor blades. x
State the tasks of inlet guide vanes (IGVs). x
State the reason for the clicking noise whilst the x
compressor slowly rotates on the ground.
State the advantages of increasing the number of spools. x
Explain the implications of tip losses and describe the x
design features to minimise the problem.
Explain the problems of blade bending and flapping and x
describe the design features to minimise the problem.
Explain the following terms: compressor stall; engine x
surge.
State the conditions that are possible causes of stall and x
surge.
Describe the indications of stall and surge. x
Describe the design features used to minimise the x
occurrence of stall and surge.
Describe a compressor map (surge envelope) with rpm x
lines, stall limit, steady state line and acceleration line.
Describe the function of the diffuser. x
Combustion chamber x
Define the purpose of the combustion chamber. x
List the requirements for combustion. x
Describe the working principle of a combustion chamber. x
Explain the reason for reducing the airflow axial velocity at x
the combustion chamber inlet (snout).
State the function of the swirl vanes (swirler). x
State the function of the drain valves. x
Define the terms ‘primary airflow’ and ‘secondary airflow’, x
and explain their purpose.
Explain the following two mixture ratios: primary airflow x
to fuel; total airflow (within the combustion chamber) to
fuel.
Describe the gas-parameter changes in the combustion x
chamber.
State a typical maximum value of the outlet temperature x
of the combustion chamber.
Describe the following types of combustion chambers and x
state the differences between them: can type; can-
annular, cannular or turbo-annular; annular; reverse-flow
annular.

Turbine x
Explain the purpose of a turbine in different types of gas x
turbine engines.
Describe the principles of operation of impulse, reaction x
and impulse-reaction axial flow turbines.
Name the main components of a turbine stage and their x
function.
Describe the working principle of a turbine. x
Describe the gas-parameter changes in a turbine stage. x
Describe the function and the working principle of active x
clearance control.
Describe the implications of tip losses and the means to x
minimise them.
Explain why the available engine thrust is limited by the x
turbine inlet temperature.
Explain the divergent gas-flow annulus through an axial- x
flow turbine.
x
Explain the high mechanical thermal stress in the turbine x x
blades and wheels/discs.
x
x
x

Aeroplane: exhaust x
Name the following main components of the exhaust unit x
and their function: jet pipe; propelling nozzle; exhaust
cone.
Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. x
Describe the gas-parameter changes in the exhaust unit. x
Define the term ‘choked exhaust nozzle’ (not applicable to x
turboprops).
Explain how jet exhaust noise can be reduced. x
Helicopter: air intake x
Name and explain the main task of the engine air intake. x
Describe the use of a convergent air-intake ducting on x
helicopters.
Describe the reasons for and the dangers of the following x
operational problems concerning engine air intake: airflow
separations; intake icing; intake damage; FOD; heavy in-
flight turbulence.

Describe the conditions and circumstances during ground x

operations when FOD is most likely to occur.

Describe and explain the principles of air intake filter x

systems that can be fitted to some helicopters for
operations in icing and sand conditions.
Describe the function of the heated pads on some x
helicopter air intakes.
Helicopter: exhaust x
x

Describe the working principle of the exhaust unit. x x

Describe the gas-parameter changes in the exhaust unit. x x
Additional components and systems x
Engine fuel system x
Name the main components of the engine fuel system and
state their function: filters; low-pressure (LP) pump; high-
pressure (HP) pump; fuel manifold; fuel nozzles; HP fuel
cock; fuel control; or hydromechanical unit.

Name the two types of engine-driven high-pressure x

pumps, such as: gear-type; swash plate-type.
State the tasks of the fuel control unit. x
List the possible input parameters to a fuel control unit to x
achieve a given thrust/power setting.
Engine control system x
State the tasks of the engine control system. x
List the following different types of engine control
systems: hydromechanical; hydromechanical with a
limited authority electronic supervisor; single-channel
FADEC with hydromechanical backup; dual-channel FADEC
with no backup or any other combination.

Describe a FADEC as a full-authority dual-channel system x

including functions such as an electronic engine control
unit, wiring, sensors, variable vanes, active clearance
control, bleed configuration, electrical signalling of thrust
lever angle (TLA) (see also AMC to CS-E-50), and an EGT
protection function and engine overspeed.

Explain how redundancy is achieved by using more than x

one channel in a FADEC system.
State the consequences of a FADEC single input data x
failure.
State that all input and output data is checked by both
channels in a FADEC system.
State that a FADEC system uses its own sensors and that, x
in some cases, also data from aircraft systems is used.
State that a FADEC must have its own source of electrical x
power.
Engine lubrication x
State the tasks of an engine lubrication system. x
Name the following main components of a lubrication x
system and state their function: oil tank and centrifugal
breather; oil pumps (pressure and scavenge pumps); oil
filters (including the bypass); oil sumps; chip detectors;
coolers.

Explain that each spool is fitted with at least one ball x

bearing and two or more roller bearings.
Explain the use of compressor air in oil-sealing systems x
(e.g. labyrinth seals).
Engine auxiliary gearbox x
State the tasks of the auxiliary gearbox. x
Describe how the gearbox is driven and lubricated. x
Engine ignition x
State the task of the ignition system. x
Name the following main components of the ignition
system and state their function: power sources; igniters.

State why jet turbine engines are equipped with two x

electrically independent ignition systems.
Explain the different modes of operation of the ignition x
system.
Engine starter
Name the main components of the starting system and x
state their function.
Explain the principle of a turbine engine start. x
Describe the following two types of starters: electric; x
pneumatic.
Describe a typical start sequence (on ground/in flight) for x
a turbofan.
Define ‘self-sustaining rpm’. x
Reverse thrust
Name the following main components of a reverse-thrust x
system and state their function: reverse-thrust select
lever; power source (pneumatic or hydraulic); actuators;
doors; annunciations.

Explain the principle of a reverse-thrust system. x

Identify the advantages and disadvantages of using x
reverse thrust.
Describe and explain the following different types of x
thrust-reverser systems: hot-stream reverser; clamshell or
bucket-door system; cold-stream reverser (only turbofan
engines); blocker doors; cascade vanes.

Explain the implications of reversing the cold stream (fan x

reverser) only on a high bypass ratio engine.
Describe the protection features against inadvertent x
thrust-reverse deployment in flight as present on most
transport aeroplanes.
Describe the controls and indications provided for the x
thrust-reverser system.
Helicopter specifics on design, operation and components x
for additional components and systems such as
lubrication system, ignition circuit, starter, accessory
gearbox

State the task of the lubrication system. x

List and describe the common helicopter lubrication x
systems.
Name the following main components of a helicopter x
lubrication system: reservoir; pump assembly; external oil
filter; magnetic chip detectors, electronic chip detectors;
thermostatic oil coolers; breather.

Identify and name the components of a helicopter x

lubrication system from a diagram.
Identify the indications used to monitor a lubrication x
system including warning systems.
Explain the differences and appropriate use of straight oil x
and compound oil, and describe the oil numbering system
for aviation use.
Explain and describe the ignition circuit for engine start x
and engine relight facility when the selection is set for
both automatic and manual functions.
Explain and describe the starter motor and the sequence x
of events when starting, and that for most helicopters the
starter becomes the generator after the starting sequence
is over.

Explain and describe why the engine drives the accessory x

gearbox.
Engine operation and monitoring x
General x
Explain the following aeroplane engine ratings: take-off; x
go-around; maximum continuous thrust/power; maximum
climb thrust/power.
Explain spool-up time. x
Explain the reason for the difference between ground and x
approach flight idle values (rpm).
State the parameters that can be used for setting and x
monitoring the thrust/power.
Describe the terms ‘alpha range’, ‘beta range’ and ‘reverse x
thrust’ as applied to a turboprop power lever.
Explain the dangers of inadvertent beta-range selection in x
flight for a turboprop.
Explain the purpose of engine trending. x
Explain how the exhaust gas temperature is used to x
monitor turbine stress.
Describe the effect of engine acceleration and x
deceleration on the EGT.
Describe the possible effects on engine components when x
EGT limits are exceeded.
Explain why engine-limit exceedances must be reported. x
Explain the limitations on the use of the thrust-reverser x
system at low forward speed.
Explain the term ‘engine seizure’. x
State the possible causes of engine seizure and explain x
their preventative measures.
Describe the potential consequences of a leak in the
following two designs of fuel and oil heat exchanger: oil
pressure higher than fuel pressure with oil leaking into the
fuel system, potentially affecting the combustion and
running of the engine; fuel pressure higher than oil
pressure with fuel leaking into the oil system, potentially
increasing the risk of a fire due to fuel entering warm parts
of the engine that should be free from fuel.

Explain oil-filter clogging (blockage) and the implications x

for the lubrication system.
Give examples of monitoring instruments of an engine. x
Describe how to identify and assess engine damage based x
on instrument indications.
Starting malfunctions
Describe the indications and the possible causes of the x
following aeroplane starting malfunctions: false (dry or
wet) start; tailpipe fire (torching); hot start; abortive
(hung) start; no N1 rotation; no FADEC indications.
Describe the indications and the possible causes of the x
following helicopter starting malfunctions: false (dry or
wet) start; tailpipe fire (torching); hot start; abortive
(hung) start; no N1 rotation; freewheel failure; no FADEC
indications.

See new LO reference above x x

Relight envelope x
Explain the relight envelope. x
Performance aspects x
Thrust, performance aspects, and limitations x
Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel x
consumption with altitude at constant TAS.
Describe the variation of thrust and specific fuel x
consumption with TAS at constant altitude.
Explain the term ‘flat-rated engine’ by describing the x
change of take-off thrust, turbine inlet temperature and
engine rpm with outside air temperature (OAT).
Define the term ‘engine pressure ratio’ (EPR). x
Explain the use of reduced (flexible) and derated thrust for x
take-off, and explain the advantages and disadvantages
when compared with a full-rated take-off.
Describe the effects of use of bleed air on rpm, EGT, x
thrust, and specific fuel consumption.
Helicopter engine ratings, engine performance and x
limitations, engine handling: torque, performance
aspects and limitations
Describe engine rating torque limits for take-off, transient x
and maximum continuous.
Describe turbine outlet temperature (TOT) limits for take- x
off.
Explain why TOT is a limiting factor for helicopter x
performance.
Describe and explain the relationship between maximum x
torque available and density altitude, which leads to
decreasing torque available with the increase of density
altitude.

Explain that hovering downwind, on some helicopters, will x

noticeably increase the engine TOT.
Explain the reason why the engine performance is less x
when aircraft accessories (i.e. anti-ice, heating, hoist,
filters) are switched on.
Describe the effects of use of bleed air on engine x
parameters.
Explain that, on some helicopters, exceeding the TOT limit x
may cause the main rotor to droop (slow down).
Describe overtorquing and explain the consequences. x
Auxiliary power unit (APU) x
Design, operation, functions, operational limitations x
State that an APU is a gas turbine engine and list its tasks. x
State the difference between the two types of APU inlets. x
Define ‘maximum operating and maximum starting x
altitude’.
Name the typical APU control and monitoring instruments. x
Describe the APU’s automatic shutdown protection. x
PROTECTION AND DETECTION SYSTEMS x
Smoke detection x
Types, design, operation, indications and warnings x
Explain the operating principle of the following types of x
smoke detection sensors: optical; ionising.
Give an example of warnings, indications and function x
tests.
Fire-protection systems x
Fire extinguishing (engine and cargo compartments) x
Explain the operating principle of a built-in fire- x
extinguishing system and describe its components.
State that two discharges must be provided for each x
engine (see CS 25.1195(c) Fire-extinguisher systems).
Fire detection x
Explain the following principles of fire detection: x
resistance and capacitance; gas pressure.
Explain fire-detection applications such as: bimetallic; x
continuous loop; gaseous loop (gas-filled detectors).
Explain why generally double-loop systems are used. x
Give an example of warnings, indications and function x
tests of a fire-protection system.
Rain-protection system x
Principle and method of operation x
Explain the principle and method of operation of the x x
following windshield rain-protection systems for an
aeroplane: wipers; liquids (rain-repellent); coating.
Explain the principle and method of operation of wipers x x
for a helicopter.
OXYGEN SYSTEMS x
Cockpit, portable and chemical oxygen systems x
Operating principles, actuation methods, comparison x
Describe the basic operating principle of a cockpit oxygen x x
system and describe the following different modes of
operation: normal (diluter demand); 100 %; emergency.
Describe the operating principle and the purposes of the x x
following two portable oxygen systems: smoke hood;
portable bottle.
Describe the following two oxygen systems that can be x x
used to supply oxygen to passengers: fixed system
(chemical oxygen generator or gaseous system); portable.
Describe the actuation methods (automatic and manual) x x
and the functioning of a passenger oxygen mask.
Compare chemical oxygen generators to gaseous systems x x
with respect to: capacity; flow regulation.
State the dangers of grease or oil related to the use of x x
oxygen systems.
HELICOPTER: MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS x
Variable rotor speed, active vibration suppression, night-
vision goggles (NVG)
Variable rotor speed x
x

Explain the system for ‘beeping’ the NR to its upper limit. x

Active vibration suppression x

Explain and describe how the active vibration suppression x x
system works through high-speed actuators and
accelerometer inputs.
NVG - To be introduced at a later date. x
x
HELICOPTER: ROTOR HEADS x
Main rotor x
Types x
Describe the following rotor-head systems: teetering
(semi-articulated); articulated; hingeless (rigid);
bearingless (semi-articulated).
Describe in basic terms the following configuration of x
rotor systems and their advantages and disadvantages:
tandem; coaxial; side by side.
Explain how flapping, dragging and feathering is achieved x
in each rotor-head system.
Structural components and materials, stresses, structural x
limitations
Identify from a diagram the main structural components x
of the main types of rotor-head systems.
List and describe the methods used to detect damage and x
cracks.
Explain and describe the structural limitations to x
respective rotor systems, including the dangers of
negative G inputs to certain rotor-head systems.
Describe the various rotor-head lubrication methods. x
Design and construction x
Describe the material technology used in rotor-head x
design, including construction, using the following
materials or mixture of materials: composites; fibreglass;
alloys; elastomers.

Adjustment x
Describe and explain the methods of adjustment which x
are possible on various helicopter rotor-head assemblies.
Tail rotor x
Types x
Describe the following tail-rotor systems: delta-3 hinge
effect; multi-bladed delta-3 effect; Fenestron or ducted
fan tail rotor; no tail rotor (NOTAR) low-velocity air jet
flows from tangential slots (the Coanda effect); NOTAR
high-velocity air jet flows from adjustable nozzles (the
Coandă effect).

Identify from a diagram the main structural components x

of the four main types of tail-rotor systems.

Explain and describe the methods to detect damage and x

cracks on the tail rotor and assembly.
Explain and describe the structural limitations to the x
respective tail-rotor systems and possible limitations
regarding the turning rate of the helicopter.
Explain and describe the following methods that x
helicopter designers use to minimise tail-rotor drift and
roll: reducing the couple arm (tail rotor on a pylon);
offsetting the rotor mast; use of ‘bias’ in cyclic control
mechanism.
Explain pitch-input mechanisms. x
Explain the relationship between tail-rotor thrust and x
engine power.
Describe how the vertical fin on some types reduces the
power demand of the tail rotor.
Design and construction x
List and describe the various tail-rotor designs and x
construction methods used on helicopters currently in
service.
x

HELICOPTER: TRANSMISSION x
Main gearbox x
Different types, design, operation, limitations x
Describe the following main principles of helicopter x
transmission systems for single- and twin-engine
helicopters: drive for the main and tail rotor; accessory
drive for the generator(s), alternator(s), hydraulic and oil
pumps, oil cooler(s) and tachometers.

Describe the reason for limitations on multi-engine x

helicopter transmissions in various engine-out situations.
Describe how the passive vibration control works with x
gearbox mountings.
Rotor brake x
Types, operational considerations x
Describe the main function of the disc type of rotor brake. x x
Describe both hydraulic- and cable-operated rotor-brake x x
systems.
Describe the different options for the location of the rotor x x
brake.
List the following operational considerations for the use of x x
rotor brakes: rotor speed at engagement of rotor brake;
risk of blade sailing in windy conditions; risk of rotor-brake
overheating and possible fire when brake is applied above
the maximum limit, particularly when spilled hydraulic
fluid is present; avoid stopping blades over jet-pipe
exhaust with engine running; cockpit annunciation of
rotor-brake operation.

Auxiliary systems x
Powering the air-conditioning system x
x

Explain how power for the air-conditioning system is taken x x

from the auxiliary gearbox.
Driveshaft and associated installation x
Power, construction, materials, speed and torque x
Describe how power is transmitted from the engine to the x x
main-rotor gearbox.
Describe the material and construction of the driveshaft. x x
Explain the need for alignment between the engine and x x
the main-rotor gearbox.
Identify how temporary misalignment occurs between x x
driving and driven components.
x

Explain the relationship between driveshaft speed and x x

torque.
Describe the methods with which power is delivered to x x
the tail rotor.
Describe and identify the construction and materials of x x
tail-rotor/Fenestron driveshafts.
Intermediate and tail gearbox x
Lubrication, gearing x
Explain and describe the various arrangements when the x x
drive changes direction and the need for an intermediate
or tail gearbox.
Explain the lubrication requirements for intermediate and x x
tail-rotor gearboxes and methods of checking levels.
Explain how on most helicopters the tail-rotor gearbox x x
contains gearing, etc., for the tail-rotor pitch-change
mechanism.
Clutches x
Purpose, operation, components, serviceability x
Explain the purpose of a clutch. x x
Describe and explain the operation of a: centrifugal clutch; x x
actuated clutch.
List the typical components of the various clutches. x x
 Identify the following methods by which clutch x x
serviceability can be ascertained: brake-shoe dust;
vibration; main-rotor run-down time; engine speed at time
of main-rotor engagement; belt tensioning; start
protection in a belt-drive clutch system.

Freewheels x
Purpose, operation, components, location x
Explain the purpose of a freewheel. x x
Describe and explain the operation of a: cam- and roller- x x
type freewheel; sprag-clutch-type freewheel.
List the typical components of the various freewheels. x x
Identify the various locations of freewheels in power plant x x
and transmission systems.
Explain the implications regarding the engagement and x x
disengagement of the freewheel.
HELICOPTER: BLADES x
Main-rotor design and blade design x
Design, construction x
Describe the different types of blade construction and the x
need for torsional stiffness.
Describe the principles of heating systems/pads on some x
blades for anti-icing/de-icing.
Moved from Describe the fully articulated rotor with hinges and x
subject 082 feathering hinges.

Structural components and materials x

List the materials used in the construction of main-rotor x
blades.
List the main structural components of a main-rotor blade x
and their function.
Moved from Describe the drag hinge of the fully articulated rotor and x x
subject 082 the lag flexure in the hingeless rotor.

Moved from Explain the necessity for drag dampers. x x

subject 082
Forces and stresses x
Describe main-rotor blade-loading on the ground and in x
flight.
Describe where the most common stress areas are on x
rotor blades.
Moved from Show how the centrifugal forces depend on rotor rpm and x
subject 082 blade mass and how they pull on the blade’s attachment
to the hub. Justify the upper limit of the rotor rpm.

Moved from Assume a rigid attachment and show how thrust may x x
subject 082 cause huge oscillating bending moments which stress the
attachment.
Moved from Explain why flapping hinges do not transfer such x x
subject 082 moments. Show the small flapping hinge offset on fully
articulated rotors and zero offset in the case of teetering
rotors.

Moved from Describe the working principle of the flexible element in x x

subject 082 the hingeless rotor and describe the equivalent flapping
hinge offset compared to that of the articulated rotor.

Structural limitations x
Explain the structural limitations in terms of bending and x
rotor rpm.
Adjustment x
Explain the use of trim tabs. x
Tip shape x
Describe the various blade-tip shapes used by different x
manufacturers and compare their advantages and
disadvantages.
x

Moved from Origins of the vertical vibrations x x

subject 082
Moved from Explain the lift (thrust) variations per revolution of a blade x x
subject 082 and the resulting vertical total rotor thrust (TRT) variation
in the case of perfectly identical blades.

Moved from Show the resulting frequencies and amplitudes as a x x

subject 082 function of the number of blades.

Moved from Explain the thrust variation in the case of an out-of-track x x

subject 082 blade, causes, and frequencies (one-per-revolution).

Moved from Lateral vibrations x X

subject 082
Moved from Explain blade imbalances, causes, and effects. x x
subject 082
Tail-rotor design and blade design x
Design, construction x
Describe the most common design of tail-rotor blade x
construction, consisting of stainless steel shell reinforced
by a honeycomb filler and stainless steel leading abrasive
strip.

Explain that ballast weights are located at the inboard x

trailing edge and tip of blades, and that the weights used
are determined when the blades are manufactured.
Describe how, for some helicopters, anti-icing/de-icing x
systems are designed into the blade construction.
Moved from Describe the two-bladed rotor with a teetering hinge, and x x
subject 082 rotors with more than two blades.

Moved from Describe the dangers to ground personnel and to the rotor x x
subject 082 blades, and how to minimise these dangers.

Intentionally left blank x

x

Stresses, vibrations and balancing

Describe the tail-rotor blade-loading on the ground and in x
flight.
Moved from Explain the sources of vibration of the tail rotor and the x x
subject 082 resulting high frequencies.

Moved from Explain balancing and tracking of the tail rotor. x x

subject 082
Structural limitations x
Describe the structural limitations of the tail-rotor blades. x
Describe the method of checking the strike indicators x
placed on the tip of some tail-rotor blades.
Adjustment x
Describe the adjustment of yaw pedals in the cockpit to x
obtain full-control authority of the tail rotor.
Moved from The Fenestron x x
subject 082

Moved from Describe the technical layout of a Fenestron tail rotor. x

subject 082
Moved from Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a Fenestron x x
subject 082 tail rotor.
Moved from No tail rotor (NOTAR) x x
subject 082

Moved from Describe the technical layout of a NOTAR design. x

subject 082
Moved from Explain the control concepts of a NOTAR. x x
subject 082
Moved from Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a NOTAR x x
subject 082 design.
 Reworded, intent

x
x
x
modified

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/IR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/VFR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(H)

IR(A&H)

CBIR, EIR

x
x
x
x
x

Basic Knowledge
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x

x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x X

x x x

x x

x x

x x x
x x
x x x

x x x
x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x x x X

x x x x x X

x x x x x X
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x X

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x X

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x
x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x X

x x x X

x x x

x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x

x x

x x x x x
x x x

x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
 x x
x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x
x x x

x x x

x x

x x x x x X

x x x x x X

x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
 x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x
x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x x
 x x x

x x x x

x x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x
 x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x

x x x
x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x
 x x x x x
x x x x x

x x

x x x x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x X
x x x x x X

x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x X

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x X
x x x x x
x x x x x x X

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x X
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
 x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x
x x

x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x x x

x x

x x
x x

x x x x x

x x

x x

x x x x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x
x x
x x

x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x

x x
x x
x

x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x
x x x

x x

x x
x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x

x x

x x x x x
x x

x x x x x

x x

x x

x x
x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x
 x x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x X

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus New syllabus
Index reference reference

1 AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE - INSTRUMENTATION 022.00.00.00 022.00.00.00

2 SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTS 022.01.00.00 022.01.00.00
3 Pressure gauge 022.01.01.00 022.01.01.00
4 022.01.01.01
5 Define pressure, absolute pressure and differential pressure. 022.01.01.00.01 022.01.01.01.01
6 List the following units used for pressure: - Pascal - bar - inches 022.01.01.00.02 022.01.01.01.02
of mercury (in Hg) - pounds per square inch (PSI).
7 State the relationship between the different units. 022.01.01.00.03 022.01.01.01.03
8 List and describe the following different types of sensors used 022.01.01.00.04 022.01.01.01.04
according to the pressure to be measured: - aneroid capsules -
bellows - diaphragms - bourdon tube.
9 Solid state sensors (to be introduced at a latter date) 022.01.01.00.05
10 For each type of sensor identify applications such as: - liquid 022.01.01.00.06 022.01.01.01.05
pressure measurement (fuel, oil, hydraulic) - air pressure
measurement (bleed air systems, air conditioning systems) -
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) gauge.

11 Pressure probes for Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR). 022.01.01.00.07 022.01.01.01.06

12 Give examples of display for each of the applications above. 022.01.01.00.08 022.01.01.01.07

13 Explain the need for remote indicating systems. 022.01.01.00.09

14 Temperature sensing 022.01.02.00 022.01.02.00
15 022.01.02.01
16 Explain temperature. 022.01.02.00.01 022.01.02.01.01
17 List the following units that can be used for temperature 022.01.02.00.02 022.01.02.01.02
measurement: - Kelvin - Celsius - Fahrenheit.
18 State the relationship between these different units. 022.01.02.00.03 022.01.02.01.03

19 Describe and explain the operating principles of the following 022.01.02.00.04

types of sensors: - expansion type ( Bi-metallic strip) - electrical
type (resistance, thermo-couple).
20 State the relationship for a thermo-couple between the 022.01.02.00.05
electromotive force and the temperature to be measured.
21 For each type, identify applications such as: - gas temperature 022.01.02.00.06 022.01.02.01.04
measurement (ambient air, bleed air systems, air conditioning
systems, air inlet, exhaust gas, gas turbine outlets) - liquid
temperature measurement (fuel, oil, hydraulic).

22 Give examples of display for each of the applications above. 022.01.02.00.07 022.01.02.01.05
23 Fuel gauge 022.01.03.00 022.01.03.00
24 022.01.03.01
25 State that the quantity of fuel can be measured by volume or 022.01.03.00.01 022.01.03.01.01
mass.
26 List the following units used for fuel quantity when measured by 022.01.03.00.02 022.01.03.01.02
mass: - kilogramme - pound.
27 State the relationship between these different units. 022.01.03.00.03 022.01.03.01.03
28 Define capacitance and permittivity, and state their relationship 022.01.03.00.04
with density.
29 List and explain the parameters than can affect the 022.01.03.00.05 022.01.03.01.04
measurement of the volume and/or mass of the fuel in a wing
fuel tank: - temperature - aircraft accelerations and attitudes
and explain how the fuel gauge system design compensates for
these changes.

30 Describe and explain the operating principles of the following 022.01.03.00.06 022.01.03.01.05
types of fuel gauges: - float system - capacitance type fuel gauge
system - ultra-sound type of fuel gauge: to be introduced at a
later date.

31 022.01.03.01.06

32 Fuel flowmeters 022.01.04.00 022.01.04.00

33 022.01.04.01
34 Define fuel flow and where it is measured. 022.01.04.00.01 022.01.04.01.01
35 State that fuel flow may be measured by volume or mass per 022.01.04.00.02 022.01.04.01.02
unit of time.
36 List the following units used for fuel flow when measured by 022.01.04.00.03 022.01.04.01.03
mass per hour: - Kilogrammes/hour - Pounds/hour.
37 List the following units used for fuel flow when measured by 022.01.04.00.04 022.01.04.01.04
volume per hour: - Liters/hour - US Gallons/hour.

38 List and describe the following different types of fuel flowmeter: 022.01.04.00.05
- mechanical - electrical (analog) - electronic (digital) and
explain how the signal can be corrected to measure mass flow.
39 Explain how total fuel consumption is obtained. 022.01.04.00.06 022.01.04.01.05
40 Tachometer 022.01.05.00 022.01.05.00
41 022.01.05.01
42 List the following types of tachometers: - mechanical (rotating 022.01.05.00.01 022.01.05.01.01
magnet) - electrical (three phase tacho-generator) - electronic
(impulse measurement with speed probe and phonic wheel)
and for each type describe its operating principle.

43 For each type, identify applications such as engine speed 022.01.05.00.02

measurement (crankshaft speed for piston engines, spool speed
fo gas turbine engines), wheel speed measurement for anti-skid
systems (anti-skid systems for aeroplane only) and give
examples of display.

44 State that engine speed is most commonly displayed as a 022.01.05.00.03 022.01.05.01.02

percentage.
45 022.01.05.01.03

46 Thrust measurement 022.01.06.00 022.01.06.00

47 022.01.06.01
48 List and describe the following two parameters used to 022.01.06.00.01 022.01.06.01.01
represent thrust : N1, EPR.
49 Explain the operating principle of the EPR gauge and the 022.01.06.00.02 022.01.06.01.02
consequences for the pilot in case of a malfunction including
blockage and leakage.

50 Give examples of display for N1 and EPR. 022.01.06.00.03 022.01.06.01.03

51 Engine torquemeter 022.01.07.00 022.01.07.00
52 022.01.07.01
53 Define Torque. 022.01.07.00.01 022.01.07.01.01
54 Explain the relationship between Power, Torque and RPM. 022.01.07.00.02 022.01.07.01.02
55 List the following units used for torque: - Newton meters - Inch 022.01.07.00.03 022.01.07.01.03
or Foot pounds.
56 State that engine torque can be displayed as a percentage. 022.01.07.00.04 022.01.07.01.04
57 List and describe the following different types of torquemeters: 022.01.07.00.05 022.01.07.01.05
- mechanical - electronic and explain their operating principles.
58 Compare the two systems with regard to design and weight. 022.01.07.00.06 022.01.07.01.06
59 Give examples of display. 022.01.07.00.07 022.01.07.01.07
60 Synchroscope 022.01.08.00 022.01.08.00
61 022.01.08.01
62 State the purpose of a synchroscope. 022.01.08.00.01 022.01.08.01.01
63 Explain the operating principle of a synchroscope. 022.01.08.00.02 022.01.08.01.02
64 Give examples of display. 022.01.08.00.03 022.01.08.01.03
65 Engine-vibration monitoring 022.01.09.00 022.01.09.00
66 022.01.09.01

67 State the purpose of a vibration monitoring system for a jet 022.01.09.00.01 022.01.09.01.01
engine.
68 Describe the operating principle of a vibration monitoring 022.01.09.00.02 022.01.09.01.02
system using the following two types of sensors: - piezo electric
crystal - magnet.
69 State that no specific unit is displayed for a vibration monitoring 022.01.09.00.03 022.01.09.01.03
system.
70 Give examples of display. 022.01.09.00.04 022.01.09.01.04
71 Time measurement 022.01.10.00 022.01.10.00
72 022.01.10.01
73 Explain the use of time/date measurement and recording for 022.01.10.00.01 022.01.10.01.01
engines and system maintenance.

74 MEASUREMENT OF AIR-DATA PARAMETERS 022.02.00.00 022.02.00.00

75 Pressure measurement 022.02.01.00 022.02.01.00
76 Definitions 022.02.01.01 022.02.01.01
77 Define static, total and dynamic pressures and state the 022.02.01.01.01 022.02.01.01.01
relationship between them.
78 Define impact pressure as total pressure minus static pressure 022.02.01.01.02
and discuss the conditions when dynamic pressure equals
impact pressure.
79 Pitot/static system: design and errors 022.02.01.02 022.02.01.02
80 Describe the design and the operating principle of a: - static 022.02.01.02.01 022.02.01.02.01
source - pitot tube - combined pitot/static probe.
81 For each of these indicate the various locations, describe the 022.02.01.02.02 022.02.01.02.02
following associated errors: - position errors - instrument errors
- errors due to a non longitudinal axial flow (including
manoeuvre-induced errors) and the means of correction and/or
compensation.

82 Describe a typical pitot/static system and list the possible 022.02.01.02.03 022.02.01.02.03
outputs.
83 Explain the redundancy and the interconnections of typical 022.02.01.02.04 022.02.01.02.04
pitot/static systems.
84 Explain the purpose of heating and interpret the effect of 022.02.01.02.05 022.02.01.02.05
heating on sensed pressure.
85 List the affected instruments and explain the consequences for 022.02.01.02.06
the pilot in case of a malfunction including blockage and
leakage.
86 Describe alternate static sources and their effects when used. 022.02.01.02.07 022.02.01.02.06

87 Solid state sensors (to be introduced at a latter date). 022.02.01.02.08 022.02.01.02.07

88 Temperature measurement 022.02.02.00 022.02.02.00

89 Definitions 022.02.02.01 022.02.02.01
90 Define OAT, SAT, TAT and measured temperature. 022.02.02.01.01 022.02.02.01.01

91 Define ram rise and recovery factor. 022.02.02.01.02 022.02.02.01.02

92 State the relationship between the different temperatures 022.02.02.01.03 022.02.02.01.03
according to Mach number.
93 Design and operation 022.02.02.02 022.02.02.02
94 Describe the following types of air temperature probes and 022.02.02.02.01
their features: - expansion type: Bi-metallic strip, direct reading
- electrical type wire resistance, remote reading.
95 For each of these indicate the various locations, describe the 022.02.02.02.02 022.02.02.02.01
following associated errors: - position errors - instrument errors
and the means of correction and/or compensation.
96 Explain the purpose of heating and erpret the effect of heating 022.02.02.02.03 022.02.02.02.02
on sensed temperature.

97 Angle-of-attack (AoA) measurement 022.02.03.00 022.02.03.00

98 022.02.03.01

99 Describe the following two types of angle of attack sensors: - 022.02.03.00.01 022.02.03.01.01
null seeking (slotted) probe - vane detector.
100 For each type, explain the operating principles. 022.02.03.00.02 022.02.03.01.02
101 Explain how both types are protected against ice. 022.02.03.00.03 022.02.03.01.03
102 Give examples of systems that use the angle of attack as an 022.02.03.00.04 022.02.03.01.04
input, such as : - Air Data Computer - Stall Warning Systems -
Flight Envelope Protection systems.
103 Give examples of different types of Angle of Attack (AoA) 022.02.03.00.05 022.02.03.01.05
displays.

104 022.02.03.01.06

105 022.02.03.01.07

106 Altimeter 022.02.04.00 022.02.04.00

107 022.02.04.01

108 Define ISA. 022.02.04.00.01

109 List the following two units used for altimeters: - feet - meters 022.02.04.00.02 022.02.04.01.01
and state the relationship between them.
110 Define the following terms: - height, altitude - indicated altitude, 022.02.04.00.03 022.02.04.01.02
true altitude - pressure altitude, density altitude.
111 Define the following barometric references: QNH, QFE, 1013,25. 022.02.04.00.04 022.02.04.01.03

112 Explain the operating principles of an altimeter. 022.02.04.00.05 022.02.04.01.04

113 Describe and compare the following three types of altimeters: - 022.02.04.00.06 022.02.04.01.05
simple altimeter (single capsule) - sensitive altimeter (multi
capsule) - servo-assisted altimeter.

114 Give examples of associated displays: pointer, multi pointer, 022.02.04.00.07 022.02.04.01.06
drum, vertical straight scale.
115 Describe the following errors: - pitot/static system errors - 022.02.04.00.08 022.02.04.01.07
temperature error (air column not at ISA conditions) - time lag
(altimeter response to change of height) and the means of
correction.

116 Give examples of altimeter corrections table from an Aircraft 022.02.04.00.09 022.02.04.01.08
Operations Manual (AOM).

117 Describe the effects of a blockage or a leakage on the static 022.02.04.00.10 022.02.04.01.09
pressure line.
118 022.02.04.01.10

119 Vertical speed indicator (VSI) 022.02.05.00 022.02.05.00

120 022.02.05.01
121 List the two units used for VSI: - meters per second - feet per 022.02.05.00.01 022.02.05.01.01
minute and state the relationship between them.
122 Explain the operating principles of a VSI. 022.02.05.00.02 022.02.05.01.02
123 Describe and compare the following two types of vertical speed 022.02.05.00.03 022.02.05.01.03
indicators: - barometric type - inertial type (inertial information
provided by an Inertial Reference Unit).
124 Describe the following VSI errors: - pitot/static system errors - 022.02.05.00.04 022.02.05.01.04
time lag and the means of correction.
125 Describe the effects on a VSI of a blockage or a leakage on the 022.02.05.00.05 022.02.05.01.05
static pressure line.
126 Give examples of VSI display. 022.02.05.00.06 022.02.05.01.06
127 022.02.05.01.07

128 Airspeed indicator (ASI) 022.02.06.00 022.02.06.00

129 022.02.06.01

130 List the following three units used for airspeed: - Nautical 022.02.06.00.01 022.02.06.01.01
miles/hour (knots) - Statute miles/hour - Kilometers/hour and
state the relationship between them.
131 Define IAS, CAS, EAS, TAS and state and explain the relationship 022.02.06.00.02
between these speeds.
132 Describe the following ASI errors and state when they must be 022.02.06.00.03 022.02.06.01.02
considered: - pitot/static system errors - compressibility error -
density error.
133 Explain the operating principles of an ASI (as appropriate to 022.02.06.00.04 022.02.06.01.03
aeroplanes or helicopters).
134 Give examples of ASI display: pointer, vertical straight scale. 022.02.06.00.05 022.02.06.01.04

135 Interpret ASI corrections tables as used in an Aircraft Operations 022.02.06.00.06 022.02.06.01.05
Manual (AOM).
136 Define and explain the following colour codings that can be 022.02.06.00.07 022.02.06.01.06
used on an ASI: - White arc (flap operating speed range) - Green
arc (normal operating speed range) - Yellow arc (caution speed
range) - Red line (VNE) - Blue line (best rate of climb speed, one
engine out for multi-engine piston light aeroplanes).

137 022.02.06.01.07

138 Describe the effects on an ASI of a blockage or leak in the static 022.02.06.00.08 022.02.06.01.08
and/or total pressure line(s).
139 022.02.06.01.09

140 022.02.06.01.10

141 Machmeter 022.02.07.00 022.02.07.00

142 022.02.07.01
143 Define Mach number, and local speed of sound (LSS) and 022.02.07.00.01 022.02.07.01.01
perform simple calculations that include these terms.
144 Describe the operating principle of a Machmeter. 022.02.07.00.02 022.02.07.01.02
145 Explain why a Machmeter suffers only from pitot/static system 022.02.07.00.03 022.02.07.01.03
errors.
146 Give examples of Machmeter display: pointer, drum, vertical 022.02.07.00.04 022.02.07.01.04
straight scale, digital.
147 Describe the effects on a Machmeter of a blockage or a leakage 022.02.07.00.05 022.02.07.01.05
in the static and/or total pressure line(s).
148 State the relationship between Mach number, CAS and TAS and 022.02.07.00.06 022.02.07.01.06
interpret their variations according to FL and temperature
changes.

149 State the existence of MMO. 022.02.07.00.07 022.02.07.01.07

150 022.02.07.01.08

151 022.02.07.01.09

152 022.02.07.01.10

153 Air-data computer (ADC) 022.02.08.00 022.02.08.00

154 022.02.08.01
155 Explain the operating principle of an ADC. 022.02.08.00.01 022.02.08.01.01
156 List the following possible input data: - TAT - static pressure - 022.02.08.00.02 022.02.08.01.02
total pressure - measured temperature - angle of attack - flaps
and landing gear position - stored aircraft data.
157 List the following possible output data: - IAS - TAS - SAT - TAT - 022.02.08.00.03 022.02.08.01.03
Mach number - Angle of attack - Altitude - Vertical speed -
VMO/MMO pointer.
158 For each output, list the datum/data sensed and explain the 022.02.08.00.04
principle of calculation.
159 Explain how position, instrument, compressibility and density 022.02.08.00.05 022.02.08.01.04
errors can be compensated/corrected to achieve a TAS
calculation.
160 Explain why accuracy is improved for each output datum when 022.02.08.00.06
compared to raw data.
161 Give examples of instruments and/or systems which may use 022.02.08.00.07 022.02.08.01.05
ADC output data.
162 022.02.08.01.06

163 State that an ADC can be a stand alone system or integrated 022.02.08.00.08
with the Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU).
164 Explain the ADC architecture for air data measurement including 022.02.08.00.09 022.02.08.01.07
sensors, processing units, and displays as opposed to stand
alone air data measurement instruments.
165 022.02.08.01.08

166 Explain the advantage of an ADC for air data information 022.02.08.00.10
management compared to raw data.
167 MAGNETISM - DIRECT-READING COMPASS AND FLUX VALVE 022.03.00.00 022.03.00.00
168 Earth’s magnetic field 022.03.01.00 022.03.01.00
169 022.03.01.01
170 Describe the magnetic field of the earth. 022.03.01.00.01 022.03.01.01.01
171 Direct reading compass (DRC) 061.02.01.01.01 022.03.01.01.01
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.01)
172 Explain the properties of a magnet. 022.03.01.00.02 022.03.01.01.02
173 Define the following terms: - magnetic variation - magnetic dip 022.03.01.00.03 022.03.01.01.03
(inclination),
174 Define magnetic dip or inclination. The angle between the 061.01.04.02.04 022.03.01.01.03
horizontal and the total component of the magnetic field.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.03)
175 022.03.01.01.04

176 State that a freely suspended compass needle will turn to the 061.01.04.02.01 022.03.01.01.04
direction of the local magnetic field. The direction of the
horizontal component of this field is the direction of magnetic
north (MN).
(Moved to 022.03.01.01.04)

177 State that the angle of inclination at the magnetic poles is 90°. 061.01.04.02.05 022.03.01.01.04
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.04)
178 022.03.01.01.05

179 Interpret the indications on a DRC, given an indication on the 061.02.01.01.02 022.03.01.01.05
compass, deviation or deviation table and variation.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.05)
180 Aircraft magnetic field 022.03.02.00 022.03.02.00
181 022.03.02.01
182 Define and explain the following terms: - magnetic and non- 022.03.02.00.01 022.03.02.01.01
magnetic material - hard and soft iron - permanent magnetism
and electro-magnetism.
183 Explain the principles and the reasons for: - compass swinging 022.03.02.00.02 022.03.02.01.02
(determination of initial deviations) - compass compensation
(correction of deviations found) - compass calibration
(determination of residual deviations).

184 State that Deviation is kept to a minimum by compass swinging. 061.01.04.03.04 022.03.02.01.02
(Moved and merged into 022.03.02.01.02)
185 State occurrences when a compass swing may be required: if 061.02.01.03.01 022.03.02.01.02
transferred to another base involving a large change in latitude.
major changes in aircraft equipment. aircraft hit by lightning.
aircraft parked in same direction for long period of time. when a
new compass is fitted. at any time when the compass or
recorded deviation is suspect. when specified in the aircraft
maintenance schedule.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.02.01.02)

186 List the causes of the aircraft's magnetic field and explain how it 022.03.02.00.03 022.03.02.01.03
affects the accuracy of the compass indications.
187 State that the effect of the aircraft magnetism on the compass 061.01.04.03.02 022.03.02.01.03
changes with different headings, as well as different latitudes.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.02.01.03)
188 Describe the purpose and the use of a deviation correction card. 022.03.02.00.04 022.03.02.01.04
189 022.03.02.01.05

190 Direct-reading magnetic compass 022.03.03.00 022.03.03.00

191 022.03.03.01
192 Define the role of a direct reading magnetic compass. 022.03.03.00.01 022.03.03.01.01
193 Describe and explain the design of a vertical card type compass. 022.03.03.00.02
194 Describe the deviation compensation. 022.03.03.00.03 022.03.03.01.02

195 Describe and interpret the effects of the following errors: - 022.03.03.00.04 022.03.03.01.03
acceleration - turning - attitude - deviation.

196 Explain how to use and interpret the direct reading compass 022.03.03.00.05 022.03.03.01.03
indications during a turn.
(Merged with 022.03.03.01.03)
197 State the pre-flight serviceability check of the DRC, such as: 061.02.01.02.01 022.03.03.01.04
general condition check indication is within limits.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.03.01.04)

198 State that the serviceability test consists of comparing the DRC 061.02.01.02.02 022.03.03.01.04
indication to another reference (e.g. other compass system or
runway direction).
(Moved and merged into 022.03.03.01.04)

199 Flux valve 022.03.04.00 022.03.04.00

200 022.03.04.01
201 Explain the purpose of a flux valve. 022.03.04.00.01 022.03.04.01.01
202 Explain the operating principle. 022.03.04.00.02 022.03.04.01.02
203 Indicate various locations and precautions needed. 022.03.04.00.03 022.03.04.01.03
204 Give the remote reading compass system as example of 022.03.04.00.04 022.03.04.01.04
application.
205 State that because of the electromagnetic deviation correction, 022.03.04.00.05 022.03.04.01.05
the flux valve output itself does not have a deviation correction
card.
206 Describe and interpret the effects of the following errors: - 022.03.04.00.06 022.03.04.01.06
acceleration - turning - attitude - deviation.

207 GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS 022.04.00.00 022.04.00.00

208 Gyroscope: basic principles 022.04.01.00 022.04.01.00
209 022.04.01.01
210 Define a gyro. 022.04.01.00.01 022.04.01.01.01
211 Explain the fundamentals of the theory of gyroscopic forces. 022.04.01.00.02 022.04.01.01.02
212 Define the degrees of freedom of a gyro. Remark: As a 022.04.01.00.03 022.04.01.01.03
convention, the degrees of freedom of a gyroscope do not
include its own axis of rotation (the spin axis).
213 Explain the following terms: - rigidity, - precession, - wander 022.04.01.00.04 022.04.01.01.04
(drift/topple).
214 Distinguish between: - real wander and apparent wander - 022.04.01.00.05 022.04.01.01.05
apparent wander due to the rotation of the Earth and transport
wander.
215 Describe a free (space) gyro and a tied gyro. 022.04.01.00.06
216 Describe and compare electrically and pneumatically driven 022.04.01.00.07 022.04.01.01.06
gyroscopes.
217 Explain the construction and operating principles of a: - rate 022.04.01.00.08
gyro - rate integrating gyro.
218 Rate-of-turn indicator - Turn co-ordinator - Balance (slip) 022.04.02.00 022.04.02.00
indicator
219 022.04.02.01
220 Explain the purpose of a rate of turn and balance (slip) indicator. 022.04.02.00.01 022.04.02.01.01
221 Define a rate-one turn. 022.04.02.00.02 022.04.02.01.02
222 Describe the construction and principles of operation of a rate 022.04.02.00.03 022.04.02.01.03
of turn indicator.
223 State the degrees of freedom of a rate of turn indicator. 022.04.02.00.04
224 Explain the relation between bank angle, rate of turn and TAS. 022.04.02.00.05 022.04.02.01.04

225 Explain why the indication of a rate of turn indicator is only 022.04.02.00.06
correct for one TAS and when turn is co-ordinated.
226 Describe the construction and principles of operation of a 022.04.02.00.07 022.04.02.01.05
balance (slip) indicator.
227 Explain the purpose of a balance (slip) indicator. 022.04.02.00.08 022.04.02.01.05

228 Describe the indications of a rate of turn and balance (slip) 022.04.02.00.09 022.04.02.01.06
indicator during a balanced, slip or skid turn.
229 Describe the construction and principles of operation of a Turn 022.04.02.00.10 022.04.02.01.07
Co-ordinator (or Turn and Bank Indicator).
230 Compare the rate of turn indicator and the turn co-ordinator. 022.04.02.00.11 022.04.02.01.08

231 Attitude indicator (artificial horizon) 022.04.03.00 022.04.03.00

232 022.04.03.01
233 Explain the purpose of the attitude indicator. 022.04.03.00.01 022.04.03.01.01
234 Describe the different designs and principles of operation of 022.04.03.00.02 022.04.03.01.02
attitude indicators (air driven, electric).
235 State the degrees of freedom. 022.04.03.00.03 022.04.03.01.03
236 Describe the gimbal system. 022.04.03.00.04
237 Describe the effects, on the instrument indications, of aircraft 022.04.03.00.05 022.04.03.01.04
acceleration and turns.
238 Describe the attitude display and instrument markings. 022.04.03.00.06 022.04.03.01.05
239 Explain the purpose of a vertical gyro unit. 022.04.03.00.07
240 List and describe the following components of a vertical gyro 022.04.03.00.08
unit: - inputs: pitch and roll sensors - transmission and
amplification (synchros and amplifiers) - outputs: display units
such as Attitude Direction Indicator (ADI), Auto Flight Control
Systems.

241 State the advantages and disadvantages of a vertical gyro unit 022.04.03.00.09
compared to an attitude indicator with regard to: - design
(power source, weight and volume) - accuracy of the
information displayed, - availability of the information for
several systems (ADI, AFCS).

242 Directional gyroscope 022.04.04.00 022.04.04.00

243 022.04.04.01
244 Explain the purpose of the directional gyroscope. 022.04.04.00.01 022.04.04.01.01
245 Describe the following two types of directional gyroscopes: - Air 022.04.04.00.02 022.04.04.01.02
driven directional gyro - Electric directional gyro.
246 State the degrees of freedom. 022.04.04.00.03
247 Describe the gimbal system. 022.04.04.00.04
248 Define the following different errors: - design and 022.04.04.00.05 022.04.04.01.03
manufacturing imperfections (random wander) - apparent
wander (rotation of the earth) - transport wander (movement
relative to the earth’s surface) and explain their effects.

249 Calculate the apparent wander (apparent drift rate in degrees 022.04.04.00.06 022.04.04.01.04
per hour) of an uncompensated gyro according to latitude.
250 Remote-reading compass systems 022.04.05.00 022.04.05.00
251 022.04.05.01

252 Describe the principles of operation of a remote reading 022.04.05.00.01 022.04.05.01.01

compass system.
253 Using a block diagram, list and explain the function of the 022.04.05.00.02 022.04.05.01.02
following components of a remote reading compass system: -
flux detection unit, - gyro unit, - transducers, precession
amplifiers, annunciator - display unit (compass card,
synchronising and set heading knob, DG/compass switch).

254 State the advantages and disadvantages of a remote reading 022.04.05.00.03 022.04.05.01.03
compass system compared to a direct reading magnetic
compass with regard to: - design (power source, weight and
volume) - deviation due to aircraft magnetism - turning and
acceleration errors - attitude errors - accuracy and stability of
the information displayed, - availability of the information for
several systems (Compass card, RMI, AFCS).

255 Solid-state systems - attitude and heading reference system 022.04.06.00 022.04.06.00
(AHRS)
256 022.04.06.01
257 State that the Micro Electro-Mechanical Sensors (MEMS) 022.04.06.00.01 022.04.06.01.01
technology can be used to make: - solid-state accelerometers, -
solid-state rate sensor gyroscopes, - solid-state magnetometers
(measurement of the earth magnetic field).
258 Describe the basic principle of a solid-state Attitude and 022.04.06.00.02 022.04.06.01.02
Heading Reference System system (AHRS) using a solid state 3-
axis rate sensor, 3-axis accelerometer and a 3-axis
magnetometer.

259 Compare the solid state AHRS with the mechanical gyroscope 022.04.06.00.03
and flux gate sytem with regard to: - size and weight, -
accuracy, - reliability - cost.
260 INERTIAL NAVIGATION AND REFERENCE SYSTEMS (INS and IRS) 022.05.00.00 022.05.00.00
261 INS: Inertial Navigation Systems (stabilised inertial platform) 022.05.01.00 022.05.01.00
262 Basic principles 022.05.01.01 022.05.01.01
263 Explain the basic principles of inertial navigation. 022.05.01.01.01 022.05.01.01.04
(Moved to 022.05.01.01.04)

264 022.05.01.01.01

265 022.05.01.01.02

266 022.05.01.01.03

267 Explain the basic principles of inertial navigation. 022.05.01.01.01 022.05.01.01.04

(Moved to 022.05.01.01.04)

268 Explain the different corrections made to stabilise the platform. 022.05.01.02.02 022.05.01.01.05
(Moved to 022.05.01.01.05)

269 List the following two effects that must be compensated for: - 022.05.01.02.03 022.05.01.01.05
Coriolis - centrifugal.
(Moved to 022.05.01.01.05)
270 022.05.01.01.06

271 List the outputs given by an INS. 022.05.01.04.03 022.05.01.01.07

(Moved from 022.05.01.04.03)
272 022.05.01.01.08

273 List and describe the following main components of an IRS: - 022.05.02.02.01 022.05.01.01.09
rate sensors (laser gyros) - inertial accelerometers - high
performance processors - display unit.
(Moved from 022.05.02.02.01)

274 Design 022.05.01.02 022.05.01.02

275 List and describe the main components of a stabilised inertial 022.05.01.02.01
platform.
276 Explain the different corrections made to stabilise the platform. 022.05.01.02.02 022.05.01.01.05
(Moved to 022.05.01.01.05)
277 List the following two effects that must be compensated for: - 022.05.01.02.03 022.05.01.01.05
Coriolis - centrifugal.
(Moved and merged into 022.05.01.01.05)
278 Explain the alignment of the system, the different phases 022.05.01.02.04 022.05.02.01.02
associated and the conditions required.
(Moved and merged into 022.05.02.01.02)
279 Explain the Schuler condition and give the value of the Schuler 022.05.01.02.05
period.
280 Errors, accuracy 022.05.01.03 022.05.01.03
281 State that there are three different types of errors: - bounded 022.05.01.03.01
errors - unbounded errors - other errors.
282 Give average values for bounded and unbounded errors 022.05.01.03.02
according to time.
283 State that an average value for the position error of the INS 022.05.01.03.03 022.05.02.01.06
according to time is 1,5 Nm/hour or more.
(Moved and merged into 022.05.02.01.06)
284 Operation 022.05.01.04 022.05.01.04
285 Give examples of INS control and display panels. 022.05.01.04.01
286 Describe and explain the consequences concerning the loss of 022.05.01.04.04
alignment by an Inertial Navigation System in flight.
287 Give an average value of alignment time, at mid-latitudes. 022.05.01.04.02 022.05.02.01.02
(Moved and merged into 022.05.02.01.02)
288 List the outputs given by an INS. 022.05.01.04.03 022.05.01.01.07
(Moved and merged into 022.05.01.01.07)
289 IRS: Inertial Reference Systems (Strapped-down) 022.05.02.00 022.05.02.00
290 Basic principles 022.05.02.01 022.05.02.01
291 Describe the operating principle of a strapped-down inertial 022.05.02.01.01
reference system.
292 State the differences between a strapped-down inertial system 022.05.02.01.02
(IRS) and a stabilised inertial platform (INS).
293 Explain the alignment of the system, the different phases 022.05.02.02.04 022.05.02.01.01
associated and the conditions required.
(Moved from 022.05.02.02.04)
294 Explain the alignment of the system, the different phases 022.05.01.02.04 022.05.02.01.02
associated and the conditions required.
(Moved from 022.05.02.02.04)

295 Give an average value of alignment time, at mid-latitudes. 022.05.01.04.02 022.05.02.01.02

(Moved from 022.05.01.04.02)
296 022.05.02.01.03

297 022.05.02.01.04

298 022.05.02.01.05

299 State that an average value for the position error of the INS 022.05.01.03.03 022.05.02.01.06
according to time is 1,5 Nm/hour or more.
(Moved from 022.05.01.03.03)

300 State that an IRS can be a stand alone system or integrated with 022.05.02.02.07 022.05.02.01.07
an ADC (ADIRU).
(Moved from 022.05.02.02.07)
301 Compare IRS and INS, give recent examples of control panels. 022.05.02.04.01 022.05.02.01.08
(Moved from 022.05.02.04.01)
302 022.05.02.01.09

303 022.05.02.01.10

304 022.05.02.01.11

305 Design 022.05.02.02 022.05.02.02

306 List and describe the following main components of an IRS: - 022.05.02.02.01 022.05.01.01.09
rate sensors (laser gyros) - inertial accelerometers - high
performance processors - display unit.

(Moved and merged into 022.05.01.01.09)

307 Explain the construction and operating principles of a Ring Laser 022.05.02.02.02
Gyroscope (RLG).
308 Explain the different computations and corrections to be made 022.05.02.02.03
to achieve data processing.
309 Explain the alignment of the system, the different phases 022.05.02.02.04 022.05.02.01.01,
associated and the conditions required. 022.05.02.01.02
(Moved and merged into 022.05.02.01.01 and 022.05.02.01.02)

310 Explain why the Schuler condition is still required. 022.05.02.02.05

311 Describe the “lock in” (laser lock) phenomena and the means of 022.05.02.02.06
overcoming it.
312 State that an IRS can be a stand alone system or integrated with 022.05.02.02.07 022.05.02.01.07
an ADC (ADIRU).
(Moved and merged into 022.05.02.01.07)
313 Errors, accuracy 022.05.02.03 022.05.02.03
314 Compare IRS and INS for errors and accuracy. 022.05.02.03.01
315 Operation 022.05.02.04 022.05.02.04
316 Compare IRS and INS, give recent examples of control panels. 022.05.02.04.01 022.05.02.01.08
(Moved to 022.05.02.01.08)
317 List the outputs given by an IRS. 022.05.02.04.02
318 Give the advantages and disadvantages of an IRS compared to 022.05.02.04.03
an INS.
319 AEROPLANE: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS 022.06.00.00 022.06.00.00
320 General 022.06.01.00 022.06.01.00
321 022.06.01.01
322 State the following purposes of an Automatic Flight Control 022.06.01.00.01 022.06.01.01.01
System (AFCS): - enhancement of flight controls - reduction of
pilot workload.
323 Define and explain the following two functions of an AFCS: - 022.06.01.00.02 022.06.01.01.02
aircraft control: control of aeroplane movement about its CG -
aircraft guidance: guidance of aeroplane CG (flight path).
324 Define and explain: closed loop, open loop. 022.06.01.00.03 022.06.01.01.03

325 Explain that the inner loop is for aircraft control and outer loop 022.06.01.00.04
is for aircraft guidance.
326 List the following different elements of a closed loop control 022.06.01.00.05 022.06.01.01.04
system and explain their function: - Input signal - Error detector
- Signal processing (computation of output signal according to
control laws) - Output signal - Control element - Feedback
signal.

327 022.06.01.01.05

328 022.06.01.01.06

329 Autopilot system 022.06.02.00 022.06.02.00

330 022.06.02.01
331 Define the three basic control channels. 022.06.02.00.01 022.06.02.01.01
332 List the following different types of autopilot systems : 1 axis, 2 022.06.02.00.02 022.06.02.01.02
axis and 3 axis.
333 List and describe the main components of an autopilot system. 022.06.02.00.03 022.06.02.01.03

334 Explain and describe the following lateral modes : Roll, Heading, 022.06.02.00.04 022.06.02.01.04
VOR/LOC, NAV or LNAV.

335 Describe the purpose of control laws for pitch and roll modes. 022.06.02.00.05 022.06.02.01.05
336 Explain and describe the following longitudinal (or vertical) 022.06.02.00.06 022.06.02.01.06
modes : Pitch, Vertical speed, Level Change, Altitude hold (ALT),
Profile or VNAV, G/S.
337 Give basic examples for pitch and roll channels of inner loops 022.06.02.00.07
and outer loops with the help of a schematic diagram.
338 Explain the influence of gain variation on precision and stability. 022.06.02.00.08
339 Explain gain adaptation, with regard to speed, configuration or 022.06.02.00.09
flight phase.
340 022.06.02.01.07

341 Explain and describe the following common (or mixed) modes : 022.06.02.00.10 022.06.02.01.08
Take off, Go around and Approach. Remark: The landing
sequence is studied in 022 06 04 00.
342 List the different types of actuation configuration and compare 022.06.02.00.11 022.06.02.01.09
their advantages/disadvantages.

343 List the inputs and the outputs of a three-axis autopilot system. 022.06.02.00.12 022.06.02.01.10

344 Describe and explain the synchronisation function. 022.06.02.00.13 022.06.02.01.11

345 Give examples of engagement and disengagement systems and 022.06.02.00.14

conditions.
346 Define the Control Wheel Steering mode (CWS) according to CS 022.06.02.00.15 022.06.02.01.12
25 (see AMC 25.1329 § 4.3).

347 Describe the Control Wheel Steering (CWS) mode operation. 022.06.02.00.16 022.06.02.01.13

348 022.06.02.01.14

349 022.06.02.01.15

350 022.06.02.01.16
351 022.06.02.01.17

352 022.06.02.01.18

353 022.06.02.01.19

354 022.06.02.01.20

355 022.06.02.01.21

356 022.06.02.01.22

357 Describe with the help of a control panel of an autopilot system 022.06.02.00.17
and a flight mode annunciator/indicator the actions and the
checks performed by a pilot through a complete sequence: -
from Heading selection (HDG) to VOR/LOC guidance
(arm/capture/track) - from Altitude selection (LVL Change) to
Altitude hold (ALT), (arm/intercept/hold).

358 Describe and explain the different phases and the associated 022.06.02.00.18
annunciations/indications from level change to altitude capture
and from heading mode to VOR/LOC capture.
359 Describe and explain the existence of operational limits for 022.06.02.00.19
lateral modes (LOC capture) with regard to speed/angle of
interception/distance to threshold as for longitudinal modes
(ALT or G/S capture) with regard to V/S.

360 Flight director: design and operation 022.06.03.00 022.06.03.00

361 022.06.03.01
362 State the purpose of a Flight Director (FD) system. 022.06.03.00.01 022.06.03.01.01
363 List and describe the main components of an FD system. 022.06.03.00.02
364 List the different types of display. 022.06.03.00.03 022.06.03.01.02

365 Explain the differences between a FD system and an Autopilot 022.06.03.00.04 022.06.03.01.03
system.

366 Explain how an FD and an AP can be used together, separately 022.06.03.00.05 022.06.03.01.03
(AP with no FD or FD with no AP) or none of them.
(Merged into 022.06.03.01.03)
367 Give examples of different situations with the respective 022.06.03.00.06
indications of the command bars.
368 022.06.03.01.04

369 022.06.03.01.05

370 022.06.03.01.06

371 022.06.03.01.07

372 022.06.03.01.08

373 Aeroplane: flight mode annunciator (FMA) 022.06.04.00 022.06.04.00

374 022.06.04.01
375 Explain the purpose and the importance of the FMA. 022.06.04.00.01 022.06.04.01.01

376 State that the FMA provides: - AFCS lateral and vertical modes - 022.06.04.00.02 022.06.04.01.02
Auto-throttle modes - FD selection, AP engagement and
automatic landing capacity - Failure and alert messages.

377 022.06.04.01.03

378 022.06.04.01.04
379 022.06.04.01.05

380 022.06.04.01.06

381 Autoland 022.06.05.00 022.06.05.00

382 022.06.05.01
383 Explain the purpose of an autoland system. 022.06.05.00.01 022.06.05.01.01
384 List and describe the main components of an autoland system. 022.06.05.00.02 022.06.05.01.02

385 Define the following terms: - "fail passive" - "fail operational" 022.06.05.00.03 022.06.05.01.03
(fail active) systems - alert height according to CS-AWO.

386 Describe and explain the autoland sequence and the associated 022.06.05.00.04 022.06.05.01.04
annunciations/indications from initial approach to roll-out (AP
disengagement) or go-around.

387 List and explain the operational limitations to perform an 022.06.05.00.05 022.06.05.01.05
autoland.

388 022.06.05.01.06

389 022.06.05.01.07

390 022.06.05.01.08

391 022.06.05.01.09

392 HELICOPTER: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS 022.07.00.00 022.07.00.00

393 General principles 022.07.01.00 022.07.01.00
394 Stabilisation 022.07.01.01 022.07.01.01
395 Explain the similarities and differences between SAS and AFCS 022.07.01.01.01 022.07.01.01.01
the latter can actually fly the helicopter to perform certain
functions selected by the pilot. Some AFCS’s just have altitude
and heading hold whilst others, include a vertical speed or IAS
hold mode, where a constant rate of climb/decent or IAS is
maintained by the AFCS.

396 Reduction of pilot workload 022.07.01.02 022.07.01.02

397 Appreciate how effective the AFCS is in reducing pilot work load 022.07.01.02.01 022.07.01.02.01
by improving basic aircraft control harmony and decreasing
disturbances.
398 Enhancement of helicopter capability 022.07.01.03 022.07.01.03
399 Explain how an AFCS improves helicopter flight safety during: - 022.07.01.03.01 022.07.01.03.01
search and rescue because of increased capabilities - flight by
sole reference to instruments - under slung load operations -
white out conditions in snow covered landscapes - an approach
to land with lack of visual cues.

400 Explain that the Search and Rescue (SAR) modes of AFCS include 022.07.01.03.02 022.07.01.03.02
the following functions: - ability to auto hover, - automatically
transition down from cruise to a predetermined point or over-
flown point - ability for the rear crew to move the helicopter
around in the hover, - the ability to automatically transition
back from the hover to cruise flight - the ability to fly various
search patterns.

401 Explain that the earlier auto-hover systems use doppler velocity 022.07.01.03.03 022.07.01.03.03
sensors and the later systems use inertial sensors plus GPS and
normally include a 2-dimensional hover velocity indicator for
the pilots.

402 Explain why some SAR helicopters have both radio-altimeter 022.07.01.03.04 022.07.01.03.04
height hold as well as barometric altitude hold.
403 Failures 022.07.01.04 022.07.01.04
404 Explain the various redundancies and independent systems that 022.07.01.04.01 022.07.01.04.01
are built into the AFCS’s.
405 Appreciate that the pilot can override the system in the event of 022.07.01.04.02 022.07.01.04.02
a failure.
406 Explain a series actuator ‘hard over’ which equals aircraft 022.07.01.04.03 022.07.01.04.03
attitude runaway.
407 Explain the consequences of a saturation of the series actuators. 022.07.01.04.04 022.07.01.04.04
408 Components: operation 022.07.02.00 022.07.02.00
409 Basic sensors 022.07.02.01 022.07.02.01
410 Explain the basic sensors in the system and their functions. 022.07.02.01.01 022.07.02.01.01
411 Explain that the number of sensors will be dependant on how 022.07.02.01.02 022.07.02.01.02
many couple modes are in the system.
412 Specific sensors 022.07.02.02 022.07.02.02
413 Explain the function of the micro switches and strain gauges in 022.07.02.02.01 022.07.02.02.01
the system which sense pilot input to prevent excessive feed
back forces from the system.
414 Actuators 022.07.02.03 022.07.02.03
415 Explain the principles of operation of the series and parallel 022.07.02.03.01 022.07.02.03.01
actuators, spring box clutches and the auto trim system.
416 Explain the principle of operation of the electronic hydraulic 022.07.02.03.02 022.07.02.03.02
actuators in the system.
417 Pilot–system interface: control panels, system indications, 022.07.02.04 022.07.02.04
warnings
418 Describe the typical layout of the AFCS control panel. 022.07.02.04.01 022.07.02.04.01
419 Describe the system indications and warnings. 022.07.02.04.02 022.07.02.04.02
420 Operation 022.07.02.05 022.07.02.05
421 Explain the functions of the redundant sensors simplex and 022.07.02.05.01 022.07.02.05.01
duplex channels (single/dual channel).
422 Stability augmentation system (SAS) 022.07.03.00 022.07.03.00
423 General principles and operation 022.07.03.01 022.07.03.01
424 Explain the general principles and operation of a Stability 022.07.03.01.01 022.07.03.01.01
Augmentation System related to: - Rate damping - Short term
attitude hold - Effect on Static stability - Effect on Dynamic
stability - Aerodynamic Cross coupling - Effect on
Manoeuvrability - Control response -
Engagement/disengagement - Authority.

425 Explain the principle of stability augmentation systems. 082.07.02.04.02 022.07.03.01.01

(Moved to 022.07.03.01.01)
426 Explain and describe the general working principles and primary 022.07.03.01.02 022.07.03.01.02
use of SAS by damping pitch, roll and yaw motions.
427 Describe a simple SAS with forced trim system, which uses 022.07.03.01.03 022.07.03.01.03
magnetic clutch and springs to hold cyclic control in the position
where it was last released.
428 Explain the interaction of trim with SAS/SCAS (Stability and 022.07.03.01.04 022.07.03.01.04
Control Augmentation System).
429 Appreciate that the system can be overridden by the pilot and 022.07.03.01.05 022.07.03.01.05
individual channels deselected.
430 Describe the operational limits of the system. 022.07.03.01.06 022.07.03.01.06
431 Explain why the system should be turned off in severe 022.07.03.01.07 022.07.03.01.07
turbulence or when extreme flight attitudes are reached.
432 Explain the safety design features built into some SAS’s to limit 022.07.03.01.08 022.07.03.01.08
the authority of the actuators to 10% to 20% of full control
throw, to allow the pilot to override if actuators demand an
unsafe control input.

433 Explain how cross coupling produces an adverse affect roll to 022.07.03.01.09 022.07.03.01.09
yaw coupling, when the helicopter is subject to gusts.
434 Explain the collective to pitch coupling, side slip to pitch 022.07.03.01.10 022.07.03.01.10
coupling and inter axis coupling.
435 Autopilot - automatic stability equipment 022.07.04.00 022.07.04.00
436 General principles 022.07.04.01 022.07.04.01
437 Explain the general auto-pilot principles related to: - long term 022.07.04.01.01 022.07.04.01.01
attitude hold - fly through - changing the reference (beep trim,
trim release).
438 Basic modes (three axes/four axes) 022.07.04.02 022.07.04.02
439 Explain the AFCS operation on cyclic axes (pitch/roll), yaw axis, 022.07.04.02.01 022.07.04.02.01
collective (fourth axis).
440 Automatic guidance (upper modes of AFCS) 022.07.04.03 022.07.04.03
441 Explain the function of the attitude hold system in an AFCS. 022.07.04.03.01 022.07.04.03.01
442 Explain the function of the heading hold system in an AFCS. 022.07.04.03.02 022.07.04.03.02
443 Explain the function of the vertical speed hold system in an 022.07.04.03.03 022.07.04.03.03
444 AFCS.
Explain the function of the navigation coupling system in an 022.07.04.03.04 022.07.04.03.04
AFCS.
445 Explain the function of the VOR/ILS coupling system in an AFCS. 022.07.04.03.05 022.07.04.03.05
446 Explain the function of the hover mode system in an AFCS 022.07.04.03.06 022.07.04.03.06
(including Doppler and radio altimeter systems).
447 Explain the function of the SAR mode (Automatic transition to 022.07.04.03.07 022.07.04.03.07
hover and back to cruise) in an AFCS.
448 Flight director: design and operation 022.07.04.04 022.07.04.04
449 Explain the purpose of a flight director (FD) system. 022.07.04.04.01 022.07.04.04.01
450 List the different types of display. 022.07.04.04.02 022.07.04.04.02

451 State the difference between the FD system and the Autopilot 022.07.04.04.03 022.07.04.04.03
system. Explain how each can be used independently.
452 List and describe the main components of a FD system. 022.07.04.04.04 022.07.04.04.04

453 Give examples of different situations with the respective 022.07.04.04.05 022.07.04.04.05
indications of the command bars.
454 Explain the architecture of the different FD’s fitted to 022.07.04.04.06 022.07.04.04.06
helicopters and the importance to monitor other instruments as
well as the Flight Director, because on some helicopter types
which have the collective setting on the FD, there is no
protection against a collective transmission overtorque.

455 022.07.04.04.07

456 Describe the collective setting and yaw depiction on FD for 022.07.04.04.07 022.07.04.04.08
some helicopters.
457 Automatic flight control panel (AFCP) 022.07.04.05 022.07.04.05
458 Explain the purpose and the importance of the AFCP. 022.07.04.05.01 022.07.04.05.01
459 State that the AFCP provides: - AFCS basic and upper modes - 022.07.04.05.02 022.07.04.05.02
FD selection, SAS and AP engagement - Failure and alert
messages.
460 TRIMS - YAW DAMPER - FLIGHT-ENVELOPE PROTECTION 022.08.00.00 022.08.00.00
461 Trim systems 022.08.01.00 022.08.01.00
462 022.08.01.01
463 Explain the purpose of the trim system. 022.08.01.00.01 022.08.01.01.01

464 State the existence of a trim system for each of the three axis. 022.08.01.00.02 022.08.01.01.01
(Merged into 022.08.01.01.01)
465 Give example of trim indicators and their function. 022.08.01.00.03 022.08.01.01.02

466 Describe and explain an automatic pitch trim system for a 022.08.01.00.04 022.08.01.01.03
conventional aeroplane.
467 Describe and explain an automatic pitch trim system for a fly- 022.08.01.00.05 022.08.01.01.04
by-wire aeroplane.

468 State that for a fly-by-wire aeroplane the automatic pitch trim 022.08.01.00.06
system operates also during manual flight.
469 Describe the consequences of manual operation of the trim 022.08.01.00.07 022.08.01.01.05
wheel when the automatic pitch trim system is engaged.
470 Describe and explain engagement and disengagement 022.08.01.00.08 022.08.01.01.06
conditions of the autopilot according to trim controls.
471 Define Mach trim and state that the Mach trim system can be 022.08.01.00.09 022.08.01.01.07
an independent system.
472 022.08.01.01.08

473 State that for a fly-by-wire aeroplane an auto-trim system can 022.08.01.00.10
be available for each of the three axis. Remark: For Fly-by-wire
LOs, refer to reference 21.5.4.0.
474 Yaw damper 022.08.02.00 022.08.02.00
475 022.08.02.01
476 Explain the purpose of the Yaw Damper system. 022.08.02.00.01 022.08.02.01.01
477 List and describe the main components of a yaw damper 022.08.02.00.02
478 system.
Explain the purpose of the Dutch roll filter (filtering of the yaw 022.08.02.00.03 022.08.02.01.02
input signal).
479 Explain the the operation of a yaw damper system and state the 022.08.02.00.04 022.08.02.01.03
difference between a 3-axis autopilot operation on the rudder
channel.
480 Flight-envelope protection (FEP) 022.08.03.00 022.08.03.00
481 022.08.03.01
482 Explain the purpose of the FEP. 022.08.03.00.01 022.08.03.01.01
483 List the input parameters of the FEP. 022.08.03.00.02 022.08.03.01.02

484 Explain the following functions of the FEP: - stall protection - 022.08.03.00.03 022.08.03.01.03
overspeed protection.
485 State that the stall protection function and the overspeed 022.08.03.00.04 022.08.03.01.04
protection function apply to both mechanical/conventionnal
and fly-by-wire control systems but other functions (e.g. pitch or
bank limitation) can only apply to fly-by-wire control systems.

486 AUTOTHRUST - AUTOMATIC THRUST CONTROL SYSTEM 022.09.00.00 022.09.00.00

487 022.09.01.00
488 022.09.01.01
489 State the purpose of the auto-throttle (AT) system. 022.09.00.00.01 022.09.01.01.01

490 Explain the operation of an AT system for the following modes: - 022.09.00.00.02 022.09.01.01.02
Take off/Go around - Climb or Maximum Continuous Thrust
(MCT): N1 or EPR targeted - Speed - Idle thrust - Landing
(“Flare” or “Retard”).

491 Describe the control loop of an AT system, with regard to: - 022.09.00.00.03
Inputs: mode selection unit and switches (disengagement and
engagement: TO-GA switches), radio altitude, air/ground logic
switches. - Error detection: comparison between reference
values (N1 or EPR, speed) and actual values. - Signal processing
(control laws of the thrust lever displacement according to error
signal) - Ouputs: AT servo actuator - Feedback: Thrust Lever
Angle (TLA), data from ADC (TAS, Mach number), engine
parameters (N1 or EPR).
492 State the existence of AT systems where thrust modes are 022.09.00.00.04 022.09.01.01.03
determined by the lever position (no thrust mode panel or
thrust rating panel, no TOGA switches).

493 Explain the limitations of an AT system in case of turbulence. 022.09.00.00.05 022.09.01.01.04

494 022.09.01.01.05

495 022.09.01.01.06

496 022.09.01.01.07

497 022.09.01.01.08

498 022.09.01.01.09

499 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 022.10.00.00 022.10.00.00

500 Voice communication, data-link transmission 022.10.01.00 022.10.01.00
501 Definitions and transmission modes 022.10.01.01 022.10.01.01
502 State the purpose of a datalink transmission system. 022.10.01.01.01 022.10.01.01.01
503 Compare voice communication versus datalink transmission 022.10.01.01.02 022.10.01.01.02
systems.
504 State that VHF, HF and SATCOM devices can be used for voice 022.10.01.01.03 022.10.01.01.03
communication and datalink transmission.

505 State the advantages and disadvantages of each transmission 022.10.01.01.04 022.10.01.01.04
mode with regard to: - range, - line of sight limitations, - quality
of the signal received, - interference due to ionospheric
conditions - data transmission speed.

506 State that the satellite communication networks do not cover 022.10.01.01.05
extreme polar regions.
507 Define downlink and uplink communications. 022.10.01.01.06 022.10.01.01.05

508 State that a D-ATIS is an ATIS message received by datalink. 022.10.01.01.07

509 Name the two following datalink service providers: - SITA - 022.10.01.02.01
ARINC and state their function.
510 Systems: architecture, design and operation 022.10.01.02 022.10.01.02
511 Describe the ACARS network. 022.10.01.02.02 022.10.01.02.01
512 Describe the two following systems using the VHF/HF/Satcom 022.10.01.02.03 022.10.01.02.02
datalink transmission: - ACARS (Aircraft Communication
Addressing and Reporting System, - ATSU (Air Traffic Service
Unit).

513 List and describe the following possible on-board components 022.10.01.02.04 022.10.01.02.03
of an ATSU: - Communications Management Unit
(VHF/HF/SATCOM) - Data Communication Display Unit (DCDU) -
Multi Control Display Unit (MCDU) for AOC, ATC and messages
from the crew (downlink communication) - ATC message visual
warning - Printer.

514 Give examples of Airline Operations Communications (AOC) 022.10.01.02.05 022.10.01.02.04

datalink messages such as: - OOOI (Out of the gate, Off the
ground, On the ground, Into the gate) - Load-sheet - Passenger
information (connecting flights) - Weather reports (METAR, TAF)
- Maintenance reports (engine exceedances) - Free text
messages.

515 Give examples of Air Traffic Communications (ATC) datalink 022.10.01.02.06 022.10.01.02.05
messages such as: - Departure clearance - Oceanic clearance.

516 Future air navigation systems (FANSs) 022.10.02.00 022.10.02.00

517 022.10.02.01
518 State the existence of the ICAO CNS/ATM concept 022.10.02.00.01 022.10.02.01.01
(Communication, Navigation, Surveillance/ Air Traffic
Management).
519 Define and explain the FANS concept (including FANS A and 022.10.02.00.02 022.10.02.01.02
FANS B).

520 State that FANS A uses the ACARS network. 022.10.02.00.03

521 List and explain the following FANS A applications: - AFN (ATS 022.10.02.00.04 022.10.02.01.03
Facility Notification) - ADS (Automatic Dependant Surveillance),
- CPDLC (Controller Pilot Data Link Communications).
522 Compare the ADS application with the Secondary Surveillance 022.10.02.00.05 022.10.02.01.04
Radar function and the CPDLC application with VHF
communication systems.
523 State that an ATC Centre can use the ADS application only, or 022.10.02.00.06 022.10.02.01.05
the CPDLC application only or both of them (not including AFN).
524 Describe a notification phase (LOG ON) and state its purpose. 022.10.02.00.07 022.10.02.01.06

525 List the different types of messages of the CPDLC function and 022.10.02.00.08 022.10.02.01.07
give examples of CPDLC datalink messages.
526 List the different types of ADS contracts: - periodic - on demand 022.10.02.00.09 022.10.02.01.08
- on event. - emergency mode.
527 State that the controller can modify the ‘periodic’, ‘on demand’ 022.10.02.00.10
and ‘on event’ contracts or the parameters of these contracts
(optional data groups) and that these modifications do not
require crew notification.

528 Describe the ‘emergency mode’. 022.10.02.00.11 022.10.02.01.09

529 Remark: The use of a FMS as a navigation system is detailed in Remark 022.11.00.00
Radio Navigation (062), reference 062 05 04 00.
530 Design 022.11.01.00 022.11.01.00
531 022.11.01.01
532 State the purpose of a Flight Management System (FMS). 022.11.01.00.01 022.11.01.01.01

533 Explain that a flight management system has the ability to 062.05.04.01.02 022.11.01.01.01
monitor and direct both navigation and performance of the
flight.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.01.01.01)

534 State that the centre of the flight management system is the 062.05.04.02.01 022.11.01.01.02
FMC with its stored navigation and performance data.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.01.01.02)
535 Describe a typical dual FMS architecture. 022.11.01.00.02 022.11.01.01.02

536 State that the centre of the flight management system is the 062.05.04.02.01 022.11.01.01.02
FMC with its stored navigation and performance data.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.01.01.02)
537 Describe the different possible configuration of this architecture 022.11.01.00.03 022.11.01.01.03
during degraded modes of operation.

538 List the possible inputs and outputs of an FMS. Remark: No 022.11.01.00.04 022.11.01.01.04
standard of FMS can be given, because the FMS is type related
to an aircraft manufacturer and the FMS standard is defined by
the airline customer.

539 Describe the interfaces of the FMS with AFCS. 022.11.01.00.05 022.11.01.01.04
(Merged into 022.11.01.01.04)

540 Describe the interfaces of the FMS with the AT system. 022.11.01.00.06 022.11.01.01.04
(Merged into 022.11.01.01.04)

541 Explain the two functions common to all FMS systems: - 062 05 04 01 03 022.11.01.01.05
Automatic navigation LNAV (lateral navigation) - Flight path
management VNAV (vertical navigation).
(Moved and merged into 022.11.01.01.05)
542 Navigation data base, aircraft data base 022.11.02.00 022.11.02.00
543 022.11.02.01
544 Describe the contents and the main features of the navigation 022.11.02.00.01 022.11.02.01.01
database and of the aircraft data base : read only information,
updating cycle.
545 Define and explain the performance factor. 022.11.02.00.02 022.11.02.02.04
(Moved to 022.11.02.02.04)
546 Define and explain the Cost Index (CI). 022.11.02.00.03 022.11.02.02.05
(Moved to 022.11.02.02.05)
547 State that the navigation database of the FMC may contain the 062.05.04.03.01 022.11.02.01.01
following data: - Reference data for airports (four letter ICAO
identifier) - VOR/DME station data (three letter ICAO identifier) -
Waypoint data (five letter ICAO identifier) - STAR data - SID data
- Holding patterns - Airport runway data - NDB stations
(alphabetic ICAO identifier) - Company flight plan routes.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.02.01.01)

548 State that the navigation database is updated every 28 days. 062.05.04.03.02 022.11.02.01.02
(Moved from 062.05.04.03.02)

549 022.11.02.01.03

550 State that the navigational database is write protected, but 062.05.04.03.03 022.11.02.01.04
additional space exists so that crew created navigational data
may be saved in the computer memory. Such additional data
will also be deleted at the 28 days navigational update of the
database.
(Moved from the subject 062.05.04.03.03)

551 022.11.02.01.05

552 022.11.02.02
553 Explain that a flight management system has the ability to 062.05.04.01.02 022.11.02.02.01
monitor and direct both navigation and performance of the
flight.
(Moved from the subject 062.05.04.01.02)

554 022.11.02.02.02

555 022.11.02.02.03

556 Define and explain the performance factor. 022.11.02.00.02 022.11.02.02.04

(Moved from the subject 022.11.02.00.02)
557 Define and explain the Cost Index (CI). 022.11.02.00.03 022.11.02.02.05
(Moved from the subject 022.11.02.00.03)
558 Operations, limitations 022.11.03.00 022.11.03.00
559 022.11.03.01
560 List and describe data computation and functions including 022.11.03.00.01 022.11.03.01.01
position computations (multi-sensors), flight management,
lateral/vertical navigation and guidance.
561 State that the following are typical output data from the FMC: - 062.05.04.05.02 022.11.03.01.01
Command signals to the flight directors and autopilot -
Command signals to the auto-throttle - Information to the EFIS
displays through the symbol generator - Data to the CDU and
various annunciators.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.03.01.01)

562 State the difference between computations based on measured 022.11.03.00.02 022.11.03.01.02
data (use of sensors) and computations based on database
information and give examples.

563 State the following are typical input data to the FMC: - Time - 062.05.04.05.01 022.11.03.01.02
Fuel flow - Total fuel - TAS, altitude, vertical speed, Mach
number and outside air temperature from the air data
computer (ADC) - DME and radial information from the VHF
NAV receivers - Air/ground position - Flap/slat position - IRS and
GPS positions - CDU (control and display unit) entries.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.03.01.02)

564 Define and explain the Cost Index (CI). 022.11.03.00.03

565 Describe navigation accuracy computations and approach 022.11.03.00.04 022.11.03.01.03
capability, degraded modes of operation : back up navigation,
use of raw data to confirm position/RAIM function for RNAV
procedures.

566 Describe fuel computations with standard and non-standard 022.11.03.00.05 022.11.03.01.04
configurations including one-engine out, landing gear down,
flaps, spoilers, use of the anti-ice system, increase of
consumption due to a MEL/CDL item, etc.

567 022.11.03.01.05

568 Describe automatic radio navigation and tuning (Comm, Nav). 022.11.03.00.06 022.11.03.01.06

569 State that modern FMS may use a range of sensors for 062.05.04.06.01 022.11.03.01.07
calculating the position of the aircraft including VOR, DME, GPS,
IRS and ILS.
(Moved from 062.05.04.06.01)

570 022.11.03.01.08

571 022.11.03.01.09

572 022.11.03.01.10
573 Man Machine Interface (Multi-Function Control Display Unit: 022.11.04.00 022.11.04.00
MCDU)
574 022.11.04.01
575 Give examples and describe the basic functions of the Man 022.11.04.00.01 022.11.04.01.01
Machine Interface (MCDU).
576 State that the communication link between the flight crew and 062.05.05.01.01 022.11.04.01.02
the FMC is the CDU.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.04.01.02)
577 State that the communication link between the flight crew and 062.05.05.01.01 022.11.04.01.02
the FMC is the CDU.
Moved and merged into 022.11.04.01.02)
578 Explain the main components of the CDU as follows: - CDU 062.05.05.01.02 022.11.04.01.02
display including the following terms - page title - data field -
scratchpad - Line select keys - Numeric keys - Alpha keys -
Function and mode keys used to select specific data pages on
the CDU display, to execute orders or to navigate to pages
through the data presented - Warning lights, message light and
offset light.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.04.01.02)

579 022.11.04.01.03
580 022.11.04.01.04

581 022.11.04.01.05

582 ALERTING SYSTEMS, PROXIMITY SYSTEMS 022.12.00.00 022.12.00.00

583 General 022.12.01.00 022.12.01.00
584 022.12.01.01
585 State definitions, category, criteria and alerting systems 022.12.01.00.01 022.12.01.01.01
characteristics according to CS 25/AMJ 25.1322 for aeroplanes
and CS 29 for helicopters as appropriate.
586 Flight warning systems (FWSs) 022.12.02.00 022.12.02.00
587 022.12.02.01
588 State the purpose of a FWS and list the typical sources 022.12.02.00.01 022.12.02.01.01
(abnormal situations) of a warning and/or an alert.
589 List the main components of a FWS. 022.12.02.00.02 022.12.02.01.01
(Merged into 022.12.02.01.01)
590 022.12.02.01.02

591 022.12.02.01.03

592 022.12.02.01.04

593 022.12.02.01.05

594 Stall warning systems (SWSs) 022.12.03.00 022.12.03.00

595 022.12.03.01
596 State the function of a SWS. 022.12.03.00.01 022.12.03.01.01

597 State the characteristics of a SWS according to CS 25.207 (c). 022.12.03.00.02

598 List the different types of stall warning systems. 022.12.03.00.03 022.12.03.01.02
599 List the main components of a SWS. 022.12.03.00.04 022.12.03.01.03
600 List the inputs and the outputs of a SWS. 022.12.03.00.05
601 022.12.03.01.04

602 Stall protection 022.12.04.00 022.12.04.00

603 022.12.04.01
604 State the function of a stall protection system. 022.12.04.00.01 022.12.04.01.01
605 List the different types of stall protection systems including the 022.12.04.00.02 022.12.04.01.02
difference between mechanical and fly-by-wire controls.
606 List the main components of a stall protection system. 022.12.04.00.03
607 List the inputs and the outputs of a stall protection system. 022.12.04.00.04
608 Explain the difference between a stall warning system and a 022.12.04.00.05 022.12.04.01.03
stall protection system.
609 Overspeed warning 022.12.05.00 022.12.05.00
610 022.12.05.01
611 Explain the purpose of an overspeed warning system 022.12.05.00.01 022.12.05.01.01
(VMO/MMO pointer).
612 Explain the design of a mechanical VMO/MMO pointer. 022.12.05.00.02 022.12.05.01.03
(Merged into 022.12.05.01.03)
613 State that for large aeroplanes, an aural warning must be 022.12.05.00.03 022.12.05.01.02
associated to the overspeed warning if an electronic display is
used (see AMC 25.11 § 10.b.(2) p 2-GEN-22).
614 Give examples of VMO/MMO pointer: barber pole pointer, 022.12.05.00.04 022.12.05.01.03
barber pole vertical scale.
615 Take-off warning 022.12.06.00 022.12.06.00
616 022.12.06.01
617 State the purpose of a Take-off warning system and list typical 022.12.06.00.01 022.12.06.01.01
abnormal situations generating a warning (see AMC 25.703 § 4
and § 5).
618 Altitude alert system 022.12.07.00 022.12.07.00
619 022.12.07.01
620 State the function and describe an Altitude alert system. 022.12.07.00.01 022.12.07.01.01
621 List and describe the different types of displays and possible 022.12.07.00.02 022.12.07.01.02
alerts.
622 Radio altimeter 022.12.08.00 022.12.08.00
623 022.12.08.01
624 State the function of a low altitude radio-altimeter. 022.12.08.00.01 022.12.08.01.01
625 Describe the principle of the distance (height) measurement. 022.12.08.00.02 022.12.08.01.02
626 State the bandwidth and frequency range used. 022.12.08.00.03
627 List the different components of a radio-altimeter and describe 022.12.08.00.04 022.12.08.01.03
the different types of displays.
628 List the systems using the radio-altimeter information. 022.12.08.00.05 022.12.08.01.04

629 State the range and accuracy of a radio-altimeter. 022.12.08.00.06 022.12.08.01.05

630 Describe and explain the cable length compensation. 022.12.08.00.07
631 022.12.08.01.06

632 Ground-proximity warning systems (GPWS) 022.12.09.00 022.12.09.00

633 GPWS: design, operation, indications 022.12.09.01 022.12.09.01
634 State the purpose of a ground proximity warning system 022.12.09.01.01 022.12.09.01.01
635 (GPWS).
List the components of GPWS. 022.12.09.01.02
636 List the inputs and the outputs of a GPWS. 022.12.09.01.03 022.12.09.01.02

637 List and describe the different modes of operation of a GPWS. 022.12.09.01.04 022.12.09.01.03
638 Terrain-avoidance warning system (TAWS), other name: 022.12.09.02 022.12.09.02
enhanced GPWS (EGPWS)
639 State the purpose of a Terrain Avoidance Warning System 022.12.09.02.01 022.12.09.02.01
(TAWS) for aeroplanes and HTAWS for helicopters and explain
the difference from a GPWS.
640 List the components of TAWS/HTAWS. 022.12.09.02.02
641 List the inputs and the outputs of a TAWS/HTAWS. 022.12.09.02.03 022.12.09.02.02

642 Give examples of terrain displays and list the different possible 022.12.09.02.04 022.12.09.02.03
alerts.
643 Give examples of time response left to the pilot according to 022.12.09.02.05 022.12.09.02.04
look-ahead distance, speed and aircraft performances.
644 Explain why the TAWS/HTAWS must be coupled to a precise 022.12.09.02.06 022.12.09.02.05
position sensor.
645 022.12.09.02.06

646 Runway Awareness and Advisory System (To be introduced at 022.12.09.03 022.12.09.03
a later date.)
647 Explain that a Runway Awareness and Advisory System is a 022.12.09.03.01
software upgrade of the existing TAWS (EGPWS) to reduce
runway incursions.
648 ACAS/TCAS principles and operations 022.12.10.00.09
649 ACAS/TCAS 022.12.10.00 022.12.10.00
650 022.12.10.01
651 State that ACAS II is an ICAO standard for anti collision 022.12.10.00.01 022.12.10.01.01
652 purposes.
State that TCAS II version 7 is compliant with ACAS II standard. 022.12.10.00.02
653 Explain that ACAS II is an anti-collision system and does not 022.12.10.00.03 022.12.10.01.02
guarantee any specific separation.
654 Describe the purpose of an ACAS II system as an anti-collision 022.12.10.00.04 022.12.10.01.03
system.
655 Define a Resolution Advisory (RA) and a Traffic Advisory (TA). 022.12.10.00.05 022.12.10.01.04

656 State that resolution advisories are calculated in the vertical 022.12.10.00.06 022.12.10.01.05
plane only (climb or descent).

657 Explain the difference between a corrective RA and a preventive 022.12.10.00.07 022.12.10.01.06
RA (no modification of vertical speed).

658 Explain that if two aircraft are fitted with an ACAS II, the RA will 022.12.10.00.08 022.12.10.01.07
be co-ordinated.
659 State that ACAS II equipment can take into account several 022.12.10.00.09 022.12.10.01.08
threats simultaneously.
660 State that a detected aircraft without altitude reporting can only 022.12.10.00.10 022.12.10.01.09
generate a Traffic Advisory.

661 Describe the TCAS II system in relation to: - Antenna used. - 022.12.10.00.11 022.12.10.01.10
Computer and links with radio altimeter, air data computer and
mode S transponder.

662 Identify the inputs and outputs of TCAS II. 022.12.10.00.12

663 Explain the principle of TCAS II interrogations. 022.12.10.00.13 022.12.10.01.11
664 State that standard detection range is approximately 30 NM. 022.12.10.00.14 022.12.10.01.12

665 State that the normal interrogation period is 1 second. 022.12.10.00.15

666 Explain the principle of "reduced surveillance". 022.12.10.00.16 022.12.10.01.13
667 Explain that in high density traffic areas the period can be 022.12.10.00.17 022.12.10.01.14
extended to 5 seconds and the transmission power reduction
can reduce the range detection down to 5 NM.

668 Identify the equipment, which an intruder must be fitted with in 022.12.10.00.18 022.12.10.01.15
order to be detected by TCAS II.
669 Explain the anti collision process: - that the criteria used to 022.12.10.00.19 022.12.10.01.16
trigger an alarm (TA or RA) are the time to reach the Closest
Point of Approach, called TAU, and the difference of altitude. -
that an intruder will be classified as Proximate when being less
than 6 NM and 1200 ft from the TCAS equipped aircraft - that
the limit time to CPA is different depending on aircraft altitude,
linked to a sensitivity level (SL) and state that the value to
trigger a RA is from 15 to 35 seconds. - that, in case of RA, the
intended vertical separation varies from 300 to 600 ft ( 700 ft
above FL420 ), depending on the SL - that below 1000 ft above
ground, no RA can be generated. - that below 1450 ft (radio
altimeter value) "Increase descent" RA is inhibited. - that, in
high altitude, performances of the type of aircraft are taken in
account to inhibit "Climb" and "Increase Climb" RA.

670 List and interpret the following information available from TCAS: 022.12.10.00.20 022.12.10.01.17
- the different possible status for a detected aircraft: other,
proximate, intruder. - the appropriate graphic symbols and their
position on the horizontal display. - different aural warnings.

671 Explain that a RA is presented as a possible vertical speed, on a 022.12.10.00.21 022.12.10.01.18

TCAS indicator or on the Primary Flight Display.

672 Describe the possible presentation of a RA, on a VSI or on PFD. 022.12.10.00.22

673 Explain that the pilot must not interpret the horizontal track of 022.12.10.00.23 022.12.10.01.19
an intruder upon the display.
674 Rotor/engine overspeed alert system 022.12.11.00 022.12.11.00
675 Design, operation, displays, alarms 022.12.11.01 022.12.11.01
676 Describe the basic design principles, operation, displays and 022.12.11.01.01 022.12.11.01.01
warning/alarm systems fitted to different helicopters.
677 INTEGRATED INSTRUMENTS - ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS 022.13.00.00 022.13.00.00
678 022.13.01.00
679 Design, limitations 022.13.01.01 022.13.01.01
680 List the different technologies used eg CRT and LCD and the 022.13.01.01.01 022.13.01.01.01
associated limitations: - cockpit temperature - glare.
681 Mechanical integrated instruments 022.13.02.00 022.13.02.00
682 022.13.02.01

683 Describe an Attitude and Director Indicator (ADI) and a 022.13.02.00.01 022.13.02.01.01
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI).
684 List all the information that can be displayed for either 022.13.02.00.02 022.13.02.01.02
instruments.
685 Electronic flight instrument systems (EFISs) 022.13.03.00 022.13.03.00
686 Design, operation 022.13.03.01 022.13.03.01
687 List and describe the different components of an EFIS. 022.13.03.01.01
688 List the following possible inputs and outputs of an EFIS: - 022.13.03.01.02 022.13.03.01.01
control panel - display units - symbol generator - remote light
sensor.
689 Describe the function of the symbol generator unit. 022.13.03.01.03
690 State that FMS equipped aircraft, typically has two displays on 062.05.05.02.01 022.13.03.01.02
the instrument panel in front of each pilot.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.01.02)
691 022.13.03.01.03

692 022.13.03.01.04

693 022.13.03.01.05

694 Primary flight display (PFD), electronic attitude director 022.13.03.02 022.13.03.02
indicator (EADI)
695 State that a PFD (or an EADI) presents a dynamic color display of 022.13.03.02.01 022.13.03.02.01
all the parameters necessary to control the aircraft.

696 List and describe the following information that can also be 022.13.03.02.03 022.13.03.02.01
displayed on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) unit of an
aeroplane: - Take off and landing reference speeds - minimum
airspeed - lower selectable airspeed - Mach number.

697 State that the following data are typically displayed on the 062.05.05.02.02 022.13.03.02.01
attitude display: - Attitude information - Flight director
command bars - Radio height and barometric altitude - Course
deviation indication - Glide path information (when an ILS is
tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.01)
698 List and describe the following information that can be 022.13.03.02.02 022.13.03.02.02
displayed on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) unit of an aircraft:
- Flight Mode Annunciation (Moved to 022.13.03.02.07)
- basic T: (Moved to 022.13.03.02.01)
- attitude (Moved to 022.13.03.02.02)
- IAS
- altitude (Moved to 022.13.03.02.05)
- heading/track indications (Moved to 022.13.03.02.06)
- vertical speed (Moved to 022.13.03.02.07)
- maximum airspeed warning
- selected airspeed (Moved to 022.13.03.02.03)
- speed trend vector (Moved to 022.13.03.02.03)
- selected altitude (Moved to 022.13.03.02.05)
- current barometric reference
- steering indications (FD command bars) (Moved to
022.13.03.02.02)
- selected heading (Moved to 022.13.03.02.06)
- Flight Path Vector (FPV) (Moved to 022.13.03.02.07)
- Radio altitude (Moved to 022.13.03.02.07)
- Decision height
- ILS indications (Moved to 022.13.03.02.07)
- ACAS (TCAS) indications (Moved to 022.13.03.02.07)
- failure flags and messages.

699 State that the following data are typically displayed on the 062.05.05.02.02 022.13.03.02.02
attitude display: - Attitude information - Flight director
command bars - Radio height and barometric altitude - Course
deviation indication - Glide path information (when an ILS is
tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.02)

700 List and describe the following information that can be 022.13.03.02.02 022.13.03.02.03
displayed on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) unit of an
aircraft: ...
- selected airspeed
- speed trend vector
...
701 State that the following data are typically displayed on the 062.05.05.02.02 022.13.03.02.03
attitude display: - Attitude information - Flight director
command bars - Radio height and barometric altitude - Course
deviation indication - Glide path information (when an ILS is
tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.03)

702 State that the following data are typically displayed on the 062.05.05.02.02 022.13.03.02.04
attitude display: - Attitude information - Flight director
command bars - Radio height and barometric altitude - Course
deviation indication - Glide path information (when an ILS is
tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved from 062.05.05.02.02)

703 List and describe the following information that can be 022.13.03.02.02 022.13.03.02.05
displayed on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) unit of an
aircraft: ...
- altitude
- selected altitude
...
704 State that the following data are typically displayed on the 062.05.05.02.02 022.13.03.02.05
attitude display: - Attitude information - Flight director
command bars - Radio height and barometric altitude - Course
deviation indication - Glide path information (when an ILS is
tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved from 062.05.05.02.02)

705 List and describe the following information that can be 022.13.03.02.02 022.13.03.02.06
displayed on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) unit of an aircraft:
...
- heading/track indications
- selected heading
...

706 List and describe the following information that can be 022.13.03.02.02 022.13.03.02.07
displayed on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) unit of an aircraft:
...
- Flight Path Vector (FPV)
- Radio altitude
- ILS indications
- ACAS (TCAS) indications
...

707 State that the following data are typically displayed on the 062.05.05.02.02 022.13.03.02.07
attitude display: - Attitude information - Flight director
command bars - Radio height and barometric altitude - Course
deviation indication - Glide path information (when an ILS is
tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.07)

708 Navigation display (ND), electronic horizontal situation 022.13.03.03 022.13.03.03

indicator (EHSI)
709 State that a ND (or a EHSI) provides a mode-selectable colour 022.13.03.03.01 022.13.03.03.01
flight navigation display.
710 List and describe the following four modes displayed on a 022.13.03.03.02 022.13.03.03.02
Navigation Display (ND) unit: - MAP (or ARC): - VOR (or ROSE
VOR) - APP (or ROSE LS) - PLAN.
711 State the following typical modes of the navigation display: - Full 062.05.05.03.01 022.13.03.03.02
VOR/ILS mode showing the whole compass rose - Expanded
(arc) VOR/ILS mode showing the forward 90° sector - Map mode
- Plan mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.02)
712 List and explain the following information that can be displayed 022.13.03.03.03 022.13.03.03.03
with the MAP (or ARC) mode on a Navigation Display (ND) unit: -
selected and current track - selected and current heading
(magnetic or true north reference) - cross track error - origin
and destination airport with runway selected - bearings To or
From the tuned and selected stations - active and/or secondary
flight plan - range marks - ground speed - TAS and Ground
Speed - wind direction and speed - next waypoint distance and
estimated time of arrival - additional navigation facilities (STA),
waypoint (WPT) and airports (ARPT) - weather radar
information - traffic information from the ACAS (TCAS) - terrain
information from the TAWS or HTAWS (EGPWS) - failure flags
and messages.

713 List and interpret the following information typically shown on a 062.05.05.04.01 022.13.03.03.03
navigation display in "Full VOR/ILS" mode: - The map display will
be in full VOR mode when a VOR frequency is selected and full
ILS mode when an ILS frequency is selected on the VHF NAV
frequency selector. - DME distance to selected DME station. - A
full 360° compass rose. At the top of the compass rose present
heading is indicated and shown as digital numbers in a heading
box. Next to the heading box is indicated if the heading is true
or magnetic. True heading is available on aircraft with IRS. A
triangle (different symbols are used on different aircraft) on the
compass rose indicates present track. Track indication is only
available when the FMC navigation computer is able to compute
aircraft position A square symbol on the outside of the compass
rose indicates the selected heading for the autopilot, and if
"heading select" mode is activated on the autopilot this is the
heading the aircraft will turn to. Within the compass rose a CDI
is shown. On the CDI the course pointer points to the selected
VOR/ILS course SET on the OBS. On the CDI the course deviation
bar will indicate angular deflection from selected VOR/ILS track.
Full scale deflection side to side in VOR mode is 20°, and 5° in ILS
mode. In VOR mode a TO/FROM indication is shown on the
display. The selected ILS/VOR frequency is shown. ILS or VOR
mode is shown according to selected frequency. If an ILS
frequency is selected a glide path deviation scale is shown.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)

714 A wind arrow indicating wind direction according to the 062.05.05.04.02 022.13.03.03.03
compass rose, and velocity in numbers next to the arrow.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)
715 Given an EFIS navigation display in full VOR/ILS mode, read off 062.05.05.04.03 022.13.03.03.03
the following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track
(Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind correction angle - Selected course
- Actual radial - Left or right of selected track - Above or below
the glide path - Distance to the DME station - Selected heading
for the autopilot heading select bug - Determine if the display is
in VOR or ILS rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)
716 Given an EFIS navigation display in expanded VOR/ILS mode, 062.05.05.04.04 022.13.03.03.03
read off the following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) -
Track (Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind correction angle -
Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Selected course - Actual
radial - Left or right of selected track - Above or below the glide
path - Distance to the DME station - Selected heading for the
autopilot heading select bug - State if the display is in VOR or ILS
rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)

717 Given an EFIS navigation display in map mode, read off the 062.05.05.04.05 022.13.03.03.03
following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track
(Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind correction angle -
Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Left or right of the FMS
track - Distance to active waypoint; - ETO next waypoint -
Selected heading for the autopilot heading select bug -
Determine if a depicted symbol is a VOR/DME station or an
airport - Determine if a specific waypoint is part of the FMS
route.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)

718 List and explain the following information that can be displayed 022.13.03.03.04 022.13.03.03.04
with the VOR/APP (or ROSE VOR/ROSE LS) mode on a
Navigation Display (ND) unit: - selected and current track -
selected and current heading (magnetic or true north reference)
- VOR course or ILS localizer course - VOR (VOR or ROSE VOR
mode) or LOC course deviation (APP or ROSE LS) - Glide Slope
pointer (APP or ROSE LS) - Frequency or identifier of the tuned
station - ground speed - TAS and Ground Speed - Wind direction
and speed - Failure flags and messages.
719 List and interpret the following information typically shown on a 062.05.05.04.01 022.13.03.03.04
navigation display in "Full VOR/ILS" mode: - The map display will
be in full VOR mode when a VOR frequency is selected and full
ILS mode when an ILS frequency is selected on the VHF NAV
frequency selector. - DME distance to selected DME station. - A
full 360° compass rose. At the top of the compass rose present
heading is indicated and shown as digital numbers in a heading
box. Next to the heading box is indicated if the heading is true
or magnetic. True heading is available on aircraft with IRS. A
triangle (different symbols are used on different aircraft) on the
compass rose indicates present track. Track indication is only
available when the FMC navigation computer is able to compute
aircraft position A square symbol on the outside of the compass
rose indicates the selected heading for the autopilot, and if
"heading select" mode is activated on the autopilot this is the
heading the aircraft will turn to. Within the compass rose a CDI
is shown. On the CDI the course pointer points to the selected
VOR/ILS course SET on the OBS. On the CDI the course deviation
bar will indicate angular deflection from selected VOR/ILS track.
Full scale deflection side to side in VOR mode is 20°, and 5° in ILS
mode. In VOR mode a TO/FROM indication is shown on the
display. The selected ILS/VOR frequency is shown. ILS or VOR
mode is shown according to selected frequency. If an ILS
frequency is selected a glide path deviation scale is shown.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)

720 A wind arrow indicating wind direction according to the 062.05.05.04.02 022.13.03.03.04
compass rose, and velocity in numbers next to the arrow.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)
721 Given an EFIS navigation display in full VOR/ILS mode, read off 062.05.05.04.03 022.13.03.03.04
the following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track
(Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind correction angle - Selected course
- Actual radial - Left or right of selected track - Above or below
the glide path - Distance to the DME station - Selected heading
for the autopilot heading select bug - Determine if the display is
in VOR or ILS rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)

722 Given an EFIS navigation display in expanded VOR/ILS mode, 062.05.05.04.04 022.13.03.03.04
read off the following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) -
Track (Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind correction angle -
Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Selected course - Actual
radial - Left or right of selected track - Above or below the glide
path - Distance to the DME station - Selected heading for the
autopilot heading select bug - State if the display is in VOR or ILS
rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)
723 Given an EFIS navigation display in map mode, read off the 062.05.05.04.05 022.13.03.03.04
following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track
(Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind correction angle -
Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Left or right of the FMS
track - Distance to active waypoint; - ETO next waypoint -
Selected heading for the autopilot heading select bug -
Determine if a depicted symbol is a VOR/DME station or an
airport - Determine if a specific waypoint is part of the FMS
route.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03, 022.13.03.03.04)

724 List and explain the following information that can be displayed 022.13.03.03.05 022.13.03.03.05
with the PLAN mode on a Navigation Display (ND) unit: -
selected and current track - origin and destination airport with
runway selected - active and/or secondary flight plan - range
marks - ground speed - TAS and Ground Speed - wind direction
and speed - next waypoint distance and estimated time of
arrival - additional navigation facilities (STA), waypoint (WPT)
and airports (ARPT) - failure flags and messages.

725 Give examples of possible transfers between units. 022.13.03.03.06

726 Give examples of EFIS control panels. 022.13.03.03.07
727 Given an EFIS navigation display in plan mode, read off the 062.05.05.04.06 022.13.03.03.06
following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track
(Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind correction angle - Distance to
active waypoint - ETO active waypoint - State selected heading
for the autopilot heading select bug - Measure and state true
track of specific FMS route track.
(Moved amd merged from 062.05.05.04.06)

728 022.13.03.03.07

729 022.13.03.03.08

730 Engine parameters, crew warnings, aircraft systems, procedure 022.13.04.00 022.13.04.00
and mission display systems
731 022.13.04.01
732 State the purpose of the following systems: - engine 022.13.04.00.01 022.13.04.01.01
instruments centralised display unit - crew alerting system
associated with an electronic check list display unit - aircraft
systems display unit enables the display of normal and degraded
modes of operation of the aircraft systems.

733 For each system, describe the architecture and give examples of 022.13.04.00.02 022.13.04.01.02
display.
734 Give the following different names by which engine parameters, 022.13.04.00.03 022.13.04.01.03
crew warnings,aircraft systems and procedures display systems
are known: - Multi Function Display Unit (MFDU) - Engine
Indication and Crew alerting systems (EICAS) - Engine and
Warning Display (EWD) - Electronic Centralised Aircraft Monitor
(ECAM).

735 Give the names of the following different display systems and 022.13.04.00.04 022.13.04.01.04
describe their main functions - Vehicle Engine Monitoring
Display (VEMD) - Integrated Instruments Display System (IIDS).
736 State the purpose of a mission display unit. 022.13.04.00.05 022.13.04.01.05
737 For each system, describe the architecture and give examples of 022.13.04.00.06 022.13.04.01.06
display.
738 022.13.04.01.07

739 022.13.04.01.08

740 022.13.04.01.09

741 Engine first limit indicator 022.13.05.00 022.13.05.00

742 022.13.05.01
743 Describe the principles of design, operation and compare the 022.13.05.00.01 022.13.05.01.01
different indications and displays available.
744 Describe what information can be displayed on the screen, 022.13.05.00.02 022.13.05.01.02
when in the limited screen composite mode.
745 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) (to be introduced at a later date) 022.13.06.00 022.13.06.00
746 022.13.06.01
747 022.13.06.01.01

748 022.13.06.01.02

749 022.13.06.01.03
750 022.13.06.01.04

751 022.13.07.00

752 022.13.07.01
753 022.13.07.01.01

754 022.13.07.01.02

755 022.13.07.01.03

756 022.13.07.01.04

757 022.13.07.01.05

758 022.13.07.01.06

759 MAINTENANCE, MONITORING AND RECORDING SYSTEMS 022.14.00.00 022.14.00.00

760 State the basic technologies used for this equipment and its 022.14.00.00.01
performances. Remark: No knowledge of the applicable
operational requirements is necessary.
761 Cockpit voice recorder (CVR) 022.14.01.00 022.14.01.00
762 022.14.01.01
763 State the purpose of a Cockpit Voice Recorder. 022.14.01.00.01 022.14.01.01.01

764 List the main components of a CVR: - a shock resistant tape 022.14.01.00.02 022.14.01.01.02
recorder associated with an underwater locating device - an
area microphone - a control unit with the following controls:
auto/on, test and erase and a headset jack.
765 List the following main parameters recorded on the CVR: - voice 022.14.01.00.03 022.14.01.01.03
communications transmitted from or received on the flight deck
- the aural environment of the flight deck - voice communication
of flight crew members using the aeroplane’s interphone system
- voice or audio signals introduced into a headset or speaker -
voice communication of flight crew members using the public
address system, when installed.

766 Flight data recorder (FDR) 022.14.02.00 022.14.02.00

767 022.14.02.01
768 State the purpose of a Flight Data Recorder. 022.14.02.00.01 022.14.02.01.01
769 List the main components of a FDR: - a data interface and 022.14.02.00.02 022.14.02.01.02
acquisition unit - a recording system (digital flight data recorder)
- two control units (start sequence, event mark setting).

770 List the following main parameters recorded on the FDR: - time 022.14.02.00.03 022.14.02.01.03
or relative time count - attitude (pitch and roll) - airspeed -
pressure altitude - heading - normal acceleration -
propulsive/thrust power on each engine and cockpit
thrust/power lever position if applicable - flaps/slats
configuration or cockpit selection - ground spoilers and/or
speed brake selection.

771 State that additional parameters can be recorded according to 022.14.02.00.04 022.14.02.01.04
FDR capacity and the applicable operational requirements.
772 Maintenance and monitoring systems 022.14.03.00 022.14.03.00
773 Helicopter operations monitoring program (HOMP): design, 022.14.03.01 022.14.03.01
operation, performance
774 Describe the Helicopter Operations Monitoring Programme 022.14.03.01.01 022.14.03.01.01
(HOMP) as a helicopter version of aeroplane Flight Data
Monitoring (FDM) programmes.
775 State that the HOMP software consists of three integrated 022.14.03.01.02 022.14.03.01.02
modules: - Flight Data Events (FDE) - Flight Data Measurements
(FDM) - Flight Data Traces (FDT).
776 Describe and explain the information flow of HOMP. 022.14.03.01.03 022.14.03.01.03
777 Describe HOMP Operation and Management Processes. 022.14.03.01.04 022.14.03.01.04
778 Integrated health and usage monitoring system (IHUMS): 022.14.03.02 022.14.03.02
design, operation, performance
779 Describe the main features of IHUMS : - Rotor System Health - 022.14.03.02.01 022.14.03.02.01
Cockpit Voice / Flight Data Recorder - Gearbox System Health -
Engine Health - Exceedance Monitoring - Usage Monitoring -
Transparent operation - Ground Station Features - Exceedance
Monitoring - Monitoring - Gearbox Health - Rotor Track &
Balance - Engine Performance Trending - Usage Monitoring -
Quality Controlled to Level 2.

780 Describe the Ground Station Features of IHUMS. 022.14.03.02.02 022.14.03.02.02

781 Summarise the benefits of IHUMS including: - Reduced risk of 022.14.03.02.03 022.14.03.02.03
catastrophic failure of rotor or gearbox - Improved rotor track &
balance giving lower vibration levels - Accurate recording of
flight exceedances - Cockpit Voice Recorder / Flight Data
Recorder allows accurate accident / incident investigation &
HOMP - Maintenance Cost Savings.
782 State the benefits of IHUMS and HOMP. 022.14.03.02.04 022.14.03.02.04
783 Aeroplane condition monitoring system (ACMS): general, 022.14.03.03 022.14.03.03
design, operation
784 State the purpose of an Aeroplane Condition Monitoring System 022.14.03.03.01 022.14.03.03.01
(ACMS).
785 Describe the structure of an ACMS including: - Inputs: aircraft 022.14.03.03.02 022.14.03.03.02
systems (such as Air cond., Auto flight, flight controls, fuel,
Landing gear, Navigation, Pneumatic, APU, Engine), MCDU -
Data Management unit - Recording unit: digital recorder -
Outputs: printer, ACARS or ATSU.

786 State that maintenance messages sent by an ACMS can be 022.14.03.03.03 022.14.03.03.03
transmitted without crew notification.
787 022.14.03.03.04

788 022.14.03.03.05

789 022.14.03.03.06

790 DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND COMPUTERS 022.15.00.00 022.15.00.00

791 Digital circuits and computers 022.15.01.00 022.15.01.00
792 022.15.01.01
793 Define a computer as a machine for manipulating data 022.15.01.00.01 022.15.01.01.01
according to a list of instructions.
794 List the following main components of a stored-programme 022.15.01.00.02
(“Von Neumann architecture”) basic computer: - Central
Processing Unit (CPU) including Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) and
the control unit. - Memory - Input and output devices
(peripherals) and state their functions.

795 State the existence of the different buses and their function. 022.15.01.00.03 022.15.01.01.02

796 Define the terms ‘hardware’ and ‘software’. 022.15.01.00.04 022.15.01.01.03

797 Define and explain the terms ‘multitasking’ and 022.15.01.00.05
‘multiprocessing’.
798 With the help of the relevant 022 references, give examples of 022.15.01.00.06 022.15.01.01.04
airborne computers, such as ADC, FMS, GPWS, etc. and list the
possible peripheral equipment for each system.

799 Describe the principle of the following technologies used for 022.15.01.00.07
memories : - chip circuit - magnetic disk - optical disk.
800 Software: General, definitions and certification specifications. 022.15.02.00
801 State the difference between assembly languages, high level 022.15.02.00.01
languages and scripting languages.
802 Define the term ‘operating system’ (OS) and give different 022.15.02.00.02
examples including airborne systems such as FMS or ATSU (for
aeroplanes only).
803 State the existence of "Software Considerations in Airborne 022.15.02.00.03
Systems and Equipment Certification" (see document
referenced RTCA/DO-178B or EUROCAE ED-12B).
804 List the specific levels of safety criticality according to document 022.15.02.00.04
EUROCAE ED-12B.
Moved to/from New syllabus text
another subject

Text unmodified
Renumbered

Deleted
New
AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE - INSTRUMENTATION x
SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTS x
Pressure gauge x
Units for pressure, sensor types, measurements x
Define ‘pressure’, ‘absolute pressure’ and ‘differential pressure’. x
List the following units used for pressure measurement: Pascal; x
bar; inches of mercury (in Hg); pounds per square inch (psi).
State the relationship between the different units. x x
List and describe the following different types of sensors used x x
according to the pressure to be measured: aneroid capsules;
bellows; diaphragms; bourdon tube.
x
Identify pressure measurements that are applicable to an x
aircraft: liquid-pressure measurement (fuel, oil, hydraulic); air-
pressure measurement (bleed-air systems, air-conditioning
systems); engine-pressure measurement manifold pressure
(MAP), engine pressure ratio (EPR)).

Identify and read pressure measurement indications both for x

engine indications and other systems.
Explain the implications of the following pressure measurement x
errors both for engine indications and other systems: loss of
pressure sensing; incorrect pressure indications.
x
Temperature sensing x
Units for temperature, measurements x
Explain temperature. x x
List the following units that can be used for temperature x x
measurement: Kelvin; Celsius; Fahrenheit.
State the relationship between these units and convert between x
them.
x

Identify temperature measurements that are applicable to an x

aircraft: gas temperature measurement (ambient air, bleed-air
systems, air-conditioning systems, air inlet, exhaust gas, gas
turbine outlets); liquid-temperature measurement (fuel, oil,
hydraulic); component-temperature measurement (generator,
transformer rectifier unit (TRU), pumps (fuel, hydraulic), power
transfer unit (PTU).

Identify and read temperature measurement indications for x

both engine indications and other systems.
Fuel gauge x
Units for fuel, measurements, fuel gauges x
State that the quantity of fuel can be measured by volume or x x
mass.
List the following units used for fuel quantity: kilogramme; x
pound; litres; gallons (US and imperial).
Convert between the various units. x
x

Explain the parameters that can affect the measurement of the x

volume or mass of the fuel in a fuel tank: temperature; aircraft
accelerations and attitudes; and explain how the fuel-gauge
system design compensates for these changes.

Describe and explain the operating principles of the following x

types of fuel gauges: float system; capacitance-type of fuel-
gauge system.ultrasound-type of fuel-gauge system: to be
introduced at a later date.

Describe and complete a typical post-refuelling procedure for a x

pilot: recording the volume that was filled; converting to the
appropriate unit used by the aircraft fuel gauge(s) to compare
the actual indicated fuel content to the calculated fuel content;
assess appropriate action if the numbers does not compare.

Fuel flowmeters x
Fuel flow, units for fuel flow, total fuel consumption x
Define ‘fuel flow’ and where it is measured. x
State that fuel flow may be measured by volume or mass per x x
unit of time.
List the following units used for fuel flow when measured by x
mass per hour: kilogrammes/hour; pounds/hour.
List the following units used for fuel flow when measured by x
volume per hour: litres/hour; imperial gallons/hour; US
gallons/hour.
x

Explain how total fuel consumption is obtained. x x

Tachometer x
Types, operating principles, units for engine speed x
List the following types of tachometers, describe their basic x
operating principle and give examples of use: mechanical
(rotating magnet); electrical (three-phase tacho-generator);
electronic (impulse measurement with speed probe and phonic
wheel); and describe the operating principle of each type.

Explain the typical units for engine speed: rpm for piston-engine x
aircraft; - percentage for turbine-engine aircraft.
Explain that some types of rpm indicators require electrical x
power to provide an indication.
Thrust measurement x
Parameters, operating principle x
List and describe the following two parameters used to x x
represent thrust: N1; - EPR.
Explain the operating principle of using an engine with EPR x
indication and explain the consequences of incorrect or missing
EPR to the operation of the engine, including reverting to N1
mode.

Give examples of display for N1 and EPR. x x

Engine torquemeter x
Torque, torquemeters x
Define ‘torque’. x
Explain the relationship between power, torque and rpm. x
List the following units used for torque: Newton meters; inch or x
foot pounds.
State that engine torque can be displayed as a percentage. x x
List and describe the following different types of torquemeters, x
and explain their operating principles: mechanical; electronic.
Compare the two systems with regard to design and weight. x x
Give examples of display. x x
Synchroscope x
Purpose, operating principle, display x
State the purpose of a synchroscope. x x
Explain the operating principle of a synchroscope. x x
Give examples of display. x x
Engine-vibration monitoring x
Purpose, operating principle of a vibration-monitoring system, x
display
State the purpose of a vibration-monitoring system for a jet x x
engine.
Describe the operating principle of a vibration-monitoring x x
system using the following two types of sensors: piezoelectric
crystal; magnet.
Explain that there is no specific unit for vibration monitoring, i.e. x
it is determined by specified numeric threshold values.
Give examples of display. x x
Time measurement x
On-board clock x
Explain that the on-board aircraft clock provides a time x
reference for several of the on-board systems including aircraft
communications addressing and reporting system (ACARS) and
engine and systems maintenance.

MEASUREMENT OF AIR-DATA PARAMETERS x

Pressure measurement x
Definitions x
Define the following pressure measurements and state the x
relationship between them: static pressure; dynamic pressure; -
total pressure.
 x

Pitot/static system: design and errors x

Describe the design and the operating principle of a: static
port/source; pitot tube; combined pitot/static probe.
For each of these indicate the various locations and describe the
following associated errors and how to correct, minimise the
effect of or compensate for them: position errors; instrument
errors; errors due to a non-longitudinal axial flow (including
manoeuvre-induced errors).

Describe a typical pitot/static system and list the possible x

outputs.
Explain the redundancy and the interconnections that typically
exist in complex pitot/static systems found in large aircraft.
Explain the purpose of pitot/static system heating.

Describe alternate static sources and their effects when used, x

particularly in unpressurised aircraft.
Describe a modern pitot static system using solid-state sensors x
near the pitot probe or static port converting the air data to
numerical data (electrical signals) before being sent to the air-
data computer(s).

Temperature measurement x
Definitions x
Define the following and explain the relationship between
them: outside air temperature (OAT); total air temperature
(TAT); - static air temperature (SAT).
Explain the term ‘ram rise’ and convert TAT to SAT.
Explain why TAT is often displayed and that TAT is the
temperature input to the air-data computer.
Design and operation x
x

Indicate typical locations for both direct-reading and remote- x

reading temperature probes, and describe the following errors:
position error; - instrument error.
Explain the purpose of temperature probe heating and interpret x
the effect of heating on sensed temperature unless
automatically compensated for.
Angle-of-attack (AoA) measurement x
Sensor types, operating principles, ice protection, displays, x
incorrect indications
Describe the following two types of AoA sensors: null-seeking x
(slotted) probe; vane detector.
For each type, explain the operating principles. x x
Explain how both types are protected against ice. x x
Give examples of systems that use the AoA as an input, such as: x
air-data computer; stall warning systems; flight-envelope
protection systems.
Give examples of and interpret different types of AoA displays: x
simple light arrays of green, amber and red lights; - gauges
showing a numerical scale.
Explain the implications for the pilot if the AoA indication x
becomes incorrect but still provides data, e.g. if the sensor is
frozen in a fixed position.
Explain how an incorrect AoA measurement can affect the x
controllability of an aircraft with flight-envelope protection.
Altimeter x
Units, terms, types, operating principles, displays, errors, x
corrections
x
List the following two units used for altimeters and state the x
relationship between them: feet; metres.
Define the following terms: height, altitude; indicated altitude, x x
true altitude; pressure altitude, density altitude.
Define the following barometric references: ‘QNH’, ‘QFE’, x
‘1013,25’.
Explain the operating principles of an altimeter. x x
Describe and compare the following three types of altimeters x
and reason(s) why particular designs may be required in certain
airspace: simple altimeter (single capsule); sensitive altimeter
(multi-capsule); servo-assisted altimeter.

Give examples of associated displays: pointer, multi-pointer, x x

drum, vertical straight scale.
Describe the following errors: static system error; instrument x
error; barometric error; temperature error (air column not at
ISA conditions); lag (altimeter response to change of height).

Demonstrate the use of an altimeter correction table for the x

following errors: temperature corrections; - aircraft position
errors.
Describe the effects of a blockage or a leakage on the static x x
pressure line.
Describe the use of GPS altitude as an alternative means of x
checking erroneous altimeter indications, and highlight the
limitations of the GPS altitude indication.
Vertical speed indicator (VSI) x
VSI and instantaneous vertical speed indicator (IVSI) x
List the two units used for VSIs and state the relationship x
between them: metres per second; feet per minute.
Explain the operating principles of a VSI and an IVSI. x
Describe and compare the following types of VSIs: barometric x
type (VSI); instantaneous barometric type (IVSI); inertial type
(inertial information provided by an inertial reference unit).
Describe the following VSI errors: static system errors; x
instrument errors; time lag.
Describe the effects on a VSI of a blockage or a leakage on the x x
static pressure line.
Give examples of a VSI display. x x
Compare the indications of a VSI and an IVSI during flight in x
turbulence and appropriate pilot technique during manoeuvring
using either type.
Airspeed indicator (ASI) x
Units, errors, operating principles, displays, position errors, x
unreliable airspeed indications
List the following three units used for airspeed and state the x
relationship between them: nautical miles/hour (kt); statute
miles/hour (mph); kilometres/hour (km/h).
x

Describe the following ASI errors and state when they must be x
considered: pitot/static system errors; instrument errors;
position errors; compressibility errors; density errors.
Explain the operating principles of an ASI (as appropriate to x x
aeroplanes or helicopters).
Give examples of an ASI display: pointer, vertical straight scale, x
and digital (HUD display).
Demonstrate the use of an ASI correction table for position x
error.
Define and explain the following colour codes that can be used x
on an ASI: white arc (flap operating speed range); green arc
(normal operating speed range); yellow arc (caution speed
range); red line (VNE) or barber’s pole (VMO); blue line (best
rate of climb speed, one-engine-out for multi-engine piston light
aeroplanes).

Define and explain the following colour codes that can be used x
on an ASI: green arc (normal operating speed range); red line
(VNE); - blue line (maximum airspeed during autorotation).
Describe the effects on an ASI of a blockage or a leakage in the x
static or total pressure line(s).
Define the term ‘unreliable airspeed’ and describe the means by x
which it can be recognised such as: different airspeed
indications between ASIs; unexpected aircraft behaviour;
buffeting; aircraft systems warning; aircraft attitude.

Describe the appropriate procedures available to the pilot in the x

event of unreliable airspeed indications: combination of a pitch
attitude and power setting; ambient wind noise inside the
aircraft; use of GPS speed indications and the associated
limitations.

Machmeter x
Operating principle, display, CAS, TAS and Mach number x
Define ‘Mach number’ and ‘local speed sound’ (LSS). Calculate x
between LSS, TAS and Mach number.
Describe the operating principle of a Machmeter. x x
Explain why a Machmeter does not suffer from compressibility x
error.
Give examples of a Machmeter display: pointer, drum, vertical x x
straight scale, digital.
Describe the effects on a Machmeter of a blockage or a leakage x
in the static or total pressure line(s).
Explain the relationship between CAS, TAS and Mach number. x
Explain how CAS, TAS and Mach number vary in relation to each
other during a climb, a descent, or in level flight in different
temperature conditions.

State the existence of maximum operating limit speed (VMO) x

and maximum operating Mach number (MMO).
Describe typical indications of MMO and VMO on analogue and x
digital instruments.
Describe the relationship between MMO and VMO with change x
in altitude and the implications of climbing at constant IAS and
descending at constant Mach number with respect to the
margin to MMO and VMO.

Describe the implications of climbing or descending at constant x

Mach number or constant IAS with respect to the margin to the
stall speed or maximum speed.
Air-data computer (ADC) x
Operating principle, data, errors, air-data inertial reference x
unit
Explain the operating principle of an ADC. x x
List the following possible input data: TAT; static pressure; total x
pressure; measured temperature; AoA; flaps position; landing
gear position; stored aircraft data.
List the following possible output data, as applicable to x
aeroplanes or helicopters: IAS; TAS; SAT; TAT; Mach number;
AoA; altitude; vertical speed; VMO/MMO pointer.
x

Explain how position, instrument, compressibility and density x x

errors can be compensated/corrected to achieve a TAS
calculation.
x

Give examples of instruments or systems which may use ADC x

output data.
Explain that an air-data inertial reference unit (ADIRU) is an ADC x
integrated with an inertial reference unit (IRU), that there will
be separate controls for the ADC part and inertial reference (IR)
part, and that incorrect selection during failure scenarios may
lead to unintended and potentially irreversible consequences.

Explain the ADC architecture for air-data measurement x

including sensors, processing units and displays, as opposed to
stand-alone air-data measurement instruments.
Describe the consequences of the loss of an ADC compared to x
the failure of individual instruments.
x
 MAGNETISM - DIRECT-READING COMPASS AND FLUX VALVE x
Earth’s magnetic field x
Magnetic field, variation, dip x
Describe the magnetic field of the Earth. x
Moved from See new LO reference x
subject 061
Explain the properties of a magnet. x x
Define the following terms: magnetic variation; magnetic dip x x
(inclination).
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 061

Describe that a magnetic compass will align itself to both the x

horizontal (azimuth) and vertical (dip) components of the
Earth’s magnetic field, thus will not function in the vicinity of the
magnetic poles.

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 061

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 061
Demonstrate the use of variation values (given as East/West x
(E/W) or +/–) to calculate: true heading to magnetic heading; -
magnetic heading to true heading.
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 061

Aircraft magnetic field x

Permanent magnetism, electromagnetism, deviation x
Explain the following differences between permanent x
magnetism and electromagnetism: - when they are present; -
what affects their magnitude.
Explain the principles of and the reasons for: compass swinging x x
(determination of initial deviations); compass compensation
(correction of deviations found); compass calibration
(determination of residual deviations).

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 061
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 061

Explain how permanent magnetism within the aircraft structure x

and electromagnetism from the aircraft systems affect the
accuracy of a compass.
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 061

Describe the purpose and the use of a deviation correction card. x x

Demonstrate the use of deviation values (either given as E/W or x
+/–) from a compass deviation card to calculate: compass
heading to magnetic heading; - magnetic heading to compass
heading.

Direct-reading magnetic compass x

Purpose, errors, timed turns, serviceability x
Explain the purpose of a direct-reading magnetic compass. x
x
Describe how the direct-reading magnetic compass will only x
show correct indications during straight, level and
unaccelerated flight, and that an error will occur during the
following flight manoeuvres (no numerical examples): -
acceleration and deceleration; - turning; - during pitch-up or
pitch-down manoeuvres.

Explain how the use of timed turns eliminates the problem of x

the turning errors of a direct-reading magnetic compass, and
calculate the duration of a rate-1 turn for a given change of
heading.

see new LO reference above x

Moved from Describe the serviceability check for a direct-reading magnetic x

subject 061 compass prior to flight, such as: the physical appearance of the
device; comparing the indication to another known direction
such as a different compass or runway direction.

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 061

Flux valve x
Purpose, operating principle, location, errors x
Explain the purpose of a flux valve. x x
Explain its operating principle. x x
Indicate typical locations of the flux valve(s). x
Give the remote-reading compass system as example of x
application for a flux valve.
Explain that deviation is compensated for and, therefore, x
eliminates the need for a deviation correction card.

Explain that a flux valve does not suffer from the same x
magnitude of errors as a direct-reading magnetic compass when
turning, accelerating or decelerating and during pitch-up or
pitch-down manoeuvres.

GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS x
Gyroscope: basic principles x
Gyroscopic forces, degrees of freedom, gyro wander, driving x
gyroscopes
Define a ‘gyro’. x
Explain the fundamentals of the theory of gyroscopic forces. x x
Define the ‘degrees of freedom’ of a gyro. Remark: As a x
convention, the degrees of freedom of a gyroscope do not
include its own axis of rotation (the spin axis).
Explain the following terms: rigidity; precession; wander x x
(drift/topple).
Explain the three types of gyro wander: real wander; apparent x
wander; transport wander.

x
Describe the two ways of driving gyroscopes and any associated x
indications: air/vacuum; electrically.
x

Rate-of-turn indicator - Turn co-ordinator - Balance (slip) x

indicator
Indications, relation between bank angle, rate of turn and TAS x
Explain the purpose of a rate-of-turn and balance (slip) x x
indicator.
Define a ‘rate-1 turn’. x
Describe the indications given by a rate-of-turn indicator. x

x
Explain the relation between bank angle, rate of turn and TAS, x
and how bank angle becomes the limiting factor at high speed
(no calculations).
x

Explain the purpose of a balance (slip) indicator and its principle x

of operation.
Explain the purpose of a balance (slip) indicator and its principle x
of operation.
Describe the indications of a rate-of-turn and balance (slip) x x
indicator during a balanced, slip or skid turn.
Describe the indications given by a turn coordinator (or turn- x
and-bank indicator).
Compare the indications on the rate-of-turn indicator and the x
turn coordinator.
Attitude indicator (artificial horizon) x
Purpose, types, effect of aircraft acceleration, display x
Explain the purpose of the attitude indicator. x x
Identify the two types of attitude indicators: attitude indicator; x
attitude and director indicator (ADI).
State the degrees of freedom. x x
x
Describe the effects of the aircraft’s acceleration and turns on x
instrument indications.
Describe a typical attitude display and instrument markings. x
x
 x

Directional gyroscope x
Purpose, types, drift, alignment to compass heading x
Explain the purpose of the directional gyroscope. x x
Identify the two types of gyro-driven direction indicators: x
direction indicator; horizontal situation indicator (HSI).
x
x
Explain how the directional gyroscope will drift over time due to x
the following: rotation of the Earth; aircraft manoeuvring;
aircraft movement over the Earth’s surface/direction of travel.

Describe the procedure for the pilot to align the directional x

gyroscope to the correct compass heading.
Remote-reading compass systems x
Operating principles, components, comparison with a direct- x
reading magnetic compass
Describe the principles of operation of a remote-reading x
compass system.
Using a block diagram, list and explain the function of the x
following components of a remote-reading compass system:
flux detection unit; gyro unit; transducers, precession amplifiers,
annunciator; display unit (compass card, synchronising and set-
heading knob, DG/compass/slave/free switch).

State the advantages and disadvantages of a remote-reading x

compass system compared to a direct-reading magnetic
compass with regard to: design (power source, weight and
volume); deviation due to aircraft magnetism; turning and
acceleration errors; attitude errors; accuracy and stability of the
information displayed; availability of the information for several
systems (compass card, RMI, automatic flight control system
(AFCS)).

Solid-state systems - attitude and heading reference system x

(AHRS)
Components, indications x
Explain that the AHRS is a replacement for traditional gyros x
using solid-state technology with no moving parts and is a single
unit consisting of: solid-state accelerometers; solid-state rate
sensor gyroscopes; solid-state magnetometers (measurement of
the Earth’s magnetic field).
Explain that the AHRS senses rotation and acceleration for all x
three axes and senses the direction of the Earth’s magnetic field
where the indications are normally provided on electronic
screens (electronic flight instrument system (EFIS)).

INERTIAL NAVIGATION
Basic principles
Systems
See new LO reference below x x

State that inertial navigation/reference systems are the x

main source of attitude and one of the main sources of
navigational data in commercial air transport
aeroplanes.

State that inertial systems require no external input, x

except TAS, to determine aircraft attitude and
navigational data.
State that earlier gyro mechanically stabilised platforms x
are (technically incorrectly but conventionally) referred
to as inertial navigation systems (INSs) and more
modern fixed (strap down) platforms are conventionally
referred to as inertial reference systems (IRSs). INSs can
be considered to be stand-alone, whereas IRSs are
integrated with the FMS.

Explain the basic principles of inertial navigation x

(including double integration of measured acceleration
and the necessity for north–south, east–west and
vertical components to be measured/extracted).

Explain the necessity of applying correction for x

transport precession, and Earth rate precession, coriolis
and gravity.
See new LO reference above x

State that in modern aircraft fitted with inertial x

reference system (IRS) and flight management system
(FMS), the flight management computer (FMC) position
is normally derived from a mathematical analysis of IRS,
global positioning system (GPS), and distance
measuring equipment (DME) data, VHF omnidirectional
radio range (VOR) and LOC.

List all navigational data that can be determined by a

stand-alone inertial navigation system.
State that a strap-down system is fixed to the structure x
of the aircraft and normally consists of three laser ring
gyros and three accelerometers.
State the differences between a laser ring gyro and a x
conventional mechanical gyro.

Intentionally left blank x

x

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

see new LO reference below x

Intentionally left blank x

x

See new LO reference below x

Intentionally left blank x

x
x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference above x

Alignment and operation

Alignment process, incorrect data entry, and control panels
x

State that during the alignment process, the inertial platform is x

levelled (INS) or the local vertical is determined (IRS), and true
north/aircraft heading is established.
Explain that the aircraft must be stationary during alignment, x
the aircraft position is entered during the alignment phase, and
that the alignment process takes around 10 to 20 minutes at
mid latitudes (longer at high latitudes).

See new LO reference x

State that in-flight realignment is not possible and loss of x
alignment leads to loss of navigational data although attitude
information may still be available.
Explain that the inertial navigation system (INS) platform is x
maintained level and north-aligned after alignment is complete
and the aircraft is in motion.
State that an incorrect entry of latitude may lead to a loss of x
alignment and is more critical than the incorrect entry of
longitude.
State that the positional error of a stand-alone INS varies (a x
typical value can be quoted as 1–2 NM/h) and is dependent on
the gyro drift rate, accelerometer bias, misalignment of the
platform, and computational errors.

Explain that, on a modern aircraft, there is likely to be an air- x

data inertial reference unit (ADIRU), which is an inertial
reference unit (IRU) integrated with an air-data computer (ADC).
Identify examples of IRS control panels. x

Explain the following selections on the IRU mode selector: NAV x

(normal operation); ATT (attitude only).
State that the majority of the IRS data can be accessed through x
the FMS control and display unit (CDU)/flight management and
guidance system (FMGS) multifunction control and display unit
(MCDU).

Describe the procedure available to the pilot for assessing the x

performance of individual IRUs after a flight: reviewing the
residual indicated ground speed when the aircraft has parked;
reviewing the drift given as NM/h.

Intentionally left blank x

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

x
x

See new LO reference above x

Intentionally left blank x

x
Intentionally left blank x
See new LO reference above x

x
x

AEROPLANE: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS x

General x
Definitions and control loops x
Describe the following purposes of an automatic flight control x
system (AFCS): enhancement of flight controls; reduction of
pilot workload.
Define and explain the following two functions of an AFCS: x
aircraft control: stabilise the aircraft around its centre of gravity
(CG); aircraft guidance: guidance of the aircraft’s flight path.
Describe the following two automatic control principles: closed x
loop, where a feedback from an action or state is compared to
the desired action or state; open loop, where there is no
feedback loop.

List the following elements of a closed-loop control system and x

explain their basic function: input signal; error detector; signal
processor providing a measured output signal according to set
criteria or laws; control element such as an actuator; feedback
signal to error detector for comparison with input signal.

Describe how a closed-loop system may enter a state of self- x

induced oscillation if the system overcompensates for
deviations from the desired state.
Explain how a state of self-induced oscillations may be detected x
and describe the effects of self-induced oscillations: aircraft
controllability; aircraft safety; timely manual intervention as a
way of mitigating loss of control; techniques that may be used
to maintain positive control of the aircraft.

Autopilot system x
Design and operation x
Define the three basic control channels. x x
Define the three different types of autopilots: single or 1 axis x
(roll); 2 axes (pith and roll); 3 axes (pitch, roll and yaw);
Describe the purpose of the following components of an x
autopilot system: flight control unit (FCU), mode control panel
(MCP) or equivalent; flight mode annunciator (FMA) (see
Subject 022 06 04 00); autopilot computer; actuator.

Explain the following lateral modes: heading (HDG)/track (TRK); x

VOR (VOR)/localiser (LOC); lateral navigation/managed
navigation (LNAV or NAV).
Describe the purpose of control laws for pitch and roll modes. x x
Explain the following vertical modes: vertical speed (V/S); flight x
path angle (FPA); level change (LVL CHG)/open climb (OP CLB) or
open descent (OP DES); speed reference system (SRS); altitude
(ALT) hold; vertical navigation (VNAV)/managed climb (CLB) or
descent (DES); glideslope (G/S).
 x

x
x

Describe how the autopilot uses speed, aircraft configuration or x

flight phase as a measure for the magnitude of control inputs
and how this may affect precision and stability.
Explain the following mixed modes: take-off; go-around; x
approach (APP).

Describe the two types of autopilot configurations and explain x

the implications to the pilot for either and when comparing the
two principles: flight-deck controls move with the control
surface when the autopilot is engaged; flight-deck controls
remain static when the autopilot is engaged.

Describe the purpose of the following inputs and outputs for an x

autopilot system: attitude information; flight path/trajectory
information; control surface position information; airspeed
information; aircraft configuration information; FCU/MCP
selections; FMAs.

Describe the purpose of the synchronisation function when x

engaging the autopilot and explain why the autopilot should be
engaged when the aircraft is in trim.
x

Define the control wheel steering (CWS) mode as manual x

manoeuvring of the aircraft through the autopilot computer and
autopilot servos/actuators using the control column/control
wheel.

Describe the following elements of CWS: CWS as an autopilot x

mode; flight phases where CWS cannot be used; whether the
pilot or the autopilot is controlling the flight path; the
availability of flight path/performance protections; potential
different feel and control response compared to manual flight.

Describe touch control steering (TCS) and highlight the x

differences when compared to CWS: autopilot remains engaged
but autopilot servos/actuators are disconnected from the
control surfaces; manual control of the aircraft as long as TCS
button is depressed; autopilot servos/actuators reconnect when
TCS button is released and the autopilot returns to previously
engaged mode(s).

Explain that only one autopilot may be engaged at any time x

except for when APP is armed in order to facilitate a fail-
operational autoland.
Explain the difference between an armed and an engaged x
mode: not all modes have an armed state available; a mode will
only become armed if certain criteria are met; an armed mode
will become engaged (replacing the previously engaged mode, if
any) when certain criteria are met.
Describe the sequence of events when a mode is engaged and x
the different phases: initial phase where attitude is changed to
obtain a new trajectory in order to achieve the new parameter;
the trajectory will be based on rate of closure which is again
based on the difference between the original parameter and the
new parameter; capture phase where the aircraft will follow a
predefined rate of change of trajectory to achieve the new
parameter without overshooting/ undershooting; tracking or
hold phase where the aircraft will maintain the set parameter
until a new change has been initiated.

Explain automatic mode reversion and typical situations where x

it may occur: no suitable data for the current mode such as
flight plan discontinuity when in LNAV/managed NAV; change of
parameter during capture phase for original parameter such as
change of altitude target during ALT ACQ/ALT*;
mismanagement of a mode resulting in engagement of the
autopilot envelope protection, e.g. selecting excessive V/S
resulting in a loss of speed control.

Explain the dangers of mismanagement of the following modes: x

use of V/S and lack of speed protection, i.e. excessive V/S or FPA
may be selected with subsequent uncontrolled loss or gain of
airspeed; arming VOR/LOC or APP outside the protected area of
the localiser or ILS.

Describe how failure of other systems may influence the x

availability of the autopilot and how incorrect data from other
systems may result in an undesirable aircraft state, potentially
without any failure indications. Explain the importance of
prompt and appropriate pilot intervention during such events.

Explain an appropriate procedure for disengaging the autopilot x

and why both aural and visual warnings are used to indicate
that the autopilot is being disengaged: temporary warning for
intended disengagement using the design method; continuous
warning for unintended disengagement or using a method other
than the design method.

Explain the following regarding autopilot and aircraft with x

manual trim: the autopilot may not engage unless the aircraft
controls are in trim; the aircraft will normally be in trim when
the autopilot is disconnected; use of manual trim when the
autopilot is engaged will normally lead to autopilot
disconnection and a risk of an out-of-trim situation.

x
 x

Flight director: design and operation x

Purpose, use, indications, modes, data x
Explain the purpose of a flight director system. x
x
Describe the different types of display: pitch and roll crossbars; x
V-bar.
Explain the differences between a flight director and an x
autopilot and how the flight director provides a means of cross-
checking the control/guidance commands sent to the autopilot.
See new LO reference above x

Explain why the flight director must be followed when x

engaged/shown, and describe the appropriate use of the flight
director: flight director only; autopilot only; flight director and
autopilot; typical job-share between pilots (pilot flying (PF)/pilot
monitoring (PM)) for selecting the parameters when autopilot is
engaged versus disengaged.

Give examples of different scenarios and the resulting flight x

director indications.
Explain that the flight director computes and indicates the x
direction and magnitude of control inputs required in order to
achieve an attitude to follow a trajectory.
Explain how the modes available for the flight director are the x
same as those available for the autopilot, and that the same
panel (FCU/MCP) is normally used for selection.
Explain the importance of checking the FMC data or selected x
autopilot modes through the FMA when using the flight
directors. If the flight directors are showing incorrect guidance,
they should not be followed and should be turned off.

Aeroplane: flight mode annunciator (FMA) x

Purpose, modes, display scenarios x
Explain the purpose of FMAs and their importance being the x
only indication of the state of a system rather than a switch
position.
Describe where the FMAs are normally shown and how the x
FMAs will be divided into sections (as applicable to aircraft
complexity): vertical modes; lateral modes; autothrust modes;
autopilot and flight director annunciators; landing capability.

Explain why FMAs for engaged or armed modes have different x

colour or different font size.
Describe the following FMA display scenarios: engagement of a x
mode; mode change from armed to becoming engaged; mode
reversion.
Explain the importance of monitoring the FMAs and announcing x
mode changes at all times (including when selecting a new
mode) and why only certain mode changes will be accompanied
by an aural notification or additional visual cues.

Describe the consequences of not understanding what the x

FMAs imply or missing mode changes, and how it may lead to
an undesirable aircraft state.
Autoland x
Design and operation x
Explain the purpose of an autoland system. x x
Explain the significance of the following components required x
for an autoland: autopilot; autothrust; radio altimeter; ILS
receivers.
Explain the following terms (reference to CS-AWO ‘All Weather x
Operations’): fail-passive automatic landing system; fail-
operational automatic landing system; fail-operational hybrid
landing system; alert height.

Describe the autoland sequence including the following: FMAs x

regarding the landing capability of the aircraft; the significance
of monitoring the FMAs to ensure the automatic
arming/engagement of modes triggered by defined radio
altitudes or other thresholds; in the event of a go-around, that
the aircraft performs the go-around manoeuvre both by reading
the FMAs and supporting those readings by raw data; during the
landing phase, that ‘FLARE’ mode engages at the appropriate
radio altitude, including typical time frame and actions if ‘FLARE’
does not engage; after landing, that ‘ROLL-OUT’ mode engages
and the significance of disconnecting the autopilot prior to
vacating the runway.

Explain that there are operational limitations in order to legally x

perform an autoland beyond the technical capability of the
aircraft.
Explain the purpose and significance of alert height, describe x
the indications and implications, and consider typical pilot
actions for a failure situation: above the alert height; below the
alert height.

Describe typical failures that, if occurring below the alert height, x

will trigger a warning: all autopilots disengage; loss of ILS signal
or components thereof; excessive ILS deviations; radio-altimeter
failure.

Describe how the failure of various systems, including systems x

not directly involved in the autoland process, can influence the
ability to perform an autoland or affect the minima down to
which the approach may be conducted.

Describe the fail-operational hybrid landing system as a primary x

fail-passive automatic landing system with a secondary
independent guidance system such as a head-up display (HUD)
to enable the pilot to complete a manual landing if the primary
system fails.

HELICOPTER: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS x

General principles x
Stabilisation x
Explain the similarities and differences between SAS and AFCS
(the latter can actually fly the helicopter to perform certain
functions selected by the pilot). Some AFCSs just have altitude
and heading hold whilst others include a vertical speed or IAS
hold mode, where a constant rate of climb/decent or IAS is
maintained by the AFCS.

Reduction of pilot workload x

Appreciate how effective the AFCS is in reducing pilot workload x
by improving basic aircraft control harmony and decreasing
disturbances.
Enhancement of helicopter capability x
Explain how an AFCS improves helicopter flight safety during:
search and rescue (SAR) because of increased capabilities; flight
by sole reference to instruments; underslung load operations;
white-out conditions in snow-covered landscapes; an approach
to land with lack of visual cues.

Explain that the SAR modes of AFCS include the following

functions: ability to autohover; facility for mark on target (MOT)
approach to hover; automatically transition from cruise down to
a predetermined point or over-flown point; ability for the rear
crew to move the helicopter around in the hover; the ability to
automatically transition from the hover back to cruise flight; the
ability to fly various search patterns.

Explain that earlier autohover systems use Doppler velocity

sensors and modern systems use inertial sensors plus GPS, and
normally include a two-dimensional hover-velocity indicator for
the pilots.

Explain why some SAR helicopters have both radio-altimeter

height hold and barometric altitude hold.
Failures x
Explain the various redundancies and independent systems that x
are built into the AFCSs.
Appreciate that the pilot can override the system in the event of x
a failure.
Explain a series actuator ‘hard over’ which equals aircraft x
attitude runaway.
Explain the consequences of a saturation of the series actuators. x
Components: operation x
Basic sensors x
Explain the basic sensors in the system and their functions. x
Explain that the number of sensors will be dependent on the
number of coupled modes of the system.
Specific sensors x
Explain the function of the microswitches and strain gauges in x
the system which sense pilot input to prevent excessive
feedback forces from the system.
Actuators x
Explain the principles of operation of the series and parallel x
actuators, spring-box clutches and the autotrim system.
Explain the principle of operation of the electronic hydraulic x
actuators in the system.
 Pilot–system interface: control panels, system indications, x
warnings
Describe the typical layout of the AFCS control panel. x
Describe the system indications and warnings. x
Operation x
Explain the functions of the redundant sensors’ simplex and x
duplex channels (single/dual channel).
Stability augmentation system (SAS) x
General principles and operation x
Explain the general principles and operation of an SAS with
regard to: rate damping; short-term attitude hold; effect on
static stability; effect on dynamic stability; aerodynamic cross-
coupling; effect on manoeuvrability; control response;
engagement/disengagement; authority.

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 082
Explain and describe the general working principles and primary x
use of an SAS by damping pitch, roll and yaw motions.
Describe a simple SAS with force trim system which uses x
magnetic clutch and springs to hold cyclic control in the position
where it was last released.
Explain the interaction of trim with SAS/stability and control
augmentation system (SCAS).
Appreciate that the system can be overridden by the pilot and x
that individual channels can be deselected.
Describe the operational limits of the system. x
Explain why the system should be turned off in severe x
turbulence or when extreme flight attitudes are reached.
Explain the safety design features built into some SASs to limit
the authority of the actuators to 10–20 % of the full-control
throw in order to allow the pilot to override if actuators demand
an unsafe control input.

Explain how cross-coupling produces an adverse effect on roll- x

to-yaw coupling when the helicopter is subjected to gusts.
Explain the collective-to-pitch coupling, side-slip-to-pitch x
coupling and inter-axis coupling.
Autopilot - automatic stability equipment x
General principles x
Explain the general autopilot principles with regard to: long- x
term attitude hold; fly-through; changing the reference (beep
trim, trim release).
Basic modes (3/4 axes)
Explain the AFCS operation on cyclic axes (pitch/roll), yaw axis, x
and on collective (fourth axis).
Automatic guidance (upper modes of AFCS) x
Explain the function of the attitude-hold system in an AFCS. x
Explain the function of the heading-hold system in an AFCS. x
Explain the function of the vertical-speed hold system in an x
AFCS.
Explain the function of the navigation-coupling system in an x
AFCS.
Explain the function of the VOR-/ILS-coupling system in an AFCS. x
Explain the function of the hover-mode system in an AFCS x
(including Doppler and radio-altimeter systems).
Explain the function of the SAR mode (automatic transition to
hover and back to cruise) in an AFCS.
Flight director: design and operation x
Explain the purpose of a flight director system.
Describe the different types of display: pitch and roll crossbars;
V-bar.
State the difference between the flight director system and the
autopilot system. Explain how each can be used independently.
List and describe the main components of the flight director
system.
Give examples of different situations with the respective x
indications of the command bars.
Explain the architecture of the different flight directors fitted to
helicopters and the importance to monitor other instruments as
well as the flight director.

Explain how some helicopter types have the collective setting as x

a flight director command; however, the command does not
provide protection against a transmission overtorque.
Describe the collective setting and yaw depiction on flight
director for some helicopters.
Automatic flight control panel (AFCP) x
Explain the purpose and the importance of the AFCP. x
State that the AFCP provides: AFCS basic and upper modes;
flight director selection, SAS and AP engagement; failure and
alert messages.
TRIMS - YAW DAMPER - FLIGHT-ENVELOPE PROTECTION x
Trim systems x
Design and operation x
Explain the purpose of the trim system and describe the layout x
with one trim system for each control axis, depending on the
complexity of the aircraft.
See new LO reference above x

Give examples of trim indicators and their function, and explain x

the significance of a ‘green band/area’ for the pitch trim.
Describe and explain an automatic pitch-trim system for a x x
conventional aeroplane.
Describe and explain an automatic pitch-trim system for an FBW
aeroplane and that it is also operating during manual flight;
however, during certain phases it may be automatically disabled
to alter the handling characteristics of the aircraft.

Describe the consequences of manual operation on the trim x

wheel when the automatic pitch-trim system is engaged.
Describe and explain the engagement and disengagement x x
conditions of the autopilot according to trim controls.
Define ‘Mach trim’ and state that the Mach-trim system can be x
independent.
Describe the implications for the pilot in the event of a runaway x
trim or significant out-of-trim state.
x

Yaw damper x
Design and operation x
Explain the purpose of the yaw-damper system. x
x
Explain the purpose of the Dutch-roll filter (filtering of the yaw x x
input signal).
Explain the operation of a yaw-damper system and state the x
difference between a yaw-damper system and a 3-axis autopilot
operation on the rudder channel.
Flight-envelope protection (FEP) x
Purpose, input parameters, functions x
Explain the purpose of the FEP. x x
Explain typical input parameters to the FEP: AoA; aircraft
configuration; airspeed information.
Explain the following functions of the FEP: stall protection; x x
overspeed protection.
Explain how the stall-protection function and the overspeed- x
protection function apply to both mechanical/conventional and
FBW control systems, but other functions (e.g. pitch or bank
limitation) can only apply to FBW control systems.

AUTOTHRUST - AUTOMATIC THRUST CONTROL SYSTEM x

Autothrust system x
Purpose, operation, overcompensation, speed control x
Describe the purpose of the autothrust system and explain how x
the FMAs will be the only indication on active autothrust
modes.
Explain the operation of an autothrust system with regard to x
the following modes: take-off/go-around (TOGA); climb or
maximum continuous thrust (MCT), N1 or EPR targeted (THR
CLB, THR MCT, N1, THR HOLD, EPR); speed (SPEED, MCP SPD);
idle thrust (THR IDLE, RETARD/ARM); landing (RETARD, THR
IDLE).
x
Describe the two main variants of autothrust systems: mode x
selections available on the FCU/MCP and thrust levers move
with autothrust commands; mode selections made using the
thrust levers which remain static during autothrust operation.

Explain how flight in turbulence/wind shear giving fluctuating x

airspeed indications may lead to the autothrust
overcompensating in an oscillating manner and that manual
thrust may be required to settle the airspeed. Airspeed
indications/trend vectors may give an indication of appropriate
thrust adjustments but any reaction should not be too
aggressive.

Explain the threats associated with the use of autothrust x

resulting in the pilot losing the sense of energy awareness (e.g.
speed, thrust).
Explain the relationship between autopilot pitch modes and x
autothrust modes, and how the autopilot and autothrust will
interact upon selecting modes for one of the systems.
Explain the principles of speed control and how speed can be x
controlled: by varying the engine thrust; by varying the aircraft
pitch.
Explain the potential implications on speed control when the x
autothrust controls speed and the autopilot pitch channel has a
fixed pitch target for the following mode combinations: MCP
SPD/SPEED and ALT HOLD/ALT; MCP SPD/SPEED and VSP
(climb); MCP SPD/SPEED and VSP (descent).

Explain the potential implications on speed control when the x

autothrust has a fixed thrust target and the autopilot pitch
channel controls speed for the following mode combinations:
N1/THR CLB and LVL CHG/OP CLB; ARM/THR IDLE and LVL
CHG/OP DES.

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS x
Voice communication, data-link transmission x
Definitions and transmission modes x
Describe the purpose of a data-link transmission system.
Compare voice communication versus data-link transmission x
systems.
Describe the communication links that are used in aircraft: high-
frequency (HF) communications; very high-frequency (VHF)
communications; satellite communications (SATCOM).
Consider the properties of the communication links with regard
to: signal quality; range/area coverage; range; line-of-sight
limitations; quality of the signal received; interference due to
ionospheric conditions; data transmission speed.

Define and explain the following terms in relation to aircraft x

data-link communications: message/data uplink; message/data
downlink.
x
x
Systems: architecture, design and operation x
Describe the purpose of the ACARS network. x
Describe the systems using the ACARS network through the air x
traffic service unit (ATSU) suite: aeronautical/airline operational
control (AOC); air traffic control (ATC).

Explain the purpose of the following parts of the on-board x

equipment: ATSU communications computer; control and
display unit (CDU)/multifunction control and display unit
(MCDU); data communication display unit (DCDU); ATC message
visual annunciator; printer.

Give examples of airline operations communications (AOC) data- x

link messages such as: out of the gate, off the ground, on the
ground, into the gate (OOOI); load sheet; passenger information
(connecting flights); weather reports (METAR, TAF);
maintenance reports (engine exceedances); aircraft technical
data; free-text messages.

Give examples of ATC data-link messages such as: departure x

clearance; oceanic clearance; digital ATIS (D-ATIS); controller–
pilot data-link communications (CPDLC).
Future air navigation systems (FANSs) x
Versions, applications, CPDLC messages, ADS contracts x
Describe the existence of the ICAO communication, navigation, x
surveillance/air traffic management (CNS/ATM) concept.

Explain the two versions of FANSs: FANS A/FANS 1 using the x

ACARS network; FANS B/FANS 2 using the ACARS network and
the aeronautical telecommunication network (ATN).
x
List and explain the following FANS A/FANS 1 applications: ATS x
facility notification (AFN); automatic dependent surveillance
(ADS); CPDLC.
Compare the ADS application with the secondary surveillance x
radar function, and the CPDLC application with VHF
communication systems.
State that an ATCU can use the ADS application only, or the x
CPDLC application only, or both of them (not including AFN).
Describe the AFN process for logging on with an ATCU and x
typical data that will be included in the message.
Describe typical types of CPDLC messages and the typical pilot x
work practices when requesting or accepting a CPDLC clearance.
List and describe the different types of ADS contracts that are x
controlled by the ATCU and beyond the control of the pilot:
periodic: data sent at set time intervals; on demand: data sent
when requested; on event: data sent when an event occurs (e.g.
heading change, climb initiated, etc.); emergency mode.
 x

Describe the purpose of the ADS emergency mode contract and x

highlight the difference to the ATCU controlled contracts.
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (FMS)/ FLIGHT MANAGEMENT x
AND GUIDANCE SYSTEM (FMGS)
Design x
Purpose, architecture, failures, functions x
Explain the purpose of an FMS. x

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 062

Moved from See new LO reference below x

subject 062

Describe a typical dual FMS architecture including the following x

components: flight management computer (FMC); CDU/MCDU;
cross-talk bus.
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 062

Describe the following failures of a dual FMS architecture and x

explain the potential implications to the pilots: failure of one
FMC; failure of one CDU/MCDU; failure of the cross-talk bus.
Describe how the FMS integrates with other systems and x
gathers data in order to provide outputs depending on its level
of complexity.

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

Moved from Explain how the FMS may provide the following x
subject 062 functions:
— navigation;
— lateral and vertical flight planning;
— performance parameters.
 FMC databases
Navigation database x
Explain the purpose of, and describe typical content of, the x
navigation database.

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 062

Moved from Describe the 28-day aeronautical information regulation and x

subject 062 control (AIRAC) update cycle of the navigation database and
explain the reason for having two navigation databases (one
active, one standby) and the implication this has to the pilot.

Explain the purpose of typical user-defined waypoints such as: x

latitude/longitude coordinates; place/bearing/distance (PBD);
place/bearing place/bearing (PBX); place/distance (PD).
Moved from Explain that the pilot cannot change or overwrite any of the x
subject 062 data in the navigation database and that any user-defined
waypoints, routes and inputted data will be erased when a
different database is activated.

Explain the threats and implications to the pilot of changing the x

database by error either on the ground or while flying.
Aircraft performance database x
Moved from Explain the purpose of, and describe the typical content of, the x
subject 062 aircraft performance database.

Explain the importance of verifying that the aircraft x

performance database is based on the correct data, such as
engine type and aircraft variant.
Explain that the contents of the aircraft performance database x
cannot be modified by the pilot.
Explain the purpose of performance factor and how it influences x
the calculations.
Explain the purpose of cost index (CI) and how it influences the x
calculations.
Operations, limitations x
Data, calculations, position inputs, raw data x
Describe typical data that may be provided by the FMS: lateral x
and vertical navigation guidance; present position; time
predictions; fuel predictions; altitude/flight level predictions.
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 062

Explain how the FMS will use a combination of x

inputted/database and measured data in order to calculate
projections and provide output data.

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 062

x
Explain the issues and threats using inputted/database data and x
give examples of consequences of inputting data
incorrectly/using incorrect data.

Describe fuel consumption calculations during standard x

operations and explain typical data that will have an influence
on the accuracy of the calculations.

Explain the implications on the accuracy of the calculations x

during flight in abnormal configurations (such as engine out,
gear down, flaps extended, spoilers extended, etc.) if the FMS is
unable to detect the failure.

Describe and explain the purpose of an FMS having dedicated x

radio-navigation receivers that it will tune automatically.
Moved from Explain typical position inputs to an FMS: GPS; IRS; DME; VOR; x
subject 062 LOC; runway threshold (RWY THR).

Explain how the FMS will create its own FMS position fix and x
that the FMS calculations will be based on the FMS position.
Depending on the type of system, the FMS position may be
calculated from: a single source of position data where the most
accurate data available at a given time will be used; multiple
sources from which a position will be derived using the
combined inputs.

Explain the implications of a reduction in available position x

inputs to the FMS, especially GPS in relation to the capability of
performing RNP/PBN approaches.
Explain the difference between following the FMS data x
compared to following raw data from radio-navigation receivers
and describe how there may be limitations for using FMS data
as primary source to follow an instrument approach procedure
(IAP) such as LOC, VOR or NDB.
 Human–machine interface (control and display unit (CDU)/
multifunction control and display unit (MCDU))
Purpose, scratchpad, data input, set-up process x
Describe the purpose of a CDU/MCDU. x

Moved from See new LO reference below x

subject 062

Moved from Describe the typical layout of a CDU/MCDU and the general x
subject 062 purpose of the following: screen; line select keys; menu select
keys; alphanumerical keys.
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 062

Explain the function of the ‘scratchpad’ part of the screen. x

Describe how input of some data is compulsory for the function x
of the FMS and other data is optional, and that different
symbology is used to highlight this: rectangular boxes =
compulsory information; dashed line = optional information.

Describe a typical FMS pre-flight set-up process through the x

CDU/MCDU to cover the most basic information (with the aim
to create awareness of required information as this is
irrespective of aircraft type and FMS/FMGS make): ident page
(who am I = aircraft type/variant, engine type/rating and
appropriate navigation database); position initialisation (where
am I = position for aligning the IRS and FMS position); route
initialisation (where am I going to = place of
departure/destination and alternate(s)); route programming
(how will I get there = SIDs, STARS, route (company or
otherwise)); performance initialisation (when will I arrive =
weights, flap setting, FLEX/assumed temperature/derate, take-
off speeds).

ALERTING SYSTEMS, PROXIMITY SYSTEMS x

General x
Alerting systems according to CS-25 and CS-29 x
State definitions, category, criteria and characteristics of x
alerting systems according to CS-25/AMC 25.1322 for
aeroplanes and CS-29 for helicopters as appropriate.
Flight warning systems (FWSs) x
Annunciations, master warning, master caution, advisory x
State the annunciations given by the FWS and typical x
location for the annunciator(s):
— master warning;
— master caution;
— advisory.
See new LO reference above x

Explain master warning: colour of annunciator: red; nature of x

aural alerts: continuous; typical failure scenarios triggering the
alert.
Explain master caution: colour of the annunciator: amber or x
yellow; nature of aural alerts: attention-getter; typical failure
scenarios triggering the alert.
Describe a typical procedure following a master warning or x
master caution alert: acknowledging the failure; silencing the
aural warning; initiating the appropriate response/procedure.
Explain advisory: colour of the annunciator: any other than red, x
amber, yellow or green; absence of aural alert; typical scenarios
triggering the advisory.
Stall warning systems (SWSs) x
Function, types, components x
Describe the function of an SWS and explain why the warning x
must be unique.
x
Describe the different types of SWSs. x
List the main components of an SWS. x
x
Explain the difference between the stall warning speed and the x
actual stalling speed of the aeroplane.
Stall protection x
Function, types x
Describe the function of a stall protection system. x
Describe the different types of stall protection systems including x
the difference between mechanical and FBW controls.
x
x
Explain the difference between an SWS and a stall protection x
system.
Overspeed warning x
Purpose, aural warning, VMO/MMO pointer x
Explain the purpose of an overspeed warning system x x
(VMO/MMO pointer).
See new LO reference below x

State that for large aeroplanes, an aural warning must be x

associated to the overspeed warning if an electronic display is
used (see AMC 25.11, paragraph 10.b(2), p. 2-GEN-22).
Describe and give examples of VMO/MMO pointer: x
barber’s/barber pole pointer, barber’s/barber pole vertical
scale.
Take-off warning x
Purpose x
Explain the purpose of a take-off warning system and list the x
typical abnormal situations which generate a warning (see AMC
25.703, paragraphs 4 and 5).
Altitude alert system x
Function, displays, alerts x
Describe the function of an altitude alert system. x
Describe different types of displays and possible alerts. x

Radio altimeter x
Purpose, range, displays, incorrect indications x
Explain the purpose of a low-altitude radio altimeter. x
Describe the principle of the distance (height) measurement. x x
x
Describe the different types of radio-altimeter displays. x

Describe how the radio altimeter provides input to other x

systems and how a radio-altimeter failure may impact on the
functioning of these systems.
State the range of a radio altimeter. x
x
Explain the potential implications of a faulty radio-altimeter and x
how this in particular may affect the following systems:
autothrust (flare/retard); ground-proximity warning systems
(GPWSs).

Ground-proximity warning systems (GPWSs) x

GPWSs: design, operation, indications x
Explain the purpose of GPWSs.
x
Explain inputs and outputs of a GPWS and describe its operating x
principle.
List and describe the different modes of operation of a GPWS. x x
Terrain-avoidance warning system (TAWS); other name: x
enhanced GPWS (EGPWS)
Explain the purpose of a TAWS for aeroplanes and of a HTAWS
for helicopters, and explain the difference from a GPWS.

x
Explain inputs and outputs of a TAWS/HTAWS and describe its x
working principle.
Give examples of terrain displays and list the different possible x x
alerts.
Give examples of time response left to the pilot according to x x
look-ahead distance, speed and aircraft performances.
Explain why the TAWS/HTAWS must be coupled to a precise- x x
position sensor.
Explain the possibility of triggering spurious TAWS/HTAWS x
warnings as a result of mismanaging the flight path in the
proximity to obstacles: high rate of descent; high airspeed; a
combination of high rate of descent and high airspeed.

Intentionally left blank x

x
ACAS/TCAS x
Principles and operations x
State that ACAS II is an ICAO standard for anti-collision x x
purposes. x
Explain that ACAS II is an anti-collision system and does not x x
guarantee any specific separation.
Describe the purpose of an ACAS II system as an anti-collision x x
system.
Describe the following outputs from a TCAS: other intruders; x
proximate intruders; traffic advisory (TA); resolution advisory
(RA).
State that ACAS II will issue commands in the vertical plane only x
(climb, descent or maintain), and that the commands are
complied with as a manual manoeuvre.
Explain that an RA may or may not require any active control x
input and the implications of reacting instinctively without
awareness of actual control inputs required to comply with the
RA.

Explain that if two aircraft are fitted with ACAS II, the RA will be x x
coordinated.
State that ACAS II equipment can take into account several x x
threats simultaneously.
State that a detected aircraft without altitude-reporting can x
only generate a TA; describe typical type of traffic and how this
can create distractions during flight in certain areas of
significant air traffic activity.

Describe the interaction between the TCAS II system and the x

transponder, radio altimeter and the air-data computer:
antenna used; computer and links with radio altimeter, air-data
computer and mode-S transponder.

x
Explain the principle of TCAS II interrogations. x x
State the typical standard detection range for TCAS II: 35–40 x
NM horizontally; approximately 2 000 ft above and below (any
setting); extension to approximately 10 000 ft above (ABV
selected) or approximately 10 000 ft below (BLW selected).

x
Explain the principle of ‘reduced surveillance’. x
Explain that in high-density traffic areas the range may x
automatically be decreased in order to enable detection of the
threats in the proximity of the aircraft due to a limitation of the
maximum number of possible intruders the system is able to
process.

Identify the equipment which an intruder must be fitted with in x x

order to be detected by TCAS II.
 Explain in the anti-collision process: the criteria used to trigger x
an alarm (TA or RA) are the time to reach the closest point of
approach (CPA) (called TAU) and the difference of altitude; an
intruder will be classified as ‘proximate’ when being less than 6
NM and 1 200 ft from the TCAS-equipped aircraft; the time limit
to CPA is different depending on aircraft altitude, is linked to a
sensitivity level (SL), and state that the value to trigger an RA is
from 15 to 35 seconds; in case of an RA, the intended vertical
separation varies from 300 to 600 ft (700 ft above FL420),
depending on the SL; below 1 000 ft above ground, no RA can
be generated; below 1 450 ft (radio-altimeter value) ‘increase
descent’ RA is inhibited; at high altitude, performances of the
type of aircraft are taken into account to inhibit ‘climb’ and
‘increase climb’ RA.

List and interpret the following information available from TCAS: x

the different possible statuses of a detected aircraft: ‘other’,
‘proximate’, ‘intruder’; the appropriate graphic symbols and
their position on the horizontal display; different aural warnings.

Explain the indications of a TA and an RA and how an RA will x

generate a red area on the VSI. Some variants will also include a
green area. To manoeuvre the aircraft to comply with the RA,
the pilot should ‘avoid the red’ or ‘fly the green’.

x
Explain that the pilot must not interpret the horizontal track of x x
an intruder upon the display.
Rotor/engine overspeed alert system x
Design, operation, displays, alarms x
Describe the basic design principles, operation, displays and x
warning/alarm systems fitted to different helicopters.
INTEGRATED INSTRUMENTS - ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS x
Electronic display units x
Design, limitations x
List the different technologies used, e.g. CRT and LCD, and the
associated limitations: cockpit temperature; glare; resolution.
Mechanical integrated instruments x
Attitude and director indicator (ADI)/ horizontal situation x
indicator (HSI)
Describe an ADI and an HSI. x

List all the information that can be displayed on either x x

instrument.
Electronic flight instrument systems (EFISs) x
Design, operation x
x
List the following parts of an EFIS: control panel; display units; x
symbol generator; remote light sensor.
x
Moved from Describe the typical layout of the EFIS display units and how x
subject 062 there may be a facility to transfer the information from one
display unit on to another if a display unit fails.
 Explain the need for standby instruments to supplement the x
EFIS in the event of all the display units failing and the challenge
of using these standby instruments, namely their size and
position on the flight deck.

Explain the difference between a symbol generator failing and a x

display unit failing, and the implications if there are redundant
symbol generators available.
Describe the purpose of an EFIS control panel and typical x
selections that may be available: altimeter pressure setting;
navigation display (ND) mode selector; ND range selector; ND
data selector (waypoints, facilities, constraints, data, etc.);
radio-navigation aids selector (VOR 1/2 or ADF 1/2); decision
altitude (DA)/decision height (DH) selection.

Primary flight display (PFD), electronic attitude director x

indicator (EADI)
Describe that a PFD (or an EADI) presents a dynamic colour
display of all the parameters necessary to control the aircraft,
and that the main layout conforms with the ‘basic T’ principle:
attitude information in the centre; airspeed information on the
left; altitude information on the right; heading/track indication
lower centre; flight mode annunciation; basic T; take-off and
landing reference speeds; minimum airspeed; lower selectable
airspeed; Mach number.

See new LO reference above x

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 062
 Describe the typical design of the attitude information: artificial
horizon with aircraft symbol; superimposed flight director
command bars.

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 062

Describe the typical design of the speed tape: rolling speed scale x
with numerical read-out of current speed; limiting airspeeds
according to configuration; speed trend vector; bug/indication
for selected airspeed.

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 062

Moved from Explain the Mach number indications and how a selected Mach x
subject 062 number is presented with the speed bug on a corresponding IAS
on the speed tape with the Mach number shown as a numerical
indication outside the speed tape.

Describe the typical design of the altitude information: rolling x

altitude scale with numerical read-out of current altitude;
altimeter pressure setting; bug/indication for selected altitude;
means of highlighting the altitude if certain criteria are met.
Moved from See new LO reference above x
subject 062

Describe the typical design of the heading/track information: x

rolling compass scale/rose with numerical read-out of current
heading/track; bug/indication for selected heading/track.

Describe the typical design and location of the following x

information: flight mode annunciators (FMAs); vertical speed
indicator including TCAS RA command indications; radio
altitude; ILS localiser/glideslope and RNP/PBN, GBAS or SBAS
horizontal/vertical flight path deviation indicator; decision
altitude/height (DA/H).

Moved from See new LO reference above x

subject 062

Navigation display (ND), electronic horizontal situation x

indicator (EHSI)
Describe that an ND (or an EHSI) provides a mode-selectable
colour flight ND.
List the following four modes typically available to be displayed
on an ND unit: MAP (or ARC); VOR (or ROSE VOR); APP (or ROSE
LS); PLAN.
Moved from See new LO reference x
subject 062
 List and explain the following information that can be displayed
with the MAP (or ARC) mode selected on an ND unit: aircraft
symbol, compass scale and range markers; current heading and
track (either one may be ‘up’ depending on selection), true or
magnetic; selected heading and track; TAS/GS; wind direction
and speed (W/V); raw data radio magnetic indicator (RMI)
needles/pointers for VOR/automatic direction-finding
equipment (ADF), if selected, including the frequency or ident of
the selected navigation facility; route/flight plan data from the
FMS; TO/next waypoint data from the FMS; data from the
navigation database such as airports, waypoints or navigation
facilities as selected; weather radar information; TCAS traffic
information (no TCAS commands); TAWS (EGPWS) terrain
information; failure flags and messages.

Moved from See new LO references x

subject 062

Moved from See new LO references x

subject 062

Moved from See new LO references x

subject 062
Moved from See new LO references x
subject 062

Moved from See new LO references x

subject 062

List and explain the following information that can be displayed

with the VOR or APP (or ROSE VOR or ROSE LS) mode selected
on an ND unit: aircraft symbol and compass scale; current
heading and track (either one may be ‘up’ depending on
selection), true or magnetic; selected heading and track;
TAS/ground speed (GS); wind direction and speed (W/V); VOR or
ILS frequency and identification of the selected navigation aid;
VOR selected course, deviation indicator and a TO/FROM
indicator in a HSI-type display format when in VOR mode;
localiser selected course, deviation indicator and glideslope
indicator in a HSI-type display format when in APP mode.
weather radar information; TCAS traffic information (no TCAS
commands); TAWS (EGPWS) terrain information; failure flags
and messages.
Moved from See new LO references above x
subject 062

Moved from See new LO references above x

subject 062

Moved from See new LO references above x

subject 062

Moved from See new LO references above x

subject 062
Moved from See new LO references above x
subject 062

List and explain the following information that can be displayed

with the PLAN mode selected on an ND unit: north-up compass
rose and range markers; aircraft symbol oriented according to
aircraft heading; TAS/GS; wind direction and speed (W/V);
route/flight plan data from the FMS; TO/next waypoint data
from the FMS; data from the navigation database such as
airports, waypoints or navigation facilities as selected; failure
flags and messages.

x
x
Moved from Explain the purpose of PLAN mode and its characteristics such x
subject 062 as: no compass information; north is up on the display unit at all
times; the centre waypoint is the selected waypoint on the FMS
CDU; scrolling through the flight plan on the FMS CDU will shift
the map view along the flight path; the aircraft symbol will be
positioned in the appropriate place along the flight path; using
PLAN mode as the primary mode during flight may lead to
disorientation and loss of situational awareness.

Distinguish the difference between the appearance of an x

EXPANDED or FULL/ROSE mode and how the displayed range
differs between them.
Explain the combination of mode and range selection including x
how selecting the appropriate range and displayed data can
improve situational awareness for a given phase of flight.
Engine parameters, crew warnings, aircraft systems, procedure x
and mission display systems
Purposes of systems, display systems, checklists x
State the purpose of the following systems: engine instruments x
centralised display unit; crew alerting system/aircraft display
unit; facility for appropriate on-screen checklists; that the
aircraft systems display unit enables the display of normal and
degraded modes of operation of the aircraft systems; that the
systems/aircraft display unit is able to show pictorial systems
diagrams/schematics and associated parameters.

Describe the similarities to EFIS with regard to basic system x

architecture.
Give the following different names by which engine parameters, x
crew warnings, aircraft systems and procedures display systems
are known: multifunction display unit (MFDU); engine indication
and crew alerting systems (EICASs); engine and warning display
(EWD); electronic centralised aircraft monitor (ECAM); systems
display (S/D).

Give the names of the following different display systems and x

describe their main functions: vehicle engine monitoring display
(VEMD); integrated instruments display system (IIDS).
State the purpose of a mission display unit. x x
Describe the architecture of each system and give examples of x
display.
Explain why awareness of the consequences of the actions x
commanded by the automatic checklist is required.
Explain the limited ability of the computer to assess a situation x
other than using the exceedance of certain thresholds to trigger
the main and subsequent events and programmed actions.
Describe an appropriate procedure for following an on-screen x
checklist associated with a failure scenario including the
following: confirm the failure with the other flight crew member
prior to performing any of the actions; seek confirmation prior
to manipulating any guarded switches or thrust levers; follow
the checklist slowly and methodically; assess the possible
implications of making certain selections, such as opening the
fuel cross-feed if there is a fuel leak even though the electronic
checklist may ask for the action.

Engine first limit indicator x

Design, operation, information on display x
Describe the principles of design and operation, and compare x
the different indications and displays available.
Describe what information can be displayed on the screen, x
when the screen is in the limited composite mode.
Electronic flight bag (EFB)
Purpose, certification, malfunctions x
Explain the purpose of the EFB and list typical equipment: x
computer laptop; tablet device; integrated avionics suite in the
aircraft.
Describe the ‘class’ hardware certification: portable: portable x
electronic device (PED) that can be used inside or outside the
aircraft, is not part of the certified aircraft configuration and
does not require tools to remove it from the flight-deck cradle,
if one exists; installed: an electronic device that is considered an
aircraft part covered by the aircraft airworthiness approval, thus
is a minimum equipment list (MEL) item in the event of failure.

Describe the ‘type’ software certification: type A: applications x

whose misuse or malfunctions have no adverse effect on flight
safety; type B: applications for which evaluation of the hazards
presented by misuse or malfunctions is required.
Explain implications of malfunctions with the EFB installation in x
a fully electronic flight-deck environment: mass and balance
calculations; performance calculations; access to charts; access
to manuals.

Head-up display (HUD), synthetic vision system (SVS) and x

enhanced visual system (EVS)
Components, benefits, modes of operation x
State the components of a typical HUD installation: HUD x
projector and stowable combiner; HUD controls such as
declutter and dimmer; HUD computer.
Explain the reasons and benefits of having an HUD: increased x
situational awareness due to reduced need to look inside to
view primary flight information; lower minima for both
departure and landing; improved accuracy of flying thus
reduced susceptibility to enter a state of aircraft upset.

Describe how the HUD replicates the information on the x

primary flight display (PFD) by showing the following data:
altitude; speed, including speed trend; heading; flight path
vector (track and vertical flight path); flight mode annunciator
(FMA); CAS, TAWS and wind shear command annunciations.

Describe the following modes of operation of an HUD: normal x

display mode that may automatically adapt the information
based on the phase of flight; declutter function.
Describe the principle of SVS: an enhanced database used as x
reference to provide terrain and ground features to be shown
on the PFD; limitations due to being a synthetic image not based
on actual sensory information thus not lowering landing
minima; implications if aircraft position accuracy becomes
reduced.
Describe the principle of EVS: includes external sensors such as x
infrared cameras to generate a real-time image on the PFD or
on the HUD; limitation of the fact that an infrared camera uses
temperature and temperature difference in order to produce an
image; enables lower minima because of the real-time image,
thus enhancing the visibility as experienced by the pilot.

MAINTENANCE, MONITORING AND RECORDING SYSTEMS x

x

Cockpit voice recorder (CVR) x

Purpose, components, parameters x
Describe the purpose of a CVR, its typical location, and explain x
the implications of knowingly erasing or tampering with any
information or equipment.
List the main components of a CVR: a shock-resistant tape x
recorder or digital storage associated with an underwater
locating beacon (ULB); a cockpit area microphone (CAM); a
control unit with the following controls: auto/on, test and erase,
and a headset jack; limited flight-deck controls such as erase
and test switches.
List the following main parameters recorded on the CVR: voice x
communications transmitted from or received on the flight
deck; the aural environment of the flight deck; voice
communication of flight crew members using the aeroplane’s
interphone system; voice or audio signals introduced into a
headset or speaker; voice communication of flight crew
members using the public address system, if installed.

Flight data recorder (FDR) x

Purpose, components, parameters x
Describe the purpose of an FDR and its typical location. x
List the main components of an FDR: a shock-resistant data x
recorder associated with a ULB; a data interface and acquisition
unit; a recording system (digital flight data recorder); two
control units (start sequence, event mark setting); limited flight-
deck controls, but includes an event switch.

List the following main parameters recorded on the FDR: time or x

relative time count; attitude (pitch and roll); airspeed; pressure
altitude; heading; normal acceleration; propulsive/thrust power
on each engine and flight-deck thrust/power lever position, if
applicable; flaps/slats configuration or flight-deck selection;
ground spoilers or speed brake selection.

State that additional parameters can be recorded according to x x

FDR capacity and applicable operational requirements.
Maintenance and monitoring systems x
Helicopter operations monitoring program (HOMP): design, x
operation, performance
Describe the HOMP as a helicopter version of the aeroplane
flight data monitoring (FDM) program.

State that the HOMP software consists of three integrated

modules: flight data events (FDEs); flight data measurements
(FDMs); flight data traces (FDTs).
Describe and explain the information flow of an HOMP.
Describe HOMP operation and management processes. x
Integrated health and usage monitoring system (IHUMS): x
design, operation, performance
Describe the main features of an IHUMS: rotor system health;
cockpit voice recorder (CVR)/flight data recorder (FDR); gearbox
system health; engine health; exceedance monitoring; usage
monitoring; transparent operation; ground station features;
monitoring; rotor track and balance; engine performance
trending; quality controlled to level 2.

Describe the ground station features of an IHUMS.

Summarise the benefits of an IHUMS including: reduced risk of
catastrophic failure of rotor or gearbox; improved rotor track
and balance giving lower vibration levels; accurate recording of
flight exceedances; CVR/FDR allows accurate accident/incident
investigation and HOMP; maintenance cost savings.
State the benefits of an IHUMS and an HOMP.
Aeroplane condition monitoring system (ACMS): general, x
design, operation
State the purpose of an ACMS.

Describe the structure of an ACMS including: inputs: aircraft

systems (such as air conditioning, autoflight, flight controls, fuel,
landing gear, navigation, pneumatic, APU, engine), MCDU; data
management unit; recording unit: digital recorder; outputs:
printer, ACARS or ATSU.

State that maintenance messages sent by an ACMS can be x

transmitted without crew notification.
Explain that data from the ACMS can be used as part of an FDM x
and safety programme.
Explain that the FDM program collects data anonymously; x
however, grave exceedance of parameters may warrant a
further investigation of the event by the operator.
Explain the purpose of FDM as a system for identifying adverse x
safety trends and tailoring training programmes in order to
enhance the overall safety of the operation.
DIGITAL CIRCUITS AND COMPUTERS x
Digital circuits and computers x
General, definitions and design x
Define a ‘computer’ as a machine for manipulating data x x
according to a list of instructions.
x

Explain the term ‘bus’ being used as a term for a facility (wiring, x
optical fibre, etc.) transferring data between different parts of a
computer, both internally and externally.
Define the terms ‘hardware’ and ‘software’. x x
x

With the help of the relevant 022 references, give examples of x

airborne computers and list the possible peripheral equipment
for each system, such as: ADC with pitot probe(s), static port(s)
and indicators; FMS with GPS, CDU/MCDU and ND; GPWS with
radio altimeter, ADC and ND.

x
x

x
x

x
 Reworded, intent the

x
x
same
Reworded, intent

x
x
x
x
x
x
modified

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/IR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/VFR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x CPL(H)

IR(A/H)

CBIR, EIR

x
x
x
x
x
x

Basic Knowledge
 x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x

x x x

x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x

x x
x x x
x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x

x x
x x
x x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x

x x
x x x
 x

x x

x x

x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x X

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x x

x
x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x
 x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
 x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
 x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x
x x x
 x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x

x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x

x
x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
 x x x
x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x
x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x

x x x

x x x
 x x

x x x

x x

x x x

x x

x x x

x x x
x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x x x
x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
 x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x
x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x
 x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
 x x

x x x

x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus
Index reference

1 MASS AND BALANCE - AEROPLANES/HELICOPTERS 031.00.00.00

2 PURPOSE OF MASS AND BALANCE CONSIDERATIONS 031.01.00.00
3 Mass limitations 031.01.01.00
4 Importance in regard to structural limitations 031.01.01.01
Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and structural stress 031.01.01.01.01
5 Remark - see also 021 01 01 00.
6 Describe that mass must be limited to ensure adequate margins of strength. 031.01.01.01.02
Importance in regard to performance. Remark - see also subjects 032/034 031.01.01.02
7 and 081/082.
8 Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and performance. 031.01.01.02.01
Describe that aircraft mass must be limited to ensure adequate aircraft 031.01.01.02.02
9 performance.
Describe that the actual aircraft mass must be known during flight as the basis 031.01.01.02.03
10 for performance related decisions.
11 Centre of gravity (CG) limitations 031.01.02.00
Importance in regard to stability and controllability Remark - see also 031.01.02.01
12 subjects 081/082.
Describe the relationship between CG position and stability/controllability of 031.01.02.01.01
13 aircraft.
14 Describe the effects if CG is in front of the forward limit. 031.01.02.01.02
15 Describe the effects if CG is behind the aft limit. 031.01.02.01.03
Importance in regard to performance Remark - see also subjects 032/034 and 031.01.02.02
16 081/082.
17 Describe the relationship between CG position and aircraft performance. 031.01.02.02.01
Describe the effects of CG position on performance parameters (speeds, 031.01.02.02.02
18 altitude, endurance and range).
19 LOADING 031.02.00.00
20 Terminology 031.02.01.00
21 Mass terms 031.02.01.01
Define the following mass terms: - Basic Empty Mass - Dry Operating Mass - 031.02.01.01.01
22 Operating Mass - Take off Mass - Landing Mass - Ramp/Taxi Mass - In-flight
Mass (Gross Mass) - Zero Fuel Mass.
23 Load terms (including Fuel Terms) Remark - see also subject 033. 031.02.01.02
Define the following load terms: - Payload/Traffic load - Block Fuel - Taxi Fuel - 031.02.01.02.01
24 Take off Fuel - Trip Fuel - Reserve Fuel (Contingency, Alternate, Final Reserve
and Additional Fuel) - Extra Fuel.
Explain the relationship between the various load and mass components listed 031.02.01.02.02
25 above.
26 Calculate mass of particular components by given the other components. 031.02.01.02.03
Convert fuel mass, volume and density given in different units used in aviation. 031.02.01.02.04
27
28 Mass limits 031.02.02.00
29 Structural limitations 031.02.02.01
30 Define the following structural limitations: 031.02.02.01.01
31 Maximum Zero Fuel Mass. 031.02.02.01.02
32 Maximum Ramp/Taxi Mass. 031.02.02.01.03
33 Maximum Take-off Mass. 031.02.02.01.04
34 Maximum In-flight (Gross) Mass. 031.02.02.01.05
35 Maximum In-flight (Gross) Mass with external load. 031.02.02.01.06
36 Maximum Landing Mass. 031.02.02.01.07
37 Performance limitations 031.02.02.02
Define the following performance limitations: - Performance Limited Take off 031.02.02.02.01
38 Mass - Performance Limited Landing Mass - Regulated Take off Mass -
Regulated Landing Mass.
39 Cargo compartment limitations 031.02.02.03
40 Define the following cargo compartment limitations: 031.02.02.03.01
41 Maximum Floor load (maximum load per unit of area). 031.02.02.03.02
Maximum Running load (maximum load per unit of fuselage length). 031.02.02.03.03
42
43 Mass calculations 031.02.03.00
44 Maximum masses for Take-off and Landing 031.02.03.01
Calculate the maximum mass for Take-off (Regulated Take-Off Mass) given 031.02.03.01.01
45 mass and load components and structural/performance limits.
Calculate the maximum mass for landing (Regulated Landing Mass) given mass 031.02.03.01.02
46 and load components and structural /performance limits.
47 Calculate the Allowed Mass for Take-off. 031.02.03.01.03
48 Allowed traffic load and fuel load 031.02.03.02
Calculate maximum allowed traffic load and fuel load not to exceed given 031.02.03.02.01
49 Allowed Mass for Take-off.
Calculate “under load”/”over load” given Allowed Mass for Take-off, 031.02.03.02.02
50 Operating Mass and actual Traffic load.
51 Use of standard masses for passengers, baggage and crew 031.02.03.03
Extract appropriate standard masses for passengers, baggage and crew from 031.02.03.03.01
52 relevant documents or Operator requirements.
53 Calculate traffic load by using standard masses. 031.02.03.03.02
54 FUNDAMENTALS OF CG CALCULATIONS 031.03.00.00
55 Definition of centre of gravity 031.03.01.00
Define and explain the meaning of centre of gravity. 031.03.01.00.01
56
(Moved to 031.04.01.02.04)
57 Conditions of equilibrium (Balance of Forces and Balance of Moments) 031.03.02.00
Define datum (reference point), moment arm and moment. 031.03.02.00.01
58 (Moved to 031.04.01.01.03)
59 Name the conditions of equilibrium. 031.03.02.00.02
60 Basic calculations of CG 031.03.03.00
Resolve numerical problems using the principle of equilibrium of forces and 031.03.03.00.01
61 moments.
62 MASS AND BALANCE DETAILS OF AIRCRAFT 031.04.00.00
63 Contents of mass-and-balance documentation 031.04.01.00
64 Datum, moment arm 031.04.01.01
65 Name where the datum and moment arms for aircraft can be found. 031.04.01.01.01
66 Extract appropriate data from given documents. 031.04.01.01.02
Define datum (reference point), moment arm and moment. 031.03.02.00.01
67 (Moved from 031.03.02.00.01)
68 CG position as distance from datum 031.04.01.02
69 Name where the CG position for an aircraft at Basic Empty Mass can be found. 031.04.01.02.01
70 Name where the CG limits for an aircraft can be found. 031.04.01.02.02
Extract CG limits from given aircraft documents. 031.04.01.02.03
71 (Moved to 031.04.01.04.01)
State the different forms in presenting CG position as distance from datum or 031.04.01.02.04
72 other references.
Define and explain the meaning of centre of gravity. 031.03.01.00.01
73 (Moved from 031.03.01.00.01)
CG position as percentage of Mean Aerodynamic Chord (% MAC) Remark – 031.04.01.03
74 Knowledge of the definition of MAC is covered under reference 081 01 01 05.
75 Extract MAC information from aircraft documents. 031.04.01.03.01
76 Explain the principle of using % MAC for the description of the CG position. 031.04.01.03.02
77 Calculate the CG position as % MAC. 031.04.01.03.03
78 Longitudinal CG limits 031.04.01.04
79 Extract appropriate data from given sample documents. 031.04.01.04.01
Extract CG limits from given aircraft documents. 031.04.01.02.03
80 (Moved and merged into 031.04.01.04.01)
81 Lateral CG limits 031.04.01.05
82 Extract appropriate data from given sample documents. 031.04.01.05.01
83 Details of passenger and cargo compartments 031.04.01.06
Extract appropriate data (e.g. seating schemes, compartment dimensions and 031.04.01.06.01
84 limitations) from given sample documents.
85 Details of fuel system relevant for Mass and Balance considerations 031.04.01.07
Extract appropriate data (e.g. fuel tank capacities and fuel tank positions) from 031.04.01.07.01
86 given sample documents.

87

88
89 Determination of aircraft empty mass and CG position by weighing 031.04.02.00
90 Weighing of aircraft (general aspects) 031.04.02.01
Explain the general procedure and regulations for weighing of aircraft 031.04.02.01.01
91 (Conditions, intervals, reasons and requirements for re-weighing).Remark - see
the applicable operational requirements.
92 Extract and interpret entries from/in “Mass (weight) report” of an aircraft. 031.04.02.01.02
93 Calculation of mass and CG position of an aircraft using weighing data 031.04.02.02
Calculate the mass and CG position of an aircraft given reaction forces on 031.04.02.02.01
94 jacking points.
Extraction of basic empty mass and CG data from aircraft documentation 031.04.03.00
95
96 Basic Empty Mass (BEM) and/or Dry Operating Mass (DOM) 031.04.03.01
97 Extract values for BEM and/or DOM from given documents. 031.04.03.01.01
98 CG position and/or moment at BEM/DOM 031.04.03.02
Extract values for CG position and moment at BEM and/or DOM from given 031.04.03.02.01
99 documents.
100 Deviations from standard configuration 031.04.03.03
Extract values from given documents for deviation from standard 031.04.03.03.01
101 configuration as a result of varying crew, optional equipment, optional fuel
tanks etc.
102 DETERMINATION OF CG POSITION 031.05.00.00
103 Methods 031.05.01.00
104 Arithmetic method 031.05.01.01
Calculate CG position of aircraft by use of the formula: CG position = Sum of 031.05.01.01.01
105 Moments/Total Mass.
106 Graphic method 031.05.01.02
Determine CG position of aircraft by use of loading graphs given in sample 031.05.01.02.01
107 documents.
108 Index method 031.05.01.03
109 Explain the principle of the index method. 031.05.01.03.01
Define the terms index, loaded index and dry operating index. 031.05.01.03.02
110
111 State the advantage(s) of the index method. 031.05.01.03.03
112 Load and Trim Sheet 031.05.02.00
113 General considerations 031.05.02.01
114 Explain the principle and the purpose of load sheets. 031.05.02.01.01
115 Explain the principle and the purpose of trim sheets. 031.05.02.01.02
Load sheet and CG envelope for light aeroplanes and for helicopters 031.05.02.02
116
117 Add loading data and calculate masses in a sample load sheet. 031.05.02.02.01
118 Calculate moments and CG positions. 031.05.02.02.02
Check CG position at Zero Fuel Mass and Take off Mass to be within CG 031.05.02.02.03
119 envelope including last minute changes if applicable.
120 Load sheet for large aeroplanes 031.05.02.03
Explain the purpose of load sheet sections and the methods for establishing 031.05.02.03.01
121 “Allowed Mass for Take-off”, “Allowed Traffic Load” and “Under load”.
Explain the purpose of load sheet sections and the methods for assessing load 031.05.02.03.02
122 distribution.
Explain the purpose of load sheet sections and methods for cross checking of 031.05.02.03.03
123 actual and limiting mass values.
124 Calculate and/or complete a sample load sheet. 031.05.02.03.04
125 Trim sheet for large aeroplanes 031.05.02.04
Explain the purpose of the trim sheet and the methods to determine the CG 031.05.02.04.01
126 position.
127 Check that the Zero Fuel Mass Index is within limits. 031.05.02.04.02
Determine the Fuel Index using the "Fuel Index Correction Table" and 031.05.02.04.03
128 determine CG position as % MAC.
129 Check that the Take-off Mass Index is within limits. 031.05.02.04.04
130 Determine "Stabiliser Trim Units" for take-off. 031.05.02.04.05
131 Explain the difference between certified and operational CG limits. 031.05.02.04.06
132
133
134 Last minute changes 031.05.02.05
135 Complete Load and Trim sheet for last minute changes. 031.05.02.05.01
136

137

138
139 Re-positioning of CG by shifting the load 031.05.03.01
 Calculate the mass to be moved over a given distance, or to/from given 031.05.03.01.01
140 compartments, to establish a defined CG position.
141 Calculate the distance to move a given mass to establish a defined CG 031.05.03.01.02
position.
142

143
144 Re-positioning of CG by additional load or ballast 031.05.03.02
Calculate the amount of additional load or ballast to be loaded at a given 031.05.03.02.01
145 position or compartment to establish a defined CG position.
Calculate the loading position or compartment for a given amount of 031.05.03.02.02
146 additional load or ballast to establish a defined CG position.
147 CARGO HANDLING 031.06.00.00
148 Types of cargo (general aspects) 031.06.01.00
149
Explain the basic idea of typical types of cargo e.g. Containerised cargo, 031.06.01.00.01
150 Palletised cargo, Bulk cargo.
151 Floor area load and running load limitations in cargo compartments 031.06.02.00
152
Calculate the required floor contact area for a given load to avoid exceeding 031.06.02.00.01
153 the maximum permissible floor load of a cargo compartment.
Calculate the maximum mass of a container with given floor contact area to 031.06.02.00.02
154 avoid exceeding the maximum permissible floor load of a cargo compartment.
Calculate the linear load distribution of a container to avoid exceeding 031.06.02.00.03
155 maximum permissible running load.
156 Securing of load 031.06.03.00
157
158 Explain the reasons for having an adequate tie-down of loads. 031.06.03.00.01
Name the basic methods for securing loads. 031.06.03.00.02

159
 New syllabus Moved to/from
reference another subject

031.00.00.00
031.01.00.00
031.01.01.00
031.01.01.01
031.01.01.01.01

031.01.01.01.02
031.01.01.02

031.01.01.02.01
031.01.01.02.02

031.01.02.00
031.01.02.01

031.01.02.01.01

031.01.02.01.02
031.01.02.01.03
031.01.02.02

031.01.02.02.01
031.01.02.02.02

031.02.00.00
031.02.01.00
031.02.01.01
031.02.01.01.01

031.02.01.02
031.02.01.02.01

031.02.01.02.02

031.02.01.02.03
031.02.01.02.04

031.02.02.00
031.02.02.01
031.02.02.01.01
031.02.02.01.02
031.02.02.01.03

031.02.02.01.04
031.02.02.01.05
031.02.02.02
031.02.02.02.01

031.02.02.03

031.02.02.03.01
031.02.02.03.02

031.02.03.00
031.02.03.01
031.02.03.01.01

031.02.03.01.02

031.02.03.01.03
031.02.03.02
031.02.03.02.01

031.02.03.02.02

031.02.03.03
031.02.03.03.01

031.02.03.03.02
031.03.00.00

031.04.01.02.04

031.04.01.01.03

031.04.00.00
031.04.01.00
031.04.01.01
031.04.01.01.01
031.04.01.01.02
031.04.01.01.03

031.04.01.02
031.04.01.02.01
031.04.01.02.02
031.04.01.04.01

031.04.01.02.03

031.04.01.02.04

031.04.01.03

031.04.01.03.01
031.04.01.03.02
031.04.01.03.03
031.04.01.04
031.04.01.04.01
031.04.01.04.01

031.04.01.05
031.04.01.05.01
031.04.01.06
031.04.01.06.01

031.04.01.07
031.04.01.07.01

031.04.01.07.02

031.04.01.07.03

031.04.02.00
031.04.02.01
031.04.02.01.01

031.04.02.01.02
031.04.02.02
031.04.02.02.01

031.04.03.00

031.04.03.01
031.04.03.01.01
031.04.03.02
031.04.03.02.01

031.04.03.03
031.04.03.03.01

031.05.00.00
 031.05.01.00
031.05.01.01
031.05.01.01.01

031.05.01.02
031.05.01.02.01

031.05.01.03
031.05.01.03.01
031.05.01.03.02

031.05.01.03.03
031.05.02.00
031.05.02.01
031.05.02.01.01
031.05.02.01.02
031.05.02.02

031.05.02.02.01
031.05.02.02.02
031.05.02.02.03

031.05.02.03
031.05.02.03.01

031.05.02.03.02

031.05.02.03.03

031.05.02.03.04
031.05.02.04
031.05.02.04.01

031.05.02.04.02
031.05.02.04.03

031.05.02.04.04
031.05.02.04.05
031.05.02.04.06
031.05.02.04.07
031.05.02.04.08

031.05.02.05

031.05.02.06
031.05.02.06.01

031.05.03.00
031.05.03.01
031.05.03.01.01

031.05.03.01.02
031.05.03.01.03

031.05.03.01.04

031.05.03.02
031.05.03.02.01

031.05.03.02.02

031.06.00.00
031.06.01.00
031.06.01.01
031.06.01.01.01

031.06.02.00
031.06.02.01
031.06.02.01.01

031.06.02.01.02

031.06.02.01.03

031.06.03.00
031.06.03.01
031.06.03.01.01
031.06.03.01.02
 New syllabus text

Text unmodified
Renumbered

Deleted
New
MASS AND BALANCE - AEROPLANES/HELICOPTERS x
PURPOSE OF MASS-AND-BALANCE CONSIDERATIONS x
Mass limitations x
Importance with regard to structural limitations
Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and structural stress. Remark:
See also Subject 021 01 01 00.
Describe why mass must be limited to ensure adequate margins of strength.
Importance with regard to performance. Remark: See also Subjects 032/034
and 081/082.
Describe the relationship between aircraft mass and aircraft performance.
Describe why aircraft mass must be limited to ensure adequate aircraft
performance.
x

Centre-of-gravity (CG) limitations x

Importance with regard to stability and controllability. Remark: See also
Subjects 081/082.
Describe the relationship between CG position and stability/controllability of
the aircraft.
Describe the consequences if CG is in front of the forward limit.
Describe the consequences if CG is behind the aft limit.
Importance with regard to performance. Remark: See also Subjects 032/034
and 081/082.
Describe the relationship between CG position and aircraft performance. x
Describe the effects of CG position on performance parameters (speeds, x
altitude, endurance and range).
LOADING x
Terminology x
Mass terms x
Define the following mass terms: basic empty mass;. dry operating mass;.
operating mass;. take-off mass;. landing mass;. ramp/taxi mass;. in-flight mass
(gross mass);. zero fuel mass.
Load terms (including fuel terms) Remark: See also Subject 033. x
Define the following load terms: payload/traffic load;. block fuel;. taxi fuel;. x
take-off fuel;. trip fuel;. reserve fuel (contingency, alternate, final reserve and
additional fuel);. extra fuel.
Explain the relationship between the various load-and-mass components listed
in 031 02 01 01 and 031 02 01 02.
Calculate the mass of particular components from other given components.
Convert fuel mass, fuel volume and fuel density given in different units used in
aviation.
Mass limits x
Structural limitations x
 x
Define the maximum zero fuel mass. x
Define the maximum ramp/taxi mass. x
Define the maximum take-off mass. x
x
Define the maximum in-flight (gross) mass with external load. x
Define the maximum landing mass. x
Performance and regulated limitations
Describe the following performance and regulated mass limitations:
performance-limited take-off mass;. performance-limited landing mass;.
regulated take-off mass;. regulated landing mass.
Cargo compartment limitations x
x
Describe the maximum floor load (maximum load per unit of area). x
Describe the maximum running load (maximum load per unit of fuselage x
length).
Mass calculations x
Maximum masses for take-off and landing x
Calculate the maximum mass for take-off (regulated take-off mass) given mass- x
and-load components and structural/ performance limits.
Calculate the maximum mass for landing (regulated landing mass) given mass- x
and-load components and structural/ performance limits.
Calculate the allowed mass for take-off. x
Allowed traffic load and fuel load x
Calculate the maximum allowed traffic load and fuel load in order not to
exceed the given allowed take-off mass.
Calculate ‘under load’/‘over load’ given the allowed mass for take-off,
operating mass and actual traffic load.
Use of standard masses for passengers, baggage and crew x
Extract the appropriate standard masses for passengers, baggage and crew
from relevant documents or operator requirements.
Calculate the traffic load by using standard masses.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK x
x
See new LO reference x

x
See new LO reference x

x
x
x

MASS-AND-BALANCE DETAILS OF AIRCRAFT x

Contents of mass-and-balance documentation x
Datum, moment arm x
State where the datum and moment arms for aircraft can be found.
Extract the appropriate data from given documents.
Define ‘datum’ (reference point), ‘moment arm’ and ‘moment’. x x

CG position as distance from datum x

State where the CG position for an aircraft at basic empty mass can be found.
State where the CG limits for an aircraft can be found.
See new LO reference x

Describe the different forms in presenting CG position as distance from datum x

or other references.
Explain the meaning of centre of gravity (CG). x

CG position as percentage of mean aerodynamic chord (% MAC). Remark:

Knowledge of the definition of MAC is covered under Subject 081 01 01 05.
Extract MAC information from aircraft documents. x
Explain the principle of using % MAC for the description of the CG position. x
Calculate the CG position as % MAC. x
Longitudinal CG limits x
Extract the appropriate data from given sample documents.
See new LO reference x

Lateral CG limits x
Extract the appropriate data from given sample documents.
Details of passenger and cargo compartments x
Extract the appropriate data (e.g. seating schemes, compartment dimensions
and limitations) from given sample documents.
Details of fuel system relevant to mass-and-balance considerations
Extract the appropriate data (e.g. fuel-tank capacities and fuel-tank positions)
from given sample documents.
Explain and calculate aircraft CG movement as flight progresses given location x
of fuel tank (inner wing, outer wing, central, additional aft central, horizontal
stabiliser) and mass of fuel consumed from that tank and aeroplane’s previous
CG.

Explain advantages and risks associated with fuel tanks in the aeroplane’s fin x
or horizontal stabiliser.
Determination of aircraft empty mass and CG position by weighing x
Weighing of aircraft (general aspects) x
Describe the general procedure and regulations relating to when an aircraft
should be weighed, reweighed or data recalculated.
Remark: See the applicable operational requirements.
Extract and interpret entries from/in ‘mass (weight) report’ of an aircraft. x
Calculation of mass and CG position of an aircraft using weighing data x
Calculate the mass and CG position of an aircraft from given reaction forces on
jacking points.
Extraction of basic empty mass (BEM) and CG data from aircraft
documentation
BEM or dry operating mass (DOM)
Extract values for BEM or DOM from given documents.
CG position or moment at BEM/DOM
Extract values for CG position and moment at BEM or DOM from given
documents.
Deviations from standard configuration x
Extract values from given documents for deviation from standard configuration x
as a result of varying crew, optional equipment, optional fuel tanks, etc.
DETERMINATION OF CG POSITION x
Methods x
Arithmetic method x
Calculate the CG position of an aircraft by using the formula: CG position = sum
of moments / total mass.
Graphic method x
Determine the CG position of an aircraft by using the loading graphs given in
sample documents.
Index method x
Explain the principle of the index method. x
Define the terms ‘index’ and ‘dry operating index’ (DOI), and calculate the DOI
given the relevant formula and data.
Explain the advantage(s) of the index method.
Load and trim sheet x
General considerations x
Explain the principle and the purpose of load sheets. x
Explain the principle and the purpose of trim sheets. x
Load sheet/balance schedule and CG envelope for light aeroplanes and for
helicopters
Add loading data and calculate masses in a sample load sheet/balance
schedule.
Calculate moments and CG positions. x
Check CG position at zero fuel mass and take-off mass to be within the CG
envelope including last-minute changes, if applicable.
Load sheet for large aeroplanes x
Complete a sample load sheet to determine the ‘allowed mass for take-off’,
‘allowed traffic load’ and ‘under load’.
Explain the purpose of each load sheet section.

Explain that the purpose of boxed maximum figures in load sheet sections is to
cross-check the actual and limiting mass values.
Complete and cross-check a sample load sheet.
Trim sheet for large aeroplanes x
Explain the purpose of the trim sheet and the methods to determine the CG x
position.
Check if the zero fuel mass CG or index is within the limits.
Determine the fuel index by using the ‘fuel index correction table’ and
determine the CG position as % MAC.
Check that the take-off mass CG or index are within the limits.
Determine ‘stabiliser trim units’ for take-off. x
Explain the difference between certified and operational CG limits. x
Determine the zero fuel mass CG or index. x
Explain the relationship between pitch and CG position and the operational x
significance.
Intentionally left blank x
x
Other methods to present load and trim information x
Describe and extract information from other methods of presenting load and x
balance information, e.g. aircraft communications addressing and reporting
system (ACARS), electronic flight bags (EFBs), and the ‘less paper in the cockpit’
(LPC) software.

Repositioning of CG x
Repositioning of CG by shifting the load x
Calculate the mass to be moved over a given distance, or to/from given x
compartments, to establish a defined CG position.
Calculate the distance to move a given mass to establish a defined CG position. x
Describe the methods to check that cargo has been loaded in correct position x
in relation to the loading manifest, including identifying hazard of cargo loaded
in reverse order (visual inspection of one or more unit load devices (ULDs).
Determine whether CG remains within limits if cargo has been loaded in x
incorrect order or at incorrect location.
Repositioning of CG by additional load or ballast or by load or ballast removal
Calculate the amount of additional load or ballast to be loaded at or removed
from a given position or compartment to establish a defined CG position.
Calculate the loading position or compartment for a given amount of x
additional load or ballast to establish a defined CG position.
CARGO HANDLING x
Types of cargo
Types of cargo (general aspects) x
Describe the typical types of cargo, e.g. containerised cargo, palletised cargo, x
bulk cargo, and the advantages of containerised and palletised cargo.
Floor-area load and running-load limitations
Floor-area load and running-load limitations in cargo compartments x
Calculate the required floor-contact area for a given load to avoid exceeding x x
the maximum permissible floor load of a cargo compartment.
Calculate the maximum mass of a container with given floor-contact area to x x
avoid exceeding the maximum permissible floor load of a cargo compartment.
Calculate the linear load distribution of a container to avoid exceeding the x
maximum permissible running load.
Securement of load
Securement of load (reasons and methods) x
Explain the reasons to restrain or secure cargo and baggage. x
Describe the basic methods to restrain or secure loads x
(unit load devices secured by latches on roller tracks or to tie down points by
straps; bulk cargo restrained by restraining nets attached to attachment points
and tie-down points).
 Reworded, intent the

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
same
Reworded, intent

x
x
modified

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/IR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/VFR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
CPL(H)

IR(A/H)

CBIR, EIR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Basic Knowledge
x x x x
x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x
x x
x x

x x x x x x
x

x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x
x x
x

x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x
x
x
x
x

x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x

x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
Subject 032 has been quite extensively restructured. In some cases an individual "old" LO is covered by more than one "new
Old syllabus text Old syllabus
reference
Index

1 PERFORMANCE - AEROPLANES 032.00.00.00

2 GENERAL 032.01.00.00
3 Performance legislation 032.01.01.00
4 Airworthiness Requirements according to CS-23 and CS-25 032.01.01.01
5 Interpret the European airworthiness requirements according to CS-23 032.01.01.01.01
relating to aeroplane performance.
(Partly moved to 032.02.01.01.04)
6 Interpret the European airworthiness requirements according to CS-25 032.01.01.01.02
relating to aeroplane performance.
(Partly moved and merged into 032.01.01.01.01, 032.04.01.01.03 and
032.04.01.09.08)

7 Name the general differences between aeroplanes as certified under 032.01.01.01.03

CS-23 and CS-25.
8 Operational Regulations 032.01.01.02
9 Interpret the applicable operational requirements related to aeroplane 032.01.01.02.01
performance.
(Partly moved to 032.02.04.01.01)
10 Name and define the performance classes for commercial air 032.01.01.02.02
transportation according to the applicable operational requirements.
11
12

13

14
15
16
17
18

19

20 General Performance Theory 032.01.02.00

21 Stages of flight 032.01.02.01
22 Describe the following stages of flight: - Take off - Climbing flight - Level 032.01.02.01.01
flight - Descending flight - Approach and landing.
23 Definitions, Terms and Concepts 032.01.02.02
24 Define “steady” flight. 032.01.02.02.01
25 Resolve the forces during steady climbing and descending flight. 032.01.02.02.02
(Moved and merged into 032.01.04.01.01 and 032.01.05.01.01)
26 Determine the opposing forces during horizontal steady flight. 032.01.02.02.03
27 Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ’thrust/power available” 032.01.02.02.04
curves.
(Moved and merged into 032.01.03.01.03, 032.01.04.01.05, and
032.01.05.01.04)

28 Describe the meaning of excess thrust and power using appropriate 032.01.02.02.05
graphs.
(Moved and merged into 032.01.04.01.04 and 032.01.05.01.03)
29 Describe the effect of excess thrust and power on speed and/or climb 032.01.02.02.06
performance.
(Moved and merged into 032.01.03.01.02 and 032.01.04.01.04 and
032.01.05.01.03)

30 Calculate the climb gradient given thrust, drag and aeroplane mass. 032.01.02.02.07
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.11)
31 Explain climb, level flight and descent performance in relation to the 032.01.02.02.08
combination of thrust/power available and required.
(Moved and merged into 032.01.04.01.03 and 032.01.05.01.02)
32 Explain the difference between angle and gradient. 032.01.02.02.09
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.06)
33 Define the terms climb angle and climb gradient. 032.01.02.02.10
34 Define the terms flight path angle and flight path gradient. 032.01.02.02.11
35 Define the terms descent angle and descent gradient. 032.01.02.02.12
36 Explain the difference between climb/descent angle and flight path 032.01.02.02.13
angle.
37 Define service and absolute ceiling. 032.01.02.02.14
38 Define the terms clearway (CWY) and stopway (STW) according to CS- 032.01.02.02.15
Definitions.
39 Define the terms: Take-off Run Available (TORA), Take-off Distance 032.01.02.02.16
Available (TODA), Accelerate Stop Distance Available (ASDA) according
to the applicable operational requirements.
40 Define screen height and list its various values. 032.01.02.02.17
41 Define the terms “Range” and “Endurance”. 032.01.02.02.18
42 Define aeroplane specific fuel consumption SFC. Note: engine specific 032.01.02.02.19
fuel consumption covered in 021.
(Moved and merged into 032.01.03.02.02)
43 Define aeroplane specific range SR. 032.01.02.02.20
Relevant also to 032.01.03.02.01 and 032.01.03.02.02)

44
45 Influencing Variables on Performance 032.01.02.03
46 Name and understand the following factors that affect aeroplane 032.01.02.03.01
performance, particularly: - Temperature - Air density - Wind -
Aeroplane mass - Aeroplane configuration - Aeroplane antiskid system
status - Aeroplane centre of gravity - Aerodrome runway surface -
Aerodrome runway slope.

47
48

49

50

51
52
53

54 Describe the effect of excess thrust and power on speed and/or climb 032.01.02.02.06
performance.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.06)
55 Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ’thrust/power available” 032.01.02.02.04
curves.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.04)
56

57 Define cruise procedures “max endurance” and “max range”. 032.04.03.01.01

(Moved from 032.04.03.01.01)
58 Define the term maximum range. 032.04.03.03.01
(Moved from 032.04.03.03.01)

59
60 Define aeroplane specific range SR. 032.01.02.02.20
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.20)
61 Define the Term aeroplane specific fuel consumption (SFC). Note: 032.04.01.01.05
Engine specific fuel consumption is covered in subject 021 .
(Moved from 032.04.01.01.05)
62 Define aeroplane specific fuel consumption SFC. Note: engine specific 032.01.02.02.19
fuel consumption covered in 021.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.19)

63 Define aeroplane specific range SR. 032.01.02.02.20

(Moved from 032.01.02.02.20)
64

65

66 Explain the effect of centre of gravity on fuel consumption. 032.03.02.02.01

(Moved from 032.03.02.02.01)

67 Explain the effect and centre of gravity (CG) position and actual mass of 032.04.03.05.01
aircraft on range and endurance.
(Moved from 032.04.03.05.01)
68

69 Explain the effect of altitude on range and endurance. 032.04.03.05.02

(Moved from 032.04.03.05.02)
70 Explain the effect of meteorological variables on range and endurance. 032.04.03.05.03
(Moved from 032.04.03.05.03)
71

72
73

74
75 Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust. 032.04.03.02.01
(Moved from 032.04.03.02.01)
76 Find speed for max endurance. 032.04.03.02.02
(Moved from 032.04.03.02.02)

77

78

79 Explain the effect of wind and altitude on maximum endurance speed. 032.02.04.00.02
(Moved from 032.02.04.00.02)
80 Explain the effect of altitude on range and endurance. 032.04.03.05.02
(Moved from 032.04.03.05.02)

81 Explain the effect of meteorological variables on range and endurance. 032.04.03.05.03

(Moved from 032.04.03.05.03)
82

83

84
85
86 Resolve the forces during steady climbing and descending flight. 032.01.02.02.02
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.02)
87 Define and explain the following terms: - Critical engine, - Speed for 032.03.01.00.01
best angle of climb (VX) - Speed for best rate of climb (VY).
(Moved from 032.03.01.00.01)
88 Explain climb, level flight and descent performance in relation to the 032.01.02.02.08
combination of thrust/power available and required.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.08)
89 Describe the meaning of excess thrust and power using appropriate 032.01.02.02.05
graphs.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.05)
90 Describe the effect of excess thrust and power on speed and/or climb 032.01.02.02.06
performance.
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.04)
91 Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ’thrust/power available” 032.01.02.02.04
curves.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.04)
92 Explain the difference between angle and gradient. 032.01.02.02.09
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.09)
93 Explain the effect of mass on the speed for best angle and best rate of 032.03.02.02.02
climb.
(Moved from 032.03.02.02.02)
94 Explain the effect of selected power settings, flap settings and 032.03.02.01.08
aeroplane mass on the rate of climb.
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.07)
95 Explain the effect of aeroplane mass on the Rate of Climb (ROC). 032.04.02.02.01
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.07)
96 Explain the effect of temperature, wind and altitude on climb 032.02.02.00.03
performance.
(Moved from 032.02.02.00.03)
97 Explain the effect of meteorological variables on the Rate of Climb 032.04.02.02.02
(ROC).
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.08)
98

99 Describe the effect of engine failure on take-off climb performance. 032.03.02.01.09

(Moved from 032.03.02.01.09)
100 Calculate the climb gradient given thrust, drag and aeroplane mass. 032.01.02.02.07
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.07)
101
102
103 Resolve the forces during steady climbing and descending flight. 032.01.02.02.02
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.02)
104 Explain climb, level flight and descent performance in relation to the 032.01.02.02.08
combination of thrust/power available and required.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.08)
105 Describe the meaning of excess thrust and power using appropriate 032.01.02.02.05
graphs.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.05)
106 Describe the effect of excess thrust and power on speed and/or climb 032.01.02.02.06
performance.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.06)
107 Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ’thrust/power available” 032.01.02.02.04
curves.
(Moved from 032.01.02.02.04)
108 Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and configuration on 032.03.02.02.06
the glide descent.
(Moved from 032.03.02.02.06)
109 Explain the effect of mass, wind and speed on descent performance. 032.02.02.00.05
(Moved from 032.02.02.00.05)
110 Explain the influence of mass, configuration and altitude on rate of 032.04.05.02.01
descent and glide angle.
(Moved from 032.04.05.02.01)
111

112 PERFORMANCE CLASS B - SINGLE-ENGINE AEROPLANES 032.02.00.00

113 Definitions of speeds used 032.02.01.00

114
115 Define the following speeds according to CS-23: - Stall speeds VS, VS0 032.02.01.00.01
and VS1 - Rotation speed VR - Speed at 50 ft above the take-off surface
level - Reference speed landing VREF.
116

117

118 Interpret the European airworthiness requirements according to CS-23 032.01.01.01.01

relating to aeroplane performance.
(Moved from 032.01.01.01.01)
119 Define and explain the following terms: - Critical engine, - Speed for 032.03.01.00.01
best angle of climb (VX) - Speed for best rate of climb (VY).
(Moved from 032.03.01.00.01)
120 Explain the effect of the critical engine inoperative on the power 032.03.01.00.02
required and the total drag.
(Moved from 032.03.01.00.02)
121 Explain the effect of engine failure on controllability under given 032.03.01.00.03
conditions.
(Moved from 032.03.01.00.03)
122 Effect of Variables on Single-Engine Aeroplane Performance 032.02.02.00
123 Explain the effect of the wind component on take-off and landing 032.02.02.00.01
performance.
124 Determine the regulatory factors for take-off and landing according to 032.02.02.00.02
the applicable operational requirements.
125 Explain the effect of temperature, wind and altitude on climb 032.02.02.00.03
performance.
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.08)
126 Explain the effects of altitude and temperature on cruise performance. 032.02.02.00.04
127 Explain the effect of mass, wind and speed on descent performance. 032.02.02.00.05
(Moved to 032.01.05.01.05)
128 Take-off and Landing 032.02.03.00
129
130 Interpret the take-off and landing requirements according to the 032.02.03.00.01
applicable operational requirements.
(Merged into 032.02.03.01.01)
131 Define the following distances: - Take-off distance - Landing distance - 032.02.03.00.02
Ground roll distance - Maximum allowed take-off mass - Maximum
allowed landing mass.
132 Explain the effect of flap setting on the ground roll distance. 032.02.03.00.03

133 Explain the effect of flap setting on the ground roll distance. 032.03.02.01.01
(Moved from 032.03.02.01.01)
134 Explain the effect of runway conditions on the take-off distance. 032.03.02.01.04
(Moved from 032.03.02.01.04)

135 For both fixed and constant speed propellers, explain the effect of 032.03.02.01.02
airspeed on thrust during the take-off run.
(Moved from 032.03.02.01.02)
136 Explain the effect of brake release before take-off power is set on the 032.03.02.01.10
take-off and accelerate stop distance.
(Moved from 032.03.02.01.10)
137

138

139 Explain the percentage of accountability for head and tailwind 032.03.02.01.06
components during take-off and landing calculations.
(Moved from 032.03.02.01.06)
140 Explain the effect of runway conditions on the landing distance. 032.03.02.03.01
(Moved from 032.03.02.03.01)
141

142

143
144

145 Climb, Cruise and Descent 032.02.04.00

146
147 Explain the effects of different recommended power settings on range 032.02.04.00.01
and endurance.
148 Explain the effect of wind and altitude on maximum endurance speed. 032.02.04.00.02
(Moved to 032.01.03.03.05)
149 Interpret the applicable operational requirements related to aeroplane 032.01.01.02.01
performance.
(Partly moved from 032.01.01.02.01)
150

151

152 Use of Aeroplane Performance data 032.02.05.00

153 Take-off 032.02.05.01
154 Find the minimum or maximum wind component. 032.02.05.01.01
(Moved to 032.03.03.01.06)
155 Find the take off distance and ground roll distance. 032.02.05.01.02
(Moved to 032.03.03.01.03)

156 Find the maximum allowed take-off mass. 032.02.05.01.03

157 Find the take-off speed. 032.02.05.01.04
(Moved to 032.03.03.01.01)
158 Climb 032.02.05.02
159 Find the maximum rate of climb speed. 032.02.05.02.01
160 Find the time, distance and fuel to climb. 032.02.05.02.02

161 Find the rate of climb. 032.02.05.02.03

(Moved to 032.03.03.02.01)
162 Cruise 032.02.05.03
163 Find power settings, cruise true airspeed (TAS) and fuel consumption. 032.02.05.03.01
164 Find range and endurance. 032.02.05.03.02
165 Find the difference between still air distance (NAM) and ground 032.02.05.03.03
distance (NM).
(Moved to 061.01.04.04.02)
166 Landing 032.02.05.04
167 Find the minimum or maximum wind component. 032.02.05.04.01
168 Find the landing distance and ground roll distance. 032.02.05.04.02
(Moved and merged into 032.03.03.04.03)
169 PERFORMANCE CLASS B - MULTI-ENGINE AEROPLANES 032.03.00.00

170 Definitions of terms and speeds 032.03.01.00

171 Define and explain the following terms: - Critical engine, - Speed for 032.03.01.00.01
best angle of climb (VX) - Speed for best rate of climb (VY).
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.02 and 032.02.01.01.05)
172 Explain the effect of the critical engine inoperative on the power 032.03.01.00.02
required and the total drag.
(Moved to 032.02.01.01.06)
173 Explain the effect of engine failure on controllability under given 032.03.01.00.03
conditions.
(Moved to 032.02.01.01.07)
174 Effect of Variables on Multi-Engine Aeroplane Performance 032.03.02.00
175 Take-off and Landing 032.03.02.01
176 Explain the effect of flap setting on the ground roll distance. 032.03.02.01.01
(Moved to 032.02.03.01.02)
177 For both fixed and constant speed propellers, explain the effect of 032.03.02.01.02
airspeed on thrust during the take-off run.
(Moved to 032.02.03.01.04)
178 Explain the effect of pressure altitude on performance limited take-off 032.03.02.01.03
mass.
179 Explain the effect of runway conditions on the take-off distance. 032.03.02.01.04
(Moved to 032.02.03.01.03)
180 Determine the regulation factors for take-off according to the 032.03.02.01.05
applicable operational requirements.
181 Explain the percentage of accountability for head and tailwind 032.03.02.01.06
components during take-off and landing calculations.
(Moved to 032.02.03.01.08)
182 Interpret obstacle clearance at take-off. 032.03.02.01.07
183 Explain the effect of selected power settings, flap settings and 032.03.02.01.08
aeroplane mass on the rate of climb.
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.07)
184 Describe the effect of engine failure on take-off climb performance. 032.03.02.01.09
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.10)
185 Explain the effect of brake release before take-off power is set on the 032.03.02.01.10
take-off and accelerate stop distance.
(Moved to 032.02.03.01.05)
186 Climb, Cruise and Descent 032.03.02.02
187 Explain the effect of centre of gravity on fuel consumption. 032.03.02.02.01
(Moved to 032.01.03.02.05)
188 Explain the effect of mass on the speed for best angle and best rate of 032.03.02.02.02
climb.
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.07)
189 Explain the effect of mass on the speed for best angle and best rate of 032.03.02.02.03
descent.
190 Explain the effect of temperature and altitude on the fuel flow. 032.03.02.02.04
191 Explain the effect of wind on the maximum range speed and speed for 032.03.02.02.05
maximum climb angle.
192 Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and configuration on 032.03.02.02.06
the glide descent.
(Moved to 032.01.05.01.05)
193 Describe various cruise techniques. 032.03.02.02.07
194 Describe the effect of loss of engine power on climb and cruise 032.03.02.02.08
performance.
195 Landing 032.03.02.03
196 Explain the effect of runway conditions on the landing distance. 032.03.02.03.01
(Moved to 032.02.03.01.09)
197 Determine the regulatory factors for landing according to the 032.03.02.03.02
applicable operational requirements.
198 Use of Aeroplane Performance data 032.03.03.00
199 Take-off 032.03.03.01
200 Find take off field length data. 032.03.03.01.01

201 Find the take-off speed. 032.02.05.01.04

(Moved from 032.02.05.01.04)
202 Calculate the field length limited take off mass. 032.03.03.01.02
203 Find the accelerate go distance as well the accelerate stop distance 032.03.03.01.03
204 data.
Find the ground roll and take off distance. 032.03.03.01.04
205 Find the take off distance and ground roll distance. 032.02.05.01.02
(Moved from 032.03.05.01.02)
206 Calculate maximum effort take off data. 032.03.03.01.05
207 Calculate all engine and critical engine out take-off climb data. 032.03.03.01.06
208 Calculate obstacle clearance take off climb data. 032.03.03.01.07

209 Find the minimum or maximum wind component. 032.02.05.01.01

(Moved from 032.02.05.01.01)
210

211

212 Climb 032.03.03.02

213 Find rate of climb and climb gradient. 032.03.03.02.01
214 Find the rate of climb. 032.02.05.02.03
(Moved from 032.02.05.02.03)
215 Calculate single engine service ceiling. 032.03.03.02.02
216 Calculate obstacle clearance climb data. 032.03.03.02.03
217

218 Cruise and Descent 032.03.03.03

219 Find power settings, cruise true airspeed (TAS) and fuel consumption. 032.03.03.03.01
220 Calculate range and endurance data. 032.03.03.03.02
221 Landing 032.03.03.04
222 Find landing field length data. 032.03.03.04.01

223 Find landing climb data in the event of balked landing. 032.03.03.04.02
224 Find landing distance and ground roll distance. 032.03.03.04.03

225 Find short field landing distance and ground roll distance. 032.03.03.04.04
226 Find the landing distance and ground roll distance. 032.02.05.04.02
(Moved from 032.02.05.04.02)
227

228

229 PERFORMANCE CLASS A - AEROPLANES CERTIFICATED UNDER CS-25 032.04.00.00

ONLY
230 Take-off 032.04.01.00
231 Explain the essential forces affecting the aeroplane during take-off. 032.04.01.00.01
(Moved to 032.04.01.01.01)
232 State the effects of thrust-to-weight ratio and flap setting on ground 032.04.01.00.02
roll.
(Moved to 032.04.01.01.02)
233 Definitions of terms used 032.04.01.01
234 Explain the essential forces affecting the aeroplane during take-off. 032.04.01.00.01
(Moved from 032.04.01.00.01)
235 State the effects of thrust-to-weight ratio and flap setting on ground 032.04.01.00.02
roll.
(Moved from 032.04.01.00.02)
236 Interpret the European airworthiness requirements according to CS-25 032.01.01.01.02
relating to aeroplane performance.
(Moved from 032.01.01.01.02)

237 Define the terms Aircraft Classification Number (ACN) and Pavement 032.04.01.01.01
Classification Number (PCN).
238 Define and explain the following speeds in accordance with CS-25 or 032.04.01.01.02
CS-Definitions: - Reference stall speed - VSR - Reference stall speed in
the landing configuration - VSR0 - Reference stall speed in a specific
configuration - VSR1 - One-g stall speed at which the aeroplane can
develop a lift force (normal to the flight path) equal to its weight - VS1g
- Minimum control speed with critical engine inoperative VMC -
Minimum control speed, on or near ground - VMCG - Minimum control
speed take-off climb- VMCA - Engine failure speed - VEF - Take-off
decision speed - V1 - Rotation speed - VR, - Minimum take-off safety
speed - V2MIN - Minimum unstick speed - VMU - Lift off speed - VLOF -
Max brake energy speed - VMBE - Max tyre speed - V Max Tyre -
Reference landing speed - VREF - Minimum control speed, approach
and landing - VMCL.
(Partly moved to 032.04.06.02.04)

239 Explain the interdependence between the above mentioned speeds if 032.04.01.01.03
there is any.
240 Define the following distances in accordance with CS-25: - Take off Run 032.04.01.01.04
with all engines operating and one engine inoperative
- Take off Distance with all engines operating and one engine
inoperative
- Accelerate Stop Distance with all engines operating and one engine
inoperative.

241 Define the Term aeroplane specific fuel consumption (SFC). Note: 032.04.01.01.05
Engine specific fuel consumption is covered in subject 021.
(Moved to 032.01.03.02.01)
242
243

244 Take-off Distances 032.04.01.02

245 Explain the effects of the following Runway (RWY) variables on take-off 032.04.01.02.01
distances: - RWY slope - RWY surface conditions, dry, wet and
contaminated - RWY elevation.
246 Explain the effects of the following aeroplane variables on take-off 032.04.01.02.02
distances: - Aeroplane mass - Take-off configuration - Bleed Air
configurations.
247 Explain the effects of the following meteorological variables on take-off 032.04.01.02.03
distances: - Wind - Temperature - Pressure altitude.
248 Explain the influence of errors in rotation technique on take-off 032.04.01.02.04
distance - early and late rotation - too high and too low rotation angle -
too high and too low rotation rate.
249 Explain the take-off distances for specified conditions and configuration 032.04.01.02.05
for all engines operating and one engine inoperative.
250 Explain the effect of using clearway on the take-off distance required. 032.04.01.02.06

251 Explain the influence of V1 and V2MIN on take-off distance. 032.04.01.02.07

252 Explain the time interval allowed for between engine failure and 032.04.01.02.08
recognition when assessing the TOD.
253 Explain the effect of a miscalculation of V1 on the take-off distance 032.04.01.02.09
required.
254 Accelerate-stop distance 032.04.01.03
255 Explain the accelerate-stop distance for specified conditions and 032.04.01.03.01
configuration for all engines operating and one engine inoperative.
256 Explain the effect of using a stopway on the accelerate-stop distance 032.04.01.03.02
required.
257 Explain the effect of miscalculation of V1 on the accelerate-stop 032.04.01.03.03
distance required.
258 Explain the effect of runway slope on the accelerate-stop distance. 032.04.01.03.04

259 Explain the additional time allowance for accelerate stop distance 032.04.01.03.05
determination and discuss the deceleration procedure.
260 Explain the use of brakes, antiskid, use of reverse thrust, ground 032.04.01.03.06
spoilers or lift dumpers, brake energy absorption limits, delayed
temperature rise and tyre limitations.

261

262 Balanced field length concept 032.04.01.04

263 Define the term balanced field length. 032.04.01.04.01
264 Understand the relationship between take off distance, accelerate stop 032.04.01.04.02
distance and V1 when using a balanced field.

265 Describe the applicability of a balanced field length. 032.04.01.04.03

266 Unbalanced field length concept 032.04.01.05
267 Define the term unbalanced field length. 032.04.01.05.01
268 Describe the applicability of an unbalanced field length. 032.04.01.05.02
269 Explain the effect of a stopway on the allowed take off mass and 032.04.01.05.03
appropriate V1 when using an unbalanced field.
270 Explain the effect of a clear way on the allowed take off mass and 032.04.01.05.04
appropriate V1 when using an unbalanced field.
271 Runway length Limited Take-Off Mass (RLTOM) 032.04.01.06
272 Define the runway length limited take-off mass for balanced and 032.04.01.06.01
unbalanced field length.
273

274 Contaminated runways 071.02.13.00

275 Define a contaminated runway, a damp runway, a wet runway, a dry 071.02.13.01.01
runway.
(Moved from 071.02.13.01.01)
276 List the different types of contamination : damp, wet or water patches, 071.02.13.01.02
rime or frost covered, dry snow, wet snow, slush, ice, compacted or
rolled snow, frozen ruts or ridges. (ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2)
(Moved from 071.02.13.01.02)

277 Identify the difference between friction coefficient and estimated 071.02.13.02.01
surface friction. (ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2)
(Moved from 071.02.13.02.01)
278 State that when friction coefficient is 0.40 or higher the expected 071.02.13.02.02
braking action is good. (ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2)
(Moved from 071.02.13.02.02)
279 Define the different types of hydroplaning. (NASA TM-85652 / Tire 071.02.13.03.01
friction performance / pages 6 to 9)
(Copied from 071.02.13.03.01)
280 Compute the 2 dynamic hydroplaning speed using the following 071.02.13.03.02
formulas:
Spin-down speed (Rotating tire) (kt) = 9 square root (Pressure in PSI)
Spin-up speed (Non-rotating tire) (kt) = 7.7 square root (Pressure in
PSI).
(NASA TM-85652 / Tire friction performance / page 8)
Coped from 071.02.13.03.02 and further edited)
281 State that some wind limitations may apply in case of contaminated 071.02.13.04.01
runways. Those limitations are to be found in Part B of the Operations
Manual – Limitations.
(Moved from 071.02.13.04.01)

282 State that the procedures associated with take-off and landing on 071.02.13.04.02
contaminated runways are to be found in Part B of the Operations
Manual – Normal procedures.
(Moved from 071.02.13.04.02)

283 State that the performances associated with contaminated runways are 071.02.13.04.03
to be found in Part B of the Operations Manual – Performance.
(Moved from 071.02.13.04.03)
284 Take-off climb 032.04.01.07
285 Define the segments of the actual take-off flight path. 032.04.01.07.01
(Moved to 032.04.01.09.04)
286 Explain the difference between the flat rated and non flat rated part in 032.04.01.07.02
performance charts.
287 Determine changes in the configuration, power, thrust and speed in the 032.04.01.07.03
take-off flight path segments.
(Moved to 032.04.01.09.05)
288 Determine the differences in climb gradient requirements for 2, 3 and 4 032.04.01.07.04
engine aeroplanes.
289 State the maximum bank angle when flying at V2. 032.04.01.07.05
(Moved to 032.04.01.09.06)
290 Explain the effects of aeroplane and meteorological variables on the 032.04.01.07.06
take-off climb.
291 Describe the influence of airspeed selection, acceleration and turns on 032.04.01.07.07
the climb gradients, best rate of climb speed and best angle of climb
speed.
(Moved to 032.04.01.09.07)

292 Determine the climb limited take-off mass. 032.04.01.07.08

(Also moved to 032.05.01.01.03)
293 Obstacle-limited take-off 032.04.01.08
294 Describe the operational regulations for obstacle clearance in the net 032.04.01.08.01
take-off flight path.
295 Define actual and net take-off flight path with one engine inoperative in 032.04.01.08.02
accordance with CS-25.
296 Determine the effects of aeroplane and meteorological variables on 032.04.01.08.03
determination of obstacle limited take-off mass.
297 Determine the obstacle limited take-off mass. 032.04.01.08.04
(Moved to 032.05.01.01.03)
298 Define the segments of the actual take-off flight path. 032.04.01.07.01
(Moved from 032.04.01.07.01)
299 Determine changes in the configuration, power, thrust and speed in the 032.04.01.07.03
take-off flight path segments.
(Moved from 032.04.01.07.03)
300 State the maximum bank angle when flying at V2. 032.04.01.07.05
(Moved from 032.04.01.07.05)

301 Describe the influence of airspeed selection, acceleration and turns on 032.04.01.07.07
the climb gradients, best rate of climb speed and best angle of climb
speed.
(Moved from 032.04.01.07.07)

302 Determine the climb limited take-off mass. 032.04.01.07.08

(Moved to 032.04.01.08.04 and 032.05.01.01.02)
303 Interpret the European airworthiness requirements according to CS-25 032.01.01.01.02
relating to aeroplane performance.
(Moved from 032.01.01.01.02)

304 Performance limited take-off mass 032.04.01.09

305 Define Performance limited take-off mass. 032.04.01.09.01

306

307

308

309 Take off performance on wet and contaminated runways 032.04.01.10

310 Explain the differences between the take-off performance 032.04.01.10.01
determination on a wet or contaminated runway and a dry runway.
311
312

313

314

315 Use of Reduced and De-rated Thrust 032.04.01.11

316 Explain advantages and disadvantages of using reduced and de-rated 032.04.01.11.01
thrust.
317 Explain the difference between reduced and de-rated thrust. 032.04.01.11.02

318 Explain when reduced and de-rated thrust may and may not be used. 032.04.01.11.03
319 Explain the effect of using reduced and de-rated thrust on take-off 032.04.01.11.04
performance including take-off speeds, take off distance, climb
performance and obstacle clearance.
320 Explain the assumed temperature method for determining reduced 032.04.01.11.05
thrust performance.
321 Take off Performance using different take off flap settings 032.04.01.12
322 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using different take off 032.04.01.12.01
flap settings to optimise the Performance limited take-off mass.
323
324 Take off Performance using increased V2 speeds (“improved climb 032.04.01.13
performance”)
325 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using increased V2 speeds. 032.04.01.13.01
326 Explain under what circumstances this procedure can be used. 032.04.01.13.02
327

328 Brake energy and tyre speed limit 032.04.01.14

329 Explain the effects on take-off performance of brake energy and tyre 032.04.01.14.01
speed limits.
330 Explain under which conditions this becomes limiting. 032.04.01.14.02
331 Use of Aeroplane Flight data 032.04.01.15
332 Determine the maximum masses that satisfy all the regulations for 032.04.01.15.01
take-off from the aeroplane performance data sheets.
333 Determine the relevant speeds for specified conditions and 032.04.01.15.02
configuration from the aeroplane performance data sheets.
334 Climb 032.04.02.00
335 Climb techniques 032.04.02.01
336 Explain the effect of climbing with constant IAS. 032.04.02.01.01

337 Explain the effect of climbing with constant Mach number. 032.04.02.01.02

338 Explain the correct sequence of climb-speeds for jet transport 032.04.02.01.03
aeroplanes.
339 Determine the effect on TAS when climbing in and above the 032.04.02.01.04
troposphere at constant Mach number.
340 Influence of variables on climb performance 032.04.02.02
341 Explain the effect of aeroplane mass on the Rate of Climb (ROC). 032.04.02.02.01
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.07)
342 Explain the effect of meteorological variables on the Rate of Climb 032.04.02.02.02
(ROC).
(Moved to 032.01.04.01.08)
343 Explain the effect of aeroplane acceleration during a climb with 032.04.02.02.03
constant IAS or Mach number.
344 Explain the effect on the operational speed limit when climbing at 032.04.02.02.04
constant IAS.
345 Explain the term “cross over altitude” which occurs during the climb 032.04.02.03.01
speed schedule (IAS-Mach number).
(Moved from 032.04.02.03.01)
346 Use of Aeroplane Flight data 032.04.02.03
347 Explain the term “cross over altitude” which occurs during the climb 032.04.02.03.01
speed schedule (IAS-Mach number).
(Moved to 032.04.02.02.02)
348 Calculate the time to climb. 032.04.02.03.02
349 Cruise 032.04.03.00
350 Cruise techniques 032.04.03.01
351 Define cruise procedures “max endurance” and “max range”. 032.04.03.01.01
(Moved to 032.01.03.01.05)
352 Max Endurance 032.04.03.02
353 Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust. 032.04.03.02.01
(Moved to 032.01.03.03.01)
354 Find speed for max endurance. 032.04.03.02.02
(Moved to 032.01.03.03.01)
355 Max Range 032.04.03.03
356 Define the term maximum range. 032.04.03.03.01
(Moved to 032.01.03.01.05)
357 Long-range cruise 032.04.03.04
358 Define the term long range cruise. 032.04.03.04.01
359 Explain differences in flying the speed for long range and maximum 032.04.03.04.02
range with regard to fuel flow and speed stability.
360 Influence of variables on cruise performance 032.04.03.05
361 Explain the effect and centre of gravity (CG) position and actual mass of 032.04.03.05.01
aircraft on range and endurance.
(Moved to 032.01.03.02.05)
362 Explain the effect of altitude on range and endurance. 032.04.03.05.02
(Moved to 032.01.03.02.07 and 032.01.03.03.05)
363 Explain the effect of meteorological variables on range and endurance. 032.04.03.05.03
(Moved to 032.01.03.02.07 and 032.01.03.03.05)
364 Cruise altitudes 032.04.03.06
365 Define the term optimum altitude. 032.04.03.06.01
366 Explain the factors which affect the choice of optimum altitude. 032.04.03.06.02
367 Explain the factors which might affect or limit the maximum operating 032.04.03.06.03
altitude.
368 Explain the necessity for step climbs. 032.04.03.06.04

369 Describe the Buffet Onset Boundary (BOB). 032.04.03.06.05

370 Determine the all engines operating power settings and speeds from 032.04.03.08.01
the aeroplane performance data sheets for: - Maximum range, -
Maximum endurance, - High speed and normal cruise - High and low
speed buffet (speed/Mach number only).
(Moved to 032.04.03.06.05)

371 Analyse influence of bank angle, mass and 1.3 g buffet onset factor on 032.04.03.06.06
a step climb.
372

373

374 Cost index 032.04.03.07

375 Define the term cost index. 032.04.03.07.01
376 Understand the reason for economical cruise speed. 032.04.03.07.02
377
378 Use of Aeroplane Flight data 032.04.03.08
379 Determine the all engines operating power settings and speeds from 032.04.03.08.01
the aeroplane performance data sheets for: - Maximum range, -
Maximum endurance, - High speed and normal cruise - High and low
speed buffet (speed/Mach number only).
(Moved to 032.04.03.06.05)

380 Determine the selection of cruise technique accounting for cost 032.04.03.08.02
indexing, passenger requirements against company requirements.
381 Determine the fuel consumption from the aeroplane performance data 032.04.03.08.03
sheets for various cruise configurations, holding, approach and transit
to an alternate in normal conditions and after an engine failure.
382 En-route One Engine Inoperative 032.04.04.00
383 Drift Down 032.04.04.01
384 Describe the determination of en-route flight path data one engine 032.04.04.01.01
inoperative in accordance with CS-25.123.
385 Determine the minimum obstacle clearance height prescribed in the 032.04.04.01.02
applicable operational requirements.
386 Define the speed during drift down. 032.04.04.01.03

387 Explain influence of deceleration on the drift-down profiles. 032.04.04.01.04

388 Influence of variables on En-route One Engine Inoperative 032.04.04.02
performance
389 Identify factors which affect the en-route net flight path. 032.04.04.02.01

390 Use of Aeroplane Flight data 032.04.04.03

391 Find one-engine out service ceiling, range and endurance given engine 032.04.04.03.01
inoperative charts.
(Moved to 032.05.02.01.01)
392 Find maximum continuous power/thrust settings given engine 032.04.04.03.02
inoperative charts.
393 Descent 032.04.05.00
394 Descent techniques 032.04.05.01
395 Explain the effect of descending with constant Mach number. 032.04.05.01.01
396 Explain the effect of descending with constant IAS. 032.04.05.01.02
397 Explain the correct sequence of descent speeds for jet transport 032.04.05.01.03
aeroplanes.
398 Determine the effect on TAS when descending in and above the 032.04.05.01.04
troposphere at constant Mach number.
399 Describe the following limiting speeds for descent: - Maximum 032.04.05.01.05
operating speed VMO - Maximum Mach number MMO.
400 Explain the effect of a descent at constant Mach number on the margin 032.04.05.01.06
to low and high speed buffet.
401 Influence of variables on descent performance 032.04.05.02
402 Explain the influence of mass, configuration and altitude on rate of 032.04.05.02.01
descent and glide angle.
(Moved to 032.01.05.01.05)
403
404

405

406

407

408 Use of Aeroplane Flight data 032.04.05.03

409 Determine the following information for all engines operating and one 032.04.05.03.01
engine inoperative from the aeroplane performance data sheets: -
Descent rates - Time and distance for descent - Fuel used during
descent.
410 Approach and Landing 032.04.06.00
411 Approach requirements 032.04.06.01
412 Describe the CS-25 requirements for the approach climb. 032.04.06.01.01
413 Describe the CS-25 requirements for the landing climb. 032.04.06.01.02
414 Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude on approach 032.04.06.01.03
and landing climb performance.
415 Landing field length requirement 032.04.06.02
416 Describe the landing distance determined according to CS-25.125 032.04.06.02.01
(“demonstrated” landing distance).
417 Recall the Landing field length requirements for dry, wet and 032.04.06.02.02
contaminated runways in the applicable operational requirements.
418 Define the landing distance available (LDA). 032.04.06.02.03
419 Define and explain the following speeds in accordance with CS-25 or 032.04.01.01.02
CS-Definitions: - Reference stall speed - VSR - Reference stall speed in
the landing configuration - VSR0 - Reference stall speed in a specific
configuration - VSR1 - One-g stall speed at which the aeroplane can
develop a lift force (normal to the flight path) equal to its weight - VS1g
- Minimum control speed with critical engine inoperative VMC -
Minimum control speed, on or near ground - VMCG - Minimum control
speed take-off climb- VMCA - Engine failure speed - VEF - Take-off
decision speed - V1 - Rotation speed - VR, - Minimum take-off safety
speed - V2MIN - Minimum unstick speed - VMU - Lift off speed - VLOF -
Max brake energy speed - VMBE - Max tyre speed - V Max Tyre -
Reference landing speed - VREF - Minimum control speed, approach
and landing - VMCL.
(Moved from 032.04.01.01.02)

420 Influence of variables on landing performance 032.04.06.03

421 Explain the effect of runway slope, surface conditions and wind on the 032.04.06.03.01
maximum landing mass for a given runway length in accordance with
the applicable operational requirements.
422 Explain the effect on landing distance and maximum allowable landing 032.04.06.03.02
mass of the following devices affecting deceleration - reverse - anti-skid
- ground spoilers or lift dumpers - auto brakes.
423 Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude on the 032.04.06.03.03
maximum landing mass for a given runway length.
424 Explain the effect of hydroplaning on landing distance required. 032.04.06.03.04

425 Quick turnaround limit 032.04.06.04

426 Define the quick turnaround limits and explain their purpose. 032.04.06.04.01
427 Use of Aeroplane Flight data 032.04.06.05
428 Determine the field length required for landing with a given landing 032.04.06.05.01
mass from the aeroplane performance data sheets the applicable
operational requirements.
(Moved to 032.05.03.01.01)

429 Determine the landing and approach climb limited landing mass from 032.04.06.05.02
the aeroplane performance data sheets.
(Moved to 032.05.03.01.02)
430 Determine the landing field length limited landing mass from the 032.04.06.05.03
aeroplane performance data sheets.
(Moved to 032.05.03.01.01)
431 Find the structural limited landing mass from the aeroplane 032.04.06.05.04
performance data sheets.
(Moved to 032.05.03.01.03)
432 Calculate the maximum allowable landing mass as the lowest of: - 032.04.06.05.05
Approach climb and landing climb-limited landing mass - Landing field
length-limited landing mass - Structural-limited landing mass.
(Moved to 032.05.03.01.03)

433 Determine the maximum quick turnaround mass and time under given 032.04.06.05.06
conditions from the aeroplane performance data sheets.
(Moved to 032.05.03.01.04)
434 Determine the Limiting landing mass in respect of PCN. 032.04.06.05.07
435

436
437
438

439 Determine the climb limited take-off mass. 032.04.01.07.08

(Moved from 032.04.01.07.08)

440 Determine the obstacle limited take-off mass. 032.04.01.08.04

(Moved from 032.04.01.08.04)
441
442

443
444
445

446

447

448
449
450 Find one-engine out service ceiling, range and endurance given engine 032.04.04.03.01
inoperative charts.
(Moved from 032.04.04.03.01)
451

452

453 Approach and Landing 032.04.06.00

454
455 Determine the field length required for landing with a given landing 032.04.06.05.01
mass from the aeroplane performance data sheets the applicable
operational requirements.
(Moved from 032.04.06.05.01)

456 Determine the landing field length limited landing mass from the 032.04.06.05.03
aeroplane performance data sheets.
(Moved from 032.04.06.05.03)
457 Determine the landing and approach climb limited landing mass from 032.04.06.05.02
the aeroplane performance data sheets.
(Moved from 032.04.06.05.02)
458 Calculate the maximum allowable landing mass as the lowest of: - 032.04.06.05.05
Approach climb and landing climb-limited landing mass - Landing field
length-limited landing mass - Structural-limited landing mass.
(Moved from 032.04.06.05.05)

459 Find the structural limited landing mass from the aeroplane 032.04.06.05.04
performance data sheets.
(Moved from 032.04.06.05.04)
460 Determine the maximum quick turnaround mass and time under given 032.04.06.05.06
conditions from the aeroplane performance data sheets.
(Moved from 032.04.06.05.06)
covered by more than one "new" LO; cross-references are always provided in columns C and D, and you will therefore sometimes see se
New syllabus Moved to/from
reference another subject

032.00.00.00
032.01.00.00
032.01.01.00
032.01.01.01
032.01.01.01.01

032.01.01.01.01,
032.04.01.01.03,
032.04.01.09.08

032.01.01.01.02

032.01.01.02
032.01.01.02.01

032.01.01.02.02

032.01.01.03
032.01.01.03.01

032.01.01.03.02

032.01.01.04
032.01.01.04.01
032.01.01.04.02
032.01.01.04.03
032.01.01.04.04

032.01.01.04.05

032.01.02.00
032.01.02.01

032.01.02.02
032.01.04.01.01,
032.01.05.01.01

032.01.03.01.03,
032.01.04.01.05,
032.01.05.01.04

032.01.04.01.04,
032.01.05.01.03

032.01.03.01.02,
032.01.04.01.04,
032.01.05.01.03

032.01.04.01.11

032.01.04.01.03,
032.01.05.01.02

032.01.04.01.06

032.01.02.02.01
032.01.02.02.02
032.01.02.02.03
032.01.02.02.04

032.01.02.02.05
032.01.02.02.06

032.01.02.02.07

032.01.02.02.08
032.01.02.02.09
032.01.03.02.02

032.01.02.02.10

032.01.02.02.11
032.01.02.03
032.01.02.03.01

032.01.02.03.02
032.01.02.03.03

032.01.02.03.04

032.01.02.03.05

032.01.03.00
032.01.03.01
032.01.03.01.01

032.01.03.01.02

032.01.03.01.03

032.01.03.01.04

032.01.03.01.05

032.01.03.01.05

032.01.03.02
032.01.03.02.01

032.01.03.02.01

032.01.03.02.02

032.01.03.02.02

032.01.03.02.03

032.01.03.02.04

032.01.03.02.05

032.01.03.02.05

032.01.03.02.06

032.01.03.02.07
032.01.03.02.07

032.01.03.02.08

032.01.03.02.09
032.01.03.02.10

032.01.03.03
032.01.03.03.01

032.01.03.03.02

032.01.03.03.03

032.01.03.03.04

032.01.03.03.05

032.01.03.03.05

032.01.03.03.05

032.01.03.03.06

032.01.03.03.07

032.01.04.00
032.01.04.01
032.01.04.01.01

032.01.04.01.02

032.01.04.01.03

032.01.04.01.04

032.01.04.01.04

032.01.04.01.05
032.01.04.01.06

032.01.04.01.07

032.01.04.01.07

032.01.04.01.07

032.01.04.01.08

032.01.04.01.08

032.01.04.01.09

032.01.04.01.10

032.01.04.01.11

032.01.05.00
032.01.05.01
032.01.05.01.01

032.01.05.01.02

032.01.05.01.03

032.01.05.01.03

032.01.05.01.04

032.01.05.01.05

032.01.05.01.05

032.01.05.01.05

032.01.05.01.06

032.02.00.00

032.02.01.00
 032.02.01.01
032.02.01.01.01

032.02.01.01.02

032.02.01.01.03

032.02.01.01.04

032.02.01.01.05

032.02.01.01.06

032.02.01.01.07

032.02.02.00

032.01.04.01.08

032.01.05.01.05

032.02.03.00
032.02.03.01
032.02.03.01.01

032.02.03.01.01

032.02.03.01.02

032.02.03.01.02

032.02.03.01.03

032.02.03.01.04
032.02.03.01.05

032.02.03.01.06

032.02.03.01.07

032.02.03.01.08

032.02.03.01.09

032.02.03.01.10

032.02.03.01.11

032.02.03.01.12
032.02.03.01.13

032.02.04.00
032.02.04.01

032.01.03.03.05

032.02.04.01.01

032.02.04.01.02

032.02.04.01.03

032.03.03.01.06

032.03.03.01.03

032.03.03.01.01
032.03.03.02.01

061.01.04.04.02 Moved to subject

061

032.03.03.04.03

032.03.00.00

032.03.01.00
032.01.04.01.02,
032.02.01.01.05

032.02.01.01.06

032.02.01.01.07

032.03.02.00

032.02.03.01.02

032.02.03.01.04

032.02.03.01.03

032.02.03.01.08

032.01.04.01.07

032.01.04.01.10
032.02.03.01.05

032.01.03.02.05

032.01.04.01.07

032.01.05.01.05

032.02.03.01.09

032.03.03.00
032.03.03.01
032.03.03.01.01

032.03.03.01.01

032.03.03.01.01
032.03.03.01.02
032.03.03.01.03
032.03.03.01.03

032.03.03.01.04
032.03.03.01.05

032.03.03.01.06

032.03.03.01.07

032.03.03.01.08

032.03.03.02
032.03.03.02.01
032.03.03.02.01

032.03.03.02.02
032.03.03.02.03

032.03.03.03

032.03.03.04
032.03.03.04.01

032.03.03.04.02
032.03.03.04.03

032.03.03.04.03
032.03.03.04.03

032.03.03.04.04

032.03.03.04.05

032.04.00.00

032.04.01.00
032.04.01.01.01

032.04.01.01.02

032.04.01.01
032.04.01.01.01

032.04.01.01.02

032.04.01.01.03

032.04.01.01.04
032.04.01.01.05,
032.04.06.02.04

032.04.01.01.06

032.04.01.01.07

032.01.03.02.01

032.04.01.01.08
032.04.01.01.09

032.04.01.02
032.04.01.02.01

032.04.01.02.02

032.04.01.02.03

032.04.01.02.04

032.04.01.02.05

032.04.01.02.06

032.04.01.02.07

032.04.01.02.08

032.04.01.03
032.04.01.03.01

032.04.01.03.02

032.04.01.03.03

032.04.01.03.04

032.04.01.03.05

032.04.01.03.06

032.04.01.03.07

032.04.01.04
032.04.01.04.01
032.04.01.04.02

032.04.01.04.03
032.04.01.05

032.04.01.05.01
032.04.01.05.02

032.04.01.05.03

032.04.01.06
032.04.01.06.01

032.04.01.06.02

032.04.01.07 Moved from subject

070
032.04.01.07.01 Moved from subject
070

032.04.01.07.02 Moved from subject

070

032.04.01.07.03 Moved from subject

070

032.04.01.07.04 Moved from subject

070
032.04.01.07.05 Copied from subject
070

032.04.01.07.06 Copied from subject

070

032.04.01.07.07 Moved from subject

070

032.04.01.07.08 Moved from subject

070

032.04.01.07.09 Moved from subject

070

032.04.01.08
032.04.01.09.04

032.04.01.08.01

032.04.01.09.05

032.04.01.08.02

032.04.01.09.06

032.04.01.08.03

032.04.01.09.07

032.04.01.08.04

032.04.01.09
032.04.01.09.01

032.04.01.09.02

032.04.01.09.03

032.05.01.01.03

032.04.01.09.04
032.04.01.09.05

032.04.01.09.06

032.04.01.09.07

032.04.01.08.04,
032.05.01.01.02
032.04.01.09.08

032.04.01.10

032.04.01.10.01
032.04.01.10.02

032.04.01.10.03

032.04.01.10.04

032.04.01.11
032.04.01.11.01

032.04.01.11.02
032.04.01.11.03

032.04.01.11.04

032.04.01.11.05

032.04.01.12
032.04.01.12.01

032.04.01.12.02

032.04.01.12.03
032.04.01.12.04

032.04.01.12.05

032.04.01.13
032.04.01.13.01

032.04.01.13.02
 032.04.01.14

032.04.01.14.01
032.04.01.14.02
032.04.01.14.03

032.04.01.15
032.04.01.15.01

032.04.01.15.02

032.04.02.00
032.04.02.01
032.04.02.01.01

032.04.02.01.02

032.04.02.01.03

032.04.02.01.04

032.04.02.02
032.01.04.01.07

032.01.04.01.08

032.04.02.02.01

032.04.02.02.02

032.04.02.02.02

032.04.03.00
032.04.03.01
032.01.03.01.05

032.04.03.02
032.01.03.03.01
032.01.03.03.02

032.04.03.03
032.01.03.01.05

032.04.03.04
032.04.03.04.01
032.04.03.04.02

032.04.03.05
032.01.03.02.05

032.01.03.02.07,
032.01.03.03.05
032.01.03.02.07,
032.01.03.03.05
032.04.03.06
032.04.03.06.01
032.04.03.06.02
032.04.03.06.03

032.04.03.06.04

032.04.03.06.05

032.04.03.06.05

032.04.03.06.06

032.04.03.06.07

032.04.03.06.08

032.04.03.07
032.04.03.07.01
032.04.03.07.02
032.04.03.07.03

032.04.03.06.05
 032.04.04.00
032.04.04.01
032.04.04.01.01

032.04.04.01.02

032.04.04.01.03

032.04.04.01.04
032.04.04.02

032.04.04.02.01

032.05.02.01.01

032.04.05.00
032.04.05.01
032.04.05.01.01
032.04.05.01.02
032.04.05.01.03

032.04.05.01.04

032.04.05.01.05

032.04.05.01.06

032.04.05.02
032.01.05.01.05

032.04.05.02.01
032.04.05.02.02

032.04.05.02.03

032.04.05.02.04

032.04.05.02.05
 032.04.06.00
032.04.06.01
032.04.06.01.01
032.04.06.01.02
032.04.06.01.03

032.04.06.02
032.04.06.02.01

032.04.06.02.02

032.04.06.02.03
032.04.06.02.04

032.04.06.03
032.04.06.03.01

032.04.06.03.02

032.04.06.03.03

032.04.06.03.04

032.04.06.04
032.04.06.04.01

032.05.03.01.01

032.05.03.01.02
032.05.03.01.01

032.05.03.01.03

032.05.03.01.03

032.05.03.01.04

032.05.00.00

032.05.01.00
032.05.01.01
032.05.01.01.01

032.05.01.01.02

032.05.01.01.03

032.05.01.01.04
032.05.01.01.05

032.05.01.01.06
032.05.01.01.07
032.05.01.01.08

032.05.01.01.09

032.05.01.01.10

032.05.02.00
032.05.02.01
032.05.02.01.01

032.05.02.01.02

032.05.02.01.03

032.05.03.00
032.05.03.01
032.05.03.01.01

032.05.03.01.01

032.05.03.01.02

032.05.03.01.03

032.05.03.01.03

032.05.03.01.04
eferences are always provided in columns C and D, and you will therefore sometimes see several LOs listed in a single cell in column D.
New syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

modified
Deleted

same
New
PERFORMANCE - AEROPLANES x
GENERAL x
Performance legislation x
Applicability of airworthiness requirements of CS-23 and CS-25 x
Describe the application of certification specification (CSs) with regard to x
the different kinds of aeroplanes.

See new LO references x x

Describe the general differences between aeroplanes certified according x x

to CS-23 (CS 23.1, CS 23.3) and CS-25 (CS 25.1, CS 25.20).
Operational regulations and safety x
Describe the basic concept that the applicable operational requirements x
differ depending on aeroplane performance.

Describe the performance classes for commercial air transport according x

to the applicable operational requirements.
Performance and safety x
State that aeroplane performance required for commercial air transport x
may limit the weight of a dispatched aeroplane in order to achieve a
sufficient level of safety.
Describe that the minimum level of safety required for commercial air x
transport is ensured through the combination of airworthiness
requirements and operational limitations, i.e. the more stringent
airworthiness requirements of CS-25 enable a wider range of operating
conditions for these aeroplanes.

Performance definitions and safety factors x

Describe measured performance and explain how it is determined. x
Describe gross performance. x
Describe net performance and safety factors. x
Describe that the size of a safety factor depends on the likelihood of the x
event and the range of the measured performance data.
Describe the relationship between net and gross take-off and landing x
distances, and net and gross climb and descent gradients.
General performance theory x
Intentionally left blank x
x

Definitions and terms x

x
See new LO references x

x
See new LO references x

See new LO references x

See new LO references x

See new LO references x

See new LO references x

See new LO references x

Define the terms ‘climb angle’ and ‘climb gradient’. x

Define the terms ‘flight-path angle’ and ‘flight-path gradient’. x x
Define the terms ‘descent angle’ and ‘descent gradient’. x x
Explain the difference between climb/descent angle and flight-path x x
angle.
Define ‘absolute ceiling’. x x
Describe ‘clearway’ and ‘stopway’ according to CS-Definitions. x x

Describe: take-off run available (TORA); take-off distance available x x

(TODA); accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA); and determine each
from given data or appropriate aerodrome charts.
Describe ‘screen height’ including its various values. x x
Define the terms ‘range’ and ‘endurance’. x x
See new LO reference x

Define an aeroplane’s ‘specific range’ (SR) in terms of nautical air miles x x

(NAM) per unit of fuel, and ‘specific range over the ground’ (SRG) in
terms of nautical ground miles (NGM) per unit of fuel.

Define the power available and power required. x

Variables influencing performance x
Name the following factors that affect aeroplane performance: pressure x
altitude and temperature, wind, aeroplane weight, aeroplane
configuration, aeroplane anti-skid status, aeroplane centre of gravity
(CG), aerodrome runway surface, and aerodrome runway slope.

Describe how, for different density altitudes, the thrust and power x
available vary with speed for a propeller-driven aeroplane.
Describe how, for different density altitudes, the thrust and power x
available vary with speed for a turbojet aeroplane.
Describe how, for different density altitudes, the drag and power x
required vary with indicated airspeeds (IAS) and true airspeeds (TAS).
Describe how, for different aeroplane weights and configurations, the x
drag and power required vary with IAS and TAS.
Level flight, range and endurance x
Steady level flight x
Explain how drag (thrust) and power required vary with speed in straight x
and level flight.
Explain the effect of excess thrust and power on speed in level flight. x x

Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power available’ x x

curves in straight and level flight.

Describe how the maximum achievable straight and level flight IAS and x
TAS vary with altitude.
Describe situations in which a pilot may elect to fly for ‘maximum x x
endurance’ or ‘maximum range’.
See new LO reference x x

Range x
Define a turbojet aeroplane’s specific fuel consumption (SFC) and x x
describe how it affects fuel flow and specific range.
See new LO reference x x

Define a propeller-driven aeroplane’s SFC and describe how it affects x x

fuel flow and specific range.

See new LO reference x x

Explain the optimum speed for maximum SR for a turbojet aeroplane in x

relation to the drag curve.
Explain the optimum speed to achieve maximum SR for a propeller- x
driven aeroplane in relation to the power required and drag graphs.
Explain the effect of aeroplane weight and CG position on fuel x x
consumption, range and the optimum speed for maximum SR.

See new LO reference x x

State how a turbojet engine’s SFC varies with temperature and thrust x
setting.
Explain how SR for a turbojet aeroplane varies with altitude and under x x
different meteorological conditions.
See new LO reference x x

Explain how SRG for a propeller-driven aeroplane varies with altitude x

and under different meteorological conditions.
Explain the effect of weight on the optimum altitude for maximum x
range.
Describe the effect of wind on SRG and the optimum speed for SRG , x
when compared to SR, and the optimum speed for SR.
Maximum endurance x
Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust for a turbojet aeroplane. x x

State the speed for maximum endurance for a turbojet aeroplane. x x

Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS and thrust for a propeller-driven x

aeroplane.
State the speed for maximum endurance for a propeller-driven x
aeroplane and the disadvantages of holding at this speed (e.g. high
angle of attack (AoA) and lack of speed stability).
Explain the effect of wind and altitude on endurance, and the maximum x x
endurance speed for a turbojet aeroplane.
See new LO reference x x

See new LO reference x x

Explain the effect of wind and altitude on endurance, and the maximum x
endurance speed for a propeller-driven aeroplane.
Describe the benefits of managing your en-route airspeed to reduce or x
avoid holding time, and the operational situations when it could be used
(commanded by the pilot or air traffic control (ATC), when delays at
arrival airport occur).

Climbing x
Climbing (climb performance) x
Resolve the forces during a steady climb. x x

Define and explain the following terms: critical engine; speed for best x x
angle of climb (Vx); speed for best rate of climb (Vy).

Explain climb performance in relation to the thrust available and thrust x x

required (angle of climb), and power available and power required (rate
of climb).
Explain the meaning and effect of ‘excess thrust’ and ‘excess power’ in a x x
steady climb.

See new LO reference x x

Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power available’ x x

curves in a steady climb.
State the difference between climb angle and gradient. x x

Explain the effect of weight on the climb angle and rate of climb, and the x x
speed for best angle and best rate of climb.

See new LO reference x x

See new LO reference x x

Explain the effects of pressure altitude and temperature, including an x x

inversion on climb performance (angle and rate of climb).

See new LO reference x x

Explain the effect of configuration on climb performance (angle and rate x

of climb, and Vx and Vy).
Describe the effect of engine failure on climb performance (angle and x x
rate of climb, and Vx and Vy).
Calculate the all-engine and one-engine-out climb gradient from given x x
values of engine thrust and aeroplane drag and weight.
Descending x
Descending (descent performance) x
Resolve the forces during steady descent and in the glide. x x

Explain descent performance in relation to thrust available and thrust x x

required (drag), and power available and power required.

Explain the meaning of ‘excess thrust required’ (excess drag) and ‘excess x x
power required’ in a steady descent.

See new LO reference x

Interpret the ‘thrust/power required’ and ‘thrust/power available’ x x

curves in a steady descent.

Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and configuration on x x

the glide descent.

See new LO reference x x

See new LO reference x x

Explain the effect of mass, altitude, wind, speed and configuration on x

the powered descent.
CS-23/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PERFORMANCE x
CLASS B - THEORY
Airworthiness requirements x
Airworthiness requirements and definitions x
Define the following speeds: stall speeds VS, VS0 and VS1; rotation x x
speed VR; speed at 50 ft above the take-off surface level; reference
landing speed VREF.
Describe the limitations on VR, on the speed at 50 ft above the take-off x
surface and on VREF, and given the appropriate stall speed, estimate the
values based on these limitations for a single-engine, class B aeroplane.
Describe the limitations on VR, on the speed at 50 ft above the take-off x
surface and on VREF, and given the appropriate stall speed, estimate the
values based on these limitations for a multi-engine, class B aeroplane.
Describe the European Union airworthiness requirements according to x x
CS-23 relating to aeroplane performance (CS-23 SUBPART A - GENERAL,
PERFORMANCE, CS 23.45 to CS 23.78 inclusive).
Define and identify the critical engine of a multi-engine propeller x x
aeroplane.

Explain the effect of an engine failure on the power required, the total x x
drag (thrust required) and climb performance of a multi-engine
aeroplane.
Explain the effect of engine failure on the minimum control speed of a x x
multi-engine aeroplane under given conditions (temperature and
pressure altitude).
Intentionally left blank x
x

See new LO reference x

x
See new LO reference x

Take-off and landing x

Take-off and landing (definitions and effects) x
See new LO reference x x

Define the following distances and masses: take-off distance; landing x x

distance; ground-roll distance; maximum allowed take-off mass;
maximum allowed landing mass.
Explain the effect of flap-setting on the take-off, landing and ground-roll x x
distances.
See new LO reference x x

Explain the effects of the following runway (RWY) variables on take-off x x

distances: RWY slope; RWY surface conditions: dry, wet and
contaminated; RWY elevation.
For both fixed-pitch and constant-speed propeller aeroplanes, explain x x
the effect of airspeed on thrust during the take-off run.
Describe the effects of brake release before take-off power is set on the x x
TOD and ASD.

Explain the effect of wind on take-off and landing distances, and x

determine the actual headwind/tailwind component given the runway
direction, wind speed and direction, by use of wind component graphs,
mathematical calculations, and rule of thumb.

Explain why an aeroplane has maximum crosswind limit(s) and x

determine the crosswind component given the runway direction, wind
speed and direction, by use of wind component graphs, mathematical
calculations, and rule of thumb.

Explain the percentage of accountability for headwind and tailwind x x

components during take-off and landing calculations.

Explain the effect of runway conditions on the landing distance. x x

Explain the effects of pressure altitude and temperature on the take-off x

distance, take-off climb, landing distance and approach climb.
Describe the landing airborne distance and ground-roll distance and x
estimate the effect on the landing distance when the aeroplane is too
fast or too high at the screen.
Describe the take-off flight path for a multi-engine, class B aeroplane. x
Describe the dimensions of the take-off flight path accountability area x
(domain).
Climb, cruise and descent x
Climb, cruise and descent (requirements and calculations) x
x

See new LO reference x

Describe the climb and en-route requirements according to the x x

applicable operational requirements.

For a single-engine aeroplane, calculate the expected obstacle clearance x

(in visual meteorological conditions (VMC)) given gross climb
performance, obstacle height and distance from reference zero.
For a single-engine aeroplane, calculate the net glide gradient and net x
glide distance, given aeroplane altitude, terrain elevation, gross gradient
or lift/drag ratio (L/D ratio), and headwind or tailwind component.
x
x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

x
See new LO reference x

x
x
Covered in 033: 033.01.01.01.03, 033.01.01.01.04, 033.01.01.05.03, x
033.02.01.07.03 and 033.03.02.02.02
See new LO reference x

x
x
x
See new LO reference in subject 061 x

x
x
x

CS-23/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PERFORMANCE x

CLASS B - USE OF AEROPLANE PERFORMANCE DATA FOR SINGLE- AND
MULTI-ENGINE AEROPLANES
Intentionally left blank x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

Intentionally left blank x

x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

x
x

See new LO reference x

x
x

x
See new LO reference x

Use of aeroplane performance data x

Take-off x
Determine the field-length-limited take-off mass and take-off speeds x
given defactored distance, configuration, pressure altitude, temperature
and headwind/tailwind component.
See new LO reference x x

See new LO reference x x

Determine the accelerate-go distance and accelerate-stop distance data. x x
Determine the ground-roll distance and take-off distance from graphs. x x
See new LO reference x x

x
Determine the all-engine-out and critical-engine-out take-off climb data. x x
Determine take-off flight path for a MEP aeroplane of given mass and x x
given airfield conditions, and calculate the obstacle clearance based on
the take-off flight path.
Determine the minimum headwind or maximum tailwind component x x
required for take-off for a given mass and given airfield conditions.
Given take-off run available (TORA), TODA and ASDA, slope and surface x
conditions, calculate the defactored distance to be used for commercial
air transport using the appropriate take-off graphs.
Calculate the minimum TORA or TODA for commercial air transport x
given the defactored take-off distance or run, runway surface and slope.
Climb x
Determine rate of climb. x
See new LO reference x x

x
Calculate obstacle clearance climb data. x x
Determine the still-air and flight-path gradients for given IAS, altitude, x
temperature, aeroplane weight and, if relevant, wind component.
Intentionally left blank x
x
x
Landing x
Determine the field-length-limited landing mass and landing speeds x
given defactored distance, configuration, pressure altitude, temperature
and headwind or tailwind component.
Determine landing climb data in the event of balked landing. x
Determine landing distance and ground-roll distance for given flap x
position, aeroplane weight and airfield data.
See new LO reference x x
See new LO reference x x

Calculate, given the landing distance available (LDA), slope and surface x
type and condition, the defactored distance to be used for commercial
air transport using the appropriate landing graphs.
Calculate the minimum landing distance (LD) that must be available for x
commercial air transport given the defactored landing distance, runway
surface and slope.
CS-25/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PERFORMANCE x
CLASS A - THEORY
Take-off x
See new LO reference x x

See new LO reference x x

Take-off performance, definitions of and relationships between terms x

Explain the forces affecting the aeroplane during the take-off run. x x

State the effects of thrust-to-weight ratio and flap-setting on ground roll. x x

Describe the European Union airworthiness requirements according to x x

CS-25 relating to large aeroplane performance (General and Take-off)
(SUBPART B - FLIGHT PERFORMANCE: CS 25.101 to CS 25.109 inclusive,
and CS 25.113).

Describe the terms ‘aircraft classification number’ (ACN) and ‘pavement x x

classification number’ (PCN), and the requirements and hazards of
operating on aerodrome surfaces with PCNs smaller than the ACNs.
Define and explain the following speeds in accordance with CS-25 or CS- x x
Definitions: reference stall speed (VSR); reference stall speed in a
specific configuration (VSR1); 1-g stall speed at which the aeroplane can
develop a lift force (normal to the flight path) equal to its weight (VS1g);
minimum control speed with critical engine inoperative (VMC);
minimum control speed on or near the ground (VMCG); minimum
control speed at take-off climb (VMCA); engine failure speed (VEF); take-
off decision speed (V1); rotation speed (VR); take-off safety speed (V2);
minimum take-off safety speed (V2MIN); minimum unstick speed
(VMU); lift-off speed (VLOF); maximum brake energy speed (VMBE);
maximum tyre speed (VMax Tyre).

Explain the interdependence between the above-mentioned speeds x x

where relevant.
Define the following distances in accordance with CS-25: take-off run x x
with all engines operating and one-engine- inoperative; take-off distance
with all engines operating and one-engine-inoperative; accelerate-stop
distance with all engines operating and one-engine-inoperative.

See new LO reference x

Explain how loss of TORA due to alignment is accounted for. x

Explain the effect of the interdependency of relevant speeds in 032 04 x
01 01 (05) and the situations in which these interdependencies can
cause speed and performance restrictions.
Take-off distances x
Explain the effects of the following runway (RWY) variables on take-off x
distances: RWY slope; RWY surface conditions: dry, wet and
contaminated; RWY elevation.
Explain the effects of the following aeroplane variables on take-off x
distance: aeroplane mass; take-off configuration; bleed-air
configurations.
Explain the effects of the following meteorological variables on take-off x
distances: wind; temperature; pressure altitude.
Explain the consequence of errors in rotation technique on take-off x
distance: early and late rotation; too high and too low rotation angle;
too high and too low rotation rate.
Compare the take-off distance for specified conditions and configuration x
for all engines operating and one-engine-inoperative.
Explain the effect of using clearway on the field-length-limited take-off x
mass.
Explain the influence of aeroplane mass, air density and flap settings on x
V1, V2 and V2MIN and thereby on take-off distance.
x

Explain the effect of an error in V1 on the resulting one-engine-out take- x x

off distance.
Accelerate-stop distance x
Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is affected by given conditions x
and configuration for all engines operating and one-engine-inoperative.
Explain the effect of using a stopway on the field-length-limited take-off x
mass.
Explain the effect of an error in V1 on the resulting accelerate-stop x
distance.
Explain the effect of runway slope or wind component on the x
accelerate-stop distance.
Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is determined and discuss the x
deceleration procedure.
Explain how the accelerate-stop distance is affected by the use of x
brakes, anti-skid, reverse thrust, ground spoilers (lift dumpers) and by
brake energy absorption limits, delayed temperature rise and brake
temperature indication.

Explain the hazards of rejecting a take-off from high ground speed or x

high take-off mass, and how to manage these hazards.
Balanced field length concept x
Define the term ‘balanced field length’. x
Describe the relationship between take-off distance and accelerate-stop x
distance, and identify on a diagram the balanced field length and
balanced V1.
Describe the applicability of a balanced field length. x
Unbalanced field length concept x
x
Describe the applicability of an unbalanced field length. x x
Explain the effect of additional stopway on the allowed take-off mass x x
and appropriate V1 when using an unbalanced field.
Explain the effect of additional clearway on the allowed take-off mass x x
and appropriate V1 when using an unbalanced field.
Field-length-limited take-off mass (FLLTOM) x
Explain the factors that affect the FLLTOM. x

Explain the concept of a ‘range of V1’ and explain reasons for the x
placement of the designated V1 towards the faster or slower end of the
range.
Contaminated runways x

Define a ‘contaminated runway’, ‘wet runway’, and a ‘dry runway’. x x

Describe the different types of contamination: wet or water patches, x x

rime- or frost-covered, dry snow, wet snow, slush, ice, compacted or
rolled snow, frozen ruts or ridges.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2

Identify the difference between friction coefficient and estimated x x

surface friction.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2
State that when friction coefficient is 0.40 or higher, the expected x x
braking action is good.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Vol. I, Attachment A
Define the different types of hydroplaning. x x
Source: NASA TM-85652, Tire Friction Performance, pp. 6 to 9

Explain the difference between the two dynamic hydroplaning speeds x x

and state which of them is the most limiting for an aircraft operating on
a wet runway.
Source: NASA TM-85652, Tire Friction Performance, p. 8

State that some wind limitations may apply in case of contaminated x x

runways. Those limitations are to be found in Part B of the Operations
Manual - Limitations.

State that the procedures associated with take-off and landing on x x

contaminated runways are to be found in Part B of the Operations
Manual - Normal procedures.

State that the performance associated with contaminated runways is to x x

be found in Part B of the Operations Manual - Performance.

Take-off climb x x
See new LO reference x

Explain the difference between the flat-rated and non-flat-rated part in x x

performance charts.
See new LO reference x

State the differences in climb-gradient requirements for two-, three- and x x

four-engined aeroplanes.
See new LO reference x

Explain the effects of aeroplane configuration and meteorological x x

conditions on the take-off climb.
See new LO reference x

Determine the climb-limited take-off mass. x x

Obstacle-limited take-off x x
Describe the operational regulations for obstacle clearance in the net x x
take-off flight path (NTOFP).
Define the actual and NTOFP with one-engine-inoperative in accordance x x
with CS-25.
Explain the effects of aeroplane configuration and meteorological x x
conditions on the obstacle-limited take-off mass.
See new LO reference x

Describe the segments of the actual take-off flight path. x x

Describe the changes in the configuration, power, thrust and speed in x x
the NTOFP climb segments.

State the standard maximum bank angle(s) in the first and second x x
segment, and determine the effect on the stall speed and implication on
V2.
Explain the influence of airspeed selection, acceleration and turns on the x x
climb gradient.

See new LO references x

Describe the European Union airworthiness requirements according to x x

CS-25 relating to aeroplane performance take-off climb and flight path
(SUBPART B - FLIGHT PERFORMANCE: CS 25.111, CS 25.115, CS 25.117
and CS 25.121)

Performance-limited take-off mass (PLTOM) and regulated take-off x x

mass (RTOM) tables
Define PLTOM and RTOM. x x
Describe the use of RTOM tables or similar to find PLTOM and how this x
can also be done using an EFB.
Interpret what take-off limitation (field length, obstacle, climb, x
structural, etc.) is restricting a particular RTOM as it is presented in
RTOM tables or similar.
Describe why data from an EFB can differ from data derived from RTOM x
tables or similar.
Take-off performance on wet and contaminated runways x x
Explain the differences between the take-off performance x x
determination on a wet or contaminated runway and on a dry runway.
Describe a wet V1 and explain the consequences of using a wet V1. x
Describe the hazards, effects and management of operating from a x
contaminated runway.
Describe displacement drag, impingement drag, and the methods to x
monitor acceleration.
Explain the benefits and implications of using a derated take-off on a x
contaminated runway.
Use of reduced (flexible or flex) and derated thrust x x
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using reduced (flex) and x x
derated thrust.
Explain the difference between and principles behind reduced (flex) and x x
derated thrust.
Explain when reduced (flex) and derated thrust may and may not be x x
used.
Explain the effect of using reduced (flex) and derated thrust on take-off x x
performance including take-off speeds, take-off distance, climb
performance and obstacle clearance.
Explain the assumed temperature method for determining reduced x x
(flex) thrust performance.
Take-off performance using different take-off flap settings x x
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of using different take-off flap x x
settings to optimise the performance-limited take-off mass (PLTOM).
Determine the optimum flap position and PLTOM from given figures. x
Take-off performance using increased V2 speeds (‘improved climb x x
performance’)
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of the increased V2 x x
procedure.
Explain under what circumstances this procedure can be used. x x
Explain the hazards of the fast V1 and VLOF speeds associated with the x
increased V2 procedure and how they can be managed.
Brake-energy and tyre-speed limit x x
Explain the effects on take-off performance of brake-energy and tyre- x x
speed limits.
Explain under what conditions they are more likely to become limiting. x x
x
x

Climb x
Climb techniques x
Explain the effect of climbing at constant IAS on: TAS; Mach number; x
climb gradient; rate of climb.
Explain the effect of climbing at constant Mach number on: TAS; IAS; x
climb gradient; rate of climb.
Explain the correct sequence of climb speeds for turbojet transport x
aeroplanes.
Determine the effect on TAS when climbing in and above the x
troposphere at constant Mach number.
Influence of variables on climb performance x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

Explain the effect on the operational speed limit when climbing at x x

constant IAS and at constant Mach number.
Explain the term ‘crossover altitude’ which occurs during the climb x x
speed schedule (IAS–Mach number).

See new LO reference x

Cruise x
Intentionally left blank x
See new LO reference x

Intentionally left blank x

See new LO reference x
See new LO reference x

Intentionally left blank x

See new LO reference x

Long-range cruise x
Define the term ‘long-range cruise’. x
Explain the differences between flying at long-range speed and x
maximum-range speed with regard to fuel-flow and speed stability.
Intentionally left blank x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

Cruise altitudes x
Define the term ‘optimum cruise altitude’. x
Explain the factors that affect optimum cruise altitude. x
Explain the factors that can affect or limit the maximum operating cruise x
altitude.
Explain the purpose of, and operational reasons for, a step climb and x
when such a climb would be initiated for optimum range.
Describe the buffet onset boundary (BOB) and determine the high- and x
low-speed buffet (speed/Mach number only).
See new LO reference x

Analyse the influence of bank angle, mass and the 1.3g buffet margin on x
a step climb.
Describe that the high-speed buffet can occur at speeds slower or faster x
than MMO.
Explain the reasons why a step climb may not be used (e.g. for short x
sectors, advantageous winds, avoiding turbulence, and due to air traffic
restrictions).
Cost index (CI) x
Describe ‘cost index’. x
Describe the reason for economical cruise speed. x
Describe the effect of cost index on climb, cruise and descent speeds. x
x
See new LO reference x

x
 x

En-route one-engine-inoperative x
Drift-down x
Describe the determination of en-route flight-path data with one- x
engine-inoperative in accordance with CS 25.123.
Describe the minimum obstacle-clearance height prescribed in the x
applicable operational requirements.
Describe the optimum speed that the pilot should select during drift- x
down.
Explain the influence of deceleration on the drift-down profiles. x
Influence of variables on the en-route one-engine-inoperative x
performance
Describe and explain the factors which affect the en-route net drift- x
down flight path.
x
See new LO reference x

Descent x
Descent techniques x
Explain the effect of descending at constant Mach number. x
Explain the effect of descending at constant IAS. x
Explain the correct sequence of descent speeds for turbojet transport x
aeroplanes.
Determine the effect on TAS when descending in and above the x
troposphere at constant Mach number.
Describe the following limiting speeds for descent: maximum operating x
speed (VMO); . maximum Mach number (MMO).
Explain the effect of a descent at constant Mach number on the margin x
to low- and high-speed buffet.
Energy management in the descent x
See new LO reference x

Explain the advantages and principle of a continuous descent. x

Describe energy management in terms of chemical, potential and kinetic x
energy.
Describe the effect of increasing/decreasing headwind and tailwind on x
profile management.
Describe the effect of the Mach number to IAS transition (speed x
conversion) on profile management.
Describe situations during the descent and approach in which a pilot x
could find that an aeroplane flies high or fast, and explain how the pilot
can manage descent angle/excess energy.
x
 x

Approach and landing x

Approach requirements x
Describe the CS-25 requirements for the approach climb (CS 25.121). x
Describe the CS-25 requirements for the landing climb. x
Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude on approach and x
landing-climb performance.
Landing-field-length and landing-speed requirements x
Describe the landing distance determined according to CS 25.125 x
(‘demonstrated’ landing distance).
Describe the landing-field-length requirements for dry, wet and x
contaminated runways and the applicable operational requirements.
Define the ‘landing distance available’ (LDA). x
Define and explain the following speeds in accordance with CS-25 or CS- x x
Definitions: reference stall speed in the landing configuration (VSR0);
reference landing speed (VREF); - minimum control speed, approach and
landing (VMCL).

Influence of variables on landing performance x

Explain the effect of runway slope, surface conditions and wind on the x
maximum landing mass for a given landing distance available in
accordance with the applicable operational requirements.
Explain the effect on landing distance and maximum allowable landing x
mass of the following devices affecting deceleration: reverse; anti-skid;
ground spoilers or lift dumpers; autobrakes.
Explain the effect of temperature and pressure altitude on the maximum x
landing mass for a given landing distance available.
Explain the effect of hydroplaning on landing distance required and x
methods of managing landing on contaminated or wet runways.
Quick turnaround limit x
Describe how break temperature limits the turnaround times. x
x
See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

See new LO reference x

x
CS-25/APPLICABLE OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS PERFORMANCE x
CLASS A - USE OF AEROPLANE PERFORMANCE DATA
Take-off x
Take-off (performance data) x
Determine from given graphs the field-lenght-limited take-off mass x
(FLLTOM) and describe situations in which this limitation could be most
restrictive for take-off.
Determine from given graphs the climb-limited take-off mass and x x
describe situations in which this limitation could be most restrictive for
take-off.
Determine from given graphs the obstacle-limited mass and describe x x
situations in which this limitation could be most restrictive for take-off.
Determine from given graphs the tyre-speed-limited take-off mass. x
Determine from given graphs the maximum brake-energy-limited take- x
off mass.
Determine the take-off V speeds for the actual take-off mass. x
Determine the maximum take-off mass using given RTOM tables. x
Using RTOM tables, determine the take-off V speeds for the actual take- x
off weight using appropriate corrections.
Determine the assumed/flex temperature and take-off V speeds using x
the RTOM tables.
Calculate the break cooling time following a rejected take-off given x
appropriate data.
Drift-down and stabilising altitude x
Drift-down and stabilising altitude (performance data) x
Determine the one-engine-out net stabilising altitude (level-off altitude) x x
from given graphs/tables.

Determine the maximum mass at which the net stabilising altitude with x
one-engine-out clears the highest relevant obstacle by the required
clearance margin.
Determine, using drift-down graphs, fuel used, time and distance x
travelled in a descent from a cruise flight level to a given altitude.
Landing x x
Landing (performance data) x
Determine the field length required for landing with a given landing x x
mass from the aeroplane performance data sheets.

See new LO reference x x

Determine the landing and approach climb-limited landing mass from x x

the aeroplane performance data sheets.

Calculate the maximum allowable landing mass as the lowest of: x x

approach-climb- and landing-climb-limited landing mass; landing-field-
length-limited landing mass; structural-limited landing mass.

See new LO reference x x

Determine the brake cooling time for different landing masses using the x x
aeroplane performance data sheets.
a single cell in column D.

Basic Knowledge
ATPLHIR

CBIR EIR
ATPLH
ATPLA

CPLH
CPLA

IR

x x x

x x

x x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x
x x
x x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x

x x

x x
x x x
x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x
x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x
x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x
x x
x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x
x x

x x

x x
x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x X

x X

x
x

x
x

x
x

x X

x X
x

x X

x X
x

x x

x x

x x X

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x
x

x
x X

x
x

x
x

x
x
x
x

x x

x x

x x

x
x

x x

x
x

x x

x X
x
x

x
x
x

x
x

x
x
x

x x

x
x X

x
x
x
x

x X

x X
x

x
x

x
x

x
x
x

x
x

x
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus
Index reference

1 FLIGHT PLANNING AND MONITORING 033.00.00.00

2 FLIGHT PLANNING FOR VFR FLIGHTS Remark – Using Training Route Manual 033.01.00.00
VFR charts or the European Central Question Bank (ECQB) Annexes.
3 VFR Navigation plan 033.01.01.00
4 Routes, airfields, heights and altitudes from VFR charts 033.01.01.01
5 Select routes and altitudes taking the following criteria into account: - 033.01.01.01.01
Classification of airspace - Controlled airspace - Uncontrolled airspace -
Restricted areas - Minimum safe altitudes - VFR Semi-circular rules -
Conspicuous points - Navigation aids.

6 Calculate the minimum pressure or true altitude from minimum grid area 033.01.01.01.02
altitude using OAT and QNH.
(Moved to 033.01.01.02.05)
7 Calculate the vertical and/or horizontal distance and time to climb to a given 033.01.01.01.03
level or altitude.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.06)
8 Calculate the vertical and/or horizontal distance and time to descend from a 033.01.01.01.04
given level or altitude.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.06)

9 Find the frequency and/or identifiers of radio navigation aids from charts. 033.01.01.01.05
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

10 Find the frequency and/or identifier of appropriate radio navigation aids. 033.01.01.04.02
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.01.02 )
11 Find communication frequencies and call signs for the following: - 033.01.01.04.01
control agencies and service facilities - flight information services - weather
information stations - Automatic Terminal Information Service.
(Moved from 033.01.01.04.01)

12 Routes, airfields, heights and altitudes from VFR charts 033.01.01.01

13 Choose waypoints in accordance with specified criteria. 033.01.01.02.01

14 Calculate, or obtain from the chart, courses and distances. 033.01.01.02.02

15 Complete the navigation plan with the courses and distances as taken from 033.01.01.05.01
charts.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.02)
16 Find the highest obstacle within a given distance either side of the course. 033.01.01.02.03
17 Find the following data from the chart and transfer to the navigation plan: - 033.01.01.02.04
Waypoints and/or turning points - Distances - True/magnetic courses.
18 Determine variation and calculate magnetic courses. 033.01.01.05.04
(Moved to 033.01.01.02.04)
19 Calculate the minimum pressure or true altitude from minimum grid area 033.01.01.01.02
altitude using OAT and QNH.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.05)
20 Calculate the vertical and/or horizontal distance and time to climb to a given 033.01.01.01.03
level or altitude.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.06)
21 Calculate the vertical and/or horizontal distance and time to descend from a 033.01.01.01.04
given level or altitude.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.06)
22 Determine the position of the top of climb (TOC) and top of descend (TOD) 033.01.01.05.03
given appropriate data.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.06)
23

24 Aerodrome Charts and Aerodrome Directory 033.01.01.03

25 Explain the reasons for studying the visual departure procedures and the 033.01.01.03.01
available approach procedures.
26 Find all visual procedures which can be expected at the departure, destination 033.01.01.03.02
and alternate airfields.
27 Find departure and arrival routes. 033.01.01.05.02
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.03.02)
28 Find the following data from the charts or directory: - Aerodrome regulations 033.01.01.03.03
and opening hours - Terrain high points and man-made structures - Altitudes -
Courses and radials - Helipads (for helicopter only) - Any other relevant
information.

29 Communications and Radio Navigation planning data 033.01.01.04

30 Find communication frequencies and call signs for the following: - 033.01.01.04.01
control agencies and service facilities - flight information services - weather
information stations - Automatic Terminal Information Service.
(Moved to 033.01.01.01.03)

31 Find the frequency and/or identifier of appropriate radio navigation aids. 033.01.01.04.02
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.01.02)
32 Completion of navigation plan 033.01.01.05
33 Complete the navigation plan with the courses and distances as taken from 033.01.01.05.01
charts. 
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.02)
34 Find departure and arrival routes.  033.01.01.05.02
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.03.02)
35 Determine the position of the top of climb (TOC) and top of descend (TOD) 033.01.01.05.03
given appropriate data.
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.06)
36 Determine variation and calculate magnetic courses. 033.01.01.05.04
(Moved and merged into 033.01.01.02.04)
37 Calculate the True Air Speed (TAS) given aircraft performance data, altitude and 033.01.01.05.05
outside air temperature (OAT).
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
38 Calculate Wind Correction Angles (WCA) and Drift and Ground Speeds (GS). 033.01.01.05.06
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
39 Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg to destination and 033.01.01.05.07
alternate airfields.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
40 FLIGHT PLANNING FOR IFR FLIGHTS Remark – Using Training Route Manual 033.02.00.00
IFR charts or the ECQB Annexes.
41 IFR Navigation plan 033.02.01.00
42 Airways and routes 033.02.01.01
43 Select the preferred airway(s) or route(s) considering: - Altitudes and Flight 033.02.01.01.01
levels - Standard routes - ATC restrictions - Shortest distance - Obstacles - Any
other relevant data.
44

45 Courses and distances from en-route charts 033.02.01.02

46 Determine courses and distances. 033.02.01.02.01
47 Determine bearings and distances of waypoints from radio navigation aids. 033.02.01.02.02
48 Altitudes 033.02.01.03
49 Define the following minimum altitudes: - Minimum En-route Altitude (MEA) - 033.02.01.03.01
Minimum Obstacle Clearance Altitude (MOCA) - Minimum Off Route Altitude
(MORA) - Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude (Grid MORA) - Maximum
Authorised Altitude (MAA) - Minimum Crossing Altitude (MCA) - Minimum
Holding Altitude (MHA).

50 Extract the following minimum altitudes from the chart(s): - Minimum En-route 033.02.01.03.02
Altitude (MEA) - Minimum Obstacle Clearance Altitude (MOCA) - Minimum Off
Route Altitude (MORA) - Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude (Grid MORA) -
Maximum Authorised Altitude (MAA) - Minimum Crossing Altitude (MCA) -
Minimum Holding Altitude (MHA).

51 Determine all relevant Altitudes/Levels particularly MEA, MOCA, MORA, MAA, 033.02.01.07.07
MCA, MRA and MSA.
(Moved and merged into 033.02.01.03.02)
52

53

54

55
56

57

58 Standard Instrument Departures (SIDs) and Standard Arrival Routes (STARs) 033.02.01.04

59 Explain the reasons for studying SID and STAR charts. 033.02.01.04.01
60 State the reasons why the SID and STAR charts show procedures only in a 033.02.01.04.02
pictorial presentation style which is not to scale.
61 Interpret all data and information represented on SID and STAR charts, 033.02.01.04.03
particularly: - Routings - Distances - Courses - Radials - Altitudes/Levels -
Frequencies - Restrictions.

62 Identify SIDs and STARs which might be relevant to a planned flight. 033.02.01.04.04
63
64

65 Instrument Approach Charts 033.02.01.05

66 State the reasons for being familiar with instrument approach procedures and 033.02.01.05.01
appropriate data for departure, destination and alternate airfields.
67 Select instrument approach procedures appropriate for departure, destination 033.02.01.05.02
and alternate airfields. 
68 Interpret all procedures, data and information represented on Instrument 033.02.01.05.03
Approach Charts, particularly: - Courses and Radials - Distances -
Altitudes/Levels/Heights - Restrictions - Obstructions - Frequencies - Speeds
and times - Decision Altitudes/Heights (DA/H) and Minimum Descent
Altitudes/Heights (MDA/H) - Visibility and runway visual ranges (RVR) -
Approach light systems.

69

70 Communications and Radio Navigation planning data 033.02.01.06

71 Find communication frequencies and call signs for the following: - control 033.02.01.06.01
agencies and service facilities - flight information services (FIS) - weather
information stations - Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS).
72 Find the frequency and/or identifiers of radio navigation aids. 033.02.01.06.02

73 Completion of navigation plan 033.02.01.07

74 Complete the navigation plan with the courses, distances and frequencies 033.02.01.07.01
taken from charts. 
75 Find Standard Instrument Departure and Arrival Routes to be flown and/or to 033.02.01.07.02
be expected. 
76 Determine the position of Top of Climb (TOC) and Top of Descent (TOD) given 033.02.01.07.03
appropriate data.
77 Determine variation and calculate magnetic/true courses. 033.02.01.07.04
78 Calculate True Air Speed (TAS) given aircraft performance data, altitude and 033.02.01.07.05
outside air temperature (OAT).
79 Calculate Wind Correction Angles (WCA) / Drift and Ground Speeds (GS). 033.02.01.07.06
80 Determine all relevant Altitudes/Levels particularly MEA, MOCA, MORA, MAA, 033.02.01.07.07
MCA, MRA and MSA.
(Moved and merged into 033.02.01.03.02)
81 Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg to destination and 033.02.01.07.08
alternate airfields.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
82

83

84 FUEL PLANNING 033.03.00.00

85 General 033.03.01.00
86
87 Convert between volume, mass and density given in different units which are 033.03.01.00.01
commonly used in aviation.
88 Determine relevant data from flight manual, such as fuel capacity, fuel 033.03.01.00.02
flow/consumption at different power/thrust settings, altitudes and atmospheric
conditions.
89 Calculate attainable flight time/range given fuel flow/consumption and 033.03.01.00.03
available amount of fuel.
90 Calculate the required fuel given fuel flow/consumption and required 033.03.01.00.04
time/range to be flown.
91 Calculate the required fuel for a VFR flight given expected meteorological 033.03.01.00.05
conditions and expected delays under defined conditions.
92 Calculate the required fuel for an IFR flight given expected meteorological 033.03.01.00.06
conditions and expected delays under defined conditions.
(Merged into 033.03.01.01.05)
93

94

95 Pre-flight fuel planning for commercial flights 033.03.02.00

96 Taxi fuel 033.03.02.01
97 Determine the fuel required for engine start and taxi by consulting the fuel 033.03.02.01.01
usage tables and/or graphs from the flight manual taking into account all
relevant conditions.
98 Trip fuel 033.03.02.02
99 Define trip fuel and name the segments of flight for which the trip fuel is 033.03.02.02.01
relevant.
100 Determine the trip fuel for the flight using data from the navigation plan and 033.03.02.02.02
fuel tables and/or graphs from the flight manual.
101 Reserve fuel and its components 033.03.02.03
102 Contingency fuel
103 Explain the reasons for having contingency fuel. 033.03.02.03.01
104 State and explain the requirements for contingency fuel according to the 033.03.02.03.02
applicable operational requirements.

105 Calculate contingency fuel using requirements according to the applicable 033.03.02.03.03
operational requirements.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.02)

106 State and explain the requirements for contingency fuel according to the 033.03.02.03.04
applicable operational requirements.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.02)

107 Calculate the contingency fuel using requirements according to the applicable 033.03.02.03.05
operational requirements for IFR flights.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.02)

108 Calculate the contingency fuel using requirements according to the applicable 033.03.02.03.06
operational requirements for VFR flights in a hostile environment.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.02)

109 Calculate the contingency fuel using requirements according to the applicable 033.03.02.03.07
operational requirements for VFR flights in a non-hostile environment.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.02)
110 Alternate fuel
111 Explain the reasons and regulations for having alternate fuel and name the 033.03.02.03.08
segments of flight for which the fuel is relevant.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

112 Calculate the alternate fuel in accordance with the applicable operational 033.03.02.03.09
requirements and relevant data from the navigation plan and the Flight
Manual.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
113 Calculate the alternate fuel in accordance with the applicable operational 033.03.02.03.10
requirements and relevant data from the navigation plan and the Flight
Manual.
(Merged with 033.03.02.03.04)
114 Final reserve fuel
115 Explain the reasons and regulations for having final reserve fuel. 033.03.02.03.11
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

116 Calculate the final reserve fuel for an aeroplane with reciprocating engines and 033.03.02.03.12
for an aeroplane with turbine power units in accordance with the applicable
operational requirements and using relevant data from the Flight Manual.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

117 Calculate the final reserve fuel for a VFR flight (by day with reference to visual 033.03.02.03.13
landmarks) in accordance with the applicable operational requirements and
using relevant data from the Flight Manual.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.06)

118 Calculate the final reserve fuel for a IFR flight in accordance with the applicable 033.03.02.03.14
operational requirements and using relevant data from the Flight Manual.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.06)
119 Additional fuel
120 Explain the reasons and regulations for having additional fuel. 033.03.02.03.15
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
121 Calculate the additional fuel for an IFR flight without a destination alternate in 033.03.02.03.16
accordance with the applicable operational requirements for an isolated
aerodrome.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

122 Calculate the additional fuel for a flight to an isolated heliport in accordance 033.03.02.03.17
with the applicable operational requirements.
(Merged into 033.03.02.03.08)
123 Extra fuel 033.03.02.04
124 Explain the reasons and regulations for having extra fuel in accordance with the 033.03.02.04.01
applicable operational requirements.

125 Explain the reasons and regulations for having extra fuel in accordance with the 033.03.02.04.02
applicable operational requirements.
(Merged into 033.03.02.04.01)
126 Calculate the possible extra fuel under given conditions. 033.03.02.04.03
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
127

128 Calculation of total fuel and completion of the fuel section of the navigation 033.03.02.05
plan (fuel log)
129 Calculate the total fuel required for a flight. 033.03.02.05.01
130 Complete the fuel log. 033.03.02.05.02
131 Specific fuel calculation procedures 033.03.03.00
132 Decision point procedure 033.03.03.01
133 Explain the reasons and regulations for the decision point procedure as stated 033.03.03.01.01
in the applicable operational requirements.
134 Calculate the contingency fuel and trip fuel required in accordance with the 033.03.03.01.02
decision point procedure. 
135 Isolated aerodrome procedure 033.03.03.02
136 Explain the basic procedures for an isolated aerodrome as stated in the 033.03.03.02.01
applicable operational requirements.

137 Explain the basic idea of the isolated heliport procedures as stated in the 033.03.03.05.01
applicable operational requirements.
(Moved and merged into 033.03.03.02.01)
138 Calculate additional fuel for aeroplanes with reciprocating engines according to 033.03.03.02.02
the isolated aerodrome procedures.

139 Calculate additional fuel for aeroplanes with turbine engines according to 033.03.03.02.03
isolated aerodrome procedures.
(Merged into 033.03.03.02.02)

140 Calculate additional fuel according to isolated heliport procedures as stated in 033.03.03.05.02
the applicable operational requirements flying IFR.
(Moved and merged into 033.03.03.02.02)
141 Calculate additional fuel according to isolated heliport procedures as stated in 033.03.03.05.03
the applicable operational requirements flying VFR and navigating by means
other than by reference to visual landmarks.
(Moved and merged into 033.03.03.02.02)

142 Pre-determined point procedure 033.03.03.03

143 Explain the basic idea of the pre-determined point procedure as stated in the 033.03.03.03.01
applicable operational requirements.
144 Calculate additional fuel for aeroplanes with reciprocating engines according to 033.03.03.03.02
pre-determined point procedure.
145 Calculate additional fuel for aeroplanes with turbine engines according to pre- 033.03.03.03.03
determined point procedure.
146 Fuel tankering 033.03.03.04
147 Explain the basic idea of fuel tankering procedures. 033.03.03.04.01
148 Explain that there is an optimum fuel quantity to be tankered (as a function of 033.03.03.04.02
the fuel price ratio between departure and destination airports and air distance
to fly).
(Merged into 033.03.03.04.01)

149 Calculate tankered fuel using given appropriate graphs, tables and/or data. 033.03.03.04.03
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
150 Isolated heliport procedure 033.03.03.05
151 Explain the basic idea of the isolated heliport procedures as stated in the 033.03.03.05.01
applicable operational requirements.
(Moved and merged into 033.03.03.02.01)
152 Calculate additional fuel according to isolated heliport procedures as stated in 033.03.03.05.02
the applicable operational requirements flying IFR.
(Moved and merged into 033.03.03.02.02)
153 Calculate additional fuel according to isolated heliport procedures as stated in 033.03.03.05.03
the applicable operational requirements flying VFR and navigating by means
other than by reference to visual landmarks.
(Moved and merged into 033.03.03.02.02)

154 PRE-FLIGHT PREPARATION 033.04.00.00

155 NOTAM briefing 033.04.01.00
156 Ground facilities and services 033.04.01.01
157 Check that ground facilities and services required for the planned flight are 033.04.01.01.01
available and adequate.
158 Departure, destination and alternate aerodromes 033.04.01.02
159 Find and analyse the latest state at the departure, destination and alternate 033.04.01.02.01
aerodromes, in particular for: - Opening hours - Work in Progress (WIP) -
Special procedures due to Work in Progress (WIP) - Obstructions - Changes of
frequencies for communications, navigation aids and facilities.

160

161

162 Airway routings and airspace structure 033.04.01.03

163 Find and analyse the latest en-route state for: - Airway(s) or Route(s) - 033.04.01.03.01
Restricted, Dangerous and Prohibited areas - Changes of frequencies for
communications, navigation aids and facilities.
164
165
166

167

168
169 Meteorological briefing 033.04.02.00
170 Extraction and analysis of relevant data from meteorological documents 033.04.02.01
Remark - this item is taught and examined in subject 050.
171 Update of navigation plan using the latest meteorological information 033.04.02.02
172 Confirm the optimum altitude/FL given wind, temperature and aircraft data. 033.04.02.02.01

173 Confirm true altitudes to ensure that statutory minimum clearance is attained 033.04.02.02.02
given atmospheric data.
174 Confirm magnetic headings and ground speeds. 033.04.02.02.03
175 Confirm the individual leg times and the total time en route.  033.04.02.02.04
176 Confirm the total time en route for the trip to the destination.  033.04.02.02.05
177 Confirm the total time from destination to the alternate airfield. 033.04.02.02.06
178 Update of Mass and Balance Remark - this item is taught and examined in 033.04.02.03
subjects 031.
179 Update of Performance data Remark - this item is taught and examined in 033.04.02.04
subject 032 for Aeroplanes and subject 034 for Helicopters.
180 Update of fuel log 033.04.02.05
181 Calculate revised fuel data in accordance with changed conditions. 033.04.02.05.01
182 Point of Equal Time (PET) and Point of Safe Return (PSR) 033.04.03.00
183 Point of Equal Time (PET) 033.04.03.01
184 Define PET. 033.04.03.01.01

185 Explain the basic idea of determination of PET. 033.04.03.01.02

(Merged into 033.04.03.01.01)
186 Calculate the position of a PET and the ETA at the PET given relevant data. 033.04.03.01.03
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
187 Point of Safe Return (PSR) 033.04.03.02
188 Define PSR. 033.04.03.02.01
189 Explain the basic idea of determination of PSR. 033.04.03.02.02
(Merged into 033.04.03.02.01)
190 Calculate the position of a PSR and the ETA at the PSR given relevant data. 033.04.03.02.03
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
191 ICAO FLIGHT PLAN (ATS Flight Plan) 033.05.00.00
192 Individual Flight Plan 033.05.01.00
193 Format of Flight Plan 033.05.01.01
194 State the reasons for a fixed format of an ICAO ATS Flight Plan (FPL). 033.05.01.01.01
195 Determine the correct entries to complete an FPL plus decode and interpret 033.05.01.01.02
the entries in a completed FPL, particularly for the following: - Aircraft
identification (Item 7) - Flight rules and type of flight (Item 8) - Number and
type of aircraft and wake turbulence category (Item 9) - Equipment (Item 10) -
Departure aerodrome and time (Item 13) - Route (Item 15) - Destination
aerodrome, total estimated elapsed time and Alternate aerodrome (Item 16) -
Other information (Item 18) - Supplementary Information (Item 19).

196 Complete the Flight Plan using information from the following: - Navigation 033.05.01.02.01
plan - Fuel plan - Operator’s records for basic aircraft information.
(Moved and merged into 033.05.01.01.02)
197 Completion of an ATS Flight Plan (FPL) 033.05.01.02

198 Complete the Flight Plan using information from the following: - Navigation 033.05.01.02.01
plan - Fuel plan - Operator’s records for basic aircraft information.
(Moved and merged into 033.05.01.01.02)
199 Repetitive Flight Plan 033.05.02.00
200
201 Explain the difference between an Individual Flight Plan (FPL) and a Repetitive 033.05.02.00.01
Flight Plan (RPL).
202 Explain the basic idea of a Repetitive Flight Plan and state the general 033.05.02.00.02
requirements for the use of a Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL).
(Merged into 033.05.02.01.01)
203 Submission of an ATS Flight Plan (FPL) Remark – this item is taught and 033.05.03.00
examined in subject 010.
204 Explain the requirements for the submission of an ATS Flight Plan 033.05.03.00.01
205 Explain the actions to be taken in case of Flight Plan changes 033.05.03.00.02
206 State the actions to be taken in case of inadvertent changes to Track, TAS and 033.05.03.00.03
time estimate affecting the current Flight Plan
207 Explain the procedures for closing a Flight Plan 033.05.03.00.04
208 FLIGHT MONITORING AND IN-FLIGHT RE-PLANNING 033.06.00.00
209 Flight monitoring 033.06.01.00
210 Monitoring of track and time 033.06.01.01
211 Assess deviations from the planned course, headings (by maintaining desired 033.06.01.01.01
courses) and times.
212 State the reasons for possible deviations. 033.06.01.01.02
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
213 Calculate the ground speed using actual in-flight parameters. 033.06.01.01.03
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
214 Calculate expected leg times using actual flight parameters. 033.06.01.01.04
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

215 Enter, in the progress of flight, at check point or turning point, the “actual time 061.05.04.00.03
over” and the “estimated time over” for the next check point into the flight log.
(Moved from 061.05.04.00.03)

216 State that it is necessary to determine the position of the aircraft accurately 061.05.02.04.05
before commencing descent in order to ensure safe ground clearance.
(Moved from 061.05.02.04.05)
217

218 In-flight fuel management 033.06.01.02

219 Explain why fuel checks must be carried out in flight at regular intervals and 033.06.01.02.01
why relevant fuel data must be recorded.
220 Assess deviations of actual fuel consumption from planned consumption. 033.06.01.02.02
221 State reasons for possible deviations. 033.06.01.02.03
(Merged into 033.06.01.02.02)
222 Calculate the fuel quantities used, fuel consumption and fuel remaining at 033.06.01.02.04
navigation checkpoints/waypoints.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
223 Compare the actual and the planned fuel consumption by means of calculation 033.06.01.02.05
or flight progress chart.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
224 Assess the remaining range and endurance by means of calculation or flight 033.06.01.02.06
progress chart.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
225

226 Monitoring of primary flight parameters 033.06.01.03

227 Explain the methodology for monitoring of primary flight parameters during the 033.06.01.03.01
application of procedures requiring a high flight crew workload within a short
time frame (including monitoring of primary flight parameters, in particular
pitch, thrust then speed).

228 In-flight re-planning in case of deviation from planned data 033.06.02.00

229
230 Justify that the commander is responsible that even in case of diversion the 033.06.02.00.01
remaining fuel is not less than the fuel required to proceed to an aerodrome
where a safe landing can be made, with final reserve fuel remaining.
231 Perform in-flight updates, if necessary, based on results of in-flight monitoring, 033.06.02.00.02
specifically by: - Selecting a new destination/alternate aerodrome - Adjusting
flight parameters and power settings.
232 Explain why, in the case of an in-flight update, the commander has to check the 033.06.02.00.03
following: - The suitability of the new destination and/or alternate aerodrome -
Meteorological conditions on revised routing and at revised destination and/or
alternate aerodrome - The aircraft must be able to land with the prescribed
final reserve fuel.

233 Assess the revised destination/alternate aerodrome landing mass given the 033.06.02.00.04
latest data.
 New syllabus Moved to/from
reference another subject

033.00.00.00
033.01.00.00

033.01.01.00
033.01.01.01
033.01.01.01.01

033.01.01.02.05

033.01.01.02.06

033.01.01.02.06

033.01.01.01.02

033.01.01.01.02

033.01.01.01.03

033.01.01.02
033.01.01.02.01

033.01.01.02.02
033.01.01.02.02

033.01.01.02.03
033.01.01.02.04

033.01.01.02.04
033.01.01.02.05

033.01.01.02.06

033.01.01.02.06

033.01.01.02.06

033.01.01.02.07

033.01.01.03
033.01.01.03.01

033.01.01.03.02

033.01.01.03.02

033.01.01.03.03

033.01.01.04
033.01.01.01.03

033.01.01.01.02

033.01.01.05
033.01.01.02.02

033.01.01.03.02

033.01.01.02.06

033.01.01.02.04

033.01.01.05.01

033.01.01.05.02
033.01.01.05.03

033.02.00.00

033.02.01.00
033.02.01.01
033.02.01.01.01

033.02.01.01.02

033.02.01.02
033.02.01.02.01
033.02.01.02.02
033.02.01.03
033.02.01.03.01

033.02.01.03.02

033.02.01.03.02

033.02.01.03.03

033.02.01.03.04

033.02.01.03.05

033.02.01.03.06
033.02.01.03.07

033.02.01.03.08

033.02.01.04

033.02.01.04.01
033.02.01.04.02

033.02.01.04.03

033.02.01.04.04
033.02.01.04.05
033.02.01.04.06

033.02.01.05
033.02.01.05.01

033.02.01.05.02

033.02.01.05.03

033.02.01.05.04

033.02.01.06
033.02.01.06.01

033.02.01.06.02

033.02.01.07
033.02.01.07.01

033.02.01.07.02

033.02.01.07.03

033.02.01.07.04
033.02.01.07.05

033.02.01.07.06
033.02.01.03.02
033.02.01.07.07

033.02.01.07.08

033.02.01.07.09

033.03.00.00

033.03.01.00
033.03.01.01
033.03.01.01.01

033.03.01.01.02

033.03.01.01.03

033.03.01.01.04

033.03.01.01.05

033.03.01.01.05

033.03.01.01.06

033.03.01.01.07

033.03.02.00
033.03.02.01
033.03.02.01.01

033.03.02.02
033.03.02.02.01

033.03.02.02.02

033.03.02.03

033.03.02.03.01
033.03.02.03.02

033.03.02.03.02

033.03.02.03.02

033.03.02.03.02

033.03.02.03.02

033.03.02.03.02

033.03.02.03.03

033.03.02.03.04

033.03.02.03.04

033.03.02.03.05

033.03.02.03.06

033.03.02.03.06

033.03.02.03.06
033.03.02.03.07

033.03.02.03.08

033.03.02.03.08

033.03.02.04
033.03.02.04.01

033.03.02.04.01

033.03.02.04.02

033.03.02.04.03

033.03.02.05

033.03.02.05.01
033.03.02.05.02
033.03.03.00
033.03.03.01
033.03.03.01.01

033.03.03.01.02

033.03.03.02
033.03.03.02.01

033.03.03.02.01

033.03.03.02.02

033.03.03.02.02

033.03.03.02.02
033.03.03.02.02

033.03.03.03
033.03.03.03.01

033.03.03.04
033.03.03.04.01
033.03.03.04.01

033.03.03.04.02

033.03.03.05
033.03.03.02.01

033.03.03.02.02

033.03.03.02.02

033.04.00.00
033.04.01.00
033.04.01.01
033.04.01.01.01

033.04.01.02
033.04.01.02.01

033.04.01.02.02

033.04.01.02.03

033.04.01.03
033.04.01.03.01

033.04.01.04
033.04.01.04.01
033.04.01.04.02

033.04.01.04.03

033.04.01.04.04
033.04.02.00
033.04.02.01

033.04.02.02
033.04.02.02.01

033.04.02.02.02

033.04.02.02.03
033.04.02.02.04
033.04.02.02.05
033.04.02.02.06
033.04.02.03

033.04.02.04

033.04.02.05
033.04.02.05.01
033.04.03.00
033.04.03.01
033.04.03.01.01

033.04.03.01.01

033.04.03.01.02

033.04.03.02
033.04.03.02.01
033.04.03.02.01

033.04.03.02.02

033.05.00.00
033.05.01.00
033.05.01.01
033.05.01.01.01
033.05.01.01.02

033.05.01.01.02
 033.05.01.02

033.05.01.01.02

033.05.02.00
033.05.02.01
033.05.02.01.01

033.05.02.01.01

033.06.00.00
033.06.01.00
033.06.01.01

033.06.01.01.01

033.06.01.01.02

033.06.01.01.03

033.06.01.01.04 Moved from subject

061

033.06.01.01.05 Moved from subject

061

033.06.01.01.06

033.06.01.02
033.06.01.02.01

033.06.01.02.02
033.06.01.02.02
033.06.01.02.03

033.06.01.02.04

033.06.01.02.05

033.06.01.02.06

033.06.02.00
033.06.02.01
033.06.02.01.01

033.06.02.01.02

033.06.02.01.03
 New syllabus text

Text unmodified
Renumbered

Deleted
New
FLIGHT PLANNING AND MONITORING x
FLIGHT PLANNING FOR VFR FLIGHTS. Remark: Using the GSPRM VFR charts.

VFR navigation plan x

Airspace, communication, visual and radio-navigation data from VFR charts
Select routes taking the following criteria into account: classification of
airspace; restricted areas; VFR semicircular rules; visually conspicuous points;
radio-navigation aids.

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

Find the frequencies or identifiers of radio-navigation aids from charts. x

See new LO reference above x

Find the communication frequencies and call signs for the following: control x
agencies and service facilities; flight information service (FIS); weather
information stations; automatic terminal information service (ATIS).

Planning courses, distances and cruising levels with VFR charts

Choose visual waypoints in accordance with specified criteria (large, unique,
contrast, vertical extent, etc.).
Measure courses and distances from a VFR chart.
See new LO reference above x

Find the highest obstacle within a given distance on either side of the course.
Find the following data from a VFR chart and transfer them to a navigation
plan: waypoints or turning points; distances; true/magnetic courses.
See new LO reference above x
Calculate the minimum pressure altitude with a given obstacle clearance or x
true altitude from a given altitude or pressure altitude from minimum grid-area
altitude using outside air temperature (OAT) and QNH.
Calculate the vertical or horizontal distance and time to climb or descend x
to/from a given level or altitude with given data.

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

Explain how to determine the position of a significant VFR point for insertion x
into a global navigation satellite system (GNSS) flight plan, using the distance
and bearing from an existing significant point and using coordinates.
Aerodrome charts and aerodrome directory x
Explain the reasons for studying the visual departure procedures and the x
available approach procedures.
Find all visual procedures which can be expected at the departure, destination
and alternate aerodromes.
See new LO reference above x

Find all relevant aeronautical and regulatory information required for VFR flight
planning from the aerodrome charts or aerodrome directory.

Intentionally left blank x

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

Completion of navigation plan x

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

Calculate the true airspeed (TAS) from given aircraft performance data, altitude x
and OAT.

Calculate wind correction angles (WCAs), drift and ground speeds (GS). x
Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg to destination and x
alternate aerodromes.

FLIGHT PLANNING FOR IFR FLIGHTS. Remark: Using the GSPRM IFR charts.

IFR navigation plan x

Air traffic service (ATS) routes
Identify suitable routings by identifying all relevant aeronautical and regulatory
information (including information published in the national aeronautical
information publication (AIP)) required for IFR flight planning.
Identify and describe ATS routes (conventional, area navigation (RNAV), x
required navigation performance (RNP), conditional routes (CDRs), and direct
routes).
Courses and distances from en-route charts x
Determine courses and distances. x
Determine bearings and distances of waypoints from radio-navigation aids. x
Altitudes x
Define the following altitudes: minimum en-route altitude (MEA); minimum
obstacle clearance altitude (MOCA); minimum sector altitude (MSA); minimum
off-route altitude (MORA); grid minimum off-route altitude (Grid MORA);
maximum authorised altitude (MAA); minimum crossing altitude (MCA);
minimum holding altitude (MHA).

Extract the following altitudes from the chart(s): MEA; MOCA; MSA; MORA;
Grid MORA; MAA; MCA; MHA.

See new LO reference above x

State who is responsible for terrain separation during IFR flight inside and x
outside controlled airspace.
State the minimum obstacle clearance requirements for en-route IFR flight x
inside and outside controlled airspace.
State when a temperature error correction must be applied by either the pilot x
or ATC.
Identify and explain the use of minimum radar vectoring altitudes. x
Calculate the minimum pressure altitude required with a given obstacle x
clearance, magnetic track, OAT, QNH and reduced vertical separation minimum
(RVSM)/non-RVSM information.
Calculate true altitude above a given datum using a given pressure altitude, x
OAT and QNH.
Standard instrument departure (SID) and standard instrument arrival (STAR)
routes
State the reasons for studying SID and STAR charts.
State that SID and STAR charts show procedures only in a pictorial presentation
style which may not be true to scale.
Interpret all data and information represented on SID and STAR charts,
particularly: routings; distances; courses; radials; altitudes/levels; frequencies;
restrictions; RNAV waypoints and non-RNAV intersection; fly-over and fly-by
waypoints.

Identify SID and STAR charts which might be relevant for a planned flight.
Define SID and STAR for RNAV only. x
Describe the difference between SID/STAR, RNAV SID/STAR and RNAV x
SID/STAR overlay.
Instrument-approach charts x
State the reasons for being familiar with instrument-approach procedures
(IAPs) and appropriate data for departure, destination and alternate
aerodromes.
Select IAPs appropriate for departure, destination and alternate aerodromes.

Interpret all procedures, data and information represented on instrument-

approach charts, particularly: courses and radials; distances;
altitudes/levels/heights; restrictions; obstructions; frequencies; speeds and
times; decision altitudes/heights (DAs/Hs); (DA/H) and minimum descent
altitudes/heights (MDAs/Hs); visibility and runway visual ranges (RVRs);
approach-light systems.

Explain the following IAP terms: type A and B; 2D and 3D; CAT I, II and III; x
precision approach (conventional and ground-based augmentation system
(GBAS)); non-precision approach (conventional and required navigation
performance approach (RNP APCH) (lateral navigation (LNAV), LNAV/vertical
navigation (VNAV), localiser performance (LP), localiser performance with
vertical guidance (LPV), and required navigation performance authorisation
required approach (RNP AR APCH)); approach procedure with vertical guidance
(APV) (APV Baro and APV satellite-based augmentation system (SBAS)).

Communications and radio-navigation planning data x

Find the communication frequencies and call signs for aeronautical services for
IFR flights from en-route charts.

Find the frequency or identifiers of radio-navigation aids for IFR flights from en-
route charts.
Completion of a manual navigation plan
Complete a navigation plan with the courses, distances and frequencies taken
from charts.
Find the SID and STAR routes to be flown or to be expected.

Determine the position of top of climb (TOC) and top of descent (TOD) from
given appropriate data.
Determine variation and calculate magnetic/true courses. x
Calculate TAS from given aircraft performance data, altitude and OAT. x

Calculate wind correction angles (WCAs)/drift and ground speeds (GSs). x

See new LO reference above x
Calculate individual and accumulated times for each leg to destination and x
alternate aerodromes.

Describe the advantages of global navigation satellite system/flight x

management computer (GNSS/FMC) equipment regarding: automatic
calculation and display of tracks and leg distances; additional route information
in the database (minimum altitudes, approach procedures); time and fuel
estimates over waypoints; ability to adjust speed to arrive over a waypoint at a
defined time; time and fuel revisions based on predicted and actual wind.

Describe the limitations of using GNSS/FMC equipment: pilot-inputted errors x

(flight levels, wind, temperature, fuel); the effect of other than predicted wind
on fuel and time estimates; the effect of aircraft?s non-standard configuration
on flight management system (FMS) predictions.

FUEL PLANNING — CAT.OP.MPA.106 and CAT.OP.MPA.150 plus AMC1, 2 and

3
General x
Fuel planning (general) x
Convert to volume, mass and density given in different units which are x
commonly used in aviation.
Determine relevant data, such as fuel capacity, fuel flow/ consumption at x
different power/thrust settings, altitudes and atmospheric conditions, from the
flight manual.
Calculate the attainable flight time/range from given average fuel x
flow/consumption and available amount of fuel.
Calculate the required fuel from given average fuel flow/ consumption and x
required time/range to be flown.
Calculate the required fuel for a VFR or IFR flight from given forecast x
meteorological conditions.
See new LO reference above x

State the minimum amount of remaining fuel required on arrival at the x

destination and alternate aerodromes/ heliports.
Explain and describe how to calculate nautical air miles (NAM) from nautical x
ground miles (NGM).
Pre-flight fuel planning for commercial flights x
Taxi fuel x
Determine the fuel required for engine start and taxiing by consulting the fuel-
usage tables or graphs from the flight manual taking into account all the
relevant conditions.
Trip fuel x
Define trip fuel and name the segments of flight for which the trip fuel is x
relevant.
Determine the trip fuel for the flight by using data from the fuel tables or
graphs from the flight manual.
Reserve fuel and its components x
Contingency fuel x
Explain the reasons for having contingency fuel. x
Calculate the contingency fuel according to the applicable operational
requirements.

see new LO reference above x

see new LO reference above x

see new LO reference above x

see new LO reference above x

see new LO reference above x

Alternate fuel x
Explain the reasons and regulations for having alternate fuel and name the x
segments of flight for which the alternate fuel is relevant.

Calculate the alternate fuel in accordance with the applicable operational x

requirements and relevant data from the navigation plan and the flight manual.

see new LO reference above x

Final reserve fuel x

Explain the reasons and regulations for having final reserve fuel. x x

Calculate the final reserve fuel for an aircraft in accordance with the applicable x
operational requirements and by using relevant data from the flight manual.

see new LO reference above x

see new LO reference above x

Additional fuel x
Explain the reasons and regulations for having additional fuel. x x

Calculate the additional fuel for a flight in accordance with the applicable x
operational requirements.

see new LO reference above x

Extra fuel x
Explain the reasons and regulations for having extra fuel in accordance with the x
applicable operational requirements.

See new LO reference above x x

Calculate the possible extra fuel under given conditions. x x

Explain the fuel penalty incurred when loading extra fuel (i.e. the additional x
fuel consumption due to increased mass).
Calculation of total fuel and completion of the fuel section of the navigation
plan (fuel plan)
Calculate the total fuel required for a given flight.
Complete the fuel plan.
Specific fuel-calculation procedures x
Reduced contingency fuel procedure
Explain the reasons and regulations for reduced contingency fuel as stated in
the applicable operational requirements.
Calculate the contingency fuel and trip fuel required in accordance with the
reduced contingency fuel procedure. 
Isolated aerodrome or heliport procedure
Explain the basic procedures for an isolated aerodrome or heliport as stated in
the applicable operational requirements.

See new LO reference above x

Calculate the additional fuel for aeroplanes or helicopters according to the

isolated aerodrome or heliport procedures.

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference above x

Predetermined-point procedure x
Explain the basic idea of the predetermined-point procedure as stated in the x
applicable operational requirements.
x

Fuel-tankering x
Explain the basic idea of fuel-tankering procedures. x
See new LO reference above x

Calculate how much fuel to tank by using given appropriate graphs, tables or x
data.
Intentionally left blank x
see new LO reference above x

see new LO reference above x

see new LO reference above x

PRE-FLIGHT PREPARATION x
Notice to airmen (NOTAM) briefing
Ground- and satellite-based facilities and services
Check that the ground- and satellite-based facilities and services required for
the planned flight are available and adequate.
Departure, destination and alternate aerodromes x
Find and analyse the latest state at the departure, destination and alternate
aerodromes, in particular for: opening hours; work in progress (WIP); special
procedures due to WIP; obstructions; changes of frequencies for
communications, navigation aids and facilities.

Check that satellite-based facilities are available during the expected time of x
use.
Check that GBAS/SBAS augmentation is available during the expected time of x
use.
Airway routings and airspace structure x
Find and analyse the latest en-route state for: airway(s) or route(s); restricted, x
danger and prohibited areas; changes of frequencies for communications,
navigation aids and facilities.
Pre-flight preparation of GNSS achievability x
Define why it is important to check GNSS achievability. x
Define receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM), NOTAM and notice x
advisory to NavStar users (NANU) messages.
Explain the difference in use of augmented and non-augmented GNSS in x
connection with the achievability check.
Explain the difference in planned and unplanned outage of GNSS or SBAS. x
Meteorological briefing x
Intentionally left blank x

Update of navigation plan using the latest meteorological information x

Confirm the most fuel-efficient altitude from given wind, temperature and
aircraft data.
Confirm true altitudes from given atmospheric data to ensure that statutory
minimum clearance is attained.
Confirm magnetic headings and GSs.
Confirm the individual leg times and the total time en route. x
Confirm the total time en route for the trip to the destination. x
Confirm the total time from destination to the alternate aerodrome.
Intentionally left blank x

Intentionally left blank x

Update of fuel plan

Calculate the revised fuel data in accordance with the changed conditions.
Point of equal time (PET) and point of safe return (PSR) x
Point of equal time (PET) x
Define ‘PET‘. x

See new LO reference above x

Calculate the position of a PET and the estimated time of arrival (ETA) at the x
PET from given relevant data.
Point of safe return (PSR) x
Define ‘PSR‘. x
See new LO reference above x

Calculate the position of a PSR and the ETA at the PSR from given relevant data. x

ICAO FLIGHT PLAN (ATS flight plan (FPL))

Individual FPL x
Format of FPL x
State the reasons for a fixed format of an ICAO ATS FPL.
Determine the correct entries to complete an ATS FPL plus decode and
interpret the entries in a completed ATS FPL, particularly for the following:
aircraft identification (Item 7); flight rules and type of flight (Item 8); number
and type of aircraft and wake-turbulence category (Item 9); equipment (Item
10); departure aerodrome and time (Item 13); route (Item 15); destination
aerodrome, total estimated elapsed time and alternate aerodrome (Item 16);
other information (Item 18); supplementary information (Item 19).

See new LO reference above x

Intentionally left blank x

See new LO reference above x

Repetitive flight plan (RPL)

Repetitive flight plan (RPL) x
Explain the difference between an individual FPL and an RPL. x

See new LO reference above x

x
x
x

x
FLIGHT MONITORING AND IN-FLIGHT REPLANNING x
Flight monitoring x
Monitoring of track and time x
x

State the reasons for possible deviations from the planned track and planned x
timings.
Calculate GS by using actual in-flight parameters. x

Calculate the expected leg times by using actual in-flight parameters. x

Enter, in the progress of flight, at the checkpoint or turning point, the ‘actual x
time-over’ and the ‘estimated time-over’ for the next checkpoint into the flight
plan.

State that it is necessary to determine the position of the aircraft accurately x x

before commencing descent in order to ensure safe ground clearance.

Calculate revised ETA based on changes to the pre-flight plan, including x

changes of W/V, cruise level, OAT, distances, Mach number and calibrated
airspeed (CAS).
In-flight fuel management x
Explain why fuel checks must be carried out in flight at regular intervals and x
why relevant fuel data must be recorded.
Assess deviations of actual fuel consumption from planned consumption. x
See new LO reference above x
Calculate fuel quantity used, fuel consumption, and fuel remaining at x
navigation checkpoints/waypoints.

Compare the actual with the planned fuel consumption by means of x

calculation.

Determine the remaining range and endurance by means of calculation. x

Calculate the revised fuel consumption based on changes to the pre-flight plan, x
including changes of W/V, cruise level, OAT, distances, Mach number and CAS.
x
x

In-flight replanning
Deviation from planned data x
State that the commander is responsible for ensuring that, even in case of
diversion, the remaining fuel is not less than the fuel required to proceed to an
aerodrome where a safe landing can be made, with final reserve fuel
remaining.
x

Explain that, in the case of an in-flight update, the commander has to check the x
following: the suitability of the new destination or alternate aerodrome;
meteorological conditions on revised routing and at revised destination or
alternate aerodrome; the aircraft must be able to land with the prescribed final
reserve fuel.

Calculate the revised destination/alternate aerodrome landing mass from given x

latest data.
 Reworded, intent the

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
same
Reworded, intent

x
x
x
x
x
x
modified

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/IR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/VFR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(H)

IR(A & H)

CBIR EIR

Basic Knowledge
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
 x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x
x x x

x x

x
x x x x x

x x x x

x
 x x

x
x

x x

x x

x
x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x
 x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x
x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus
Index reference

1 PERFORMANCE - HELICOPTERS 034.00.00.00

2 GENERAL 034.01.00.00
3 Performance legislation 034.01.01.00
4 Airworthiness requirements 034.01.01.01
5 Interpret the airworthiness requirements in CS-27 and CS-29 as related to 034.01.01.01.01
helicopter performance.
6 Name the general differences between helicopters as certified under CS-27 034.01.01.01.02
and CS-29.
7 Operational regulations 034.01.01.02
8 State the responsibility to comply with operational procedures. 034.01.01.02.01

9 Interpret the European operations regulation. 034.01.01.02.02

10 Use and interpret diagrams and tables associated with CAT A and CAT B 034.01.01.02.03
procedures in order to select and develop class 1, 2 and 3 performance
profiles according to available heliport size and location (surface or
elevated).
11 Use and interpret diagrams and tables associated with CAT B procedures in 034.01.01.02.04
order to select and develop class 3 single engine helicopter performance
profiles according to available heliport size and location (surface or
elevated).
12 Interpret charts showing minimum clearances associated with Category A & 034.01.01.02.05
B procedures.
13 General performance theory 034.01.02.00
14 Stages of Flight 034.01.02.01
15 Explain the following stages of flight: - Take-off - Climb - Level flight - 034.01.02.01.01
Descent - Approach and landing.
16 Describe the necessity for different take-off and landing procedures. 034.01.02.01.02
17 Definitions and terms 034.01.02.02
18 Define the following terms: - Category A - Category B - Performance class 1, 2 034.01.02.02.01
and 3 - Congested Area - Elevated Heliport - Helideck - Heliport - Hostile
Environment - Maximum Approved Passenger Seating Configuration - Non-
hostile Environment - Obstacle - Rotor radius (R) - Take-off Mass -
Touchdown and Lift-off Area (TLOF) - Safe Forced Landing - Speed for best
rate of climb Vy - Never Exceed Speed VNE - Velocity Landing Gear Extended
(VLE) - Velocity Landing Gear Operation (VLO) - Cruising speed and maximum
cruising speed.

19 Define the following terms: - Reported Headwind Component - Take-off 034.01.02.02.02

Decision Point (TDP) - Defined Point After Take-off (DPATO) - Take-off
Distance Required (TODR) - Take off Distance Available (TODA) - Distance
(DR) - Rejected Take-off Distance Required (RTODR) - Rotation Point (RP) -
Committal Point (CP) - Defined Point Before Landing (DPBL) - Landing
Decision Point (LDP) - Landing Distance Available (LDA) - Landing Distance
Required (LDR) - Take-off Safety Speed for Cat A Rotorcraft (V TOSS).

20 Understand the meaning and significance of the abbreviations AEO and OEI. 034.01.02.02.03
21 Define the terms climb angle and climb gradient. 034.01.02.02.04
22 Define the terms flight path angle and flight path gradient. 034.01.02.02.05
23 Define VmaxRange (speed for maximum range) and VmaxEnd (speed for maximum 034.01.02.02.06
endurance).
24 Define and calculate the gradient by using power, wind and helicopter mass. 034.01.02.02.07
25 Explain the terms operational ceiling, absolute ceiling. 034.01.02.02.08
26 Explain the term service ceiling OEI. 034.01.02.02.09
27 Understand the difference between Hovering in Ground Effect (HIGE) and 034.01.02.02.10
Hovering out off Ground Effect (HOGE).
28 Power required / power available curves 034.01.02.03
29 Understand and interpret the graph power required / power available versus 034.01.02.03.01
TAS.
30 Critical height-velocity graphs 034.01.02.04
31 Understand and interpret the critical height-velocity graphs. 034.01.02.04.01
32 Influencing variables on performance 034.01.02.05
33 Explain how the following factors effect helicopter performance: - Pressure 034.01.02.05.01
Altitude - Humidity - Temperature - Wind - Helicopter Mass - Helicopter
Configuration - Helicopter Centre of Gravity.
34 PERFORMANCE CLASS 3 - SINGLE-ENGINE HELICOPTERS ONLY 034.02.00.00
35 Effect of Variables on Single-Engine Helicopter Performance 034.02.01.00
36 -
37 Determine wind component, altitude and temperature for hovering, take-off 034.02.01.00.01
and landing.
38 Explain that operations are only from/to heliports and over such routes, 034.02.01.00.02
areas and diversions contained in a non-hostile environment where a safe
forced landing can be carried out. (Consider exception: Operations may be
conducted in a hostile environment when approved).

39 Explain the effect of temperature, wind and altitude on climb, cruise and 034.02.01.00.03
descent performance.
40 Take-off and landing 034.02.02.00
41
42 Explain the take-off and landing requirements. 034.02.02.00.01
43 Explain the maximum allowed take-off and landing mass. 034.02.02.00.02
44 Explain that mass has to be restricted to HIGE. 034.02.02.00.03
45 Explain that if HIGE is unlikely to be achieved then mass must be restricted to 034.02.02.00.04
HOGE.
46 Climb, cruise and descent 034.02.03.00
47
48 State that the helicopter must be capable of flying its intended track without 034.02.03.00.01
flying below the appropriate minimum flight altitude and be able to
performing a safe forced landing.
49 Explain the effect of altitude on the maximum endurance speed. 034.02.03.00.02
50 Use of helicopter performance data 034.02.04.00
51 Take-off (including hover) 034.02.04.01
52 Find the maximum wind component. 034.02.04.01.01
53 Find the maximum allowed take-off mass for certain conditions. 034.02.04.01.02
54 Find critical height-velocity parameters. 034.02.04.01.03
55 Climb 034.02.04.02
56 Find the time, distance and fuel to climb for certain conditions. 034.02.04.02.01
57 Find the rate of climb under given conditions and the best rate of climb 034.02.04.02.02
speed VY.
58 Cruise 034.02.04.03
59 Find the cruising speed and fuel consumption for certain conditions. 034.02.04.03.01
60 Calculate the range and endurance under given conditions. 034.02.04.03.02
61 Landing (including hover) 034.02.04.04
62 Find the maximum wind component. 034.02.04.04.01
63 Find the maximum allowed landing mass for certain conditions. 034.02.04.04.02
64 Find critical height-velocity parameters. 034.02.04.04.03
65 PERFORMANCE CLASS 2 034.03.00.00
66 Operations without an assured safe forced landing capability 034.03.01.00
67

68 State the responsibility of the operator in order to assure a safe forced 034.03.01.00.01
landing.
69 Take-off 034.03.02.00
70
71 State the climb and other requirements for take-off. 034.03.02.00.01
72 Take-off flight path 034.03.03.00
73
74 State the height above the take-off surface at which at least the 034.03.03.00.01
requirements to take-off flight path for performance class 1 are to be met.
75 Landing 034.03.04.00
76
77 State the requirements to the climb capability for OEI. 034.03.04.00.01
78 State the options for a performance class 2 operation in case of critical 034.03.04.00.02
power unit failure at any point in the approach path.
79 State the limitations for operations to/from a helideck. 034.03.04.00.03
80 PERFORMANCE CLASS 1 - HELICOPTERS CERTIFICATED UNDER CS-29 ONLY 034.04.00.00

81 Take-off 034.04.01.00
82 Take-off distances 034.04.01.01
83 Explain the effects of the following variables on the Flight path and take-off 034.04.01.01.01
distances: - Take-off with HIGE or HOGE - Take-off procedure - Obstacle
clearances both lateral and vertical - Take-off from non-elevated Heliports -
Take-off from elevated Heliports or Helidecks - Take-off from Touchdown
and Lift-off Area (TLOF).

84 Explain the effects of the following variables on take-off distances: - Mass - 034.04.01.01.02
Take-off configuration - Bleed Air configurations.
85 Explain the effects of the following meteorological variables on take-off 034.04.01.01.03
distances: - Wind - Temperature - Pressure altitude.
86 Explain the take-off distances for specified conditions and configuration for 034.04.01.01.04
AEO and OEI.
87 Explain the effect of obstacles on the take-off distance required. 034.04.01.01.05
88 Explain the influence of V1 and VTOSS speeds on take-off distance. 034.04.01.01.06
89 State the assumed reaction time between engine failure and recognition. 034.04.01.01.07
90 Explain the effect of calculation of TDP and V 1 on the take-off distance 034.04.01.01.08
required.
91 Explain that the flight must be carried out visual up to TDP. 034.04.01.01.09
92 Rejected take-off distance required 034.04.01.02
93 Explain the rejected take-off distance required for specified conditions and 034.04.01.02.01
configuration for AEO and OEI.
94 Explain the effect of calculation of V 1 on the rejected take-off distance 034.04.01.02.02
required.
95 Explain the time-to-decide allowance (decision time) and deceleration 034.04.01.02.03
procedure.
96 Landing Distance from TDP with V1 to a complete Stop on the Ground 034.04.01.03
97 Understand relationship of take-off distance and landing distance from TDP 034.04.01.03.01
with V1 to a complete ground stop.
98 Take-off climb 034.04.01.04
99 Define the segments of the take-off flight path. 034.04.01.04.01
100 Explain the effect of changes in the configuration on power and speed in the 034.04.01.04.02
segments.
101 Explain the climb gradient requirements OEI. 034.04.01.04.03
102 State the minimum altitude over the take-off path when flying at VTOSS. 034.04.01.04.04

103 Describe the influence of airspeed selection, acceleration and turns on the 034.04.01.04.05
climb gradient, best rate of climb speed.
104 Obstacle-limited take-off 034.04.01.05
105 Describe the operational regulations for obstacle clearance of the take-off 034.04.01.05.01
flight path in the departure sector with OEI.
106 Use of Helicopter Flight Data 034.04.01.06
107 Determine from the helicopter performance data sheets the maximum 034.04.01.06.01
masses that satisfy all the regulations for take-off.

108 Climb 034.04.02.00

109 Climb techniques 034.04.02.01
110 Explain the effect of climbing with best rate of climb speed (V Y). 034.04.02.01.01
111 Explain the influence of altitude on Vy. 034.04.02.01.02
112 Use of helicopter flight data 034.04.02.02
113 Find rate of climb, calculate the time to climb to a given altitude. 034.04.02.02.01
114 Cruise 034.04.03.00
115 Cruise techniques 034.04.03.01
116 Explain the cruise procedures for “maximum endurance” and “maximum 034.04.03.01.01
range”.
117 Maximum endurance 034.04.03.02
118 Explain fuel flow in relation to TAS. 034.04.03.02.01
119 Explain the speed for maximum endurance. 034.04.03.02.02
120 Maximum range 034.04.03.03
121 Explain the speed for maximum range. 034.04.03.03.01
122 Maximum cruise 034.04.03.04
123 Explain the speed for maximum cruise. 034.04.03.04.01
124 Cruise altitudes 034.04.03.05
125 Explain the factors which might affect or limit the operating altitude. 034.04.03.05.01
126 Understand the relation between power setting, fuel consumption, cruising 034.04.03.05.02
speed and altitude.
127 Use of Helicopter Flight Data 034.04.03.06
128 Determine the fuel consumption from the helicopter performance data 034.04.03.06.01
sheets in accordance to altitude and helicopter mass.
129 En-route One Engine Inoperative 034.04.04.00
130 Requirements for en-route flights OEI 034.04.04.01
131 State the flight path clearance requirements. 034.04.04.01.01
132 Explain the drift-down techniques. 034.04.04.01.02
133 State the reduction in flight path width when navigational accuracy can be 034.04.04.01.03
achieved.
134 Use of helicopter flight data 034.04.04.02
135 Find the single engine service ceiling, range and endurance given engine 034.04.04.02.01
inoperative charts.
136 Find the maximum continuous power settings given engine inoperative 034.04.04.02.02
charts.
137 Find the amount of fuel to jettison to reduce helicopter mass. 034.04.04.02.03
138 Calculate relevant parameters for drift-down-procedures. 034.04.04.02.04
139 Descent 034.04.05.00
140 Use of helicopter flight data 034.04.05.01
141 Find rate of descent, calculate the time to descent to a given altitude. 034.04.05.01.01
142 Landing 034.04.06.00
143 Landing requirements 034.04.06.01
144 State the requirements for landing. 034.04.06.01.01
145 Landing procedures 034.04.06.02
146 Explain the procedure for critical power unit failure prior to and after landing 034.04.06.02.01
decision point.
147 Explain that the portion of flight after landing decision point must be carried 034.04.06.02.02
out visually.
148 Explain the procedures and required obstacle clearances for landings on 034.04.06.02.03
different heliports / helidecks.
149 Use of Helicopter Flight Data 034.04.06.03
150 Determine from the helicopter performance data sheets the maximum 034.04.06.03.01
masses that satisfy all the regulations for landing.
 New syllabus Moved to/from
reference another subject

034.00.00.00
034.01.00.00
034.01.01.00
034.01.01.01
034.01.01.01.01

034.01.01.01.02

034.01.01.02
034.01.01.02.01

034.01.01.02.02

034.01.01.02.03

034.01.02.00
034.01.02.01
034.01.02.01.01

034.01.02.01.02
034.01.02.02
034.01.02.02.01

034.01.02.02.02

034.01.02.02.03
034.01.02.02.04
034.01.02.02.05
034.01.02.02.06

034.01.02.02.07
034.01.02.02.08
034.01.02.02.09
034.01.02.02.10

034.01.02.03
034.01.02.03.01

034.01.02.04
034.01.02.04.01
034.01.02.05
034.01.02.05.01

034.02.00.00
034.02.01.00
034.02.01.01
034.02.01.01.01

034.02.01.01.02

034.02.01.01.03

034.02.02.00
034.02.02.01
034.02.02.01.01
034.02.02.01.02
034.02.02.01.03
034.02.02.01.04

034.02.03.00
034.02.03.01
034.02.03.01.01

034.02.03.01.02
034.02.04.00
034.02.04.01
034.02.04.01.01
034.02.04.01.02
034.02.04.01.03
 034.02.04.02
034.02.04.02.01
034.02.04.02.02

034.02.04.03
034.02.04.03.01
034.02.04.03.02
034.02.04.04
034.02.04.04.01
034.02.04.04.02
034.02.04.04.03
034.03.00.00
034.03.01.00
034.03.01.01

034.03.01.01.01

034.03.02.00
034.03.02.01
034.03.02.01.01
034.03.03.00
034.03.03.01
034.03.03.01.01

034.03.04.00
034.03.04.01
034.03.04.01.01
034.03.04.01.02

034.03.04.01.03
034.04.00.00

034.04.01.00
034.04.01.01
034.04.01.01.01

034.04.01.01.02

034.04.01.01.03

034.04.01.01.04

034.04.01.01.05

034.04.01.01.06
034.04.01.01.07
034.04.01.02
034.04.01.02.01

034.04.01.02.02

034.04.01.03

034.04.01.04
034.04.01.04.01
034.04.01.04.02

034.04.01.04.03
034.04.01.04.04

034.04.01.04.05

034.04.01.05
034.04.01.05.01

034.04.01.06
034.04.01.06.01

034.04.02.00
034.04.02.01
034.04.02.01.01
034.04.02.01.02
034.04.02.02
034.04.02.02.01
034.04.03.00
034.04.03.01
034.04.03.01.01

034.04.03.02
034.04.03.02.01
034.04.03.02.02
034.04.03.03
034.04.03.03.01
034.04.03.04
034.04.03.04.01
034.04.03.05
034.04.03.05.01
034.04.03.05.02

034.04.03.06
034.04.03.06.01

034.04.04.00
034.04.04.01
034.04.04.01.01
034.04.04.01.02
034.04.04.01.03

034.04.04.02
034.04.04.02.01

034.04.04.02.02

034.04.04.02.03
034.04.04.02.04
034.04.05.00
034.04.05.01
034.04.05.01.01
034.04.06.00
034.04.06.01
034.04.06.01.01
034.04.06.02
034.04.06.02.01

034.04.06.02.02

034.04.06.02.03

034.04.06.03
034.04.06.03.01
 New syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

modified
Deleted

same
New
PERFORMANCE - HELICOPTERS x
GENERAL x
Performance legislation x
Airworthiness requirements x
Interpret the airworthiness requirements of CS-27 and CS-29. x

Name the general differences between helicopters certified according to CS- x

27 and CS-29.
Operational regulations x
State that the person responsible for complying with operational procedures x
is the commander.
x
Use and interpret diagrams and tables associated with CAT A and CAT B x x
procedures in order to select and develop Class 1, 2 and 3 performance
profiles according to available heliport size and location (surface or
elevated).
x

Interpret the charts showing minimum clearances associated with CAT A and x x
CAT B procedures.
General performance theory x
Phases of flight x
Explain the following phases of flight: take-off; climb; level flight; descent; x
approach and landing.
Describe the necessity for different take-off and landing procedures. x
Definitions and terms x
Define the following terms: CAT A; CAT B; Performance Class 1, 2 and 3; x
congested area; elevated heliport; helideck; heliport; hostile environment;
maximum operational passenger seating configuration (MOPSC); non-hostile
environment; obstacle; rotor radius (R); take-off mass; touchdown and lift-off
area (TLOF); safe forced landing; speed for best rate of climb (V y); never
exceed speed (VNE); velocity landing gear extended (V LE); velocity landing
gear operation (VLO); cruising speed and maximum cruising speed.

Define the following terms: reported headwind component; take-off decision x

point (TDP); defined point after take-off (DPATO); take-off distance required
helicopter (TODRH); take-off distance available helicopter (TODAH);
distance required (DR); rejected take-off distance required helicopter
(RTODRH); rotation point (RP); committal point (CP); defined point before
landing (DPBL); landing decision point (LDP); landing distance available
helicopter (LDAH); landing distance required helicopter (LDRH); ditching
(see operations).

Understand the meaning and significance of the acronyms AEO and OEI. x
Define the terms ‘climb angle’ and ‘climb gradient’. x
Define the terms ‘flight-path angle’ and ‘flight-path gradient’. x
Define ‘VmaxRange’ (speed for maximum range) and VmaxEnd (speed for maximum x
endurance).
Define and calculate the gradient by using power, wind, and helicopter mass. x
Explain the terms ‘operational ceiling’ and ‘absolute ceiling’. x
Explain the term ‘service ceiling OEI’. x
Explain the difference between hovering in ground effect (HIGE) and x
hovering out of ground effect (HOGE).
Power required/power available curves x
Understand and interpret the power required/power available versus TAS x
graphs.
Height–velocity graphs x
Understand and interpret height–velocity graphs. x
Influencing variables on performance x
Explain how the following factors affect helicopter performance: pressure x
altitude; humidity; temperature; wind; helicopter mass; helicopter
configuration; helicopter centre of gravity (CG).
PERFORMANCE CLASS 3 - SINGLE-ENGINE HELICOPTERS x
Effect of variables on single-engine (SE) helicopter performance x
Effect of variables on SE helicopter performance x
Determine the wind component, altitude and temperature for hovering, x x
take-off and landing.
Explain that operations are to be conducted only from/to heliports and over x x
such routes, areas and diversions contained in a non-hostile environment
where a safe forced landing can be carried out (point CAT.OP.MPA.137 of
the EU Regulation on air operations, except when the helicopter is approved
to operate in accordance with point CAT.POL.H.420). (Consider the
exception: Operations may be conducted in a hostile environment. Ground
level exposure - and exposure for elevated final approach and take-off areas
(FATOs) or helidecks in non-hostile environments - is allowed for operations
approved under CAT.POL.H.305, during the take-off and landing phases.)

Explain the effect of temperature, wind and altitude on climb, cruise and x x
descent performance.
Take-off and landing x
Take-off and landing (including hover) x
Explain the take-off and landing requirements. x x
Explain the maximum allowed take-off and landing mass. x x
Explain that mass has to be restricted to HIGE. x x
Explain that if HIGE is unlikely to be achieved (for example, blocked by an x x
obstruction), then mass must be restricted to HOGE.
Climb, cruise and descent x
Climb, cruise and descent (capabilities) x
State that the helicopter must be capable of flying its intended track without x x
flying below the appropriate minimum flight altitude and be able to perform
a safe forced landing.
Explain the effect of altitude on the maximum endurance speed. x x
Use of helicopter performance data x
Take-off (including hover) x
Find the maximum wind component. x
Find the maximum allowed take-off mass for certain conditions. x
Find the height–velocity parameters. x
Climb x
Find the time, distance and fuel required to climb for certain conditions. x
Find the rate of climb under given conditions and the best rate-of-climb x
speed VY.
Cruise x
Find the cruising speed and fuel consumption for certain conditions. x
Calculate the range and endurance under given conditions. x
Landing (including hover) x
Find the maximum wind component. x
Find the maximum allowed landing mass for certain conditions. x
Find the height–velocity parameters. x
PERFORMANCE CLASS 2 x
Operations without an assured safe forced landing capability x
Responsibility for operations without an assured safe forced landing x
capability
State the responsibility of the operator for assuring safe forced landings x x
(point CAT.POL.H.305 of the EU Regulation on air operations).
Take-off x
Take-off requirements x
State the climb and other requirements for take-off. x x
Take-off flight path x
Take-off flight path requirements x
State the height above the take-off surface at which at least the x x
requirements for the take-off flight path for Performance Class 1 are to be
met.
Landing x
Landing requirements x
State the requirements for the climb capability when OEI. x x
State the options for a Performance Class 2 operation in the case of a critical x x
power-unit failure at any point in the approach path.
State the limitations for operations to/from a helideck. x x
PERFORMANCE CLASS 1 - HELICOPTERS CERTIFIED ACCORDING TO CS-29 x
ONLY
Take-off x
Take-off distances x
Explain the effects of the following variables on the flight-path and take-off x
distances: take-off with HIGE or HOGE; take-off procedure; obstacle
clearances both laterally and vertically; take-off from non-elevated heliports;
take-off from elevated heliports or helidecks; take-off from a TLOF.

Explain the effects of the following variables on take-off distances: mass; x

take-off configuration; bleed-air configurations.
Explain the effects of the following meteorological conditions on take-off x
distances: wind; temperature; pressure altitude.
Explain the take-off distances for specified conditions and configuration for x
AEO and OEI.
Explain the effect of obstacles on the take-off distance required. x
x
State the assumed reaction time between engine failure and recognition. x x
x
Explain that the flight must be carried out visually up to TDP. x x
Rejected take-off distance required (helicopter) (RTODR(H)) x
Explain RTODR(H) for specified conditions and configuration for AEO and OEI. x

Explain the time-to-decide allowance (decision time) and deceleration x x

procedure.
Intentionally left blank x
x

Take-off climb x
Define the segments of the take-off flight path. x
Explain the effect of changes in the configuration on power and speed in the x
segments.
Explain the climb-gradient requirements for OEI. x
State the minimum altitude over the take-off path when flying at the take-off x
safety speed in a Category A helicopter (VTOSS).
Describe the influence of airspeed selection, acceleration and turns on the x
climb gradient and best rate-of-climb speed.
Obstacle-limited take-off x
Describe the operational regulations for obstacle clearance of the take-off x
flight path in the departure sector with OEI.
Use of helicopter performance data x
Determine from helicopter performance data sheets the maximum mass that x
satisfies the operational regulations for take-off in terms of regulated take-
off mass, TODRH and minimum gradients for climb and obstacle clearance.
Climb x
Climb techniques x
Explain the effect of climbing with best rate-of-climb speed (V Y). x
Explain the influence of altitude on V Y. x
Use of helicopter flight data x
Find the rate of climb and calculate the time to climb to a given altitude. x
Cruise x
Cruise techniques x
Explain the cruise procedures for ‘maximum endurance’ and ‘maximum x
range’.
Maximum endurance x
Explain fuel flow in relation to true airspeed (TAS). x
Explain the speed for maximum endurance. x
Maximum range x
Explain the speed for maximum range. x
Maximum cruise x
Explain the speed for maximum cruise. x
Cruise altitudes x
Explain the factors which might affect or limit the operating altitude. x
Understand the relation between power setting, fuel consumption, cruising x
speed and altitude.
Use of helicopter performance data x
Determine the fuel consumption from the helicopter performance data x
sheets in accordance with altitude and helicopter mass.
En-route one-engine-inoperative (OEI) x
Requirements for en-route flights with OEI x
State the flight-path clearance requirements. x
Explain drift-down techniques. x
State the reduction in the flight-path width when navigational accuracy can x
be achieved.
Use of helicopter flight data x
Find the single-engine service ceiling, range and endurance from given x
engine-inoperative charts.
Find OEI operating data from suitable charts. x

Find the amount of fuel to be jettisoned in order to reduce helicopter mass. x

Calculate the relevant parameters for drift-down procedures. x
Descent x
Use of helicopter flight data x
Find the rate of descent and calculate the time to descend to a given x
altitude.
Landing x
Landing requirements x
State the requirements for landing. x
Landing procedures x
Explain the procedure for critical power-unit failure before and after the x
landing decision point.
Explain that the portion of flight after the landing decision point must be x
carried out visually.
Explain the procedures and required obstacle clearances for landings on x
different heliports/helidecks.
Use of helicopter performance data x
Determine from helicopter performance data sheets the maximum mass that x
satisfies the operational regulations for landing in terms of regulated landing
mass, LDRH and minimum gradients for climb and obstacle clearance.
 ATPL(A)

CPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/IR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/VFR

x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(H)

IR(A/H)

CBIR, EIR

Basic Knowledge
x x
x x x

x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x
x x
x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x
x x
x x

x x
x x
x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus
Index reference

1 HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATIONS 040.00.00.00

2 HUMAN FACTORS: BASIC CONCEPTS 040.01.00.00
3 Human factors in aviation 040.01.01.00
4 Becoming a competent pilot 040.01.01.01
5 State that competency is based on the knowledge, skill, and ability of an 040.01.01.01.01
individual pilot.

6 Outline the factors in training that will ensure the future competency of the 040.01.01.01.02
individual pilot.
7 Accident statistics 040.01.02.00
8 Give an estimate of the accident rate in commercial aviation in comparison to 040.01.02.00.01
other means of transport.
9 State in general terms the percentage of aircraft accidents which are caused 040.01.02.00.02
by human factors.
10 Summarise the accident trend in modern aviation. 040.01.02.00.03
11 Identify the role of accident statistics in developing a strategy for future 040.01.02.00.04
improvements to flight safety.
12 Flight safety concepts 040.01.03.00
13
14 Explain the three components of the Threat and Error Management Model 040.01.03.00.01
(TEM).
15 Explain and give examples of latent threats. 040.01.03.00.02
16 Explain and give examples of environmental threats. 040.01.03.00.03
17 Explain and give examples of organisational threats. 040.01.03.00.04
18 Explain and give a definition of Error according the TEM model in ICAO Annex 040.01.03.00.05
1.
19 Give examples of different countermeasures which may be used in order to 040.01.03.00.06
manage threats, errors and undesired aircraft states.
20 Explain and give examples of procedural error. 040.01.03.00.07

21 Explain and give examples of ”undesired aircraft states”. 040.01.03.00.08

22 Describe and compare the elements of the SHELL model. 040.01.03.00.09
23 Summarise the relevance of the SHELL model to work in the cockpit. 040.01.03.00.10
24 Analyse the interaction between the various components of the SHELL model. 040.01.03.00.11
25 Explain how the interaction between individual crew members can affect 040.01.03.00.12
flight safety.
26 Identify and explain the interaction between flight crew and management as a 040.01.03.00.13
factor in flight safety.
27 Safety culture 040.01.04.00
28
29 Distinguish between “open cultures” and “closed cultures”. 040.01.04.00.01
30 Illustrate how safety culture is reflected by national culture. 040.01.04.00.02
31 Question the set expression “safety first” in a commercial entity. 040.01.04.00.03
32 Explain James Reason’s Swiss Cheese Model. 040.01.04.00.04
33 State important factors that promote a good safety culture. 040.01.04.00.05
34 Distinguish between “just culture” and “non-punitive culture”. 040.01.04.00.06
35 Name five components which form safety culture (according to James 040.01.04.00.07
Reason).

36

37 BASIC AVIATION PHYSIOLOGY AND HEALTH MAINTENANCE 040.02.00.00

38 Basics of flight physiology 040.02.01.00
39 The atmosphere 040.02.01.01
40 State the units used in measuring total and partial pressures of the gases in 040.02.01.01.01
the atmosphere.
41 State in terms of % and mm Hg the values of Oxygen, Nitrogen and other 040.02.01.01.02
gases present in the atmosphere.
42 State that the volume percentage of the gases in ambient air will remain 040.02.01.01.03
constant for all altitudes at which conventional aircraft operate.
43 State the physiological significance of the following laws: - Boyle’s Law - 040.02.01.01.04
Dalton’s Law - Henry’s Laws - The General Gas Law.
44 State the ICAO standard temperature at Mean Sea Level and the Standard 040.02.01.01.05
Temperature Lapse Rate.
45 State at what approximate altitudes in the standard atmosphere the 040.02.01.01.06
atmospheric pressure will be ¼, ½ and ¾ of MSL pressure.
46 State the effects of increasing altitude on the overall pressure and partial 040.02.01.01.07
pressures of the various gases in the atmosphere.
47 Explain the differences in gas expansion between alveolar and ambient air 040.02.01.01.08
when climbing.
48 State the condition required for human beings to be able to survive at any 040.02.01.01.09
given altitude.
49 State and explain the importance of partial pressure. 040.02.01.01.10
50 Respiratory and circulatory system 040.02.01.02
51 List the main components of the respiratory system and their function. 040.02.01.02.01
52 Identify the different volumes of air in the lungs and state the normal 040.02.01.02.02
respiratory rate.
53 State how oxygen and carbon dioxide are transported throughout the body. 040.02.01.02.03
54 Explain the process by which oxygen is transferred to the tissues and carbon 040.02.01.02.04
dioxide is eliminated from the body and the oxygen requirement of tissues.
55 Explain the role of carbon dioxide in the control and regulation of respiration. 040.02.01.02.05
56 Describe the basic processes of external respiration and internal respiration. 040.02.01.02.06
57 List the factors determining pulse rate. 040.02.01.02.07
58 Name the major components of the circulatory system and describe their 040.02.01.02.08
function.
59 State the values for a normal pulse rate and the average cardiac output (heart 040.02.01.02.09
rate x stroke volume) of an adult at rest.
60 Name the four chambers of the heart and state the function of the individual 040.02.01.02.10
chambers.
61 Differentiate between arteries, veins, and capillaries in their structure and 040.02.01.02.11
function.
62 State the functions of the coronary arteries and veins. 040.02.01.02.12
63 Define ‘systolic’ and ‘diastolic’ blood pressure. 040.02.01.02.13
64 State the normal blood pressure ranges and units of measurement. 040.02.01.02.14
65 State that in an average pilot blood pressure will rise slightly with age as the 040.02.01.02.15
arteries lose their elasticity.
66 List the main constituents of the blood and describe their functions. 040.02.01.02.16
67 Stress the function of haemoglobin in the circulatory system. 040.02.01.02.17
68 Define ‘anaemia’ and state its common causes. 040.02.01.02.18
69 Indicate the effect of increasing altitude on haemoglobin oxygen saturation. 040.02.01.02.19
70 Hypertension and hypotension
71 Define 'hypertension' and ‘hypotension’. 040.02.01.02.20
72 List the effects that high and low blood pressure will have on some normal 040.02.01.02.21
functions of the human body.
73 State that both hypotension and hypertension may disqualify the pilot from 040.02.01.02.22
obtaining a medical clearance to fly.
74 List the factors which can lead to hypertension in an individual. 040.02.01.02.23
75 State the corrective actions that may be taken to reduce high blood pressure. 040.02.01.02.24
76 Stress that hypertension is the major factor of ‘strokes’ in the general 040.02.01.02.25
population.
77 Coronary artery disease
78 Differentiate between ‘angina’ and ‘heart attack’. 040.02.01.02.26
79 Explain the major risk factors for coronary disease. 040.02.01.02.27
80 State the role played by physical exercise plays in reducing the chances of 040.02.01.02.28
developing coronary disease.
81 Hypoxia
82 Define the two major forms of hypoxia (hypoxic and anaemic) and the 040.02.01.02.29
common causes of both.
83 State the symptoms of hypoxia. 040.02.01.02.30
84 State why living tissues require oxygen. 040.02.01.02.31
85 State that healthy people are able to compensate for altitudes up to 040.02.01.02.32
approximately 10 000 - 12 000 ft.
86 Name the three physiological thresholds and allocate the corresponding 040.02.01.02.33
altitudes for each of them.

87 State the altitude at which short term memory begins to be affected by 040.02.01.02.34
hypoxia.
88 Define the terms 'Time of Useful Consciousness' (TUC). 040.02.01.02.35

89 State the TUC varies between individuals but the approximate values are: a) 040.02.01.02.36
For a person seated (at rest): b) For a person moderately active 20 000 ft: a)
30 min, b) 5 min; 30,000 ft, a) 1-2min, b) not required; 35,000 ft a) 30-90 sec
b) not required; 40,000 ft a) 15-20 sec, b) not required.

90 Explain the dangers of flying above 10 000 ft without using additional oxygen 040.02.01.02.37
or being in a pressurised cabin.
91 List the factors determining the severity of hypoxia. 040.02.01.02.38
92 State the precautions to be taken when giving blood. 040.02.01.02.39
93 State the equivalent altitudes when breathing ambient air and 100 % oxygen 040.02.01.02.40
for MSL and approximately 10 000 ft, 30 000 ft and 40 000 ft.
94 Hyperventilation
95 Describe the role of carbon dioxide in hyperventilation. 040.02.01.02.41
96 Define the term 'hyperventilation'. 040.02.01.02.42
97 List the factors causing hyperventilation. 040.02.01.02.43
98 State that hyperventilation may be caused by psychological or physiological 040.02.01.02.44
reasons.
99 List the signs and symptoms of hyperventilation. 040.02.01.02.45
100 Describe the effects of hyperventilation on muscular coordination. 040.02.01.02.46
101 List measures which may be taken to counteract hyperventilation. 040.02.01.02.47

102 Decompression sickness/illness

103 State the normal range of cabin pressure altitude in pressurised commercial 040.02.01.02.48
aircraft and describe its protective function for aircrew and passengers.

104 List the vital actions the crew has to perform when cabin pressurisation is lost. 040.02.01.02.55
(Moved from 040.02.01.02.55)

105 Identify the causes of decompression sickness in flight operation. 040.02.01.02.49

106 State how decompression sickness can be prevented. 040.02.01.02.50
107 State the threshold for the onset of decompression sickness in terms of 040.02.01.02.51
altitude.
108 State the approximate altitude above which DCS is likely to occur. 040.02.01.02.52
109 List the symptoms of decompression sickness. 040.02.01.02.53
110 Indicate how decompression sickness may be treated. 040.02.01.02.54
111 List the vital actions the crew has to perform when cabin pressurisation is lost. 040.02.01.02.55
(Moved to 040.02.01.02.39)
112 Define the hazards of diving and flying and give the recommendations 040.02.01.02.56
associated with these activities.
113 Acceleration
114 Define 'linear', 'angular' and 'radial acceleration'. 040.02.01.02.57
115 Describe the effects of acceleration on the circulation and blood volume 040.02.01.02.58
distribution.
116 List the factors determining the effects of acceleration on the human body. 040.02.01.02.59

117 Describe measures which may be taken to increase tolerance to positive 040.02.01.02.60
acceleration.
118 List the effects of positive acceleration with respect to type, sequence and the 040.02.01.02.61
corresponding G-load.
119 Carbon monoxide
120 State how carbon monoxide may be produced. 040.02.01.02.62
121 State how the presence of carbon monoxide in the blood affects the 040.02.01.02.63
distribution of oxygen.
122 List the signs and symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning. 040.02.01.02.64
123 Indicate how carbon monoxide poisoning can be treated and counter- 040.02.01.02.65
measures that can be adopted.
124 High-altitude environment - Ozone 040.02.01.03
125 State how an increase in altitude may change the proportion of ozone in the 040.02.01.03.01
atmosphere.
126 List the possible harmful effects of ozone. 040.02.01.03.02
127 Radiation
128 State the sources of radiation at high altitude. 040.02.01.03.03
129 List the effects of excessive exposure to radiation. 040.02.01.03.04
130 State the effect of sun storms on the amount of radiation at high altitude. 040.02.01.03.05
131 List the harmful effects that may result from the extra radiation that may be 040.02.01.03.06
generated as the result of a sun storm (solar flares).
132 List methods of reducing the effects of extra radiation that may be generated 040.02.01.03.07
as the result of a sun storm (solar flares).
133 Humidity
134 Define the terms ‘humidity’ and ‘relative humidity’. 040.02.01.03.08
135 List the factors which affect the relative humidity of both the atmosphere and 040.02.01.03.09
cabin air.
136 State the methods of reducing the effects of insufficient humidity. 040.02.01.03.10
137 List the physiological effects of dry cabin air on the human body and indicate 040.02.01.03.11
measures to diminish these effects. Stress the effects that low humidity can
have on the efficient functioning of the eye.
138 Explain the change in the need for oxygen of the human body when exposed 040.02.01.03.12
to extreme environmental temperatures.
139 Man and Environment: the sensory system 040.02.02.00
140
141 List the different senses. 040.02.02.00.01
142 State the multi-sensory nature of human perception. 040.02.02.00.02
143 Central, peripheral and autonomic nervous system 040.02.02.01
144 Name the main parts of the central nervous system. 040.02.02.01.01
145 State the basic functions of the Central Nervous System (CNS), the Peripheral 040.02.02.01.02
Nervous System (PNS) and the Autonomic (Vegetative) System (ANS).
146 Discuss broadly how information is processed by the nervous systems and the 040.02.02.01.03
role of reflexes.
147 Define the division of the peripheral nerves into sensory and motor nerves. 040.02.02.01.04
148 State that a nerve impulse is an electro-chemical phenomenon. 040.02.02.01.05
149 Define the term ‘sensory threshold’. 040.02.02.01.06
150 Define the term ‘sensitivity’, especially in the context of vision. 040.02.02.01.07
151 Give examples of sensory adaptation. 040.02.02.01.08
152 Define the term ‘’habituation’ and state its implication for flight safety. 040.02.02.01.09
153 Define biological control systems as neuro-hormonal processes that are highly 040.02.02.01.10
self-regulated in the normal environment.
154 Vision 040.02.02.02
155 Functional anatomy
156 Name the most important parts of the eye and the pathway to the visual 040.02.02.02.01
cortex.
157 State the basic functions of the parts of the eye. 040.02.02.02.02
158 Define ‘accommodation’. 040.02.02.02.03
159 Distinguish between the functions of the rod and cone cells. 040.02.02.02.04
160 Describe the distribution of rod and cone cells in the retina and explain their 040.02.02.02.05
relevance on vision.
161 Visual foveal and peripheral vision
162 Explain the terms ‘visual acuity’, ‘visual field’, ‘central vision’, ‘peripheral 040.02.02.02.06
vision’, 'fovea' and explain their function in the process of vision.
163 List the factors which may degrade visual acuity and the importance of 040.02.02.02.07
‘lookout’.
164 State the limitations of night vision and the different scanning techniques by 040.02.02.02.08
both night and day (regularly spaced eye movements each covering an
overlapping sector of about 10º).
165 Explain the adaptation mechanism in vision to cater for reduced and 040.02.02.02.09
increased levels of illumination.
166 State the time necessary for the eye to adapt both to the dark and bright 040.02.02.02.10
167 light.
State the effect of hypoxia and smoking on night vision. 040.02.02.02.11

168 Explain the nature of colour blindness and the significance of the ‘blind spot’ 040.02.02.02.12
on the retina in detecting other traffic in flight.
169 Explain the nature of colour blindness and the significance of the ‘blind spot’ 040.02.02.02.12
on the retina in detecting other traffic in flight.
(Moved and merged into 040.02.02.03.22)
170 Binocular and monocular vision
171 Distinguish between monocular and binocular vision. 040.02.02.02.13
172 Explain the basis of depth perception and its relevance to flight performance. 040.02.02.02.14
173 List possible monocular cues for depth perception. 040.02.02.02.15
174 State the problems of vision associated with higher energy blue light and ultra 040.02.02.02.16
violet rays.
175 Defective vision
176 Explain long sightedness, short sightedness and Astigmatism. 040.02.02.02.17
177 List the causes of and the precautions that may be taken to reduce the 040.02.02.02.18
probability of vision loss due to: presbyopia; cataracts; glaucoma.
178 List the types of sunglasses which could cause perceptional problems in flight. 040.02.02.02.19
179 List the measures which may be taken to protect oneself from flash-blindness. 040.02.02.02.20
180 State the possible problems associated with contact lenses. 040.02.02.02.21
181 State the current rules/regulations governing the wearing of corrective 040.02.02.02.22
spectacles and contact lenses when operating as a pilot.
182 Explain the nature of colour blindness and the significance of the ‘blind spot’ 040.02.02.02.12
on the retina in detecting other traffic in flight.
(Moved from 040.02.02.02.12)
183 Hearing 040.02.02.03
184 Descriptive and functional anatomy
185 State the audible range of the human ear. 040.02.02.03.01
186 State the unit of measure for the intensity of sound. 040.02.02.03.02
187 Name the most important parts of the ear and the associated neural pathway. 040.02.02.03.03
188 State the basic functions of the different parts of the auditory system. 040.02.02.03.04
189 Differentiate between the functions of the vestibular apparatus and the 040.02.02.03.05
cochlea in the inner ear.
190 State the role of the Eustachian tube in equalizing pressure between the 040.02.02.03.06
middle ear and the environment.
191 Indicate the effects of colds or flu on the ability to equalize pressure in the 040.02.02.03.07
above.
192 Hearing loss
193 Define the main causes of the following hearing defects / loss: 'conductive 040.02.02.03.08
deafness' 'Noise Induced Hearing Loss' (NIHL) 'presbycusis'.
194 Summarise the effects of environmental noise on hearing. 040.02.02.03.09
195 State the decibel level of received noise that will cause NIHL. 040.02.02.03.10
196 Indicate the factors, other than noise level, which may lead to NIHL. 040.02.02.03.11
197 Identify the potential occupational risks which may cause hearing loss. 040.02.02.03.12
198 List the main sources of hearing loss in the flying environment. 040.02.02.03.13
199 List the precautions that may be taken to reduce the probability of onset of 040.02.02.03.14
hearing loss.
200 Equilibrium 040.02.02.04
201 Functional anatomy
202 List the main elements of the vestibular apparatus. 040.02.02.04.01
203 State the functions of the vestibular apparatus on the ground and in flight. 040.02.02.04.02
204 Distinguish between the component parts of the vestibular apparatus in the 040.02.02.04.03
detection of linear and angular acceleration as well as on gravity.
205 Explain how the semicircular canals are stimulated. 040.02.02.04.04
206 Motion sickness
207 Describe air- sickness and its accompanying symptoms. 040.02.02.04.05
208 Indicate that vibration can cause undesirable human responses because of 040.02.02.04.06
the resonance of the skull and the eyeballs.
209 List the causes of motion sickness. 040.02.02.04.07
210 Describe the necessary actions to be taken to counteract the symptoms of 040.02.02.04.08
motion sickness.
211 Integration of sensory inputs 040.02.02.05
212 State the interaction between vision, equilibrium, proprioception and hearing 040.02.02.05.01
to obtain spatial orientation in flight.
213 Define the term ‘illusion’. 040.02.02.05.02
214 Give examples of visual illusions based on shape constancy, size constancy, 040.02.02.05.03
aerial perspective, atmospheric perspective, the absence of focal or ambient
cues, autokinesis, vectional false horizons and surface planes.
215 State the conditions which cause the ‘black hole’ effect and ‘empty field 040.02.02.05.05
myopia’
(Merged into 040.02.02.06.03 and 040.02.02.06.05)
216 Relate these illusions to problems that may be experienced in flight and 040.02.02.05.04
identify the danger attached to them.
217 State the conditions which cause the ‘black hole’ effect and ‘empty field 040.02.02.05.05
myopia’.
(Merged into 040.02.02.06.03 and 040.02.02.06.05)

218 Give examples of approach and landing illusions, state the danger involved 040.02.02.05.06
and give recommendations to avoid or counteract these problems.
(Merged into 040.02.02.06.05)
219 State the problems associated with flickering lights (strobe-lights, anti- 040.02.02.05.07
collision lights, etc.).
220 Give examples of vestibular illusions such as somatogyral (the Leans), Coriolis, 040.02.02.05.08
somatogravic and G- effect illusions.
221 Relate the above mentioned vestibular illusions to problems encountered in 040.02.02.05.09
flight and state the dangers involved.
222 List and describe the function of the proprioceptive senses ('seat-of-the-pants' 040.02.02.05.10
sense).
223 Relate illusions of the proprioceptive senses to the problems encountered 040.02.02.05.11
during flight.
224 State that the 'seat-of-the-pants' sense is completely unreliable when visual 040.02.02.05.12
contact with the ground is lost or when flying in IMC or poor visual horizon.

225 Differentiate between vertigo, Coriolis effect and spatial disorientation. 040.02.02.05.13
226 Explain the flicker effect (stroboscopic effect) and discuss counter measures. 040.02.02.05.14
227 Explain how spatial disorientation can result from a mismatch in sensory input 040.02.02.05.15
and information processing.
228 List the measures to prevent and/or overcome spatial disorientation. 040.02.02.05.16
229 Health and hygiene 040.02.03.00
230 Personal hygiene 040.02.03.01
231 Summarise the role of personal hygiene as a factor in human performance. 040.02.03.01.01
232 Body rhythm and sleep 040.02.03.02
233 Name some internal body rhythms and their relevance to sleep. 040.02.03.02.01

234 Explain the term ‘circadian rhythm’. 040.02.03.02.02

235 State the approximate duration of a ‘free-running’ rhythm. 040.02.03.02.03
236 Explain the significance of the 'internal clock’ in regulating the normal 040.02.03.02.04
circadian rhythm.
237 State the effect of the circadian rhythm of body temperature on an 040.02.03.02.05
individual's performance standard and the effect on an individual's sleep
patterns.
238 List and describe the stages of a sleep cycle. 040.02.03.02.06
239 Differentiate between REM and non-REM sleep. 040.02.03.02.07
240 Explain the function of sleep and describe the effects of insufficient sleep on 040.02.03.02.08
performance.
241 Explain the simple calculations for the sleep/wake credit/debit situation. 040.02.03.02.09
242 Explain how sleep debt can become cumulative. 040.02.03.02.10
243 State the time formula for the adjustment of body rhythms to the new local 040.02.03.02.11
time scale after crossing time zones.
244 State the problems caused by circadian disrhythmia (jet-lag) on an individual's 040.02.03.02.12
performance and sleep.
245 Differentiate between the effects of westbound and eastbound travel. 040.02.03.02.13
246 Explain the interactive effects of circadian rhythm and vigilance on a pilot's 040.02.03.02.14
performance during flight as the duty day elapses.
247 Describe the main effects of lack of sleep on an individual's performance. 040.02.03.02.15
248 List possible coping strategies for jet-lag. 040.02.03.02.16
249 Problem areas for pilots 040.02.03.03
250 Common minor ailments
251 State the role of the Eustachian tube in equalizing pressure between the 040.02.03.03.01
middle ear and the environment.
252 State that the in-flight environment may increase the severity of symptoms 040.02.03.03.02
which may be minor while on the ground.
253 List the negative effects of suffering from colds or flu on flight operations 040.02.03.03.03
especially with regard to the middle ear, the sinuses, and the teeth.
254 Indicate the effects of colds or flu on the ability to equalize pressure between 040.02.03.03.04
the middle ear and the environment.
255 State when a pilot should seek medical advice from an AME, and when the 040.02.03.03.05
Aeromedical Section of an authority should be informed.
256 Describe the measures to prevent and/or clear problems due to pressure 040.02.03.03.06
changes during flight.
257 Entrapped gases and barotrauma
258 Define 'barotrauma'. 040.02.03.03.07
259 Differentiate between otic, sinus, gastro-intestinal and aerodontalgia (of the 040.02.03.03.08
teeth) barotraumas and explain avoidance strategies.
260 Explain why the effects of otic barotrauma can be worse in the descent. 040.02.03.03.09
261 Gastro-intestinal upsets
262 State the effects of gastrointestinal upsets that may result during flight. 040.02.03.03.10
263 List the precautions that should be observed to reduce the occurrence of 040.02.03.03.11
gastro-intestinal upsets.
264 Indicate the major sources of gastrointestinal upsets. 040.02.03.03.12
265 Obesity
266 Define 'obesity'. 040.02.03.03.13
267 State the cause of obesity. 040.02.03.03.14
268 State the harmful effects of obesity on: - Possibility of developing coronary 040.02.03.03.15
problems - Increased chances of developing diabetes - Ability to withstand g
forces - The development of problems with the joints of the limbs - General
circulatory problems - Ability to cope with hypoxia and/or decompression
sickness.

269 State the relationship between obesity and Body Mass Index (BMI). 040.02.03.03.16
270 Calculate the BMI of an individual (given weight in Kg and height in metres) 040.02.03.03.17
and state whether this BMI indicates that the individual is underweight,
overweight, obese or within the normal range of body weight.
271 Describe the problems associated with type 2 (mostly adult) diabetes - risk 040.02.03.03.18
factors - insulin resistance - complications (vascular, neurological) and the
consequences for the medical licence - pilots are not protected from type 2
diabetes more than other people.

272 Describe the typical back problems (unspecific back pain, slipped disc) that 040.02.03.03.19
pilots have. Explain also the ways of preventing and treating these problems -
good sitting posture - lumbar support - good physical condition - in-flight
exercise if possible - physiotherapy.

273 Food hygiene

274 Explain the significance of food hygiene with regards to general health. 040.02.03.03.20
275 Stress the importance of and methods to be adopted by aircrew especially 040.02.03.03.21
when travelling abroad to avoid contaminated food and liquids.
276 List the major contaminating sources in foodstuffs. 040.02.03.03.22
277 State the major constituents of a healthy diet. 040.02.03.03.23
278 State the measure to avoid hypoglycaemia. 040.02.03.03.24
279 State the role vitamins and trace elements are playing in a healthy diet. 040.02.03.03.25
280 State the importance of adequate hydration. 040.02.03.03.26
281 Tropical climates
282 List the problems associated with operating in tropical climates. 040.02.03.03.27
283 State the possible causes/sources of incapacitation in tropical or poorly 040.02.03.03.28
developed countries with reference to: - Standards of hygiene - Quality of
water supply - Insect-borne diseases - Parasitic worms - Rabies or other
diseases that may be spread by contact with animals - Sexually transmitted
diseases.

284 State the precautions to be taken to reduce the risks of developing problems 040.02.03.03.29
in tropical areas.
285 Infectious diseases
286 State the major infectious diseases that may kill or severely incapacitate 040.02.03.03.30
individuals.
287 State which preventative hygienic measures, vaccinations, drugs, and other 040.02.03.03.31
measures, reduce the chances of catching these diseases.
288 State the precautions which must be taken to ensure that disease carrying 040.02.03.03.32
insects are not transported between areas.
289 Intoxication 040.02.03.04
290 Tobacco
291 State the harmful effects of tobacco on: - The respiratory system - The cardio- 040.02.03.04.01
vascular system - The ability to resist hypoxia - The ability to tolerate g forces -
Night vision.
292 Caffeine
293 Indicate the level of caffeine dosage at which performance is degraded. 040.02.03.04.02
294 Besides coffee, indicate other beverages containing caffeine. 040.02.03.04.03
295 Alcohol
296 State the maximum acceptable limit of alcohol for flight crew according to the 040.02.03.04.04
applicable Regulations.
297 State the effects of consuming alcohol on: - Ability to reason - Inhibitions and 040.02.03.04.05
self control - Vision - Sense of balance and sensory illusions - Sleep patterns -
Hypoxia.
298 State the effects alcohol may have if consumed together with other drugs. 040.02.03.04.06
299 List the signs and symptoms of alcoholism. 040.02.03.04.07
300 List the factors which may be associated with the development of alcoholism. 040.02.03.04.08
301 Define the ‘unit’ of alcohol and state approximate elimination rate from the 040.02.03.04.09
blood.
302 State the maximum daily and weekly intake of units of alcohol which may be 040.02.03.04.10
consumed without causing damage to organs and systems in the body.

303 Discuss the actions that might be taken if a crew member is suspected of 040.02.03.04.11
being an alcoholic.
304 State the reasons why the aviation profession is particularly vulnerable to the 040.02.03.04.12
excessive use of alcohol.
305 Drugs and self-medication
306 State the dangers associated with the use of non-prescription drugs. 040.02.03.04.13
307 State the side effects of common non-prescription drugs used to treat colds, 040.02.03.04.14
flu, hay fever and other allergies especially medicines containing anti-
histamine preparations.
308 Interpret the rules relevant to using drugs (prescriptive or not prescriptive) 040.02.03.04.15
that the pilot has not used before.
309 Interpret the general rule that ‘if a pilot is so unwell that he/she requires any 040.02.03.04.16
medication then he/she should consider him/herself unfit to fly'.
310 Toxic materials
311 List those materials present in an aircraft which may, when uncontained, 040.02.03.04.17
cause severe health problems.
312 List those aircraft-component parts which if burnt may give off toxic fumes. 040.02.03.04.18
313

314 Incapacitation in flight 040.02.03.05

315 State that incapacitation is most dangerous when its onset is insidious. 040.02.03.05.01
316 List the major causes of in-flight incapacitation. 040.02.03.05.02
317 State the importance of crew to be able to recognise and promptly react upon 040.02.03.05.03
incapacitation of other crew members, should it occur in flight.
318 Explain coping methods and procedures. 040.02.03.05.04
319 BASIC AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY 040.03.00.00
320 Human information processing 040.03.01.00
321 Attention and vigilance 040.03.01.01
322 Differentiate between ‘attention’ and ‘vigilance’. 040.03.01.01.01
323 Differentiate between ‘selected’ and ‘divided’ attention. 040.03.01.01.02
324 Define ‘hypovigilance’. 040.03.01.01.03
325 Identify the factors which may affect the state of vigilance. 040.03.01.01.04
326 List the factors that may forestall hypovigilance during flight. 040.03.01.01.05
327 Indicate signs of reduced vigilance. 040.03.01.01.06
328 Name factors that affect a person's level of attention. 040.03.01.01.07
329 Perception 040.03.01.02
330 Name the basis of the perceptual process. 040.03.01.02.01
331 Describe the mechanism of perception (‘bottom-up’/’top down’ process). 040.03.01.02.02
332 Illustrate why perception is subjective and state the relevant factors which 040.03.01.02.03
influence interpretation of perceived information.
333 Describe some basic perceptual illusions. 040.03.01.02.04
334 Illustrate some basic perceptual concepts. 040.03.01.02.05
335 Give examples where perception plays a decisive role in flight safety. 040.03.01.02.06
336 Stress how persuasive and believable mistaken perception can manifest itself 040.03.01.02.07
both on an individual and a group.
337 Memory 040.03.01.03
338 Explain the link between the types of memory (to include sensory, 040.03.01.03.01
working/short term and long term memories).
339 Describe the differences between the types of memory in terms of capacity 040.03.01.03.02
and retention time.
340 Justify the importance of sensory-store memories in processing information. 040.03.01.03.03
341 State the average maximum number of separate items that may be held in 040.03.01.03.04
working memory.
342 Stress how interruption can affect the short-term/working memory. 040.03.01.03.05
343 Give examples of items that are important for pilots to hold in working 040.03.01.03.06
memory during flight.
344 Describe how the capacity of the working memory store may be increased. 040.03.01.03.07
345 State the subdivisions of long term memory and give examples of their 040.03.01.03.08
content.
346 Explain that skills are kept primarily in the long term memory. 040.03.01.03.09
347 Explain amnesia and how it effects memory. 040.03.01.03.10
348 Name the common problems with both the long and short-term memories 040.03.01.03.11
and the best methods to try and counter-act them.
349 Response selection 040.03.01.04
350 Learning principles and techniques
351 Explain and distinguish between the following basic forms of learning: - 040.03.01.04.01
Classical and operant conditioning (behaviouristic approach) - Learning by
insight (cognitive approach) - Learning by imitating (modeling).
352 Find pilot related examples for each of these learning forms. 040.03.01.04.02

353 State factors which are necessary for and promote the quality of learning. 040.03.01.04.03

354 Explain ways to facilitate the memorisation of information by the following 040.03.01.04.04
learning techniques : - Mnemonics - Mental training.
355 Describe the advantage of planning and anticipation of future actions - Define 040.03.01.04.05
the term ‘skills’ - State the 3 phases of learning a skill (Anderson).

356 Explain the term 'motor-programme' or 'mental schema'. 040.03.01.04.06

357 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of mental schemata. 040.03.01.04.07
358 Explain the model by Rasmussen which describes the guidance of a pilot's 040.03.01.04.08
behaviour in different situations.
359 State possible problems or risks associated with skill-based, rule-based, and 040.03.01.04.09
knowledge-based behaviour.
360 Explain the following phases in connection with the acquisition of automated 040.03.01.04.10
behaviour - Cognitive phase - Associative phases - Automatic phase.
361 Motivation
362 Define motivation. 040.03.01.04.11
363 Explain the influences of different levels of motivation on performance taking 040.03.01.04.12
into consideration task difficulty.
364 Explain the ‘Model of Human Needs’ (Maslow) and relate this to aviation. 040.03.01.04.13
365 Explain the relationship between motivation and learning. 040.03.01.04.14
366 Explain the problems of over-motivation especially in the context of extreme 040.03.01.04.15
need of achievement.
367 Human error and reliability 040.03.02.00
368 Reliability of human behaviour 040.03.02.01
369 Name and explain factors which influence human reliability. 040.03.02.01.01
370 Mental models and situation awareness 040.03.02.02
371 Define the term 'situation awareness'. 040.03.02.02.01
372 List cues which indicate the loss of situation awareness and name the steps to 040.03.02.02.02
regain it.
373 List factors which influence one’s Situation Awareness both positively and 040.03.02.02.03
negatively and stress the importance of Situation Awareness in the context of
flight safety.
374 Define the term 'mental model' in relation to a surrounding complex situation. 040.03.02.02.04
375 Describe the advantage/disadvantage of mental models. 040.03.02.02.05
376 Explain the relationship between personal ‘mental models’ and the creation 040.03.02.02.06
of cognitive illusions.
377 Theory and model of human error 040.03.02.03
378 Define the term ‘error’. 040.03.02.03.01
379 Explain the concept of the ‘error chain’. 040.03.02.03.02
380 Differentiate between an isolated error and an error chain. 040.03.02.03.03
381 Distinguish between the main forms/types of errors (i.e. slips, faults, 040.03.02.03.04
omissions and violations).
382 Discuss the above errors and their relevance in-flight. 040.03.02.03.05
383 Distinguish between an active and a latent error and give examples. 040.03.02.03.06
384 Error generation 040.03.02.04
385 Distinguish between internal and external factors in error generation. 040.03.02.04.01
386 Identify possible sources of internal error generation. 040.03.02.04.02
387 Define and discuss the two errors associated with motor programmes. 040.03.02.04.03

388 List the three main sources for external error generation in the cockpit. 040.03.02.04.04

389 Give examples to illustrate the following factors in external error generation 040.03.02.04.05
in the cockpit : - Ergonomics - Economics - Social environment.
390 Name major goals in the design of human centred man-machine interfaces. 040.03.02.04.06

391 Define the term 'error tolerance'. 040.03.02.04.07

392 List (and describe) strategies which are used to reduce human error. 040.03.02.04.08
393
394 Decision making 040.03.03.00
395 Decision-making concepts 040.03.03.01
396 Define the term 'deciding' and 'decision making'. 040.03.03.01.01
397 Describe the major factors on which a decision-making should be based 040.03.03.01.02
during the course of a flight.
398 Describe the main human attributes with regard to decision making. 040.03.03.01.03
399 Discuss the nature of bias and its influence on the decision making process. 040.03.03.01.04
400 Describe the main error sources and limits in an individual's decision making 040.03.03.01.05
mechanism.
401 State the factors upon which an individual's risk assessment is based. 040.03.03.01.06
402 Explain the relationship between risk assessment, commitment, and pressure 040.03.03.01.07
of time on decision making strategies.
403 Explain the risks associated with dispersion and/or channelised attention 040.03.03.01.08
during the application of procedures requiring a high workload within a short
time frame (e.g. a go-around).
404 Describe the positive and negative influences exerted by other group 040.03.03.01.09
members on an individual's decision making process.
405 Explain the general idea behind the creation of a model for decision making 040.03.03.01.10
based upon: - definition of the aim, - collection of information, - risk
assessment, - development of options, - evaluation of options, - decision, -
implementation, - consequences, - review and feedback.

406 Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management 040.03.04.00

407 Safety awareness 040.03.04.01
408 Justify the need for being aware of not only one's own performance but that 040.03.04.01.01
of others before and during a flight and the possible consequences and/or
risks.
409 Stress the over-all importance of constantly and positively striving to monitor 040.03.04.01.02
for errors and thereby maintaining situation awareness.
410 Coordination (multi-crew concepts) 040.03.04.02
411 Name the objectives of the multi-crew concept. 040.03.04.02.01
412 State and explain the elements of multi-crew concepts. 040.03.04.02.02
413 Explain the concept “Standard Operating Procedures” (SOP). 040.03.04.02.03

414 Illustrate the purpose and procedure of crew briefings. 040.03.04.02.04

415 Illustrate the purpose and procedure of checklists. 040.03.04.02.05
416 Describe the function of communication in a coordinated team. 040.03.04.02.06
417
418

419

420 Co-operation 040.03.04.03

421 Distinguish between cooperation and coaction. 040.03.04.03.01
422 Define the term 'group'. 040.03.04.03.02
423 Illustrate the influence of interdependence in a group. 040.03.04.03.03
424 List the advantages and disadvantages of team work. 040.03.04.03.04
425 Explain the term 'synergy'. 040.03.04.03.05
426 Define the term 'cohesion'. 040.03.04.03.06
427 Define the term 'groupthink'. 040.03.04.03.07
428 State the essential conditions for good teamwork. 040.03.04.03.08
429 Explain the function of role and norm in a group. 040.03.04.03.09
430 Name the different role patterns which occur in a group situation. 040.03.04.03.10
431 Explain how behaviour can be affected by the following factors: - persuasion, - 040.03.04.03.11
conformity, - compliance, - obedience.
432 Distinguish between status and role. 040.03.04.03.12
433 Stress the inherent dangers of a situation where there is a mix of role and 040.03.04.03.13
status within the cockpit.
434 Explain the terms ‘leadership’ and 'followership’. 040.03.04.03.14
435 Describe the trans-cockpit authority gradient and its affiliated leadership 040.03.04.03.15
styles. (i.e. autocratic, laissez-faire and synergistic).
436 Name the most important attributes for a positive leadership style. 040.03.04.03.16
437 Communication 040.03.04.04
438 Explain the function of 'information'. 040.03.04.04.01
439 Define the term 'communication'. 040.03.04.04.02
440 List the most basic components of interpersonal communication. 040.03.04.04.03
441 Explain the advantages of two-way communication as opposed to one-way 040.03.04.04.04
communication.
442 Explain the statement by Watzlawick “One cannot not communicate”. 040.03.04.04.05
443 Distinguish between verbal and non-verbal communication. 040.03.04.04.06
444

445 Name the functions of non-verbal communication. 040.03.04.04.07

446 Describe general aspects of non-verbal communication. 040.03.04.04.08
447 Describe the advantages/ disadvantages of implicit and explicit 040.03.04.04.09
communication.
448 State the attributes and possible problems of using 'professional' language. 040.03.04.04.10

449 Name and explain major obstacles to effective communication. 040.03.04.04.11

450 Give examples of aircraft accidents arising from poor communications. 040.03.04.04.12
451 Explain the difference between intra and interpersonal conflict. 040.03.04.04.13
452 Describe the escalation process in human conflict. 040.03.04.04.14
453 List typical consequences of conflicts between crew members. 040.03.04.04.15
454 Explain the following terms as part of communication practice in regard to 040.03.04.04.16
preventing or solving conflicts: - inquiry, - active listening, - advocacy, -
feedback, - metacommunication, - negotiation.
455

456 Human behaviour 040.03.05.00

457 Personality, attitude and behaviour 040.03.05.01
458 Describe the factors which determine an individual's behaviour. 040.03.05.01.01
459 Define and distinguish between personality, attitude, and behaviour. 040.03.05.01.02
460 State the origin of personality and attitudes. 040.03.05.01.03
461 State that with behaviours good and bad habits can be formed. 040.03.05.01.04
462 Explain how behaviour is generally a product of personality and attitude. 040.03.05.01.05

463 Discuss some effects that personality and attitudes may have on flight crew 040.03.05.01.06
performance.
464 Individual differences in personality and motivation 040.03.05.02
465 Describe the individual differences in personality by the mean of a common 040.03.05.02.01
trait model (e.g. Eysenck's personality factors) and use it to describe today’s
ideal pilot.
466 Self-concept
467 Define the term 'self-concept' and the part it plays in any change of 040.03.05.02.02
personality.
468 Explain how a self- concept of under-confidence may lead to an outward 040.03.05.02.03
show of aggression and self- assertiveness.
469 Self-discipline
470 Define 'self-discipline' and justify its importance for flight safety. 040.03.05.02.04
471 Identification of hazardous attitudes (error proneness) 040.03.05.03
472 Summarise examples of attitudes and behaviour which, if prevalent in a crew 040.03.05.03.01
member, might represent a hazard to flight safety and their signs.
473 Describe the personality attitude and behaviour patterns of an ideal crew 040.03.05.03.02
member.
474 Summarise how a person’s attitude influences his work in the cockpit. 040.03.05.03.03

475 Human overload and underload 040.03.06.00

476 Arousal 040.03.06.01
477 Explain the term 'arousal'. 040.03.06.01.01
478 Describe the relationship between arousal and performance. 040.03.06.01.02
479 Explain the circumstances under which underload may occur and its possible 040.03.06.01.03
dangers.
480 Stress 040.03.06.02
481 Explain the term 'homeostasis'. 040.03.06.02.01
482 Explain the term 'stress' and why is stress a natural human reaction. 040.03.06.02.02
483 State that the physiological response to stress is generated by the ‘fight or 040.03.06.02.03
flight’ response.
484 Describe the function of the autonomic nervous system (ANS) in stress 040.03.06.02.04
response.
485 Explain the biological reaction to stress by means of the 'general adaptation 040.03.06.02.05
syndrome' (GAS).
486 Explain the relationship between arousal and stress. 040.03.06.02.06
487 State the relationship between stress and performance. 040.03.06.02.07
488 State the basic categories of stressors. 040.03.06.02.08
489 List and discuss the major environmental sources of stress in the cockpit. 040.03.06.02.09

490 Discuss the concept of ‘break-point’ with regards to stress, overload and 040.03.06.02.10
performance.
491 Name the principal causes of domestic stress. 040.03.06.02.11
492 State that the stress experienced as a result of particular demands varies 040.03.06.02.12
between individuals.
493 Explain the factors which lead to differences in the levels of stress 040.03.06.02.13
experienced by individuals.
494 List factors influencing the tolerance of stressors. 040.03.06.02.14
495 Explain a simple model of stress. 040.03.06.02.15
496 Explain the relationship between stress and anxiety. 040.03.06.02.16
497 Describe the effects of anxiety on human performance. 040.03.06.02.17
498 State the general effect of acute stress on the human system. 040.03.06.02.18
499 Name the 3 phases of GAS. 040.03.06.02.19
500 Name the symptoms of stress relating to the different phases of GAS. 040.03.06.02.20
501 Describe the relationship between stress, arousal and vigilance. 040.03.06.02.21
502 State the general effect of chronic stress on the human system. 040.03.06.02.22
503 Explain the differences between psychological, psychosomatic and somatic 040.03.06.02.23
stress reactions.
504 Name typical common physiological and psychological symptoms of human 040.03.06.02.24
overload.
505 Describe effects of stress on human behaviour. 040.03.06.02.25
506 Explain how stress is cumulative and how stress from one situation can be 040.03.06.02.26
transferred to a different situation.
507 Explain how successful completion of a stressful task will reduce the amount 040.03.06.02.27
of stress experienced when a similar situation arises in the future.
508 Describe the effect of human under/overload on effectiveness in the cockpit. 040.03.06.02.28

509 List sources and symptoms of human underload. 040.03.06.02.29

510 Intentionally left blank 040.03.06.03
511 Intentionally left blank 040.03.06.04
512 Fatigue and stress management 040.03.06.05
513 Explain the term ‘fatigue’ and differentiate between the two types of fatigue. 040.03.06.05.01

514 Name causes for both types. 040.03.06.05.02

515 Identify symptoms and describe the effects of fatigue. 040.03.06.05.03
516 List strategies which prevent or delay the onset of fatigue and hypovigilance. 040.03.06.05.04
517 List and describe coping strategies for dealing with stress factors and stress 040.03.06.05.05
reactions.
518 Distinguish between short-term and long-term methods of stress 040.03.06.05.06
management.
519 Give examples of short term methods of stress management. 040.03.06.05.07
520 Give examples of long-term methods of coping with stress. 040.03.06.05.08
521

522 Advanced cockpit automation 040.03.07.00

523 Advantages and disadvantages 040.03.07.01
524 Define and explain the basic concept of automation. 040.03.07.01.01

525 List the advantages/disadvantages of automation in the cockpit in respect of 040.03.07.01.02

level of vigilance, attention, workload, situation awareness and crew
coordination.
526 State the advantages and disadvantages of the two components of the man- 040.03.07.01.03
machine system with regard to information input and processing, decision
making, and output activities.
527 Explain the ‘ironies of automation’. 040.03.07.01.04

528 Give examples of methods to overcome the disadvantages of automation. 040.03.07.01.05

529 Automation complacency 040.03.07.02

530 State the main weaknesses in the monitoring of automatic systems. 040.03.07.02.01

531 Explain the following terms in connection with automatic systems : - passive 040.03.07.02.02
monitoring, - blinkered concentration, - confusion, - mode awareness.

532 Give examples of actions which may be taken to counteract ineffective 040.03.07.02.03
monitoring of automatic systems.
533 Define ‘complacency’. 040.03.07.02.04
534 Working concepts 040.03.07.03
535 Analyse the influence of automation on crew communication and describe the 040.03.07.03.01
potential disadvantages.

536 Summarise how the negative effects of automation on pilots may be 040.03.07.03.02
alleviated.

537 Interpret the role of automation with respect to flight safety. 040.03.07.03.03
 New syllabus Moved to/from
reference another subject

040.00.00.00
040.01.00.00
040.01.01.00
040.01.01.01
040.01.01.01.01

040.01.02.00

040.01.03.00
040.01.03.01
040.01.03.01.01

040.01.03.01.02
040.01.03.01.03
040.01.03.01.04
040.01.03.01.05

040.01.03.01.06

040.01.03.01.07

040.01.03.01.08
040.01.03.01.09
040.01.03.01.10

040.01.04.00
040.01.04.01
040.01.04.01.01
040.01.04.01.02
040.01.04.01.03
040.01.04.01.04
040.01.04.01.05
040.01.04.01.06
040.01.04.01.07

040.01.04.01.08

040.02.00.00
040.02.01.00
040.02.01.01

040.02.01.01.01

040.02.01.02
040.02.01.02.01
040.02.01.02.02

040.02.01.02.03
040.02.01.02.04
040.02.01.02.05
040.02.01.02.06

040.02.01.02.07
040.02.01.02.08
040.02.01.02.09

040.02.01.02.10
040.02.01.02.11
040.02.01.02.12
040.02.01.02.13

040.02.01.02.14
040.02.01.02.15

040.02.01.02.16

040.02.01.02.17
040.02.01.02.18
040.02.01.02.19

040.02.01.02.20
040.02.01.02.21
040.02.01.02.22

040.02.01.02.23

040.02.01.02.24

040.02.01.02.25

040.02.01.02.26

040.02.01.02.27

040.02.01.02.28

040.02.01.02.29

040.02.01.02.30
040.02.01.02.31

040.02.01.02.32
040.02.01.02.33
040.02.01.02.34
040.02.01.02.35

040.02.01.02.36

040.02.01.02.37

040.02.01.02.38

040.02.01.02.39

040.02.01.02.40
040.02.01.02.41

040.02.01.02.42
040.02.01.02.43
040.02.01.02.39

040.02.01.02.44

040.02.01.02.45
040.02.01.02.46

040.02.01.02.47

040.02.01.02.48

040.02.01.02.49
040.02.01.02.50

040.02.01.02.51
040.02.01.02.52

040.02.01.03
040.02.01.03.01

040.02.01.03.02
040.02.01.03.03

040.02.01.03.04

040.02.01.03.05

040.02.02.00
040.02.02.01
040.02.02.01.01

040.02.02.02

040.02.02.02.01
040.02.02.02.02
040.02.02.02.03
040.02.02.02.04

040.02.02.03

040.02.02.03.01

040.02.02.03.02
040.02.02.03.03
040.02.02.03.04
040.02.02.03.05

040.02.02.03.06
040.02.02.03.07

040.02.02.03.08

040.02.02.03.09
040.02.02.03.10

040.02.02.03.11

040.02.02.03.22

040.02.02.03.12
040.02.02.03.13
040.02.02.03.14
040.02.02.03.15

040.02.02.03.16
040.02.02.03.17

040.02.02.03.18
040.02.02.03.19
040.02.02.03.20
040.02.02.03.21

040.02.02.03.22

040.02.02.04

040.02.02.04.01
040.02.02.04.02

040.02.02.04.03

040.02.02.04.04
040.02.02.04.05
040.02.02.04.06
040.02.02.04.07
040.02.02.04.08

040.02.02.05

040.02.02.05.01
040.02.02.05.02
040.02.02.05.03

040.02.02.05.04

040.02.02.05.05

040.02.02.05.06
040.02.02.05.07

040.02.02.06
040.02.02.06.01

040.02.02.06.02
040.02.02.06.03

040.02.02.06.03,
040.02.02.06.05

040.02.02.06.04

040.02.02.06.05

040.02.02.06.05

040.02.02.06.06

040.02.02.06.07

040.02.02.06.08

040.02.02.06.09

040.02.02.06.10
040.02.02.06.11
040.02.03.00
040.02.03.01

040.02.03.02
040.02.03.02.01

040.02.03.02.02
040.02.03.02.03
040.02.03.02.04

040.02.03.02.05

040.02.03.02.06
040.02.03.02.07
040.02.03.02.08

040.02.03.02.09
040.02.03.02.10
040.02.03.02.11

040.02.03.02.12

040.02.03.02.13
040.02.03.02.14

040.02.03.02.15
040.02.03.02.16
040.02.03.03

040.02.03.03.01

040.02.03.03.02

040.02.03.03.03

040.02.03.03.04

040.02.03.03.05

040.02.03.03.06
040.02.03.03.07

040.02.03.03.08
040.02.03.03.09
040.02.03.03.10

040.02.03.03.11

040.02.03.03.12

040.02.03.03.13

040.02.03.03.14

040.02.03.03.15

040.02.03.03.16

040.02.03.03.17
040.02.03.03.18
040.02.03.03.19

040.02.03.03.20

040.02.03.03.21
040.02.03.03.22

040.02.03.03.23

040.02.03.03.24

040.02.03.03.25

040.02.03.04
040.02.03.04.01

040.02.03.04.02
040.02.03.04.03

040.02.03.04.04

040.02.03.04.05

040.02.03.04.06
040.02.03.04.07
040.02.03.04.08
040.02.03.04.09

040.02.03.04.10

040.02.03.04.11

040.02.03.04.12
040.02.03.04.13

040.02.03.04.14

040.02.03.04.15

040.02.03.04.16

040.02.03.04.17
040.02.03.04.18

040.02.03.05
040.02.03.05.01
040.02.03.05.02
040.02.03.05.03

040.02.03.05.04
040.03.00.00
040.03.01.00
040.03.01.01
040.03.01.01.01
040.03.01.01.02
040.03.01.01.03
040.03.01.01.04
040.03.01.01.05
040.03.01.01.06
040.03.01.01.07
040.03.01.02
040.03.01.02.01
040.03.01.02.02
040.03.01.02.03

040.03.01.02.04
040.03.01.02.05
040.03.01.02.06
040.03.01.02.07

040.03.01.03
040.03.01.03.01

040.03.01.03.02

040.03.01.03.03
040.03.01.03.04

040.03.01.03.05
040.03.01.03.06

040.03.01.03.07
040.03.01.03.08

040.03.01.03.09
040.03.01.03.10
040.03.01.03.11

040.03.01.04

040.03.01.04.01

040.03.01.04.02

040.03.01.04.03

040.03.01.04.04

040.03.01.04.05

040.03.01.04.06
040.03.01.04.07
040.03.01.04.08
040.03.01.04.09

040.03.01.04.10

040.03.01.04.11
040.03.01.04.12

040.03.02.00
040.03.02.01
040.03.02.01.01
040.03.02.02
040.03.02.02.01
040.03.02.02.02

040.03.02.02.03

040.03.02.02.04
040.03.02.02.05
040.03.02.02.06

040.03.02.03

040.03.02.03.01
040.03.02.03.02
040.03.02.03.03

040.03.02.03.04
040.03.02.03.05
040.03.02.04
040.03.02.04.01
040.03.02.04.02
040.03.02.04.03

040.03.02.04.04

040.03.02.04.05

040.03.02.04.06

040.03.02.04.07
040.03.02.04.08
040.03.02.04.09
040.03.03.00
040.03.03.01
040.03.03.01.01
040.03.03.01.02

040.03.03.01.03
040.03.03.01.04
040.03.03.01.05

040.03.03.01.06
040.03.03.01.07

040.03.03.01.08

040.03.03.01.09

040.03.03.01.10

040.03.04.00
040.03.04.01
040.03.04.01.01

040.03.04.02
040.03.04.02.01
040.03.04.02.02
040.03.04.02.03

040.03.04.02.04
040.03.04.02.05
040.03.04.02.06
040.03.04.02.07
040.03.04.02.08

040.03.04.02.09

040.03.04.03
040.03.04.03.01
040.03.04.03.02
040.03.04.03.03
040.03.04.03.04
040.03.04.03.05
040.03.04.03.06
040.03.04.03.07
040.03.04.03.08
040.03.04.03.09
040.03.04.03.10
040.03.04.03.11
040.03.04.03.12
040.03.04.03.13

040.03.04.03.14
040.03.04.03.15

040.03.04.03.16
040.03.04.04

040.03.04.04.01
040.03.04.04.02
040.03.04.04.03

040.03.04.04.04

040.03.04.04.05
040.03.04.04.06
040.03.04.04.07

040.03.04.04.08

040.03.04.04.09

040.03.04.04.10
040.03.04.04.11
040.03.04.04.12
040.03.04.04.13

040.03.04.04.14

040.03.05.00
040.03.05.01
040.03.05.01.01
040.03.05.01.02
040.03.05.01.03
040.03.05.01.04
040.03.05.01.05

040.03.05.01.06

040.03.05.02
040.03.05.02.01
040.03.05.02.02

040.03.05.02.03

040.03.05.02.04
040.03.05.03
040.03.05.03.01

040.03.05.03.02

040.03.05.03.03

040.03.06.00
040.03.06.01
040.03.06.01.01
040.03.06.01.02
040.03.06.01.03

040.03.06.02

040.03.06.02.01
040.03.06.02.02

040.03.06.02.03

040.03.06.02.04
040.03.06.02.05
040.03.06.02.06
040.03.06.02.07

040.03.06.02.08

040.03.06.02.09
040.03.06.02.10

040.03.06.02.11

040.03.06.02.12
040.03.06.02.13
040.03.06.02.14
040.03.06.02.15
040.03.06.02.16

040.03.06.02.17
040.03.06.02.18
040.03.06.02.19

040.03.06.02.20

040.03.06.02.21
040.03.06.02.22

040.03.06.02.23

040.03.06.02.24

040.03.06.02.25
040.03.06.03
040.03.06.04
040.03.06.05
040.03.06.05.01

040.03.06.05.02
040.03.06.05.03
040.03.06.05.04
040.03.06.05.05

040.03.06.05.06

040.03.06.05.07
040.03.06.05.08
040.03.06.05.09

040.03.07.00
040.03.07.01
040.03.07.01.01

040.03.07.01.02

040.03.07.01.03

040.03.07.01.04

040.03.07.01.05

040.03.07.02
040.03.07.02.01

040.03.07.02.02

040.03.07.02.03

040.03.07.02.04
040.03.07.03
040.03.07.03.01

040.03.07.03.02

040.03.07.03.03
 New syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Text unmodified
Renumbered

Deleted

same
New
HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATIONS x
HUMAN FACTORS: BASIC CONCEPTS x
Human factors in aviation x
Becoming a competent pilot x
State that competence is based on knowledge, skills and attitudes of the
individual pilot, and list the ICAO eight core competencies: application of
procedures; communication; aircraft flight path management, automation;
aircraft flight path management, manual control; leadership and teamwork;
problem-solving and decision-making; situation awareness; workload
management.

Intentionally left blank x

x

x
x

Flight safety concepts x

Threat and error management (TEM) model and SHELL model x
Explain the three components of the TEM model. x x

Explain and give examples of latent threats. x x

Explain and give examples of environmental threats. x x
Explain and give examples of organisational threats. x x
Explain and give a definition of ‘error’ according to the TEM model of ICAO x
Doc 9683 (Part II, Chapter 2).
Give examples of different countermeasures which may be used in order to x x
manage threats, errors, and undesired aircraft states.
Explain and give examples of procedural error, communication errors, and x
aircraft handling errors.
Explain and give examples of ‘undesired aircraft states’. x x
State the components of the SHELL model. x
State the relevance of the SHELL model to the work in the cockpit. x
x
x

Safety culture x
Safety culture and safety management x
Distinguish between ‘open cultures’ and ‘closed cultures’. x x
Illustrate how safety culture is reflected in national culture. x x
Discuss the established expression ‘safety first’ in a commercial entity. x
Explain James Reason’s ‘Swiss Cheese Model’. x x
State the important factors that promote a good safety culture. x x
Distinguish between ‘just culture’ and ‘non-punitive culture’. x x
Name the five components which form safety culture (according to James x
Reason: informed culture, reporting culture, learning culture, just culture,
flexible culture).
Name the basic concepts of safety management system (SMS) (including x
hazard identification and risk management) and its relationship with safety
culture in order to: define how the organisation is set up to manage risks;
identify workplace risk and implement suitable controls; implement effective
communication across all levels of the organisation.

BASICS OF AVIATION PHYSIOLOGY AND HEALTH MAINTENANCE x

Basics of flight physiology x
The atmosphere x
x

State that the volume percentage of the gases in ambient air will remain x x
constant at all altitudes at which conventional aircraft operate.
x

x
Respiratory and circulatory system x
List the main components of the respiratory system and their function. x
Identify the different volumes of air in the lungs and state the normal x
respiratory rate.
x
x

Explain the role of carbon dioxide in the control and regulation of respiration. x x
Describe the basic processes of external respiration and internal respiration. x x
List the factors that determine pulse rate. x x
Name the major components of the circulatory system and describe their x x
function.
State the values for a normal pulse rate and the average cardiac output (heart x x
rate × stroke volume) of an adult at rest.
 x

x
Define ‘systolic’ and ‘diastolic’ blood pressure. x x
State the normal blood pressure ranges and units of measurement. x x
x

List the main constituents of blood and describe their functions. x x

Stress the function of haemoglobin in the circulatory system. x x
Define ‘anaemia’ and state its common causes. x x
Indicate the effect of increasing altitude on haemoglobin oxygen saturation. x x
Hypertension and hypotension x
Define ‘hypertension’ and ‘hypotension’. x x
List the effects that high and low blood pressure will have on some normal x x
functions of the human body.
State that both hypotension and hypertension may disqualify a pilot from x x
obtaining medical clearance to fly.
List the factors which can lead to hypertension for an individual. x x
State the corrective actions that may be taken to reduce high blood pressure. x x
Stress that hypertension is the major factor of strokes in the general x x
population.
Coronary artery disease x
Differentiate between ‘angina’ and ‘heart attack’. x x
Explain the major risk factors for coronary disease. x x
State the role physical exercise plays in reducing the chances of developing x x
coronary disease.
Hypoxia x
Define the two major forms of hypoxia (hypoxic and anaemic), and the x x
common causes of both.
State the symptoms of hypoxia. x x
x
State that healthy people are able to compensate for altitudes up to x x
approximately 10 000–12 000 ft.
Name the three physiological thresholds and allocate the corresponding x
altitudes for each of them: reaction threshold (7 000 ft); disturbance
threshold (10-12 000 ft); and critical threshold (22 000 ft).
State the altitude at which short-term memory begins to be affected by x x
hypoxia.
Define the terms ‘time of useful consciousness’ (TUC) and ‘effective x
performance time’ (EPT).
State that TUC varies among individuals, but the approximate values for a x
person seated (at rest) are: 20 000 ft 30 min; 30 000 ft 1-2 min; 35 000 ft 30-
90 s; 40 000 ft 15-20 s.

List the factors that determine the severity of hypoxia. x x

x
State the equivalent altitudes when breathing ambient air and 100 % oxygen x x
at mean sea level (MSL) and at approximately 10 000, 30 000 and 40 000 ft.
Hyperventilation x
Describe the role of carbon dioxide in hyperventilation. x x
Define the term ‘hyperventilation’. x x
List the factors that cause hyperventilation. x x
State that hyperventilation may be caused by psychological or physiological x x
reasons.
List the signs and symptoms of hyperventilation. x x
x
List the measures which may be taken to counteract hyperventilation: breath x
slowly, close one opening of the nose, speak loudly, place a paper bag over
nose and mouth.
Decompression sickness/illness x
State the normal range of cabin pressure altitude in pressurised commercial x
air transport aircraft and describe its protective function for aircrew and
passengers.
List the vital actions the crew has to perform when cabin pressurisation is lost x
(oxygen mask on, emergency descent, land as soon as possible, and no further
flight for the next minimum 24 hours). State that decompression sickness
symptoms can occur up to 24 hours later.

Identify the causes of decompression sickness in flight operation. x x

State how decompression sickness can be prevented. x x
x

x
List the symptoms of decompression sickness (bends, creeps, chokes, x
staggers).
Indicate how decompression sickness may be treated. x x
See new LO reference above x

Define the hazards of diving and flying, and give the recommendations x x
associated with these activities.
Acceleration x
Define ‘linear acceleration’ and ‘angular acceleration’. x
Describe the effects of z-acceleration on the circulation and blood volume x
distribution.
List magnitude, duration and onset as factors that determine the effects of x
acceleration on the human body.
x

List the effects of positive acceleration with respect to type, sequence and x x
corresponding G-load.
Carbon monoxide x
State how carbon monoxide is produced. x x
State how the presence of carbon monoxide in the blood affects the x x
distribution of oxygen.
List the signs and symptoms of carbon-monoxide poisoning. x x
Explain immediate countermeasures on suspicion of carbon-monoxide x
poisoning and how poisoning can be treated later on the ground.
High-altitude environment x
State how an increase in altitude may change the proportion of ozone in the
atmosphere and that aircraft can be equipped with special ozone removers.
x
Radiation x
State the sources of radiation at high altitude. x x
List the effects of excessive exposure to radiation. x x
x
x

Humidity x
x
List the factors that affect the relative humidity of both the atmosphere and x x
cabin air.
x
List the effects of low humidity on human body to be spurious thirst, dry eyes, x
skin and mucous membranes, and indicate measures that can be taken:
drinking water, using eye drops and aqueous creams.
x

People and the environment: the sensory system x

The different senses x
List the different senses. x x
x
Central, peripheral and autonomic nervous system x x
x
x

x
x
Define the term ‘sensory threshold’. x x
Define the term ‘sensitivity’, especially in the context of vision. x x
Give examples of sensory adaptation. x x
Define the term ‘habituation’ and state its implication for flight safety. x x
x

Vision x x
Functional anatomy x
Name the most important parts of the eye and the pathway to the visual x x
cortex.
State the basic functions of the parts of the eye. x x
Define ‘accommodation’. x x
Distinguish between the functions of the rod and cone cells. x x
Describe the distribution of rod and cone cells in the retina and explain their x x
relevance to vision.
The fovea (fovea centralis) and peripheral vision
Explain the terms ‘visual acuity’, ‘visual field’, ‘central vision’, ‘peripheral x x
vision’ and ‘the fovea’, and explain their function in the process of vision.
List the factors that may degrade visual acuity and the importance of x x
‘lookout’.
State the limitations of night vision and the different scanning techniques at x
both night and day.

State the time necessary for the eye to adapt to bright light and the dark. x x
State the effect of hypoxia, smoking and altitude in excess of 5 000 ft on night x
vision.
Explain the nature of colour blindness. x

See new LO reference below x

Binocular and monocular vision x

Distinguish between monocular and binocular vision. x x
Explain the basis of depth perception and its relevance to flight performance. x x
List the possible monocular cues for depth perception. x x
State that for high-energy blue light and UV rays, sunglasses can prevent x
damage to the retina.
Defective vision x
Explain long-sightedness, short-sightedness and astigmatism. x x
List the causes of and the precautions that may be taken to reduce the x x
probability of vision loss due to: presbyopia; cataract; glaucoma.
List the types of sunglasses that could cause perceptional problems in flight. x x
List the measures that may be taken to protect oneself from flash blindness. x x
State the possible problems associated with contact lenses. x x
State the current rules/regulations governing the wearing of corrective x x
spectacles and contact lenses when operating as a pilot.
Explain the significance of the ‘blind spot’ on the retina in detecting other x
traffic in flight.

Hearing x x
Descriptive and functional anatomy x
x
x
x
State the basic parts and functions of the outer, the middle and the inner ear. x
Differentiate between the functions of the vestibular apparatus and the x x
cochlea in the inner ear.
x

Hearing loss x
Define the main causes of the following hearing defects/loss: ‘conductive x x
deafness’; ‘noise-induced hearing loss’ (NIHL); ‘presbycusis’.
Summarise the effects of environmental noise on hearing. x x
State the decibel level of received noise that will cause NIHL. x x
x
Identify the potential occupational risks that may cause hearing loss. x x
List the main sources of hearing loss in the flying environment. x x
List the precautions that may be taken to reduce the probability of onset of x x
hearing loss.
Equilibrium x x
Functional anatomy x
List the main elements of the vestibular apparatus. x x
State the functions of the vestibular apparatus on the ground and in flight. x x
Distinguish between the component parts of the vestibular apparatus in the x x
detection of linear and angular acceleration as well as on gravity.
Explain how the semicircular canals are stimulated. x x
Motion sickness x
Describe air sickness and its accompanying symptoms. x x
x

List the causes of air sickness. x

Describe the necessary actions to be taken to counteract the symptoms of air x
sickness.
Integration of sensory inputs x x
State the interaction between vision, equilibrium, proprioception and hearing x x
to obtain spatial orientation in flight.
Define the term ‘illusion’. x x
Give examples of visual illusions based on shape constancy, size constancy, x
aerial perspective, atmospheric perspective, the absence of focal or ambient
cues, autokinesis, vectional false horizons, field myopia, and surface planes.
See the new LO references x x

Relate these illusions to problems that may be experienced in flight and x x

identify the danger attached to them.
List approach and landing illusions for slope of the runway, black-hole x
approach, and terrain around runway, and state the danger involved with
recommendations to avoid or counteract the problems with high or low
approach or flare at the wrong time.

See the new LO reference above x

State the problems associated with flickering lights (strobe lights, anti-collision X
lights, propellers and rotors under certain light conditions, etc.).
Describe vestibular illusions caused by the angular accelerations (the Leans, x
Coriolis) and linear accelerations (somatogravic, G-effect).
Relate the above-mentioned vestibular illusions to problems encountered in x x
flight and state the dangers involved.
x

State that the ‘seat-of-the-pants’ sense is completely unreliable when visual x x

contact with the ground is lost or when flying in instrument meteorological
conditions (IMC) or with a poor visual horizon.
Differentiate between vertigo, Coriolis effect, and spatial disorientation. x x
 x
x

List the measures to prevent or overcome spatial disorientation. x x

Health and hygiene x
Intentionally left blank x
x
Body rhythm and sleep x
Name some internal body rhythms and their relevance to sleep. Explain that
the most important of which is body temperature.
Explain the term ‘circadian rhythm’. x
State the approximate duration of a ‘free-running’ rhythm. x
Explain the significance of the ‘internal clock’ in regulating the normal x
circadian rhythm.
State the effect of the circadian rhythm of body temperature on an x
individual’s performance standard and on an individual’s sleep patterns.
List and describe the stages of a sleep cycle. x
Differentiate between rapid eye movement (REM) and non-REM sleep. x
Explain the function of sleep and describe the effects of insufficient sleep on x
performance.
Explain the simple calculations for the sleep/wake credit/debit situation. x
Explain how sleep debit can become cumulative. x
State the time formula for the adjustment of body rhythms to the new local x
time scale after crossing time zones.
State the problems caused by circadian disrhythmia (jet lag) with regard to an x
individual’s performance and sleep.
Differentiate between the effects of westbound and eastbound travel. x
Explain the interactive effects of circadian rhythm and vigilance on a pilot’s x
performance during flight as the duty day elapses.
Describe the main effects of lack of sleep on an individual’s performance. x
List the possible strategies to cope with jet lag. x
Problem areas for pilots x
Common minor ailments x
State the role of the Eustachian tube in equalising pressure between the x
middle ear and the environment.
State that the in-flight environment may increase the severity of symptoms x
which may be minor while on the ground.
List the negative effects of suffering from colds or flu on flight operations x
especially with regard to the middle ear, the sinuses, and the teeth.
x

State when a pilot should seek medical advice from an aeromedical examiner x
(AME) or aeromedical centre (AeMC).
Describe the measures to prevent or clear problems due to pressure changes x x
during flight.
Entrapped gases and barotrauma x
Define ‘barotrauma’. x x
Differentiate between otic, sinus, gastrointestinal and aerodontalgia (of the x x
teeth) barotraumas and explain avoidance strategies.
Explain why the effects of otic barotrauma can be worse in the descent. x x
Gastrointestinal upsets x
State the effects of gastrointestinal upsets that may occur during flight. x x
List the precautions that should be observed to reduce the occurrence of x x
gastrointestinal upsets.
Indicate the major sources of gastrointestinal upsets. x x
Obesity x
Define ‘obesity’. x x
x
State the following harmful effects obesity can cause: possibility of developing x
coronary problems; increased chances of developing diabetes; reduced ability
to withstand G-forces; development of problems with the joints of the limbs;
general circulatory problems; reduced ability to cope with hypoxia or
decompression sickness; sleep apnoea.

x
x

Describe the problems associated with Type 2 (mostly adult) diabetes: risk x x
factors; insulin resistance; complications (vascular, neurological) and the
consequences for the medical licence; pilots are not protected from Type 2
diabetes more than other people.

Describe the typical back problems (unspecific back pain, slipped disc) that x x
pilots have. Explain also the ways of preventing and treating these problems:
good sitting posture; lumbar support; good physical condition; in-flight
exercise, if possible; physiotherapy.

Food hygiene x
x
Stress the importance of and methods to be adopted by aircrew, especially x x
when travelling abroad, to avoid contaminated food and liquids.
List the major contaminating sources in foodstuffs. x x
State the major constituents of a healthy diet. x x
State the measure to avoid hypoglycaemia. x x
x
State the importance of adequate hydration. x x
Tropical climates x
List the problems associated with operating in tropical climates. x x
State the possible causes/sources of incapacitation in tropical countries with x
reference to: standards of hygiene; quality of water supply; insect borne
diseases; parasitic worms; rabies or other diseases that may be spread
through contact with animals; sexually transmitted diseases.

State the precautions to be taken to reduce the risks of developing problems x x

in tropical areas.
Infectious diseases x
State the major infectious diseases that may severely incapacitate or kill x x
individuals.
x

State the precautions that must be taken to ensure that disease-carrying x x

insects are not transported between areas.
Intoxication x
Tobacco x
State the harmful effects of tobacco on: the respiratory system; the x
cardiovascular system; the ability to resist hypoxia; the ability to withstand G-
forces; night vision.
Caffeine x
Indicate the level of caffeine dosage at which performance is degraded. x
Besides coffee, indicate other beverages containing caffeine. x
Alcohol x
State the maximum acceptable limit of alcohol for flight crew according to the x
applicable regulations.
State the effects of alcohol consumption on: the ability to reason; inhibitions x
and self-control; vision; the sense of balance and sensory illusions; sleep
patterns; hypoxia.
State the effects alcohol may have if consumed together with other drugs. x
List the signs and symptoms of alcoholism. x
List the factors that may be associated with the development of alcoholism. x
Define the ‘unit’ of alcohol and state the approximate elimination rate from x
the blood.
State the maximum daily and weekly intake of units of alcohol which may be x
consumed without causing damage to the organs and systems of the human
body.
Discuss the actions that might be taken if a crew member is suspected of x
being an alcoholic.
x

Prescription and non-prescription drugs and self-medication x

State the dangers associated with the use of non-prescription drugs. x x
State the side effects of common non-prescription drugs used to treat colds, x x
flu, hay fever and other allergies, especially medicines containing
antihistamine preparations.
Interpret the rules relevant to using (prescription or non-prescription) drugs x x
that the pilot has not used before.
Interpret the general rule that ‘if a pilot is so unwell that they require any x x
medication, then they should consider themselves unfit to fly’.
Toxic materials x
List those materials present in an aircraft which may, when uncontained, x x
cause severe health problems.
List those aircraft-component parts which if burnt may give off toxic fumes. x x
Describe a fume event and the possible incapacitating effects on those x
exposed to it.
Incapacitation in flight x
State that incapacitation is most dangerous when its onset is insidious. x
List the major causes of in-flight incapacitation. x
State the importance of crew to be able to recognise and promptly react upon x
incapacitation of other crew members, should it occur in flight.
Explain methods and procedures to cope with incapacitation in flight. x
BASIC AVIATION PSYCHOLOGY x
Human information processing x
Attention and vigilance x
Differentiate between ‘attention’ and ‘vigilance’. x
Differentiate between ‘selected’ and ‘divided’ attention. x
Define ‘hypovigilance’. x
Identify the factors that may affect the state of vigilance. x
List the factors that may forestall hypovigilance during flight. x
Indicate the signs of reduced vigilance. x
List the factors that affect a person’s level of attention. x
Perception x
Name the basis of the perceptual process. x
Describe the mechanism of perception (‘bottom-up’/‘top-down’ process). x
Illustrate why perception is subjective and state the relevant factors that x
influence interpretation of perceived information.
Describe some basic perceptual illusions. x
Illustrate some basic perceptual concepts. x
Give examples where perception plays a decisive role in flight safety. x
Stress how persuasive and believable mistaken perception can manifest itself x
both for an individual and a group.
Memory x
Explain the link between the types of memory (to include sensory, x
working/short-term and long-term memory).
Describe the differences between the types of memory in terms of capacity x
and retention time.
Justify the importance of sensory-store memories in processing information. x
State the average maximum number of separate items that may be held in
working memory (5 plus/minus 2).
Stress how interruption can affect short-term/working memory. x
Give examples of items that are important for pilots to hold in working x
memory during flight.
Describe how the capacity of the working-memory store may be increased. x
State the subdivisions of long-term memory and give examples of their x
content.
Explain that skills are kept primarily in the long-term memory. x
Describe amnesia and how it affects memory.
Name the common problems with both the long- and short-term memories x
and the best methods to try to counteract them.
Response selection x
Learning principles and techniques x
Explain and distinguish between the following basic forms of learning: classic x
and operant conditioning (behaviouristic approach); learning by insight
(cognitive approach); learning by imitating (modelling).
Recognise pilot-related examples as behaviouristic, cognitive or modelling
forms of learning.
State the factors that are necessary for and promote the quality of learning:
intrinsic motivation; good mental health; rehearsals for improvement of
memory; consciousness; vigilance; application in practical exercises.
Explain ways to facilitate the memorisation of information with the following x
learning techniques: mnemonics; mental training.
Describe the advantage of planning and anticipation of future actions: define
the term ‘skills’; state the three phases of learning a skill (Anderson: cognitive,
associative and autonomous phase).
Explain the term ‘motor programme’ or ‘mental schema’. x
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of mental schemas. x
Explain the Rasmussen model which describes the guidance of a pilot’s x
behaviour in different situations.
State the possible problems or risks associated with skill-, rule- and x
knowledge-based behaviour.
x

Motivation x
Define ‘motivation’. x x
x

x
Explain the relationship between motivation and learning. x x
Explain the problems of over-motivation, especially in the context of the x x
extreme need to achieve.
Human error and reliability x
Reliability of human behaviour x
Name and explain the factors that influence human reliability. x
Mental models and situation awareness x
Define the term ‘situation awareness’. x
List the cues that indicate loss of situation awareness and name the steps to x
regain it.
List the factors that influence one’s situation awareness both positively and x
negatively, and stress the importance of situation awareness in the context of
flight safety.
Define the term ‘mental model’ in relation to a surrounding complex x
situation.
Describe the advantages/disadvantages of mental models. x
Explain the relationship between personal ‘mental models’ and the creation x
of cognitive illusions.
Theory and model of human error x
x
Explain the concept of the ‘error chain’. x x
Differentiate between an isolated error and an error chain. x x
Distinguish between the main forms/types of errors (i.e. slips, faults, x x
omissions and violations).
Discuss the above errors and their relevance in flight. x x
Distinguish between an active and a latent error, and give examples. x x
Error generation x
Distinguish between internal and external factors in error generation. x
Identify possible sources of internal error generation. x
Define and discuss the two errors associated with motor programmes (action
slip and environmental capture).
List the three main sources of external error generation in the flight crew x
compartment.
Give examples to illustrate the following factors in external error generation x
in the flight crew compartment: ergonomics; economics; social environment.
Name the major goals in the design of human-centred human–machine x
interfaces.
Define the term ‘error tolerance’. x
List and describe the strategies that are used to reduce human error. x
Describe the advantage of planning and the anticipation of future actions. x
Decision-making x
Decision-making concepts x
Define the terms ‘deciding’ and ‘decision-making’. x
Describe the major factors on which decision-making should be based during x
the course of a flight.
Describe the main human attributes with regard to decision-making. x
Discuss the nature of bias and its influence on the decision-making process. x
Describe the main error sources and limits in an individual’s decision-making x
mechanism.
State the factors upon which an individual’s risk assessment is based. x
Explain the relationship between risk assessment, commitment and pressure x
of time in decision-making strategies.
Explain the risks associated with dispersion or channelised attention during x
the application of procedures requiring a high workload within a short time
frame (e.g. a go-around).
Describe the positive and negative influences exerted by other group
members on an individual’s decision-making process (risky shift).
Explain the general idea behind the creation of a model for decision-making x
based upon: definition of the aim; collection of information; risk assessment;
development of options; evaluation of options; decision; implementation;
consequences; review and feedback.

Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management x

Safety awareness x
Justify the need for being aware of not only one’s own performance but that x
of others before and during a flight and the possible consequences or risks.
x

Coordination (multi-crew concepts) x

Name the objectives of the multi-crew concept. x
State and explain the elements of multi-crew concepts. x
Describe the concepts of ‘standard operating procedures’ (SOPs), checklists
and crew briefings.
Describe the purpose of and procedure for crew briefings.
Describe the purpose of and procedure for checklists.
Describe the function of communication in a coordinated team. x
Explain the advantages of SOPs. x
Explain how SOPs contribute to avoiding, reducing and managing threats and x
errors.
Explain potential threats of SOPs, for example during company or type x
conversion (e.g. motor programmes, company culture, hazardous attitudes,
developed habits).
Cooperation x
Distinguish between cooperation and coaction. x
Define the term ‘group’. x
Illustrate the influence of interdependence in a group. x
List the advantages and disadvantages of teamwork. x
Explain the term ‘synergy’. x
Define the term ‘cohesion’. x
Define the term ‘groupthink’. x
State the essential conditions for good teamwork. x
Explain the function of role and norm in a group. x
Name the different role patterns which occur in a group situation. x
Explain how behaviour can be affected by the following factors: persuasion; x
conformity; compliance; obedience.
Distinguish between status and role. x
Stress the inherent dangers of a situation where there is a mix of role and x
status within the flight crew compartment.
Explain the terms ‘leadership’ and ‘followership’. x
Describe the trans-cockpit authority gradient and its affiliated leadership x
styles (i.e. autocratic, laissez-faire and synergistic).
Name the most important attributes of a positive leadership style. x
Communication x
x
Define the term ‘communication’. x x
List the most basic components of interpersonal communication. x x
Explain the advantages of in-person two-way communication as opposed to x
one-way communication.
x
x
Explain the four elements of a great speech: a great person; a noteworthy x
event; a compelling message; a masterful delivery.
Name the importance of non-verbal communication. x
Describe the general aspects of non-verbal communication. x x
Describe the advantages/disadvantages of implicit and explicit x x
communication.
Describe the advantages and possible problems of using ‘social’ and x
‘professional’ language in high- and low-workload situations.
Name and explain the major obstacles to effective communication. x x
x
Explain the difference between intrapersonal and interpersonal conflict. x x
Describe the escalation process in human conflict. x x
List the typical consequences of conflicts between crew members. x x
Explain the following terms as part of the communication practice with regard x x
to preventing or resolving conflicts: inquiry; active listening; advocacy;
feedback; metacommunication; negotiation.
Describe the limitations of communication in situations of high workload in x
the flight crew compartment in view of listening, verbal, non-verbal and
visual effects.
Human behaviour x
Personality, attitude and behaviour x
Describe the factors that determine an individual’s behaviour. x
Define and distinguish between ‘personality’, ‘attitude’ and ‘behaviour’. x
State the origin of personality and attitude. x
State that with behaviour good and bad habits can be formed. x
Explain how behaviour is generally a product of personality, attitude and the
environment to which one was exposed at significant moments (childhood,
schooling and training).
State that personality differences and selfish attitude may have effects on
flight crew performance.
Individual differences in personality and motivation x
Describe the individual differences in personality by means of a common trait x
model (e.g. Eysenck’s personality factors) and use it to describe today’s ideal
pilot.
Self-concept x
Define the term ‘self-concept’ and the role it plays in any change of x
personality.
Explain how a self-concept of underconfidence may lead to an outward show x
of aggression and self- assertiveness.
Self-discipline x
Define ‘self-discipline’ and justify its importance for flight safety. x
Identification of hazardous attitudes (error proneness) x
Explain dangerous attitudes in aviation: anti-authority; macho; impulsivity;
invulnerability; complacency; resignation.
Describe the personality, attitude and behaviour patterns of an ideal crew x
member.
Summarise how a person’s attitude influences their work in the flight crew x
compartment.
Human overload and underload x
Arousal x
Explain the term ‘arousal’. x
Describe the relationship between arousal and performance. x
Explain the circumstances under which underload may occur and its possible x
dangers.
Stress x
x
Explain the term ‘stress’ and why stress is a natural human reaction. x x
State that the physiological response to stress is generated by the ‘fight or x x
flight’ response.
Describe the function of the autonomic nervous system (ANS) in stress x x
response.
x

Explain the relationship between arousal and stress. x x

State the relationship between stress and performance. x x
State the basic categories of stressors. x x
List and discuss the major environmental sources of stress in the flight crew x x
compartment.
Discuss the concept of ‘break point’ with regard to stress, overload and x x
performance.
Name the principal causes of domestic stress. x x
State that the stress experienced as a result of particular demands varies x x
among individuals.
Explain the factors that lead to differences in the levels of stress experienced x x
by individuals.
List the factors that influence the tolerance of stressors. x x
State that stress is a result of perceived demands and perceived ability. x
Explain the relationship between stress and anxiety. x x
Describe the effects of anxiety on human performance. x x
State the general effect of acute stress on people. x x
x
x
Describe the relationship between stress, arousal and vigilance. x x
State the general effect of chronic stress and the biological reaction by means x
of the three stages of the general adaptation syndrome (Selye): alarm,
resistance, and exhaustion.
Explain the differences between psychological, psychosomatic and somatic x x
stress reactions.
Name the typical common physiological and psychological symptoms of x x
human overload.
Describe the effects of stress on human behaviour. x x
Explain how stress is cumulative and how stress from one situation can be x x
transferred to a different situation.
Explain how successful completion of a stressful task will reduce the amount x x
of stress experienced when a similar situation arises in the future.
Describe the effect of human underload/overload on effectiveness in the x x
flight crew compartment.
List sources and symptoms of human underload. x x
Intentionally left blank x
Intentionally left blank x
Fatigue and stress management x
Explain the term ‘fatigue’ and differentiate between the two types of fatigue
(short-term and chronic fatigue).
Name the causes of short-term and chronic fatigue.
Identify the symptoms and describe the effects of fatigue. x
List the strategies that prevent or delay the onset of fatigue and x
hypovigilance.
List and describe strategies for coping with stress factors and stress reactions. x

Distinguish between short-term and long-term methods of stress x

management.
Give examples of short-term methods of stress management. x
Give examples of long-term methods of coping with stress. x
Describe the fatique risk management system (FRMS) as follows: a data- x
driven means of continuously monitoring and managing fatigue-related safety
risks, based upon scientific principles and knowledge as well as operational
experience that aims to ensure relevant personnel are performing at
adequate levels of alertness.

Advanced cockpit automation x

Advantages and disadvantages x
Compare the two basic concepts of automation: as per Boeing, where the
pilot remains the last operator; and as per Airbus, where automated systems
can correct erroneous pilot action.
Explain the fundamental restrictions of autoflight systems to be lack of
creativity in unknown situations, and lack of personal motivation with regard
to safety.
List the principal strengths and weaknesses of pilot versus autopilot systems
to be creativity, decision-making, prioritisation of tasks, safety attitude versus
precision, reliability.
Explain the ‘ironies of automation’: designers’ errors due to wrong
interpretation of the data, leaving tasks to the pilot that are too complex to
automate, loss of manual and cognitive skills of the pilot. State the necessity
for regular training flights as one possible countermeasure.

Describe methods to overcome the drawbacks of autoflight systems to be loss

of manual flying capabilities, additional workload through programming, risk
of slips during programming, and hypovigilance during cruise.
Automation complacency x
State the main weaknesses in the monitoring of automatic systems to be
hypovigilance during flight, and loss of flying skills.
Explain some basic flight crew errors and terms that arise with the
introduction of automation: passive monitoring; blinkered concentration;
confusion; mode awareness.
Explain how the method of call-outs counteracts ineffective monitoring of
automatic systems.
Define ‘complacency’. x
Working concepts x
Explain that the potential disadvantages of automation on crew
communication are loss of awareness of input errors, flight modes, failure
detection, failure comprehension, status of the aircraft and aircraft position.
Explain how the negative effects of automation on pilots may be alleviated by
degrading to a lower level of automation to recover comprehension of the
flight status from VNAV/LNAV to ALT/HDG or even to manual flying.
Interpret the role of automation with respect to flight safety regarding the
basic principle of the use of manual versus autoflight in normal operations,
frequent changes in the flight profile, and in abnormal situations.
 Reworded, intent

x
x
x
x
x
modified

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/IR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/VFR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPL(H)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x IR(A/H)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CBIR, EIR

Basic Knowledge
 x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x

x
x

x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
 x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
 x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
 x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
Index Old syllabus text Old syllabus reference

1 METEOROLOGY 050.00.00.00
2 THE ATMOSPHERE 050.01.00.00
3 Composition, extent, vertical division 050.01.01.00
4 Structure of the atmosphere 050.01.01.01
Describe the vertical division of the atmosphere, based on the temperature 050.01.01.01.01
5 variations with height.
List the different layers and their main qualitative characteristics. 050.01.01.01.02
6
7 Troposphere 050.01.01.02
8 Describe the troposphere. 050.01.01.02.01
9 Describe the main characteristics of the tropopause. 050.01.01.02.02
Describe the proportions of the most important gases in the air in the 050.01.01.02.03
10 troposphere.
Describe the variations of the flight level and temperature of the 050.01.01.02.04
11 tropopause from the poles to the equator.
Describe the breaks in the tropopause along the boundaries of the main air 050.01.01.02.05
12 masses.
Indicate the variations of the flight level of the tropopause with the seasons 050.01.01.02.06
13 and the variations of atmospheric pressure.
14 Stratosphere 050.01.01.03
15 Describe the stratosphere. 050.01.01.03.01
Describe the main differences of the composition of the air in the 050.01.01.03.02
16 stratosphere compared to the troposphere.
17 Mention the vertical extent of the stratosphere up to the stratopause. 050.01.01.03.03
Describe the reason for the temperature increase in the ozone layer. 050.01.01.03.04
18
19 Air temperature 050.01.02.00
20 Definition and units 050.01.02.01
21 Define 'air temperature'. 050.01.02.01.01
List the units of measurement of air temperature used in aviation 050.01.02.01.02
22 meteorology (°C, °F, Kelvin). (Refer to 050 10 01 01)
23 Vertical distribution of temperature 050.01.02.02
24 Describe the mean vertical distribution of temperature up to 20 km. 050.01.02.02.01
Mention general causes of the cooling of the air in the troposphere with 050.01.02.02.02
25 increasing altitude.
Calculate the temperature and temperature deviations at specified levels. 050.01.02.02.03
26
27 Transfer of heat 050.01.02.03
28 Explain how local cooling or warming processes result in transfer of heat. 050.01.02.03.01
29 Describe radiation. 050.01.02.03.02
30 Describe solar radiation reaching the earth. 050.01.02.03.03
31 Describe the filtering effect of the atmosphere on solar radiation. 050.01.02.03.04
32 Describe terrestrial radiation. 050.01.02.03.05
 Explain how terrestrial radiation is absorbed by some components of the 050.01.02.03.06
33 atmosphere.
Explain the greenhouse effect due to water vapour and some other gases in 050.01.02.03.07
34 the atmosphere.
35 Explain the effect of absorption and radiation in connection with clouds. 050.01.02.03.08
36 Explain the process of conduction. 050.01.02.03.09
Explain the role of conduction in the cooling and warming of the 050.01.02.03.10
37 atmosphere.
38 Explain the process of convection. 050.01.02.03.11
39 Name the situations in which convection occurs. 050.01.02.03.12
40 Explain the process of advection. 050.01.02.03.13
41 Name the situations in which advection occurs. 050.01.02.03.14
42 Describe the transfer of heat by turbulence. 050.01.02.03.15
43 Describe the transfer of latent heat. 050.01.02.03.16
44 Lapse rates 050.01.02.04
Describe qualitatively and quantitatively the temperature lapse rates of the 050.01.02.04.01
45 troposphere (mean value 0.65°C/100 m or 2°C/1000 ft and actual values).

46 Development of inversions, types of inversions 050.01.02.05

47 Describe the development and types of inversions. 050.01.02.05.01
Explain the characteristics of inversions and of an isothermal layer. 050.01.02.05.02
48
Explain the reasons for the formation of the following inversions: - ground 050.01.02.05.03
49 inversion (nocturnal radiation / advection), subsidence inversion, frontal
inversion, inversion above friction layer, valley inversion.
Explain the reasons for the formation of the following inversions: — 050.01.02.05.04
50 tropopause inversion.
Temperature near the Earth’s surface, surface effects, diurnal and seasonal 050.01.02.06
51 variation, effect of clouds, effect of wind
Describe how the temperature near the Earth’s surface is influenced by 050.01.02.06.01
52 seasonal variations.
53
Explain the cooling/and warming of the air on the earth or sea surfaces. 050.01.02.06.02
54
Sketch the diurnal variation of the temperature of the air in relation to the 050.01.02.06.03
55 radiation of the sun and of the Earth.
Describe qualitatively the influence of the clouds on the cooling and 050.01.02.06.04
56 warming of the surface and the air near the surface.
Sketch the diurnal variation of the temperature of the air in relation to the 050.01.02.06.05
57 radiation of the sun and of the Earth.
Explain the influence of the wind on the cooling and warming of the air near 050.01.02.06.06
58 the surfaces.
59 Atmospheric pressure 050.01.03.00
60 Barometric pressure, isobars 050.01.03.01
61 Define 'atmospheric pressure'. 050.01.03.01.01
List the units of measurement of the atmospheric pressure used in aviation 050.01.03.01.02
62 (hPa, inches).

Describe the principle of the barometers (mercury barometer, aneroid 050.01.03.01.03

63 barometer).
64 Describe isobars on surface weather charts. 050.01.03.01.04
65 Define ‘high’, ‘low’, ‘trough’, ‘ridge’, ‘wedge’, ‘col’. 050.01.03.01.05
66 Pressure variation with height, contours (isohypses) 050.01.03.02
67 Explain the pressure variation with height. 050.01.03.02.01
Describe qualitatively the variation of the barometric lapse rate. Remark: 050.01.03.02.02
Tthe average value for the barometric lapse rate near mean sea level is 27
68 ft (8 m) 30 ft (9 m) per 1 hPa, at about 5 5003000 m (10000ft) /AMSL is 50 ft
(15 m) per 1 hPa.

Describe and interpret contour lines (isohypses) on a constant pressure 050.01.03.02.03

69 chart. (Refer to 050 10 02 03)

70

71 Reduction of pressure to QFF (MSL) 050.01.03.03

72 Define 'QFF'. 050.01.03.03.01
73 Explain the reduction of measured pressure to mean sea level, QFF. 050.01.03.03.02
74 Mention the use of QFF for surface weather charts. 050.01.03.03.03
75 Relationship between surface pressure centres and pressure centres aloft 050.01.03.04
Illustrate with a vertical cross section of isobaric surfaces the relationship 050.01.03.04.01
76 between surface pressure systems and upper-air pressure systems.
77 Air density 050.01.04.00
78 Relationship between pressure, temperature and density 050.01.04.01
79 Describe the relationship between pressure, temperature and density. 050.01.04.01.01
80 Describe the vertical variation of the air density in the atmosphere. 050.01.04.01.02
81 Describe the effect of humidity changes on the density of air. 050.01.04.01.03
82 ICAO Standard Atmosphere (ISA) 050.01.05.00
83 ICAO Standard Atmosphere (ISA) 050.01.05.01
84 Explain the use of standardised values for the atmosphere. 050.01.05.01.01
List the main values of the ISA MSL pressure, MSL temperature, the vertical 050.01.05.01.02
85 temperature lapse rate up to 20 km , height and temperature of the
tropopause).
86 Calculate the standard temperature in Celsius for a given flight level. 050.01.05.01.03
Determine a standard temperature deviation by the difference between the 050.01.05.01.04
87 given outside-air temperature and the standard temperature.
88 Altimetry 050.01.06.00
89 Terminology and definitions 050.01.06.01
Define the following terms and acronyms and explain how they are related 050.01.06.01.01
90 to each other: height, altitude, pressure altitude, flight level, level, true
altitude, true height, elevation, QNH, QFE, and standard altimeter setting.
Describe the terms transition altitude, transition level, transition layer, 050.01.06.01.02
91 terrain clearance, lowest usable flight level.
92 Altimeter settings 050.01.06.02
Name the altimeter settings associated to height, altitude, pressure altitude 050.01.06.02.01
93 and flight level.
94 Describe the altimeter setting procedures. 050.01.06.02.02
95 Calculations 050.01.06.03
Calculate the different readings on the altimeter when the pilot changes the 050.01.06.03.01
96 altimeter setting.
Illustrate with a numbered example the changes of altimeter setting and the 050.01.06.03.02
97 associated changes in reading when the pilot climbs through the transition
altitude or descends through the transition level.
 Derive the reading of the altimeter of an aircraft on the ground when the 050.01.06.03.03
98 pilot uses the different settings.
Explain the influence of the air temperature on the distance between the 050.01.06.03.04
99 ground and the level read on the altimeter and between two flight levels.
100 Explain the influence of pressure areas on the true altitude. 050.01.06.03.05
Determine the true altitude/height for a given altitude/height and a given 050.01.06.03.06
101 ISA temperature deviation.
Calculate the terrain clearance and the lowest usable flight level for given 050.01.06.03.07
102 atmospheric temperature and pressure conditions.
Remark: The following rules should be considered for altimetry calculations: 050.01.06.03.07
a) All calculations are based on rounded pressure values to the nearest
lower hPa;.
b) The value for the barometric lapse rate near mean sea level is is 27 ft (8
m)30 ft (9m)per 1 hPa; In ISA, and between 1013.25 and 700 hPa, 30 ft/hPa
is an acceptable approximation of the barometric lapse rate.
c) To determine the true altitude/height, the following rule of thumb, called
the ‘4 %-rule’, shall be used: the altitude/height changes by 4 % for each 10
°C temperature deviation from ISA;.
d) If no further information is given, the deviation of the outside-air
temperature from ISA is considered to be constantly the same given value
103 in the whole layer;.
e) The elevation of the airport has to be taken into account. The
temperature correction has to be considered for the layer between the
ground and the position of the aircraft.

104 Effect of accelerated airflow due to topography 050.01.06.04

Describe qualitatively how the effect of accelerated airflow due to 050.01.06.04.01
105 topography (Bernoulli effect) affects altimetry.
106 WIND 050.02.00.00
107 Definition and measurement of wind 050.02.01.00
108 Definition and measurement 050.02.01.01
109 Define ‘wind’. 050.02.01.01.01
State the units of wind directions and speed (kt, m/s, km/h).(Refer to 050 050.02.01.01.02
110 10 01 01)
111 Explain how wind is measured in meteorology. 050.02.01.01.03

112

113 Primary cause of wind 050.02.02.00

114 Primary cause of wind, pressure gradient, Coriolis force, gradient wind 050.02.02.01
115 Define the term 'horizontal pressure gradient'. 050.02.02.01.01
Explain how the pressure gradient force acts in relation to the pressure 050.02.02.01.02
116 gradient.
117 Explain how the Coriolis force acts in relation to the wind. 050.02.02.01.03
118 Explain the development of the geostrophic wind. 050.02.02.01.04
Indicate how the geostrophic wind flows in relation to the isobars/isohypses 050.02.02.01.05
119 in the northern and in the southern hemisphere.
120 Analyse the effect of changing latitude on the geostrophic wind speed. 050.02.02.01.06
Explain the gradient wind effect and indicate how the gradient wind differs 050.02.02.01.07
121 from the geostrophic wind in cyclonic and anticyclonic circulation.
122 Variation of wind in the friction layer 050.02.02.02
Describe why and how the wind changes direction and speed with height in 050.02.02.02.01
123 the friction layer in the northern and in the southern hemisphere (rule of
thumb).
State the surface and air mass conditions that influence the wind in the 050.02.02.02.02
124 friction layer (diurnal variation).
Name the factors that influence the vertical extent of the friction layer. 050.02.02.02.03
125
Explain the relationship between isobars and wind (direction and speed). 050.02.02.02.04
Remarks: approximate value for variation of wind in the friction layer
(values to be used in examinations): Type of landscape; wind speed in
friction layer in per cent of the geostrophic wind; the wind in the friction
126 layer blows across the isobars towards the low pressure, angle between
wind direction and isobars. Over water; ca 70 per cent; ca 10 deg. Over
land; ca 50 per cent; ca 30 deg. WMO NO. 266.

127 Effects of convergence and divergence 050.02.02.03

128 Describe atmospheric convergence and divergence. 050.02.02.03.01
Explain the effect of convergence and divergence on the following: pressure 050.02.02.03.02
systems at the surface and aloft; wind speed; vertical motion and cloud
129 formation (relationship between upper-air conditions and surface pressure
systems).

130 General global circulation 050.02.03.00

131 General circulation around the globe 050.02.03.01
Describe and explain the general global circulation. (Refer to Subject 050 08 050.02.03.01.01
132 01 01)
Name and sketch or indicate on a map the global distribution of the surface 050.02.03.01.02
133 pressure and the resulting wind pattern for all latitudes at low level in
January and July.
Sketch or indicate on a map the westerly and easterly tropospheric winds at 050.02.03.01.03
134 high level in January and July.
135 Local winds 050.02.04.00
Anabatic and katabatic winds, mountain and valley winds, Venturi effects, 050.02.04.01
136 land and sea breezes
137 Describe and explain anabatic and katabatic winds. 050.02.04.01.01
138 Describe and explain mountain and valley winds. 050.02.04.01.02
Describe and explain the Venturi effect, convergence in valleys and 050.02.04.01.03
139 mountain areas.
140 Describe and explain land and sea breezes,sea-breeze front. 050.02.04.01.04
141
142 Mountain waves (standing waves, lee waves) 050.02.05.00
143 Origin and characteristics 050.02.05.01
144 Describe and explain the origin and formation of mountain waves. 050.02.05.01.01
145 State the conditions necessary for the formation of mountain waves. 050.02.05.01.02
146 Describe the structure and properties of mountain waves. 050.02.05.01.03
Explain how mountain waves may be identified by their associated 050.02.05.01.04
147 meteorological phenomena.

148
149
150 Turbulence 050.02.06.00
151 Description and types of turbulence 050.02.06.01
152 Describe turbulence and gustiness. 050.02.06.01.01
List common types of turbulence (convective, mechanical, orographic, 050.02.06.01.02
153 frontal, clear-air turbulence).
154 Formation and location of turbulence 050.02.06.02
Explain the formation of convective turbulence, mechanical and orographic 050.02.06.02.01
155 turbulence, frontal turbulence, clear-air turbulence. (Refer to 050 02 06 03)
State where turbulence will normally be found (rough-ground surfaces, 050.02.06.02.02
156 relief, inversion layers, CB, TS zones, unstable layers).

157 Clear-air turbulence (CAT) — description, cause and location 050.02.06.03

158 Describe the term CAT. 050.02.06.03.01
159 Explain the formation of CAT. 050.02.06.03.02
State where CAT is found in association with jet streams, in high level 050.02.06.03.03
160 troughs and in other disturbed high level air flows.
(Refer to 050 09 02 02)

161

162
163 Jet streams 050.02.07.00
164 Description 050.02.07.01
165 Describe jet streams. 050.02.07.01.01
166 State the defined minimum speed of a jet stream. 050.02.07.01.02
167 State typical figures for the dimensions of jet streams. 050.02.07.01.03
168 Formation and properties of jet streams 050.02.07.02
Explain the formation and state the heights, the speeds, the seasonal 050.02.07.02.01
variations of speeds, the geographical positions, the seasonal occurrence
and the seasonal movements of the arctic front jet stream, the polar (front)
169 jet stream, the subtropical jet stream, and the tropical (easterly/equatorial)
jet stream.

170 Location of jet streams and associated CAT areas 050.02.07.03

Sketch or describe where polar front and arctic jet streams are found in the 050.02.07.03.01
171 troposphere in relation to the tropopause and to fronts.
Sketch or describe the isotherms, the isotachs, the pressure surfaces and 050.02.07.03.02
172 the movements of air in a cross section of a polar front jet stream.
173 Describe and indicate the areas of worst wind shear and CAT. 050.02.07.03.03
174 Jet stream recognition 050.02.07.04
State how jet streams may be recognised from their associated 050.02.07.04.01
175 meteorological phenomena.
176 THERMODYNAMICS 050.03.00.00
177 Humidity 050.03.01.00
178 Water vapour in the atmosphere 050.03.01.01
179 Describe humid air. 050.03.01.01.01
Describe the significance for meteorology of water vapour in the 050.03.01.01.02
180 atmosphere.
181 Indicate the sources of atmospheric humidity. 050.03.01.01.03
182
183 Mixing ratio 050.03.01.02
184 Define ‘mixing ratio’ and ‘saturation mixing ratio’. 050.03.01.02.01
185 Name the unit used in meteorology to express the mixing ratio (g/kg). 050.03.01.02.02
186 Explain the factors influencing the mixing ratio. 050.03.01.02.03
187 Recognise the lines of equal mixing ratio on a simplified diagram (T, P). 050.03.01.02.04
Illustrate with a diagram (T, mixing ratio) the influence of the temperature 050.03.01.02.06
188 on the saturation mixing ratio, at constant pressure.
Explain the influence of the pressure on the saturation mixing ratio. 050.03.01.02.07
Remark: A simplified diagram (T,P) contains:
— on the x-axis: temperature (T);
189 — on the y-axis: height corresponding to pressure (P).The degree of
saturation/mixing ratio and stability/instability are shown as functions of
temperature change with height (as lines or curves in the diagram).

190 Temperature/dew point, relative humidity 050.03.01.03

191 Define 'dew point'. 050.03.01.03.01
192 Recognise the dew-point curve on a simplified diagram (T, P). 050.03.01.03.02
193 Define 'relative humidity'. 050.03.01.03.03
194 Explain the factors influencing the relative humidity at constant pressure. 050.03.01.03.04
195 Explain the diurnal variation of the relative humidity. 050.03.01.03.05
Describe the relationship between relative humidity, the amount of water 050.03.01.03.06
196 vapour and the temperature.
197 Describe the relationship between temperature and dew point. 050.03.01.03.07
Estimate the relative humidity of the air from the difference between dew 050.03.01.03.08
198 point and temperature.
199 Change of state of aggregation 050.03.02.00
200 Condensation, evaporation, sublimation, freezing and melting, latent heat 050.03.02.01
Define 'condensation', 'evaporation', 'sublimation', 'freezing and melting' 050.03.02.01.01
201 and 'latent heat'.
202 List the conditions for condensation / evaporation. 050.03.02.01.02
203 Explain the condensation process. 050.03.02.01.03
204 Explain the nature of and the need for condensation nuclei. 050.03.02.01.04
205 Explain the effects of condensation on the weather. 050.03.02.01.05
206 List the conditions for freezing / melting. 050.03.02.01.06
207 Explain the process of freezing. 050.03.02.01.07
208 Explain the nature of and the need for freezing nuclei. 050.03.02.01.08
Define 'super cooled water'. 050.03.02.01.09
209 (Refer to 050 09 01 01)
210 List the conditions for sublimation. 050.03.02.01.10
211 Explain the sublimation process. 050.03.02.01.11
212 Explain the nature of and the need for sublimation nuclei. 050.03.02.01.12
Describe the absorption or release of latent heat in each change of state of 050.03.02.01.13
213 aggregation.
Explain the influence of atmospheric pressure, the temperature of the air 050.03.02.01.14
214 and of the water or ice on the changes of state of aggregation
215 Illustrate all the changes of state of aggregation with practical examples. 050.03.02.01.15
216 Adiabatic processes 050.03.03.00
217 Adiabatic processes, stability of the atmosphere 050.03.03.01
218 Describe the adiabatic processes 050.03.03.01.01
Describe the adiabatic process in an unsaturated rising or descending air 050.03.03.01.02
219 particle.
 Explain the variation of temperature with changing altitude. 050.03.03.01.03
220
Explain the changes which take place in relative humidity with changing 050.03.03.01.04
221 altitude.
Explain the changes which take place in relative humidity with changing 050.03.03.01.05
222 altitude.
Use the dry-adiabatic and mixing-ratio lines on a simplified diagram (T, P) 050.03.03.01.06
223 for a climbing or descending air particle.
Describe the adiabatic process in a saturated rising or descending air 050.03.03.01.07
224 particle.
Explain the variation of temperature with changing altitude. 050.03.03.01.08
225
Explain the difference in temperature lapse rate between saturated and 050.03.03.01.09
226 unsaturated air.
Explain the influence of different air temperatures on the temperature 050.03.03.01.10
227 lapse rate in saturated air.
Use the saturated adiabatic lines on a simplified diagram (T, P) for a 050.03.03.01.11
228 climbing or descending air particle.
Find the condensation level, or base of the clouds, on a simplified diagram 050.03.03.01.12
229 (T, P).
Explain the static stability of the atmosphere with reference to the 050.03.03.01.13
230 adiabatic lapse rates.
Define qualitatively and quantitatively the terms ‘stability’, ‘conditional 050.03.03.01.14
231 instability’, ‘instability’ and ‘indifferent (neutral)’.
Explain with a sketch on a simplified diagram (T, P) the different possibilities 050.03.03.01.15
232 of atmospheric stability: absolute stability, absolute instability, conditional
instability and indifferent (neutral).
Illustrate with a sketch of the adiabatic lapse rates and the vertical 050.03.03.01.16
233 temperature profile of the atmosphere the effect of an inversion on the
vertical motion of air.
Illustrate with a schematic sketch of the saturated adiabatic lapse rate and 050.03.03.01.17
234 the vertical temperature profile the instability inside a cumuliform cloud.
235 Illustrate with a schematic sketch the formation of the subsidence 050.03.03.01.18
236 inversion.
Illustrate with a schematic sketch the formation of Foehn. 050.03.03.01.19
Explain the effect on the stability of the air caused by advection of air (warm 050.03.03.01.20
or cold).
237

238 CLOUDS AND FOG 050.04.00.00

239 Cloud formation and description 050.04.01.00
240 Cloud formation 050.04.01.01
Explain cloud formation by adiabatic cooling, conduction, advection and 050.04.01.01.01
241 radiation.
Describe the cloud formation based on the following lifting processes: 050.04.01.01.02
242 unorganised lifting in thin layers and turbulent mixing; forced lifting at
fronts or over mountains; free convection.
Determine cloud base and top in a simplified diagram (temperature, 050.04.01.01.03
243 pressure, humidity).
244 Explain the influence of relative humidity on the height of the cloud base. 050.04.01.01.04
Illustrate in a thermodynamic diagram the meaning of convective 050.04.01.01.05
245 temperature (temperature at which formation of cumulus starts).
246 List cloud types typical for stable and unstable air conditions. 050.04.01.01.06
247 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of clouds. 050.04.01.01.07
248 Cloud types and cloud classification 050.04.01.02
249 Describe cloud types and cloud classification. 050.04.01.02.01
250 Identify by shape cirriform, cumuliform and stratiform clouds. 050.04.01.02.02
251 Identify by shape and typical level the ten cloud types (genera). 050.04.01.02.03
Describe and identify by shape the following species and supplementary 050.04.01.02.04
252 feature: castellanus, lenticularis, fractus, humilis, mediocris, congestus,
calvus, capillatus and virga.
Distinguish between low, medium and high-level clouds according to the 050.04.01.02.05
253 WMO‘cloud etage’ (including heights): for mid latitudes.
Distinguish between low, medium and high-level clouds according to the 050.04.01.02.06
254 WMO ‘cloud etage’ (including heights):— for all latitudes.
255 Distinguish between ice clouds, mixed clouds and pure water clouds. 050.04.01.02.07
256 Influence of inversions on cloud development 050.04.01.03
257 Explain the influence of inversions on vertical movements in the 050.04.01.03.01
258 atmosphere.
Explain the influence of an inversion on the formation of stratus clouds. 050.04.01.03.02
259 Explain the influence of ground inversion on the formation of fog. 050.04.01.03.03
Determine on a simplified diagram the top of a cumulus cloud caused by an 050.04.01.03.04
260 inversion.
Describe the role of the tropopause inversion with regard to the formation 050.04.01.03.05
261 of clouds.
262 Flying conditions in each cloud type 050.04.01.04
263 Assess the ten cloud types for icing and turbulence. 050.04.01.04.01
264 Fog, mist, haze 050.04.02.00
265 General aspects 050.04.02.01
Define 'fog', 'mist' and 'haze' with reference to WMO standards of visibility 050.04.02.01.01
266 range.
267 Explain the formation of fog, mist and haze in general. 050.04.02.01.02
268 Name the factors contributing in general to the formation of fog and mist. 050.04.02.01.03
269 Name the factors contributing to the formation of haze. 050.04.02.01.04
270 Describe freezing fog and ice fog. 050.04.02.01.05
271 Radiation fog 050.04.02.02
272 Explain the formation of radiation fog. 050.04.02.02.01
273 Explain the conditions for the development of radiation fog. 050.04.02.02.02
Describe the significant characteristics of radiation fog, and its vertical 050.04.02.02.03
274 extent.
275 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of radiation fog. 050.04.02.02.04
276 Advection fog 050.04.02.03
277 Explain the formation of advection fog. 050.04.02.03.01
278 Explain the conditions for the development of advection fog. 050.04.02.03.02
Describe the different possibilities of advection-fog formation (over land, 050.04.02.03.03
279 sea and coastal regions).
280 Describe the significant characteristics of advection fog. 050.04.02.03.04
281 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of advection fog. 050.04.02.03.05
282 Steam fog 050.04.02.04
283 Explain the formation of steam fog . 050.04.02.04.01
284 Explain the conditions for the development of steam fog . 050.04.02.04.02
285 Describe the significant characteristics of steam fog. 050.04.02.04.03
286 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of steam fog 050.04.02.04.04
287 Frontal fog 050.04.02.05
288 Explain the formation of frontal fog. 050.04.02.05.01
289 Explain the conditions for the development of frontal fog. 050.04.02.05.02
290 Describe significant characteristics of frontal fog. 050.04.02.05.03
291 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of frontal fog. 050.04.02.05.04
292 Orographic fog (hill fog) 050.04.02.06
293 Summarise the features of orographic fog. 050.04.02.06.01
294 Explain the conditions for the development of orographic fog. 050.04.02.06.02
295 Describe the significant characteristics of orographic fog. 050.04.02.06.03
296 Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of orographic fog. 050.04.02.06.04
297 PRECIPITATION 050.05.00.00
298 Development of precipitation 050.05.01.00
299 Process of development of precipitation 050.05.01.01
Distinguish between the two following processes by which precipitation is 050.05.01.01.01
300 formed.
Summarise the outlines of the ice-crystal process (Wegener-Bergeron- 050.05.01.01.02
301 Findeisen).
302 Summarise the outlines of the Coalescence process. 050.05.01.01.03
303 Describe the atmospheric conditions that favour either process. 050.05.01.01.04
304 Explain the development of snow, rain, drizzle and hail. 050.05.01.01.05
305 Types of precipitation 050.05.02.00
306 Types of precipitation, relationship with cloud types 050.05.02.01
List and describe the types of precipitation given in the TAF and METAR 050.05.02.01.01
307 codes (drizzle, rain, snow, snow grains, ice pellets, hail, small hail, snow
pellets, ice crystals, freezing drizzle, freezing rain).
State ICAO/WMO approximate diameters for cloud, drizzle and rain drops. 050.05.02.01.02
308
State the approximate weights and diameters for hailstones. 050.05.02.01.03
309
310 Explain the mechanism for the formation of freezing precipitation. 050.05.02.01.04
311 Describe the weather conditions that give rise to freezing precipitation. 050.05.02.01.05
Distinguish between the types of precipitation generated in convective and 050.05.02.01.06
312 stratiform cloud.
313 Assign typical precipitation types and intensities to different cloud. 050.05.02.01.07

314
315 AIR MASSES AND FRONTS 050.06.00.00
316 Air masses 050.06.01.00
317 Description, classification and source regions of air masses 050.06.01.01
318 Define the term 'air mass'. 050.06.01.01.01
319 Describe the properties of the source regions. 050.06.01.01.02
320 Summarise the classification of air masses by source regions. 050.06.01.01.03
State the classifications of air masses by temperature and humidity at 050.06.01.01.04
321 source.
322 State the characteristic weather in each of the air masses. 050.06.01.01.05
323 Name the three main air masses that affect Europe. 050.06.01.01.06
Classify air masses on a surface weather chart. Note: Names and 050.06.01.01.07
abbreviations of air masses used in examinations: - first letter: humidity
continental (c), maritime (m), - second letter: type of air mass Arctic (A),
324 Polar (P), Tropical (T), Equatorial (E), - third letter: temperature cold (c),
warm (w).

325 Modifications of air masses 050.06.01.02

326 List the environmental factors that affect the final properties of an air mass. 050.06.01.02.01
327 Explain how maritime and continental tracks modify air masses. 050.06.01.02.02
328 Explain the effect of passage over cold or warm surfaces. 050.06.01.02.03
Explain how air-mass weather is affected by the season, the air-mass track 050.06.01.02.04
329 and by orographic and thermal effects over land.
Assess the tendencies of the stability for an air mass and describe the 050.06.01.02.05
330 typical resulting air-mass weather including the hazards for aviation.
331 Fronts 050.06.02.00
332 General aspects 050.06.02.01
333 Describe the boundaries between air masses (fronts). 050.06.02.01.01
334 Define ‘front’ and frontal surface 050.06.02.01.02
335 Name the global frontal systems (polar front, arctic front). 050.06.02.01.03
State the approximate seasonal latitudes and geographic positions of the 050.06.02.01.04
336 polar front and the arctic front.
337 Warm front, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.02
338 Define a 'warm front'. 050.06.02.02.01
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards at a 050.06.02.02.02
339 warm front depending on the stability of the warm air.
340 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at warm fronts. 050.06.02.02.03
341 Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a warm front. 050.06.02.02.04
Sketch a cross-section of a warm front, showing weather, cloud and aviation 050.06.02.02.05
342 hazards.
343 Cold front, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.03
344 Define a 'cold front'. 050.06.02.03.01
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards at a cold 050.06.02.03.02
345 front depending on the stability of the warm air.
346 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at cold fronts. 050.06.02.03.03
347 Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a cold front. 050.06.02.03.04
Sketch a cross-section of a cold front, showing weather, cloud and aviation 050.06.02.03.05
348 hazards.
349 Warm sector, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.04
350 Define fronts and air masses associated with the warm sector. 050.06.02.04.01
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a 050.06.02.04.02
351 warm sector.
352 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather in the warm sector. 050.06.02.04.03
Sketch a cross-section of a warm sector, showing weather, cloud and 050.06.02.04.04
353 aviation hazards.
354 Weather behind the cold front 050.06.02.05
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards behind 050.06.02.05.01
355 the cold front.
356 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather behind the cold front. 050.06.02.05.02
357 Occlusions, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.06
358 Define the term 'occlusion'. 050.06.02.06.01
359 Define a ‘cold occlusion’. 050.06.02.06.02
360 Define a ‘warm occlusion’. 050.06.02.06.03
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a cold 050.06.02.06.04
361 occlusion.
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a 050.06.02.06.05
362 warm occlusion.
363 Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at occlusions. 050.06.02.06.06
 Sketch a cross section of cold and warm occlusions showing weather, cloud 050.06.02.06.07
364 and aviation hazards.
In a sketch plan illustrate the development of an occlusion and the 050.06.02.06.08
365 movement of the occlusion point.
366 Stationary front, associated clouds and weather 050.06.02.07
367 Define a ‘stationary or quasi stationary front’. 050.06.02.07.01
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a 050.06.02.07.02
368 stationary or quasi stationary front.
369 Movement of fronts and pressure systems, life cycle 050.06.02.08
Describe the movements of fronts and pressure systems and the life cycle 050.06.02.08.01
370 of a mid-latitude depression.
State the rules for predicting the direction and the speed of movement of 050.06.02.08.02
371 fronts.
Explain the difference between the speed of movement of cold and warm 050.06.02.08.03
372 fronts.
State the rules for predicting the direction and the speed of movement of 050.06.02.08.04
373 frontal depressions.
Describe, with a sketch if required, the genesis, development and life cycle 050.06.02.08.05
374 of a frontal depression with associated cloud and rain belts.
375 Changes of meteorological elements at a frontal wave 050.06.02.09
Sketch a plan and a cross section of a frontal wave (warm front, warm 050.06.02.09.01
376 sector and cold front) and illustrate the changes of pressure, temperature,
surface wind and wind in the vertical axis.
377 PRESSURE SYSTEMS 050.07.00.00
378 The principal pressure areas 050.07.01.00
379 Location of the principal pressure areas 050.07.01.01
Identify or indicate on a map the principal global high pressure and low 050.07.01.01.01
380 pressure areas in January and July.
381 Explain how these pressure areas are formed. 050.07.01.01.02
382 Explain how the pressure areas move with the seasons. 050.07.01.01.03
383 Anticyclone 050.07.02.00
Anticyclones, types, general properties, cold and warm anticyclones, ridges 050.07.02.01
384 and wedges, subsidence
385 List the different types of anticyclones. 050.07.02.01.01
Describe the effect of high-level convergence in producing areas of high 050.07.02.01.02
386 pressure at ground level.
Describe air-mass subsidence, its effect on the environmental lapse rate, 050.07.02.01.03
387 and the associated weather.
388 Describe the formation of warm and cold anticyclones. 050.07.02.01.04
389 Describe the formation of ridges and wedges (Refer to 050 08 03 02. 050.07.02.01.05
Describe the properties of and the weather associated with warm and cold 050.07.02.01.06
390 anticyclones.
Describe the properties of and the weather associated with ridges and 050.07.02.01.07
391 wedges.
392 Describe the blocking anticyclone and its effects. 050.07.02.01.08
393 Non-frontal depressions 050.07.03.00
394 Thermal, orographic, polar and secondary depressions; troughs 050.07.03.01
Describe the effect of high-level divergence in producing areas of low 050.07.03.01.01
395 pressure at ground level.
Describe the formation and properties of thermal, orographic (lee lows), 050.07.03.01.02
396 polar and secondary depressions.
 Describe the formation, the properties and the associated weather of 050.07.03.01.03
397 troughs.
398 Tropical revolving storms 050.07.04.00
399 Characteristics of tropical revolving storms 050.07.04.01
400 State the conditions necessary for the formation of tropical revolving 050.07.04.01.01
storms.
Explain how a tropical revolving storm moves during its life cycle. 050.07.04.01.02
401
Name the stages of the development of tropical revolving storms (tropical 050.07.04.01.03
402 disturbance, tropical depression, tropical storm, severe tropical storm,
tropical revolving storm).
Describe the meteorological conditions in and near a tropical revolving 050.07.04.01.04
403 storm.
404 State the approximate dimensions of a tropical revolving storm. 050.07.04.01.05

405

406 Origin and local names, location and period of occurrence 050.07.04.02
List the areas of origin and occurrence of tropical revolving storms, and 050.07.04.02.01
407 their specified names (hurricane, typhoon, tropical cyclone).
State the expected times of occurrence of tropical revolving storms in each 050.07.04.02.02
408 of the source areas, and their approximate frequency.
409 CLIMATOLOGY 050.08.00.00
410 Climatic zones 050.08.01.00
411 General circulation in the troposphere and lower stratosphere 050.08.01.01
Describe the general tropospheric and low stratospheric circulation. 050.08.01.01.01
412 (Refer to 050 02 03 01)
413 Climatic classification 050.08.01.02
414 Name the world climate groups according to Koeppen’s classification. 050.08.01.02.01
Describe the characteristics of the tropical rain climate, the dry climate, the 050.08.01.02.02
415 mid-latitude climate (warm temperate rain climate), the subarctic climate
(cold snow-forest climate) and the snow climate (polar climate).
Explain how the seasonal movement of the sun generates the transitional 050.08.01.02.03
416 climate zones.
Describe the typical weather in the tropical transitional climate (savannah 050.08.01.02.04
417 climate) and in the temperate transitional climate (Mediterranean climate).
418 State the typical locations of each major climatic zone. 050.08.01.02.05
419 Tropical climatology 050.08.02.00
Cause and development of tropical showers and thunderstorms: humidity, 050.08.02.01
420 temperature, tropopause
State the conditions necessary for the formation of tropical rain showers 050.08.02.01.01
421 and thunderstorms (mesoscale convective complex, cloud clusters).
422 Describe the characteristics of tropical squall lines. 050.08.02.01.02
Explain the formation of convective cloud structures caused by convergence 050.08.02.01.03
423 at the boundary of the NE and SE trade winds (ITCZ).

State the typical figures for tropical surface air temperatures and 050.08.02.01.04
424 humidities, and heights of the zero-degree isotherm.
425 Seasonal variations of weather and wind, typical synoptic situations 050.08.02.02
Describe the seasonal variations of weather and winds, and describe the 050.08.02.02.01
426 typical synoptic situations.
 Indicate on a map the trade winds (tropical easterlies) and describe the 050.08.02.02.02
427 associated weather.
428 Indicate on a map the doldrums and describe the associated weather. 050.08.02.02.03
Indicate on a sketch the latitudes of subtropical high (horse latitudes) and 050.08.02.02.04
429 describe the associated weather.
430 (Refer to 050 08 02 04 for a description of the weather) 050.08.02.02.05
Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), weather in the ITCZ, general 050.08.02.03
431 seasonal movement
432 Identify or indicate on a map the positions of the ITCZ in January and July. 050.08.02.03.01
433 Explain the seasonal movement of the ITCZ. 050.08.02.03.02
434 Describe the weather and winds at the ITCZ. 050.08.02.03.03
435 Explain the variations in weather that are found at the ITCZ. 050.08.02.03.04
436 Explain the flight hazards associated with the ITCZ. 050.08.02.03.05
437 Monsoon, sandstorms, cold-air outbreaks 050.08.02.04
Define in general the term ‘monsoon’ 050.08.02.04.01
438
Describe the major monsoon conditions. 050.08.02.04.02
439 (Refer to 050 08 02 02)
Explain how the trade winds change character after a long track and 050.08.02.04.03
440 become monsoon winds.
441
Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over West Africa and describe 050.08.02.04.04
442 the weather, stressing the seasonal differences.
Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over India and describe the 050.08.02.04.05
443 weather, stressing the seasonal differences.
Explain the formation of the monsoon over the Far East and northern 050.08.02.04.06
444 Australia and describe the weather, stressing the seasonal differences.
445 Describe the formation and properties of sandstorms. 050.08.02.04.07
Indicate when and where outbreaks of cold polar air can enter subtropical 050.08.02.04.08
446 weather systems.
447 Name well known examples of polar-air outbreaks (Blizzard, Pampero). 050.08.02.04.09
448 Easterly waves 050.08.02.05
Describe and explain the formation of easterly waves, the associated 050.08.02.05.01
449 weather and the duration of the weather activity.
450 Describe and explain the global distribution of easterly waves. 050.08.02.05.02
451 Explain the effect of easterly waves on the tropical weather systems. 050.08.02.05.03
452 Typical weather situations in the mid-latitudes 050.08.03.00
453 Westerly situation (westerlies) 050.08.03.01
Identify on a weather chart the typical westerly situation with travelling 050.08.03.01.01
454 polar front waves.
Describe the typical weather in the region of the travelling polar front 050.08.03.01.02
455 waves including the seasonal variations.
State the differences between the northern and the southern hemisphere 050.08.03.01.03
456 (roaring forties).
457 High-pressure area 050.08.03.02
458 Describe the high-pressure zones with the associated weather. 050.08.03.02.01
459 Identify on a weather chart high-pressure regions. 050.08.03.02.02
Describe the weather associated with wedges in the polar air.(Refer to 050 050.08.03.02.03
460 07 02 01)
461 Flat-pressure pattern 050.08.03.03
462 Identify on a surface weather chart the typical flat-pressure pattern. 050.08.03.03.01
463 Describe the weather associated with a flat-pressure pattern. 050.08.03.03.02
464 Cold-air pool (cold-air drop) 050.08.03.04
465 Define 'cold-air pool'. 050.08.03.04.01
466 Describe the formation of a cold-air 'pool'. 050.08.03.04.02
Describe the characteristics of a cold-air pool with regard to dimensions, 050.08.03.04.03
467 duration of life, geographical position,seasons, movements, weather
activities and dissipation.
468 Identify cold-air pool on weather charts. 050.08.03.04.04
469 Explain the problems and dangers of cold-air pools for aviation. 050.08.03.04.05
470 Local winds and associated weather 050.08.04.00
471 Foehn, Mistral, Bora, Sirocco, Ghibli and Khamsin 050.08.04.01
Describe the classical mechanism for the development of Foehn winds 050.08.04.01.01
472 (including Chinook).
473 Describe the weather associated with Foehn winds. 050.08.04.01.02
Describe the formation of, the characteristics of, and the weather 050.08.04.01.03
474 associated with the Mistral the Bora , the Scirocco, the Ghibli and the
Khamsin.
475 Harmattan 050.08.04.02
Describe the Harmattan wind and the associated visibility problems. 050.08.04.02.01
476
477 FLIGHT HAZARDS 050.09.00.00
478 Icing 050.09.01.00
479 Conditions for ice accretion 050.09.01.01
Summarise the general conditions under which ice accretion occurs on 050.09.01.01.01
aircraft (temperatures of outside air; temperature of the airframe; presence
480 of supercooled water in clouds, fog, rain and drizzle; possibility of
sublimation).

Indicate the general weather conditions under which ice accretion in 050.09.01.01.02
481 Venturi carburettor occurs.
Explain the general weather conditions under which ice accretion on 050.09.01.01.03
482 airframe occurs.
Explain the formation of supercooled water in clouds, rain and drizzle. 050.09.01.01.04
483 (Refer to 050 03 02 01)
Explain qualitatively the relationship between the air temperature and the 050.09.01.01.05
484 amount of supercooled water.
Explain qualitatively the relationship between the type of cloud and the size 050.09.01.01.06
485 and number of the droplets, in cumuliform and stratiform clouds.
Indicate in which circumstances ice can form on an aircraft on the ground: 050.09.01.01.07
486 air temperature, humidity, precipitation.
Explain in which circumstances ice can form on an aircraft in flight: inside 050.09.01.01.08
487 clouds, in precipitation, outside clouds and precipitation.

488

Describe the different factors influencing the intensity of icing: air 050.09.01.01.09
temperature, amount of supercooled water in a cloud or in precipitation,
489 amount of ice crystals in the air, speed of the aircraft, shape (thickness) of
the airframe parts (wings, antennas, etc.).

490 Explain the effects of topography on icing. 050.09.01.01.10

Explain the higher concentration of water drops in stratiform orographic 050.09.01.01.11
491 clouds.
492 Types of ice accretion 050.09.01.02
493 Define 'clear ice'. 050.09.01.02.01
494 Describe the conditions for the formation of clear ice. 050.09.01.02.02
Explain the formation of the structure of clear ice with the release of latent 050.09.01.02.03
495 heat during the freezing process.
496 Describe the aspect of clear ice: appearance, weight, solidity. 050.09.01.02.04
497 Define 'rime ice'. 050.09.01.02.05
498 Describe the conditions for the formation of rime ice. 050.09.01.02.06
499 Describe the aspect of rime ice: appearance, weight, solidity. 050.09.01.02.07
500 Define 'mixed ice'. 050.09.01.02.08
501 Describe the conditions for the formation of mixed ice. 050.09.01.02.09
502 Describe the aspect of mixed ice: appearance, weight, solidity. 050.09.01.02.10
503 Describe the possible process of ice formation in snow conditions. 050.09.01.02.11
504 Define 'hoar frost'. 050.09.01.02.12
505 Describe the conditions for the formation of hoar frost. 050.09.01.02.13
506 Describe the aspect of hoar frost: appearance, solidity. 050.09.01.02.14
507 Hazards of ice accretion, avoidance 050.09.01.03
State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of icing. 050.09.01.03.01
508 (See ICAO ATM Doc 4444

509 Describe, in general, the hazards of icing. 050.09.01.03.02

510 Assess the dangers of the different types of ice accretion. 050.09.01.03.03
Describe the position of the dangerous zones of icing in fronts, in stratiform 050.09.01.03.04
511 and cumuliform clouds and in the different precipitation types.
Indicate the possibilities of avoidance 050.09.01.03.05
— in the flight planning: weather briefing, choice of track and altitude;
512 — during flight: recognition of the dangerous zones,choice of appropriate
track and altitude.

513
514
515

516

517

518
519 Turbulence 050.09.02.00
520 Effects on flight, avoidance 050.09.02.01
State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of turbulence. 050.09.02.01.01
521 (See ICAO ATM Doc 4444

522 Describe the effects of turbulence on an aircraft in flight. 050.09.02.01.02

Indicate the possibilities of avoidance : 050.09.02.01.03
523 — in the flight planning: weather briefing, choice of track and altitude; —
during flight: choice of appropriate track and altitude.

524

525
526 Clear-Air Turbulence (CAT): effects on flight, avoidance 050.09.02.02
Describe the effects on flight caused by CAT. 050.09.02.02.01
527 (Refer to 050 02 06 03)

Indicate the possibilities of avoidance : 050.09.02.02.02

528 — in the flight planning: weather briefing, choice of track and altitude; —
during flight: choice of appropriate track and altitude.
529 Wind shear 050.09.03.00
530 Definition of wind shear 050.09.03.01
531 Define 'wind shear' (vertical and horizontal). 050.09.03.01.01
532 Define 'low level wind shear'. 050.09.03.01.02
533 Weather conditions for wind shear 050.09.03.02
Describe conditions where and how wind shear can form (e.g. 050.09.03.02.01
534 thunderstorms, squall lines, fronts, inversions, land and sea breeze, friction
layer, relief).
535 Effects on flight, avoidance 050.09.03.03
536 Describe the effects on flight caused by wind shear. 050.09.03.03.01
Indicate the possibilities of avoidance wind shear in flight: 050.09.03.03.02
537 — in the flight planning;
— during flight.
538 Thunderstorms 050.09.04.00
Conditions for and process of development, forecast, location, type 050.09.04.01
539 specification
540 Name the cloud types which indicate the development of thunderstorms. 050.09.04.01.01
Describe the different types of thunderstorms, their location, the conditions 050.09.04.01.02
for and the process of development and list their properties (air mass
541 thunderstorms, frontal thunderstorms, squall lines, supercell storms,
orographic thunderstorms).

542 Structure of thunderstorms, life history 050.09.04.02

Describe and sketch the stages of the life history of a thunderstorm: initial, 050.09.04.02.01
543 mature and dissipating stage.
544 Assess the average duration of thunderstorms and their different stages. 050.09.04.02.02
545 Describe supercell storm: initial, supercell, tornado and dissipating stage. 050.09.04.02.03
Summarise the flight hazards a fully developed thunderstorm. 050.09.04.02.04
546
Indicate on a sketch the most dangerous zones in and around a 050.09.04.02.05
547 thunderstorm.
548 Electrical discharges 050.09.04.03
549 Describe the basic outline of the electric field in the atmosphere. 050.09.04.03.01
Describe the electrical potential differences in and around a thunderstorm. 050.09.04.03.02
550
551 Describe and asses “St. Elmo’s fire”. 050.09.04.03.03
552 Describe the development of lightning discharges. 050.09.04.03.04
553 Describe the effect of lightning strike on aircraft and flight execution. 050.09.04.03.05
554 Development and effects of downbursts 050.09.04.04
555 Define the term 'downburst'. 050.09.04.04.01
556 Distinguish between macroburst and microburst. 050.09.04.04.02
557 State the weather situations leading to the formation of downbursts. 050.09.04.04.03
558 Describe the process of development of a downburst. 050.09.04.04.04
559 Give the typical duration of a downburst. 050.09.04.04.05
560 Describe the effects of downbursts. 050.09.04.04.06
561 Thunderstorm avoidance 050.09.04.05
Explain how the pilot can anticipate each type of thunderstorms: pre-flight 050.09.04.05.01
weather briefing, observation in flight, use of specific meteorological
information, use of information given by ground weather radar and by
562 airborne weather radar
(Refer to 050 10 01 04), use of the stormscope (lightning detector)

Describe practical examples of flight techniques used to avoid the hazards 050.09.04.05.02
563 of thunderstorms.
564 Tornadoes 050.09.05.00
565 Properties and occurrence 050.09.05.01
566 Define the ‘tornado’. 050.09.05.01.01
567 Describe the formation of a tornado. 050.09.05.01.02
Describe the typical features of a tornado such as appearance, season, time 050.09.05.01.03
568 of day, stage of development, speed of movement and wind speed
(including Fujita scale).
Compare the occurrence of tornadoes in Europe with the occurrence in 050.09.05.01.04
569 other locations, especially in the United States of America.
570 Compare dimensions and properties of tornadoes and dust devils. 050.09.05.01.05
571 Inversions 050.09.06.00
572 Influence on aircraft performance 050.09.06.01
573 Explain the influence of inversions on the aircraft performance. 050.09.06.01.01
Compare the flight hazards during take-off and approach associated a 050.09.06.01.02
574 strong inversion alone and a strong inversion combined with marked wind
shear.
575 Stratospheric conditions 050.09.07.00
576 Influence on aircraft performance 050.09.07.01
577 Summarise the advantage of stratospheric flights. 050.09.07.01.01
List the influences of the phenomena associated with the lower stratoshere 050.09.07.01.02
578 (wind, temperature, air density, turbulence).
579 Hazards in mountainous areas 050.09.08.00
580 Influence of terrain on clouds and precipitation, frontal passage 050.09.08.01
581 Describe the influence of a mountainous terrain on cloud and precipitation. 050.09.08.01.01
582 Describe the effects of the Foehn. 050.09.08.01.02
583 Describe the influence of a mountainous area on a frontal passage. 050.09.08.01.03
Vertical movements, mountain waves, wind shear, turbulence, ice 050.09.08.02
584 accretion
Describe the vertical movements, wind shear and turbulence typical of 050.09.08.02.01
585 mountain areas.
Indicate in a sketch of a chain of mountains the turbulent zones (mountain 050.09.08.02.02
586 waves, rotors).
587 Explain the influence of relief on ice accretion. 050.09.08.02.03
588 Development and effect of valley inversions 050.09.08.03
589 Describe the formation of valley inversion due to the katabatic winds. 050.09.08.03.01
590 Describe the valley inversion formed by warm winds aloft. 050.09.08.03.02
591 Describe the effects of a valley inversion for an aircraft in flight. 050.09.08.03.03
592 Visibility-reducing phenomena 050.09.09.00
593 Reduction of visibility caused by precipitation and obscurations 050.09.09.01
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by precipitation: drizzle, rain, 050.09.09.01.01
594 snow.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by obscurations: - fog, mist, haze, 050.09.09.01.02
595 smoke, volcanic ash.
 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by obscurations: - sand (SA), dust 050.09.09.01.03
596 (DU).
Describe the differences between ground visibility flight visibility, slant 050.09.09.01.04
597 visibility and vertical visibility when an aircraft is above or within a layer of
haze or fog.
598 Reduction of visibility caused by other phenomena 050.09.09.02
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by: - low drifting and blowing 050.09.09.02.01
599 snow.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by: - low drifting and blowing 050.09.09.02.02
600 dust and sand.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by: - duststorm (DS) and 050.09.09.02.03
601 sandstorm (SS).
602 Describe the reduction of visibility caused by: - icing (windshield). 050.09.09.02.04
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by: - the position of the sun 050.09.09.02.05
603 relative to the visual direction.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by the reflection of sun’s rays 050.09.09.02.06
604 from the top of the layers of haze, fog and clouds.
605 METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION 050.10.00.00
606 Observation 050.10.01.00
607 Surface observations 050.10.01.01
608 Define ‘surface wind’. 050.10.01.01.01
609 Describe the meteorological measurement of surface wind. 050.10.01.01.02
List the ICAO units for the wind direction and speed used in METARs (kt, 050.10.01.01.03
610 m/s, km/h). (Refer to 050 02 01 01)
611 Define 'gusts', as given in the METARs. 050.10.01.01.04
Distinguish wind given in METARs and wind given by the control tower for 050.10.01.01.05
612 take-off and landing.
613 Define 'visibility'. 050.10.01.01.06
614 Describe the meteorological measurement of visibility. 050.10.01.01.07
615 Define 'prevailing visibility'. 050.10.01.01.08
616 Define 'ground visibility'. 050.10.01.01.09
617 List the units used for visibility (m, km). 050.10.01.01.10
618 Define 'runway visual range'. 050.10.01.01.11
619 Describe the meteorological measurement of runway visual range. 050.10.01.01.12
Indicate where the transmissometers / forward-scatter meters are placed 050.10.01.01.13
620 on the airport.
621 List the units used for runway visual range (m). 050.10.01.01.14
List the different possibilities to transmit information about runway visual 050.10.01.01.15
622 range to pilots.
623 Compare visibility, and runway visual range. 050.10.01.01.16
624 Indicate the means of observation of present weather. 050.10.01.01.17
Indicate the means of observing clouds: type, amount, height of base 050.10.01.01.18
625 (ceilometers), and top.
List the clouds considered in meteorological reports, and how they are 050.10.01.01.19
626 indicated in METARs, TAFs and SIGMETs (TCU, CB).
627 Define 'oktas'. 050.10.01.01.20
628 Define 'cloud base'. 050.10.01.01.21
629 Define 'ceiling'. 050.10.01.01.22
Name the unit and the reference level used for information about cloud 050.10.01.01.23
630 base (ft).
631 Define 'vertical visibility'. 050.10.01.01.24
632 Explain briefly how and when the vertical visibility is measured. 050.10.01.01.25
633 Name the unit used for vertical visibility (ft). 050.10.01.01.26
634 Indicate the means of observation of air temperature (thermometer). 050.10.01.01.27
List the units used for air temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit,(Refer to 050 01 050.10.01.01.28
635 02 01)
Indicate the means of observation of relative humidity (hygrometer and 050.10.01.01.29
636 psychrometer) and dew-point temperature (calculation).
Name the units of relative humidity (%) and dew point temperature (°C, °F). 050.10.01.01.30
637
Indicate the means of observation of atmospheric pressure (mercury and 050.10.01.01.31
638 aneroid barometer).
List the units of atmospheric pressure (hPa, inches of Mercury). 050.10.01.01.32
639 (Refer to 050 01 03 01)
640 Radiosonde observations 050.10.01.02
641 Describe the principle of radiosondes. 050.10.01.02.01
Describe and interpret the sounding by radiosonde given on a simplified T, P 050.10.01.02.02
642 diagram.
643 Satellite observations 050.10.01.03
644 Describe the basic outlines of satellite observations. 050.10.01.03.01
645 Name the main uses of satellite pictures in aviation meteorology. 050.10.01.03.02
646 Describe the different types of satellite imagery. 050.10.01.03.03
Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to get useful 050.10.01.03.04
information for the flights:
647 — location of clouds (distinguish between stratiform and cumuliform
clouds).

Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to get useful 050.10.01.03.05

648 information for the flights:
— location of fronts.
Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to get useful 050.10.01.03.06
649 information for the flights — location of jet streams.
650 Weather radar observations. (Refer to Subject 050 09 04 05) 050.10.01.04
Describe the basic principle and the type of information given by ground 050.10.01.04.01
651 weather radar.
652 Interpret ground weather radar images. 050.10.01.04.02
Describe the basic principle and the type of information given by airborne 050.10.01.04.03
653 weather radar.
654 Describe the limits and the errors of airborne weather radar information. 050.10.01.04.04
655 Interpret typical airborne weather radar images. 050.10.01.04.05
656 Aircraft observations and reporting 050.10.01.05
657 Describe routine air report and special air report. 050.10.01.05.01
658 State the obligation of a pilot to prepare air reports. 050.10.01.05.02
659 Name the weather phenomena to be stated in a special air report. 050.10.01.05.03
660 Weather charts 050.10.02.00
661 Significant weather charts 050.10.02.01
Decode and interpret significant weather charts (low, medium and high 050.10.02.01.01
662 level).
Describe from a significant weather chart the flight conditions at designated 050.10.02.01.02
663 locations and/or along a defined flight route at a given flight level.
664 Surface charts 050.10.02.02
 Recognise the following weather systems on a surface weather chart 050.10.02.02.01
(analysed and forecast): ridges, cols and troughs; fronts; frontal side, warm
665 sector and rear side of mid-latitude frontal lows; high and lowpressure
areas.

666 Determine from surface weather charts the wind direction and speed. 050.10.02.02.02
667 Upper-air charts 050.10.02.03
668 Define constant pressure chart. 050.10.02.03.01
Define isohypse (contour line). 050.10.02.03.02
669 (Refer to 050 01 03 02)
670 Define isotherm. 050.10.02.03.03
671 Define isotach. 050.10.02.03.04
672 Describe forecast upper wind and temperature charts. 050.10.02.03.05
For designated locations and/or routes determine from forecast upper wind 050.10.02.03.06
and temperature charts, if necessary by interpolation, the spot/average
673 values for outside air temperature, temperature deviation from ISA, wind
direction and wind speed.

Name the most common flight levels corresponding to the constant 050.10.02.03.07
674 pressure charts.
675

676

677

678

679

680

681 Information for flight planning 050.10.03.00

682 Aviation weather messages 050.10.03.01
Describe, decode and interpret the following aviation weather messages 050.10.03.01.01
(given in written and/or graphical format): METAR, SPECI,TREND, TAF,
SIGMETAIRMET, GAMET, special air report, volcanic ash advisory
information.
683

Describe, decode and interpret the tropical cyclone advisory information in 050.10.03.01.02
684 written and graphical form.
685 Describe the general meaning of MET REPORT and SPECIAL. 050.10.03.01.03
686 List, in general, the cases when a SIGMET and an AIRMET are issued. 050.10.03.01.04
Describe, decode (by using a code table) and interpret the following 050.10.03.01.05
messages: Runway State Message (as written in a METAR), GAFOR.
687 Remark: For Runway State Message and GAFOR, refer to the Air Navigation
Plan European Region’ Doc 7754.

688 Meteorological broadcasts for aviation 050.10.03.02

 Describe the meteorological content of broadcasts for aviation: — 050.10.03.02.01
689 VOLMET, ATIS;

HF-VOLMET. 050.10.03.02.02
690

691 Use of meteorological documents 050.10.03.03

692 Describe meteorological briefing and advice. 050.10.03.03.01
List the information that a flight crew can receive from meteorological 050.10.03.03.02
693 services for pre-flight planning and apply the content of this information on
a designated flight route.
List the meteorological information that a flight crew can receive from 050.10.03.03.03
694 services during flight and apply the content of this information for the
continuation of the flight.
695 Meteorological warnings 050.10.03.04
Describe and interpret aerodrome warnings and wind shear warnings and 050.10.03.04.01
696 alerts.
697 Meteorological services 050.10.04.00
698 World area forecast system and meteorological offices 050.10.04.01
Name the main objectives of the world area forecast system: 050.10.04.01.01
— world area forecast centres (upper-air forecasts).

699

Name the main objectives of the world area forecast system: 050.10.04.01.02
700 — meteorological offices (aerodrome forecasts, briefing documents).
Name the main objectives of the world area forecast system: 050.10.04.01.03
701 — meteorological watch offices (SIGMET, AIRMET).
Name the main objectives of the world area forecast system: aeronautical 050.10.04.01.04
702 meteorological stations (METAR, MET reports).
Name the main objectives of the world area forecast system: 050.10.04.01.05
703 volcanic ash advisory centres (VAACs).
Name the main objectives of the world area forecast system: 050.10.04.01.06
704 tropical cyclone advisory centres (TCACs).
705 International organisations 050.10.04.02
Describe briefly the following organisations and their chief activities: 050.10.04.02.01
— International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) (Refer to Ssubject 010);
706 — World Meteorological Organization (WMO).
 New syllabus Moved to/from
reference another subject

050.00.00.00
050.01.00.00
050.01.01.00
050.01.01.01
050.01.01.01.01

050.01.01.01.02

050.01.01.02
050.01.01.02.01
050.01.01.02.02
050.01.01.02.03

050.01.01.02.04

050.01.01.02.05

050.01.01.02.06

050.01.01.03
050.01.01.03.01

050.01.01.03.02

050.01.02.00
050.01.02.01
050.01.02.01.01
050.01.02.01.02

050.01.02.02
050.01.02.02.01
050.01.02.02.02

050.01.02.02.03

050.01.02.03
050.01.02.03.01
050.01.02.03.02
050.01.02.03.03
050.01.02.03.04
050.01.02.03.05
050.01.02.03.06

050.01.02.03.07
050.01.02.03.08
050.01.02.03.09

050.01.02.03.10
050.01.02.03.11
050.01.02.03.12
050.01.02.03.13
050.01.02.03.14
050.01.02.03.15
050.01.02.04
050.01.02.04.01

050.01.02.05
050.01.02.05.01
050.01.02.05.02

050.01.02.05.03

050.01.02.06

050.01.02.06.01
050.01.02.06.02

050.01.02.06.03

050.01.02.06.04

050.01.03.00
050.01.03.01
050.01.03.01.01
050.01.03.01.02

050.01.03.01.03

050.01.03.01.04
050.01.03.01.05
050.01.03.02
050.01.03.02.01
050.01.03.02.02

050.01.03.02.03

050.01.03.03
050.01.03.03.01
050.01.03.03.02
050.01.03.03.03
050.01.03.04
050.01.03.04.01

050.01.04.00
050.01.04.01
050.01.04.01.01
050.01.04.01.02

050.01.05.00
050.01.05.01
050.01.05.01.01
050.01.05.01.02

050.01.06.00
050.01.06.01
050.01.06.01.01

050.01.06.01.02

050.01.06.02
050.01.06.02.01

050.01.06.02.02
050.01.06.03
050.01.06.03.01

050.01.06.03.02
050.01.06.03.03

050.01.06.03.04

050.01.06.03.05
050.01.06.03.06

050.01.06.03.07

050.01.06.03.08

050.01.06.04
050.01.06.04.01

050.02.00.00
050.02.01.00
050.02.01.01
050.02.01.01.01
050.02.01.01.02

050.02.01.01.03

050.02.02.00
050.02.02.01
050.02.02.01.01
050.02.02.01.02

050.02.02.01.03
050.02.02.01.04
050.02.02.01.05
050.02.02.01.06
050.02.02.01.07

050.02.02.02
050.02.02.02.01

050.02.02.02.02

050.02.02.02.03

050.02.02.02.04

050.02.02.03
050.02.02.03.01
050.02.02.03.02

050.02.03.00
050.02.03.01
050.02.03.01.01

050.02.03.01.02

050.02.03.01.03

050.02.04.00
050.02.04.01

050.02.04.01.01
050.02.04.01.02
050.02.04.01.03

050.02.04.01.04
050.02.04.01.05
050.02.05.00
050.02.05.01
050.02.05.01.01
050.02.05.01.02
050.02.05.01.03
050.02.05.01.04

050.02.05.01.05
050.02.05.01.06

050.02.06.00
050.02.06.01
050.02.06.01.01
050.02.06.01.02

050.02.06.02
050.02.06.02.01

050.02.06.02.02

050.02.06.03
050.02.06.03.01
050.02.06.03.02
050.02.06.03.03

050.02.06.03.04

050.02.06.03.05

050.02.07.00
050.02.07.01
050.02.07.01.01
050.02.07.01.02
050.02.07.01.03
050.02.07.02
050.02.07.02.01

050.02.07.03
050.02.07.03.01

050.02.07.03.02
050.02.07.04

050.03.00.00
050.03.01.00
050.03.01.01
050.03.01.01.01
050.03.01.01.02

050.03.01.01.03
050.03.01.01.04
 050.03.01.02

050.03.01.03
050.03.01.03.01

050.03.01.03.02
050.03.01.03.03
050.03.01.03.04

050.03.01.03.05
050.03.01.03.06

050.03.02.00
050.03.02.01
050.03.02.01.01

050.03.02.01.02
050.03.02.01.03
050.03.02.01.04
050.03.02.01.05
050.03.02.01.06
050.03.02.01.07
050.03.02.01.08
050.03.02.01.09

050.03.02.01.10
050.03.02.01.11
050.03.02.01.12
050.03.02.01.13

050.03.02.01.14
050.03.03.00
050.03.03.01

050.03.03.01.01
050.03.03.01.02

050.03.03.01.03

050.03.03.01.04

050.03.03.01.05

050.03.03.01.06

050.03.03.01.07

050.03.03.01.08
050.03.03.01.09

050.04.00.00
050.04.01.00
050.04.01.01
050.04.01.01.01

050.04.01.01.02
050.04.01.01.03
050.04.01.01.04
050.04.01.02
050.04.01.02.01
050.04.01.02.02
050.04.01.02.03
050.04.01.02.04

050.04.01.02.05

050.04.01.02.06
050.04.01.03
050.04.01.03.01
050.04.01.03.02
050.04.01.03.03

050.04.01.03.04

050.04.01.04
050.04.01.04.01
050.04.02.00
050.04.02.01
050.04.02.01.01

050.04.02.01.02
050.04.02.01.03
050.04.02.01.04
050.04.02.01.05
050.04.02.02
050.04.02.02.01

050.04.02.02.02

050.04.02.02.03
050.04.02.03
050.04.02.03.01

050.04.02.03.02

050.04.02.03.03
050.04.02.03.04
050.04.02.04
050.04.02.04.01
050.04.02.04.02

050.04.02.04.03
050.04.02.05
050.04.02.05.01

050.04.02.05.02
050.04.02.05.03
050.04.02.06
050.04.02.06.01

050.04.02.06.02
050.04.02.06.03
050.05.00.00
050.05.01.00
050.05.01.01
050.05.01.01.01

050.05.01.01.02

050.05.01.01.03

050.05.01.01.04
050.05.02.00
050.05.02.01
050.05.02.01.01

050.05.02.01.02

050.05.02.01.03

050.05.02.01.04
050.05.02.01.05
050.05.02.01.06

050.05.02.01.07
050.05.02.01.08

050.06.00.00
050.06.01.00
050.06.01.01
050.06.01.01.01
050.06.01.01.02
050.06.01.01.03
050.06.01.01.04

050.06.01.01.05
050.06.01.01.06
050.06.01.01.07

050.06.01.02
050.06.01.02.01
050.06.01.02.02
050.06.01.02.03
050.06.01.02.04

050.06.01.02.05

050.06.02.00
050.06.02.01
050.06.02.01.01
050.06.02.01.02
050.06.02.01.03
050.06.02.01.04

050.06.02.02
050.06.02.02.01
050.06.02.02.02

050.06.02.02.03
050.06.02.02.04
050.06.02.02.05

050.06.02.03
050.06.02.03.01
050.06.02.03.02

050.06.02.03.03
050.06.02.03.04
050.06.02.03.05

050.06.02.04
050.06.02.04.01
050.06.02.04.02

050.06.02.04.03
050.06.02.04.04

050.06.02.05
050.06.02.05.01

050.06.02.05.02
050.06.02.06
050.06.02.06.01

050.06.02.06.02

050.06.02.06.03

050.06.02.06.04
050.06.02.06.05

050.06.02.06.06

050.06.02.07
050.06.02.07.01
050.06.02.07.02

050.06.02.08
050.06.02.08.01

050.06.02.08.02

050.06.02.08.03

050.06.02.08.04

050.06.02.08.05

050.06.02.09
050.06.02.09.01

050.07.00.00
050.07.01.00
050.07.01.01
050.07.01.01.01

050.07.01.01.02
050.07.01.01.03
050.07.02.00
050.07.02.01

050.07.02.01.01
050.07.02.01.02

050.07.02.01.03

050.07.02.01.04
050.07.02.01.05
050.07.02.01.06

050.07.02.01.07

050.07.02.01.08
050.07.03.00
050.07.03.01
050.07.03.01.01

050.07.03.01.02
050.07.03.01.03

050.07.04.00
050.07.04.01
050.07.04.01.01
050.07.04.01.02

050.07.04.01.03

050.07.04.01.04

050.07.04.01.05
050.07.04.01.06

050.07.04.02
050.07.04.02.01

050.07.04.02.02

050.08.00.00
050.08.01.00
050.08.01.01
050.08.01.01.01

050.08.01.02

050.08.01.02.01

050.08.01.02.02

050.08.01.02.03
050.08.02.00
050.08.02.01

050.08.02.01.01

050.08.02.01.02
050.08.02.01.03

050.08.02.01.04

050.08.02.02
050.08.02.02.01

050.08.02.02.02
050.08.02.02.03

050.08.02.02.04
050.08.02.03

050.08.02.03.01
050.08.02.03.02
050.08.02.03.03

050.08.02.03.04
050.08.02.04
050.08.02.04.01

050.08.02.04.02

050.08.02.04.03

050.08.02.04.04
050.08.02.04.05

050.08.02.04.06

050.08.02.04.07

050.08.02.04.08
050.08.02.04.09

050.08.02.04.10
050.08.02.05

050.08.02.05.01
050.08.03.00
050.08.03.01
050.08.03.01.01

050.08.03.02
050.08.03.02.01
050.08.03.02.02

050.08.03.03
 050.08.03.04
050.08.03.04.01
050.08.03.04.02

050.08.03.04.03
050.08.03.04.04
050.08.04.00
050.08.04.01
050.08.04.01.01

050.08.04.01.02
050.08.04.01.03

050.08.04.02
050.08.04.02.01

050.09.00.00
050.09.01.00
050.09.01.01
050.09.01.01.01

050.09.01.01.02

050.09.01.01.03

050.09.01.01.04

050.09.01.01.05

050.09.01.01.06

050.09.01.01.07

050.09.01.01.08

050.09.01.01.09

050.09.01.01.10

050.09.01.01.11
050.09.01.01.12

050.09.01.02
050.09.01.02.01
050.09.01.02.02
050.09.01.02.03

050.09.01.02.04
050.09.01.02.05
050.09.01.02.06
050.09.01.02.07
050.09.01.02.08
050.09.01.02.09
050.09.01.02.10
050.09.01.02.11
050.09.01.02.12
050.09.01.02.13
050.09.01.02.14
050.09.01.03
050.09.01.03.01

050.09.01.03.02
050.09.01.03.03
050.09.01.03.04

050.09.01.03.05

050.09.01.04
050.09.01.04.01
050.09.01.04.02

050.09.01.04.03

050.09.01.04.04

050.09.01.04.05

050.09.02.00
050.09.02.01
050.09.02.01.01

050.09.02.01.02
050.09.02.01.03

050.09.02.01.04

050.09.02.01.05
 050.09.02.02
050.09.02.02.01

050.09.02.02.02

050.09.03.00
050.09.03.01
050.09.03.01.01
050.09.03.01.02
050.09.03.02
050.09.03.02.01

050.09.03.03
050.09.03.03.01
050.09.03.03.02

050.09.04.00
050.09.04.01

050.09.04.01.01
050.09.04.01.02

050.09.04.02

050.09.04.02.01
050.09.04.02.02
050.09.04.02.03

050.09.04.02.04

050.09.04.03
050.09.04.03.01
050.09.04.03.02

050.09.04.03.03
050.09.04.03.04
050.09.04.03.05
050.09.04.04
050.09.04.04.01
050.09.04.04.02
050.09.04.04.03
050.09.04.04.04
050.09.04.04.05
050.09.04.04.06
 050.09.04.05
050.09.04.05.01

050.09.04.05.02

050.09.05.00
050.09.05.01
050.09.05.01.01
050.09.05.01.02
050.09.05.01.03

050.09.05.01.04

050.09.05.01.05
050.09.06.00
050.09.06.01

050.09.06.01.01

050.09.07.00
050.09.07.01
050.09.07.01.01
050.09.07.01.02

050.09.08.00
050.09.08.01

050.09.08.01.01
050.09.08.02

050.09.08.02.01

050.09.08.02.02

050.09.08.02.03
050.09.08.03
050.09.08.03.01
050.09.08.03.02
050.09.08.03.03
050.09.09.00
050.09.09.01
050.09.09.01.01

050.09.09.01.02
050.09.09.01.03

050.09.09.01.04

050.09.09.02
050.09.09.02.01

050.09.09.02.02

050.09.09.02.03

050.09.09.02.04
050.09.09.02.05

050.09.09.02.06

050.10.00.00
050.10.01.00
050.10.01.01

050.10.01.01.01
050.10.01.01.02

050.10.01.01.03
050.10.01.01.04
050.10.01.01.05
050.10.01.01.06
050.10.01.01.07
050.10.01.01.08
050.10.01.01.09
050.10.01.01.10

050.10.01.01.11
050.10.01.01.12

050.10.01.01.13
050.10.01.01.14
050.10.01.01.15

050.10.01.01.16

050.10.01.01.17
050.10.01.01.18
050.10.01.01.19
050.10.01.01.20

050.10.01.01.21
050.10.01.01.22
050.10.01.01.23
050.10.01.01.24

050.10.01.01.25

050.10.01.02
050.10.01.02.01
050.10.01.02.02

050.10.01.03
050.10.01.03.01
050.10.01.03.02
050.10.01.03.03
050.10.01.03.04

050.10.01.03.05

050.10.01.03.06

050.10.01.04
050.10.01.04.01

050.10.01.04.02
050.10.01.04.03

050.10.01.04.04
050.10.01.04.05
050.10.01.05
050.10.01.05.01
050.10.01.05.02
050.10.01.05.03
050.10.02.00
050.10.02.01
050.10.02.01.01

050.10.02.01.02

050.10.02.02
050.10.02.02.01

050.10.02.02.02
050.10.02.03
050.10.02.03.01
050.10.02.03.02

050.10.02.03.03
050.10.02.03.04
050.10.02.03.05
050.10.02.03.06

050.10.02.04
050.10.02.04.01

050.10.02.04.02

050.10.02.04.03

050.10.02.04.04

050.10.02.04.05

050.10.03.00
050.10.03.01
050.10.03.01.01

050.10.03.01.02

050.10.03.01.03
050.10.03.01.04
050.10.03.01.05

050.10.03.02
050.10.03.02.01

050.10.03.02.02

050.10.03.03
050.10.03.03.01
050.10.03.03.02

050.10.03.03.03

050.10.03.04
050.10.03.04.01

050.10.04.00
050.10.04.01
050.10.04.01.01

050.10.04.01.02

050.10.04.01.03

050.10.04.01.04

050.10.04.01.05

050.10.04.01.06

050.10.04.02
050.10.04.02.01
New syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Text unmodified
Renumbered

Deleted

same
New
METEOROLOGY
THE ATMOSPHERE x
Composition, extent, vertical division x
Structure of the atmosphere x
Describe the vertical division of the atmosphere up to flight level (FL) 650,
based on the temperature variations with height.
List the different layers and their main qualitative characteristics up to FL
650.
Troposphere x
Describe the troposphere. x
Describe the main characteristics of the tropopause. x
Describe the proportions of the most important gases in the air in the x
troposphere.
Describe the variations of the FL and temperature of the tropopause from x
the poles to the equator.
Describe the breaks in the tropopause along the boundaries of the main air x
masses.
Indicate the variations of the FL of the tropopause with the seasons and the x
variations of atmospheric pressure.
Stratosphere x
Describe the stratosphere up to FL 650.
x

x
Describe that ozone can occur at jet cruise altitudes and that it constitutes a x
hazard.
Air temperature x
Definition and units x
Define ‘air temperature’. x
List the units of measurement of air temperature used in aviation x
meteorology (Celsius, Fahrenheit, Kelvin). (Refer to Subject 050 10 01 01)
Vertical distribution of temperature x
Describe the mean vertical distribution of temperature up to FL 650. x
Mention the general causes of the cooling of the air in the troposphere with x
increasing altitude.
Calculate the temperature and temperature deviations (in relation to x
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)) at specified levels.
Transfer of heat x
Explain how local cooling or warming processes result in transfer of heat. x
Describe radiation. x
Describe solar radiation reaching the Earth. x
Describe the filtering effect of the atmosphere on solar radiation. x
Describe terrestrial radiation. x
Explain how terrestrial radiation is absorbed by some components of the x
atmosphere.
x

Explain the effect of absorption and radiation in connection with clouds. x x

Explain the process of conduction. x x
Explain the role of conduction in the cooling and warming of the x x
atmosphere.
Explain the process of convection. x x
Name the situations in which convection occurs. x x
Explain the process of advection. x x
Name the situations in which advection occurs. x x
Describe the transfer of heat by turbulence. x x
Describe the transfer of latent heat. x x
Lapse rates x
Describe qualitatively and quantitatively the temperature lapse rates of the x
troposphere (mean value 0.65 deg C/100 m or 2 deg C/1 000 ft and actual
values).
Development of inversions, types of inversions x
Describe the development and types of inversions. x
Explain the characteristics of inversions and of an isothermal layer
concerning stability and vertical motions.
Explain the reasons for the formation of the following inversions: ground x
inversion (nocturnal radiation/advection), subsidence inversion, frontal
inversion, inversion above friction layer, valley inversion.
x

Temperature near the Earth’s surface, insolation, surface effects, effect of

clouds, effect of wind
x

Explain the cooling/warming of the surface of the Earth by radiation. x

Explain the cooling/warming of the air by molecular or turbulent heat
transfer to/from the earth or sea surfaces.
x

Describe qualitatively the influence of the clouds on the cooling and x x

warming of the surface and the air near the surface.
x

Explain the influence of the wind on the cooling and warming of the air near x x
the surfaces.
Atmospheric pressure x
Barometric pressure, isobars x
Define ‘atmospheric pressure’. x
List the units of measurement of the atmospheric pressure used in aviation x
(hPa, inches of mercury).
(Refer to Subject 050 10 01 01)
Describe the principle of the barometers (mercury barometer, aneroid x
barometer).
Define isobars and identify them on surface weather charts.
Define ‘high’, ‘low’, ‘trough’, ‘ridge’, ‘col’.
Pressure variation with height, contours (isohypses) x
Explain the pressure variation with height. x
Describe quantitatively the variation of the barometric lapse rate. Remark:
An approximation of the average value for the barometric lapse rate near
mean sea level (MSL) is 30 ft (9 m) per 1 hPa.

State that (under conditions of ISA) pressure is approximately 50 per cent of x

MSL at 18 000 ft and density is approximately 50 per cent of MSL at 22 000
ft and 25 per cent of MSL at 40 000 ft.
Reduction of pressure to QFF (MSL) x
Define ‘QFF’. x
Explain the reduction of measured pressure (QFE) to QFF (MSL). x
Mention the use of QFF for surface weather charts. x
Relationship between surface pressure centres and pressure centres aloft x
Illustrate with a vertical cross section of isobaric surfaces the relationship x
between surface pressure systems and upper-air pressure systems.
Air density x
Relationship between pressure, temperature and density x
Describe the relationship between pressure, temperature and density. x
Describe the vertical variation of the air density in the atmosphere.
x
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)
International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)
Explain the use of standardised values for the atmosphere.
List the main values of the ISA MSL pressure, MSL temperature, the vertical x
temperature lapse rate up to FL 650, height and temperature of the
tropopause.
x
x

Altimetry x
Terminology and definitions x
Define the following terms and explain how they are related to each other:
height, altitude, pressure altitude, FL, pressure level, true altitude, true
height, elevation, QNH, QFE, and standard altimeter setting.
Describe the terms ‘transition altitude’, ‘transition level’, ‘transition layer’, x
‘terrain clearance’, ‘lowest usable flight level’.
Altimeter settings x
Name the altimeter settings associated to height, altitude, pressure altitude x
and FL.
Describe the altimeter-setting procedures. x
Calculations x
Calculate the different readings on the altimeter when the pilot uses
different settings (QNH, 1013.25, QFE).
Illustrate with a numbered example the changes of altimeter setting and the x
associated changes in reading when the pilot climbs through the transition
altitude or descends through the transition level.
Derive the reading of the altimeter of an aircraft on the ground when the x
pilot uses the different settings.
Explain the influence of the air temperature on the distance between the x
ground and the level read on the altimeter and between two FLs.
Explain the influence of pressure areas on true altitude. x
Determine the true altitude/height for a given altitude/height and a given x
ISA temperature deviation.
Calculate the terrain clearance and the lowest usable FL for given x
atmospheric temperature and pressure conditions.
State that the 4 per cent-rule can be used to calculate true altitude from x
indicated altitude, and also indicated altitude from true altitude (not precise
but sufficient due to the approximation of the 4 per cent-rule.)
Remark: The following rules should be considered for altimetry
calculations:
a. All calculations are based on rounded pressure values to the nearest
lower hPa.
b. The value for the barometric lapse rate between MSL and 700 hPa to be
used is 30 ft/hPa as an acceptable approximation of the barometric lapse
rate.
c. To determine the true altitude/height, the following rule of thumb, called
the ‘4 per cent-rule’, shall be used: the altitude/height changes by 4 per
cent for each 10 deg C temperature deviation from ISA.
d. If no further information is given, the deviation of the outside-air
temperature from ISA is considered to be constantly the same given value in
the whole layer.
e. The elevation of the aerodrome has to be taken into account. The
temperature correction has to be considered for the layer between the
ground and the position of the aircraft.

Effect of accelerated airflow due to topography x

Describe qualitatively how the effect of accelerated airflow due to x
topography (the Bernoulli effect) affects altimetry.
WIND x
Definition and measurement of wind x
Definition and measurement x
Define ‘wind’ and ‘surface wind’.
State the units of wind directions (degrees true in reports; degrees magnetic
from tower) and speed (kt, m/s).
x
Describe that the reported wind is an average wind derived from x
measurements with an anemometer at a height of 10 m over 2 min for local
routine and special reports and ATS units, and over 10 min for aerodrome
routine meteorological reports (METARs) and aerodrome special
meteorological reports (SPECIs).

Primary cause of wind x

Primary cause of wind, pressure gradient, Coriolis force, gradient wind x
Define the term ‘horizontal pressure gradient’. x
Explain how the pressure gradient force acts in relation to the pressure x
gradient.
Explain how the Coriolis force acts in relation to the wind. x
Explain the development of the geostrophic wind. x
Indicate how the geostrophic wind flows in relation to the isobars/isohypses x
in the northern and in the southern hemisphere.
Analyse the effect of changing latitude on the geostrophic wind speed. x
Explain the gradient wind effect and indicate how the gradient wind differs x
from the geostrophic wind in cyclonic and anticyclonic circulation.
Variation of wind in the friction layer x
Describe why and how the wind changes direction and speed with height in x
the friction layer in the northern and in the southern hemisphere (rule of
thumb).
State the surface and air-mass conditions that influence the wind in the x
friction layer (diurnal variation).
Name terrain, wind speed and stability as the main factors that influence
the vertical extent of the friction layer.
Explain the relationship between isobars and wind (direction and speed). x
Remarks: approximate value for variation of wind in the friction layer
(values to be used in examinations): Type of landscape; wind speed in
friction layer in per cent of the geostrophic wind; the wind in the friction
layer blows across the isobars towards the low pressure, angle between
wind direction and isobars. Over water; ca 70 per cent; ca 10 deg. Over
land; ca 50 per cent; ca 30 deg. WMO No. 266.

Effects of convergence and divergence x

Describe atmospheric convergence and divergence. x
Explain the relationship between convergence and divergence on the
following: pressure systems at the surface and aloft; wind speed; vertical
motion and cloud formation (relationship between upper-air conditions and
surface pressure systems).

General global circulation x

General circulation around the globe x
Describe the general global circulation. x
(Refer to Subject 050 08 01 01)
Name and sketch or indicate on a map the global distribution of the surface x
pressure and the resulting wind pattern for all latitudes at low level in
January and July.
Sketch or indicate on a map the westerly and easterly tropospheric winds at x
high level in January and July.
Local winds x
Anabatic and katabatic winds, mountain and valley winds, Venturi effects, x
land and sea breezes
Describe and explain anabatic and katabatic winds. x
Describe mountain and valley winds. x
Describe the Venturi effect, convergence in valleys and mountain areas. x

Describe land and sea breezes, and sea-breeze front. x

Describe that local, low-level jet streams can develop in the evening. x
Mountain waves (standing waves, lee waves) x
Origin and characteristics x
Explain the origin and formation of mountain waves. x
State the conditions necessary for the formation of mountain waves. x
Describe the structure and properties of mountain waves. x
Explain how mountain waves may be identified by their associated x
meteorological phenomena.
Describe that mountain wave effects can exceed the performance or x
structural capability of aircraft.
Describe that mountain wave effects can propagate from low to high level, x
e.g. over Greenland and elsewhere.
Turbulence x
Description and types of turbulence x
Describe turbulence and gustiness. x
List the common types of turbulence (convective, mechanical, orographic, x
frontal, clear-air turbulence).
Formation and location of turbulence x
Explain the formation of convective turbulence, mechanical and orographic
turbulence, and frontal turbulence.
State where turbulence will normally be found (rough-ground surfaces, x
relief, inversion layers, cumulonimbus (CB), thunderstorm (TS) zones,
unstable layers).
Clear-air turbulence (CAT) — description, cause and location x
Describe CAT. x
Describe the formation of CAT.
State where CAT is found in association with jet streams, in high-level x
troughs and in other disturbed high-level air flows.
(Refer to Subject 050 09 02 02)
State that remote sensing of CAT from satellites is not possible and that x
forecasting is limited.
State that pilot reports of turbulence are a very valuable source of x
information as remote measurements are not available.
Jet streams x
Description x
Describe jet streams. x
State the defined minimum speed of a jet stream (60 kt).
State the typical figures for the dimensions of jet streams. x
Formation and properties of jet streams x
Explain the formation and state the heights, the speeds, the seasonal x
variations of speeds, the geographical positions, the seasonal occurrence
and the seasonal movements of the arctic (front) jet stream, the polar
(front) jet stream, the subtropical jet stream, and the tropical
(easterly/equatorial) jet stream.

Location of jet streams and associated CAT areas x

Sketch or describe where polar front and arctic jet streams are found in the
troposphere in relation to the tropopause and to fronts.
x

Describe and indicate the areas of worst wind shear and CAT. x x
Intentionally left blank x
x

THERMODYNAMICS x
Humidity x
Water vapour in the atmosphere x
State that the density of moist air is less than the density of dry air.
Describe the significance for meteorology of water vapour in the x
atmosphere.
Indicate the sources of atmospheric humidity. x
Define ‘saturation of air by water vapour’. x
Intentionally left blank x
x
x
x
x
x

Temperature/dew point, relative humidity x

Define ‘dew point’. x
x
Define ‘relative humidity’. x x
Explain the factors that influence the relative humidity at constant pressure. x x
Explain the diurnal variation of the relative humidity. x x

Describe the relationship between temperature and dew point. x x

Estimate the relative humidity of the air from the difference between dew x x
point and temperature.
Change of state of water
Condensation, evaporation, sublimation, freezing and melting, latent heat x
Define ‘condensation’, ‘evaporation’, ‘sublimation’, ‘freezing and melting’ x
and ‘latent heat’.
List the conditions for condensation/evaporation. x
Explain the condensation process. x
Explain the nature of and the need for condensation nuclei. x
Explain the effects of condensation on the weather. x
List the conditions for freezing/melting. x
Explain the process of freezing. x
Explain the nature of and the need for freezing nuclei. x
Define ‘supercooled water’. x
(Refer to Subject 050 09 01 01)
List the conditions for sublimation. x
Explain the sublimation process. x
Explain the nature of and the need for sublimation nuclei. x
Describe the absorption or release of latent heat in each change of state of
water.
x

Illustrate all the changes of state of water with practical examples. x

Adiabatic processes x
Adiabatic processes, stability of the atmosphere x
x
Describe the adiabatic process in an unsaturated rising or descending air x x
particle.
Explain the variation of temperature of an unsaturated rising or descending x
air particle.
x

Explain the variation of humidity of an unsaturated rising or descending air x

particle.
x

Describe the adiabatic process in a saturated rising or descending air x x

particle.
Explain the variation of temperature of a saturated air particle with x
changing altitude.
x

Explain the static stability of the atmosphere using the actual temperature x
curve with reference to the adiabatic lapse rates.
Define qualitatively and quantitatively the terms ‘stable’, ‘conditionally x x
unstable’, ‘unstable’ and ‘indifferent’.
x

x
Illustrate with a schematic sketch the formation of Foehn. x x
Explain the effect of the advection of air (warm or cold) on the stability of x
the air. Remark: Dry adiabatic lapse rate = 1 deg C/100 m or 3 deg C/1 000
ft; average value at lower levels for saturated adiabatic lapse rate = 0.6 deg
C/100 m or 1.8 deg C/1 000 ft (values to be used in examinations).

CLOUDS AND FOG x

Cloud formation and description x
Cloud formation x
Explain cloud formation by adiabatic cooling, conduction, advection and x
radiation.
Describe cloud formation based on the following lifting processes: x
unorganised lifting in thin layers and turbulent mixing; forced lifting at
fronts or over mountains; free convection.
x

x
x
List cloud types typical for stable and unstable air conditions. x x
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of clouds. x x
Cloud types and cloud classification x
Describe the different cloud types and their classification. x
Identify by shape cirriform, cumuliform and stratiform clouds. x
Identify by shape and typical level the 10 cloud types (general). x
Describe and identify by shape the following species and supplementary x
features: castellanus, lenticularis, congestus, calvus, capillatus and virga.

Distinguish between low-, medium- and high-level clouds according to the x

World Meteorological Organization’s (WMO) ‘cloud etage’.
x

Distinguish between ice clouds, mixed clouds and pure-water clouds. x x

Influence of inversions on cloud development x
Explain the influence of inversions on vertical movements in the x
atmosphere.
Explain the influence of an inversion on the formation of stratus clouds. x
Explain the influence of ground inversion on the formation of fog. x
x

Describe the role of the tropopause inversion with regard to the vertical x
development of clouds.
Flying conditions in each cloud type x
Assess the 10 cloud types for icing and turbulence. x
Fog, mist, haze x
General aspects x
Define ‘fog’, ‘mist’ and ‘haze’ with reference to the WMO standards of x
visibility range.
Explain briefly the formation of fog, mist and haze. x
Name the factors that generally contribute to the formation of fog and mist. x
Name the factors that contribute to the formation of haze. x
Describe freezing fog and ice fog. x
Radiation fog x
Explain the formation of radiation fog. x
x
Describe the significant characteristics of radiation fog, and its vertical x x
extent.
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of radiation fog. x x
Advection fog x
Explain the formation of advection fog. x
x
Describe the different possibilities of advection-fog formation (over land, x x
sea and coastal regions).
Describe the significant characteristics of advection fog. x x
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of advection fog. x x
Sea smoke
Explain the formation of sea smoke.
Explain the conditions for the development of sea smoke.
x
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of sea smoke. x
Frontal fog x
Explain the formation of frontal fog. x
x
Describe the significant characteristics of frontal fog. x x
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of frontal fog. x x
Orographic fog (hill fog) x
Summarise the features of orographic fog. x
x
Describe the significant characteristics of orographic fog. x x
Summarise the conditions for the dissipation of orographic fog. x x
PRECIPITATION x
Development of precipitation x
Process of development of precipitation x
Describe the two basic processes of forming precipitation (The Wegener-
Bergeron-Findeisen process, Coalescence).
Summarise the outlines of the ice-crystal process (The Wegener-Bergeron-
Findeisen process).
Summarise the outlines of the coalescence process. x
x
Explain the development of snow, rain, drizzle and hail. x x
Types of precipitation x
Types of precipitation, relationship with cloud types x
List and describe the types of precipitation given in the aerodrome forecast x
(TAF) and METAR codes (drizzle, rain, snow, snow grains, ice pellets, hail,
small hail, snow pellets, ice crystals, freezing drizzle, freezing rain).
State the ICAO/WMO approximate diameters for cloud, drizzle and rain x
drops.
State that, because of their size, hail stones can cause significant damage to
aircraft.
Explain the mechanism for the formation of freezing precipitation. x
Describe the weather conditions that give rise to freezing precipitation. x
Distinguish between the types of precipitation generated in convective and x
stratiform clouds.
Assign typical precipitation types and intensities to different cloud types. x
Explain the relationship between moisture content and visibility during x
different types of winter precipitation (e.g. large vs small snowflakes).
AIR MASSES AND FRONTS x
Air masses x
Description, classification and source regions of air masses x
Define the term ‘air mass’. x
Describe the properties of the source regions. x
Summarise the classification of air masses by source regions. x
State the classifications of air masses by temperature and humidity at x
source.
State the characteristic weather in each of the air masses. x
Name the three main air masses that affect Europe. x
Classify air masses on a surface weather chart. Remark: Names and x
abbreviations of air masses used in examinations: first letter: humidity:
continental (c), maritime (m), second letter: type of air mass: arctic (A),
polar (P), tropical (T), equatorial(E), third letter: temperature: cold (c),
warm (w).

Modifications of air masses x

List the environmental factors that affect the final properties of an air mass. x
Explain how maritime and continental tracks modify air masses. x
Explain the effect of passage over cold or warm surfaces. x
Explain how air-mass weather is affected by the season, the air-mass track x
and by orographic and thermal effects over land.
Assess the tendencies of the stability of an air mass and describe the typical x
resulting air-mass weather including the hazards for aviation.
Fronts x
General aspects x
Describe the boundaries between air masses (fronts). x
Define ‘front’ and ‘frontal zone’.
Name the global frontal systems (polar front, arctic front). x
State the approximate seasonal latitudes and geographic positions of the x
polar front and the arctic front.
Warm front, associated clouds and weather x
Define a ‘warm front’. x
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards at a x
warm front depending on the stability of the warm air.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at warm fronts. x
Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a warm front. x
Sketch a cross section of a warm front showing weather, cloud and aviation x
hazards.
Cold front, associated clouds and weather x
Define a ‘cold front’. x
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards at a cold x
front depending on the stability of the warm air.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at cold fronts. x
Describe the structure, slope and dimensions of a cold front. x
Sketch a cross section of a cold front showing weather, cloud and aviation x
hazards.
Warm sector, associated clouds and weather x
Describe fronts and air masses associated with the warm sector.
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a x
warm sector.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather in the warm sector. x
Sketch a cross section of a warm sector showing weather, cloud and x
aviation hazards.
Weather behind the cold front x
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards behind x
the cold front.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather behind the cold front. x
Occlusions, associated clouds and weather x
Define the term ‘occlusion’ and ‘occluded front’.
x
x
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a cold x x
occlusion.
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a x x
warm occlusion.
Explain the seasonal differences in the weather at occlusions. x x
Sketch a cross section of occlusions showing weather, cloud and aviation x x
hazards.
On a sketch illustrate the development of an occlusion and the movement x x
of the occlusion point.
Stationary front, associated clouds and weather x
Define a ‘stationary front’.
Describe the cloud, weather, ground visibility and aviation hazards in a
stationary front.
Movement of fronts and pressure systems, life cycle x
Describe the movements of fronts and pressure systems and the life cycle of x
a mid-latitude depression.
State the rules for predicting the direction and the speed of movement of x
fronts.
State the difference in the speed of movement between cold and warm
fronts.
State the rules for predicting the direction and the speed of movement of x
frontal depressions.
Describe, with a sketch if required, the genesis, development and life cycle x
of a frontal depression with associated cloud and rain belts.
Changes of meteorological elements at a frontal wave x
Sketch a plan and a cross section of a frontal wave (warm front, warm x
sector, and cold front) and illustrate the changes of pressure, temperature,
surface wind and wind in the vertical axis.
PRESSURE SYSTEMS x
The principal pressure areas x
Location of the principal pressure areas x
Identify or indicate on a map the principal global high-pressure and low- x
pressure areas in January and July.
Explain how these pressure areas are formed. x
Explain how the pressure areas move with the seasons. x
Anticyclone x
Anticyclones, types, general properties, cold and warm anticyclones, ridges
and subsidence
List the different types of anticyclones. x
Describe the effect of high-level convergence in producing areas of high x
pressure at ground level.
Describe air-mass subsidence, its effect on the environmental lapse rate, x
and the associated weather.
Describe the formation of warm and cold anticyclones. x
Describe the formation of ridges.
Describe the properties of and the weather associated with warm and cold x
anticyclones.
Describe the properties of and the weather associated with ridges.

Describe the blocking anticyclone and its effects. x

Non-frontal depressions x
Thermal, orographic, polar and secondary depressions; troughs x
Describe the effect of high-level divergence in producing areas of low x
pressure at ground level.
Describe the formation and properties of thermal, orographic (lee lows), x
polar and secondary depressions.
Describe the formation, the properties and the associated weather at x
troughs.
Tropical revolving storms x
Characteristics of tropical revolving storms x
State the conditions necessary for the formation of tropical revolving x
storms.
State how a tropical revolving storm generally moves in its area of
occurrence.
Name the stages of the development of tropical revolving storms (tropical x
disturbance, tropical depression, tropical storm, severe tropical storm,
tropical revolving storm).
Describe the meteorological conditions in and near a tropical revolving x
storm.
State the approximate dimensions of a tropical revolving storm. x
State that the movement of a tropical revolving storm can only rarely be x
forecast exactly, and that utmost care is necessary near a tropical revolving
storm.
Origin and local names, location and period of occurrence x
List the areas of origin and occurrence of tropical revolving storms, and their x
specified names (hurricane, typhoon, tropical cyclone).
State the expected times of occurrence of tropical revolving storms in each x
of the source areas, and their approximate frequency.
CLIMATOLOGY x
Climatic zones x
General circulation in the troposphere and lower stratosphere x
Describe the general tropospheric and low stratospheric circulation. x
(Refer to Subject 050 02 03 01)
Climatic classification x
x
Describe the characteristics of the tropical rain climate, the dry climate, the x x
mid-latitude climate (warm temperate rain climate), the subarctic climate
(cold snow forest climate) and the snow climate (polar climate).
Explain how the seasonal movement of the sun generates the transitional x x
climate zones.
x

State the typical locations of each major climatic zone. x x

Tropical climatology x
Cause and development of tropical showers and thunderstorms: humidity, x
temperature, tropopause
State the conditions necessary for the formation of tropical showers and x
thunderstorms (mesoscale convective complex, cloud clusters).
Describe the characteristics of tropical squall lines. x
Explain the formation of convective cloud structures caused by convergence x
at the boundary of the NE and SE trade winds (Intertropical Convergence
Zone (ITCZ)).
State the typical figures for tropical surface air temperatures and x
humidities, and for heights of the zero-degree isotherm.
Seasonal variations of weather and wind, typical synoptic situations x
x
Indicate on a map the trade winds (tropical easterlies) and describe the x x
associated weather.
Indicate on a map the doldrums and describe the associated weather. x x
Indicate on a sketch the latitudes of subtropical high (horse latitudes) and x x
describe the associated weather.
Indicate on a map the major monsoon winds. x
Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), weather in the ITCZ, general x
seasonal movement
Identify or indicate on a map the positions of the ITCZ in January and July. x
Explain the seasonal movement of the ITCZ. x
Describe the weather and winds at the ITCZ. x
x
Explain the flight hazards associated with the ITCZ. x x
Monsoon, sandstorms, cold-air outbreaks x
Define in general the term ‘monsoon’ and give a general overview of
regions of occurrence.
Describe the major monsoon conditions. x
(Refer to Subject 050 08 02 02)
Explain how trade winds change character after a long track and become x
monsoon winds.
Explain the weather and the flight hazards associated with a monsoon. x
Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over West Africa and describe x x
the weather, stressing the seasonal differences.
Explain the formation of the SW/NE monsoon over India and describe the x x
weather, stressing the seasonal differences.
Explain the formation of the monsoon over the Far East and northern x x
Australia and describe the weather, stressing the seasonal differences.
Describe the formation and properties of sandstorms. x x
Indicate when and where outbreaks of cold polar air can enter subtropical x x
weather systems.
Name well-known examples of polar-air outbreaks (Blizzard, Pampero). x x
Easterly waves x
x

x
Explain the effect of easterly waves on tropical weather systems. x x
Typical weather situations in the mid-latitudes x
Westerly situation (westerlies) x
Identify on a weather chart the typical westerly situation with travelling x
polar front waves.
x

High-pressure area x
Describe the high-pressure zones with the associated weather. x
Identify on a weather chart the high-pressure regions. x
x

Intentionally left blank x

x
 x
Cold-air drop x
Define ‘cold-air drop’.
Describe the formation of a cold-air drop.
x

Identify cold-air drops on weather charts. x

Explain the problems and dangers of cold-air drops for aviation. x
Local winds and associated weather x
Foehn, Mistral, Bora
Describe the mechanism for the development of Foehn winds (including x
Chinook).
Describe the weather associated with Foehn winds. x
Describe the formation of, the characteristics of, and the weather
associated with Mistral and Bora.
Harmattan x
Describe the Harmattan wind and the associated visibility problems as an x
example of local winds affecting visibility.
FLIGHT HAZARDS x
Icing x
Conditions for ice accretion x
Summarise the general conditions under which ice accretion occurs on x
aircraft (temperatures of outside air; temperature of the airframe; presence
of supercooled water in clouds, fog, rain and drizzle; possibility of
sublimation).

Explain the general weather conditions under which ice accretion occurs in
a venturi carburettor.
Explain the general weather conditions under which ice accretion occurs on x
airframe.
Explain the formation of supercooled water in clouds, rain and drizzle. x
(Refer to Subject 050 03 02 01)
Explain qualitatively the relationship between the air temperature and the x
amount of supercooled water.
Explain qualitatively the relationship between the type of cloud and the size x
and number of the droplets in cumuliform and stratiform clouds.
Indicate in which circumstances ice can form on an aircraft on the ground: x
air temperature, humidity, precipitation.
Explain in which circumstances ice can form on an aircraft in flight: inside x
clouds, in precipitation, and outside clouds and precipitation.
Explain the influence of fuel temperature, radiative cooling of the aircraft x
surface and temperature of the aircraft surface (e.g. from previous flight) on
ice formation.
Describe the different factors that influence the intensity of icing: air x x
temperature, amount of supercooled water in a cloud or in precipitation,
amount of ice crystals in the air, speed of the aircraft, shape (thickness) of
the airframe parts (wings, antennas, etc.).

Explain the effects of topography on icing. x x

Explain the higher concentration of water drops in stratiform orographic x x
clouds.
Types of ice accretion x
Define ‘clear ice’. x
Describe the conditions for the formation of clear ice. x
Explain the formation of the structure of clear ice with the release of latent x
heat during the freezing process.
Describe the aspects of clear ice: appearance, weight, solidity. x
Define ‘rime ice’. x
Describe the conditions for the formation of rime ice. x
Describe the aspects of rime ice: appearance, weight, solidity. x
Define ‘mixed ice’. x
Describe the conditions for the formation of mixed ice. x
Describe the aspects of mixed ice: appearance, weight, solidity.
Describe the possible process of ice formation in snow conditions. x
Define ‘hoar frost’. x
Describe the conditions for the formation of hoar frost. x
Describe the aspects of hoar frost: appearance, solidity. x
Hazards of ice accretion, avoidance x
State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of icing. x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’
Describe, in general, the hazards of icing. x
Assess the dangers of the different types of ice accretion. x
Describe the position of the dangerous zones of icing in fronts, in stratiform x
and cumuliform clouds, and in the different precipitation types.
Indicate the possibilities of avoiding dangerous zones of icing: in the flight x
planning: weather briefing, selection of track and altitude; during flight:
recognition of the dangerous zones, selection of track and altitude.

Ice crystal icing x

Describe ice crystal icing. x
Describe the atmospheric processes leading to high ice crystal x
concentration. Define the variable ice water content (IWC).
Identify weather situations and their relevant areas where high x
concentrations of ice crystals are likely to occur.
Name, in general, the flight hazards associated with high concentrations of x
ice crystals.
Explain how a pilot may possibly avoid areas with a high concentration of x
ice crystals.
Turbulence x
Effects on flight, avoidance x
State the ICAO qualifying terms for the intensity of turbulence. x
Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’
Describe the effects of turbulence on an aircraft in flight. x
Indicate the possibilities of avoiding turbulence: in the flight planning: x
weather briefing, selection of track and altitude; during flight: selection of
appropriate track and altitude.
Describe atmospheric turbulence and distinguish between turbulence, x
gustiness and wind shear.
Describe that forecasts of turbulence are not very reliable and state that x
pilot reports of turbulence are very valuable as they help others to prepare
for or avoid turbulence.
Clear-air turbulence (CAT): effects on flight, avoidance x
Describe the effects of CAT on flight. x
(Refer to Subject 050 02 06 03)

Indicate the possibilities of avoiding CAT in flight: in the flight planning: x

weather briefing, selection of track and altitude; during flight: selection of
appropriate track and altitude.
Wind shear x
Definition of wind shear x
Define ‘wind shear’ (vertical and horizontal). x
Define ‘low-level wind shear’. x
Weather conditions for wind shear x
Describe the conditions, where and how wind shear can form (e.g. x
thunderstorms, squall lines, fronts, inversions, land and sea breeze, friction
layer, relief).
Effects on flight, avoidance x
Describe the effects of wind shear on flight. x
Indicate the possibilities of avoiding wind shear in flight: in the flight x
planning; during flight.

Thunderstorms x
Conditions for and process of development, forecast, location, type x
specification
Name the cloud types which indicate the development of thunderstorms. x
Describe the different types of thunderstorms, their location, the conditions x
for and the process of development, and list their properties (air-mass
thunderstorms, frontal thunderstorms, squall lines, supercell storms,
orographic thunderstorms).

Structure of thunderstorms, life cycle

x

Assess the average duration of thunderstorms and their different stages. x x

Describe a supercell storm: initial, supercell, tornado and dissipating stage. x x
Summarise the flight hazards associated with a fully developed x x
thunderstorm.
Indicate on a sketch the most dangerous zones in and around a single-cell x
and a multi-cell thunderstorm.
Electrical discharges x
Describe the basic outline of the electric field in the atmosphere. x
Describe types of lightning, i.e. ground stroke, intra-cloud lightning, cloud-
to-cloud lightning, upward lightning.
Describe and assess the ‘St. Elmo’s fire’ weather phenomenon. x
Describe the development of lightning discharges. x
Describe the effect of lightning strike on aircraft and flight execution. x
Development and effects of downbursts x
Define the term ‘downburst’. x
Distinguish between macroburst and microburst. x
State the weather situations leading to the formation of downbursts. x
Describe the process of development of a downburst. x
Give the typical duration of a downburst. x
Describe the effects of downbursts. x
Thunderstorm avoidance x
Explain how the pilot can anticipate each type of thunderstorm: through x
pre-flight weather briefing, observation in flight, use of specific
meteorological information, use of information given by ground weather
radar and by airbone weather radar.
(Refer to Subject 050 10 01 04), use of the stormscope (lightning detector).

Describe practical examples of flight techniques used to avoid the hazards x

of thunderstorms.
Tornadoes x
Properties and occurrence x
Define ‘tornado’. x
Describe the formation of a tornado. x
Describe the typical features of a tornado such as appearance, season, time
of day, stage of development, speed of movement, and wind speed.

Compare the occurrence of tornadoes in Europe with the occurrence in x

other locations, especially in the United States of America.
Compare the dimensions and properties of tornadoes and dust devils. x
Inversions x
Influence on aircraft performance x
x
Compare the flight hazards during take-off and approach associated with a x x
strong inversion alone and with a strong inversion combined with marked
wind shear.
Stratospheric conditions x
Influence on aircraft performance x
Summarise the advantages of stratospheric flights. x
List the influences of the phenomena associated with the lower x
stratosphere (wind, temperature, air density, turbulence).
Hazards in mountainous areas x
Influence of terrain on clouds and precipitation, frontal passage x
x
x
Describe the influence of mountainous area on a frontal passage. x x
Vertical movements, mountain waves, wind shear, turbulence, ice x
accretion
Describe the vertical movements, wind shear and turbulence that are x
typical of mountain areas.
Indicate on a sketch of a chain of mountains the turbulent zones (mountain x
waves, rotors).
Explain the influence of relief on ice accretion. x
Development and effect of valley inversions x
Describe the formation of a valley inversion due to katabatic winds. x
Describe the valley inversion formed by warm winds aloft. x
Describe the effects of a valley inversion for an aircraft in flight. x
Visibility-reducing phenomena x
Reduction of visibility caused by precipitation and obscurations x
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by precipitation: drizzle, rain, x
snow.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by obscurations: fog, mist, haze, x
smoke, volcanic ash.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by obscurations: sand (SA), dust x
(DU).
Describe the differences between ground and flight visibility, and slant and x
vertical visibility when an aircraft is above or within a layer of haze or fog.

Reduction of visibility caused by other phenomena x

Describe the reduction of visibility caused by low drifting and blowing snow. x

Describe the reduction of visibility caused by low drifting and blowing dust x
and sand.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by dust storm (DS) and sandstorm x
(SS).
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by icing (windshield). x
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by the position of the sun relative x
to the visual direction.
Describe the reduction of visibility caused by the reflection of the sun’s rays x
from the top of the layers of haze, fog and clouds.
METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION x
Observation x
Surface observations x
x
x
x

Define ‘gusts’, as given in METARs. x x

Distinguish wind given in METARs and wind given by the control tower for x x
take-off and landing.
Define ‘visibility’. x x
Describe the meteorological measurement of visibility. x x
Define ‘prevailing visibility’. x x
Define ‘ground visibility’. x x
List the units used for visibility (m, km, statute mile). x
Define ‘runway visual range’. x x
Describe the meteorological measurement of runway visual range. x x
Indicate where the transmissometers/forward-scatter meters are placed on x x
the aerodrome.
List the units used for runway visual range (m, ft). x
List the different possibilities to transmit information to pilots about runway x x
visual range.
Compare ground visibility, prevailing visibility, and runway visual range. x
Indicate the means of observation of present weather. x x
Indicate the means of observing clouds for the purpose of recording: type, x
amount, height of base (ceilometers), and top.
State the clouds which are indicated in METAR, TAF and SIGMET. x

Define ‘oktas’. x x
Define ‘cloud base’. x x
Define ‘ceiling’. x x
Name the unit and the reference level used for information about cloud x x
base (ft).
Define ‘vertical visibility’. x x
Explain briefly how and when vertical visibility is measured. x x
Name the units used for vertical visibility (ft, m). x
Indicate the means of observation of air temperature (thermometer). x x
x

Name the units of relative humidity (per cent) and dew-point temperature x x
(Celsius, Fahrenheit).
x

Radiosonde observations x
Describe the principle of radiosondes. x
Describe and interpret the sounding by radiosonde given on a simplified x
temperature-pressure (T-P) diagram.
Satellite observations x
Describe the basic outlines of satellite observations. x
Name the main uses of satellite pictures in aviation meteorology. x
Describe the different types of satellite imagery. x
Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to get useful x
information for flights: location of clouds (distinguish between stratiform
and cumuliform clouds).

Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to get useful x

information for flights: location of fronts.

Interpret qualitatively the satellite pictures in order to get useful

information for flights using atmospheric motion vector images to locate jet
streams.
Weather radar observations. (Refer to Subject 050 09 04 05) x
Describe the basic principle and the type of information given by a ground x
weather radar.
Interpret ground weather radar images. x
Describe the basic principle and the type of information given by airborne x
weather radar.
Describe the limits and the errors of airborne weather radar information. x
Interpret typical airborne weather radar images. x
Aircraft observations and reporting x
Describe routine air-report and special air-report (ARS).
State the obligation of a pilot to prepare air-reports. x
Name the weather phenomena to be stated in an ARS.
Weather charts x
Significant weather charts x
Decode and interpret significant weather charts (low, medium and high x
level).
Describe from a significant weather chart the flight conditions at designated x
locations or along a defined flight route at a given FL.
Surface charts x
Recognise the following weather systems on a surface weather chart x
(analysed and forecast): ridges, cols and troughs; fronts; frontal side, warm
sector and rear side of mid-latitude frontal lows; high- and low-pressure
areas.

Determine from surface weather charts the wind direction and speed. x
Upper-air charts x
Define ‘constant-pressure chart’. x
Define ‘isohypse (contour line)’. x
(Refer to Subject 050 01 03 02)
Define ‘isotherm’. x
Define ‘isotach’. x
Describe forecast upper-wind and temperature charts. x
For designated locations or routes determine from forecast upper-wind and x
temperature charts, if necessary by interpolation, the spot/average values
for outside-air temperature, temperature deviation from ISA, wind
direction, and wind speed.

Gridded forecast products x

State that numerical weather prediction uses a 3D grid of weather data, x
consisting of horizontal data (latitude-longitude) and vertical data (height or
pressure).
Explain that world area forecast centres prepare global sets of gridded x
forecasts for flight planning purposes (upper wind, temperature, humidity).
State that the WAFCs also produce gridded datasets for Flight Level and x
temperature of the tropopause, direction and speed of maximum wind,
cumulonimbus clouds, icing and turbulence.
Explain that the data on CB and turbulence can be used in the visualization x
of flight hazards.
Explain that the gridded forecasts can be merged in information processing x
systems with data relayed from aircraft or pilot reports, e.g. of turbulence,
to provide improved situation awareness.
Information for flight planning x
Aviation weather messages x
Describe, decode and interpret the following aviation weather messages x
(given in written or graphical format): METAR, aerodrome special
meteorological report (SPECI), trend forecast (TREND), TAF, information
concerning en-route weather phenomena which may affect the safety of
aircraft operations (SIGMET), information concerning en-route weather
phenomena which may affect the safety of low-level aircraft operations
(AIRMET), area forecast for low-level flights (GAMET), ARS, volcanic ash
advisory information.

Describe, decode and interpret the tropical cyclone advisory information in x

written and graphical form.
Describe the general meaning of MET REPORT and SPECIAL REPORT. x
List, in general, the cases when a SIGMET and an AIRMET are issued. x
Describe, decode (by using a code table) and interpret the following
messages: runway state message (as written in a METAR).
Remark: For runway state message, refer to ICAO Doc 7754 ‘Air Navigation
Plan — European Region’.

Meteorological broadcasts for aviation x

Describe the meteorological content of broadcasts for aviation: x
meteorological information for aircraft in flight (VOLMET); automatic
terminal information service (ATIS).
Describe the meteorological content of broadcasts for aviation: HF- x
VOLMET.

Use of meteorological documents x

Describe meteorological briefing and advice. x
List the information that a flight crew can receive from meteorological x
services for pre-flight planning and apply the content of this information on
a designated flight route.
List the meteorological information that a flight crew can receive from flight x
information services during flight and apply the content of this information
for the continuation of the flight.
Meteorological warnings x
Describe and interpret aerodrome warnings and wind-shear warnings and x
alerts.
Meteorological services x
World area forecast system and meteorological offices x
Name the world area forecast centres (WAFCs) as the provider for upper-air
forecasts: WAFCs prepare upper-air gridded forecasts of upper winds;
upper-air temperature and humidity; direction, speed and flight level of
maximum wind; flight level and temperature of tropopause, areas of
cumulonimbus clouds, icing, clear-air and in-cloud turbulence, and
geopotential altitude of flight levels.

Name the meteorological (MET) offices as the provider for aerodrome

forecasts and briefing documents.
Name the meteorological watch offices (MWOs) as the provider for SIGMET
and AIRMET information.
Name the aeronautical meteorological stations as the provider for METAR
and MET reports.
Name the volcanic ash advisory centres (VAACs) as the provider for
forecasts of volcanic ash clouds.
Name the tropical cyclone advisory centres (TCACs) as the provider for
forecasts of tropical cyclones.
International organisations x
Describe briefly the following organisations and their chief activities in x
relation to weather for aviation: International Civil Aviation Organization
(ICAO) (Refer to Subject 010 ‘AIR LAW’); World Meteorological Organization
(WMO).
Reworded, intent

Basic Knowledge
ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR

CBIR, EIR
modified

ATPL(A)

IR(A/H)
CPL(H)
CPL(A)

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x

x x

x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x
x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
 x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x

x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x
x x

x x x x x x

x x
x x
x x

x x

x x x x x x

x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 The structure of Subject 061 has been completely modified with EDD 2018/001/R. In many cases, tems previously cove
simplified colour scheme has been applied, excluding the use of purplefor LO

Old syllabus details Old syllabus

reference
Index

1 GENERAL NAVIGATION 061 00 00 00

2 BASICS OF NAVIGATION
3
4
5 State that the Earth is not a true sphere. It is flattened slightly at the poles. 061.01.02.01.01
The value for flattening is 1/298.
6 State that the Earth may be described as an “ellipsoid” or “oblate 061.01.02.01.03
spheroid”.

7 Given that the distance of the circumference of the Earth is 40000 km or 061.01.02.01.05
approximately 21600 NM. Calculate approximate earth diameter or earth
radius.
8
9 State that the solar system consists of the Sun, and a number of planets of 061.01.01.01.01
which the Earth is one, and a large number of asteroids and comets.
10 State that Kepler’s first law explains that the planets revolve in elliptical 061.01.01.01.02
orbits with the Sun at one focus. Each planet has its orbital period.
11 State that Kepler’s second law explains the variation in the speed of a 061.01.01.01.03
planet in its orbit. Each planet revolves so that its radius vector sweeps out
equal areas in equal intervals of time.
12 State that the highest speed of the Earth in its orbit is when the Earth is 061.01.01.01.04
closest to the Sun (perihelion).
13 State that the lowest speed of the Earth in its orbit is when the Earth is 061.01.01.01.05
furthest away from the Sun (aphelion).
14 Explain that the Earth completes one orbit around the Sun in 061.01.01.01.09
approximately 365,25 days.
15 State that perihelion occurs early January and aphelion occurs early July. 061.01.01.01.20
16 Define zenith. The point on the sky vertically overhead an observer. 061.01.01.01.22
17 Explain in which direction the Earth rotates on its axis. 061.01.01.01.06

18 Explain that the axis of rotation of the Earth is inclined to its orbital path 061.01.01.01.07
around the sun at an angle of about 66,5 degrees.
19 Define the term “Ecliptic” and “plane of the Ecliptic”. The ecliptic is the 061.01.01.01.08
apparent path of sun around the Earth. The plane of the ecliptic is inclined
to the plane of the equator at an angle of approximately 23,5 degrees. The
inclination of the polar axis to the plane of the ecliptic is the reason for the
seasons.

20 Explain that the Equator has its plane perpendicular to the Earth’s axis and 061.01.02.01.04
divides the Earth into the northern and southern hemisphere.
21 Describe the effect of the inclination of the Earth’s rotation axis to the 061.01.01.01.10
plane of its orbit around the Sun, being the seasons and variation of
sunrise and sunset with latitude and time of the year.
22 State that the reason for the variation of the duration of daylight and night 061.01.03.06.07
throughout the year is the inclination of the earth rotation axis to the
ecliptic.
23
24
25
26

27 Given the Earth flattening and either the semi-major or semi-minor axis in 061.01.02.01.02
NM/km. Calculate the distance of the other axis.
28 Define geographic latitude as the angle between the plane of the equator 061.01.02.03.01
and the local plumb-line on the ellipsoid.
29 Describe a parallel of latitude as a small circle connecting all positions on 061.01.02.03.04
the earth with the same latitude.
30 Define geocentric latitude as the angle between the plane of the equator 061.01.02.03.02
and a line from the position to the centre of the Earth.
31 State that maximum difference between geographic and geocentric 061.01.02.03.03
latitude occurs at altitude of 45 degrees.
32 Calculate difference of latitude between two given positions lat/long. 061.01.02.03.05
33 Calculate the mean latitude between two positions. 061.01.02.03.08
34 Describe a meridian as a semi great circle, which runs north and south 061.01.02.04.01
from pole to pole.
35 Explain that the meridians and their anti meridian complete a great circle. 061.01.02.04.02
36 State that the Greenwich meridian is also known as the Prime meridian. 061.01.02.04.03
37 Define longitude as the angle measured at the polar axis between the 061.01.02.04.04
plane of the prime meridian and the local meridian.
38 Explain the Greenwich anti meridian is the maximum longitude possible, 061.01.02.04.05
namely 180° E/W.
39 Calculate difference of longitude between two given positions lat/long. 061.01.02.04.06
40
41
42 State that all meridians run in north-south direction and the true north 061.01.04.01.01
direction is along any meridian towards the geographic north pole.
43 State that true directions are measured clockwise as an angle in degrees 061.01.04.01.02
from true north (TN).
44 Enter positions on a chart using geographical coordinates and derive tracks 061.03.03.01.02
and distances.
45 State that a freely suspended compass needle will turn to the direction of 061.01.04.02.01
the local magnetic field. The direction of the horizontal component of this
field is the direction of magnetic north (MN).
(Moved to 022.03.01.01.04)

46 State that the magnetic poles do not coincide with the geographic poles. 061.01.04.02.02
47 State that the angle between the true north and magnetic north is called 061.01.04.04.01
variation (VAR) being measured in degrees east (+ or E) or west (- or W) of
true north.
48 Define an isogonal line. A line joining positions of equal variation. 061.01.04.04.02
49 Convert between compass, magnetic and true directions. 061.01.04.04.03
50 Convert between compass, magnetic, true and grid directions. 061.01.04.05.06
51 Explain the purpose of a Grid north (GN) based on a suitable meridian on a 061.01.04.05.01
polar stereographic chart. (reference or datum meridian)
52 Explain that the gridlines or the grid meridians are drawn on the chart 061.01.04.05.02
parallel to the reference meridian.
53 State that the angle between the grid north (GN) and true north (TN) is 061.01.04.05.03
called grid convergence being measured in degrees east (+ or E) if GN is
west of TN or west (- or W) if GN is east of TN.
54 State that the angle between the grid north (GN) and magnetic north (MN) 061.01.04.05.04
is called grivation (griv) being measured in degrees east (+ or E) or west (-
or W) of grid north.
55 State that a line joining points, which have the same grivation is called an 061.01.04.05.05
isogriv.
56 State that the magnetic variation varies as a function of time due to the 061.01.04.02.03
movement of the northern magnetic pole.
57 Define magnetic dip or inclination. The angle between the horizontal and 061.01.04.02.04
the total component of the magnetic field.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.03)
58 State that the angle of inclination at the magnetic poles is 90°. 061.01.04.02.05
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.04)
59 Explain that the accuracy of the compass depends on the strength of the 061.01.04.02.06
horizontal component of the Earth’s magnetic field.
60 State that, in the polar areas, the horizontal component of the Earth’s 061.01.04.02.07
magnetic field is too weak to permit the use of a magnetic compass.
61 State that, in a direct reading compass, the magnetic element will align 061.01.04.03.01
along a magnetic field. This direction is called compass north (CN) and is
the direction 000° on the compass rose. The field is the resultant of the
Earth’s magnetic field and the magnetic field of the aircraft.

62 State that the effect of the aircraft magnetism on the compass changes 061.01.04.03.02
with different headings, as well as different latitudes.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.02.01.03)
63 State that the angle between magnetic north and compass north is called 061.01.04.03.03
deviation (DEV) and is given in degrees east (+ or E) or west (- or W) of
magnetic north.
64 State that the angle between magnetic north and compass north is called 061.01.04.03.03
deviation (DEV) and is given in degrees east (+ or E) or west (- or W) of
magnetic north.
65 Convert between compass, magnetic, true and grid directions. 061.01.04.05.06
66 Calculate (compass, magnetic, true, grid) heading given appropriate data. 061.04.01.02.01
67 State that Deviation is kept to a minimum by compass swinging. 061.01.04.03.04
(Moved and merged into 022.03.02.01.02)
68 State that when dealing with heights and altitudes the unit used is metres 061.01.05.01.03
or feet subject to the choice of individual states.
69
70
71 Solve problems to determine: Heading Groundspeed Wind direction and 061.04.03.00.01
speed Track/course Drift angle/wind correction angle Head/tail/cross wind
components.
72 Solve problems to determine: Heading Groundspeed Wind direction and 061.04.03.00.01
speed Track/course Drift angle/wind correction angle Head/tail/cross wind
components.
73 Solve problems to determine: Heading Groundspeed Wind direction and 061.04.03.00.01
speed Track/course Drift angle/wind correction angle Head/tail/cross wind
components.
74 Calculate the heading change at an off-course fix to directly reach the next 061.05.03.02.02
waypoint using the one in sixty rule.
75 Calculate the average drift angle based upon an off-course fix observation. 061.05.03.02.03
76
77
78 State that one-degree difference of latitude equals 60 nautical miles. 061.01.02.03.06

79 Define the nautical mile. A distance being equal to 1,852 km. 061.01.05.01.01
80 Explain that along the equator a difference of longitude of one degree 061.01.02.05.01
equals a distance of 60 NM.
81
82 Convert between the following units: nautical miles (NM), statute miles 061.01.05.02.01
(SM), kilometres (km), metres (m) and feet (ft).
83 State that horizontal distances are calculated in metres, kilometres and 061.01.05.03.01
nautical miles.
84 Conversion of distances. Kilometres/Nautical miles/Statute miles. 061.04.02.05.02
85 Conversion of distances. Feet/metres. 061.04.02.05.03
86 Calculation of fuel used/fuel flow/flying time. 061.04.02.04.01
87 Conversion between kilograms/ pounds/litres/U.S. gallons/Imperial 061.04.02.05.01
Gallons.
88 Conversion of volumes and weight of fuel using density in mass per unit 061.04.02.05.04
volume.
89 Given appropriate data determine true altitude / indicated altitude / 061.04.02.08.01
density altitude.
90
91 Convert difference of latitude to distance. 061.01.02.03.07

92 Explain that because the meridians converge towards the poles the 061.01.02.05.02
distance between meridians will decrease with increase in latitude.
93 Calculate the earth distance between two meridians along a parallel of 061.01.02.05.04
latitude (departure) using the following formula: Distance = Difference of
longitude ´ 60 ´ cos latitude.
94 Given a position lat/long, distances travelled north/south in NM/km and 061.01.02.05.05
distance travelled east/west in NM/km along a parallel of latitude.
Calculate new position.
95 Given two positions on same meridian (or one on the anti-meridian) 061.01.02.05.06
calculate distance.
96 In map/charts distance between two positions is measured along a 061.01.05.01.02
meridian at mean latitude, where one minute of latitude presents 1 NM.
97 Given two positions or latitude/longitude difference, calculate the 061.01.05.03.02
98 distance.
Given two positions on the same latitude and distance between the two 061.01.05.03.03
positions in km or NM, calculate difference of longitude between the two
positions.
99 Flying a rhumb line true track of 090, 180, 270 and 360 degrees given an 061.01.05.03.04
initial geographical position, flight time and ground speed, calculate new
geographic position.
100 State that earth distance along a parallel of latitude is also known as 061.01.02.05.03
departure.
101
102
103 Find the difference between still air distance (NAM) and ground distance 032.02.05.03.03
(NM).
(Moved from 032.02.05.03.03)
104
105
106 Calculate TAS from IAS/CAS and Mach number given appropriate data. 061.04.01.04.01

107 Calculation of air speed problems including IAS/EAS/CAS/TAS/ and Mach 061.04.02.06.01
number, given appropriate data.
108 Explain the relationship between – IAS – CAS – EAS and – TAS. 061.04.05.03.01
109 Calculate TAS given IAS/CAS, OAT/SAT and pressure inputs. 061.04.05.03.02
110 Calculate CAS given TAS, OAT/SAT and pressure inputs. 061.04.05.03.03
111
112 Calculate TAS from IAS/CAS and Mach number given appropriate data. 061.04.01.04.01
113 Calculate Mach number given TAS and OAT/SAT. 061.04.05.04.01
114
115 State the effect on TAS and Mach number when climbing/descending with 061.05.02.02.09
a constant CAS.
116 State the effect on TAS and Mach number when climbing/descending with 061.05.02.02.09
a constant CAS.
117
118 Calculate head/tailwind component. 061.04.04.01.04

119 Calculate groundspeed given appropriate data. 061.04.01.05.01

120 Calculate groundspeed given appropriate data. 061.04.01.05.01
121 Calculate groundspeed given appropriate data. 061.04.01.05.01

122 Calculate ETA, flying time from distance and GS. 061.04.01.06.01
123 Given appropriate data determine speed. 061.04.02.01.01
124 Given appropriate data determine time. 061.04.02.02.01
125 Given appropriate data determine distance. 061.04.02.03.01
126 Distance, speed and time calculations. 061.04.04.01.06
127 Calculate ETA revisions based upon observed fixes and revised ground 061.05.03.04.01
speed.
128 Calculate revised groundspeed to reach a waypoint at a specific time. 061.05.03.01.01
129 Calculate the average ground speed based on two observed fixes. 061.05.03.01.02
130 Calculate distance to the position passing abeam an NDB station, by timing 061.05.03.01.03
from the position with a Relative bearing of 045/315 to the position abeam
(Relative bearing 090/270).
131
132 Given relevant flight plan data calculate the missing data. 061.05.04.00.01
133 Enter revised navigational en-route data, for the legs concerned, into the 061.05.04.00.02
flight log. (e.g. updated wind and ground speed and correspondingly losses
or gains in time and fuel consumption).
134 Enter, in the progress of flight, at check point or turning point, the “actual 061.05.04.00.03
time over” and the “estimated time over” for the next check point into the
flight log.
135 Calculate true altitude (T ALT) given indicated altitude, airfield elevation, 061.04.05.01.01
static air temperature (SAT)/outside air temperature (OAT) and QNH/QFE.
136 Calculate indicated altitude given true altitude (T ALT), airfield elevation, 061.04.05.01.02
static air temperature (SAT)/outside air temperature (OAT) and QNH/QFE.
137 Calculate density altitude given pressure altitude and static air 061.04.05.01.03
temperature (SAT)/outside air temperature (OAT).
138 Calculate density altitude given, airfield elevation, static air temperature 061.04.05.01.04
(SAT)/outside air temperature (OAT) and QNH/QFE.
139 Define outside air temperature (OAT)/ static air temperature (SAT). The 061.04.05.02.01
temperature of the surrounding air.
140 Define ram air temperature (RAT)/ total air temperature (TAT)/ IOAT 061.04.05.02.02
indicated outside air temperature. The temperature measured by the
temperature probe affected by friction and compressibility.
141 Define ram-rise. The increase of temperature at the temperature probe 061.04.05.02.03
due to friction and compressibility.
142 RAT (TAT, IOAT) = OAT (SAT) + ram-rise. 061.04.05.02.04
143 Explain the difference in using OAT/SAT compared to RAT/TAT/IOAT in 061.04.05.02.05
airspeed calculations.
144
145 Gradient in % = altitude difference (feet) x 100 / Ground difference (feet). 061.05.02.04.02
146 Gradient in degrees = Arctg (Altitude difference (feet) / Ground distance 061.05.02.04.03
(feet)).

147 Rate of climb/descent (feet/min) = Gradient (%) x GS (kt). 061.05.02.04.04

148 Calculate climb/descent gradient (ft/NM, % and degrees), GS or vertical 061.05.02.04.01

speed according to the following formulae:
Vertical speed (feet/min) = (Ground speed (kt) x gradient (feet/NM)) / 60.
149 State that it is necessary to determine the position of the aircraft 061.05.02.04.05
accurately before commencing descent in order to ensure safe ground
clearance.
150
151
152 Explain the triangle of velocities, e.g. true heading/TAS, W/V and true 061.04.01.00.01
track/GS.
153 Apply the validity of wind triangle symbols correctly. Heading vector one 061.04.04.01.09
arrow, track/course vector two arrows and W/V vector three arrows.
154
155 Explain the concept of vectors including adding together or splitting in two 061.04.01.01.01
directions.

156 Calculate wind velocity given appropriate data. 061.04.01.03.01

157 Calculate revised directional data for heading, track, course and W/V, e.g. 061.04.01.06.02
true, magnetic, compass and grid given appropriate data.
158 Calculate Drift, wind correction angle given appropriate data. 061.04.01.07.01
159 Given appropriate data determine Wind velocity. 061.04.02.07.01
160 Demonstrate mental DR techniques. 061.04.04.01.02
161 Calculate wind correction angle (WCA) using the formula: WCA = XWC 061.04.04.01.05
(cross wind component)/SF (speed factor).
162 Given any four of the parts of the triangle of velocities, calculate the other 061.04.04.01.08
two.
163 Calculate average wind speed and direction based on two observed fixes. 061.05.03.03.01
164
165
166 Describe the role and purpose of DR navigation. 061.04.04.01.01
167 Demonstrate DR position graphically and by means of DR computer. 061.04.04.01.07
168
169 Define speed factor. Speed divided by 60, used for mental flight path 061.04.04.01.03
calculations.
170 Calculate wind correction angle (WCA) using the formula: WCA = XWC 061.04.04.01.05
(cross wind component)/SF (speed factor).
171
172
173 Average TAS used for climb problems is calculated at the altitude 2/3 of 061.05.02.01.01
the cruising altitude.
174 Average TAS used for descent problems is calculated at the altitude 1/2 of 061.05.02.01.02
the descent altitude.
175
176 W/V used for climb problems is W/V at the altitude 2/3 of the cruising 061.05.02.02.01
altitude.
177 W/V used for descent problems is W/V at the altitude 1/2 of the descent 061.05.02.02.02
altitude.
178 Calculate average climb/descent GS, given TAS at various altitudes, W/V at 061.05.02.02.03
various altitudes and true track.
179
180 State that most aircraft operation manuals supply graphical material to 061.05.02.03.01
calculate climb and descent problems.
181 Calculate flying time and distance during climb/descent given average rate 061.05.02.02.04
of climb/descent and using average GS.

182 Calculate rate of descent on a given glide path angle using the following 061.05.02.02.05
formulae valid for 3° glide path:
Rate of descent = (GS (ground speed) x 10) / 2
Rate of descent = SF (speed factor) x glide path angle x 100.

183 Calculate the rate of descent for a 3° glide path angle given the 062.05.02.02.05
groundspeed of the aircraft using the formula: Rate of descent (ROD) in
ft/min = (groundspeed in kt x 10) / 2 .
(Moved from 062.02.05.02.02)

184 Calculate the rate of descent using the following formula when flying any 062.02.05.02.03
glidepath angle: ROD ft/min = Speed factor (SF) x glidepath angle x 100.
(Moved from 062.02.05.02.03)
185 Given distance, speed and present altitude, calculate rate of climb/descent 061.05.02.02.06
in order to reach a certain position at a given altitude.
186 Given distance, speed and present altitude, calculate rate of climb/descent 061.05.02.03.02
in order to reach a certain position at a given altitude.
187 Given speed, rate of climb/descent and altitude, calculate distance 061.05.02.02.07
required in order to reach a position at a given altitude.
188 Given speed, rate of climb / descent and altitude, calculate distance 061.05.02.03.03
required in order to reach a certain position at a given altitude.
189 Given speed, distance to go and altitude to climb/descent, calculate rate of 061.05.02.02.08
climb/descent.
190
191
192
193 Define the term “visual check point”. 061.05.01.00.02

194 Discuss the general features of a visual checkpoint and give examples. 061.05.01.00.03
195 Understanding the difficulties and limitations that may be encountered in 061.05.01.00.10
map reading in some geographical areas due to nature of terrain, lack of
distinctive landmarks or lack of detailed and accurate charted data.
196
197 Understand that in areas of snow and ice from horizon to horizon and 061.05.01.00.14
where the sky is covered with a uniform layer of clouds so that no shadows
are cast, the horizon disappears, causing earth and sky to blend.
198
199
200
201 Describe what is meant by the term “map reading”. 061.05.01.00.01
202 Define the term “visual check point”. 061.05.01.00.02
203 Discuss the general features of a visual checkpoint and give examples. 061.05.01.00.03
204 State that evaluating the differences between DR positions and actual 061.05.01.00.04
position can refine the flight performance and navigation.
205 Establish fixes on navigational charts by plotting visually derived 061.05.01.00.05
intersecting lines of position.
206 Describe the use of a single observed position line to check flight progress. 061.05.01.00.06
207 Describe how to prepare and align a map/chart for use in visual navigation. 061.05.01.00.07
208 Describe visual navigation techniques including: 061.05.01.00.08
- Use of DR position to locate identifiable landmarks.
- Identification of charted features/landmarks.
- Factors affecting the selection of landmarks.
- An understanding of seasonal and meteorological effects on the
appearance and visibility of landmarks.
- Selection of suitable landmarks.
- Estimation of distance from landmarks from successive bearings.
- Estimation of the distance from a landmark using an approximation of the
sighting angle and the flight altitude.

209 Describe the action to be taken, if there is no visual checkpoint available at 061.05.01.00.09
a scheduled turning point.
210 Understanding the difficulties and limitations that may be encountered in 061.05.01.00.10
map reading in some geographical areas due to nature of terrain, lack of
distinctive landmarks or lack of detailed and accurate charted data.
211 State the function of contour lines on a topographical chart. 061.05.01.00.11
212 Indicate the role of “layer tinting” (colour gradient) in relation to the 061.05.01.00.12
depiction of topography on a chart.
213 Using the contours shown on a chart, describe the appearance of a 061.05.01.00.13
significant feature.
214 Establish fixes on navigational charts by plotting visually derived 061.05.01.00.05
intersecting lines of position.
215 Describe the use of a single observed position line to check flight progress. 061.05.01.00.06
216 Calculate the track error angle given course from A to B and an off course 061.05.03.02.01
fix, using the one in sixty rule.
217 Calculate the heading change at an off-course fix to directly reach the next 061.05.03.02.02
waypoint using the one in sixty rule.
218 Calculate the average drift angle based upon an off-course fix observation. 061.05.03.02.03
219
220 Describe course of action when lost. 061.04.04.02.01

221
222
223
224 Define a great circle in relation to the surface of a sphere. 061.01.02.01.06

225 Describe the geometric properties of a great circle, including vertex. 061.01.02.01.07
226 Define a small circle in relation to the surface of a sphere. 061.01.02.01.08
227

228

229 Name examples of great circles on the surface of the Earth. 061.01.02.04.07
230 Name examples of small circles on the surface of the Earth. 061.01.02.04.08
231
232 Explain the term convergency of meridians between two positions. 061.01.02.02.01

233 Explain how the value of convergency can be determined using calculation. 061.01.02.02.02

234 The formula to calculate convergency between two positions relatively 061.01.02.02.03
close to each other is: Convergency = Difference of longitude x sin (mean
latitude).
235 Calculate the value of convergency between two stated positions. 061.01.02.02.04

236
237
238 Define a Rhumb Line. A line which cuts all meridians at the same angle. 061.01.02.01.09
239 Define a rhumb line. A line intersecting all meridians at the same angle. 061.01.02.04.09
240 Explain the geometrical properties of a rhumb line. Parallels and meridians 061.01.02.04.10
are special cases of rhumb lines.
241 Define a Rhumb Line. A line which cuts all meridians at the same angle. 061.01.02.01.09

242 Define a rhumb line. A line intersecting all meridians at the same angle. 061.01.02.04.09
243
244
245 State that over short distances and out of polar regions the average great 061.01.02.02.06
circle true track is approximately equal to rhumb line true track between
two positions.
246
247 Explain that the difference between great circle track and rhumb line track 061.01.02.02.05
at a specified position is called conversion angle.
248 Explain how the value of conversion angle can be calculated as half the 061.01.02.02.07
value of convergency.
249 Calculate great circle track and rhumb line track angle at specified position 061.01.02.02.08
involving calculations of convergency and conversion angle.
250 Direct reading compass (DRC) 061.02.01.01.01
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.01)
251 Interpret the indications on a DRC, given an indication on the compass, 061.02.01.01.02
deviation or deviation table and variation.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.05)
252 State the pre-flight serviceability check of the DRC, such as: general 061.02.01.02.01
condition check indication is within limits.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.03.01.04)
253 State that the serviceability test consists of comparing the DRC indication 061.02.01.02.02
to another reference (e.g. other compass system or runway direction).
(Moved and merged into 022.03.03.01.04)
254 State that the compass should be checked when carrying magnetic freight 061.02.01.02.03
or freight with a large ferrous metal content.
255 State occurrences when a compass swing may be required: if transferred 061.02.01.03.01
to another base involving a large change in latitude. major changes in
aircraft equipment. aircraft hit by lightning. aircraft parked in same
direction for long period of time. when a new compass is fitted. at any time
when the compass or recorded deviation is suspect. when specified in the
aircraft maintenance schedule.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.02.01.02)

256
257
258
259 Define the term conformal. At any given point on the chart distortions (as a 061.03.01.00.01
result of the projection) in east-west direction must be the same as in
north-south direction. The meridians and parallels must cut each other at
right angles.

260 State that on a conformal chart the angles measured on the chart are the 061.03.01.00.02
same as on the Earth.
261
262 Define parallel of origin. The parallel where the projection surface touches 061.03.01.00.10
the surface of the reduced earth.
263 Define the term constant of cone/convergency factor. The ratio between 061.03.01.02.06
the top angle of the unfolded cone and 360°, or sine of the parallel of
origin.
264

265
266 Define the scale of a chart. The ratio of the chart length compared to the 061.03.01.00.06
earth distance that it represents.
267 Describe the methods used to provide information on chart scale. Use the 061.03.03.01.04
chart scales stated and be aware of the limitations of the stated scale for
each projection.
268 Use the scale of a chart to calculate particular distances. 061.03.01.00.07
269 Calculate scale given chart length and earth distance. 061.03.01.00.08
270
271
272 State that different chart projections are used, depending on the 061.03.01.00.03
application and area of use involved.
273 State that all charts, although they have been developed mathematically, 061.03.01.00.04
are designated as projections.
274 State that the following projection surfaces are used when projecting 061.03.01.00.05
charts: - plane - cylindrical - conical.
275
276 Define the term chart convergency. The angle between two given 061.03.01.00.09
meridians on the chart.
277 State that the Polar Stereographic projection is based on a plane 061.03.01.03.01
projection, the parallel of origin is the pole.
278 State that the scale is increasing with increasing distance from the Pole. 061.03.01.03.03
279 State that meridians are straight lines radiating from the pole, which cut 061.03.02.03.01
parallels of latitudes at right angles.
280 State that parallels of latitude are concentric circles, and distance apart 061.03.02.03.02
increasing away from the pole.
281 State that great circles are approximately straight lines close to the pole. 061.03.02.03.03
The exact great circle being concave to the pole.
282 State that chart convergency = difference of longitude. 061.03.01.03.02
283 Given two positions (lat/long), rhumb line true track or initial/final great 061.03.01.03.04
circle true track, calculate the missing track angles.
284 Calculate the chart scale at a specific latitude when difference of longitude 061.03.01.03.05
and chart distance along the parallel of longitude are given.
285
286 Define the term chart convergency. The angle between two given 061.03.01.00.09
meridians on the chart.
287 State that the Direct Mercator is a cylindrical projection. The parallel of 061.03.01.01.01
origin is the Equator.
288 State that the convergency on the chart is 0°. 061.03.01.01.02
289 State that the scale increases with increasing distance from the Equator. 061.03.01.01.03
290 State that meridians are straight parallel lines, which cut parallels of 061.03.02.01.01
latitudes at right angles.
291 State that parallels of latitude are straight lines parallel to the equator. 061.03.02.01.02
292 State that a straight line on the chart is a rhumb line. 061.03.02.01.03
293 State that the great circle is a line convex to the nearest pole. 061.03.02.01.04
294 State that on a Direct Mercator, scale at any latitude = scale at the Equator 061.03.01.01.04
x secant latitude (1/cosine latitude).
295 Given the scale at one latitude, calculate the scale at different latitudes. 061.03.01.01.05
296 Given a chart length at one atitude, show that it represents a different 061.03.01.01.06
earth distance at other latitudes.
297 For great circle track angle calculations over short distances, the 061.03.02.01.05
conversion angle may be calculated by the formula: Conversion angle = ½ x
difference of longitude x sin mean latitude.
298 Given rhumb line true track between two positions (lat/long), calculate 061.03.02.01.06
initial or final great circle true track.
299
300 Define the term chart convergency. The angle between two given 061.03.01.00.09
meridians on the chart.
301 State that the Lambert conformal chart is based on a conical projection. 061.03.01.02.01
Only Lambert conformal charts mathematically produced with two
standard parallels will be considered.
302 Define the term standard parallel. The latitudes where the cone cuts the 061.03.01.02.02
reduced earth.
303 State that at the parallel of origin earth convergency is equal to chart 061.03.01.02.03
convergency.
304 State that the parallel of origin is close to the mean latitude between the 061.03.01.02.04
standard parallels.
305 Define the term constant of cone/convergency factor. The ratio between 061.03.01.02.06
the top angle of the unfolded cone and 360°, or sine of the parallel of
origin.
306 Given a Lambert chart determine the parallel of origin, or constant of cone. 061.03.01.02.10
307 Given constant of cone or parallel of origin, great circle track at one 061.03.01.02.11
position and great circle track at another position, calculate difference of
longitude between the two positions.
308 State that meridians are straight lines, which cut parallels of latitudes at 061.03.02.02.01
right angles.
309 State that parallels of latitude are arcs of concentric circles. 061.03.02.02.02
310 State that great circles are curved lines concave towards the parallels of 061.03.02.02.03
origin.
311 State that for short distances the great circle is approximately a straight 061.03.02.02.04
line.
312 Chart convergency = Difference of longitude ´ constant of cone. 061.03.01.02.07
313 Explain the scale variation throughout the charts as follows: 061.03.01.02.05
- The scale indicated on the chart will be correct at the standard parallels.
- The scale will increase away from the parallel of origin.
- The scale within the standard parallels differs by less than 1% from the
scale stated on the chart.

314 Given appropriate data calculate initial, final or rhumb line tracks between 061.03.01.02.08
two positions (lat/long).
315 Given two positions (lat/long) and information to determine convergency 061.03.01.02.09
between the two positions, calculate the parallel of origin.
316 Given a Lambert chart determine the parallel of origin, or constant of cone. 061.03.01.02.10
317 Given constant of cone or parallel of origin, great circle track at one 061.03.01.02.11
position and great circle track at another position, calculate difference of
longitude between the two positions.
318
319
320 Describe methods of representing relief and demonstrate the ability to 061.03.03.02.01
interpret data.
321 Interpret conventional signs and symbols on ICAO and other most 061.03.03.03.01
frequently used charts.
322
323 Enter positions on a chart using geographical coordinates and derive tracks 061.03.03.01.02
and distances.
324 Given two positions measure the track and the distance between them. 061.03.03.04.01
325 Enter position on a chart using range and bearing from a VOR DME station, 061.03.03.01.01
and derive geographical coordinates.
326 Plot DME ranges on an aeronautical chart and derive geographical 061.03.03.01.03
coordinates.
327 Resolve radials from VOR stations for plotting on an aeronautical chart. 061.03.03.05.02
328 Explain that depending on the configuration, the combination of a DME 062.02.04.01.08
distance with a VOR radial can determine the position of the aircraft.
(Moved from 062.02.04.01.08)
329 Resolve bearings of a NDB station for plotting on an aeronautical chart. 061.03.03.05.01
330
331
332
333 Explain the principles of zone time. 061.01.03.01.01
334 Define and explain the term transit. Explain that transit means that a 061.01.03.01.03
celestial body crosses the observer’s meridian.
335 Define the term’s “apparent sun” and “mean sun” and state their 061.01.01.01.11
relationship.
336 Define the celestial equator. It is the projection of the Earth’s equator onto 061.01.01.01.12
the celestial sphere.
337 Define the term declination. Declination is the angular distance of a 061.01.01.01.13
celestial body north or south of the celestial equator.
338 State that the mean sun is conceived to move eastward along the celestial 061.01.01.01.14
equator at a rate that provides a uniform measure of time equal to the
average time reckoned from the true sun.
339 Explain that, because the Earth rotates on it’s axis from west to east, the 061.01.03.01.02
celestial bodies appear to revolve around the earth from east to west.
340 Explain that the time period a “day” is the elapsed time between two 061.01.03.01.04
successive transits of a heavenly body.
341 Explain that the term sidereal day is time measured with reference to a 061.01.03.01.05
fixed point on the celestial sphere.
342 State that, if the day is measured by the apparent passage of the sun the 061.01.03.01.06
length of a day will vary.
343 Explain the reason for the variation in the length of an apparent day, being 061.01.03.01.07
a combination of the variation in the earth orbital speed around the sun,
and the inclination of the earth rotation axis to the plane of the ecliptic.
344 Illustrate that, since both the direction of rotation of the Earth around its 061.01.03.01.08
axis, and its orbital rotation around the sun are the same, the Earth must
rotate through more than 360° to produce successive transits.
345 State that the period between two successive transits of the sun is called 061.01.03.01.09
an apparent solar day and that the time based on this is called apparent
time.
346 State that in order to have a constant measurement of time, which will still 061.01.03.01.10
have the solar day as a basis, the average length of an apparent solar day is
taken. This average day is called the mean solar day. It is divided into 24
hours of mean time.

347 State that the mean sun is a fictitious sun orbiting along the plane of the 061.01.03.01.11
equator at a constant angular velocity that provides a uniform measure of
time.
348 State that the time between two successive transits of the mean sun over 061.01.03.01.12
a meridian is constant.
349 State that time can also be measured in arc since, in one day of mean solar 061.01.03.01.16
time, the mean sun is imagined to travel in a complete circle round the
Earth, a motion of 360° in 24 hours.
350 Illustrate the relationship between time and arc along the equator. 061.01.03.01.17
351 State that the Greenwich meridian is selected as standard meridian, and 061.01.03.02.01
that LMT at the Greenwich meridian is equal to Greenwich mean time
(GMT).
352 State that UTC is based on atomic time and GMT on earth rotation but in 061.01.03.02.02
practice they are considered as the same.
353 State that the beginning of the local mean day at any location is when the 061.01.03.03.01
mean sun is in transit with the anti-meridian. This is known as midnight or
0000 hours LMT.
354 State that when the mean sun is in transit with the location’s meridian it is 061.01.03.03.02
noon or 1200 hours LMT.
355 State that the LMT at locations at different longitudes varies by an amount 061.01.03.03.03
corresponding to the change in longitude.
356 Explain that the difference between apparent time and mean time is 061.01.03.01.13
defined as the “equation of time”.
357 State that the time of orbital revolution of the Earth in one year around the 061.01.03.01.14
sun is approximately 365 ¼ calendar days.
358 State that the calendar year is 365 days and every 4th year a leap year with 061.01.03.01.15
366 days and 3 leap years are suppressed every 4 centuries.
359
360 Deduce conversion values for arc to time and visa-versa. 061.01.03.01.18
361 State that the conversion factor between LMT and UTC is Arc (Change of 061.01.03.02.03
longitude) converted to time.
362 Convert arc to time. 061.01.03.02.04
363 Convert time to arc. 061.01.03.02.05
364 Convert between UTC and LMT. 061.01.03.02.06
365 State that when calculating times, the date line is automatically taken into 061.01.03.05.05
account by doing all conversions via UTC.
366
367
368 State that standard time is the time used by a particular country (or part of 061.01.03.04.01
country) determined by the government of that particular country.
369 State that some countries use summer time (daylight saving time). 061.01.03.04.02
370 State that conversion from UTC to standard time and visa versa is usually 061.01.03.04.03
done using extracts from the air almanac published in appropriate
documents.
371 Given appropriate documents convert from UTC to ST of a specific country 061.01.03.04.04
and from ST of a specific country to UTC.
372
373 Explain the effect on the LMT when approaching the 180° meridian line 061.01.03.05.01
from either side.
374 State that the dateline does not follow exactly the 180° E/W meridian. 061.01.03.05.02
375 Explain that when crossing the anti-meridian of Greenwich, one day is lost 061.01.03.05.03
or gained depending on direction of travel.
376 State that the date line is the actual place where the change is made and, 061.01.03.05.04
although mainly at the 180° meridian, there are some slight divergences in
order to avoid countries being divided by the date line.
377 State that when calculating times, the date line is automatically taken into 061.01.03.05.05
account by doing all conversions via UTC.
378 Calculate conversions of LMT and GMT/UTC and ST for cases involving the 061.01.03.05.06
international date line.
379
380
381 State that SR or SS is when the sun’s upper edge is at the observer’s 061.01.03.06.01
horizon. State how atmospheric refraction affects this apparent sighting.
382 State that the times for SR and SS given in the air almanac are calculated 061.01.03.06.04
for the Greenwich meridian.
383 State that SR and SS times are tabulated against specified dates and 061.01.03.06.08
latitudes.
384 Calculate examples of SR and SS at mean sea level in LMT, ST or UTC, given 061.01.03.06.10
SR and SS tables, latitudes and longitude of the place in question and the
date.
385 Given sunrise or sunset time in UTC or ST for a given position, calculate 061.01.03.06.11
sunrise or sunset for another position on the same latitude in UTC or ST.
386 Explain the meaning of the term twilight. 061.01.03.06.12
387 Define duration of evening civil twilight, The time from sunset to the time 061.01.03.06.13
when the centre of the sun is 6° below the horizon.
388 Define the duration of morning civil twilight. The time from when the 061.01.03.06.14
centre of the sun is 6° below the horizon to the time of sunrise.
389 State that the beginning of morning civil twilight and the end of evening 061.01.03.06.15
civil twilight has been tabulated in UTC, valid for the prime meridian, with
latitude and date as the entering argument. It may be taken to be LMT for
any other meridian.

390 Calculate examples of twilight in UTC and ST given a twilight table, latitude 061.01.03.06.16
and longitude of the place in question and the date.
391 Determine the duration of morning and evening civil twilight. 061.01.03.06.17
392 Define the polar circles, the tropic of Cancer and the tropic of Capricorn. 061.01.01.01.15

393 Explain summer and winter solstice. 061.01.01.01.16

394 Explain the terms spring and autumn equinox. 061.01.01.01.17
395 Explain the relationship between the declination of the sun, latitude and 061.01.01.01.19
the period of daylight.
396 Illustrate the position of the Earth relative to the Sun with respect to the 061.01.01.01.21
seasons and months of the year.
397 Explain that SR and SS occur at different times on the same meridian 061.01.03.06.02
depending on the latitude for a given day.
398 Explain that SR will occur earlier and SS occurs later with increase in 061.01.03.06.03
altitude.
399 Explain that at the spring and autumn equinox SR and SS occurs 061.01.03.06.05
approximately at the same time at all latitudes.
400 State that, except in high latitudes, the times of SR and SS at any place 061.01.03.06.06
changes only a little each day. So for all places of the same latitude, SR or
SS will occur at approximately the same LMT.
401 State that at equator SR is always close to 0600 LMT and SS close to 1800 061.01.03.06.09
LMT (within 15 minutes).
402 Explain the effect of declination and latitude on the duration of twilight. 061.01.03.06.18
403 Explain at which time of the year the duration of daylight changes at the 061.01.01.01.18
highest rate.
any cases, tems previously covered under several "old" Learning Objectives (LOs) have been merged into a single "new" LO. Also, all the
xcluding the use of purplefor LO movements within the subject. Cross-references between the "old" and "new" LOs are always provide

New syllabus Moved to/from

reference another subject

061.00.00.00
061.01.00.00
061.01.01.00
061.01.01.01
061.01.01.01.01

061.01.01.01.02

061.01.01.01.03

061.01.01.02

061.01.01.02.01

061.01.01.02.01

061.01.01.02.01

061.01.01.02.01

061.01.01.02.02
061.01.01.02.02

061.01.01.03
061.01.02.00
061.01.02.01
061.01.02.01.01

061.01.02.01.02

061.01.02.01.02

061.01.02.01.03

061.01.02.01.04

061.01.02.01.04
061.01.02.01.04
061.01.02.01.04

061.01.02.01.04

061.01.02.01.05
061.01.03.00
061.01.03.01
061.01.03.01.01

061.01.03.01.02

061.01.03.01.02

022.03.01.01.04 Moved to subject

022

061.01.03.01.03
061.01.03.01.04

061.01.03.01.04
061.01.03.01.04
061.01.03.01.04
061.01.03.01.05

022.03.01.01.03 Moved to subject

022

022.03.01.01.04 Moved to subject

022

022.03.02.01.03 Moved to subject

022

061.01.03.01.06

061.01.03.01.07

061.01.03.01.07
061.01.03.01.07
022.03.02.01.02 Moved to subject
022

061.01.03.02
061.01.03.02.01
061.01.03.02.02

061.01.03.02.03

061.01.03.02.04
061.01.03.02.05

061.01.03.02.06
061.01.04.00
061.01.04.01
061.01.04.01.01

061.01.04.01.01
061.01.04.01.02

061.01.04.02
061.01.04.02.01

061.01.04.02.01

061.01.04.02.01
061.01.04.02.01

061.01.04.03
061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.03.01
061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.03.01

061.01.04.04
061.01.04.04.01
061.01.04.04.02 Moved from
subject 032

061.01.05.00
061.01.05.01
061.01.05.01.01

061.01.05.01.01

061.01.05.01.01
061.01.05.01.01
061.01.05.01.01
061.01.05.02
061.01.05.02.01
061.01.05.02.01
061.01.05.03
061.01.05.03.01

061.01.05.03.02

061.01.05.04
061.01.05.04.01

061.01.05.04.02
061.01.05.04.03
061.01.05.04.04

061.01.05.04.05
061.01.05.04.05
061.01.05.04.05
061.01.05.04.05
061.01.05.04.05
061.01.05.04.05

061.01.05.04.06
061.01.05.04.07

061.01.05.05

061.01.05.05.01
 061.01.05.06

061.01.05.06.01

061.01.05.06.02

061.01.05.06.03

061.01.05.06.04

061.01.06.00
061.01.06.01
061.01.06.01.01

061.01.06.01.01

061.01.06.02
061.01.06.02.01

061.01.06.02.01
061.01.06.02.01

061.01.06.02.01
061.01.06.02.01
061.01.06.02.01
061.01.06.02.01

061.01.06.02.01

061.01.06.02.01
061.01.07.00
061.01.07.01
061.01.07.01.01
061.01.07.01.01
061.01.07.01.02
061.01.07.01.03

061.01.07.01.04

061.01.08.00
061.01.08.01
061.01.08.01.01

061.01.08.01.02

061.01.08.02
061.01.08.02.01

061.01.08.02.02

061.01.08.02.03

061.01.08.03
061.01.08.03.01

061.01.08.03.02

061.01.08.03.02

061.01.08.03.02 Moved from

subject 062

061.01.08.03.02 Moved from

subject 062

061.01.08.03.03

061.01.08.03.03
061.01.08.03.04

061.01.08.03.04

061.01.08.03.05

061.02.00.00
061.02.01.00
061.02.01.01
061.02.01.01.01

061.02.01.01.01
061.02.01.01.01

061.02.01.02
061.02.01.02.01

061.02.01.02.02
061.02.02.00
061.02.02.01
061.02.02.01.01
061.02.02.01.02
061.02.02.01.03
061.02.02.01.04

061.02.02.01.05

061.02.02.01.06
061.02.02.01.07
061.02.02.01.08

061.02.02.01.09

061.02.02.01.10

061.02.02.01.11
061.02.02.01.12
061.02.02.01.13

061.02.02.01.14

061.02.02.01.14
061.02.02.01.14

061.02.02.01.14

061.02.02.01.14
061.02.02.02
061.02.02.02.01

061.03.00.00
061.03.01.00
061.03.01.01
061.03.01.01.01

061.03.01.01.01
061.03.01.01.01
061.03.01.01.02

061.03.01.01.03

061.03.01.01.04

061.03.01.02
061.03.01.02.01

061.03.01.02.02

061.03.01.02.02

061.03.01.02.03

061.03.02.00
061.03.02.01
061.03.02.01.01
061.03.02.01.01
061.03.02.01.01

061.03.02.01.02

061.03.02.01.02
061.03.03.00
061.03.03.01
061.03.03.01.01

061.03.03.02
061.03.03.02.01

061.03.03.02.01

061.03.03.02.01

022.03.01.01.01 Moved to subject

022
022.03.01.01.05 Moved to subject
022

022.03.03.01.04 Moved to subject

022

022.03.03.01.04 Moved to subject

022

022.03.02.01.02 Moved to subject

022

061.04.00.00
061.04.01.00
061.04.01.01
061.04.01.01.01

061.04.01.01.01

061.04.01.02
061.04.01.02.01

061.04.01.02.01

061.04.01.02.02

061.04.01.03
061.04.01.03.01

061.04.01.03.01

061.04.01.03.02
061.04.01.03.02
061.04.02.00
 061.04.02.01
061.04.02.01.01

061.04.02.01.01

061.04.02.01.01

061.04.02.02
061.04.02.02.01

061.04.02.02.01

061.04.02.02.01
061.04.02.02.01

061.04.02.02.01

061.04.02.02.01

061.04.02.02.02

061.04.02.03
061.04.02.03.01

061.04.02.03.01

061.04.02.03.01
061.04.02.03.01
061.04.02.03.01

061.04.02.03.01
061.04.02.03.01
061.04.02.03.01

061.04.02.03.02
061.04.02.03.03

061.04.02.04
061.04.02.04.01
061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01
061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01
061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.01

061.04.02.04.02
061.04.02.04.03

061.04.02.04.04

061.04.02.04.05

061.04.02.04.06
061.04.02.04.07

061.04.03.00
061.04.03.01
061.04.03.01.01

061.04.03.01.01

061.04.03.02
061.04.03.02.01

061.04.03.02.01
061.04.03.02.02

061.04.03.02.02
061.04.03.02.02
061.04.03.02.02 Moved from
subject 062

061.04.03.02.03
061.05.00.00
061.05.01.00
061.05.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01
061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.01.01

061.05.01.02
061.05.01.02.01
061.05.01.02.01

061.05.01.02.01
061.05.01.02.01
061.05.01.02.01
061.05.01.02.01

061.05.02.00
061.05.02.01
061.05.02.01.01

061.05.02.01.01
061.05.02.01.01

061.05.02.01.01

061.05.02.02
061.05.02.02.01

061.05.02.02.01
061.05.02.02.01

061.05.02.02.01

061.05.02.02.01

061.05.02.02.01

061.05.03.00
 061.05.03.01
061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01
061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01

061.05.03.01.01
061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02
061.05.03.01.02
061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02

061.05.03.01.02
061.05.03.01.03
r several "old" Learning Objectives (LOs) have been merged into a single "new" LO. Also, all the LOs have been re-numbered. Given the
ents within the subject. Cross-references between the "old" and "new" LOs are always provided in columns C and D.

New syllabus details

Reworded, intent
Text unmodified
Renumbered

the same
Deleted
New
GENERAL NAVIGATION
BASICS OF NAVIGATION
The Earth
Form
State that the geoid is an irregular shape based on the surface of the x
oceans influenced only by gravity and centrifugal force.
State that a number of different ellipsoids are used to describe the shape x
of the Earth for mapping but that WGS-84 is the reference ellipsoid
required for geographical coordinates.
State that the circumference of the Earth is approximately 40 000 km or x
approximately 21 600 NM.

Earth rotation
x

x
x
Describe the rotation of the Earth around its own spin axis and the plane of x
the ecliptic (including the relationship of the spin axis to the plane of the
ecliptic).
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Explain the effect that the inclination of the Earth’s spin axis has on x
insolation and duration of daylight.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Earth rotation
Position
Position reference system
State that geodetic latitude and longitude is used to define a position on x
the WGS-84 ellipsoid.
x

Define geographic (geodetic) latitude and parallels of latitude. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Calculate the difference in latitude between any two given positions. x x

x
Define geographic (geodetic) longitude and meridians. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Calculate the difference in longitude between any two given positions. x x

Direction
Datums
Define ‘true north’ (TN). x

Measure a true direction on any given aeronautical chart. x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Define ‘magnetic north’ (MN). x

Define and apply variation. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
x
 x

Explain changes of variation with time and position. x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Define ‘compass north’ (CN). x

Apply deviation. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Track and heading

Calculate XWC by: trigonometry; and MDR. x
Explain and apply the concepts of drift and WCA. x

Calculate the actual track with appropriate data of heading and drift. x

Calculate TKE with appropriate data of WCA and drift. x

Calculate the heading change at an off-course fix to directly reach the next x x
waypoint using the 1:60 rule.
Calculate the average drift angle based upon an off-course fix observation. x x
Distance
WGS-84 ellipsoid
State that 1 NM is equal to 1.852 km, which is the average distance of 1' of x x
latitude change on the WGS-84 ellipsoid.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
State that 1' of longitude change at the equator on the WGS-84 ellipsoid is x x
approximately equal to 1 NM.
Units
Convert between units of distance (nautical mile (NM), kilometre (km), x
statute mile (SM), feet (ft), inches (in)).
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
x
x

Graticule distances
Calculate the distance between positions on the same meridian, on x
opposite (antipodal) meridians, on the same parallel of latitude, and
calculate new latitude/longitude when given distances north-south and
east-west.

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Air mile
Evaluate the effect of wind and altitude on air distance. x
Convert between ground distance (NM) and air distance (NAM) using the x
formula: NAM = NM × TAS/GS.

Speed
True airspeed (TAS)
Calculate TAS from CAS, and CAS from TAS by: mechanical computer; and x
rule of thumb (2 per cent per 1 000 ft).
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Mach number (M)
Calculate TAS from M, and M from TAS. x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
CAS/TAS/M relationship
Deduce the CAS, TAS and M relationship in climb/descent/cruise (flying at x
constant CAS or M).
Deduce CAS and TAS in climb/descent/cruise (flying at constant CAS). x

Ground speed (GS)

Calculate headwind component (HWC) and tailwind component (TWC) by: x
trigonometry; and MDR.
Apply HWC and TWC to determine GS from TAS and vice versa. x
Explain the relationship between GS and TAS with increasing WCA. x
Calculate GS with: mechanical computer (TOV solution); and MDR (given x
track, TAS and WV).
Perform GS, distance and time calculations. x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Calculate revised GS to reach a waypoint at a specific time. x x

Calculate the average GS based on two observed fixes. x x
x

Flight log
x
Enter revised navigational en-route data, for the legs concerned, into the x x
flight plan (e.g. updated wind and GS and correspondingly losses or gains in
time and fuel consumption).
x

x
 x

x
x

Gradient versus rate of climb/descent

x
Estimate average climb/descent gradient (per cent) or glide path degrees x
according to the following rule of thumb:
Gradient in degrees = (vertical distance (ft) / 100) / ground distance (NM))
Gradient in % = (vertical distance (ft) / 60) / ground distance (NM))
Gradient in degrees = arctan (altitude difference (ft) / ground distance (ft)).
N.B. These rules of thumb approximate 1 NM to 6 000 ft and are based on
the 1:60 rule.

Calculate rate of descent (ROD) on a given glide-path angle or gradient x

using the following rule of thumb formulae: ROD (ft/min) = GP° × GS
(NM/min) × 100
ROD (ft/min) = GP % × GS (kt)

Calculate climb/descent gradient (ft/NM, % and degrees), GS or vertical x x

speed according to the following formula:
Vertical speed (ft/min) = (GS (kt) × gradient (ft/NM)) / 60.
State that it is necessary to determine the position of the aircraft x x
accurately before commencing descent in order to ensure safe ground
clearance.
Triangle of velocities (TOV)
Construction
Draw and correctly label the TOV. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Solutions
Resolve the TOV for: heading and GS (with mechanical computer and x
MDR); WV (with mechanical computer); and track and GS (with mechanical
computer and MDR).
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Dead reckoning (DR)
Dead reckoning (DR) technique
Determine a DR position. x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Evaluate the difference between a DR and a fix position. x
Define ‘speed factor’ (SF). Speed divided by 60, used for mental flight-path x x
calculations.
Calculate wind correction angle (WCA) using the formula: WCA = XWC x x
(crosswind component)/SF.
Navigation in climb and descent
Average airspeed
Average TAS used for climb problems is calculated at the altitude 2/3 of x x
the cruising altitude.
Average TAS used for descent problems is calculated at the altitude 1/2 of x x
the descent altitude.
Average wind velocity (WV)
WV used for climb problems is the WV at the altitude 2/3 of the cruising x x
altitude.
WV used for descent problems is the WV at the altitude 1/2 of the descent x x
altitude.
Calculate the average climb/descent GS from given TAS at various x x
altitudes, and WV at various altitudes and true track.
Ground speed (GS)/distance covered during climb or descent
State that most aircraft operating handbooks supply graphical material to x x
calculate climb and descent problems.
Calculate the flying time and distance during climb/descent from given x x
average rate of climb/descent and using average GS using the following
formulae valid for a 3°-glide path:
rate of descent = (GS × 10) / 2
rate of descent = speed factor (SF) × glide-path angle × 100

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Given distance, speed and present altitude, calculate the rate of x x

climb/descent in order to reach a certain position at a given altitude.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Given speed, rate of climb/descent and altitude, calculate the distance x x
required in order to reach a certain position at a given altitude.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Given speed, distance to go and altitude to climb/descent, calculate the x x

rate of climb/descent.
VISUAL FLIGHT RULE (VFR) NAVIGATION
Ground features
Ground features
Recognise which elements would make a ground feature suitable for use x
for VFR navigation.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Visual identification
Describe the problems of VFR navigation at lower levels and the causes of x
reduced visibility.

Describe the problems of VFR navigation at night. x

VFR navigation techniques
Use of visual observations and application to in-flight navigation
Describe what is meant by the term ‘map reading’. x x
Define the term ‘visual checkpoint’. x x
Discuss the general features of a visual checkpoint and give examples. x x
State that the evaluation of the differences between DR positions and x x
actual position can refine flight performance and navigation.
Establish fixes on navigational charts by plotting visually derived x x
intersecting lines of position.
Describe the use of a single observed position line to check flight progress. x x
Describe how to prepare and align a map/chart for use in visual navigation. x x
Describe visual-navigation techniques including: x x
- use of DR position to locate identifiable landmarks;
- identification of charted features/landmarks;
- factors affecting the selection of landmarks;
- an understanding of seasonal and meteorological effects on the
appearance and visibility of landmarks;
- selection of suitable landmarks;
- estimation of distance from landmarks from successive bearings;
- estimation of the distance from a landmark using an approximation of the
sighting angle and the flight altitude.

Describe the action to be taken if there is no visual checkpoint available at x x

a scheduled turning point.
Understand the difficulties and limitations that may be encountered in x x
map reading in some geographical areas due to the nature of terrain, lack
of distinctive landmarks, or lack of detailed and accurate charted data.
State the function of contour lines on a topographical chart. x x
Indicate the role of ‘layer tinting’ (colour gradient) in relation to the x x
depiction of topography on a chart.
Using the contours shown on a chart, describe the appearance of a x x
significant feature.
Apply the techniques of DR, map reading, orientation, timing and revision x
of ETAs and headings.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Unplanned events
Explain what needs to be considered in case of diversion, when unsure of x
position and when lost.
GREAT CIRCLES AND RHUMB LINES
Great circles
Properties
Describe the geometric properties of a great circle (including the vertex) x x
and a small circle.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Describe the geometric properties of a great circle and a small circle, up to x
30° difference of longitude.
Explain why a great-circle route is the shortest distance between any two x
positions on the Earth.
Name examples of great circles on the surface of the Earth. x x
x
Convergence
Explain why the track direction of a great-circle route (other than following x
a meridian or the equator) changes.
State the formula used to approximate the value of Earth convergence as x x
change of longitude × sine mean latitude.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Calculate the approximate value of Earth convergence between any two x

positions, up to 30 ° difference of longitude.
Rhumb lines
Properties
Describe the geometric properties of a rhumb line. x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

State that a rhumb-line route is not the shortest distance between any two x
positions on the Earth (excluding meridians and equator).
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Relationship
Distances
Explain that the variation in distance of the great-circle route and rhumb- x
line route between any two positions increases with increasing latitude or
change in longitude.
Conversion angle
Calculate and apply the conversion angle. x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

Covered in subject 022 in the given LO reference x

CHARTS
Chart requirements
ICAO Annex 4 ‘Aeronautical Charts’
State the requirement for conformality and for a straight line to x x
approximate a great circle.

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Convergence
Explain and calculate the constant of the cone (sine of parallel of origin). x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Explain the relationship between Earth and chart convergence with respect x
to the ICAO requirement for a straight line to approximate a great circle.
Scale
Recognise methods of representing scale on aeronautical charts. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Perform scale calculations based on typical en-route chart scales. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Projections
Methods of projection
Identify azimuthal, cylindrical and conical projections. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Polar stereographic
State the properties of a polar stereographic projection. x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Calculate straight line track changes on a polar stereographic chart. x

x

Direct Mercator
State the properties of a direct Mercator projection. x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
x

Given the scale at one latitude, calculate the scale at different latitudes. x x
Given a chart length at one latitude, show that it represents a different x x
Earth distance at other latitudes.
x

Lambert
State the properties of a Lambert projection. x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Calculate straight line track changes on a Lambert chart. x

Explain the scale variation throughout the charts as follows: x x
- the scale indicated on the chart will be correct at the standard parallels;
- the scale will increase away from the parallel of origin;
- the scale within the standard parallels differs by less than 1 % from the
scale stated on the chart.

Given appropriate data, calculate initial, final or rhumb-line tracks between x x

two positions (lat./long.).
Given two positions (lat./long.) and information to determine convergency x x
between the two positions, calculate the parallel of origin.
Given a Lambert chart, determine the parallel of origin, or constant of x x
cone.
Given constant of cone or parallel of origin, great-circle track at one x x
position and great-circle track at another position, calculate the difference
of longitude between the two positions.
Practical use
Symbology
Recognise ICAO Annex 4 symbology. x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Plotting
Measure tracks and distances on VFR and IFR en-route charts. x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Fix the aircraft position on an en-route chart with information from VOR x x
and DME equipment.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Resolve bearings of an NDB station for plotting on an aeronautical chart. x x

Time
Local Mean Time (LMT)
Mean solar day
x
x

Explain the concepts of a mean solar day and LMT. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Local Mean Time (LMT) and Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)

Perform LMT and UTC calculations. x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Standard time
Standard time and daylight saving time
Explain and apply the concept of standard time and daylight saving time, x
and perform standard time and daylight saving time calculations.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

International Date Line

State the changes when crossing the International Date Line. x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Sunrise and sunset

Sunrise and sunset times
Define sunrise, sunset, and civil twilight, and extract times from a suitable x
source (e.g. an almanac).
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Explain the changes to sunrise, sunset, and civil twilight times with date, x
latitude and altitude.
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x
Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x

Multiple old LOs are merged into one single new LO. See details above x x
Explain at which time of the year the duration of daylight changes at the x x
highest rate.
en re-numbered. Given the extent of the changes, a
C and D.

Basic Knowledge
Reworded, intent

ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR
modified

CBIR, EIR
ATPL(A)

IR(A/H)
CPL(H)
CPL(A)

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x

x x
x x
x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x

x x

x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
 x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus
Index reference

1 RADIO NAVIGATION 062.00.00.00

2 BASIC RADIO PROPAGATION THEORY 062.01.00.00
3 Basic principles 062.01.01.00
4 Electromagnetic waves 062.01.01 01
5 State that radio waves travel at the speed of light, being approximately 062.01.01.01.01
300,000 km/s or 162,000 NM/s.
6 Define a cycle. A complete series of values of a periodical process. 062.01.01.01.02
7 Define Hertz. One Hertz is one cycle per second. 062.01.01.01.03
8 Frequency, wavelength, amplitude, phase angle 062.01.01.02
9 Define frequency. The number of cycles occurring in one second in a radio 062.01.01.02.01
wave expressed in Hertz (Hz).
10 Define wavelength. The physical distance travelled by a radio wave during one 062.01.01.02.02
cycle of transmission.
11 Define amplitude. The maximum deflection in an oscillation or wave. 062.01.01.02.03
12 State that the relationship between wavelength and frequency is: wavelength 062.01.01.02.04
(λ) = speed of light (c) / frequency (f) or λ (meters) = 300 000 / kHz.
13 Define phase. The fraction of one wavelength expressed in degrees from 000° 062.01.01.02.05
to 360°.
14 Define phase difference/shift. The angular difference between the 062.01.01.02.06
corresponding points of two cycles of equal wavelength, which is measurable
in degrees.
15 Frequency bands, sidebands, single sideband 062.01.01.03
16 List the bands of the frequency spectrum for electromagnetic waves: Very Low 062.01.01.03.01
Frequency (VLF); 3 – 30 kHz Low Frequency (LF); 30 – 300 kHz Medium
frequency (MF); 300 – 3000 kHz High frequency (HF); 3 – 30 MHz Very high
frequency (VHF); 30 – 300 MHz Ultra high frequency (UHF); 300 – 3000 MHz
Super high frequency (SHF); 3 – 30 GHz Extremely high frequency (EHF) 30 –
300 GHz.

17 State that when a carrier wave is modulated, the resultant radiation consists 062.01.01.03.02
of the carrier frequency plus additional upper and lower sidebands.
18 State that HF Volmet, and HF two-way communication use a single sideband. 062.01.01.03.03

19 State that a radio signal may be classified by three symbols in accordance with 062.01.01.03.04
the ITU Radio Regulation vol.1: e.g. A1A - First symbol indicates the type of
modulation of the main carrier - Second symbol indicates the nature of the
signal modulating the main carrier - Third symbol indicates the nature of the
information to be transmitted.

20 Pulse characteristics 062.01.01.04

21 Define the following terms as associated with a pulse string: - Pulse length - 062.01.01.04.01
Pulse power - Continuous power.
22 Carrier, modulation 062.01.01.05
23 Define carrier wave. The radio wave acting as the carrier or transporter. 062.01.01.05.01
24 Define keying. Interrupting the carrier wave to break it into dots and dashes. 062.01.01.05.02
25 Define modulation. The technical term for the process of impressing and 062.01.01.05.03
transporting information by radio waves.
26 Kinds of modulation (amplitude, frequency, pulse, phase) 062.01.01.06
27 Define amplitude modulation. The information is impressed onto the carrier 062.01.01.06.01
wave by altering the amplitude of the carrier.
28 Define frequency modulation. The information is impressed onto the carrier 062.01.01.06.02
wave by altering the frequency of the carrier.
29 Describe pulse modulation. A modulation form used in radar, by transmitting 062.01.01.06.03
short pulses followed by larger interruptions.
30 Describe phase modulation. A modulation form used in GPS where the phase 062.01.01.06.04
of the carrier wave is reversed.
31 Antennas 062.01.02.00
32 Characteristics 062.01.02.01
33 Define antenna. A wave type transducer for the process of converting a line AC 062.01.02.01.01
into a free electromagnetic wave.
34 State that the simplest type of antenna is a dipole which is a wire of length 062.01.02.01.02
equal to one half of the wavelength.
35 State that in a wire which is fed with an AC (alternating current), some of the 062.01.02.01.03
power will radiate into space.
36 State that in a wire parallel to the wire fed with an AC but remote from it, an 062.01.02.01.04
AC will be induced.
37 State that an electromagnetic wave always consists of an oscillating electric (E) 062.01.02.01.05
and an oscillating magnetic (H) field which propagates at the speed of light.
38 State that the (E) and (H) fields are perpendicular to each other. The 062.01.02.01.06
oscillations are perpendicular to the propagation direction and are in phase.
39 State that the electric field is parallel to the wire and the magnetic field is 062.01.02.01.07
perpendicular to it.
40 Polarisation 062.01.02.02
41 State that the polarisation of an electromagnetic wave describes the 062.01.02.02.01
orientation of the plane of oscillation of the electrical component of the wave
with regard to its direction of propagation.
42 State that in Linear Polarisation the plane of oscillation is fixed in space 062.01.02.02.02
whereas in Circular (eliptical) polarisation, the plane is rotating.
43 Explain the difference between horizontal and vertical polarisation in the 062.01.02.02.03
dependence of the alignment of the dipole.
44 Types of antennas 062.01.02.03
45 List and describe the common different kinds of directional antennas: - Loop 062.01.02.03.01
antenna used in old ADF receivers; - Parabolic antenna used in weather radars;
- Slotted planar array used in more modern weather radars; - Helical antenna
used in GPS transmitters.

46
47
48 Wave propagation 062.01.03.00
49 Structure of the ionosphere and its effect on radio waves 062.01.03.01
50 State that the ionosphere is the ionized component of the Earth's upper 062.01.03.01.01
atmosphere from 60 to 400 km above the surface, which is vertically
structured in three regions or layers.
51 State that the layers in the ionosphere are named D, E and F layers and their 062.01.03.01.02
depth varies with time.
52 State that electromagnetic waves refracted from the E and F layers of the 062.01.03.01.03
ionosphere are called sky waves.
53
54 Ground waves 062.01.03.02
55 Define ground or surface waves. The electromagnetic waves travelling along 062.01.03.02.01
the surface of the Earth.
56 Space waves 062.01.03.03
57 Define space waves. The electromagnetic waves travelling through the air 062.01.03.03.01
directly from the transmitter to the receiver.
58 Propagation with the frequency bands 062.01.03.04
59 State that radio waves in VHF, UHF, SHF and EHF propagate as space waves. 062.01.03.04.01
60 State that radio waves in VLF, LF, MF and HF propagate as surface/ground 062.01.03.04.02
waves and sky waves.
61 Doppler principle 062.01.03.05
62 State that Doppler effect is the phenomena that the frequency of an 062.01.03.05.01
electromagnetic wave will increase or decrease if there is relative motion
between the transmitter and the receiver.
63 State that the frequency will increase if the transmitter and receiver are 062.01.03.05.02
converging and will decrease if they are diverging.
64 Factors affecting propagation 062.01.03.06
65 Define Skip Distance. The distance between the transmitter and the point on 062.01.03.06.01
the surface of the earth where the first sky return arrives.
66 State that skip zone/dead space is the distance between the limit of the 062.01.03.06.02
surface wave and the sky wave.
67 Describe Fading. When a receiver picks up the sky signal and the surface 062.01.03.06.03
signal, the signals will interfere with each other causing the signals to be
cancelled out.
68 State that radio waves in the VHF band and above are limited in range as they 062.01.03.06.04
are not reflected by the ionosphere and do not have a surface wave.
69 Describe the physical phenomena reflection, refraction, diffraction, absorption 062.01.03.06.05
and interference.
70

71 RADIO AIDS 062.02.00 00

72 Ground D/F 062.02.01.00
73 Principles 062.02.01.01
74 Describe the use of a Ground Direction Finder. 062.02.01.01.01
75 Explain why the service provided is subdivided as: - VHF direction finding (VDF) 062.02.01.01.02
- UHF direction finding (UDF).
76 Explain the limitation of range because of the path of the VHF signal. 062.02.01.01.03
77 Describe the operation of the VDF in the following general terms: - Radio 062.02.01.01.04
waves emitted by the radio telephony (R/T) equipment of the aircraft - Special
directional antenna - Determination of the direction of the incoming signal -
ATC display.

78 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.01.02

79 Define the term QDM. The magnetic bearing to the station. 062.02.01.02.01
80 Define the term QDR. The magnetic bearing from the station. 062.02.01.02.02
81 Define the term QUJ. The true bearing to the station. 062.02.01.02.03
82 Define the term QTE. The true bearing from the station. 062.02.01.02.04
83 Explain that by using more than one ground station, the position of an aircraft 062.02.01.02.05
can be determined and transmitted to the pilot.
84 Coverage and range 062.02.01.03
85 Use the formula: 1.23 x √transmitter height in feet + 1.23 x √receiver height in 062.02.01.03.01
feet, to calculate the range in NM.
86 Calculate the range using the formula: 1.23 x √transmitter height in feet + 1.23 062.02.03.03.02
x √receiver height in feet.
(Moved from 062.02.03.03.02)
87 Errors and accuracy 062.02.01.04
88 Explain why synchronous transmissions will cause errors. 062.02.01.04.01
89 Describe the effect of multipath signals. 062.02.01.04.02
90 Explain that VDF information is divided into the following classes according to 062.02.01.04.03
ICAO Annex 10: - Class A. Accurate to within ± 2° - Class B. Accurate to within ±
5° - Class C. Accurate to within ± 10° - Class D. Accurate to less than class C.

91 NDB / ADF 062.02.02.00

92 Principles 062.02.02.01
93 Define the abbreviation NDB. Non Directional Beacon. 062.02.02.01.01
94 Define the abbreviation ADF Automatic Direction Finder. 062.02.02.01.02
95 State that the NDB is the ground part of the system. 062.02.02.01.03
96 State that the ADF is the airborne part of the system. 062.02.02.01.04
97 State that NDB operates in the LF and MF frequency bands. 062.02.02.01.05
98 The frequency band assigned to aeronautical NDBs according to ICAO Annex 062.02.02.01.06
10 is 190 – 1750 kHz.
99 Define a locator beacon. An LF/MF NDB used as an aid to final approach 062.02.02.01.07
usually with a range, according to ICAO annex 10, of 10-25 NM.
100 Explain the difference between NDBs and locator beacons. 062.02.02.01.08
101 Explain which beacons transmit signals suitable for use by an ADF. 062.02.02.01.09
102 State that certain commercial radio stations transmit within the frequency 062.02.02.01.10
band of the NDB.
103 Explain why it is necessary to use a directionally sensitive receiver antenna 062.02.02.01.11
system in order to obtain the direction of the incoming radio wave.
104

105 Describe the use of NDBs for navigation. 062.02.02.01.12

106 Describe the procedure to identify an NDB station. 062.02.02.01.13
107 Interpret the term “cone of silence” in respect of an NDB. 062.02.02.01.14
108 State that an NDB station emits a N0N/A1A or a NON/A2A signal. 062.02.02.01.15
109 State the function of the BFO (Beat Frequency Oscillator). 062.02.02.01.16
110 State that in order to identify a NON/A1A NDB, the BFO circuit of the receiver 062.02.02.01.17
has to be activated.
111 State that the NDB emitting NON/A1A gives rise to erratic indications of the 062.02.02.01.18
bearing while the station is identifying.
112 Explain that on modern aircraft the BFO is activated automatically. 062.02.02.01.19
113 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.02 02
114 Name the types of indicator in common use: - Electronic navigation display; - 062.02.02.02.01
Radio Magnetic Indicator RMI; - Fixed card ADF (radio compass); - Moving card
ADF.
115 Describe the indications given on RMI, fixed card and moving card ADF 062.02.02.02.02
displays.
116 Given a display interpret the relevant ADF information. 062.02.02.02.03
117 Calculate the true bearing from the compass heading and relative bearing. 062.02.02.02.04
118 Convert the compass bearing into magnetic bearing and true bearing. 062.02.02.02.05
119 Describe how to fly the following in-flight ADF procedures according to DOC 062.02.02.02.06
8168 Vol.1: - Homing and tracking and explain the influence of wind; -
Interceptions; - Procedural turns; - Holding patterns.
120 Coverage and range 062.02.02.03
121 State that the power limits the range of an NDB. 062.02.02.03.01
122 Explain the relationship between power and range. 062.02.02.03.02
123 State that the range of an NDB over sea is better than over land due to better 062.02.02.03.03
ground wave propagation over seawater than over land.
124 Describe the propagation path of NDB radio waves with respect to the 062.02.02.03.04
ionosphere and the Earth’s surface.
125 Explain that interference between sky and ground waves at night leads to 062.02.02.03.05
“fading”.
126 Define the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required bearing in order to be 062.02.02.03.06
considered established during approach according to ICAO DOC 8168 as within
± 5°.
127 State that there is no warning indication of NDB failure. 062.02.02.03.07
128 Errors and accuracy 062.02.02.04
129 Define Quadrantal Error. Distortion of the incoming signal from the NDB 062.02.02.04.01
station by re-radiation from the airframe. This is corrected for during
installation of the antenna.
130 Explain Coastal Refraction. As a radio wave travelling over land crosses the 062.02.02.04.02
coast, the wave speeds up over water and the wave front bends.
131 Define Night/twilight effect. The influence of sky waves and ground waves 062.02.02.04.03
arriving at the ADF receiver with a difference of phase and polarisation which
introduce bearing errors.
132 State that interference from other NDB stations on the same frequency may 062.02.02.04.04
occur at night due to sky wave contamination.
133 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.02.02.05
134 State that there is no coastal refraction error when: - The propagation 062.02.02.05.01
direction of the wave is 90° to the coast line - The NDB station is sited on the
coast line.
135 State that coastal refraction error increases with increased incidence. 062.02.02.05.02
136 State that night effect predominates around dusk and dawn. 062.02.02.05.03
137 Define multipath propagation of the radio wave (mountain effect). 062.02.02.05.04
138 State that static emission energy from a cumulonimbus cloud may interfere 062.02.02.05.05
with the radio wave and influence the ADF bearing indication.
139
140 VOR and Doppler-VOR 062.02.03.00

141 Principles 062.02.03.01

142 Explain the operation of VOR using the following general terms: - Reference 062.02.03.01.01
phase; - Variable phase; - Phase difference.
143 State that the frequency band allocated to VOR according to ICAO Annex 10 is 062.02.03.01.02
VHF and the frequencies used are 108.0 – 117.975 MHz.
144 State that frequencies in the allocated VOR range with the first decimal place 062.02.03.01.03
an odd number, are used by ILS.
145 State that the following types of VOR are in operation: - Conventional VOR 062.02.03.01.04
(CVOR) a first generation VOR station emitting signals by means of a rotating
antenna; - Doppler VOR (DVOR) a second generation VOR station emitting
signals by means of a combination of fixed antennas utilising the Doppler
principle; - En-route VOR for use by IFR traffic; - Terminal VOR (TVOR) a station
with a shorter range used as part of the approach and departure structure at
major airports; - Test VOR (VOT) a VOR station emitting a signal to test VOR
indicators in an aircraft.

146 Describe how ATIS information is transmitted on VOR frequencies. 062.02.03.01.05

147 List the three main components of VOR airborne equipment: - The antenna - 062.02.03.01.06
The receiver - The indicator.
148 Describe the identification of a VOR in terms of Morse-code letters, continuous 062.02.03.01.07
tone or dots (VOT), tone pitch, repetition rate and additional plain text.
149 State that according to ICAO annex 10, a VOR station has an automatic ground 062.02.03.01.08
monitoring system.
150 State that the VOR monitoring system monitors change in measured radial and 062.02.03.01.09
reduction in signal strength.
151 State that failure of the VOR station to stay within the required limits can 062.02.03.01.10
cause the removal of identification and navigation components from the
carrier or radiation to cease.
152 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.03.02
153 Read off the radial on a Radio Magnetic Indicator (RMI). 062.02.03.02.01
154 Read off the angular displacement, in relation to a pre-selected radial on an 062.02.03.02.02
HSI or CDI.
155 Explain the use of the TO/FROM indicator in order to determine aircraft 062.02.03.02.03
position relative to the VOR considering also the heading of the aircraft.
156 Interpret VOR information as displayed on HSI, CDI and RMI. 062.02.03.02.04
157 Describe the following in-flight VOR procedures as in DOC 8168 Vol.1: - 062.02.03.02.05
Tracking and explain the influence of wind when tracking; - Interceptions; -
Procedural turn;s - Holding patterns.
158 State that when converting a radial into a true bearing, the variation at the 062.02.03.02.06
VOR station has to be taken into account.
159 Coverage and range 062.02.03.03
160 Describe the range with respect to the transmitting power and radio signal. 062.02.03.03.01
161 Calculate the range using the formula: 1.23 x √transmitter height in feet + 1.23 062.02.03.03.02
x √receiver height in feet.
(Moved and merged into 062.02.01.03.01)
162 Errors and accuracy 062.02.03.04
163 Define the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required bearing in order to be 062.02.03.04.01
considered established on a VOR track when flying approach procedures
according to ICAO DOC 8168 as within half full scale deflection of the required
track.

164 State that due to reflections from terrain, radials can be bent and lead to 062.02.03.04.02
wrong or fluctuating indications which is called “scalloping”.
165 State that DVOR is less sensitive to site error than CVOR. 062.02.03.04.03
166 DME 062.02.04.00
167 Principles 062.02.04.01
168 State that DME operates in the UHF band between 960 – 1215 MHz according 062.02.04.01.01
to ICAO Annex 10.
169 State that the system comprises two basic components: - The aircraft 062.02.04.01.02
component, the interrogator; - The ground component, the transponder.
170 Describe the principle of distance measurement using DME in terms of: - Pulse 062.02.04.01.03
pairs - Fixed frequency division of 63 MHz - Propagation delay - 50
microsecond delay time - Irregular transmission sequence - Search mode -
Tracking mode - Memory mode.

171 State that the distance measured by DME is slant range. 062.02.04.01.04
172 Illustrate that a position line using DME is a circle with the station at its centre. 062.02.04.01.05
173 Describe how the pairing of VHF and UHF frequencies (VOR/DME) enables 062.02.04.01.06
selection of two items of navigation information from one frequency setting.
174 Describe, in the case of co-location, the frequency pairing and identification 062.02.04.01.07
procedure.
175 Explain that depending on the configuration, the combination of a DME 062.02.04.01.08
distance with a VOR radial can determine the position of the aircraft.
(Moved and merged into 061.04.03.02.02)
176 Explain that military TACAN stations may be used for DME information. 062.02.04.01.09

177 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.04.02

178 Explain that when identifying a DME station co-located with a VOR station, the 062.02.04.02.01
identification signal with the higher tone frequency is the DME which idents
approximately every 40 seconds.
179 Calculate ground distance given slant range and altitude. 062.02.04.02.02
180 Describe the use of DME to fly a DME arc in accordance with DOC 8168 Vol. 1. 062.02.04.02.03

181 State that a DME system may have a groundspeed read out combined with the 062.02.04.02.04
DME read out.
182 Coverage and range 062.02.04.03
183 Explain why a ground station can generally respond to a maximum of 100 062.02.04.03.01
aircraft.
184 Explain which aircraft will be denied a DME range first when more than 100 062.02.04.03.02
interrogations are being made.
185 Errors and accuracy 062.02.04.04
186 State that the error of the DME ‘N’ according to ICAO Annex 10 should not 062.02.04.04.01
exceed + 0.25 NM + 1.25% of the distance measured. For installations installed
after 1 Jan 1989 the total system error should not exceed 0.2 NM DME ‘P’.
187 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.02.04.05
188 State that the groundspeed read out combined with DME is only correct when 062.02.04.05.01
tracking directly to or from the DME station.
189 State that, close to the station, the groundspeed read out combined with DME 062.02.04.05.02
is less than the actual groundspeed.
190 ILS 062.02.05.00
191 Principles 062.02.05.01
192 Name the three main components of an ILS: - The localiser (LLZ) - The 062.02.05.01.01
glidepath (GP) - Range information (markers or DME).
193 State the site locations of the ILS components: - The localiser antenna should 062.02.05.01.02
be located on the extension of the runway centre line at the stop-end - The
glidepath antenna should be located 300 metres beyond the runway
threshold, laterally displaced approximately 120 metres to the side of the
runway centre line.
194 Explain that marker beacons produce radiation patterns to indicate 062.02.05.01.03
predetermined distances from the threshold along the ILS glide path.
195 Explain that marker beacons are sometimes replaced by a DME paired with 062.02.05.01.04
the LLZ frequency.
196 State that in the ILS frequency assigned band 108.0 – 111.975 MHz, only 062.02.05.01.05
frequencies with the first decimal odd are ILS frequencies.

197 State that the LLZ operates in the VHF band 108.0 – 111.975 MHz according to 062.02.05.01.06
ICAO Annex 10.
(Moved and merged into 062.02.05.01.05)
198 State that the GP operates in the UHF band. 062.02.05.01.07
199 Describe the use of the 90 Hz and the 150 Hz signals in the LLZ and GP 062.02.05.01.08
transmitters/receivers, stating how the signals at the receivers vary with
angular deviation.
200 Draw the radiation pattern with respect to the 90 Hz and 150 Hz signals. 062.02.05.01.09
201 Describe how the UHF glide path frequency is selected automatically by being 062.02.05.01.10
paired with the LLZ frequency.
202 Explain the term “difference of depth of modulation (DDM)”. 062.02.05.01.11
203 State that the difference in the modulation depth increases with displacement 062.02.05.01.12
from the centre line.
204 State that both the LLZ and the GP antenna radiate side lobes (false beams) 062.02.05.01.13
which could give rise to false centreline and false glide path indication.
205 Explain that the back beam from the LLZ antenna may be used as a published 062.02.05.01.14
“non-precision approach”.
206 State that according to ICAO annex 10 the nominal glide path is 3°. 062.02.05.01.15
207 Name the frequency, modulation and identification assigned to all marker 062.02.05.01.16
beacons according to ICAO Annex 10: all marker beacons operate on 75 MHz
carrier frequency; - modulation frequencies are: - outer marker: 400 Hz -
middle marker: 1300 Hz - inner marker: 3000 Hz. The audio frequency
modulation (for identification) is continuous modulation of the audio
frequency and is keyed as follows: - outer marker: 2 dashes per second
continuously; - middle marker: a continuous series of alternate dots and
dashes; - inner marker: 6 dots per second continuously.

208 Interpret the markers by sound, modulation, and frequency. 062.02.05.02.04

(Moved from 062.02.05.02.04)
209 State that the outer marker cockpit indicator is coloured blue, the middle 062.02.05.02.05
marker amber and the inner marker white.
(Moved from 062.02.05.02.05)
210 State that according to ICAO Doc 8168, the final approach area contains a fix 062.02.05.01.17
or facility that permits verification of the ILS glide path/altimeter relationship.
The outer marker or DME is usually used for this purpose.
211 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.05.02
212 Describe the ILS identification regarding frequency and Morse code and/or 062.02.05.02.01
plain text.
213 Calculate the rate of descent for a 3° glide path angle given the groundspeed 062.02.05.02.02
of the aircraft using the formula: Rate of descent (ROD) in ft/min =
(groundspeed in kt x 10) / 2 .
(Moved and merged into 061.01.08.03.02)

214 Calculate the rate of descent using the following formula when flying any 062.02.05.02.03
glidepath angle: ROD ft/min = Speed factor (SF) x glidepath angle x 100.
(Moved and merged into 061.01.08.03.02)
215 Interpret the markers by sound, modulation, and frequency. 062.02.05.02.04
(Moved and merged into 062.02.05.01.12)
216 State that the outer marker cockpit indicator is coloured blue, the middle 062.02.05.02.05
marker amber and the inner marker white.
(Moved and merged into 062.02.05.01.12)
217 State that in accordance with ICAO Annex 10 an ILS installation has an 062.02.05.02.06
automatic ground monitoring system.
218 State that the LLZ and GP monitoring system monitors any shift in the LLZ and 062.02.05.02.07
GP mean course line or reduction in signal strength.
219 State that a failure of either the LLZ or the GP to stay within predetermined 062.02.05.02.08
limits will cause: - Removal of identification and navigation components from
the carrier - Radiation to cease - A warning to be displayed at the designated
control point.

220 State that an ILS receiver has an automatic monitoring function. 062.02.05.02.09
221 Describe the circumstances in which warning flags will appear for both the LLZ 062.02.05.02.10
and the GP: - Absence of the carrier frequency; - Absence of the 90 and 150 Hz
modulation simultaneously; - The percentage modulation of either the 90 or
150 Hz signal reduced to zero.

222 Interpret the indications on a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) and a Horizontal 062.02.05.02.11
Situation Indicator (HSI): - Full scale deflection of the CDI needle corresponds
to approximately 2,5° displacement from the ILS centre line; - Full scale
deflection on the GP corresponds to approximately 0,7 degrees from the ILS
GP centre line.

223 Interpret the aircraft’s position in relation to the extended runway centre line 062.02.05.02.12
on a back-beam approach.
224 Explain the setting of the course pointer of an HSI for front-beam and back- 062.02.05.02.13
beam approaches.
225 Coverage and range 062.02.05.03
226 Sketch the standard coverage area of the LLZ and GP with angular sector limits 062.02.05.03.01
in degrees and distance limits from the transmitter in accordance with ICAO
Annex 10: - LLZ coverage area is 10° on either side of the centre line to a
distance of 25 NM from the runway, and 35° on either side of the centre line
to a distance of 17 NM from the runway; - GP coverage area is 8° on either
side of the centre line to a distance of minimum 10 NM from the runway.

227 Errors and accuracy 062.02.05.04

228 Explain that ILS approaches are divided into facility performance categories 062.02.05.04.01
defined in ICAO Annex 10.
229 Define the following ILS operation categories: - Category I; - Category II; - 062.02.05.04.02
Category IIIA; - Category IIIB; - Category IIIC.
230 Explain that all category III ILS operations guidance information is provided 062.02.05.04.03
from the coverage limits of the facility to, and along, the surface of the
runway.
231 Explain why the accuracy requirements are progressively higher for CAT I, CAT 062.02.05.04.04
II and CAT III ILS.
232 State the vertical accuracy requirements above the threshold for CAT I, II and 062.02.05.04.05
III for the signals of the ILS ground installation.
233 Explain the following in accordance with ICAO Doc 8168: - The accuracy the 062.02.05.04.06
pilot has to fly the ILS localiser to be considered established on an ILS track is
within half full scale deflection of the required track; - The aircraft has to be
established within half scale deflection of the LLZ before starting descent on
the GP; - The pilot has to fly the ILS GP to a maximum of half scale fly-up
deflection of the GP in order to stay in protected airspace.

234 State that if a pilot deviates by more than half scale deflection on the LLZ or by 062.02.05.04.07
more than half course fly-up deflection on the GP, an immediate missed
approach should be executed, because obstacle clearance may no longer be
guaranteed.

235 Describe ILS beam bends. Deviations from the nominal position of the LLZ and 062.02.05.04.08
GP respectively. They are ascertained by flight test.
236 Explain multipath interference. Reflections from large objects within the ILS 062.02.05.04.09
coverage area.
237 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.02.05.05
238 Define the ILS critical Area. An area of defined dimensions about the LLZ and 062.02.05.05.01
GP antennas where vehicles, including aircraft, are excluded during all ILS
operations.
239 Define the ILS sensitive area. An area extending beyond the critical area where 062.02.05.05.02
the parking and/or movement of vehicles, including aircraft, is controlled to
prevent the possibility of unacceptable interference to the ILS signal during ILS
operations.

240 Describe the effect of FM broadcast stations that transmit on frequencies just 062.02.05.05.03
below 108 MHz.
241 Microwave landing system (MLS) 062.02.06.00
242 Principles 062.02.06.01
243 Explain the Principle of operation: - Horizontal course guidance during the 062.02.06.01.01
approach; - Vertical guidance during the approach; - Horizontal guidance for
departure and missed approach; - DME (DME/P) distance; - Transmission of
special information regarding the system and the approach conditions.

244 State that MLS operates in the S band on 200 channels. 062.02.06.01.02

245 Explain the reason why MLS can be installed at airports on which, as a result of 062.02.06.01.03
the effects of surrounding buildings and/or terrain, ILS siting is difficult.
246 Presentation and interpretation 062.02.06.02
247 Interpret the display of airborne equipment designed to continuously show 062.02.06.02.01
the position of the aircraft, in relation to a pre-selected course and glide path
along with distance information, during approach and departure.

248 Explain that segmented approaches can be carried out with a presentation 062.02.06.02.02
with two cross bars directed by a computer which has been programmed with
the approach to be flown.
249 Illustrate that segmented and curved approaches can only be executed with 062.02.06.02.03
DME-P installed.
250 Explain why aircraft are equipped with a multi-mode receiver (MMR) in order 062.02.06.02.04
to be able to receive ILS, MLS and GPS.
251 Explain why MLS without DME-P gives an ILS look-alike straight line approach. 062.02.06.02.05
252 Coverage and range 062.02.06.03
253 Describe the coverage area for the approach direction as being within a sector 062.02.06.03.01
of +/- 40° of the centre line out to a range of 20 NM from the threshold
(according to ICAO Annex 10).
254 Errors and accuracy 062.02.06.04
255 State the 95% lateral and vertical accuracy within 20 NM (37 km) of the MLS 062.02.06.04.01
approach reference datum and 60 ft above the MLS datum point (according to
ICAO Annex 10).
256 RADAR 062.03.00.00
257 Pulse techniques and associated terms 062.03.01.00
258
259 Name the different applications of radar with respect to ATC, MET 062.03.01.00.01
observations and airborne weather radar.
260 Describe the pulse technique and echo principle on which primary radar 062.03.01.00.02
systems are based.
261 Explain the relationship between the maximum theoretical range and the 062.03.01.00.03
pulse repetition frequency (PRF).

262 Calculate the maximum theoretical unambiguous range if the PRF is given 062.03.01.00.04
using the formula: Range in km = 300 000 / PRFx2.
263 Calculate the PRF if the maximum theoretical unambiguous range of the radar 062.03.01.00.05
is given using the formula: PRF = 300 000 / range(km) x2.
264 Explain that pulse length defines the minimum theoretical range of a radar. 062.03.01.00.06
265 Explain the need to harmonise the rotation speed of the antenna, the pulse 062.03.01.00.07
length and the pulse repetition frequency for range.
266 Describe, in general terms, the effects of the following factors with respect to 062.03.01.00.08
the quality of the target depiction on the radar display: - Atmospheric
conditions; super refraction and sub refraction - Attenuation with distance -
Condition and size of the reflecting surface.

267 Ground radar 062.03.02.00

268 Principles 062.03.02.01
269 Explain that primary radar provides bearing and distance of targets. 062.03.02.01.01
270 Explain that primary ground radar is used to detect aircraft that are not 062.03.02.01.02
equipped with a secondary radar transponder.
271 Explain why Moving Target Indicator (MTI) is used. 062.03.02.01.03
272 Presentation and interpretation 062.03.02.02
273 State that modern ATC systems use computer generated display. 062.03.02.02.01

274 Explain that the radar display enables the ATS controller to provide 062.03.02.02.02
information, surveillance or guidance service.
275 Airborne weather radar 062.03.03.00
276 Principles 062.03.03.01
277 List the two main tasks of the weather radar in respect of weather and 062.03.03.01.01
navigation.
278 State the wavelength (approx. 3 cm) and frequency of most AWRs (approx. 062.03.03.01.02
9GHz).
279 Explain how the antenna is attitude-stabilised in relation to the horizontal 062.03.03.01.03
plane using the aircraft's attitude reference system.
280 Explain that in older AWR have two different radiation patterns which can be 062.03.03.01.04
produced by a single antenna, one for mapping (cosecant squared) and the
other for weather (pencil/cone shaped).
281 Describe the cone shaped pencil beam of about 3° to 5° beam width used for 062.03.03.01.05
weather depiction.
282 Explain that in modern AWRs a single radiation pattern is used for both 062.03.03.01.06
mapping and weather with the scanning angle being changed between them.
283 Presentation and interpretation 062.03.03.02
284 Explain the functions of the following different modes on the radar control 062.03.03.02.01
panel: - Off/on switch; - Function switch, with modes WX, WX+T and MAP; -
Gain control setting (auto/manual); - Tilt/auto tilt switch.
285 Name, for areas of differing reflection intensity, the colour gradations (green, 062.03.03.02.02
yellow, red and magenta) indicating the increasing intensity of precipitation.
286 Illustrate the use of azimuth marker lines and range lines in respect of the 062.03.03.02.03
relative bearing and the distance to a thunderstorm or to a landmark on the
screen.
287 Coverage and range 062.03.03 03
288 Explain how the radar is used for weather detection and for mapping (range, 062.03.03.03.01
tilt and gain if available).
289 Errors, accuracy, limitations 062.03.03.04
290 Explain why AWR should be used with extreme caution when on the ground. 062.03.03.04.01
291 Factors affecting range and accuracy 062.03.03.05
292 Explain the danger of the area behind heavy rain (shadow area) where no 062.03.03.05.01
radar waves will penetrate.
293 Explain why the tilt setting should be higher when the aircraft descends to a 062.03.03.05.02
lower altitude.
294 Explain why the tilt setting should be lower when the aircraft climbs to a 062.03.03.05.03
higher altitude.
(Moved and merged into 062.03.03.05.02)
295 Explain why a thunderstorm may not be detected when the tilt is set too high. 062.03.03.05.04
296 Application for navigation 062.03.03.06
297 Describe the navigation function of the radar in the mapping mode. 062.03.03.06.01
298 Describe the use of the weather radar to avoid a thunderstorm (Cb). 062.03.03.06.02
299 Explain how turbulence (not CAT) can be detected by a modern weather radar. 062.03.03.06.03
300 Explain how windshear can be detected by a modern weather radar. 062.03.03.06.04
301 Secondary surveillance radar and transponder 062.03.04.00
302 Principles 062.03.04.01
303 Explain that the Air Traffic Control (ATC) system is based on the replies 062.03.04.01.01
provided by the airborne transponders in response to interrogations from the
ATC secondary radar.
304 Explain that the ground ATC secondary radar uses techniques which provide 062.03.04.01.02
the ATC with information that cannot be acquired by primary radar.
305 Explain that an airborne transponder provides coded reply signals in response 062.03.04.01.03
to interrogation signals from the ground secondary radar and from aircraft
equipped with TCAS.

306 Explain the advantages of SSR over a primary radar. 062.03.04.01.04

307 Modes and codes 062.03.04.02

308 Explain that the interrogator transmits its interrogations in the form of a series 062.03.04.02.01
of pulses.
309 Name and explain the Interrogation modes: 1. Mode A and C. 2. Intermode: 062.03.04.02.02
Mode A/C/S all call, Mode A/C only all call. 3. Mode S: Mode S only all call,
Broadcast (no reply elicited), Selective.
310 State that the interrogation frequency is 1030 MHz and the reply frequency is 062.03.04.02.03
1090 MHz.
311 Explain that the decoding of the time between the interrogation pulses 062.03.04.02.04
determines the operating mode of the transponder: - Mode A: transmission of
aircraft transponder code; - Mode C: transmission of aircraft pressure altitude;
- Mode S: aircraft selection and transmission of flight data for the ground
surveillance.

312 State that the ground interrogation signal is transmitted in the form of pairs of 062.03.04.02.05
pulses P1 and P3 for Mode A and C and that a control pulse P2 is transmitted
following the first interrogation pulse P1.
313 Explain that the interval between P1 and P3 determines the mode of 062.03.04.02.06
interrogation, Mode A or C.
314 State that the radiated amplitude of P2 from the side-lobes and from the main 062.03.04.02.07
lobe is different.
315 State that Mode A designation is a sequence of four digits can be manually 062.03.04.02.08
selected from 4096 available codes.
316 State that in mode C reply the pressure altitude is reported in 100 ft 062.03.04.02.09
increments.
317 State that in addition to the information pulses provided, a special position 062.03.04.02.10
identification pulse (SPI) can be transmitted but only as a result of a manual
selection (IDENT).
318 Explain the need for compatibility of Mode S with Mode A and C. 062.03.04.02.11
319 Explain that the Mode S transponders receive interrogations from other Mode 062.03.04.02.12
S transponders and SSR ground stations.
320 State that Mode S surveillance protocols implicitly use the principle of 062.03.04.02.13
selective addressing.
321 Explain that every aircraft will have been allocated an ICAO Aircraft Address 062.03.04.02.14
which is hard coded into the airframe (Mode S address).
322 Explain that the ICAO Aircraft Address consists of 24-bits (therefore more than 062.03.04.02.15
16 000 000 possible codes) allocated by the registering authority of the state
within which the aircraft is registered.
323 Explain that this address (24-bit) is included in all Mode S transmissions, so 062.03.04.02.16
that every interrogation can be directed to a specific aircraft, preventing
multiple replies.
324 State that the ground interrogation signal is transmitted in the form of pulses 062.03.04.02.17
P1, P3 and P4 for Mode S.
325 Interpret the following mode S terms: - Selective addressing - Mode “all call” - 062.03.04.02.18
Selective call.
326 State that Mode S interrogation contains either: - Aircraft address - All–call 062.03.04.02.19
address - Broadcast address.
327 Mode A/C/S all-call consists of 3 pulses P1, P3 and the long P4. A control pulse 062.03.04.02.20
P2 is transmitted following P1 to suppress responses from aircraft in the side
lobes of the interrogation antenna.
328 Mode A/C only all-call consists of 3 pulses P1, P3 and the short P4. 062.03.04.02.21
329 State that there are 25 possible Mode S reply forms. 062.03.04.02.22
330 State that the reply message consists of a preamble and a data block. 062.03.04.02.23
331 State that the Aircraft Address shall be transmitted in any reply except in 062.03.04.02.24
Mode S only all-call reply.
332 Explain that Mode S can provide enhanced vertical tracking, using a 25 feet 062.03.04.02.25
altitude increment.
333 Explain how SSR can be used for ADS B. 062.03.04.02.26

334 Presentation and interpretation 062.03.04.03

335 Explain how an aircraft can be identified by a unique code. 062.03.04.03.01
336 Illustrate how the following information is presented on the radar screen: - 062.03.04.03.02
Pressure altitude - Flight level - Flight number or aircraft registration - Ground
speed.
337 Name and interpret the codes 7700, 7600 and 7500. 062.03.04.03.03
(Moved and merged into 010.06.08.01.05)
338 Interpret the selector modes: OFF, Standby, ON (mode A), ALT (mode A and C) 062.03.04.03.04
and TEST.
339 Explain the function of the emission of a SPI (Special Position Identification) 062.03.04.03.05
pulse after pushing the ident button in the aircraft.
340 Explain that the elementary surveillance provides the ATC controller with 062.03.04.03.06
aircraft position, altitude and identification.
341 State that the elementary surveillance needs MODE S transponders with 062.03.04.03.07
surveillance identifier (SI) code capacity and the automatic reporting of aircraft
identification, known as ICAO level 2s.
342 State that the SI code must correspond to the aircraft identification specified 062.03.04.03.08
in item 7 of the ICAO flight plan or to the registration marking.
343 State that only the ICAO identification format is compatible with the ATS 062.03.04.03.09
ground system.
344 State that Mode S equipped aircraft with a maximum mass in excess of 5700 062.03.04.03.10
kg or a maximum cruising true airspeed capability in excess of 250kt must
operate with transponder antenna diversity.
345 Describe the different types of communication protocols. (A, B, C and D). 062.03.04.03.11
346 Explain that elementary surveillance is based on Ground Initiated Comm-B 062.03.04.03.12
protocols.
347 State that the enhanced surveillance consists of the extraction of additional 062.03.04.03.13
aircraft parameters known as Downlink Aircraft Parameters (DAP) consisting
of: - Magnetic Heading - Indicated Airspeed - Mach Number - Vertical rate -
Roll angle - Track Angle Rate - True Track Angle - Groundspeed - Selected
Altitude.
348 Explain that the controller’s information is improved by providing actual 062.03.04.03.14
aircraft derived data such as Magnetic Heading, Indicated Airspeed, Vertical
Rate and Selected Altitude.
349 Explain that the automatic extraction of an aircraft’s parameters, and their 062.03.04.03.15
presentation to the controller, will reduce their R/T workload and will free
them to concentrate on ensuring the safe and efficient passage of air traffic.
350 Explain that the reduction in radio telephony between the air traffic 062.03.04.03.16
controllers and the pilots will reduce the workload on a pilot and remove a
potential source of error.
351 Errors and Accuracy 062.03.04.04
352 Explain the following disadvantages of SSR (mode A/C): - Code garbling of 062.03.04.04.01
aircraft less than 1.7 NM apart measured in the vertical plane perpendicular to
and from the antenna - “Fruiting” which results from reception of replies
caused by interrogations from other radar stations.

353 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 062.04.00.00

354 AREA NAVIGATION SYSTEMS, RNAV/FMS 062.05.00.00
355 General philosophy and definitions 062.05.01.00
356 Simple 2D RNAV 062.05.02.00
357 4D RNAV 062.05.03.00
358 FMS and general terms 062.05.04.00
359 Navigation and flight management 062.05.04.01
360 Explain that development of computers combined with reliable liquid crystal 062.05.04.01.01
displays, offer the means of accessing more data and displaying them to the
flight crew.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.02.02.01)

361 Explain that a flight management system has the ability to monitor and direct 062.05.04.01.02
both navigation and performance of the flight.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.01.01.01)
362 Explain that a flight management system has the ability to monitor and direct 062.05.04.01.02
both navigation and performance of the flight.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.02.02.01)
363 Explain the two functions common to all FMS systems: - Automatic navigation 062.05.04.01.03
LNAV (lateral navigation) - Flight path management VNAV (vertical navigation).
(Moved and merged into 022.11.01.01.05)
364 Name the main components of the FMS system as being: - FMC (flight 062.05.04.01.04
management computer) - CDU (control and display unit) - Symbol generator -
EFIS (electronic flight instrument system) consisting of the nav display
including mode selector and the attitude display. - A/T (auto throttle) and the
FCC (flight control computer).

365 Flight management computer 062.05.04.02

366 State that the centre of the flight management system is the FMC with its 062.05.04.02.01
stored navigation and performance data.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.01.01.02)
367 Navigation data base 062.05.04.03
368 State that the navigation database of the FMC may contain the following data: 062.05.04.03.01
- Reference data for airports (four letter ICAO identifier) - VOR/DME station
data (three letter ICAO identifier) - Waypoint data (five letter ICAO identifier) -
STAR data - SID data - Holding patterns - Airport runway data - NDB stations
(alphabetic ICAO identifier) - Company flight plan routes.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.02.01.01)

369 State that the navigation database is updated every 28 days. 062.05.04.03.02
(Moved and merged into 022.11.02.01.02)
370 State that the navigational database is write protected, but additional space 062.05.04.03.03
exists so that crew created navigational data may be saved in the computer
memory. Such additional data will also be deleted at the 28 days navigational
update of the database.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.02.01.04)

371 Performance data base 062.05.04.04

372 State that the performance database stores all the data relating to the specific 062.05.04.04.01
aircraft/engine configuration, and is updated by ground staff when necessary.
373 State that the performance database of the FMC contain the following data: - 062.05.04.04.02
V1, VR and V2 speeds - Aircraft drag - Engine thrust characteristics - Maximum
and optimum operating altitudes - Speeds for maximum and optimum climb -
Speeds for long range cruise, max endurance and holding - Maximum ZFM
(zero fuel mass), maximum TOM (take-off mass) and maximum LM (landing
mass) - Fuel flow parameters - Aircraft flight envelope.

374 Typical input/output data from the FMC 062.05.04.05

375 State the following are typical input data to the FMC: - Time - Fuel flow - Total 062.05.04.05.01
fuel - TAS, altitude, vertical speed, Mach number and outside air temperature
from the air data computer (ADC) - DME and radial information from the VHF
NAV receivers - Air/ground position - Flap/slat position - IRS and GPS positions
- CDU (control and display unit) entries.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.03.01.02)

376 State that the following are typical output data from the FMC: - Command 062.05.04.05.02
signals to the flight directors and autopilot - Command signals to the auto-
throttle - Information to the EFIS displays through the symbol generator - Data
to the CDU and various annunciators.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.03.01.01)

377 Determination of the FMS-position of the aircraft 062.05.04.06

378 State that modern FMS may use a range of sensors for calculating the position 062.05.04.06.01
of the aircraft including VOR, DME, GPS, IRS and ILS.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.03.01.07)
379 State that the information from the sensors used may be blended into a single 062.05.04.06.02
position by using the Kalman filter method.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.03.01.08)
380 State that the Kalman filter is an algorithm for filtering incomplete and noisy 062.05.04.06.03
measurements of dynamical processes so that errors of measurements from
different sensors are minimised leading to the calculated position being more
accurate than that produced by any single sensor.

381 Typical flight deck equipment fitted on FMS aircraft 062.05.05.00

382 Control and display unit (CDU) 062.05.05.01
383 State that the communication link between the flight crew and the FMC is the 062.05.05.01.01
CDU.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.04.01.01)
384 Explain the main components of the CDU as follows: - CDU display including 062.05.05.01.02
the following terms - page title - data field - scratchpad - Line select keys -
Numeric keys - Alpha keys - Function and mode keys used to select specific
data pages on the CDU display, to execute orders or to navigate to pages
through the data presented - Warning lights, message light and offset light.
(Moved and merged into 022.11.04.01.02)

385 EFIS instruments (attitude display, navigation display). 062.05.05.02

386 State that FMS equipped aircraft, typically has two displays on the instrument 062.05.05.02.01
panel in front of each pilot.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.01.02)
387 State that the following data are typically displayed on the attitude display: - 062.05.05.02.02
Attitude information - Flight director command bars - Radio height and
barometric altitude - Course deviation indication - Glide path information
(when an ILS is tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.01)

388 State that the following data are typically displayed on the attitude display: - 062.05.05.02.02
Attitude information - Flight director command bars - Radio height and
barometric altitude - Course deviation indication - Glide path information
(when an ILS is tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.02)
389 State that the following data are typically displayed on the attitude display: - 062.05.05.02.02
Attitude information - Flight director command bars - Radio height and
barometric altitude - Course deviation indication - Glide path information
(when an ILS is tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.03)

390 State that the following data are typically displayed on the attitude display: - 062.05.05.02.02
Attitude information - Flight director command bars - Radio height and
barometric altitude - Course deviation indication - Glide path information
(when an ILS is tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.04)

391 State that the following data are typically displayed on the attitude display: - 062.05.05.02.02
Attitude information - Flight director command bars - Radio height and
barometric altitude - Course deviation indication - Glide path information
(when an ILS is tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.05)

392 State that the following data are typically displayed on the attitude display: - 062.05.05.02.02
Attitude information - Flight director command bars - Radio height and
barometric altitude - Course deviation indication - Glide path information
(when an ILS is tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.06)

393 State that the following data are typically displayed on the attitude display: - 062.05.05.02.02
Attitude information - Flight director command bars - Radio height and
barometric altitude - Course deviation indication - Glide path information
(when an ILS is tuned) - Speed information.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.02.07)

394 Typical modes of the navigation display 062.05.05.03

395 State the following typical modes of the navigation display: - Full VOR/ILS 062.05.05.03.01
mode showing the whole compass rose - Expanded (arc) VOR/ILS mode
showing the forward 90° sector - Map mode - Plan mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.02)

396 Typical information on the navigation display 062.05.05.04

397 List and interpret the following information typically shown on a navigation 062.05.05.04.01
display in "Full VOR/ILS" mode: - The map display will be in full VOR mode
when a VOR frequency is selected and full ILS mode when an ILS frequency is
selected on the VHF NAV frequency selector. - DME distance to selected DME
station. - A full 360° compass rose. At the top of the compass rose present
heading is indicated and shown as digital numbers in a heading box. Next to
the heading box is indicated if the heading is true or magnetic. True heading is
available on aircraft with IRS. A triangle (different symbols are used on
different aircraft) on the compass rose indicates present track. Track indication
is only available when the FMC navigation computer is able to compute
aircraft position A square symbol on the outside of the compass rose indicates
the selected heading for the autopilot, and if "heading select" mode is
activated on the autopilot this is the heading the aircraft will turn to. Within
the compass rose a CDI is shown. On the CDI the course pointer points to the
selected VOR/ILS course SET on the OBS. On the CDI the course deviation bar
will indicate angular deflection from selected VOR/ILS track. Full scale
deflection side to side in VOR mode is 20°, and 5° in ILS mode. In VOR mode a
TO/FROM indication is shown on the display. The selected ILS/VOR frequency
is shown. ILS or VOR mode is shown according to selected frequency. If an ILS
frequency is selected a glide path deviation scale is shown.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03)

398 List and interpret the following information typically shown on a navigation 062.05.05.04.01
display in "Full VOR/ILS" mode: - The map display will be in full VOR mode
when a VOR frequency is selected and full ILS mode when an ILS frequency is
selected on the VHF NAV frequency selector. - DME distance to selected DME
station. - A full 360° compass rose. At the top of the compass rose present
heading is indicated and shown as digital numbers in a heading box. Next to
the heading box is indicated if the heading is true or magnetic. True heading is
available on aircraft with IRS. A triangle (different symbols are used on
different aircraft) on the compass rose indicates present track. Track indication
is only available when the FMC navigation computer is able to compute
aircraft position A square symbol on the outside of the compass rose indicates
the selected heading for the autopilot, and if "heading select" mode is
activated on the autopilot this is the heading the aircraft will turn to. Within
the compass rose a CDI is shown. On the CDI the course pointer points to the
selected VOR/ILS course SET on the OBS. On the CDI the course deviation bar
will indicate angular deflection from selected VOR/ILS track. Full scale
deflection side to side in VOR mode is 20°, and 5° in ILS mode. In VOR mode a
TO/FROM indication is shown on the display. The selected ILS/VOR frequency
is shown. ILS or VOR mode is shown according to selected frequency. If an ILS
frequency is selected a glide path deviation scale is shown.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.04)

399 A wind arrow indicating wind direction according to the compass rose, and 062.05.05.04.02
velocity in numbers next to the arrow.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03)
400 A wind arrow indicating wind direction according to the compass rose, and 062.05.05.04.02
velocity in numbers next to the arrow.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.04)
401 Given an EFIS navigation display in full VOR/ILS mode, read off the following 062.05.05.04.03
information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track (Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind
correction angle - Selected course - Actual radial - Left or right of selected
track - Above or below the glide path - Distance to the DME station - Selected
heading for the autopilot heading select bug - Determine if the display is in
VOR or ILS rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03)

402 Given an EFIS navigation display in full VOR/ILS mode, read off the following 062.05.05.04.03
information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track (Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind
correction angle - Selected course - Actual radial - Left or right of selected
track - Above or below the glide path - Distance to the DME station - Selected
heading for the autopilot heading select bug - Determine if the display is in
VOR or ILS rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.04)

403 Given an EFIS navigation display in expanded VOR/ILS mode, read off the 062.05.05.04.04
following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track (Magnetic/True) -
Drift - Wind correction angle - Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Selected
course - Actual radial - Left or right of selected track - Above or below the glide
path - Distance to the DME station - Selected heading for the autopilot
heading select bug - State if the display is in VOR or ILS rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03)

404 Given an EFIS navigation display in expanded VOR/ILS mode, read off the 062.05.05.04.04
following information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track (Magnetic/True) -
Drift - Wind correction angle - Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Selected
course - Actual radial - Left or right of selected track - Above or below the glide
path - Distance to the DME station - Selected heading for the autopilot
heading select bug - State if the display is in VOR or ILS rose mode.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.04)

405 Given an EFIS navigation display in map mode, read off the following 062.05.05.04.05
information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track (Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind
correction angle - Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Left or right of the FMS
track - Distance to active waypoint; - ETO next waypoint - Selected heading for
the autopilot heading select bug - Determine if a depicted symbol is a
VOR/DME station or an airport - Determine if a specific waypoint is part of the
FMS route.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.03)

406 Given an EFIS navigation display in map mode, read off the following 062.05.05.04.05
information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track (Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind
correction angle - Tailwind/headwind - Wind velocity - Left or right of the FMS
track - Distance to active waypoint; - ETO next waypoint - Selected heading for
the autopilot heading select bug - Determine if a depicted symbol is a
VOR/DME station or an airport - Determine if a specific waypoint is part of the
FMS route.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.04)

407 Given an EFIS navigation display in plan mode, read off the following 062.05.05.04.06
information: - Heading (Magnetic/True) - Track (Magnetic/True) - Drift - Wind
correction angle - Distance to active waypoint - ETO active waypoint - State
selected heading for the autopilot heading select bug - Measure and state true
track of specific FMS route track.
(Moved and merged into 022.13.03.03.06)

408 GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEMS 062.06.00.00

409 GPS/GLONASS/GALILEO 062.06.01.00
410 Principles 062.06.01.01
411 State that there are two main Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) 062.06.01.01.01
currently in existence with a third which is planned to be fully operational by
2011. They are: - USA NAVSTAR GPS (NAVigation System with Timing And
Ranging Global Positioning System) - Russian GLONASS (GLObal NAvigation
Satelitte System) - European GALILEO.

412 State that all 3 systems (will) consist of a constellation of satellites which can 062.06.01.01.02
be used by a suitably equipped receiver to determine position.
413 Operation 062.06.01.02
414 NAVSTAR GPS
415 State that there are currently two modes of operation, SPS (Standard 062.06.01.02.01
Positioning Service) for civilian users, and PPS (Precise Positioning Service for
authorised users.
416 SPS was originally designed to provide civil users with a less accurate 062.06.01.02.02
positioning capability than PPS.
417 Name the three segments as: - Space segment - Control segment - User 062.06.01.02.03
segment.
418 Space segment
419 State that the space segment consists of a notional constellation of 24 062.06.01.02.04
operational satellites.
420 State that the satellites are orbiting the earth in orbits inclined 55° to the 062.06.01.02.05
plane of the equator.
421 State that the satellites are in a nearly circular orbit of the earth at an altitude 062.06.01.02.06
of 20,200 km (10,900 NM).
422 State that the satellites are distributed in 6 orbital planes with at least 4 062.06.01.02.07
satellites in each.
423 State that a satellite completes an orbit in approximately 12 hours. 062.06.01.02.08
424 State that each satellite broadcasts ranging signals on two UHF frequencies. L1 062.06.01.02.09
1575.42 MHz and L2 1227.6 MHz.
425 State that SPS is a positioning and timing service provided on frequency L1. 062.06.01.02.10
426 State that PPS uses both frequencies L1 and L2. 062.06.01.02.11
427 In 2005 the first replacement satellite was launched with a new military M 062.06.01.02.12
code on the L1 frequency and a second signal for civilian use L2C on the L2
frequency.
428 State that the ranging signal contains a (Coarse Acquisition) C/A code and a 062.06.01.02.13
navigational data message.
429 State that the navigation message contains: - Almanac data - Ephemeris - 062.06.01.02.14
Satellite clock correction parameters - UTC parameters - Ionospheric model -
Satellite health data.
430 State that it takes 12½ minutes for a GPS receiver to receive all the data 062.06.01.02.15
frames in the navigation message.
431 State that the almanac contains the orbital data about all the satellites in the 062.06.01.02.16
GPS constellation.
432 State that the ephemeris contains data used to correct the orbital data of the 062.06.01.02.17
satellites due to small disturbances.
433 State that the clock correction parameters are data for correction of the 062.06.01.02.18
satellite time.
434 State that UTC parameters are factors determining the difference between 062.06.01.02.19
GPS time and UTC.
435 State that an ionospheric model is currently used to calculate the time delay of 062.06.01.02.20
the signal travelling through the ionosphere.
436 State that the GPS health message is used to exclude unhealthy satellites from 062.06.01.02.21
the position solution. Satellite health is determined by the validity of the
navigation data.
437 State that GPS uses the WGS 84 model. 062.06.01.02.22
438 State that two codes are transmitted on the L1 frequency, namely a C/A code 062.06.01.02.23
and a P (precision) code. The P code is not used for SPS.

439 State that the C/A code is a pseudo random noise (PRN) code sequence, 062.06.01.02.24
repeating every millisecond. Each C/A code is unique and provides the
mechanism to identify each satellite.
440 State that satellites broadcast the PRN codes with reference to the satellite 062.06.01.02.25
vehicle time which are subsequently changed by the receiver to UTC.
441 State that satellites are equipped with atomic clocks, which allow the system 062.06.01.02.26
to keep very accurate time reference.
442 Control segment
443 State that the control segment comprises: - A master control station - Ground 062.06.01.02.27
antenna - Monitoring stations.
444

445 State that the master control station is responsible for all aspects of the 062.06.01.02.28
constellation command and control.
446 State that the main tasks of the control segment are: - Managing SPS 062.06.01.02.29
performance - Navigation data upload - Monitoring satellites.
447 User segment
448 State that GPS supplies three-dimensional position fixes and speed data, plus a 062.06.01.02.30
precise time reference.
449 State that the GPS receiver used in aviation is a multi-channel type. 062.06.01.02.31
450 State that a GPS receiver is able to determine the distance to a satellite, by 062.06.01.02.32
determining the difference between the time of transmission by satellite and
the time of reception.
451 State that the initial distance calculated to the satellites is called pseudo range 062.06.01.02.33
because the difference between the GPS receiver and the satellite time
references initially creates an erroneous range.
452 State that each range defines a sphere with its centre at the satellite. 062.06.01.02.34
453 State that three satellites are needed to determine a two-dimensional 062.06.01.02.35
454 position.
State that four spheres are needed to calculate a three dimensional position, 062.06.01.02.36
hence four satellites are required.

455 State that the GPS receiver is able to synchronise to the correct time base 062.06.01.02.37
when receiving four satellites.
456 State that the receiver is able to calculate aircraft groundspeed using the SV 062.06.01.02.38
Doppler frequency shift and /or the change in receiver position over time.

457 NAVSTAR GPS integrity

458 Define RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring). A technique 062.06.01.02.39

whereby a receiver processor determines the integrity of the navigation
signals.
459 State that RAIM is achieved by consistency check among pseudo range 062.06.01.02.40
measurements.
460 State that basic RAIM requires 5 satellites. A 6th is for isolating a faulty 062.06.01.02.41
satellite from the navigation solution.
461 State that when a GPS receiver uses barometric altitude as an augmentation 062.06.01.02.42
to RAIM, the number of satellites needed for the receiver to perform the RAIM
function may be reduced by one.
462 List the three components of GLONASS: - Space segment, which contains the 062.06.01.02.43
constellation of satellites - Control segment, which contains the ground based
facilities - User segment, which contains the user equipment.
463 State the composition of the constellation in the Space segment: - 24 satellites 062.06.01.02.44
in three orbital planes with 8 equally displaced by 45° of latitude - A near
circular orbit at 19 100 km at an inclination of 64.8° to the equator - Each orbit
is completed in 11 hours 15 minutes.

464 State that the control segment provides: - Monitoring of the constellation 062.06.01.02.45
status - Correction to the orbital parameters - Navigation data uploading.
465 State that the user equipment consists of receivers and processors for the 062.06.01.02.46
navigation signals for the calculation of the coordinates, velocity and time.
466 State that the time reference is UTC. 062.06.01.02.47
467 State that the datum used is PZ-90 Earth-centred Earth-Fixed. 062.06.01.02.48
468 State that each satellite transmits navigation signals on two frequencies of L- 062.06.01.02.49
band, L1 1.6 GHz and L2 1.2 GHz.
469 State that L1 is a standard accuracy signal designed for civil users worldwide 062.06.01.02.50
and L2 is a high accuracy signal modulated by a special code for authorised
user only.
470 State that the navigation message has a duration of 2 seconds and contains 062.06.01.02.51
“immediate” data which relates to the actual satellite transmitting the given
navigation signal and “non-immediate” data which relates to all other
satellites within the constellation.

471 State that “immediate data consists of: - Enumeration of the satellite time 062.06.01.02.52
marks - Difference between onboard time scale of the satellite and GLONASS
time - Relative differences between carrier frequency of the satellite and its
nominal value - Ephemeris parameters.

472 State that “non-immediate” data consists of: - Data on the status of all 062.06.01.02.53
satellites within the space segment - Coarse corrections to onboard time
scales of each satellite relative to GLONASS time - Orbital parameters of all
satellites within the space segment - Correction to GLONASS time relative to
UTC (must remain within 1 microsecond).

473 State that Integrity monitoring includes checking the quality of the 062.06.01.02.54
characteristics of the navigation signal and the data within the navigation
message.
474 State that Integrity Monitoring is implemented in 2 ways: - Continuous 062.06.01.02.55
automatic operability monitoring of principal systems in each satellite. If a
malfunction occurs an “unhealthy” flag appears within the “immediate data of
the navigation Message - Special tracking stations within the ground-based
control segment are used to monitor the space segment performance. If a
malfunction occurs an “unhealthy” flag appears within the “immediate data of
the navigation Message.

475 State that agreements have been made between the appropriate agencies for 062.06.01.02.56
the interoperability by any one approved user of NAVSTAR and GLONASS
systems.
476

477 State that the core of the Galileo constellation will consist of 30 satellites with 062.06.01.02.57
nine plus a spare replacement in each of three planes in near circular orbit at
an altitude of 23 222 km inclined at 56° to the plane of the equator.
478 State that the signals will be transmitted in three frequency bands 1164-1215 062.06.01.02.58
MHz, 1260-1300 MHz and 1559-1591 MHz (1559-1591 MHz will be shared
with GPS on a non-interference basis).
479 State that each orbit will take 14 hours. 062.06.01.02.59
480 State that each satellite has three sections, Timing, Signal generation and 062.06.01.02.60
Transmit.
481 State that in the Timing section two clocks have been developed, a Rubidium 062.06.01.02.61
Frequency Standard clock and a more precise Passive Hydrogen Maser clock.
482 State the Signal generation contains the navigation signals. 062.06.01.02.62
483 State that the navigation signals consist of a ranging code identifier and the 062.06.01.02.63
navigation message.
484 State that the navigation message basically contains information concerning 062.06.01.02.64
the satellite orbit (ephemeris) and the clock references.
485 State that the navigation message is “up-converted” on four navigation signal 062.06.01.02.65
carriers and the outputs are combined in a multiplexer before transmission in
the Transmit section.
486 State that the Navigation Antenna has been designed to minimise interference 062.06.01.02.66
between satellites by having equal power level propagation paths
independent of elevation angle.
487 State that the system is monitored in a similar way to both GPS NAVSTAR and 062.06.01.02.67
GLONASS but also by a new method based on spread-spectrum signals.
488 State that the tracking, telemetry and command operations are controlled by 062.06.01.02.68
sophisticated data encryption and authentication procedures.
489 GPS, EGNOS and GALILEO are compatible, will not interfere with each other, 062.06.01.02.69
and the performance of the receiver will be enhanced by interoperability of
the systems.
490 Errors and factors affecting accuracy 062.06.01.03
491 List the most significant factors affecting accuracy: - Ionospheric propagation 062.06.01.03.01
delay - Dilution of position - Satellite clock error - Satellite orbital variations -
Multipath.
492

493 State that ionospheric propagation delay (IPD) can almost be eliminated, by 062.06.01.03.02
using two frequencies.

494 State that in SPS receivers, IPD is currently corrected by using the ionospheric 062.06.01.03.03
model from the navigation message but the error is only reduced by 50%.
495 State that ionospheric delay is the most significant error. 062.06.01.03.04
496 State that dilution of position arises from the geometry and number of 062.06.01.03.05
satellites in view. It is called Position Dilution of precision (PDOP).
497

498 State that errors in the satellite orbits are due to: - Solar wind - Gravitation of 062.06.01.03.06
the sun, moon and planets.
499 State that Multipath is when the signal arrives at the receiver via more than 062.06.01.03.07
one path (the signal being reflected from surfaces near the receiver).
500 Ground, Satellite and Airborne based augmentation systems 062.06.02.00
501 Ground-based augmentation systems (GBAS) 062.06.02.01
502 Explain the principle of a GBAS: to measure on ground the signal errors 062.06.02.01.01
transmitted by GNSS satellites and relay the measured errors to the user for
correction.
503 State that the ICAO GBAS standard is based on this technique through the use 062.06.02.01.02
of a data link in the VHF band of ILS –VOR systems (108 – 118 MHz).
504 State that for a GBAS station the coverage is about 30 km. 062.06.02.01.03
505 Explain that ICAO standards provide the possibility to interconnect GBAS 062.06.02.01.04
stations to form a network broadcasting large-scale differential corrections.
Such a system is identified as GRAS (Ground Regional Augmentation System).
506 Explain that GBAS ground subsystems provide two services: the precision 062.06.02.01.05
approach service and the GBAS positioning service. The precision approach
service provides deviation guidance for Final Approach Segments, while the
GBAS positioning service provides horizontal position information to support
RNAV operations in terminal areas.

507 Explain that one ground station can support all the aircraft subsystems within 062.06.02.01.06
its coverage providing the aircraft with approach data, corrections and
integrity information for GNSS satellites in view via a VHF data broadcast
(VDB).
508 State that the minimum GBAS plan coverage is 15 NM from the landing 062.06.02.01.07
threshold point within 35° apart the final approach path and 10° apart
between 15 and 20 NM.

509
510 State that GBAS based on GPS is sometimes called LAAS: Local Area 062.06.02.01.08
Augmentation System.
511 Describe the characteristics of Local Area Augmentation System (LAAS) with 062.06.02.01.09
respect to: - differential corrections applied to a satellite signal by a ground-
based reference station - regional service providers to compute the integrity
of the satellite signals over their region - extra accuracy for extended coverage
around airports, railways, seaports and urban areas as required by the user.

512 Satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS) 062.06.02.02

513 Explain the principle of a SBAS: to measure on the ground the signal errors 062.06.02.02.01
transmitted by GNSS satellites and transmit differential corrections and
integrity messages for navigation satellites.
514 State that the frequency band of the data link is identical to that of the GPS 062.06.02.02.02
signals.
515 Explain that the use of geostationary satellites enables messages to be 062.06.02.02.03
broadcast over very wide areas.
516 Explain that pseudo-range measurements to these geostationary satellites can 062.06.02.02.04
also be made, as if they were GPS satellites.
517 State that SBAS consists of 3 elements: - The ground infrastructure 062.06.02.02.05
(monitoring and processing stations) - The SBAS satellites - The SBAS airborne
receivers.
518 Explain that SBAS station network measures the pseudo-range between the 062.06.02.02.06
ranging source and an SBAS receiver at the known locations and provides
separate corrections for ranging source ephemeris errors, clock errors and
ionospheric errors. The user applies corrections for tropospheric delay.

519 Explain that SBAS can provide approach and landing operations with Vertical 062.06.02.02.07
guidance (APV) and precision approach service.

520 Explain the difference between Coverage area and Service area. 062.06.02.02.08
521 State that Satellite Based Augmentation Systems include: - EGNOS in Western 062.06.02.02.09
Europe and the Mediterranean - WAAS in USA - MSAS in Japan - GAGAN in
India.

522 Explain that SBAS systems regionally augment GPS and GLONASS by making 062.06.02.02.10
them suitable for safety critical applications such as landing aircraft.
523 EGNOS 062.06.02.03
524 State that (EGNOS) European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service 062.06.02.03.01
consists of 3 geostationary Inmarsat satellites which broadcast GPS look-alike
signals.
525 State that EGNOS is designed to improve accuracy to 1-2m horizontally and 3- 062.06.02.03.02
5 m vertically.
526 Explain that integrity and safety are improved by alerting users within 6 062.06.02.03.03
seconds if a GPS malfunction occurs (up to 3 hrs GPS alone).
527 Airborne-based augmentation systems (ABAS) 062.06.02.04
528 Explain the principle of ABAS: to use redundant elements within the GPS 062.06.02.04.01
constellation (e.g.: multiplicity of distance measurements to various satellites)
or the combination of GNSS measurements with those of other navigation
sensors (such as inertial systems), to develop integrity control.

529 State that the type of ABAS using only GNSS information is RAIM (Receiver 062.06.02.04.02
Autonomous Integrity Monitoring).
530 State that a system using information from additional on-board sensors is 062.06.02.04.03
named AAIM (Aircraft Autonomous Integrity Monitoring).
531 Explain that the typical sensors used are barometric altimeter, clock and 062.06.02.04.04
inertial navigation system.
532 Explain that unlike GBAS and SBAS, ABAS does not improve positioning 062.06.02.04.05
accuracy.
533 PERFORMANCE-BASED NAVIGATION 062.07.00.00
534 PBN concept (as described in ICAO doc 9613) 062.07.01.00

535 PBN principles 062.07.01.01

536 List the factors used to define RNAV or RNP system performance requirements 062.07.01.01.01
(accuracy, integrity, continuity and functionality)

537

538

539

540 Explain the concept of continuity 062.07.01.01.02

541 Explain the concept of integrity 062.07.01.01.03

542 State that, unlike conventional navigation, performance-based navigation is 062.07.01.01.04

not sensor specific.
543 Explain the difference between raw data and computed data 062.07.01.01.05
544

545 PBN components 062.07.01.02

546 List the components of PBN as NAVAID infrastructure, navigation specification 062.07.01.02.01
and navigation application
547 Identify the components from an example 062.07.01.02.02
548 PBN scope 062.07.01.03
549 State that in oceanic/remote, en-route and terminal phases of flight, PBN is 062.07.01.03.01
limited to operations with linear lateral performance requirements and time
constraints
550 State that in the approach phases of flight, PBN accommodates both linear 062.07.01.03.02
and angular laterally guided operations and explain the difference between
the two.
551 Navigation specifications 062.07.02.00
552 RNAV and RNP 062.07.02.01
553 State the difference between RNAV and RNP in terms of the requirement for 062.07.02.01.01
on-board performance monitoring and alerting
554 Navigation functional requirements 062.07.02.02
555 List the basic functional requirements of RNAV and RNP specifications 062.07.02.02.01
(continuous indication of lateral deviation, distance/bearing to active
waypoint, g/s or time to active waypoint, navigation data storage and failure
indication)
556 Designation of RNP and RNAV specifications 062.07.02.03
557 Interpret "X" in RNAV X or RNP X as the lateral navigation accuracy (total 062.07.02.03.01
system error) in nautical miles, which is expected to be achieved at least 95
per cent of the flight time by the population of aircraft operating within the
airspace, route or procedure.

558 State that aircraft approved to the more stringent accuracy requirements may 062.07.02.03.02
not necessarily meet some of the functional requirements of the navigation
specification having a less stringent accuracy requirement.
559 State that RNAV10 and RNP4 are used in the oceanic/remote phase of flight 062.07.02.03.03
560 State that RNAV5 is used in the en route and arrival phase of flight 062.07.02.03.04
561 State that RNAV2 and RNP2 are also used as navigation specifications 062.07.02.03.05
562 State that RNP2 is used in the en route, and oceanic/remote phases of flight 062.07.02.03.06
563

564 State that RNAV1 and RNP1 are used in the arrival and departure phases of 062.07.02.03.07
flight
565 State that RNP APCH is used in the approach phase of flight 062.07.02.03.08

566 State that RNP AR APCH is used in the approach phase of flight 062.07.02.03.09

567 State that RNP 0.3 navigation specification is used in all phases of flight, except 062.07.02.03.10
for oceanic/remote and final approach, primarily for helicopters
568 State that RNAV1, RNP1 and RNP 0.3 may also be used in en-route phases of 062.07.02.03.11
low level IFR helicopter flights
569 Use of PBN 062.07.03 00
570 Airspace planning 062.07.03.01
571 State that navigation performance is one factor used to determine minimum 062.07.03.01.01
route spacing
572 Approval 062.07.03.02
573 State that the airworthiness approval process assures that each item of the 062.07.03.02.01
area navigation equipment installed is of a type and design appropriate to its
intended function and that the installation functions properly under
foreseeable operating conditions

574 State that some PBN specifications require operational approval 062.07.03.02.02
575 Specific RNAV and RNP system functions 062.07.03.03
576 Recognise the definition of an RF leg 062.07.03.03.01
577 Recognise the definition of a fixed radius transition 062.07.03.03.02
578

579 Recognise the definition of a fly-by turn and a fly-over 062.07.03.03.03

580 Recognise the definition of a holding pattern 062.07.03.03.04
581 Recognise the definition of an ‘ARINC 424 path terminator’ 062.07.03.03.05

582 Recognise the definition of the following path terminators: IF, TF, CF, DF, FA, 062.07.03.03.06
CA
583
584 Data processes 062.07.03.04
585 State that the safety of the application is contingent upon the accuracy, 062.07.03.04.01
resolution and integrity of the data.
586 State that the accuracy of the data depends upon the processes applied during 062.07.03.04.02
the data origination.
587 PBN operations 062.07.04.00
588 PBN principles 062.07.04.01
589 Recognise the definition of path definition error 062.07.04.01.01
590 Recognise the definition of flight technical error 062.07.04.01.02

591 Recognise the definition of navigation system error 062.07.04.01.03

592 Recognise the definition of total system error 062.07.04.01.04

593
594 On-board performance monitoring and alerting 062.07.04.02
595 State that on-board performance monitoring and alerting of flight technical 062.07.04.02.01
error is managed by on-board systems or crew procedures.
596 State that on-board performance monitoring and alerting of navigation system 062.07.04.02.02
error is a requirement of on-board equipment for RNP.
597

598
599

600 State that on-board performance monitoring and alerting of path definition 062.07.04.02.03
error are managed by gross reasonableness checks of navigation data.
601 Abnormal situations 062.07.04.03
602 State that abnormal and contingency procedures are to be used in case of loss 062.07.04.03.01
of the PBN capability.
603 Database management 062.07.04.04
604 State that, unless otherwise specified in operations documentation or AMC, 062.07.04.04.01
the navigational database must be valid for the current AIRAC cycle.

605 Requirements of specific RNAV and RNP specifications 062.07.05.00

606 RNAV 10 062.07.05.01
607 State that RNAV 10 requires that aircraft operating in oceanic and remote 062.07.05.01.01
areas be equipped with at least two independent and serviceable LRNSs
comprising an INS, an IRS FMS or a GNSS,

608 State that aircraft incorporating dual inertial navigation systems (INS) or 062.07.05.01.02
inertial reference units (IRU) have a standard time limitation
609 State that operators may extend their RNAV10 navigation capability time by 062.07.05.01.03
updating.
610 RNAV 5 062.07.05.02
611 State that manual data entry is acceptable for RNAV5 062.07.05.02.01
612 RNAV 1/RNAV 2/RNP 1/RNP 2 062.07.05.03
613 State that pilots must not fly an RNAV/RNP1/2 SID or STAR unless it is 062.07.05.03.01
retrievable by route name from the on-board navigation database and
conforms to the charted route.

614 State that the route may subsequently be modified through the insertion 062.07.05.03.02
(from the database) or deletion of specific waypoints in response to ATC
clearances.
615 State that the manual entry, or creation of new waypoints by manual entry, of 062.07.05.03.03
latitude and longitude or place/bearing/distance values is not permitted.
616 RNP4 062.07.05.04
617 State that at least two LRNSs, capable of navigating to RNP4 and listed in the 062.07.05.04.01
flight manual, must be operational at the entry point of the RNP airspace as
well as ADS/CPDLC capability
618 RNP APCH 062.07.05.05
619 State that pilots must not fly an RNP APCH unless it is retrievable by procedure 062.07.05.05.01
name from the on-board navigation database and conforms to the charted
procedure.
620 State that an RNP APCH to LNAV minima is a non-precision instrument 062.07.05.05.02
approach procedure designed for 2D approach operations
621 State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima has lateral guidance based on 062.07.05.05.03
GNSS and vertical guidance based on either SBAS or BaroVNAV

622 State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima may only be conducted with 062.07.05.05.04
vertical guidance certified for the purpose
623 Explain why an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima based on BaroVNAV may 062.07.05.05.05
only be conducted when the aerodrome temperature is within a promulgated
range

624 State that the correct altimeter setting is critical for the safe conduct of an RNP 062.07.05.05.06
APCH using BaroVNAV, as well as for LNAV and any other 2D operation.
625 State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima is a 3D operation 062.07.05.05.07

626 State that an RNP APCH to LPV minima is a 3D operation 062.07.05.05.08

627 State that RNP APCH to LPV minima requires a FAS datablock 062.07.05.05.09

628
629

630 RNP AR APCH 062.07.05.06

631 State that RNP AR APCH requires authorisation 062.07.05.06.01

632 A-RNP 062.07.05.07
633 State that Advanced RNP incorporates the navigation specifications RNAV5, 062.07.05.07.01
RNAV2, RNAV1, RNP2, RNP1 and RNP APCH
634 State that Advanced RNP may be associated with other functional elements 062.07.05.07.02
635 PBN Point in Space (PinS) Departure 062.07.05.08
636 State that a PinS departure is a departure procedure designed for helicopters 062.07.05.08.01
only
637 State that a PinS departure procedure includes either a "proceed VFR" or a 062.07.05.08.02
"proceed visually" instruction from landing location to IDF

638 Recognise the differences between "proceed VFR" and "proceed visually" 062.07.05.08.03
instruction.
639 PBN Point in Space (PinS) Approach 062.07.05.09
640 State that a PinS approach is an instrument RNP APCH procedure designed for 062.07.05.09.01
helicopters only and that may be published with LNAV minima or LPV minima

641 State that a PinS approach procedure includes either a "proceed VFR" or a 062.07.05.09.02
"proceed visually" instruction from the MAPt to a landing location

642 Recognise the differences between "proceed VFR" and "proceed visually" 062.07.05.09.03
instruction.
 New syllabus Moved to/from
reference another subject

062.00.00.00
062.01.00.00
062.01.01.00
062.01.01.01
062.01.01.01.01

062.01.01.01.02

062.01.01.02
062.01.01.02.01

062.01.01.02.02

062.01.01.02.03
062.01.01.02.04

062.01.01.02.05

062.01.01.02.06

062.01.01.03
062.01.01.03.01

062.01.01.03.02

062.01.01.03.03

062.01.01.03.04

062.01.01.04
062.01.01.04.01

062.01.01.05
062.01.01.05.01
062.01.01.05.02

062.01.01.06
062.01.01.06.01

062.01.01.06.02

062.01.01.06.03

062.01.01.06.04

062.01.02.00
062.01.02.01
062.01.02.01.01

062.01.02.01.02

062.01.02.01.03

062.01.02.01.04

062.01.02.02
062.01.02.02.01

062.01.02.03
062.01.02.03.01

062.01.02.03.02
062.01.02.03.03
062.01.03.00
062.01.03.01
062.01.03.01.01

062.01.03.01.02

062.01.03.01.03
062.01.03.01.04
062.01.03.02
062.01.03.02.01

062.01.03.03
062.01.03.03.01

062.01.03.04
062.01.03.04.01
062.01.03.04.02

062.01.03.05
062.01.03.05.01

062.01.03.06
062.01.03.06.01

062.01.03.06.02

062.01.03.06.03

062.01.03.06.04

062.01.03.06.05

062.01.03.06.06

062.02.00 00
062.02.01.00
062.02.01.01
062.02.01.01.01

062.02.01.01.02

062.02.01.02
062.02.01.02.01
062.02.01.02.02

062.02.01.02.03

062.02.01.03
062.02.01.03.01

062.02.01.03.01

062.02.01.04
062.02.01.04.01
062.02.01.04.02
062.02.01.04.03

062.02.02.00
062.02.02.01
062.02.02.01.01
062.02.02.01.02
062.02.02.01.03
062.02.02.01.04
062.02.02.01.05
062.02.02.01.06

062.02.02.01.07

062.02.02.01.08

062.02.02.01.09

062.02.02.01.10
062.02.02.01.11
062.02.02.01.12
062.02.02.01.13
062.02.02.01.14
062.02.02.01.15

062.02.02.01.16
062.02.02.02
062.02.02.02.01

062.02.02.02.02

062.02.02.02.03
062.02.02.02.04
062.02.02.02.05
062.02.02.02.06

062.02.02.03
062.02.02.03.01
062.02.02.03.02

062.02.02.03.03

062.02.02.03.04

062.02.02.03.05

062.02.02.03.06
062.02.02.04

062.02.02.04.01

062.02.02.04.02

062.02.02.04.03

062.02.02.05

062.02.02.05.01
062.02.02.05.02

062.02.02.05.03
062.02.03.00

062.02.03.01
062.02.03.01.01

062.02.03.01.02

062.02.03.01.03
062.02.03.01.04

062.02.03.01.05

062.02.03.01.06

062.02.03.01.07

062.02.03.01.08

062.02.03.01.09

062.02.03.02
062.02.03.02.01
062.02.03.02.02

062.02.03.02.03

062.02.03.02.04
062.02.03.02.05

062.02.03.02.06

062.02.03.03

062.02.01.03.01

062.02.03.04
062.02.03.04.01

062.02.03.04.02

062.02.04.00
062.02.04.01
062.02.04.01.01
062.02.04.01.02

062.02.04.01.03

062.02.04.01.04
062.02.04.01.05
062.02.04.01.06

062.02.04.01.07

061.04.03.02.02 Moved to subject

061

062.02.04.01.08

062.02.04.02
062.02.04.02.01

062.02.04.02.02
062.02.04.02.03

062.02.04.02.04

062.02.04.03
062.02.04.03.01

062.02.04.03.02

062.02.04.04

062.02.04.05

062.02.04.05.01

062.02.05.00
062.02.05.01
062.02.05.01.01

062.02.05.01.02

062.02.05.01.03
062.02.05.01.04

062.02.05.01.05

062.02.05.01.05

062.02.05.01.06
062.02.05.01.07

062.02.05.01.08

062.02.05.01.09

062.02.05.01.10

062.02.05.01.11
062.02.05.01.12

062.02.05.01.12

062.02.05.01.12

062.02.05.01.13

062.02.05.02
062.02.05.02.01

061.01.08.03.02 Moved to subject

061

061.01.08.03.02 Moved to subject

061
062.02.05.01.12

062.02.05.01.12

062.02.05.02.02

062.02.05.02.03

062.02.05.02.04

062.02.05.02.05

062.02.05.02.06

062.02.05.02.07

062.02.05.02.08

062.02.05.03
062.02.05.03.01

062.02.05.04
062.02.05.04.01

062.02.05.04.02

062.02.05.04.03

062.02.05.04.04
062.02.05.04.05

062.02.05.04.06

062.02.05.04.07

062.02.05.04.08

062.02.05.05
062.02.05.05.01

062.02.05.05.02

062.02.06.00
062.02.06.01
062.02.06.01.01

062.02.06.01.02

062.02.06.01.03

062.02.06.02
062.02.06.02.01

062.02.06.02.02

062.02.06.02.03

062.02.06.02.04

062.02.06.02.05
062.02.06.03
062.02.06.03.01

062.03.00.00
062.03.01.00
062.03.01.01
062.03.01.01.01

062.03.01.01.02

062.03.01.01.03

062.03.02
062.03.02.01
062.03.02.01.01
062.03.02.01.02

062.03.02.02
062.03.02.02.01

062.03.03.00
062.03.03.01
062.03.03.01.01

062.03.03.01.02

062.03.03.01.03
062.03.03.01.04

062.03.03.02
062.03.03.02.01

062.03.03.02.02

062.03.03.02.03

062.03.03.03
062.03.03.03.01

062.03.03.04
062.03.03.04.01
062.03.03.05
062.03.03.05.01

062.03.03.05.02

062.03.03.05.02

062.03.03.05.03
062.03.03.06
062.03.03.06.01
062.03.03.06.02
062.03.03.06.03
062.03.03.06.04
062.03.04.00
062.03.04.01
062.03.04.01.01

062.03.04.01.02

062.03.04.01.03

062.03.04.01.04

062.03.04.02
062.03.04.02.01

062.03.04.02.02
062.03.04.02.03

062.03.04.02.04

062.03.04.02.05

062.03.04.02.06

062.03.04.02.07

062.03.04.02.08
062.03.04.02.09

062.03.04.02.10

062.03.04.02.11

062.03.04.02.12

062.03.04.02.13
062.03.04.02.14

062.03.04.03
062.03.04.03.01
062.03.04.03.02

010.06.08.01.05 Moved to subject

010
062.03.04.03.03

062.04.00.00
062.05.00.00
022.11.02.02.01 Moved to subject
022

022.11.01.01.01 Moved to subject

022

022.11.02.02.01 Moved to subject

022

022.11.01.01.05 Moved to subject

022

022.11.01.01.02 Moved to subject

022

022.11.02.01.01 Moved to subject

022

022.11.02.01.02 Moved to subject

022
022.11.02.01.04 Moved to subject
022
022.11.03.01.02 Moved to subject
022

022.11.03.01.01 Moved to subject

022

022.11.03.01.07 Moved to subject

022

022.11.03.01.08 Moved to subject

022

022.11.04.01.01 Moved to subject

022

022.11.04.01.02 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.01.02 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.02.01 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.02.02 Moved to subject

022
022.13.03.02.03 Moved to subject
022

022.13.03.02.04 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.02.05 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.02.06 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.02.07 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.02 Moved to subject

022
022.13.03.03.03 Moved to subject
022

022.13.03.03.04 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.03 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.04 Moved to subject

022
022.13.03.03.03 Moved to subject
022

022.13.03.03.04 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.03 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.04 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.03 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.04 Moved to subject

022

022.13.03.03.06 Moved to subject

022

062.06.00.00
 062.06.01.00
062.06.01.01
062.06.01.01.01

062.06.01.01.02

062.06.01.02

062.06.01.02.01

062.06.01.02.02

062.06.01.02.03

062.06.01.02.04

062.06.01.02.05
062.06.01.02.06

062.06.01.02.07

062.06.01.02.08
062.06.01.02.09

062.06.01.02.10

062.06.01.02.11

062.06.01.02.12

062.06.01.02.13

062.06.01.02.14

062.06.01.02.15

062.06.01.02.16

062.06.01.02.17

062.06.01.02.18

062.06.01.02.19

062.06.01.02.20

062.06.01.02.21
062.06.01.02.22

062.06.01.02.23

062.06.01.02.24
062.06.01.02.25

062.06.01.03
062.06.01.03.01

062.06.01.03.02

062.06.01.03.03

062.06.01.03.04
062.06.01.03.05

062.06.01.03.06

062.06.01.03.07
 062.06.02.00
062.06.02.01
062.06.02.01.01

062.06.02.01.02

062.06.02.01.03

062.06.02.01.04

062.06.02.01.05

062.06.02.01.06

062.06.02.01.07
062.06.02.01.08

062.06.02.01.09

062.06.02.02
062.06.02.02.01

062.06.02.02.02

062.06.02.02.03

062.06.02.02.04

062.06.02.02.05

062.06.02.02.06
062.06.02.02.07

062.06.02.03

062.06.02.02.08

062.06.02.02.09

062.06.02.04
062.06.02.04.01

062.06.02.04.02

062.06.02.04.03

062.06.02.04.04

062.07.00.00
062.07.01.00

062.07.01.01
062.07.01.01.01

062.07.01.01.02

062.07.01.01.03

062.07.01.01.04

062.07.01.01.05

062.07.01.01.06

062.07.01.01.07
062.07.01.01.08
062.07.01.01.09

062.07.01.02
062.07.01.02.01

062.07.01.03
062.07.01.03.01

062.07.01.03.02

062.07.02.00
062.07.02.01
062.07.02.01.01

062.07.02.02
062.07.02.02.01

062.07.02.03
062.07.02.03.01

062.07.02.03.02

062.07.02.03.03
062.07.02.03.04
062.07.02.03.05
062.07.02.03.06
062.07.02.03.07

062.07.02.03.08

062.07.02.03.09

062.07.02.03.10

062.07.02.03.11

062.07.02.03.12

062.07.03.00
062.07.03.01

062.07.03.02
 062.07.03.03
062.07.03.03.01
062.07.03.03.02
062.07.03.03.03

062.07.03.03.04

062.07.03.03.05

062.07.03.03.06

062.07.03.03.07
062.07.03.04

062.07.04.00
062.07.04.01
062.07.04.01.01
062.07.04.01.02

062.07.04.01.03

062.07.04.01.04

062.07.04.01.05
062.07.04.02
062.07.04.02.01

062.07.04.02.02

062.07.04.02.03

062.07.04.02.04
062.07.04.02.05

062.07.04.02.06

062.07.04.03
062.07.04.03.01

062.07.04.04
062.07.04.04.01

062.07.05.00
062.07.05.01
062.07.05.01.01

062.07.05.01.02

062.07.05.02
062.07.05.02.01
062.07.05.03
062.07.05.03.01

062.07.05.03.02

062.07.05.03.03

062.07.05.04

062.07.05.05
062.07.05.05.01

062.07.05.05.02

062.07.05.05.03

062.07.05.05.04

062.07.05.05.05

062.07.05.05.06

062.07.05.05.07

062.07.05.05.08
062.07.05.05.09

062.07.05.05.10
062.07.05.05.11

062.07.05.06

062.07.05.06.01
062.07.05.07
062.07.05.07.01

062.07.05.08
062.07.05.08.01

062.07.05.08.02

062.07.05.08.03

062.07.05.09
062.07.05.09.01

062.07.05.09.02

062.07.05.09.03
 New syllabus text

Reworded, intent the

Text unmodified
Renumbered

Deleted

same
New
RADIO NAVIGATION x
BASIC RADIO PROPAGATION THEORY x
Basic principles x
Electromagnetic waves x
State that radio waves travel at the speed of light, being approximately
300 000 km/s.
Define a ‘cycle’: a complete series of values of a periodical process. x
x
Frequency, wavelength, amplitude, phase angle x
Define ‘frequency’: the number of cycles occurring in 1 second expressed in x
Hertz (Hz).
Define ‘wavelength’: the physical distance travelled by a radio wave during x
one cycle of transmission.
Define ‘amplitude’: the maximum deflection in an oscillation or wave. x
State that the relationship between wavelength and frequency is: wavelength
(λ) = speed of light (c) / frequency (f).
Define ‘phase angle’: the fraction of one wavelength expressed in degrees x
from 000° to 360°.
Define ‘phase angle difference/shift’: the angular difference between the x
corresponding points of two cycles of equal wavelength, which is measurable
in degrees (deg).
Frequency bands, sidebands, single sideband x
List the bands of the frequency spectrum for electromagnetic waves: very low x
frequency (VLF): 3-30 kHz; low frequency (LF): 30-300 kHz; medium frequency
(MF): 300-3 000 kHz; high frequency (HF): 3-30 MHz; very high frequency
(VHF): 30-300 MHz; ultra high frequency (UHF): 300-3 000 MHz; super high
frequency (SHF): 3-30 GHz; extremely high frequency (EHF): 30-300 GHz.

State that when a carrier wave is modulated, the resultant radiation consists x
of the carrier frequency plus additional upper and lower sidebands.
State that HF meteorological information for aircraft in flight (VOLMET) and HF x
two-way communication use a single sideband.
State that the following abbreviations (classifications according to
International Telecommunication Union (ITU) regulations) are used for
aviation applications: N0N: carrier without modulation as used by non-
directional radio beacons (NDBs); A1A: carrier with keyed Morse code
modulation as used by NDBs; A2A: carrier with amplitude modulated Morse
code as used by NDBs; A3E: carrier with amplitude modulated speech used for
communication (VHF-COM).
Pulse characteristics x
Define the following terms that are associated with a pulse string: - pulse x
length; - pulse power; - continuous power.
Carrier, modulation x
Define ‘carrier wave’: the radio wave acting as the carrier or transporter. x
x
Define ‘modulation’: the technical term for the process of impressing and x x
transporting information by radio waves.
Kinds of modulation (amplitude, frequency, pulse, phase) x
Define ‘amplitude modulation’: the information that is impressed onto the x
carrier wave by altering the amplitude of the carrier.
Define ‘frequency modulation’: the information that is impressed onto the x
carrier wave by altering the frequency of the carrier.
Describe ‘pulse modulation’: a modulation form used in radar by transmitting x
short pulses followed by larger interruptions.
Describe ‘phase modulation’: a modulation form used in GPS where the phase x
of the carrier wave is reversed.
Antennas x
Characteristics x
Define ‘antenna’: an antenna or aerial is an electrical device which converts
electric power into radio waves, and vice versa.
State that the simplest type of antenna is a dipole, which is a wire of length x
equal to one half of the wavelength.
x

State that an electromagnetic wave always consists of an oscillating electric (E) x x

and an oscillating magnetic (H) field which propagates at the speed of light.
State that the E and H fields are perpendicular to each other. The oscillations x x
are perpendicular to the propagation direction and are in-phase.
x

Polarisation x
State that the polarisation of an electromagnetic wave describes the x
orientation of the plane of oscillation of the electrical component of the wave
with regard to its direction of propagation.
x

Types of antennas x
Name the common different types of directional antennas: loop antenna used
in old automatic direction-finding (ADF) receivers; parabolic antenna used in
weather radars; slotted planar array used in more modern weather radars.

Explain ‘antenna shadowing’. x

Explain the importance of antenna placement on aircraft. x
Wave propagation x
Structure of the ionosphere and its effect on radio waves x
State that the ionosphere is the ionised component of the Earth’s upper x
atmosphere from approximately 60 to 400 km above the surface, which is
vertically structured in three regions or layers.
State that the layers of the ionosphere are named D, E and F layers, and their x
depth varies with time.
State that electromagnetic waves refracted from the E and F layers of the x
ionosphere are called sky waves.
Explain how the different layers of the ionosphere influence wave x
propagation.
Ground waves x
Define ‘ground or surface waves’: the electromagnetic waves travelling along x
the surface of the Earth.
Space waves x
Define ‘space waves’: the electromagnetic waves travelling through the air x
directly from the transmitter to the receiver.
Propagation with the frequency bands x
State that radio waves in VHF, UHF, SHF and EHF propagate as space waves. x
State that radio waves in LF, MF and HF propagate as surface/ground waves
and sky waves.
Doppler principle x
State that the Doppler effect is the phenomenon where the frequency of a x
wave will increase or decrease if there is relative motion between the
transmitter and the receiver.
x

Factors affecting propagation x

Define ‘skip distance’: the distance between the transmitter and the point on x
the surface of the Earth where the first sky wave return arrives.
State that skip zone/dead space is the distance between the limit of the x
surface wave and the sky wave.
Describe ‘fading’: when a receiver picks up two signals with the same
frequency, and the signals will interfere with each other causing changes in
the resultant signal strength and polarisation.
State that radio waves in the VHF band and above are limited in range as they x
are not reflected by the ionosphere and do not have a surface wave.
Describe the physical phenomena ‘reflection’, ‘refraction’, ‘diffraction’, x
‘absorption’ and ‘interference’.
State that multipath is when the signal arrives at the receiver via more than x
one path (the signal being reflected from surfaces near the receiver).
RADIO AIDS x
Ground direction finding (DF) x
Principles x
Describe the use of a ground DF. x
x

Explain the limitation of range because of the path of the VHF signal. x x
x

Presentation and interpretation x

Define the term ‘QDM’: the magnetic bearing to the station. x
Define the term ‘QDR’: the magnetic bearing from the station. x
x
x
Explain that by using more than one ground station, the position of an aircraft x x
can be determined and transmitted to the pilot.
Coverage and range x
Use the formula: 1.23 x √transmitter height in feet + 1.23 x √receiver height in x
feet, to calculate the range in NM.
See new LO reference above x x

Errors and accuracy x

Explain why synchronous transmissions will cause errors. x
Describe the effect of ‘multipath signals’. x
Explain that VDF information is divided into the following classes according to x
ICAO Annex 10: - Class A: accurate to a range within ± 2°; - Class B: accurate to
a range within ± 5°; - Class C: accurate to a range within ± 10°; - Class D:
accurate to less than Class C.

Non-directional radio beacon (NDB)/automatic direction finding (ADF) x

Principles x
Define the acronym ‘NDB’: non-directional radio beacon.
Define the acronym ‘ADF’: automatic direction-finding equipment. x
State that the NDB is the ground part of the system. x
State that the ADF is the airborne part of the system. x
State that the NDB operates in the LF and MF frequency bands. x
State that the frequency band assigned to aeronautical NDBs according to x
ICAO Annex 10 is 190-1 750 kHz.
Define a ‘locator beacon’: an LF/MF NDB used as an aid to final approach x
usually with a range of 10-25 NM.
x
x
State that certain commercial radio stations transmit within the frequency x x
band of the NDB.
x

State that according to ICAO Annex 10, an NDB station has an automatic x
ground monitoring system.
Describe the use of NDBs for navigation. x x
Describe the procedure to identify an NDB station. x x
Interpret the term ‘cone of confusion’ in respect of an NDB. x
State that an NDB station emits a N0N/A1A or a N0N/A2A signal. x x
State the function of the beat frequency oscillator (BFO). x x
State that in order to identify a N0N/A1A NDB, the BFO circuit of the receiver x x
has to be activated.
x

State that on modern aircraft, the BFO is activated automatically. x

Presentation and interpretation x
Name the types of indicators commonly in use: - electronic display; - radio x
magnetic indicator (RMI); - fixed-card ADF (radio compass); - moving-card ADF.

Interpret the indications given on RMI, fixed-card and moving-card ADF

displays.
Given a display, interpret the relevant ADF information. x
Calculate the true bearing from the compass heading and relative bearing. x
Convert the compass bearing into magnetic bearing and true bearing. x
Describe how to fly the following in-flight ADF procedures according to ICAO x
Doc 8168 Volume 1: - homing and tracking, and explain the influence of wind;
- interceptions; - procedural turns; - holding patterns.
Coverage and range x
State that the power of the transmitter limits the range of an NDB. x
Explain the relationship between power and range. x
x

Describe the propagation path of NDB radio waves with respect to the x x
ionosphere and the Earth’s surface.
Explain that the interference between sky waves and ground waves leads to x
‘fading’.
Define that the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required bearing in order to be x x
considered established during approach, according to ICAO Doc 8168, has to
be within ± 5°.
State that there is no warning indication of NDB failure. x x
Errors and accuracy x
x

Explain ‘coastal refraction’: as a radio wave travelling over land crosses the x x
coast, the wave speeds up over water and the wave front bends.
Define ‘night/twilight effect’: the influence of sky waves and ground waves x x
arriving at the ADF receiver with a difference of phase and polarisation which
introduce bearing errors.
State that interference from other NDB stations on the same frequency may x x
occur at night due to sky-wave contamination.
Factors affecting range and accuracy x
x

x
x
Describe diffraction of radio waves in mountainous terrain (mountain effect). x
State that static radiation energy from a cumulonimbus cloud may interfere x
with the radio wave and influence the ADF bearing indication.
Explain that the bank angle of the aircraft causes a dip error. x
VHF omnidirectional radio range (VOR): conventional VOR (CVOR) and
Doppler VOR (DVOR)
Principles x
Explain the working principle of VOR using the following general terms: -
reference phase; - variable phase; - phase difference.
State that the frequency band allocated to VOR according to ICAO Annex 10 is x
VHF, and the frequencies used are 108.0-117.975 MHz.
State that frequencies within the allocated VOR range 108.0-111.975 MHz, x
which have an odd number in the first decimal place, are used by instrument
landing system (ILS).
State that the following types of VOR are in operation: - conventional VOR x
(CVOR): a first-generation VOR station emitting signals by means of a rotating
antenna; - Doppler VOR (DVOR): a second-generation VOR station emitting
signals by means of a combination of fixed antennas utilising the Doppler
principle; en-route VOR for use by IFR traffic; - terminal VOR (TVOR): a station
with a shorter range used as part of the approach and departure structure at
major aerodromes; - test VOR (VOT): a VOR station emitting a signal to test
VOR indicators in an aircraft.

State that automatic terminal information service (ATIS) information is

transmitted on VOR frequencies.
List the three main components of VOR airborne equipment: the antenna; the x
receiver; the indicator.
Describe the identification of a VOR in terms of Morse-code letters and
additional plain text.
State that according to ICAO Annex 10, a VOR station has an automatic ground x
monitoring system.
x

State that failure of the VOR station to stay within the required limits can x x
cause the removal of identification and navigation components from the
carrier or radiation to cease.
Presentation and interpretation x
Read off the radial on an RMI. x
Read off the angular displacement in relation to a preselected radial on a
horizontal situation indicator (HSI) or omnibearing indicator (OBI).
Explain the use of the TO/FROM indicator in order to determine aircraft x
position relative to the VOR considering also the heading of the aircraft.
Interpret VOR information as displayed on HSI, CDI and RMI. x
Describe the following in-flight VOR procedures according to ICAO Doc 8168 x
Volume 1: - tracking, and explain the influence of wind when tracking; -
interceptions; - procedural turns; - holding patterns.
State that when converting a radial into a true bearing, the variation at the x
VOR station has to be taken into account.
Intentionally left blank x
x
See new LO reference above x

Errors and accuracy x

Define that the accuracy the pilot has to fly the required bearing in order to be x
considered established on a VOR track when flying approach procedures,
according to ICAO Doc 8168, has to be within the half-full scale deflection of
the required track.

State that due to reflections from terrain, radials can be bent and lead to x
wrong or fluctuating indications, which is called ‘scalloping’.
x
Distance-measuring equipment (DME) x
Principles x
State that DME operates in the UHF band.
State that the system comprises two basic components: - the aircraft x
component: the interrogator; - the ground component: the transponder.
Describe the principle of distance measurement using DME in terms of a timed
transmission from the interrogator and reply from the transponder on
different frequencies.

Explain that the distance measured by DME is slant range.

Illustrate that a position line using DME is a circle with the station at its centre. x
State that the pairing of VHF and UHF frequencies (VOR/DME) enables the
selection of two items of navigation information from one frequency setting.
Describe, in the case of co-location with VOR and ILS, the frequency pairing
and identification procedure.
See new LO reference in subject 061 x

State that military UHF tactical air navigation aid (TACAN) stations may be x
used for DME information.
Presentation and interpretation x
State that when identifying a DME station co-located with a VOR station, the
identification signal with the higher-tone frequency is the DME which
identifies itself approximately every 40 seconds.
Calculate ground distance from given slant range and altitude. x
Describe the use of DME to fly a DME arc in accordance with ICAO Doc 8168 x
Volume 1.
State that a DME system may have a ground speed (GS) and time to station
read-out combined with the DME read-out.
Coverage and range x
Explain why a ground station can generally respond to a maximum of 100 x
aircraft.
Explain which aircraft will be denied a DME range first when more than 100 x
interrogations are being made.
Intentionally left blank x
x

Factors affecting range and accuracy x

x

Explain why the GS read-out from a DME can be less than the actual GS, and is x
zero when flying a DME arc.
Instrument landing system (ILS) x
Principles x
Name the three main components of an ILS: - the localiser (LOC); - the glide
path (GP); range information (markers or DME).
State the site locations of the ILS components: - the LOC antenna should be
located on the extension of the runway centre line at the stop-end; - the GP
antenna should be located beyond the runway threshold, laterally displaced to
the side of the runway centre line.

Explain that marker beacons produce radiation patterns to indicate x

predetermined distances from the threshold along the ILS GP.
State that marker beacons are sometimes replaced by a DME paired with the
LOC frequency.
State that in the ILS LOC frequency assigned band 108.0-111.975 MHz, only
frequencies which have an odd number in the first decimal are ILS LOC
frequencies.
See new LO reference above x

State that the GP operates in the UHF band. x x

Describe the use of the 90-Hz and the 150-Hz signals in the LOC and GP x
transmitters/receivers, stating how the signals at the receivers vary with
angular deviation.
x
State that the UHF GP frequency is selected automatically by being paired with x
the LOC frequency.
x
x

Explain that both the LOC and the GP antenna radiate side lobes (false beams) x
which can give rise to false centre-line and false GP indication.
Explain that the back beam from the LOC antenna may be used as a published x
‘non-precision approach’.
State that the recommended GP is 3°. x
Name the frequency, modulation and identification assigned to all marker x
beacons. All marker beacons operate on 75-MHz carrier frequency. The
modulation frequencies of the audio are: - outer marker: low; - middle marker:
medium; - inner marker: high. The audio frequency modulation (for
identification) is the continuous modulation of the audio frequency and is
keyed as follows: - outer marker: 2 dashes per second continuously; - middle
marker: a continuous series of alternate dots and dashes; inner marker: 6 dots
per second continuously. The outer-marker cockpit indicator is coloured blue,
the middle marker amber, and the inner marker white.

See new LO reference x x

See new LO reference x x

State that the final-approach area contains a fix or facility that permits x
verification of the ILS GP-altimeter relationship. The outer marker or DME is
usually used for this purpose.
Presentation and interpretation x
Describe the ILS identification regarding frequency and Morse code or plain x
text.
See new LO reference in subject 061 x

See new LO reference in subject 061 x

See new LO reference x x

See new LO reference x x

State that an ILS installation has an automatic ground monitoring system. x

State that the LOC and GP monitoring system monitors any shift in the LOC x
and GP mean course line or reduction in signal strength.
State that warning flags will appear for both the LOC and the GP if the x
received signal strength is below a threshold value.

x
Describe the circumstances in which warning flags will appear for both the LOC x
and the GP: absence of the carrier frequency; absence of the modulation
simultaneously; the percentage modulation of the navigation signal reduced to
0.

Interpret the indications on a CDI and an HSI: full-scale deflection of the CDI x x
needle corresponds to approximately 2.5° displacement from the ILS centre
line; - full-scale deflection on the GP corresponds to approximately 0.7° from
the ILS GP centre line.

Interpret the aircraft’s position in relation to the extended runway centre line x x
on a back-beam approach.
Explain the setting of the course pointer of an HSI and the course selector of x
an omnibearing indicator (OBI) for front-beam and back-beam approaches.
Coverage and range x
Sketch the standard coverage area of the LOC and GP with angular sector
limits in degrees and distance limits from the transmitter: - LOC coverage area
is 10° on either side of the centre line to a distance of 25 NM from the runway,
and 35° on either side of the centre line to a distance of 17 NM from the
runway; - GP coverage area is 8° on either side of the centre line to a distance
of minimum 10 NM from the runway.

Errors and accuracy x

Explain that ILS approaches are divided into facility performance categories x
defined in ICAO Annex 10.
Define the following ILS operation categories: - Category I; - Category II; - x
Category IIIA; - Category IIIB; - Category IIIC.
Explain that all Category III ILS operations guidance information is provided x
from the coverage limits of the facility to, and along, the surface of the
runway.
Explain why the accuracy requirements are progressively higher for CAT I, CAT x
II and CAT III ILS.
x
Explain the following in accordance with ICAO Doc 8168: - the accuracy the x
pilot has to fly the ILS LOC to be considered established on an ILS track is
within the half-full scale deflection of the required track; - the aircraft has to
be established within the half-scale deflection of the LOC before starting
descent on the GP; - the pilot has to fly the ILS GP to a maximum of half-scale
fly-up deflection of the GP in order to stay in protected airspace.

State that if a pilot deviates by more than half-course deflection on the LOC or x
by more than half-dot deflection on the GP, an immediate go-around should
be executed because obstacle clearance may no longer be guaranteed.

Describe ILS beam bends as deviations from the nominal LOC and GP x
respectively which can be assessed by flight test.
Explain that multipath interference is caused by reflections from objects x x
within the ILS coverage area.
Factors affecting range and accuracy x
Define the ‘ILS-critical area’: an area of defined dimensions around the LOC
and GP antennas where vehicles, including aircraft, are excluded during all ILS
operations.
Define the ‘ILS-sensitive area’: an area extending beyond the ILS-critical area x
where the parking or movement of vehicles, including aircraft, is controlled to
prevent the possibility of unacceptable interference to the ILS signal during ILS
operations.

Microwave landing system (MLS) x

Principles x
Explain the principle of operation: - horizontal course guidance during the x
approach; - vertical guidance during the approach; - horizontal guidance for
departure and missed approach; - DME (DME/P) distance; - transmission of
special information regarding the system and the approach conditions.

State that MLS operates in the SHF band on any one of 200 channels, on x
assigned frequencies.
Explain the reason why MLS can be installed at aerodromes where, as a result x
of the effects of surrounding buildings or terrain, ILS siting is difficult.
Presentation and interpretation x
Interpret the display of airborne equipment designed to continuously show x
the position of the aircraft in relation to a preselected course and glide path,
along with distance information, during approach and departure.

Explain that segmented approaches can be carried out with a presentation x

with two cross bars directed by a computer which has been programmed with
the approach to be flown.
Illustrate that segmented and curved approaches can only be executed with x
DME/P installed.
Explain why aircraft are equipped with a multimode receiver (MMR) in order x
to be able to receive ILS, MLS and GPS.
Explain why MLS without DME/P gives an ILS lookalike straight-line approach. x
Coverage and range x
Describe the coverage area for the approach direction as being within a sector x
of +/- 40° of the centre line out to a range of 20 NM from the threshold
(according to ICAO Annex 10).
x
x

RADAR x
Pulse techniques x
Pulse techniques and associated terms x
Name the different applications of radar with respect to air traffic control x x
(ATC), weather observations, and airborne weather radar (AWR).
Describe the pulse technique and echo principle on which primary radar x x
systems are based.
State that the range of a radar depends on pulse repetition frequency (PRF), x
pulse length, pulse power, height of aircraft, height of antenna and frequency
used.
x

x
x

Ground radar
Principles x
Explain that primary radar provides bearing and distance of targets. x
Explain that primary ground radar is used to detect aircraft that are not x
equipped with a secondary radar transponder.
x
Presentation and interpretation x
State that modern ATC systems use inputs from various sensors to generate
the display.
x

Airborne weather radar x

Principles x
List the two main tasks of the weather radar in respect of weather and x
navigation.
State that modern weather radars employ frequencies that give wavelengths
of about 3 cm that reflect best on wet hailstones.
State that the antenna is stabilised in the horizontal plane with signals from
the aircraft’s attitude reference system.
x
Describe the cone-shaped pencil beam of about 3° to 5° beam width used for x
weather detection.
x

Presentation and interpretation x

Explain the functions of the following different controls on the radar control x
panel: - off/on switch; - function switch with WX, WX+T and MAP modes; -
gain-control setting (auto/manual); -tilt/autotilt switch.
Name, for areas of differing reflection intensity, the colour gradations (green, x
yellow, red and magenta) indicating the increasing intensity of precipitation.
State the use of azimuth-marker lines and range lines in respect of the relative
bearing and the distance to a thunderstorm on the screen.
Coverage and range x
Explain how the radar is used for weather detection and for mapping (range, x
tilt and gain, if available).
Errors, accuracy, limitations x
Explain why AWR should be used with extreme caution when on the ground. x
Factors affecting range and accuracy x
Explain the danger of the area behind heavy rain (shadow area) where no x
radar waves will penetrate.
Describe appropriate tilt settings in relation to altitude and thunderstorms. x

See new LO reference above x x

Explain why a thunderstorm may not be detected when the tilt is set too high. x x
Application for navigation x
Describe the navigation function of the radar in the mapping mode. x
Describe the use of the weather radar to avoid a thunderstorm (Cb). x
Explain how turbulence (not CAT) can be detected by a modern weather radar. x
Explain how wind shear can be detected by a modern weather radar. x
Secondary surveillance radar and transponder x
Principles x
State that the ATC system is based on the replies provided by the airborne
transponders in response to interrogations from the ATC secondary radar.

State that the ground ATC secondary radar uses techniques which provide the
ATC with information that cannot be acquired by the primary radar.
State that an airborne transponder provides coded-reply signals in response to
interrogation signals from the ground secondary radar and from aircraft
equipped with traffic alert and collision avoidance system (TCAS).

State the advantages of secondary surveillance radar (SSR) over a primary

radar regarding range and collected information due to transponder principle,
information and active participation of the aircraft.
Modes and codes x
State that the interrogator transmits its interrogations in the form of a series
of pulse pairs.
Name the interrogation modes: Mode A; Mode C; Mode S.
State that the interrogation frequency and the reply frequency are different.

Explain that the decoding of the time interval between the pulse pairs x
determines the operating mode of the transponder: - Mode A: transmission of
aircraft transponder code; - Mode C: transmission of aircraft pressure altitude;
- Mode S: selection of aircraft address and transmission of flight data for the
ground surveillance.

State that Mode A designation is a sequence of four digits which can be x x

manually selected from 4096 available codes.
State that in Mode C reply, the pressure altitude is reported in 100-ft x x
increments.
State that in addition to the information provided, on request from ATC, a x
special position identification (SPI) pulse can be transmitted but only as a
result of a manual selection by the pilot (IDENT button).
State the need for compatibility of Mode S with Mode A and C. x
Explain that Mode S transponders receive interrogations from TCAS and SSR x
ground stations.
State that Mode S interrogation contains either the aircraft address, selective x
call or all-call address.
State that every aircraft is allocated an ICAO aircraft address, which is hard- x
coded into the Mode S transponder (Mode S address).
x

Explain that a 24-bit address is used in all Mode S transmissions, so that every x
interrogation can be directed to a specific aircraft.

x
x
x
x

State that Mode S can provide enhanced vertical tracking, using a 25-ft x
altitude increment.
State that SSR can be used for automatic dependent surveillance — broadcast x
(ADS-B).
Presentation and interpretation x
State that an aircraft can be identified by a unique code.
State which information can be presented on the ATC display system: pressure
altitude; flight level; flight number or aircraft registration number; GS.

See new LO reference in subject 010 x

Explain the use and function of the selector modes: OFF, Standby, ON (Mode x
A), ALT (Mode A, C and S), TEST, and of the reply lamp.
x

x
x

x
x

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK x

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK x
x
x
x
 x
x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
x

x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

x
See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

See new LO reference in subject 022 x

GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEMS (GNSSs) x

Global navigation satellite systems (GNSSs) x
General x
State that there are four main GNSSs. These are: USA NAVigation System with
Timing And Ranging Global Positioning System (NAVSTAR GPS); Russian GLObal
NAvigation Satellite System (GLONASS); European Galileo (under
construction); Chinese BeiDou (under construction).

State that all four systems (will) consist of a constellation of satellites which
can be used by a suitably equipped receiver to determine position.
Operation x
Global navigation satellite system (GNSS) x
State that there are currently two modes of operation: standard positioning x
service (SPS) for civilian users, and precise positioning service (PPS) for
authorised users.
SPS was originally designed to provide civilian users with a less accurate x
positioning capability than PPS.
Name the three GNSS segments as follows: space segment; control segment; x
user segment.
Space segment (example: NAVSTAR GPS)
x

x
State that each satellite broadcasts ranging signals on two UHF frequencies: L1 x
and L2.
State that SPS is a positioning and timing service provided on frequency L1. x x
State that PPS uses both frequencies L1 and L2. x x
x

State that the satellites transmit a coded signal used for ranging, identification x
(satellite individual PRN code), timing and navigation.
State that the navigation message contains: satellite clock correction x
parameters; Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) parameters; an ionospheric
model; satellite health data.
x

x
State that an ionospheric model is used to calculate the time delay of the x x
signal travelling through the ionosphere.
x

x
State that two codes are transmitted on the L1 frequency, namely a coarse x x
acquisition (C/A) code and a precision (P) code. The P code is not used for
standard positioning service (SPS).
x

State that satellites are equipped with atomic clocks which allow the system to x x
keep very accurate time reference.
Control segment x
State that the control segment comprises: a master control station; a ground x x
antenna; monitoring stations.
State that the control segment provides: monitoring of the constellation x
status; correction of orbital parameters; navigation data uploading.
x

User segment x
State that GNSS supplies three-dimensional position fixes and speed data, plus x
a precise time reference.
x
State that a GNSS receiver is able to determine the distance to a satellite by x
determining the difference between the time of transmission by the satellite
and the time of reception.
State that the initial distance calculated to the satellites is called pseudo-range x
because the difference between the GNSS receiver and the satellite time
references initially creates an erroneous range.
State that each range defines a sphere with its centre at the satellite. x x
x
State that there are four unknown parameters (x, y, z and delta t) (receiver x
clock error) which require the measurement of ranges to four different
satellites in order to get the position.
State that the GNSS receiver is able to synchronise to the correct time x
reference when receiving four satellites.
State that the receiver is able to calculate aircraft ground speed using the x x
space vehicle (SV) Doppler frequency shift or the change in receiver position
over time.
NAVigation System with Timing And Ranging Global Positioning System x
(NAVSTAR GPS) integrity
Define ‘receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM)’ as a technique that x
ensures the integrity of the provided data by redundant measurements.
State that RAIM is achieved by consistency checks among range x x
measurements.
State that basic RAIM requires five satellites. A sixth one is for isolating a faulty x x
satellite from the navigation solution.
x

x
x
x

State that agreements have been concluded between the appropriate x

agencies for the compatibility and interoperability by any approved user of
NAVSTAR and GLONASS systems.
State that the different GNSSs use different data with respect to reference x
systems, orbital data, and navigation services.
x

x
x

x
x

Errors and factors affecting accuracy x

List the most significant factors that affect accuracy: ionospheric propagation x
delay; dilution of position; satellite clock error; satellite orbital variations;
multipath.
State that a user equivalent range error (UERE) can be computed from all x
these factors.
State that the error from the ionospheric propagation delay (IPD) can be x
reduced by modelling, using a model of the ionosphere, or can almost be
eliminated by using two frequencies.
x

State that ionospheric delay is the most significant error. x

State that dilution of position arises from the geometry and number of
satellites in view. It is called geometric dilution of precision (GDOP).
State that the UERE in combination with the geometric dilution of precision x
(GDOP) allows for an estimation of position accuracy.
State that errors in the satellite orbits are due to: solar winds; gravitation of x
the Sun and the Moon.
x
Ground-, satellite- and aircraft-based augmentation systems x
Ground-based augmentation systems (GBASs) x
Explain the principle of a GBAS: to measure on the ground the errors in the x
signals transmitted by GNSS satellites and relay the measured errors to the
user for correction.
State that the ICAO GBAS standard is based on this technique through the use x
of a data link in the VHF band of ILS-VOR systems (108-118 MHz).
State that for a GBAS station the coverage is about 20 NM.
x

State that GBAS provides information for guidance in the terminal area, and x
for three-dimensional guidance in the final approach segment (FAS) by
transmitting the FAS data block.

State that one ground station can support all the aircraft subsystems within its x
coverage providing the aircraft with approach data, corrections and integrity
information for GNSS satellites in view via a VHF data broadcast (VDB).

State that the minimum software designed coverage area is 10 deg on either x
side of the final approach path to a distance between 15 and 20 NM, and 35
deg on either side of the final approach path up to a distance of 15 NM.

State that outside this area the FAS data of GBAS is not used. x
State that GBAS based on GPS is sometimes called local area augmentation x
system (LAAS).
State that a GBAS-based approach is called GLS approach (GLS-GNSS landing
system).

Satellite-based augmentation systems (SBASs) x

Explain the principle of an SBAS: to measure on the ground the errors in the x
signals received from the satellites and transmit differential corrections and
integrity messages for navigation satellites.
State that the frequency band of the data link is identical to that of the GPS x
signals.
Explain that the use of geostationary satellites enables messages to be x
broadcast over very wide areas.
State that pseudo-range measurements to these geostationary satellites can
also be made, as if they were GPS satellites.
State that SBAS consists of two elements: ground infrastructure (monitoring
and processing stations); communication satellites.
x

State that SBAS allows the implementation of three-dimensional Type A and x

Type B approaches, and it can provide approach procedure with vertical
guidance (APV).
x
State the following examples of SBAS: European geostationary navigation x
overlay service (EGNOS) in western Europe and the Mediterranean; wide area
augmentation system (WAAS) in the USA; multi-functional transport satellite
(MTSAT)-based augmentation system (MSAS) in Japan; GPS and geostationary
earth orbit augmented navigation (GAGAN) in India.

Intentionally left blank x

x

State that SBAS is designed to significantly improve accuracy and integrity. x

Explain that integrity and safety are improved by alerting SBAS users within 6 x
seconds if a GPS malfunction occurs.
Aircraft-based augmentation systems (ABASs) x
Explain the principle of ABAS: to use redundant elements within the GPS x
constellation (e.g. multiplicity of distance measurements to various satellites)
or the combination of GNSS measurements with those of other navigation
sensors (such as inertial systems) in order to develop integrity control.

State that the type of ABAS using only GNSS information is named receiver x
autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM).
State that a system using information from additional onboard sensors is x
named aircraft autonomous integrity monitoring (AAIM).
Explain that the typical sensors used are barometric altimeter and inertial
reference system (IRS).
x

PERFORMANCE-BASED NAVIGATION (PBN) x

Performance-based navigation (PBN) concept (as described in ICAO Doc x
9613)
PBN principles x
List the factors used to define area navigation (RNAV) or required navigation
performance (RNP) system performance requirements (accuracy, integrity and
continuity).
State that these RNAV and RNP systems are necessary to optimise the x
utilisation of available airspace.
State that it is necessary for flight crew and air traffic controllers to be aware x
of the on-board RNAV or RNP system capabilities in order to determine
whether the performance of the RNAV or RNP system is appropriate for the
specific airspace requirements.

Define accuracy as the conformance of the true position and the required x
position.
Define continuity as the capability of the system to perform its function x
without unscheduled interruptions during the intended operation.
Define integrity as a measure of the trust that can be placed in the correctness x
of the information supplied by the total system. Integrity includes the ability of
a system to provide timely and valid alerts to the user.

State that, unlike conventional navigation, PBN is not sensor-specific. x x

Explain the difference between raw data and computed data. x x
Define availability as the percentage of time (annually) during which the x
system is available for use.
PBN components x
List the components of PBN as navigational aid (NAVAID) infrastructure, x
navigation specification and navigation application.
x
PBN scope x
State that in oceanic/remote, en-route and terminal phases of flight, PBN is x
limited to operations with linear lateral performance requirements and time
constraints.
State that in the approach phases of flight, PBN accommodates both linear x
and angular laterally guided operations, and explain the difference between
the two.
Navigation specifications x
Area navigation (RNAV) and required navigation performance (RNP) x
State the difference between RNAV and RNP in terms of the requirement for x
on-board performance monitoring and alerting.
Navigation functional requirements x
List the basic functional requirements of the RNAV and RNP specifications x
(continuous indication of lateral deviation, distance/bearing to active
waypoint, GS or time to active waypoint, navigation data storage and failure
indication).
Designation of RNP and RNAV specifications x
Interpret X in RNAV X or RNP X as the lateral navigation (LNAV) accuracy (total x
system error) in nautical miles, which is expected to be achieved at least 95 %
of the flight time by the population of aircraft operating within the given
airspace, route or procedure.

State that aircraft approved to the more stringent accuracy requirements may x
not necessarily meet some of the functional requirements of the navigation
specification that has a less stringent accuracy requirement.
State that RNAV 10 and RNP 4 are used in the oceanic/remote phase of flight. x
State that RNAV 5 is used in the en-route and arrival phases of flight. x
State that RNAV 2 and RNP 2 are also used as navigation specifications. x
State that RNP 2 is used in the en-route and oceanic/remote phases of flight. x
State that RNAV 2 might be used in the en-route continental, arrival and x
departure phases of flight.
State that RNAV 1 and RNP 1 are used in the arrival and departure phases of x x
flight.
State that required navigation performance approach (RNP APCH) is used in x x
the approach phase of flight.
State that required navigation performance authorisation required approach x x
(RNP AR APCH) is used in the approach phase of flight.
State that RNP 0.3 navigation specification is used in all phases of flight except x x
for oceanic/remote and final approach, primarily for helicopters.
State that RNAV 1, RNP 1 and RNP 0.3 may also be used in en-route phases of x x
low-level instrument flight rule (IFR) helicopter flights.
Use of performance-based navigation (PBN) x
Intentionally left blank x
x

Intentionally left blank x

 x

x
Specific RNAV and RNP system functions x
Recognise the definition of radius to fix (RF) leg. x
Recognise the definition of a fixed radius transition (FRT). x
State the importance of respecting the flight director guidance and the speed x
constraints associated with an RF procedure.
Explain the difference between a fly-by-turn and a fly-over. x
x
State that the Aeronautical Radio, Incorporated (ARINC) 424 path terminators
set the standards for coding the SIDs, STARs and instrument approach
procedures (IAPs) from the official published government source
documentation into the ARINC navigation database format.

State that the path terminators define a specific type of termination of the
previous flight path.
Define the term ‘offset flight path’. x
Intentionally left blank x
x

Performance-based navigation (PBN) operations x

Performance-based navigation (PBN) principles x
Define ‘path definition error’ (PDE). x
Define ‘flight technical error’ (FTE) and state that the FTE is the error in
following the prescribed path, either by the auto-flight system or by the pilot.
Define ‘navigation system error’ (NSE) and state that the accuracy of a
navigation system may be referred to as NSE.
Define ‘total system error’ (TSE) and state that the geometric sum of the PDE,
FTE and NSE equals the TSE.
State that navigation accuracy depends on the TSE. x
On-board performance monitoring and alerting x
State that on-board performance monitoring and alerting of flight technical x
errors is managed by on-board systems or flight crew procedures.
State that on-board performance monitoring and alerting of navigation system x
errors is a requirement of on-board equipment for RNP.
State that, dependent on the navigation sensor, the estimated position error x
(EPE) is compared with the required navigation specification.
Explain how a navigation system assesses the EPE. x
Give an example of how the loss of the ability to operate in RNP airspace may x
be indicated by the navigation system.
State that on-board performance monitoring and alerting of path definition x x
error is managed by gross reasonableness checks of navigation data.
Abnormal situations x
State that abnormal and contingency procedures are to be used in case of loss x
of the PBN capability.
Database management x
State that, unless otherwise specified in the operations documentation or x
acceptable means of compliance (AMCs), the navigational database must be
valid for the current aeronautical information regulation and control (AIRAC)
cycle.

Requirements of specific RNAV and RNP specifications x

RNAV 10 x
State that RNAV 10 requires that aircraft operating in oceanic and remote x
areas be equipped with at least two independent and serviceable long-range
navigation systems (LRNSs) comprising an INS, an inertial reference system
(IRS)/flight management system (FMS) or a GNSS.

State that operators may extend their RNAV 10 navigation capability time by x x
updating.
RNAV 5 x
State that manual data entry is acceptable for RNAV 5. x
RNAV 1/RNAV 2/RNP 1/RNP 2 x
State that pilots must not fly an RNAV 1, RNAV 2, RNP 1 or RNP 2 standard x
instrument departure (SID) or standard instrument arrival (STAR) unless it is
retrievable by route name from the on-board navigation database and
conforms to the charted route.

State that the route may subsequently be modified through the insertion x
(from the database) or deletion of specific waypoints in response to ATC
clearances.
State that the manual entry, or creation of new waypoints by manual entry, of x
either latitude and longitude or place/bearing/distance values is not
permitted.
Intentionally left blank x
x

Required navigation performance approach (RNP APCH) x

State that pilots must not fly an RNP APCH unless it is retrievable by procedure x
name from the on-board navigation database and conforms to the charted
procedure.
State that an RNP APCH to LNAV minima is a non-precision IAP designed for x
two-dimensional approach operations.
State that an RNP APCH to lateral navigation (LNAV)/vertical navigation x
(VNAV) minima has lateral guidance based on GNSS and vertical guidance
based on either SBAS or barometric vertical navigation (Baro-VNAV).
State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima may only be conducted with x
vertical guidance certified for the purpose.
Explain why an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima based on Baro-VNAV may
only be conducted when the aerodrome temperature is within a promulgated
range if the barometric input is not automatically temperature-compensated.

State that the correct altimeter setting is critical for the safe conduct of an RNP
APCH using Baro-VNAV.
State that an RNP APCH to LNAV/VNAV minima is a three-dimensional x
operation.
State that an RNP APCH to localiser performance with vertical guidance (LPV) x
minima is a three-dimensional operation.
State that RNP APCH to LPV minima requires a final approach segment (FAS) x
data block.
State that RNP approaches to LPV minima require SBAS. x
State that the FAS data block is a standard data format to describe the final x
approach path.
Required navigation performance authorisation required approach (RNP AR x
APCH)
State that RNP AR APCH requires authorisation. x
Advanced required navigation performance (A-RNP) x
State that A-RNP incorporates the navigation specifications RNAV 5, RNAV 2, x
RNAV 1, RNP 2, RNP 1 and RNP APCH.
x
PBN point-in-space (PinS) departure x
State that a PinS departure is a departure procedure designed for helicopters x
only.
State that a PinS departure procedure includes either a ‘proceed VFR’ or a x
‘proceed visually’ instruction from the landing location to the initial departure
fix (IDF).
Recognise the differences in the instructions ‘proceed VFR’ and ‘proceed x
visually’.
PBN point-in-space (PinS) approach x
State that a PinS approach procedure is an instrument RNP APCH procedure x
designed for helicopters only, and that it may be published with LNAV minima
or LPV minima.
State that a PinS approach procedure includes either a ‘proceed VFR’ or a x
‘proceed visually’ instruction from the missed approach point (MAPt) to a
landing location.

Recognise the differences between ‘proceed VFR’ and ‘proceed visually’. x

Reworded, intent

Basic Knowledge
ATPL(H)/VFR
ATPL(H)/IR

CBIR, EIR
modified

ATPL(A)

IR(A/H)
CPL(H)
CPL(A)

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x X

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x
 x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
 x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x
x x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x
 x x x x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x

x x x x
 x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
 Old syllabus text
Index

1 OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3 ICAO Annex 6
4 Definitions
5 Alternate aerodrome: take-off alternate, en route alternate, ETOPS en route alternate,
destination alternate (ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 1).

6 Alternate heliport (ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 1).

7 Flight time — aeroplanes (ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 1).

8 Flight time — helicopters (ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 1).
9 Applicability
10 State that Part I shall be applicable to the operation of aeroplanes by operators
authorised to conduct international commercial air transport operations
(ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 2).
11 State that Part III shall be applicable to all helicopters engaged in international
commercial air transport operations or in international general aviation operations,
except it is not applicable to helicopters engaged in aerial work (ICAO Annex 6, Part III,
Section 1, Chapter 2).

12 General
13 State compliance with laws, regulations and procedures
(ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.1/Part III, Section 2, Chapter 1.1).

14 State accident prevention and flight safety programme

(ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.2).

15 State flight safety documents system

(ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.3).
16 State maintenance release
(ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 8.8/Part III, Section 2, Chapter 6.7).

17 List and describe the lights to be displayed by aircraft

(ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Appendix 1).

18 Operational requirements
19 Applicability
20 State the operational regulations applicable to commercial air transportation.
21 Nature of operations and exceptions.

22 General
23 State that a commercial air transportation flight must meet the applicable operational
requirements.

24 Flight Manual limitations — Flight through the Height Velocity (HV) envelope.
25 Define ‘Helicopter Emergency Medical Service’.
26 Operations over a hostile environment — Applicability.

27 Local area operations — Approval.

28 State the requirements about language used for crew communication and operations
manual.

29 Explain the relation between MMEL and MEL.

(Moved to 071.02.01.03.02)
30 State the operator’s requirements regarding a management system.

31 State the operator’s requirements regarding accident prevention and flight safety
programme.

32 State the operator’s responsibility regarding the distinction between cabin crew
members and additional crew members.
(Moved to 071.01.02.10.06)
33 State the operations limitations regarding ditching requirements.

34 State the regulations concerning the carriage of persons on an aircraft.

35 State the crew members’ responsibilities in the execution of their duties, and define
the commander’s authority.
(Moved to 071.01.02.09.13)
36 State the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities regarding admission to the
flight deck and carriage of unauthorised persons or cargo.
(Moved to 071.01.02.09.14)
37 State the operator’s responsibility concerning portable electronic devices.
38 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding admission in an aircraft of a person
under the influence of drug or alcohol.

39 State the regulations concerning endangering safety.

40 List the documents to be carried on each flight.

41 State the operator’s responsibility regarding manuals to be carried.

42 List the additional information and forms to be carried on board.

43 List the items of information to be retained on the ground by the operator.

44 State the operator’s responsibility regarding inspections.

45 State the responsibility of the operator and of the commander regarding the
production of and access to records and documents.

46 State the operator’s responsibility regarding the preservation of documentation and

recordings, including recorders recordings.
47 Define the terms used in leasing and state the responsibility and requirements of each
party in various case.
48 Operator certification and supervision
49 State the requirement to be satisfied for the issue of an Air Operator’s Certificate
(AOC).

50 State the rules applicable to air operator certification.

51 State the conditions to be met for the issue or revalidation of an AOC.

52 Explain the contents and conditions of the AOC.

53 Operational procedures (except long range flights preparation)

54 Define the terms used for operational procedures.

55 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding Operations Manual.

56 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding competence of operations personnel.
57 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding establishment of procedures.
58 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding use of air traffic services.

59 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding authorisation of aerodromes/ heliports

by the operator.

60 Explain which elements must be considered by the operator when specifying

aerodrome/heliport operating minima.

61 State the operator’s responsibilities regarding departure and approach procedures.

62 State the parameters to be considered in noise-abatement procedures.

63 State the elements to be considered regarding routes and areas of operation.

64 State the additional specific navigationperformance requirements.

65 State the maximum distance from an adequate aerodrome for two-engine aeroplanes
without an ETOPS approval.
(Moved to 071.01.03.04.08)
66 State the requirement for alternate-airport accessibility check for ETOPS operations.
(Moved to 071.01.03.04.09)

67 List the factors to be considered when establishing minimum flight altitude.

68 Describe the components of the fuel policy.

69 State the requirements for carrying persons with reduced mobility.

70 State the operator’s responsibilities for the carriage of inadmissible passengers,

deportees or persons in custody.

71 State the requirements for the stowage of baggage and cargo in the passenger cabin.
72 State the requirements regarding passenger seating and emergency evacuation.
73 Detail the procedures for a passenger briefing in respect of emergency equipment and
exits.

74 State the flight preparation forms to be completed before flight.

75 State the commander’s responsibilities during flight preparation.

76 State the rules for aerodromes/heliports selection (including ETOPS configuration).

77 Explain the planning minima for IFR flights.

78 State the rules for refuelling/defuelling.

79 State ‘crew members at station’ policy.

80 State the use of seats, safety belts and harnesses.

81 State securing of passenger cabin and galley requirements.

82 State the commander’s responsibility regarding smoking on board.

83 State under which conditions a commander can commence or continue a flight

regarding meteorological conditions.

84 State the commander’s responsibility regarding ice and other contaminants.

85 State the commander’s responsibility regarding fuel to be carried and in-flight fuel
management.

86 State the requirements regarding the use of supplemental oxygen.

87 Detail the rules regarding the carriage and use of supplemental oxygen for passengers
and crew.
(Moved and merged into 071.01.02.04.26)
88 State the ground proximity detection reactions
(Merged into 071.01.02.06.09)
89 Explain the requirements for use of ACAS
(Merged into 071.01.02.06.10)
90 Flight Preparation
91 State the commander’s responsibility regarding approach and landing.

92 State the circumstances under which a report shall be submitted.

93 All weather operations

94 State the operator’s responsibility regarding aerodrome/heliport operating minima.

95 List the parameters to be considered in establishing the aerodrome operating minima.

96 Define the criteria to be taken into consideration for the classification of aeroplanes.
97 Define the following terms: ‘circling’, ‘low visibility procedures’, ‘low-visibility take-off’,
‘visual approach’.

98 Define the following terms: ‘flight control system’, ‘fail-passive flight control system’,
‘fail-operational flight control system’, ‘failoperational hybrid landing system’.

99 Define the following terms: ‘final approach and take-off area’.

100 State the general operating rules for low-visibility operations.

101 Low-visibility operations — aerodrome/ heliport considerations.

102 State the training and qualification requirements for flight crew to conduct low-
visibility operations.

103 State the operating procedures for low-visibility operations.

104 State the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities regarding minimum equipment
for low-visibility operations.

105 VFR operating minima.

106 Aerodrome operating minima: state under which conditions the commander can
commence take-off.

107 Aerodrome operating minima: state that take-off minima are expressed as visibility or
RVR.

108 Aerodrome operating minima: state the take-off RVR value depending on the facilities.

109 Aerodrome operating minima: state the system minima for non-precision approach.

110 Aerodrome operating minima: state under which conditions a pilot can continue the
approach below MDA/H or DA/H.

111 Aerodrome operating minima: state the lowest minima for precision approach
category 1 (including single-pilot operations).

112 Aerodrome operating minima: state the lowest minima for precision approach
category 2 operations.

113 Aerodrome operating minima: state the lowest minima for precision approach
category 3 operations.

114 Aerodrome operating minima: state the lowest minima for circling and visual
approach.

115 Aerodrome operating minima: state the RVR value and cloud ceiling depending on the
facilities (class 1, 2 and 3).
116 Aerodrome operating minima: state under which conditions an airborne radar
approach can be performed and state the relevant minima.

117 Instruments and equipment

118 State which items do not require an equipment approval.

119 State the requirements regarding sparefuses availability.

120 State the requirements regarding operating lights.

121 State the requirements regarding windshield wipers.

122 List the equipment for operations requiring a radio communication.

(Moved to 071.01.02.07.08)
123 List the equipment for operations requiring a radio-navigation system.
(Moved to 071.01.02.07.09)
124 List the minimum equipment required for day and night VFR flights.

125 List the minimum equipment required for IFR flights.

126 State the required equipment for single-pilot operation under IFR.

127 State the requirements for an altitude alert system.

128 State the requirements for radio altimeters.

129 State the requirements for GPWS/TAWS.

130 State the requirements for ACAS.

131 State the conditions under which an aircraft must be fitted with a weather radar.

132 State the requirements for operations in icing conditions.

(Moved to 071.02.02.01.10)
133 State the conditions under which a crew member interphone system and public
address system are mandatory.
(Moved to 071.01.02.07.07)
134 State the circumstances under which a cockpit voice recorder is compulsory.

135 State the rules regarding the location, construction, installation and operation of
cockpit voice recorders.

136 State the circumstances under which a flight data recorder is compulsory.

137 State the rules regarding the location, construction, installation and operation of flight
data recorders.

138 State the requirements about seats, seat safety belts, harnesses and child-restraint
devices.

139 State the requirements about ‘Fasten seat belt’ and ‘No smoking’ signs.

140 State the requirements regarding internal doors and curtains.

141 First-aid and emergency equipment

142 State the requirements regarding first-aid kits.

143 State the requirements regarding emergency medical kits and first-aid oxygen.

144 Detail the rules regarding the carriage and use of supplemental oxygen for passengers
and crew.
(Moved and merged into 071.01.02.04.26)
145 Detail the rules regarding crew-protective breathing equipment.

146 Describe the minimum number, type and location of handheld fire extinguishers.

147 Describe the minimum number and location of crash axes and crowbars.

148 Specify the colours and markings used to indicate break-in points.

149 State the requirements for means of emergency evacuation.

150 State the requirements for megaphones.

151 State the requirements for emergency lighting.

152 State the requirements for an emergency locator transmitter.

153 State the requirements for life jackets, life rafts, survival kits and ELTs.

154 State the requirements for crew survival suit.

155 State the requirements for survival equipment.

156 State the additional requirements for helicopters operating to or from helidecks
located in a hostile sea area.

157 State the requirements for an emergency flotation equipment.

158 Communication and navigation equipment

159 Explain the general requirements for communication and navigation equipment.

160 State that the radio-communication equipment must provide communications on

121.5 MHz.

161 State the requirements regarding the provision of an audio selector panel.

162 List the requirements for radio equipment when flying under VFR by reference to
visual landmarks.

163 List the requirements for communications and navigation equipment when operating
under IFR or under VFR over routes not navigated by reference to visual landmarks.

164 State the equipment required to operate within RVSM airspace.

165 State the conditions under which a crew member interphone system and public
address system are mandatory.
(Moved from 071.01.02.06.16)

166 List the equipment for operations requiring a radio communication.

(Moved from 071.01.02.06.05)

167 List the equipment for operations requiring a radio-navigation system.

(Moved from 071.01.02.06.06)

168

169

170 Intentionally left blank

171 Flight crew
172 State the requirement regarding crew composition and in-flight relief.

173 State the requirement for conversion training and checking.

174 State the requirement for differences training and familiarisation training.

175 State the conditions for upgrade from copilot to commander.

176 State the minimum qualification requirements to operate as a commander.

177 State the requirement for recurrent training and checking.

178 State the requirement for a pilot to operate on either pilot’s seat.
179 State the minimum recent experience for the commander and the co-pilot.

180 Specify the route and aerodrome/ heliport qualification required for a commander or a
pilot flying.

181 State the requirement to operate on more than one type or variant.

182 State that when a flight crew member operates both helicopters and aeroplanes, the
operations are limited to one type of each.

183 State the training records requirement.

184 State the crew members’ responsibilities in the execution of their duties, and define
the commander’s authority.
(Moved from 071.01.02.02.13)

185 State the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities regarding admission to the
flight deck and carriage of unauthorised persons or cargo.
(Moved from 071.01.02.02.14)

186

187 Cabin crew/crew members other than flight crew

188 State who is regarded as a cabin crew member.

189 Detail the requirements regarding cabin crew members.

190 State the acceptability criteria.

191 State the requirements regarding senior cabin crew members.

192 State the conditions to operate on more than one type or variant.

193 State the operator’s responsibility regarding the distinction between cabin crew
members and additional crew members.
(Moved from 071.01.02.02.10)

194 Manuals, logs and records

195 Explain the general rules for the operations manual.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.01)
196 Explain the structure and subject headings of the operations manual.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.02)
197 State the requirements for a journey logbook.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.03)
198 Describe the requirements regarding the operational flight plan.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.04)
199 State the requirements for document storage periods.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.05)
200 Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements
201 Explain the definitions used for flight-time regulation.

202 State the flight and duty limitations.

203 State the requirements regarding the maximum daily flight-duty period.

204 State the requirements regarding rest periods.

205 Explain the possible extension of flight-duty period due to in-flight rest.

206 Explain the captain’s discretion in case of unforeseen circumstances in actual flight
operations.

207 Explain the regulation regarding standby.

208 State the requirements regarding flight-duty, duty and rest-period records.
209 Transport of dangerous goods by air
210 Explain the terminology relevant to dangerous goods.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.01)
211 Explain the scope of the regulation.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.02)
212 Explain the limitations on the transport of dangerous goods.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.04)
213 State the requirements for the acceptance of dangerous goods.
(Moved and merged into 071.02.12.03.05)
214 State the requirements regarding inspection for damage, leakage or contamination.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.06)

215 Explain the loading restrictions.

216 State the requirement for provision of information to the crew.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.07)
217 Explain the requirements for dangerous goods incident and accident reports.
(Moved and merged into 071.02.12.03.08)

218 Long-range flights

219 Flight management
220 Navigation-planning procedures: — describe the operator’s responsibilities concerning
ETOPS routes; — list the factors to be considered by the commander before
commencing the flight.
(Moved to 071.01.03.04.05)

221 Selection of a route:

(Moved to 071.01.03.04.06)
— describe the meaning of the term ‘adequate aerodrome’;
(Moved to 071.01.03.04.07)
— describe the limitations on extended-range operations with two-engine aeroplanes
with and without ETOPS approval.
(Moved to 071.01.03.04.06)

222 Selection of cruising altitude (MNPSA Manual Chapter 4): specify the appropriate
cruising levels for normal long-range IFR flights and for those operating on the North
Atlantic Operational Track Structure.
(Moved to 071.01.03.03.16)

223 Selection of alternate aerodrome:

— state the circumstances in which a take-off alternate must be selected; (Moved to
071.01.03.01.02)
— state the maximum flight distance of a take-off alternate for: two-engine aeroplane,
ETOPS-approved aeroplane, three or four-engine aeroplane;
(Moved to 071.01.03.01.03)
— state the factors to be considered in the selection of a take-off alternate; (Moved to
071.01.03.01.04)
— state when a destination alternate need not be selected;
(Moved to 071.01.03.01.05)
— state when two destination alternates must be selected;
(Moved to 071.01.03.01.06)
— state the factors to be considered in the selection of a destination alternate
aerodrome;
(Moved to 071.01.03.01.07)
— state the factors to be considered in the selection of an en route alternate
aerodrome.
(Moved to 071.01.03.01.08)

224 Minimum time routes: — define, construct and interpret minimum time route (route
giving the shortest flight time from departure to destination adhering to all ATC and
airspace restrictions).
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.05)

225 — state the circumstances in which a take-off alternate must be selected;

(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)
226 — state the maximum flight distance of a take-off alternate for:
— two-engine aeroplane,
ETOPS-approved aeroplane,
three or four-engine aeroplane;
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)

227 — state the factors to be considered in the selection of a take-off alternate;

(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)

228 — state when a destination alternate need not be selected;

(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)

229 — state when two destination alternates must be selected;

(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)

230 — state the factors to be considered in the selection of a destination alternate

aerodrome;
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)
231 — state the factors to be considered in the selection of an en route alternate
aerodrome.
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)
232 Transoceanic and polar flight
233 (ICAO Doc 7030)
— Describe the possible indications of navigation-system degradation. (Moved to
071.01.03.02.02)
— Describe by what emergency means course and INS can be cross-checked in the
case of: three navigation systems, two navigation systems. (Moved to
071.01.03.02.03)
— Interpret VOR, NDB, VOR/DME information to calculate aircraft position and aircraft
course.
— Describe the general ICAO procedures applicable in North Atlantic airspace (NAT) if
the aircraft is unable to continue the flight in accordance with its air traffic control
clearance. (Moved to 071.01.03.02.04)
— Describe the ICAO procedures applicable in North Atlantic Airspace (NAT) in case of
radiocommunication failure. (Moved to 071.01.03.02.05)
— Describe the recommended initial action if an aircraft is unable to obtain a revised
air traffic control clearance. (Moved to 071.01.03.02.06)
— Describe the subsequent action for: aircraft able to maintain assigned flight level,
and aircraft unable to maintain assigned flight level. (Moved to 071.01.03.02.07)
— Describe determination of tracks and courses for random routes in NAT. (Moved to
071.01.03.02.08)
— Specify the method by which planned tracks are defined (by latitude and longitude)
in the NAT region: when operating predominately in an east–west direction south of
70°N, when operating predominately in an east–west direction north of 70°N. (Moved
to 071.01.03.02.09)
— State the maximum flight time recommended between significant points. (Moved
to 071.01.03.02.10)
— Specify the method by which planned tracks are defined for flights operating
predominantly in a north–south direction. (Moved to 071.01.03.02.11)
— Describe how the desired route must be specified in the air traffic control flight
plan.
(Moved to 071.01.03.02.12)

234 — Describe the possible indications of navigation system degradation.

(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

235 — Describe by what emergency means course and INS can be cross-checked in the
case of: three navigation systems, two navigation systems.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

236 — Describe the general ICAO procedures applicable in North Atlantic airspace (NAT) if
the aircraft is unable to continue the flight in accordance with its air traffic control
clearance.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

237 — Describe the ICAO procedures applicable in North Atlantic Airspace (NAT) in case of
radiocommunication failure.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)
238 — Describe the recommended initial action if an aircraft is unable to obtain a revised
air traffic control clearance.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

239 — Describe the subsequent action for: aircraft able to maintain assigned flight level,
and aircraft unable to maintain assigned flight level.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)
240 — Describe determination of tracks and courses for random routes in NAT.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

241 — Specify the method by which planned tracks are defined (by latitude and longitude)
in the NAT region: when operating predominately in an east–west direction south of
70°N, when operating predominately in an east–west direction north of 70°N.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

242 — State the maximum flight time recommended between significant points.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

243 — Specify the method by which planned tracks are defined for flights operating
predominantly in a north–south direction.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)

244 — Describe how the desired route must be specified in the air traffic control flight
plan.
(Moved from 071.01.03.02.01)
245 Polar navigation: Terrestrial magnetism characteristics in polar zones
Explain why magnetic compasses become unreliable or useless in polar zones; (Moved
and merged into 022.03.01.01.04)
State in which area VORs are referenced to true north;
Specific problems of polar navigation:
Describe the general problems of polar navigation;
Describe what precautions can be taken when operating in the area of compass
unreliability as a contingency against INS failure; (Moved to 071.01.03.02.13)
Describe how grid navigation can be used in conjunction with a directional gyro (DG) in
polar areas;
Use polar stereographic chart and grid coordinates to solve polar navigation problems;
Use polar stereographic chart and grid coordinates to calculate navigation data;
Use INS information to solve polar navigation problems;
Define, calculate: Transport precession, earth rate (astronomic) precession,
convergence factor;
Describe the effect of using a free gyro to follow a given course;
Describe the effect of using a gyro compass with hourly rate corrector unit to follow a
given course;
Convert grid navigation data into true navigation data, into magnetic navigation data,
into compass navigation data;
Justify the selection of a different ”north” reference at a given position;
Calculate the effects of gyro drift due to Earth rotation (15 degrees / h x sin Lm).

246 — Explain why magnetic compasses become unreliable or useless in polar zones.
(Moved and merged into 022.03.01.01.04)

247 MNPS airspace

248 -
249 Geographical limits:
— state the lateral dimensions (in general terms) and vertical limits of MNPS airspace
(ICAO Doc 7030 NAT/RAC-2 3.2.1);
— state that operators must ensure that crew follow NAT MNPSA Operations Manual
procedures (ICAO Doc 7030 NAT/RAC-2 3.2.3).

250 Define the following acronyms: MNPS, MNPSA, OCA, OTS, PRM, PTS, RVSM, LRNS,
MASPS, SLOP, WATRS (MNPSA Manual, Glossary of Terms).

251 Aircraft System Requirements (MNPSA Manual Chap 1): Navigation requirements for
unrestricted MNPS airspace operations;
Routes for use by aircraft not equipped with two LRNSs : routes for aircraft with only
one LRNS, (Moved to 071.01.03.03.04)
routes for aircraft with short-range navigation equipment only; (Moved to
071.01.03.03.05)
performance monitoring. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.06)

252 Organised Track System (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 2): — construction of the Organised
Track System (OTS); ( Moved to 071.01.03.03.07)
-NAT track message; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.09)
— OTS changeover periods. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.08)

253 Other routes and route structures within or adjacent to NAT MNPS airspace (MNPSA
Manual, Chapter 3):
— other routes within NAT MNPS airspace; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.10)
— route structures adjacent to NAT MNPS airspace: North American routes (NARs),
Canadian domestic track systems, routes between North America and the Caribbean
area. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.11)

254 Flight planning (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 4): — all flights should plan to operate on
great-circle tracks joining successive significant waypoints; (Moved to
071.01.03.03.12)
— during the hours of validity of the OTS, operators are encouraged to flight plan as
follows: in accordance with the OTS or along a route to join or leave an outer track of
the OTS or on a random route to remain clear of the OTS; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.13)
— flight levels available on OTS tracks during OTS periods; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.14)
— flight levels on random tracks or outside OTS periods (appropriate direction levels).
(Moved to 071.01.03.03.15)
255 Oceanic ATC Clearances (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 5): — it is recommended that pilots
should request their Oceanic Clearance at least 40 minutes prior to the oceanic entry
point ETA; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.17)
— pilots should notify the Oceanic Area control Centre (OAC) of the maximum
acceptable flight level possible at the boundary; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.18)
— at some airports, which are situated close to oceanic boundaries, the Oceanic
Clearance must be obtained before departure; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.19)
— if an aircraft, which would normally be RVSM and/or MNPS approved, encounters,
whilst en route to the NAT Oceanic Airspace, a critical inflight equipment failure, or at
dispatch is unable to meet the MEL requirements for RVSM or MNPS approval on the
flight, then the pilot must advise ATC at initial contact when requesting Oceanic
Clearance; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.20)
— After obtaining and reading back the clearance, the pilot should monitor the
forward estimate for oceanic entry, and if this changes by 3 minutes or more, should
pass a revised estimate to ATC; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.21)
— the pilot should pay particular attention when the issued clearance differs from the
flight plan, as a significant proportion of navigation errors investigated in the NAT
involve an aircraft which has followed its flight plan rather than its differing clearance;
(Moved to 071.01.03.03.22)
— if the entry point of the oceanic route on which the flight is cleared differs from that
originally requested and/or the oceanic flight level differs from the current flight level,
the pilot is responsible for requesting and obtaining the necessary domestic re-
clearance; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.23)
— there are three elements to an Oceanic Clearance: route, Mach number and flight
level. These elements serve to provide for the three basic elements of separation:
lateral, longitudinal and vertical. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.24)
256 Communications and position-reporting procedures (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 6) HF
voice communications — Pilots communicate with OACs via aeradio stations staffed by
communicators who have no executive ATC authority. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.25)
Messages are relayed, from the ground station to the air traffic controllers in the
relevant OAC for action. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.26)
— Frequencies from the lower HF bands tend to be used for communications during
night-time and those from the higher bands during daytim.— When initiating contact
with an aeradio station, the pilot should state the HF frequency in use. (Moved to
071.01.03.03.27)
SATCOM voice communications Since oceanic traffic typically communicates with ATC
through aeradio facilities, a SATCOM call made due to unforeseen inability to
communicate by other means should be made to such a facility rather than the ATC
centre, unless the urgency of the communication dictates otherwise. (Moved to
071.01.03.03.28)
An air-to-air VHF frequency has been established for worldwide use when aircraft are
out of range of VHF ground stations which utilise the same or adjacent frequencies.
This frequency (123.45 MHz) is intended for pilot-to-pilot exchanges of operationally
significant information. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.29)
Standard position report message type. Some aircraft flying in the NAT are required to
report MET observations of wind speed and direction plus outside-air temperature.
Any turbulence encountered should be included in these reports. (Moved to
071.01.03.03.30)
General guidance for aircraft operating in, or proposing to operate in, the NAT region,
which experience a communications failure: general provisions, onboard HF
equipment failure, poor HF propagation conditions, loss of HF communications prior to
entry into the NAT, loss of HF communications after entering the NAT. (Moved to
071.01.03.03.32)
All turbine-engine aeroplanes having a maximum certified take-off mass exceeding 5
700 kg or authorised to carry more than 19 passengers are required to carry and
operate ACAS II in the NAT region (Moved to 071.01.03.03.31)

257 Application of Mach number technique (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 7): — practical
experience has shown that when two or more turbojet aircraft, operating along the
same route at the same flight level, maintain the same Mach number, they are more
likely to maintain a constant time interval between each other than when using other
methods; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.33)
— pilots must ensure that any required corrections to the indicated Mach number are
taken into account when complying with the true Mach number specified in the ATC
clearance; — after leaving oceanic airspace, pilots must maintain their assigned Mach
number in domestic controlled airspace unless and until the appropriate ATC unit
authorises a change. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.34)
258 MNPS flight operation & navigation procedures (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 8): — the
pre-flight procedures for any NAT MNPS flight must include a UTC time check and
resynchronisation of the aircraft master clock; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.35)
— state the use of the Master Document; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.36)
— state the requirements for position plotting; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.37)
— PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES: alignment of IRS, Satellite Navigation Availability
Prediction Programme for flights using GNSS LRNS, loading of initial waypoints, flight
plan check; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.38)
— IN-FLIGHT PROCEDURES: ATC Oceanic Clearance, entering the MNPS airspace and
reaching an oceanic waypoint, routine monitoring;
— Strategic Lateral Offset Procedure (SLOP): state that along a route or track there will
be three positions that an aircraft may fly: centre line or one or two miles right.
(Moved to 071.01.03.03.39)

259 RVSM flight in MNPS airspace (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 9): — state the altimeter
cross-check to be performed before MNPS airspace entry; (Moved to 071.01.03.03.43)
— state the altimeter cross-check to be performed into the MNPS airspace; — in NAT
MNPS airspace, (Moved to 071.01.03.03.44)
- pilots always have to report to ATC immediately on reaching any new cruising level;
(Moved to 071.01.03.03.45)
— crews should report when a 300 ft or more deviation occurs. (Moved to
071.01.03.03.46)

260 Navigation system degradation or failure (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 10) For this part,
consider aircraft equipped with only two operational LRNSs. State the requirements
for the following situations: — one system fails before take-off; — one system fails
before the OCA boundary is reached; — one system fails after the OCA boundary is
crossed; — the remaining system fails after entering MNPS airspace. (Moved to
071.01.03.03.48)
261 Special procedures for in-flight contingencies (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 11) General —
Until a revised clearance is obtained, the specified NAT in-flight contingency
procedures should be carefully followed.
— The general concept of these NAT in-flight contingency procedures is, whenever
operationally feasible, to offset from the assigned route by 15 NM and climb or
descend to a level which differs from those normally used by 500 ft if below FL410 or
by 1 000 ft if above FL410. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.49)
— State the factors which may affect the direction of turn: direction to an alternate
airport, terrain clearance, levels allocated on adjacent routes or tracks and any known
SLOP offsets adopted by other nearby traffic. (Moved to 071.01.03.03.50)
Deviations around severe weather — State that if the deviation is to be greater than
10 NM, the assigned flight level must be changed by ± 300 ft depending on the
followed track and the direction of the deviation (Table 1). (Moved to
071.01.03.03.51)

262

263 — routes for use by aircraft not equipped with two LRNSs: routes for aircraft with only
one LRNS,
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.03)
264 routes for aircraft with short-range navigation equipment only;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.03)
265 Aircraft System Requirements (MNPSA Manual Chap 1): Navigation requirements for
unrestricted MNPS airspace operations; ... performance monitoring.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.03)
266 construction of the Organised Track System (OTS);
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.04)
267 — OTS changeover periods.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.04)
268 — NAT track message;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.04)
269 Other routes and route structures within or adjacent to NAT MNPS airspace (MNPSA
Manual, Chapter 3): — other routes within NAT MNPS airspace;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.05)
270 — route structures adjacent to NAT MNPS airspace: North American routes (NARs),
Canadian domestic track systems, routes between North America and the Caribbean
area.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.05)

271 Flight planning (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 4): — all flights should plan to operate on
great-circle tracks joining successive significant waypoints;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.06)
272 During the hours of validity of the OTS, operators are encouraged to flight plan as
follows: in accordance with the OTS or along a route to join or leave an outer track of
the OTS or on a random route to remain clear of the OTS;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.06)

273 — flight levels available on OTS tracks during OTS periods;

(Moved from 071.01.03.03.06)
274 — flight levels on random tracks or outside OTS periods (appropriate direction levels).
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.06)
275 Selection of cruising altitude (MNPSA Manual Chapter 4): — specify the appropriate
cruising levels for normal long-range IFR flights and for those operating on the North
Atlantic Operational Track Structure.
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.03)

276 Oceanic ATC Clearances (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 5): — it is recommended that pilots
should request their Oceanic Clearance at least 40 minutes prior to the oceanic entry
point ETA;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)

277 — pilots should notify the Oceanic Area control Centre (OAC) of the maximum
acceptable flight level possible at the boundary;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)
278 — at some airports, which are situated close to oceanic boundaries, the Oceanic
Clearance must be obtained before departure;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)
279 — if an aircraft, which would normally be RVSM and/or MNPS approved, encounters,
whilst en route to the NAT Oceanic Airspace, a critical inflight equipment failure, or at
dispatch is unable to meet the MEL requirements for RVSM or MNPS approval on the
flight, then the pilot must advise ATC at initial contact when requesting Oceanic
Clearance;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)

280 — After obtaining and reading back the clearance, the pilot should monitor the
forward estimate for oceanic entry, and if this changes by 3 minutes or more, should
pass a revised estimate to ATC;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)
281 — the pilot should pay particular attention when the issued clearance differs from the
flight plan, as a significant proportion of navigation errors investigated in the NAT
involve an aircraft which has followed its flight plan rather than its differing clearance;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)

282 — if the entry point of the oceanic route on which the flight is cleared differs from that
originally requested and/or the oceanic flight level differs from the current flight level,
the pilot is responsible for requesting and obtaining the necessary domestic re-
clearance;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)

283 — there are three elements to an Oceanic Clearance: route, Mach number and flight
level. These elements serve to provide for the three basic elements of separation:
lateral, longitudinal and vertical.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.07)

284 Communications and position-reporting procedures (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 6) HF

voice communications — Pilots communicate with OACs via aeradio stations staffed by
communicators who have no executive ATC authority.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.08)

285 Messages are relayed, from the ground station to the air traffic controllers in the
relevant OAC for action.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.08)

286 — Frequencies from the lower HF bands tend to be used for communications during
night-time and those from the higher bands during daytime.
— When initiating contact with an aeradio station, the pilot should state the HF
frequency in use.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.08)

287 SATCOM voice communications Since oceanic traffic typically communicates with ATC
through aeradio facilities, a SATCOM call made due to unforeseen inability to
communicate by other means should be made to such a facility rather than the ATC
centre, unless the urgency of the communication dictates otherwise.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.08)

288 An air-to-air VHF frequency has been established for worldwide use when aircraft are
out of range of VHF ground stations which utilise the same or adjacent frequencies.
This frequency (123.45 MHz) is intended for pilot-to-pilot exchanges of operationally
significant information.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.08)

289 Standard position report message type. Some aircraft flying in the NAT are required to
report MET observations of wind speed and direction plus outside-air temperature.
Any turbulence encountered should be included in these reports.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.08)

290 All turbine-engine aeroplanes having a maximum certified take-off mass exceeding 5
700 kg or authorised to carry more than 19 passengers are required to carry and
operate ACAS II in the NAT region.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.08)

291
292 Application of Mach number technique (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 7): — practical
experience has shown that when two or more turbojet aircraft, operating along the
same route at the same flight level, maintain the same Mach number, they are more
likely to maintain a constant time interval between each other than when using other
methods;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.09)

293 — after leaving oceanic airspace, pilots must maintain their assigned Mach number in
domestic controlled airspace unless and until the appropriate ATC unit authorises a
change.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.09)

294

295 MNPS flight operation & navigation procedures (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 8): — the
pre-flight procedures for any NAT MNPS flight must include a UTC time check and
resynchronisation of the aircraft master clock
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.10)

296 — state the use of the Master Document;

(Moved from 071.01.03.03.10)
297 — state the requirements for position plotting;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.10)
298 — PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES: alignment of IRS, Satellite Navigation Availability
Prediction Programme for flights using GNSS LRNS, loading of initial waypoints, flight
plan check;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.10)

299 — Strategic Lateral Offset Procedure (SLOP): state that along a route or track there will
be three positions that an aircraft may fly: centre line or one or two miles right.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.10)

300

301

302

303 RVSM flight in MNPS airspace (MNPSA Manual, Chapter 9): — state the altimeter
cross-check to be performed before MNPS airspace entry;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.11)
304 — state the altimeter cross-check to be performed into the MNPS airspace;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.11)
305 — in NAT MNPS airspace, pilots always have to report to ATC immediately on reaching
any new cruising level;
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.11)

306 — crews should report when a 300 ft or more deviation occurs.

(Moved from 071.01.03.03.11)
307

308
309 For this part, consider aircraft equipped with only two operational LRNSs. State the
requirements for the following situations: — one system fails before take-off; — one
system fails before the OCA boundary is reached; — one system fails after the OCA
boundary is crossed; — the remaining system fails after entering MNPS airspace.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.12)

310

311 — The general concept of these NAT in-flight contingency procedures is, whenever
operationally feasible, to offset from the assigned route by 15 NM and climb or
descend to a level which differs from those normally used by 500 ft if below FL410 or
by 1 000 ft if above FL410.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.13)

312 — State the factors which may affect the direction of turn: direction to an alternate
airport, terrain clearance, levels allocated on adjacent routes or tracks and any known
SLOP offsets adopted by other nearby traffic.
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.13)

313 Deviations around severe weather — State that if the deviation is to be greater than
10 NM, the assigned flight level must be changed by ± 300 ft depending on the
followed track and the direction of the deviation (Table 1).
(Moved from 071.01.03.03.13)

314 ETOPS

315 State that ETOPS approval is part of an AOC.

316 State that prior to conducting an ETOPS flight, an operator shall ensure that a suitable
ETOPS en-route alternate is available, within either the approved diversion time or a
diversion time based on the MEL-generated serviceability status of the aeroplane,
whichever is shorter.

317 State the requirements for take-off alternate.

318 State the planning minima for ETOPS en-route alternate.

319 Navigation-planning procedures: — describe the operator’s responsibilities concerning

ETOPS routes; List the factors to be considered by the commander before commencing
the flight.
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.01)

320 Selection of a route: describe the limitations on extended range operations with two-
engine aeroplanes with and without ETOPS approval.
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.02)
321 Selection of alternate aerodrome:
State the maximum flight distance of a take-off alternate for: two-engine aeroplane,
ETOPS approved aeroplane, three or four engine aeroplane;
(Moved from 071.01.03.01.04)

322 State the maximum distance from an adequate aerodrome for two-engine aeroplanes
without an ETOPS approval.
(Moved from 071.01.02.04.12)

323 State the requirement for alternate airport accessibility check for ETOPS operations.
(Moved from 071.01.02.04.13)
324 SPECIAL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND HAZARDS (GENERAL ASPECTS)
325 Operations Manual

326 Operating procedures

327 State that all non-type-related operational policies, instructions and procedures
needed for a safe operation are included in Part A of the Operations Manual.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.06)
328 State that the following items are included into Part A: de-icing and anti-icing on the
ground, adverse and potentially hazardous atmospheric conditions, wake turbulence,
incapacitation of crew members, use of the minimum equipment and configuration
deviation list(s), security, handling of accidents and occurrences.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.07)

329 State that the following items are included into Part A: altitude alerting system
procedures, ground proximity warning system procedures, policy and procedures for
the use of TCAS/ACAS.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.08)

330 State that the following items are included into Part A: rotor downwash.
(Moved to 071.02.01.01.09)
331 Define the following terms: ‘commencement of flight’, ‘inoperative’, ‘MEL’, ‘MMEL’,
rectification interval.
(Moved to 071.02.01.03.01)
332 Define the ‘limits of MEL applicability’.
(Moved to 071.02.01.03.03)
333 Identify the responsibilities of the operator and the authority with regard to MEL and
MMEL.
(Moved to 071.02.01.03.04)
334 State the responsibilities of the crew members with regard to MEL.
(Moved to 071.02.01.03.05)
335 State the responsibilities of the commander with regard to MEL.
(Moved to 071.02.01.03.06)
336 Explain the general rules for the operations manual.
(Moved from 071.01.02.11.01)
337 Explain the structure and subject headings of the operations manual.
(Moved from 071.01.02.11.02)

338 State the requirements for a journey logbook.

(Moved from 071.01.02.11.03)
339 Describe the requirements regarding the operational flight plan.
(Moved from 071.01.02.11.04)
340 State the requirements for document storage periods.
(Moved from 071.01.02.11.05)

341 State that all non-type-related operational policies, instructions and procedures
needed for a safe operation are included in Part A of the Operations Manual.
(Moved from 071.02.01.01.01)

342 State that the following items are included into Part A:
de-icing and anti-icing on the ground,
adverse and potentially hazardous atmospheric conditions,
wake turbulence,
incapacitation of crew members,
use of the minimum equipment and configuration deviation list(s),
security,
handling of accidents and occurrences.
(Moved from 071.02.01.01.02)

343 State that the following items are included into Part A: altitude alerting system
procedures, ground proximity warning system procedures, policy and procedures for
the use of TCAS/ACAS.
(Moved from 071.02.01.01.03)

344 State that the following items are included into Part A: rotor downwash.
(Moved from 071.02.01.01.04)

345 Aeroplane/Helicopter operating matters – type related

346 State that all type-related instructions and procedures needed for a safe operation are
included in Part B of the Operations Manual. They will take account of any differences
between types, variants or individual aircraft used by the operator.
347 State that the following items are included into Part B:
- abnormal and emergency procedures,
- configuration deviation list,
- minimum equipment list,
- emergency evacuation procedures.

348 State that the following items are included into Part B:
- emergency procedures,
- configuration deviation list,
- minimum equipment list,
- emergency evacuation procedures.

349
350 Define the following terms: ‘commencement of flight’, ‘inoperative’, ‘MEL’, ‘MMEL’,
rectification interval.
(Moved from 071.02.01.01.05)

351 Explain the relation between MMEL and MEL.

(Moved from 071.01.02.02.07)

352 Define the ‘limits of MEL applicability’.

(Moved from 071.02.01.01.06)
353 Identify the responsibilities of the operator and the authority with regard to MEL and
MMEL.
(Moved from 071.02.01.01.07)

354 State the responsibilities of the crew members with regard to MEL.
(Moved from 071.02.01.01.08)

355 State the responsibilities of the commander with regard to MEL.

(Moved from 071.02.01.01.09)

356 Icing conditions

357 On ground de-icing/anti-icing procedures, types of de-icing/anti-icing fluids
358 Define the following terms: Anti-icing, de-icing, one-step de-icing/anti-icing, two-step
de-icing/anti-icing, holdover time. (ICAO Doc 9640 Glossary)

359 Define the following weather conditions: ‘drizzle’, ‘fog’, ‘freezing fog’, ‘freezing drizzle’,
‘freezing rain’, ‘frost’, ‘rain’, ‘rime’, ‘slush’, ‘snow’, ‘dry snow’, ‘wet snow’. (ICAO Doc
9640 Glossary)
(Merged into 050.05.02.01.01)

360 Describe ‘The clean aircraft concept’ as presented in the relevant chapter of ICAO Doc
9640. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 2)
361 List the types of de-icing/anti-icing fluids available. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 4)

362 State the procedure to be followed when an aeroplane has exceeded the holdover
time. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 4)

363 Interpret the fluid holdover time tables and list the factors which can reduce the fluid
protection time. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 5 + Attachment tables)

364 State that the pre-take-off check, which is the responsibility of the pilot-in-command,
ensures that the critical surfaces of the aeroplane are free of ice, snow, slush or frost
just prior to take-off. This check shall be accomplished as close to the time of take-off
as possible and is normally made from within the aeroplane by visually checking the
wings. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 6)

365 State that an aircraft has to be treated symmetrically. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 11)

366 State that an operator shall establish procedures to be followed when ground de-icing
and anti-icing and related inspections of the aeroplane(s) are necessary.

367 State that a commander shall not commence take-off unless the external surfaces are
clear of any deposit which might adversely affect the performance and/or
controllability of the aircraft except as permitted in the Flight Manual.

368 State the requirements for operations in icing conditions.

(Moved from 071.01.02.06.15)

369

370 Procedure to apply in case of performance deterioration, on ground/in flight

371 State that the effects of icing are wide-ranging, unpredictable and dependent upon
individual aeroplane design. The magnitude of these effects is dependent upon many
variables, but the effects can be both significant and dangerous. (ICAO Doc 9640,
Chapter 1)
372 State that in icing conditions, for a given speed and a given angle of attack, wing lift
can be reduced by as much as 30 % and drag increased by up to 40 %. State that these
changes in lift and drag will significantly increase stall speed, reduce controllability and
alter flight characteristics. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 1)

373 State that ice on critical surfaces and on the airframe may also break away during take-
off and be ingested into engines, possibly damaging fan and compressor blades. (ICAO
Doc 9640, Chapter 1)

374 State that ice forming on pitot tubes and static ports or on angle-of-attack vanes may
give false altitude, airspeed, angle-of-attack and engine-power information for air-data
systems. (ICAO Doc 9640, Chapter 1)

375 State that ice, frost and snow formed on the critical surfaces on the ground can have a
totally different effect on aircraft flight characteristics than ice formed in flight. (ICAO
Doc 9640, Chapter 1)

376 State that flight in known icing conditions is subject to limitations found in Part B of
the Operations Manual.

377 State where procedures and performances regarding flight in expected or actual icing
conditions are located.

378 Bird strike risk and avoidance

379
380 State that presence of birds constituting a potential hazard to aircraft operations is
part of the pre-flight information. (ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 8)

381 State that information concerning the presence of birds observed by aircrews is made
available to the Aeronautical Information Service for such distribution as the
circumstances necessitate. (ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 8)

382 State that AIP ENR 5.6 contains information regarding bird migrations. (ICAO Annex 15,
Appendix 1)

383 State significant data regarding birds strike contained in ICAO Doc 9137. (ICAO Doc
9137, Part 3, 1.1.6)

384 List incompatible land use around airports. (ICAO Doc 9137, Part 3, 10.4)
385
386 Define the commander’s responsibilities regarding the reporting of bird hazards and
bird strikes.

387

388 Noise abatement

389 Noise abatement procedures
390 Define the operator responsibilities regarding establishment of noise abatement
procedures.

391 State the main purpose of NADP 1 and NADP 2. (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume 1, Part V,
3.1.1)

392 State that the pilot-in-command has the authority to decide not to execute a noise-
abatement departure procedure if conditions preclude the safe execution of the
procedure. (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume 1, Part V, 3.2.1.3)

393 Influence of the flight procedure (departure, cruise, approach)

394 List the main parameters for NADP 1 and NADP 2 (i.e. : speeds, heights, etc…). (ICAO
Doc 8168, Vol 1, Part V, Appendix to chapter 3)

395 State that a runway lead-in lighting system should be provided where it is desired to
provide visual guidance along a specific approach path for purposes of noise
abatement. (ICAO Annex 14, Vol 1, 5.3.7.1 / Vol 2, 5.3.4.1)
396 State that detailed information about noise-abatement procedures is to be found in
AD 2 and 3 of the AIP. (ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 1)

397 Influence by the pilot (power setting, low drag)

398 List the adverse operating conditions under which noise-abatement procedures in the
form of reduced-power take-off should not be required. (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume 1,
Part V, 3.2.2)

399 List the adverse operating conditions under which noise-abatement procedures during
approach should not be required. (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume 1, Part V, 3.4.4)

400 State the rule regarding the use of reverse thrust on landing. (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume
1, Part V, 3.5)

401 Influence by the pilot (power setting, track of helicopter)

402 List the adverse operating conditions under which noise-abatement procedures in the
form of reduced power take-off should not be required. (ICAO Doc 8168, Volume 1,
Part V, 3.2.2)
403 Fire and smoke
404 Carburettor fire
405 List the actions to be taken in the event of a carburettor fire.

406 Engine fire

407 List the actions to be taken in the event of an engine fire.

408 Fire in the cabin, cockpit, cargo compartment

409 Identify the different types of extinguishants and the type of fire on which each one
may be used.
410 Describe the precautions to be considered in the application of fire extinguishant.
411 Identify the appropriate handheld extinguishers to be used in the cockpit, the
passenger cabin and toilets, and in the cargo compartments.
412 Smoke in the cockpit and cabin
413 List the actions to be taken in the event of smoke in the cockpit or in the cabin.

414 Actions in case of overheated brakes

415 Describe the problems and safety precautions following overheated brakes after
landing or a rejected take-off.
416

417 Decompression of pressurised cabin

418 Slow decompression
419 Indicate how to detect a slow decompression or an automatic pressurisation system
failure.
420 Describe the actions required following a slow decompression.
421 Rapid and explosive decompression
422 Indicate how to detect a rapid or an explosive decompression.
423 Dangers and action to be taken
424 Describe the actions required following a rapid or explosive decompression.
425 Describe the effects on aircraft occupants of a slow decompression and a rapid or
explosive decompression.
426 Wind shear and microburst
427 Effects and recognition during departure and approach
428 Define the meaning of the term ‘low-level windshear’. (ICAO Circular 186, Chapter 1)

429 Define: vertical wind shear, horizontal wind shear, updraft and downdraft wind shear.
(ICAO Circular 186, Chapter 2)
(Covered by 050.09.03.01.02)

430 Identify the meteorological phenomena associated with wind shear. (ICAO Circular
186, Chapter 3)
(Covered by 050.09.03.01.01)
431 Explain recognition of wind shear. (ICAO Circular 186, Chapter 4)
(Covered by 050.09.03.02.01)
432 Actions to avoid and actions to take during encounter
433 Describe the effects of and actions required when encountering wind shear, at take-off
and approach. (ICAO Circular 186, Chapter 4)

434 Describe the precautions to be taken when wind shear is suspected, at take-off and
approach. (ICAO Circular 186, Chapter 4)
435 Describe the effects of and actions required following entry into a strong downdraft
wind shear. (ICAO Circular 186, Chapter 4)

436 Describe a microburst and its effects. (ICAO Circular 186, Chapter 4)

437 Wake turbulence

438 Cause
439 Define the term ‘wake turbulence’.
(ICAO Doc 4444, 4.9)
440 Describe tip vortices circulation.
(ICAO Doc 9426, Part II)
441 Explain when vortex generation begins and ends.
(ICAO Doc 9426, Part II)
442 Describe vortex circulation on the ground with and without crosswind.
(ICAO Doc 9426, Part II)
443 List of relevant parameters
444 List the three main factors which, when combined, give the strongest vortices (heavy,
clean, slow).
(ICAO Doc 9426, Part II)
445 Describe the wind conditions which are worst for wake turbulence near the ground.
(ICAO Doc 9426, Part II)
446 Actions to be taken when crossing traffic, during take-off and landing
447 Describe the actions to be taken to avoid wake turbulence, specially separations.
(ICAO Doc 4444, 5)

448 Security (unlawful events)

449 ICAO Annex 17
450 Give the following definitions: aircraft security check, screening, security, security-
restricted area, unidentified baggage.
(ICAO Annex 17, 1)
451 Give the objectives of security.
(ICAO Annex 17, 2.1)
452 Use of SSR
453 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning notifying the appropriate ATS
unit.
(ICAO Annex 17 Attachment)
454 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning operation of SSR.
(ICAO Annex 17 Attachment)
455 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning departing from assigned track
and/or cruising level.
(ICAO Annex 17 Attachment)
456 Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning the action required or being
requested by an ATS unit to confirm SSR code and ATS interpretation response.
(ICAO Annex 17 Attachment)
457 Security
458
459 State the requirements regarding training programmes.

460 State the requirements regarding reporting acts of unlawful interference.

461 State the requirements regarding aircraft search procedures.

462 Emergency and precautionary landings

463 Definition
464 Define ‘ditching’, ‘precautionary landing’, ‘emergency landing’.

465 Describe a ditching procedure.

466 Describe a precautionary landing.
467
468 Explain the factors to be considered when deciding to make a
precautionary/emergency landing or ditching.
469 Cause
470 List some reasons that may require a ditching, a precautionary landing or an
emergency landing.
471 Passenger information
472 Describe the passenger briefing to be given before conducting a
precautionary/emergency landing or ditching (including evacuation).

473 Action after landing

474 Describe the actions and responsibilities of crew members after landing.
475 Evacuation
476 State that the aircraft must be stopped and the engine shut down before launching an
emergency evacuation.
477 State that evacuation procedures are to be found in Part B of the Operations Manual.
(Moved and merged into 071.02.01.02.02)
478 State the CS-25 requirements regarding evacuation procedures.
(CS 25.803 + Appendix J)
479 Fuel jettisoning
480 Safety aspects
481 State that an aircraft may need to jettison fuel so as to reduce its landing mass in order
to effect a safe landing.
(ICAO Doc 4444, 15.5.3)

482 State that when an aircraft operating within controlled airspace needs to jettison fuel,
the flight crew shall coordinate with ATC the following:
- route to be flown which, if possible, should be clear of cities and towns, preferably
over water and away from areas where thunderstorms have been reported or are
expected;
- the level to be used, which should be not less than 1 800 m (6 000 ft); and
- the duration of fuel jettisoning.
(ICAO Doc 4444, 15.5.3)

483 State that flaps and slats may adversely affect fuel jettisoning.
(CS 25.1001)
484 Requirements
485 State that a fuel-jettisoning system must be installed on each aeroplane unless it is
shown that the aeroplane meets some CS-25 climb requirements. (CS 25.1001)
486 State that a fuel-jettisoning system must be capable of jettisoning enough fuel within
15 minutes.
(CS 25.1001)
487 Transport of dangerous goods
488 ICAO Annex 18
489 Give the following definitions: dangerous goods, dangerous goods accident, dangerous
goods incident, exemption, incompatible, packaging, UN number.
(ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 1)
490 State that detailed provisions for dangerous goods transportation are contained in the
Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (Doc 9284).
(ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 2, 2.2.1)

491 State that in case of an in-flight emergency, the pilot-incommand must inform the ATC
of dangerous goods transportation.
(ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 9, 9.5)
492 Technical Instructions (ICAO Doc 9284)

493 Explain the principle of compatibility and segregation.

(ICAO Doc 9284)

494 Explain the special requirements for the loading of radioactive materials.
(ICAO Doc 9284)

495 Explain the use of the dangerous goods list.

(ICAO Doc 9284)

496 Identify the labels.

(ICAO Doc 9284)

497 List the labelling and marking requirements.

(Moved from 071.02.12.13.05)
498 Transport of dangerous goods by air

499 Explain the terminology relevant to dangerous goods.

(Moved from 071.01.02.13.01)

500 Explain the scope of the regulation.

(Moved from 071.01.02.13.02)
501 State that dangerous goods transportation is subject to operator approval.

502 Identify articles and substances which would otherwise be classed as dangerous goods
that are excluded from the provisions.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.09)
503 State that some articles and substances may be forbidden for air transportation.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.10)
504 State that packing must comply with the Technical Instruction specifications. (Moved
to 071.02.12.03.11)
505 List the labelling and marking requirements.
(Moved and merged into 071.02.12.02.04)
506 List the Dangerous Goods Transport Document requirements.
507 List the Acceptance of Dangerous Goods requirements.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.05)
508 Explain the need of an inspection prior to loading on an aircraft.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.12)
509 State that some dangerous goods are designated for carriage only on cargo aircraft.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.13)
510 State that accidents or incidents involving dangerous goods are to be reported.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.08)
511 State that misdeclared or undeclared dangerous goods found in baggage are to be
reported.
(Moved to 071.02.12.03.14)
512 Explain the limitations on the transport of dangerous goods.
(Moved from 071.01.02.13.03)

513 State the requirements for acceptance of dangerous goods.

(Moved from 071.01.02.13.04)

514 List the Acceptance of Dangerous Goods requirements.

515 State the requirements regarding inspection for damage, leakage or contamination.
(Moved from 071.01.02.13.05)

516 State the requirement for provision of information to the crew.

(Moved from 071.01.02.13.07)

517 State that accidents or incidents involving dangerous goods are to be reported.

518 Identify articles and substances, which would otherwise be classed as dangerous
goods, that are excluded from the provisions.
(Moved from 071.02.12.03.02)

519 State that some articles and substances may be forbidden for air transportation.
(Moved from 071.02.12.03.03)

520 State that packing must comply with the Technical Instructions specifications.
(Moved from 071.02.12.03.04)

521 Explain the need of an inspection prior to loading on an aircraft.

(Moved from 071.02.12.03.08)
522 State that some dangerous goods are designated for carriage only on cargo aircraft.
(Moved from 071.02.12.03.09)

523 State that misdeclared or undeclared dangerous goods found in baggage are to be
reported.
(Moved from 071.02.12.03.11)
524 Contaminated runways
525 Kinds of contamination

526 Define a ‘contaminated runway’, a ‘damp runway’, a ‘wet runway’, and a ‘dry runway’.
(Moved to 032.04.01.07.01)
527 List the different types of contamination: damp, wet or water patches, rime or frost-
covered, dry snow, wet snow, slush, ice, compacted or rolled snow, frozen ruts or
ridges. (ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2)
(Moved to 032.04.01.07.02)

528 Give the definitions of the various types of snow. (ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2)
(Covered by 050.05.02.01.01)
529 Estimated surface friction, friction coefficient
530 Identify the difference between friction coefficient and estimated surface friction.
(ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2)
531 State that when friction coefficient is 0.40 or higher, the expected braking action is
good.
(ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2)
532 Hydroplaning principles and effects
533 Define the different types of hydroplaning.
(NASA TM-85652/Tire friction performance/ pp. 6 to 9)
534 Compute the two dynamic hydroplaning speeds using the following formulas: Spin-
down speed (rotating tire) (kt) = 9 square root (pressure in PSI) Spin-up speed (non-
rotating tire) (kt) = 7.7 square root (pressure in PSI).
(NASA TM-85652/Tire friction performance /p. 8)

535 State that it is the spin-up speed rather than the spin-down speed which represents
the actual tire situation for aircraft touchdown on flooded runways.
(NASA TM-85652/Tire friction performance/p. 8)
536 Procedures
537 State that some wind limitations may apply in case of contaminated runways. Those
limitations are to be found in Part B of the Operations Manual — Limitations.
(Moved to 032.04.01.07.07)
538 State that the procedures associated with take-off and landing on contaminated
runways are to be found in Part B of the Operations Manual — Normal procedures.
(Moved to 032.04.01.07.08)
539 State that the performances associated with contaminated runways are to be found in
Part B of the Operations Manual — Performance.
(Moved to 032.04.01.07.09)
540 SNOWTAM
541 Interpret from a SNOWTAM the contamination and braking action on a runway.

542

543 Rotor downwash

544 Describe downwash
545 Describe the downwash.
546 Effects
547 Explain the effects on: soil erosion, water dispersal and spray, recirculation, damage to
property, loose articles.
548 Operation influence by meteorological conditions (Helicopter)
549 White-out/sand/dust
550 Give the definition of white out.
551 Describe loss of spatial orientation.
552 Describe take-off and landing techniques.
553 Strong winds
554 Describe blade sailing.
555 Describe wind operating envelopes.
556 Describe vertical speed problems.
557 Mountain environment
558 Describe constraints associated with mountain environment.
559 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (HELICOPTER)
560 Influence of technical problems
561 Engine failure
562 Describe techniques for failure in: hover, climb, cruise, approach.

563 Fire in cabin/cockpit/engine

564 Describe the basic actions when encountering fire in the cabin, cockpit or engine.
565 Tail/rotor/directional control failure
566 Describe basic actions following the loss of tail rotor.
567 Describe basic actions following loss of directional control.
568 Ground resonance
569 Describe recovery actions.
570 Blade stall
571 Describe cause and recovery actions when encountering retreating blade stall.
572 Settling with power (vortex ring)
573 Describe prerequisite conditions and recovery actions.
574 Overpitch
575 Describe recovery actions.
576 Overspeed: rotor/engine
577 Describe overspeed control.
578 Dynamic rollover
579 Describe potential conditions and recovery action.
580 Mast bumping
581 Describe conditions ‘conducive to’ and ‘avoidance of’ effect.
582

583

584

585
586
587
588

589
590
 Old syllabus New syllabus Moved to/from
reference reference another subject

071.00.00.00 071.00.00.00
071.01.00 00 071.01.00.00
071.01.01.00 071.01.01.00
071.01.01.01 071.01.01.01
071.01.01.01.01 071.01.01.01.01

071.01.01.01.02 071.01.01.01.02

071.01.01.01.03
071.01.01.01.04
071.01.01.02 071.01.01.02
071.01.01.02.01 071.01.01.02.01

071.01.01.02.02 071.01.01.02.02

071.01.01.03 071.01.01.03
071.01.01.03.01 071.01.01.03.01

071.01.01.03.02 071.01.01.03.02

071.01.01.03.03 071.01.01.03.03

071.01.01.03.04 071.01.01.03.04

071.01.01.03.05 071.01.01.03.05

071.01.02.00 071.01.02.00
071.01.02.01 071.01.02.01
071.01.02.01.01 071.01.02.01.01
071.01.02.01.02 071.01.02.01.02

071.01.02.02 071.01.02.02
071.01.02.02.01 071.01.02.02.01

071.01.02.02.02 071.01.02.02.02
071.01.02.02.03 071.01.02.02.03
071.01.02.02.04 071.01.02.02.04

071.01.02.02.05 071.01.02.02.05
071.01.02.02.06 071.01.02.02.06

071.01.02.02.07 071.02.01.03.02

071.01.02.02.08 071.01.02.02.07

071.01.02.02.09 071.01.02.02.08

071.01.02.02.10 071.01.02.10.06

071.01.02.02.11

071.01.02.02.12 071.01.02.02.09

071.01.02.02.13 071.01.02.09.13

071.01.02.02.14 071.01.02.09.14

071.01.02.02.15 071.01.02.02.10
071.01.02.02.16 071.01.02.02.11

071.01.02.02.17 071.01.02.02.12

071.01.02.02.18 071.01.02.02.13

071.01.02.02.19 071.01.02.02.14

071.01.02.02.20 071.01.02.02.15

071.01.02.02.21 071.01.02.02.16

071.01.02.02.22
071.01.02.02.23 071.01.02.02.17

071.01.02.02.24

071.01.02.02.25

071.01.02.03 071.01.02.03
071.01.02.03.01 071.01.02.03.01

071.01.02.03.02 071.01.02.03.02

071.01.02.03.03 071.01.02.03.03

071.01.02.03.04 071.01.02.03.04

071.01.02.04 071.01.02.04
071.01.02.04.01 071.01.02.04.01

071.01.02.04.02
071.01.02.04.03
071.01.02.04.04
071.01.02.04.05 071.01.02.04.02

071.01.02.04.06 071.01.02.04.03

071.01.02.04.07 071.01.02.04.04

071.01.02.04.08 071.01.02.04.05

071.01.02.04.09 071.01.02.04.06

071.01.02.04.10 071.01.02.04.07

071.01.02.04.11 071.01.02.04.08

071.01.02.04.12 071.01.03.04.08

071.01.02.04.13 071.01.03.04.09

071.01.02.04.14 071.01.02.04.09

071.01.02.04.15
071.01.02.04.16 071.01.02.04.10

071.01.02.04.17 071.01.02.04.11

071.01.02.04.18
071.01.02.04.19 071.01.02.04.12
071.01.02.04.20 071.01.02.04.13

071.01.02.04.21 071.01.02.04.14

071.01.02.04.22 071.01.02.04.15

071.01.02.04.23 071.01.02.04.16

071.01.02.04.24 071.01.02.04.17

071.01.02.04.25 071.01.02.04.18

071.01.02.04.26 071.01.02.04.19

071.01.02.04.27 071.01.02.04.20

071.01.02.04.28 071.01.02.04.21

071.01.02.04.29 071.01.02.04.22

071.01.02.04.30 071.01.02.04.23

071.01.02.04.31 071.01.02.04.24

071.01.02.04.32 071.01.02.04.25

071.01.02.04.33 071.01.02.04.26
071.01.02.06.26 071.01.02.04.26

071.01.02.04.34 071.01.02.06.09

071.01.02.04.35 071.01.02.06.10

071.01.02.04.36 071.01.02.04.27

071.01.02.04.37 071.01.02.04.28

071.01.02.05 071.01.02.05
071.01.02.05.01 071.01.02.05.01

071.01.02.05.02
071.01.02.05.03
071.01.02.05.04 071.01.02.05.02

071.01.02.05.05 071.01.02.05.03

071.01.02.05.06 071.01.02.05.04

071.01.02.05.07 071.01.02.05.05

071.01.02.05.08 071.01.02.05.06

071.01.02.05.09 071.01.02.05.07

071.01.02.05.10 071.01.02.05.08

071.01.02.05.11 071.01.02.05.09

071.01.02.05.12 071.01.02.05.10
071.01.02.05.13 071.01.02.05.11

071.01.02.05.14 071.01.02.05.12

071.01.02.05.15 071.01.02.05.13

071.01.02.05.16 071.01.02.05.14

071.01.02.05.17 071.01.02.05.15

071.01.02.05.18 071.01.02.05.16

071.01.02.05.19 071.01.02.05.17

071.01.02.05.20 071.01.02.05.18

071.01.02.05.21 071.01.02.05.19

071.01.02.05.22 071.01.02.05.20
071.01.02.05.23 071.01.02.05.21

071.01.02.06 071.01.02.06
071.01.02.06.01 071.01.02.06.01

071.01.02.06.02 071.01.02.06.02

071.01.02.06.03
071.01.02.06.04 071.01.02.06.03

071.01.02.06.05 071.01.02.07.08

071.01.02.06.06 071.01.02.07.09

071.01.02.06.07 071.01.02.06.04

071.01.02.06.08 071.01.02.06.05

071.01.02.06.09 071.01.02.06.06

071.01.02.06.10 071.01.02.06.07

071.01.02.06.11 071.01.02.06.08

071.01.02.06.12 071.01.02.06.09

071.01.02.06.13 071.01.02.06.10

071.01.02.06.14 071.01.02.06.11

071.01.02.06.15 071.02.02.01.10
071.01.02.06.16 071.01.02.07.07

071.01.02.06.17 071.01.02.06.12

071.01.02.06.18 071.01.02.06.13

071.01.02.06.19 071.01.02.06.14

071.01.02.06.20 071.01.02.06.15

071.01.02.06.21 071.01.02.06.16

071.01.02.06.22 071.01.02.06.17

071.01.02.06.23 071.01.02.06.18

071.01.02.06.24 071.01.02.06.19

071.01.02.06.25 071.01.02.06.20

071.01.02.06.26 071.01.02.04.26

071.01.02.06.27 071.01.02.06.21

071.01.02.06.28 071.01.02.06.22

071.01.02.06.29 071.01.02.06.23

071.01.02.06.30 071.01.02.06.24

071.01.02.06.31 071.01.02.06.25

071.01.02.06.32 071.01.02.06.26
071.01.02.06.33 071.01.02.06.27

071.01.02.06.34 071.01.02.06.28

071.01.02.06.35 071.01.02.06.29

071.01.02.06.36 071.01.02.06.30

071.01.02.06.37 071.01.02.06.31

071.01.02.06.38 071.01.02.06.32

071.01.02.06.39 071.01.02.06.33

071.01.02.07 071.01.02.07
071.01.02.07.01 071.01.02.07.01

071.01.02.07.02 071.01.02.07.02

071.01.02.07.03 071.01.02.07.03

071.01.02.07.04 071.01.02.07.04

071.01.02.07.05 071.01.02.07.05

071.01.02.07.06 071.01.02.07.06
071.01.02.06.16 071.01.02.07.07

071.01.02.06.05 071.01.02.07.08

071.01.02.06.06 071.01.02.07.09

071.01.02.07.10

071.01.02.07.11

071.01.02.08 071.01.02.08
071.01.02.09 071.01.02.09
071.01.02.09.01 071.01.02.09.01

071.01.02.09.02 071.01.02.09.02

071.01.02.09.03 071.01.02.09.03

071.01.02.09.04 071.01.02.09.04

071.01.02.09.05 071.01.02.09.05

071.01.02.09.06 071.01.02.09.06

071.01.02.09.07 071.01.02.09.07
071.01.02.09.08 071.01.02.09.08

071.01.02.09.09 071.01.02.09.09

071.01.02.09.10 071.01.02.09.10

071.01.02.09.11 071.01.02.09.11

071.01.02.09.12 071.01.02.09.12

071.01.02.02.13 071.01.02.09.13

071.01.02.02.14 071.01.02.09.14

071.01.02.09.15

071.01.02.10 071.01.02.10
071.01.02.10.01 071.01.02.10.01

071.01.02.10.02 071.01.02.10.02

071.01.02.10.03 071.01.02.10.03

071.01.02.10.04 071.01.02.10.04

071.01.02.10.05 071.01.02.10.05

071.01.02.02.10 071.01.02.10.06

071.01.02.11 071.01.02.11
071.01.02.11.01 071.02.01.01.01

071.01.02.11.02 071.02.01.01.02

071.01.02.11.03 071.02.01.01.03

071.01.02.11.04 071.02.01.01.04

071.01.02.11.05 071.02.01.01.05

071.01.02.12 071.01.02.12
071.01.02.12.01 071.01.02.12.01

071.01.02.12.02 071.01.02.12.02

071.01.02.12.03 071.01.02.12.03

071.01.02.12.04 071.01.02.12.04

071.01.02.12.05 071.01.02.12.05

071.01.02.12.06 071.01.02.12.06

071.01.02.12.07 071.01.02.12.07

071.01.02.12.08
071.01.02.13
071.01.02.13.01 071.02.12.03.01

071.01.02.13.02 071.02.12.03.02

071.01.02.13.03 071.02.12.03.04

071.01.02.13.04 071.02.12.03.05

071.01.02.13.05 071.02.12.03.06

071.01.02.13.06
071.01.02.13.07 071.02.12.03.07
071.01.02.13.08 071.02.12.03.08

071.01.03.00 071.01.03.00
071.01.03.01 071.01.03.01
071.01.03.01.01 071.01.03.04.05

071.01.03.01.02 071.01.03.04.06,
071.01.03.04.07

071.01.03.01.03 071.01.03.03.16

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.02,
071.01.03.01.03,
071.01.03.01.04,
071.01.03.01.05,
071.01.03.01.06,
071.01.03.01.07,
071.01.03.01.08

071.01.03.01.05 071.01.03.01.01

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.02
071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.03

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.04

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.05

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.06

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.07

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.01.08

071.01.03.02 071.01.03.02
071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.01

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.02

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.03

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.04

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.05

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.06

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.07
071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.08

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.09

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.10

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.11

071.01.03.02.01 071.01.03.02.12

071.01.03.02.02 071.01.03.02.13

071.01.03.02.02 022.03.01.01.04 Moved to subject

022

071.01.03.03 071.01.03.03
071.01.03.03.01 071.01.03.03.01

071.01.03.03.02 071.01.03.03.02

071.01.03.03.03 071.01.03.03.04,
071.01.03.03.05,
071.01.03.03.06

071.01.03.03.04 071.01.03.03.07,
071.01.03.03.08,
071.01.03.03.09

071.01.03.03.05 071.01.03.03.10,
071.01.03.03.11

071.01.03.03.06 071.01.03.03.12,
071.01.03.03.13,
071.01.03.03.14,
071.01.03.03.15
071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.17,
071.01.03.03.18,
071.01.03.03.19,
071.01.03.03.20,
071.01.03.03.21,
071.01.03.03.22,
071.01.03.03.23,
071.01.03.03.24
071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.25,
071.01.03.03.26,
071.01.03.03.27,
071.01.03.03.28,
071.01.03.03.29,
071.01.03.03.30,
071.01.03.03.31,
071.01.03.03.32

071.01.03.03.09 071.01.03.03.33,
071.01.03.03.34
071.01.03.03.10 071.01.03.03.35,
071.01.03.03.36,
071.01.03.03.37,
071.01.03.03.38,
071.01.03.03.39

071.01.03.03.11 071.01.03.03.43,
071.01.03.03.44,
071.01.03.03.45,
071.01.03.03.46

071.01.03.03.12 071.01.03.03.48

071.01.03.03.13 071.01.03.03.49,
071.01.03.03.50,
071.01.03.03.51

071.01.03.03.03

071.01.03.03.03 071.01.03.03.04

071.01.03.03.03 071.01.03.03.05

071.01.03.03.03 071.01.03.03.06
071.01.03.03.04 071.01.03.03.07

071.01.03.03.04 071.01.03.03.08

071.01.03.03.04 071.01.03.03.09

071.01.03.03.05 071.01.03.03.10

071.01.03.03.05 071.01.03.03.11

071.01.03.03.06 071.01.03.03.12

071.01.03.03.06 071.01.03.03.13

071.01.03.03.06 071.01.03.03.14

071.01.03.03.06 071.01.03.03.15

071.01.03.01.03 071.01.03.03.16

071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.17

071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.18

071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.19

071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.20

071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.21
071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.22

071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.23

071.01.03.03.07 071.01.03.03.24

071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.25

071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.26

071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.27

071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.28

071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.29

071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.30

071.01.03.03.08 071.01.03.03.31

071.01.03.03.32
071.01.03.03.09 071.01.03.03.33

071.01.03.03.09 071.01.03.03.34

071.01.03.03.10 071.01.03.03.35

071.01.03.03.10 071.01.03.03.36

071.01.03.03.10 071.01.03.03.37

071.01.03.03.10 071.01.03.03.38

071.01.03.03.10 071.01.03.03.39

071.01.03.03.40

071.01.03.03.41

071.01.03.03.42

071.01.03.03.11 071.01.03.03.43

071.01.03.03.11 071.01.03.03.44
071.01.03.03.11 071.01.03.03.45

071.01.03.03.11 071.01.03.03.46

071.01.03.03.47

071.01.03.03.12 071.01.03.03.48

071.01.03.03.13 071.01.03.03.49

071.01.03.03.13 071.01.03.03.50

071.01.03.03.13 071.01.03.03.51

071.01.03.04 071.01.03.04

071.01.03.04.01 071.01.03.04.01

071.01.03.04.02 071.01.03.04.02

071.01.03.04.03 071.01.03.04.03
071.01.03.04.04 071.01.03.04.04

071.01.03.01.01 071.01.03.04.05

071.01.03.01.02 071.01.03.04.06

071.01.03.01.04 071.01.03.04.07

071.01.02.04.12 071.01.03.04.08

071.01.02.04.13 071.01.03.04.09

071.02.00 00 071.02.00.00
071.02.01.00 071.02.01.00

071.02.01.01 071.02.01.01
071.02.01.01.01 071.02.01.01.06

071.02.01.01.02 071.02.01.01.07

071.02.01.01.03 071.02.01.01.08

071.02.01.01.04 071.02.01.01.09

071.02.01.01.05 071.02.01.03.01

071.02.01.01.06 071.02.01.03.03

071.02.01.01.07 071.02.01.03.04

071.02.01.01.08 071.02.01.03.05
071.02.01.01.09 071.02.01.03.06

071.01.02.11.01 071.02.01.01.01

071.01.02.11.02 071.02.01.01.02

071.01.02.11.03 071.02.01.01.03

071.01.02.11.04 071.02.01.01.04

071.01.02.11.05 071.02.01.01.05

071.02.01.01.01 071.02.01.01.06

071.02.01.01.02 071.02.01.01.07

071.02.01.01.03 071.02.01.01.08

071.02.01.01.04 071.02.01.01.09

071.02.01.02 071.02.01.02
071.02.01.02.01 071.02.01.02.01
071.02.01.02.02 071.02.01.02.02

071.02.01.02.03 071.02.01.02.03

071.02.01.03
071.02.01.01.05 071.02.01.03.01

071.01.02.02.07 071.02.01.03.02

071.02.01.01.06 071.02.01.03.03

071.02.01.01.07 071.02.01.03.04

071.02.01.01.08 071.02.01.03.05

071.02.01.01.09 071.02.01.03.06

071.02.02.00
071.02.02.01
071.02.02.01.01 071.02.02.01.01

071.02.02.01.02 050.05.02.01.01 Covered in

subject 050

071.02.02.01.03 071.02.02.01.02
071.02.02.01.04 071.02.02.01.03

071.02.02.01.05 071.02.02.01.04

071.02.02.01.06 071.02.02.01.05

071.02.02.01.07 071.02.02.01.06

071.02.02.01.08 071.02.02.01.07

071.02.02.01.09 071.02.02.01.08

071.02.02.01.10 071.02.02.01.09

071.01.02.06.15 071.02.02.01.10

071.02.02.01.11

071.02.02 02 071.02.02.02
071.02.02.02.01 071.02.02.02.01
071.02.02.02.02 071.02.02.02.02

071.02.02.02.03 071.02.02.02.03

071.02.02.02.04 071.02.02.02.04

071.02.02.02.05 071.02.02.02.05

071.02.02.02.06 071.02.02.02.06

071.02.02.02.07 071.02.02.02.07

071.02.03.00 071.02.03.00
071.02.03.01
071.02.03.00.01 071.02.03.01.01

071.02.03.00.02 071.02.03.01.02

071.02.03.00.03 071.02.03.01.03

071.02.03.00.04 071.02.03.01.04

071.02.03.00.05
071.02.03.01.05
071.02.03.00.06 071.02.03.01.06

071.02.03.01.07

071.02.04.00 071.02.04.00
071.02.04.01 071.02.04.01
071.02.04.01.01 071.02.04.01.01

071.02.04.01.02 071.02.04.01.02

071.02.04.01.03 071.02.04.01.03

071.02.04.02 071.02.04.02
071.02.04.02.01 071.02.04.02.01

071.02.04.02.02 071.02.04.02.02

071.02.04.02.03 071.02.04.02.03

071.02.04.03 071.02.04.03
071.02.04.03.01 071.02.04.03.01

071.02.04.03.02 071.02.04.03.02

071.02.04.03.03 071.02.04.03.03

071.02.04.04 071.02.04.04
071.02.04.04.01 071.02.04.04.01

071.02.05.00 071.02.05.00
071.02.05.01 071.02.05.01
071.02.05.01.01 071.02.05.01.01

071.02.05.02 071.02.05.02
071.02.05.02.01 071.02.05.02.01

071.02.05.03 071.02.05.03
071.02.05.03.01 071.02.05.03.01

071.02.05.03.02 071.02.05.03.02
071.02.05.03.03 071.02.05.03.03

071.02.05.04 071.02.05.04
071.02.05.04.01 071.02.05.04.01

071.02.05.05 071.02.05.05
071.02.05.05.01 071.02.05.05.01

071.02.05.05.02

071.02.06.00 071.02.06.00
071.02.06.01 071.02.06.01
071.02.06.01.01 071.02.06.01.01

071.02.06.01.02 071.02.06.01.02
071.02.06.02 071.02.06.02
071.02.06.02.01 071.02.06.02.01
071.02.06.03 071.02.06.03
071.02.06.03.01 071.02.06.03.01
071.02.06.03.02 071.02.06.03.02

071.02.07.00 071.02.07.00
071.02.07.01 071.02.07.01
071.02.07.01.01 071.02.07.01.01

071.02.07.01.02 050.09.03.01.02 Covered in

subject 050

071.02.07.01.03 050.09.03.01.01 Covered in

subject 050

071.02.07.01.04 050.09.03.02.01 Covered in

subject 050
071.02.07.02 071.02.07.02
071.02.07.02.01 071.02.07.02.01

071.02.07.02.02 071.02.07.02.02
071.02.07.02.03 071.02.07.02.03

071.02.07.02.04 071.02.07.02.04

071.02.08.00 071.02.08.00
071.02.08.01 071.02.08.01
071.02.08.01.01 071.02.08.01.01

071.02.08.01.02 071.02.08.01.02

071.02.08.01.03 071.02.08.01.03

071.02.08.01.04 071.02.08.01.04

071.02.08.02 071.02.08.02
071.02.08.02.01 071.02.08.02.01

071.02.08.02.02 071.02.08.02.02

071.02.08.03 071.02.08.03
071.02.08.03.01 071.02.08.03.01

071.02.09.00 071.02.09.00
071.02.09.01 071.02.09.01
071.02.09.01.01 071.02.09.01.01

071.02.09.01.02 071.02.09.01.02

071.02.09.02 071.02.09.02
071.02.09.02.01 071.02.09.02.01

071.02.09.02.02 071.02.09.02.02

071.02.09.02.03 071.02.09.02.03

071.02.09.02.04 071.02.09.02.04

071.02.09.03 071.02.09.03
071.02.09.03.01
071.02.09.03.01 071.02.09.03.02

071.02.09.03.02 071.02.09.03.03

071.02.09.03.03 071.02.09.03.04

071.02.10.00 071.02.10.00
071.02.10.01 071.02.10.01
071.02.10.01.01 071.02.10.01.01

071.02.10.01.02 071.02.10.01.02
071.02.10.01.03 071.02.10.01.03
071.02.10.01.04
071.02.10.01.04 071.02.10.01.05

071.02.10.02 071.02.10.02
071.02.10.02.01 071.02.10.02.01

071.02.10.03 071.02.10.03
071.02.10.03.01 071.02.10.03.01

071.02.10.04 071.02.10.04
071.02.10.04.01 071.02.10.04.01
071.02.10.05 071.02.10.05
071.02.10.05.01 071.02.10.05.01

071.02.10.05.02 071.02.01.02.02

071.02.10.05.03 071.02.10.05.02

071.02.11.00 071.02.11.00
071.02.11.01 071.02.11.01
071.02.11.01.01 071.02.11.01.01

071.02.11.01.02 071.02.11.01.02

071.02.11.01.03 071.02.11.01.03
 071.02.11.02 071.02.11.02
071.02.11.02.01 021.08.02.02.06 Covered in
subject 021
071.02.11.02.02 071.02.11.02.01

071.02.12.00 071.02.12.00
071.02.12.01 071.02.12.01
071.02.12.01.01 071.02.12.01.01

071.02.12.01.02 071.02.12.01.02

071.02.12.01.03 071.02.12.01.03

071.02.12.02 071.02.12.02

071.02.12.02.01 071.02.12.02.01

071.02.12.02.02 071.02.12.02.02

071.02.12.02.03 071.02.12.02.03

071.02.12.02.04 071.02.12.02.04

071.02.12.13.05 071.02.12.02.04

071.02.12.03 071.02.12.03

071.01.02.13.01 071.02.12.03.01

071.01.02.13.02 071.02.12.03.02

071.02.12.03.01 071.02.12.03.03

071.02.12.03.02 071.02.12.03.09

071.02.12.03.03 071.02.12.03.10
071.02.12.03.04 071.02.12.03.11

071.02.12.03.05 071.02.12.02.04

071.02.12.03.06
071.02.12.03.07 071.02.12.03.05

071.02.12.03.08 071.02.12.03.12

071.02.12.03.09 071.02.12.03.13

071.02.12.03.10 071.02.12.03.08

071.02.12.03.11 071.02.12.03.14

071.01.02.13.03 071.02.12.03.04

071.01.02.13.04 071.02.12.03.05

071.02.12.03.07 071.02.12.03.05

071.01.02.13.05 071.02.12.03.06

071.01.02.13.07 071.02.12.03.07

071.02.12.03.10 071.02.12.03.08

071.02.12.03.02 071.02.12.03.09

071.02.12.03.03 071.02.12.03.10

071.02.12.03.04 071.02.12.03.11

071.02.12.03.08 071.02.12.03.12
071.02.12.03.09 071.02.12.03.13

071.02.12.03.11 071.02.12.03.14

071.02.13.00 071.02.13.00
071.02.13.01 071.02.13.01 Moved to subject
032
071.02.13.01.01 032.04.01.07.01 Moved to subject
032
071.02.13.01.02 032.04.01.07.02 Moved to subject
032

071.02.13.01.03 050.05.02.01.01 Covered in

subject 050
071.02.13.02 071.02.13.02
071.02.13.02.01 071.02.13.02.01

071.02.13.02.02 071.02.13.02.02

071.02.13.03 071.02.13.03
071.02.13.03.01 071.02.13.03.01

071.02.13.03.02 071.02.13.03.02

071.02.13.03.03 071.02.13.03.03

071.02.13.04 071.02.13.04
071.02.13.04.01 032.04.01.07.07 Moved to subject
032

071.02.13.04.02 032.04.01.07.08 Moved to subject

032

071.02.13.04.03 032.04.01.07.09 Moved to subject

032

071.02.13.05 071.02.13.05
071.02.13.05.01 071.02.13.05.01

071.02.13.05.02

071.02.14.00 071.02.14.00
 071.02.14.01 071.02.14.01
071.02.14.01.01 071.02.14.01.01
071.02.14.02 071.02.14.02
071.02.14.02.01 071.02.14.02.01

071.02.15.00 071.02.15.00
071.02.15.01 071.02.15.01
071.02.15.01.01 071.02.15.01.01
071.02.15.01.02 071.02.15.01.02
071.02.15.01.03 071.02.15.01.03
071.02.15.02 071.02.15.02
071.02.15.02.01 071.02.15.02.01
071.02.15.02.02 071.02.15.02.02
071.02.15.02.03 071.02.15.02.03
071.02.15.03 071.02.15.03
071.02.15.03.01 071.02.15.03.01
071.03.00.00 071.03.00.00
071.03.01.00 071.03.01.00
071.03.01.01 071.03.01.01
071.03.01.01.01 071.03.01.01.01

071.03.01.02 071.03.01.02
071.03.01.02.01 071.03.01.02.01
071.03.01.03 071.03.01.03
071.03.01.03.01 071.03.01.03.01
071.03.01.03.02 071.03.01.03.02
071.03.01.04 071.03.01.04
071.03.01.04.01 071.03.01.04.01
071.03.01.05 071.03.01.05
071.03.01.05.01 071.03.01.05.01
071.03.01.06 071.03.01.06
071.03.01.06.01 071.03.01.06.01
071.03.01.07 071.03.01.07
071.03.01.07.01 071.03.01.07.01
071.03.01.08 071.03.01.08
071.03.01.08.01 071.03.01.08.01
071.03.01.09 071.03.01.09
071.03.01.09.01 071.03.01.09.01
071.03.01.10 071.03.01.10
071.03.01.10.01 071.03.01.10.01
071.04.01.00

071.04.01.01

071.04.01.01.01

071.04.01.02
071.04.01.02.01
 071.04.01.03
071.04.01.03.01

071.04.01.04
071.04.01.04.01
New syllabus text

Renumbered

Deleted
New
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ICAO Annex 6
Definitions
Define the following: alternate aerodrome: flight time (aeroplanes); take-off alternate;
en-route alternate; destination alternate.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 1.
Define ‘alternate heliport’; ‘flight time (helicopters)’.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 1.
x
x
Applicability
State that Part I shall be applicable to the operation of aeroplanes by operators
authorised to conduct international commercial air transport (CAT) operations.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 2.
State that Part III shall be applicable to all helicopters engaged in international CAT
operations or in international general aviation operations, except helicopters engaged
in aerial work.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 1, Chapter 2.

General
Explain the compliance with laws, regulations and procedures.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.1; ICAO Annex 6, Part III, Section 2, Chapter
1.1.

State the condition(s) required for the establishment of a flight data analysis
programme, and state what this programme is part of.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.3

Explain what is a flight safety documents system.

Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 3.3.
Explain what is maintenance release.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Chapter 8.8; ICAO Annex 6 Part III, Section 2, Chapter
6.7
List and describe the lights to be displayed by aircraft.
Source: ICAO Annex 6, Part I, Appendix 1: 2. Navigation lights to be displayed in the
air
Operational requirements
Applicability
State the operational regulations applicable to CAT and other activities (e.g. specialised
operations (SPO)).
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 on air operations; Regulation (EU) No
1178/2011 on aircrew requirements
State the nature of CAT operations and exceptions.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012: Articles 1 and 5, points ORO.GEN5 ‘Scope’ and
CAT.GEN.100 ‘Competent authority’; Regulation (EC) No 216/ 2008: Article 1

General
Explain why CAT flights must meet the applicable operational requirements.
Source: Point ORO.GEN.105 ‘Competent authority’ and related AMCs/GM;Point
ORO.GEN.110 ‘Operator responsibilities’ and related AMCs/GM

Define ‘flight manual limitations - flight through the height velocity (HV) envelope’.
Define ‘helicopter emergency medical service (HEMS)’.
Define ‘operations over a hostile environment - applicability’. Explain that there are
certain areas which should not be overflown and state possible sources of that
information (e.g. governmental warnings, operator risk assessment).
Define ‘local area operations - approval’.
Explain the requirements about language used for crew communication and in the
operations manual.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.120 ‘Common language’
See new LO reference below

Explain which are the operator requirements regarding the management system. x
Source: Point ORO.GEN.200 ‘Management system’; AMCs/GM to ORO.GEN.205
‘Contracted activities’ and to ORO.GEN.220 ‘Record-keeping’

Explain which are the operator requirements regarding accident prevention and the x
flight safety programme.
Source: Point ORO.GEN.200 ‘Management system’;
AMCs/GM to ORO.GEN.205 ‘Contracted activities’, to
ORO.GEN.220 ‘Record-keeping’, and to ORO.AOC.130
‘Flight data monitoring — aeroplanes’

See new LO reference below

Explain which are the regulations concerning the carriage of x

persons on an aircraft.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.165 ‘Method of carriage of persons’

See new LO reference below

See new LO reference below

Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibility concerning portable electronic x

devices (PEDs).
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.140 ‘Portable electronic devices’
Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibility regarding admission in an x
aircraft of a person under the influence of drug or alcohol.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.170 ‘Alcohol and drugs’

Explain the regulations concerning the endangerment of safety. x

Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.175 ‘Endangering safety’
List the documents to be carried on each flight. x
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents, manuals and
information to be carried’ and related AMCs/GM

Explain the operator’s responsibility regarding manuals to be x

carried on board an aircraft.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents, manuals and
information to be carried’ and related AMCs/GM

List the additional information and forms to be carried on board an aircraft. x

Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.180 ‘Documents, manuals and
information to be carried on board an aircraft’ and related AMCs/GM

List the copies of items of information to be retained on the ground by the operator. x
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.185 ‘Information to be retained on the ground’

x
Explain what responsibilies the operator and the commander have regarding the x
production of and access to records and documents.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.190 ‘Provision of documentation and records’

Operator certification and supervision

Explain what requirement has to be satisfied for the issue of an air operator certificate
(AOC).
Source: Point ARO.OPS.100 ‘Issue of the air operator certificate’; Point ORO.GEN.210
‘Personnel requirements’; Point ORO.AOC.100 ‘Application for an air operator
certificate’

Explain what the rules applicable to air operator certification are.

Source: Point ORO.AOC.100 ‘Application for an air operator certificate’; Point
ORO.AOC.105 ‘Operations specifications and privileges of an AOC holder’
Explain the conditions to be met for the issue or revalidation of an AOC.
Source: ARO.GEN.310 ‘Initial certification procedure-organisations’
Explain the contents and conditions of the AOC.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 956/2012, Appendix I ‘AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATE’
Operational procedures (except preparation for long-range flight)
Define the terms used for operational procedures.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.106 ‘Use of isolated aerodromes - aeroplanes’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.107 ‘Adequate aerodrome’
x
 x
x
State the operator’s responsibilities regarding the use of air traffic services (ATS). x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.100 ‘Use of air traffic services’
State the operator’s responsibilities regarding authorisation of aerodromes/heliports
by the operator.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.105 ‘Use of aerodromes and operating sites’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.106 ‘Use of isolated aerodromes—aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.107
‘Adequate aerodrome’

Explain which elements must be considered by the operator when specifying x

aerodrome/heliport operating minima.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.110 (a) and (c) ‘Aerodrome operating minima’, Point
CAT.OP.MPA.115 ‘Approach flight technique - aeroplanes’ , Point SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low
visibility operations’ and related AMCs/GM; Point SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating
requirements’

Explain what the operator’s responsibilities are regarding departure and approach x
procedures.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.125 ‘Instrument departure and
approach procedures’

Explain which parameters should be considered in noise-abatement procedures. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.130 ‘Noise abatement procedures — aeroplanes’;
Explain which elements should be considered regarding routes and areas of operation. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.135 ‘Routes and areas of operation — general’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.136 ‘Routes and areas of operation — single-engined aeroplanes’
Explain the requirements for flights in reduced vertical separation minima (RVSM) x
airspace.
Source: Point SPA.RVSM.100 ‘RVSM operations’; Point SPA.RVSM.105 ‘RVSM
operational approval’;Point SPA.RVSM.110 ‘RVSM equipment requirements’ and
AMC1 SPA.RVSM.110(a);
Point SPA.RVSM.115 ‘RVSM height-keeping errors’

See new LO reference below

See new LO reference below

List the factors to be considered when establishing minimum flight altitude. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.145 ‘Establishment of minimum flight altitudes’ and
related AMCs/GM; AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.145(a); AMC1.1 CAT.OP.MPA.145(a)
x
Explain the requirements for carrying persons with reduced mobility. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.155 ‘Carriage of special
categories of passengers (SCPs)’

Explain the operator’s responsibilities for the carriage of inadmissible passengers, x

deportees or persons in custody.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.155 ‘Carriage of special categories of passengers (SCPs)’
x
Explain the requirements regarding passenger seating and emergency evacuation. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.165 ‘Passenger seating’ and related AMCs/GM
Detail the procedures for passenger briefing in respect of emergency equipment and x
exits.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.170 ‘Passenger briefing’; AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.170; AMC2
CAT.OP.MPA.170

State the flight preparation forms to be completed before flight. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight preparation’ and related AMCs/GM; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.175(a)

State the commander’s responsibilities during flight preparation. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight preparation’
State the rules for aerodrome/heliport selection. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes —
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites —
helicopters’

Explain the planning minima for instrument flight rule (IFR) flights. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights — aeroplanes’
Explain the rules for refuelling/defueling with passengers on board. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.195 ‘Refuelling/defuelling with passengers embarking, on
board or disembarking’ and related AMCs; AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.195; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.200 ‘Refuelling/ defuelling with widecut fuel’ and related AMCs; GM1
CAT.OP.MPA.200

Explain the ‘crew members at station’ policy. x

Source: CAT.OP.MPA.210 ‘Crew members at stations’ and related AMCs; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.210(b); GM1 CAT.OP.MPA.210
Explain the use of seats, safety belts and harnesses. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.225 ‘Seats, safety belts and restraint systems’
Explain the requirements for securing passenger cabin and galley. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.230 ‘Securing of passenger compartment and galley(s)’
Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding smoking on board. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.240 ‘Smoking on board’
State under which conditions a commander can commence or continue a flight x
regarding meteorological conditions.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.245 ‘Meteorological conditions — all aircraft’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.246 ‘Meteorological conditions — aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.265
‘Take-off conditions’

Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding ice and other contaminants. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and other contaminants — ground procedures’
and related AMCs/GM; Point CAT.OP.MPA.255 ‘Ice and other contaminants — flight
procedures’ and related AMCs/GM; GM1 CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a) to (l); GM2
CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a) to (f); GM3 CAT.OP.MPA.250 (a)(1) to (3); AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.255 (a)

Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding fuel to be carried and in-flight fuel x
management.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.260 ‘Fuel and oil supply’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.280 ‘In-flight
fuel management — aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.281 ‘In-flight fuel management
— helicopters’ and AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.281

Detail the rules regarding carriage and use of supplemental oxygen for passengers and x
aircrew.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.285 ‘Use of supplemental oxygen’; Point CAT.IDE.A.235
‘Supplemental oxygen — pressurised aeroplanes’ and related AMCs/GM
See new LO reference above x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

Flight Preperation
Explain the commander’s responsibility regarding approach and landing. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.300 ‘Approach and landing conditions’ and AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.300; Point CAT.OP.MPA.305 ‘Commencement and continuation of
approach’ and related AMCs/GM

Explain the circumstances under which a report shall be submitted. x

Source: Point ORO.GEN.160 ‘Occurrence reporting’ and related AMCs/GM

All-weather operations
Explain the operator’s responsibility regarding aerodrome/heliport operating minima.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’ and related
AMCs/GM; Point CAT.OP.MPA.115 ‘Approach flight technique - aeroplanes’ and
related AMCs/GM

x
x
Define the following terms: ‘circling’, ‘low-visibility procedures’, ‘low-visibility take-off’, x
‘visual approach’.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I
Define the following terms: ‘flight control system’, ‘fail-passive flight control system’, x
‘fail-operational flight control system’, ‘fail-operational hybrid landing system’.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I
Define the following terms: ‘final approach and take-off area’. x
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I
Explain the general operating requirements for low-visibility operations. x
Source: Point SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility operations’ and related AMCs; Point
SPA.LVO.105 ‘LVO approval’; Point SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating requirements’;
Point SPA.LVO.115 ‘Aerodrome related requirements’

Define aerodrome/heliport considerations regarding low-visibility operations. x

Source: SPA.LVO.115 ‘Aerodrome related requirements’
Explain the training and qualification requirements for flight crew to conduct low- x
visibility operations.
Source: Point SPA.LVO.120 ‘Flight crew training and qualifications’ and related AMCs
Explain the operating procedures for low-visibility operations. x
Source: Point SPA.LVO.125 ‘Operating procedures and AMC1 SPA.LVO.125
Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities regarding minimum x
equipment for low-visibility operations.
Source: Point SPA.LVO.130 ‘Minimum equipment’
Explain the VFR operating minima. x
Source: AMC12 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima — VFR OPERATIONS
WITH OTHER-THAN-COMPLEX MOTOR-POWERED AIRCRAFT’
Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which conditions the commander can x
commence take-off.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’ and related
AMCs/GM; Point SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating requirements’ and related
AMCs/GM

Aerodrome operating minima: explain that take-off minima are expressed as visibility x
or runway visual range (RVR).
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’; AMC1
CAT.OP.MPA.110; AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.110

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the take-off RVR value x

depending on the aerodrome facilities.
Source: AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’, Table 1.A; AMC2
CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’, Table 1.H

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the system minima for non-precision approach x
(NPA) (minimum descent altitude/height (MDA/H) and decision altitude/height (DA/H),
not RVR).
Source: AMC3 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’ (Table 3:
ILS/MLS/GLS; SRA 1NM; VOR; NDB); AMC6 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating
minima’

Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which conditions a pilot can continue the x
approach below MDA/H or DA/H.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.305 ‘Commencement and continuation of approach’;
AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.305(e)

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest minima for precision approach x
category 1 (including single-pilot operations).
Source: AMC3 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility operations’
Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest minima for precision approach x
category 2 operations.
Source: AMC4 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility operations’
Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest minima for precision approach x
category 3 operations.
Source: AMC5 SPA.LVO.100 ‘Low visibility operations’
Aerodrome operating minima: explain the lowest minima for circling and visual x
approach.
Source: AMC7 CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’; AMC9
CAT.OP.MPA.110; AMC8 CAT.OP.MPA.110

Aerodrome operating minima: explain the RVR value and cloud ceiling depending on x
the aerodrome.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.110 ‘Aerodrome operating minima’ and related
AMCs/GM; Point SPA.LVO.110 ‘General operating requirements’ and related AMCs
Aerodrome operating minima: explain under which conditions an airborne radar x
approach can be performed and state the relevant minima.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.120 ‘Airborne radar approaches (ARAs) for overwater
operations — helicopters’; AMC1 SPA.HOFO.120 ‘Selection of aerodromes and
operating sites — COASTAL AERODROME’; AMC2 SPA.HOFO.120 ‘Selection of
aerodromes and operating sites — OFFSHORE DESTINATION ALTERNATE
AERODROME’; AMC1 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne radar approach (ARA) to offshore
locations — GENERAL’; GM1 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne radar approach (ARA) to
offshore locations — GENERAL’; GM2 SPA.HOFO.125 ‘Airborne radar approach (ARA)
to offshore locations — GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM (GNSS)/AREA
NAVIGATION SYSTEM’

Instruments and equipment

Explain which items do not require an equipment approval.
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.100 ‘Instruments and equipment - general’ and related GM,
and point CAT.IDE.H.100 ‘Instruments and equipment - general’; Points
CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105 ‘Minimum equipment for flight’

Explain the requirements regarding availability of spare electrical fuses.

Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.110 ‘Spare electrical fuses’ and related GM
x
Explain the requirements regarding windshield wipers. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.120 ‘Equipment to clear windshield’ and related AMCs
See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

List the minimum equipment required for day and night VFR flights. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.125 ‘Operations under VFR by day’ and related AMCs/GM
List the minimum equipment required for IFR flights. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.130 ‘Operations under IFR or at night — flight and
navigational instruments and associated equipment’ and related AMCs/GM; Point
CAT.IDE.H.130 ‘Operations under IFR or at night — flight and navigational
instruments and associated equipment’ and related AMCs/GM

Explain the required additional equipment for single-pilot operations under IFR. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.135/CAT.IDE.H.135 ‘Additional
equipment for single-pilot operation under IFR’

State the requirements for an altitude alerting system. x

Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.140 ‘Altitude alerting system’
State the requirements for radio altimeters. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.145 ‘Radio altimeters’
State the requirements for ground proximity warning system (GPWS)/terrain x
awareness and warning system (TAWS).
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.150 ‘Terrain awareness warning system (TAWS)’
State the requirements for airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS). x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.155 ‘Airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS)’
State the conditions under which an aircraft must be fitted with a weather radar. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.160/CAT.IDE.H.160 ‘Airborne weather detecting equipment’

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

State the circumstances under which a cockpit voice recorder (CVR) is compulsory x
(after 1998).
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.185/CAT.IDE.H.185 ‘Cockpit voice recorder’
State the rules regarding the location, construction, installation, and operation of x
cockpit voice recorders (CVRs) (after 1998).
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.185/CAT.IDE.H.185 ‘Cockpit voice recorder’
State the circumstances under which a flight data recorder (FDR) is compulsory (after x
1998).
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.190/CAT.IDE.H.190 ‘Flight data recorder’
State the rules regarding the location, construction, installation, and operation of flight x
data recorders (FDRs) (after 1998).
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.190/CAT.IDE.A.190 ‘Flight data recorder’ and related
AMCs/GM

Explain the requirements about seats, seat safety belts, harnesses, and child-restraint x
devices.
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.205/CAT.IDE.H.205 ‘Seats, seat safety belts, restraint
systems and child restraint devices’ and related AMCs/GM

Explain the requirements about ‘Fasten seat belt’ and ‘No smoking’ signs. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.210/CAT.IDE.H.210 ‘Fasten seat belt and no smoking signs’
Explain the requirements regarding internal doors and curtains. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.215 ‘Internal doors and curtains’
First-aid and emergency equipment
Explain the requirements regarding first-aid kits. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.220/CAT.IDE.H.220 ‘First-aid kit’ and related AMCs/GM

Explain the requirements regarding emergency medical kits and first-aid oxygen. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.225 ‘Emergency medical kit’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.225; AMC2
CAT.IDE.A.225; AMC3 CAT.IDE.A.225; AMC4 CAT.IDE.A.225; GM1 CAT.IDE.A.225;
Point CAT.IDE.A.230 ‘First-aid oxygen’

See new LO reference above x

Detail the rules regarding crew protective breathing equipment. x

Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.245 ‘Crew protective breathing equipment’; AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.245
Describe the type and location of handheld fire extinguishers. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.250/CAT.IDE.H.250 ‘Hand fire extinguishers’ and related
AMCs/GM
Describe the location of crash axes and crowbars. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.255 ‘Crash axe and crowbar’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.255
Specify the colours and markings used to indicate break-in points. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.260/CAT.IDE.H.260 ‘Marking of break-in points’ and related
AMCs/GM
Explain the requirements for means of emergency evacuation. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.265 ‘Means for emergency evacuation’
Explain the requirements for megaphones. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.270/CAT.IDE.H.270 ‘Megaphones’ and related AMCs/GM
Explain the requirements for emergency lighting and marking. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.275/CAT.IDE.H.275 ‘Emergency lighting and marking
Explain the requirements for an emergency locator transmitter (ELT). x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.280/CAT.IDE.H.280 ‘Emergency locator transmitter (ELT)’
and related AMCs/GM
Explain the requirements for life jackets, life rafts, survival kits, and ELTs. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.285 ‘Flight over water’; Point CAT.IDE.A.305 ‘Survival
equipment’ Point CAT.IDE.H.280 ‘Emergency locator transmitter (ELT)’; Point
CAT.IDE.H.290 ‘Life-jackets’; Point CAT.IDE.H.295 ‘Crew survival suits’; Point
CAT.IDE.H.300 ‘Life-rafts, survival ELTs and survival equipment on extended
overwater flights’

Explain the requirements for crew survival suit. x

Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.295 ‘Crew survival suits’; GM1 CAT.IDE.H.295
Explain the requirements for survival equipment. x
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.305/CAT.IDE.H.305 ‘Survival equipment’
Explain the additional requirements for helicopters operating to or from helidecks x
located in hostile sea areas.
Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.310 ‘Additional requirements for helicopters conducting
offshore operations in a hostile sea area’

Explain the requirements for emergency flotation equipment. x

Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.315 ‘Helicopters certified for operating on water -
miscellaneous equipment’; Point CAT.IDE.H.320 ‘All helicopters on flights over water
- ditching’

Communication and navigation equipment

Explain the general requirements for communication and navigation equipment.
Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.325 ‘Headset’ and related AMCs/GM
Explain why the radio-communication equipment must be able to send and receive on
121.5 MHz.
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.330/CAT.IDE.H.330 ‘Radio communication equipment’
Explain the requirements regarding the provision of an audio selector panel.
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.335/CAT.IDE.H.335 ‘Audio selector panel’

List the requirements for radio equipment when flying under VFR by reference to
visual landmarks.
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.340/CAT.IDE.H.340 ‘Radio equipment for operations under
VFR over routes navigated by reference to visual landmarks’

List the requirements for communication and navigation equipment when operating
under IFR or under VFR over routes not navigated by reference to visual landmarks.
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.345/CAT.IDE.H.345 ‘Communication and navigation
equipment for operations under IFR or under VFR over routes not navigated by
reference to visual landmarks’

Explain what equipment is required to operate in airspace with reduced vertical

separation minima (RVSM).
Source: Point SPA.RVSM.110 ‘RVSM equipment requirements’
Explain the conditions under which a crew member interphone system and public x
address system are mandatory.
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.170/CAT.IDE.H.170 ‘Flight crew interphone system’; AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.170/CAT.IDE.H.170; Points CAT.IDE.A.175/CAT.IDE.H.175 ‘Crew member
interphone system’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.175/CAT.IDE.H.175; Points
CAT.IDE.A.180/CAT.IDE.H.180 ‘Public address system’; AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.180/CAT.IDE.H.180

List the equipment for operations requiring a radio communication. x

Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.325 ‘Headset’; Point CAT.IDE.H.330 ‘Radio communication
equipment’; Point CAT.IDE.H.335 ‘Audio selector panel’; Point CAT.IDE.H.340 ‘Radio
equipment for operations under VFR over routes navigated by reference to visual
landmarks’

List the equipment for operations that require a radio navigation system. x
Source: Point CAT.IDE.H.325 ‘Headset’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.H.325; Point CAT.IDE.H.345
‘Communication and navigation equipment for operations under IFR or under VFR
over routes not navigated by reference to visual landmarks’

Explain the requirements regarding the provision of a transponder. Source: Points x

CAT.IDE.A.350/CAT.IDE.H.350 ‘Transponder’; AMC1 CAT.IDE.A.350/CAT.IDE.H.350

Explain the requirements regarding the management of aeronautical databases. x

Source: Point CAT.IDE.A.355 ‘Management of aeronautical databases’; AMC1
CAT.IDE.A.355 ‘Management of aeronautical databases - AERONAUTICAL
DATABASES’

Intentionally left blank

Flight crew
Explain the requirement regarding flight crew composition and in-flight relief.
Source: Point ORO.FC.100 ‘Composition of flight crew; AMC1 ORO.FC.100(c); Point
ORO.FC.105 ‘Designation as pilot-in-command/commander’; AMC1 ORO.FC.105(b)
(2);(c); GM1 ORO.FC.105 (b)(2); AMC1 ORO.FC.105(c); Point ORO.FC.110 ‘Flight
engineer’; Point ORO.FC.115 ‘Crew resource management (CRM) training’; Point
ORO.FC.200 ‘Composition of flight crew’; AMC1 ORO.FC.200(a); Point ORO.FC.A.201
‘In-flight relief of flight crew members’; Point ORO.FC.202 Single-pilot operations
under IFR or at night

Explain the requirement for conversion training and checking.

Source: Point ORO.FC.120 ‘Operator conversion training’; Point ORO.FC.145
‘Provision of training’; Point ORO.FC.220 ‘Operator conversion training and checking’;
and related AMCs/GM

Explain the requirement for differences training and familiarisation training.

Source: Point ORO.FC.125 ‘Differences training and familiarisation training’; AMC1
ORO.FC.125

Explain the conditions for upgrade from co-pilot to commander.

Source: Point ORO.FC.205 ‘Command course’
Explain the minimum qualification requirements to operate as a commander.
Source: Point ORO.FC.A.250 ‘Commanders holding a CPL(A)’
Explain the requirement for recurrent training and checking.
Source: Point ORO.FC.230 ‘Recurrent training and checking’
Explain the requirement for a pilot to operate on either pilot’s seat.
Source: Point ORO.FC.235 ‘Pilot qualification to operate in either pilot’s seat’; AMC1
ORO.FC.235(d); GM1 ORO.FC.235(f);(g)
Explain the minimum recent experience requirements for the commander and the co-
pilot.
Source: Point FCL.060 ‘Recent experience’; AMC1 FCL.060(b)(1); GM1 FCL.060(b)(1)
Specify the route and aerodrome/heliport knowledge required for a PIC/commander.
Source: Point ORO.FC.105 ‘Designation as pilot-in-command/ commander’; AMC1
ORO.FC.105(b)(2);(c); GM1 ORO.FC.105(b)(2); AMC1 ORO.FC.105(c)
Explain the requirement to operate on more than one aircraft type or variant.
Source: Point ORO.FC.140 ‘Operation on more than one type or variant’; Point
ORO.FC.240 ‘Operation on more than one type or variant’; AMC1 ORO.FC.240(a)(1)
Explain that when a flight crew member operates both helicopters and aeroplanes, the
operations are limited to one of each type.
Source: Point ORO.FC.240 ‘Operation on more than one type or variant’
Explain the requirement(s) for training records.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’
Explain the crew members’ responsibilities in the execution of their duties, and define x
the commander’s authority.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.100 ‘Crew responsibilities; Point CAT.GEN.MPA.105
‘Responsibilities of the commander; Point CAT.GEN.MPA.110 ‘Authority of the
commander’

Explain the operator’s and commander’s responsibilities regarding persons on board, x

admission to the flight crew compartment and carriage of unauthorised persons or
cargo.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.135 ‘Admission to the flight crew compartment; Point
CAT.GEN.MPA.165 ‘Method of carriage of persons; Point CAT.GEN.MPA.105
‘Responsibilities of the commander’

Explain the requirements for the initial operator’s crew resource management (CRM) x
training.
Source: Point ORO.FC.215 ‘Initial operator’s crew resource management (CRM)
training’

Cabin crew/crew members other than flight crew

Explain who is regarded as cabin crew member.
Source: Regulation (EU) No 965/2012, Annex I ‘Definitions’
Detail the requirements regarding the number and composition of cabin crew.
Source: Point ORO.CC.100 ‘Number and composition of cabin crew; AMC1
ORO.CC.100; GM1 ORO.CC.100; Point ORO.CC.205 ‘Reduction of the number of cabin
crew during ground operations and in unforeseen circumstances’

Explain the conditions and the additional conditions for assignment to duties.
Source: Point ORO.CC.110 ‘Conditions for assignment to duties; Point ORO.CC.210
‘Additional conditions for assignment to duties; GM1 ORO.CC.210(d)

Explain the requirements regarding senior cabin crew members.

Source: Point ORO.CC.200 ‘Senior cabin crew member; AMC1 ORO.CC.200(c);(d);(e)

Explain the conditions for operating on more than one aircraft type or variant.
Source: Point ORO.CC.250 ‘Operation on more than one aircraft type or variant;
AMC1 ORO.CC.250(b); GM1 ORO.CC.250
Explain what is the operator’s responsibility regarding the distinction between cabin x
crew members and additional crew members.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.115 ‘Personnel or crew members other than cabin crew
in the passenger compartment’

Intentionally left blank x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

Flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements

Explain the definitions used for the regulation of flight time limitations.
Source: Point ORO.FTL.100 ‘Scope’; Point ORO.FTL.105 ‘Definitions’ (values of Table 1
excluded)
Explain the flight and duty time limitations.
Source: Point ORO.FTL.200 ‘Home base’; Point ORO.FTL.210 ‘Flight times and duty
periods’
Explain the requirements regarding the maximum daily flight duty period.
Source: Point ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty period (FDP)’; Point ORO.FTL.205(b) ‘Basic
maximum daily FDP’ (use of the tables but not memorisation)
Explain the requirements regarding rest periods.
Source: Point ORO.FTL.235 ‘Rest periods’
Explain the possible extension of flight duty period due to in-flight rest.
Source: Point ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty period (FDP)’; Point ORO.FTL.205(e)
‘Maximum daily FDP with the use of extensions due to in-flight rest’
Explain that it is the captain’s discretion to extend flight duty in case of unforeseen
circumstances in actual flight operations.
Source: Point ORO.FTL.205 ‘Flight duty period (FDP)’; Point ORO.FTL.205(f)
‘Unforeseen circumstances in flight operations - commander’s discretion’

Explain the requirement regarding standby.

Source: Point ORO.FTL.225 ‘Standby and duties at the airport’
x
(Merged into syllabus paragraph 071.02.12.03) x
See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

x
See new LO reference below x
See new LO reference below x

Long-range flights
Flight management
See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO references below x

Minimum time routes: define and interpret minimum time route (route that gives the x
shortest flight time from departure to destination adhering to all ATC and airspace
restrictions).
Source: N/A

State the circumstances in which a take-off alternate must be selected. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes —
aeroplanes; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites —
helicopters’
State the maximum flight distance of a take-off alternate for: x
— two-engined aeroplanes;
— ETOPS-approved aeroplanes;
— three- or four-engined aeroplanes.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes —
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites —
helicopters’

State the factors to be considered in the selection of a take-off

alternate.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights — aeroplanes’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.186 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights — helicopters’

State when a destination alternate need not be selected. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes —
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites —
helicopters’

State when two destination alternates must be selected. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes —
aeroplanes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.181 ‘Selection of aerodromes and operating sites —
helicopters’

State the factors to be considered in the selection of a destination alternate x

aerodrome.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights-aeroplanes’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.186 ‘Planning minima for IFR flights-helicopters’
State the factors to be considered in the selection of an enroute alternate aerodrome. x
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.185 ‘Planning minima for IFR
flights — aeroplanes’
Transoceanic and polar flights x
(ICAO Doc 7030 ‘Regional Supplementary Procedures —
North Atlantic Operations and Airspace Manual’)
According to ICAO Doc 7030, explain that special rules apply to the North Atlantic
(NAT) Region, and crews need to be specifically trained before flying in this area.
Source: NAT 007, 1.3.8 Crew Training

Describe the possible indications of navigation system degradation, including any x

system-generated warning.
Source: NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures in the event of navigation system
degradation or failure

Describe by what emergency means course and inertial navigation system (INS) can be x
cross-checked in the case of three navigation systems and two navigation systems.
Source: NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures in the event of navigation system
degradation or failure

Describe the general ICAO procedures applicable in NAT airspace if the aircraft is x
unable to continue the flight in accordance with its air traffic control (ATC) clearance.
Source: NAT 007, 13.2 General procedures

Describe the ICAO procedures applicable in NAT airspace in case of radio- x

communication failure.
Source: NAT 007, 6.6 HF Communications failure
Describe the recommended initial action if an aircraft is unable to obtain a revised ATC x
clearance.
Source: NAT 007, Chapter 13 Special procedures for in-flight
contingencies

Describe the subsequent action for aircraft able to maintain assigned flight level and x
for aircraft unable to maintain assigned flight level.
Source: NAT 007, Chapter 13 Special procedures for in-flight contingencies
Describe determination of tracks and courses for random routes in NAT airspace. x
Source: ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9.1 General; NAT 007, 2.1.3; NAT 007, Chapter 4
Flight Planning
Specify the method by which planned tracks are defined (by latitude and longitude) in x
the NAT airspace: when operating predominately in an east–west direction south of
70°N, and when operating predominately in an east–west direction north of 70°N.
Source: ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route; NAT 007,
Chapter 4 (Flights Planning on Random Route Segments in a Predominantly East -
West Direction)

State the maximum flight time recommended between significant points on random x
routes.
Source: ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route; NAT 007, Chapter 4 (Flights Planning on
Random Route Segments in a Predominantly East - West Direction and
Predominantly North - South Direction)

Specify the method by which planned tracks for random routes are defined for flights x
operating predominantly in a north–south direction.
Source: ICAO Doc 7030, NAT 2.1.9 Route; NAT 007, Chapter 4 (Flights Planning on
Random Routes in a Predominantly North - South Direction)

Describe how the desired random route must be specified in the ATC flight plan. x
Source: NAT 007, 4.2 Flight planning requirements on specific routes
Describe what precautions can be taken when operating in the area of compass x
unreliability as a contingency against INS failure.
Source: NAT 007, Chapter 12 Procedures in the event of navigation system
degradation or failure (not including detailed information on route structures and
their coordinates); NAT 007, Chapter 8 (Master document - position plotting)

See subject 022 for details x

North Atlantic High Level Airspace (NAT HLA)

NAT Region North Atlantic Operations and Airspace Manual (NAT Doc 007 Version
2017-1 and NAT Doc 7030)
State the lateral dimensions (in general terms) and vertical limits of the NAT HLA.
Source: NAT 007, 17.1 GENERAL: 17.1.1 and 17.1.2

Define the following acronyms: LRNS, MASPS, NAT HLA, OCA, OTS, PRM, RVSM, SLOP,
and WATRS.
Source: NAT 007, Glossary of Terms
See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x
See new LO references below x

See new LO references below x

See new LO references below x

See new LO references below x

See new LO references below x

See new LO references below x

State the NAT HLA operations. x

Source: NAT 007, 1.1.2; 1.1.3; 1.1.5; 1.1.6; 1.1.7; 1.2.1;
1.2.2; 1.3.1; 1.3.2; 1.3.6; 1.3.7; 1.3.8; 1.3.9; 1.3.10; 1.3.11;
1.3.12

Describe the routes for aircraft with only one long-range navigation system (LRNS). x
Source: NAT 007, 1.4.1

Describe the routes for aircraft with short-range navigation equipment only. x
Source: NAT 007, 1.4.2; 1.4.3
Explain why the horizontal (i.e. latitudinal and longitudinal) and vertical navigation x
performance of operators within NAT HLA is monitored on a continual basis.
Source: NAT 007, 1.9.1
Describe the organised track system (OTS). x
Source: NAT 007, 2.1 GENERAL; 2.2 Construction of the organised track system (OTS)
State the OTS changeover periods. x
Source: NAT 007, 2.4 OTS Changeover periods
Describe the NAT track message. x
Source: NAT 007, 2.3 The NAT track message
Illustrate routes between northern Europe and the Spain/Canaries/Lisbon flight x
information region (FIR) (T9, T13 and T16) within NAT HLA.

Describe the function of the North American Routes (NARs) and Shannon Oceanic x
Transition Area (SOTA) and Northern Oceanic Transition Area (NOTA).
Source: NAT 007, 3.3 Route structures adjacent to the NAT HLA

State that all flights should plan to operate on great-circle tracks joining successive x
significant waypoints.
Source: NAT 007, 4.1.3
State that during the hours of validity of the OTS, operators are encouraged to plan x
flights: — in accordance with the OTS; — or along a route to join or leave an outer
track of the OTS; — or on a random route to remain clear of the OTS, either laterally or
vertically.
Source: NAT 007, 4.1.4

State which flight levels are available on OTS tracks during OTS periods. x
Source: NAT 007, 4.1.10; 4.1.11 and 4.1.12 (dates not required)
State which flight levels are to be planned on random tracks or outside OTS periods. x
Source: NAT 007, 4.1.13
Selection of cruising altitude. Specify the appropriate cruising levels for normal long- x
range IFR flights and for those operating on the North Atlantic OTS.
Source: NAT 007, Chapter 4 Flight Planning - Flight Levels; SERA

Oceanic ATC clearances. State that it is recommended that pilots should request their x
oceanic clearance at least 40 minutes prior to the oceanic entry point estimated time
of arrival (ETA).
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.2

State that pilots should notify the oceanic area control centre (OAC) of the maximum x
acceptable flight level possible at the boundary.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.3
State that at some aerodromes which are situated close to oceanic boundaries, the x
oceanic clearance must be obtained before departure.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.5
State that if an aircraft, which would normally be RVSM- or NAT HLA-approved, x
encounters, whilst en-route to the NAT Oceanic Airspace, a critical in-flight equipment
failure, or at dispatch is unable to meet the MEL requirements for RVSM or NAT HLA
approval of the flight, then the pilot must advise ATC at initial contact when requesting
oceanic clearance.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.6

State that after obtaining and reading back the clearance, the pilot should monitor the x
forward estimate for oceanic entry, and if this changes by 3 minutes or more, unless
providing position reports via automatic dependent surveillance — contract (ADS-C),
the pilot must pass a revised estimate on to ATC.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.7
State that pilots should pay particular attention when the issued clearance differs from x
the flight plan as a significant proportion of navigation errors investigated in the NAT
Region involve aircraft which have followed their flight plan rather than the differing
clearance.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.8

State that if the entry point of the oceanic route for which the flight is cleared differs x
from that originally requested or the oceanic flight level differs from the current flight
level, the pilot is responsible for requesting and obtaining the necessary domestic
reclearance.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.9

State that there are three elements to an oceanic clearance: route, Mach number, and x
flight level, and that these elements serve to provide for the three basic elements of
separation: lateral, longitudinal, and vertical.
Source: NAT 007, 5.1.1

Communications and position-reporting procedures x

State that pilots communicate with OACs via aeradio stations staffed by
communicators who have no executive ATC authority.
Source: NAT 007, 6.1.1

State that messages are relayed from the ground station to the air traffic controllers of x
the relevant OAC for action.
Source: NAT 007, 6.1.1

State that frequencies from the lower HF bands tend to be used for communications x
during night-time and those from the higher bands during daytime. Generally, in NAT,
frequencies of less than 7 MHz are utilised at night and frequencies greater than 8
MHz are utilised during the day. When initiating contact with an aeradio station, the
pilot should state the HF frequency in use.
Source: NAT 007, 6.1.4 and 6.1.7

State that since oceanic traffic typically communicates with ATC through aeradio x
facilities, a satellite communication (SATCOM) call, made due to unforeseen inability to
communicate by other means, should be made to such a facility rather than the ATC
centre, unless the urgency of the communication dictates otherwise.
Source: NAT 007, 6.1.17

State that an air-to-air VHF frequency has been established for worldwide use when x
aircraft are out of range of VHF ground stations which utilise the same or adjacent
frequencies. This frequency, 123.45 MHz, is intended for pilot-to-pilot exchanges of
operationally significant information.
Source: NAT 007, 6.2.2

State that any pilot, who provides position reports via data link and encounters x
significant meteorological phenomena (such as moderate/severe turbulence or icing,
volcanic ash or thunderstorms), should report this information.
Source: NAT 007, 6.5.2

State that all turbine-engined aeroplanes having a maximum certified take-off mass x
exceeding 5 700 kg or authorised to carry more than 19 passengers are required to
carry and operate airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS) II in the NAT Region.
Source: NAT 007, 6.9.1

State that even with the growing use of data-link communications, a significant volume x
of NAT air–ground communications are conducted using voice on single sideband (SSB)
HF frequencies. To support air–ground ATC communications in the North Atlantic
Region, 24 HF frequencies have been allocated, in bands ranging from 2.8 to 18 MHz.
Source: NAT 007, 6.1.3
Application of the Mach number technique (NAT HLA) x
State that practical experience has shown that when two or more turbojet aircraft,
operating along the same route at the same flight level, maintain the same Mach
number, they are more likely to maintain a constant time interval between each other
than when using other methods.
Source: NAT 007, 7.2.1

State that after leaving oceanic airspace, pilots must maintain their assigned Mach x
number in domestic controlled airspace unless and until the appropriate ATC unit
authorises a change.
Source: NAT 007, 7.4.1

North Atlantic High Level Airspace (NAT HLA) flight operation and navigation
procedures
NAT HLA flight operation and navigation procedures. x
State that the pre-flight procedures for any NAT HLA flight must include a Universal
Time Coordinated (UTC) time check.
Source: NAT 007, 8.2.2

Describe the function and use of the master document. x

Source: NAT 007, 8.2.5 to 8.2.9
State the requirements for position plotting. x
Source: NAT 007, 8.2.10 to 8.2.13
Describe the pre-flight procedures for: x
— the alignment of IRS;
— the satellite navigation availability prediction
programme for flights using global navigation satellite
long-range navigation system (GNSS LRNS);
— loading of initial waypoints; and
— flight plan check.
Source: NAT 007, 8.3.2 to 8.3.5; 8.3.6 to 8.3.8; 8.3.13 to
8.3.17

Describe the strategic lateral offset procedure (SLOP) and state that along a route or x
track there will be three positions that an aircraft may fly: centre line, or 1 or 2 miles
right.
Source: NAT 007, 8.5.1 to 8.5.5

State that RNAV 10 retains the RNP 10 designation, as x

specified in the Performance-based Navigation Manual
(ICAO Doc 9613), 1.2.3.5. (ICAO Doc 7030, NAT Chapter 4).
Source: NAT 007, 1.3.4

State that both aircraft and operators must be RNP 10- or x

RNP 4-approved by the State of the Operator or the State of Registry, as appropriate.
Source: NAT 007, 1.3.4
State that RNP 10 is the minimum navigation specification for the application of 93 km x
(50 NM) lateral separation.
Source: NAT 007, 1.3.4 and 4.1.18
Reduced vertical separation minima (RVSM) flight in NAT HLA State the altimeter x
cross-check to be performed before entering NAT HLA.
Source: NAT 007, 9.1.10
State the altimeter cross-check to be performed when entering and flying in NAT HLA. x
Source: NAT 007, 9.1.12
State that pilots not using controller–pilot data-link communications (CPDLC)/ADS-C x
always report to ATC immediately on leaving the current cruising level and on reaching
any new cruising level.
Source: NAT 007, 9.1.15

State that flight crew should report when a 300-ft deviation or more occurs. x
Source: NAT 007, 11.3.4 and 11.3.6
Navigation planning procedures x
List the factors to be considered by the commander before commencing the flight.
Source: NAT 007, 8.3 Pre-flight procedures, Navigation system degradation (NAT Doc
007, Chapter 12)

Navigation system degradation (NAT Doc 007, Chapter 12)

For this part, consider aircraft equipped with only two operational LRNSs and state the x
requirements for the following situations:
— one system fails before take-off;
— one system fails before the OCA boundary is reached;
— one system fails after the OCA boundary is crossed;
and
— the remaining system fails after entering NAT HLA.
Source: NAT 007, 12.2

Special procedures for in-flight contingencies

(NAT Doc 007, Chapter 13)
State the general procedures and also state that the general concept of these NAT in- x
flight contingency procedures is, whenever operationally feasible, to offset the
assigned route by 15 NM and climb or descend to a level which differs fromthose
normally used by 500 ft if below FL 410 or by 1 000 ft if above FL 410.
Source: NAT 007, 13.1 and 13.2

State all the factors which may affect the direction of turn x
including:
— direction to an alternate aerodrome;
— terrain clearance;
— levels allocated on adjacent routes or tracks and any
known SLOP offsets adopted by other nearby traffic.
Source: NAT 007, 13.3.2

State that if the deviation around severe weather is to be greater than 10 NM, the x
assigned flight level must be changed by plus/minus 300 ft depending on the followed
track and the direction of the deviation.
Source: NAT 007, 13.4

Extended-range operations with two-engined aeroplanes

(ETOPS)
State that ETOPS approval is part of an AOC.
Source: Point SPA.ETOPS.100 ‘ETOPS’; Point SPA.ETOPS.105 ‘ETOPS operational
approval’
State that prior to conducting an ETOPS flight, an operator shall ensure that a suitable
ETOPS en-route alternate is available, within either the approved diversion time or a
diversion time based on the MEL-generated serviceability status of the aeroplane,
whichever is shorter.
Source: Point SPA.ETOPS.110 ‘ETOPS en-route alternate
aerodrome’

State the requirements for take-off alternate.

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes - aeroplanes’
State the planning minima for ETOPS en-route alternate.
Source: Point SPA.ETOPS.115 ‘ETOPS en-route alternate aerodrome planning minima’

Navigation-planning procedures. -Describe the operator’s responsibilities concerning x

ETOPS routes.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.135 ‘Routes and areas of operation — general’; Point
CAT.OP.MPA.145 ‘Establishment of minimum flight altitudes’; Point CAT.OP.MPA.150
‘Fuel policy’

Selection of a route. Describe the limitations on extended-range operations with two- x

engined aeroplanes with and without ETOPS approval.

Selection of alternate aerodrome. x

State the maximum flight distance of a take-off alternate for:
- two-engined aeroplanes;
- ETOPS-approved aeroplanes;
- three- or four-engined aeroplanes.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.180 ‘Selection of aerodromes - aeroplanes’

State the maximum distance from an adequate aerodrome for two-engined x

aeroplanes without an ETOPS approval.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.140 ‘Maximum distance from an adequate aerodrome for
two-engined aeroplanes without an ETOPS approval’

State the requirement for alternate aerodrome accessibility check for ETOPS x
operations.
SPECIAL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND HAZARDS (GENERAL ASPECTS)
Operations manual
(Points ORO.MLR.100, ORO.MLR.101 and related AMCs/GM)
Operating procedures
See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

Explain the general rules for the operations manual. x

Source: Point ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’; AMC1 ORO.MLR.100
Explain the structure and subject headings of the operations manual. x
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport’; GM1 ORO.MLR.100(k) ‘Operations manual — general’
Explain the requirements for a journey log or equivalent. x
Source: Point ORO.MLR.110 ‘Journey log’; AMC1 ORO.MLR.110
Describe the requirements regarding the operational flight plan. x
Source: Point ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’
Explain the requirements for document-storage periods. x
Source: Point ORO.MLR.115 ‘Record-keeping’; AMC1 ORO.MLR.115; GM1
ORO.MLR.115(c);(d)
Explain that all non-type-related operational policies, instructions and procedures x
required for a safe operation are included in Part A of the operations manual.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’ (main topics in Part
A, e.g. General/Basic, etc.)

State that the following items are included into Part A: x

— de-icing and anti-icing on the ground;
— adverse and potentially hazardous atmospheric
conditions;
— wake turbulence;
— incapacitation of crew members;
— use of the minimum equipment list (MEL) and
configuration deviation list(s) (CDL);
— security;
— handling of accidents and occurrences.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’

State that the following items are included into Part A: x

— altitude alerting system procedures;
— ground proximity warning system procedures;
— policy and procedures for the use of traffic alert and collision avoidance system
(TCAS)/airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS).
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’

State that rotor downwash is included into Part A. x

Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’
Aeroplane/helicopter operating matters — type-related
State that all type-related instructions and procedures required for a safe operation
are included in Part B of the operations manual. They take account of any differences
between types, variants or individual aircraft used by an operator.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport’
State that the following items are included into Part B:
— abnormal and emergency procedures;
— configuration deviation list (CDL);
— minimum equipment list (MEL);
— emergency evacuation procedures.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’

State that the following items are included into Part B:

— emergency procedures;
— configuration deviation list (CDL);
— minimum equipment list (MEL);
— emergency evacuation procedures.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.101 ‘Operations manual — structure for commercial air
transport’; AMC3 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’

Minimum equipment list (MEL) and master minimum equipment list (MMEL) x
Describe the following terms: ‘commencement of flight’, x
‘inoperative’, ‘MEL’, ‘MMEL’, ‘rectification interval’.
Source: GM1 ORO.MLR.105(a) ‘Minimum equipment list’;
CS-MMEL; GM2 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3)

Explain the relation between MMEL and MEL. x

Source: Point ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’;
Point ORO.MLR.105 ‘Minimum equipment list’;AMC1 ORO.MLR.105(j);(g) GM1
ORO.MLR.105(j)

Define the ‘extent of the MEL’. x

Source: AMC2 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3) ‘Minimum equipment list’
Explain the responsibilities of the operator and the competent authority with regard to x
MEL and MMEL.
Source: Point ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual — general’; Point ORO.MLR.105
‘Minimum equipment list’; AMC1 ORO.MLR.105(c); GM1 ORO.MLR.105(d)(3)

Explain the responsibilities of the flight crew members with x

regard to MEL.
Source: Points CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105 ‘Minimum
equipment for flight’

Explain the responsibilities of the commander with regard to x

MEL.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.175 ‘Flight preparation’;
Point CAT.IDE.A.105/CAT.IDE.H.105 ‘Minimum equipment for flight’

Icing conditions
On ground de-icing/anti-icing procedures, types of de-icing/anti-icing fluids
Define the following terms: ‘anti-icing’, ‘de-icing’, ‘one-step de-icing/anti-icing’, ‘two-
step de-icing/anti-icing’, ‘holdover time’.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Glossary

See subject 050 for details x

Describe ‘the clean aircraft concept’ as presented in the relevant chapter of ICAO Doc x
9640.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 2
List the types of de-icing/anti-icing fluids available. x
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/
Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 4, 4.1
Explain the procedure to be followed when an aeroplane has x
exceeded the holdover time.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 4, 4.9

Interpret the guidelines for fluid holdover times and list the factors which can reduce x
the fluid protection time.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 5: 5.1, 5.2 and Attachment ( 5 tables)

Explain how the pre-take-off check, which is the responsibility of the pilot-in- x
command, ensures that the critical surfaces of the aircraft are free of ice, snow, slush
or frost just prior to take-off. This check shall be accomplished as close to the time of
take-off as possible and is normally made from within the aeroplane by visually
checking the wings.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 6, 6.4

Explain why an aircraft has to be treated symmetrically. x

Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 11
Explain why an operator shall establish procedures to be followed when ground de- x
icing and anti-icing and related inspections of the aircraft are necessary.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 to 1.6

Explain why a commander shall not commence take-off unless the external surfaces x
are clear of any deposit which might adversely affect the performance or
controllability of the aircraft except as permitted in the flight manual.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Antiicing
Operations’;Point CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and other contaminants — ground
procedures’

Explain the requirements for operations in icing conditions. x

Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.250 ‘Ice and other contaminants — ground procedures’;
Point CAT.OP.MPA.255 ‘Ice and other contaminants — flight procedures’; Point
CAT.IDE.A.165 ‘Additional equipment for operations in icing conditions at night’;
Point CAT.IDE.H.165 ‘Additional equipment for operations in icing conditions at
night’

Explain why safety must come before commercial pressures in relation to de-icing and x
anti-icing of aircraft. (Consider time and financial cost versus direct and indirect effects
of incident/accident).
Source: N/A

Procedure to apply in case of performance deterioration, on ground/in flight

Explain that the effects of icing are wide-ranging,unpredictable and dependent upon
individual aircraft design. The magnitude of these effects is dependent upon many
variables, but the effects can be both significant and dangerous.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 1
Explain that in icing conditions, for a given speed and a given angle of attack, wing lift
can be reduced by as much as 30 % and drag increased by up to 40 %. State that these
changes in lift and drag will significantly increase stall speed, reduce controllability, and
alter flight characteristics.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 1

Explain that ice on critical surfaces and on the airframe may also break away during
take-off and be ingested into engines, possibly damaging fan and compressor blades.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 1

Explain that ice forming on pitot tubes and static ports or on angle-of-attack vanes may
give false altitude, airspeed, angle-of-attack and engine-power information for air-data
systems.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground Deicing/
Anti-icing Operations’, Chapter 1

Explain that ice, frost and snow formed on the critical surfaces on the ground can have
a totally different effect on aircraft flight characteristics than ice, frost and snow
formed in flight.
Source: ICAO Doc 9640 ‘Manual of Aircraft Ground De-icing/Anti-icing Operations’,
Chapter 1

Explain that flight in known icing conditions is subject to limitations that are contained
in Part B of the operations manual.
Source: AMC4 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual —general’
Explain where procedures and performances regarding flight in expected or actual
icing conditions can be found.
Source: AMC4 ORO.MLR.100 ‘Operations manual —general’
Bird-strike risk
Bird-strike risk and avoidance x
Explain that the presence of birds that constitute a potential hazard to aircraft x
operations is part of the pre-flight information.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, 8.1 Pre-flight information
Explain how information concerning the presence of birds observed by aircrews is x
made available to the aeronautical information service (AIS) for distribution as the
circumstances dictate.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Chapter 8

Explain that the Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) Section En-route (ENR) 5.6 x
contains information regarding bird migrations.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 1
Explain significant data regarding bird strikes contained in ICAO Doc 9137 ‘Airport x
Services Manual’.
Source: ICAO Doc 9137 ‘Airport Services Manual’, Chapter 1
x
Explain why birds constitute a hazard to aircraft (damage to probes, sensors, engines, x
windscreens, airframes, degradation in vision, etc.).
Source: N/A, though history in ICAO Doc 9137, Chapter 1.
For more information, refer to the EGAST safety promotion leaflet ‘Bird strike, a
European risk with local specificities’, available at:
www.easa.europa.eu/system/files/dfu/EGAST_GA6-birdstrikes-
final.pdf
Define the commander’s responsibilities regarding the reporting of bird hazards and x
bird strikes.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.105 ‘Responsibilities of the commander’
State that birds tend to flock to areas where food is plentiful. Such areas include: x
rubbish (garbage) facilities; open sewage treatment works; recently ploughed land; as
well as their natural habitats.
Source: N/A

Noise abatement
Noise-abatement procedures
Define the operator’s responsibilities regarding the establishment of noise-abatement
procedures.
Source: Point CAT.OP.MPA.130 ‘Noise abatement procedures — aeroplanes’ Point
CAT.OP.MPA.131 ‘Noise abatement procedures — helicopters’

State the main purpose of noise-abatement departure procedure (NADP) 1 and NADP
2.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services — Aircraft Operations’
(PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7, Appendix to Chapter 3, 1.1
State that the PIC/commander has the authority to decide not to execute an NADP if
conditions preclude the safe execution of the procedure.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services — Aircraft Operations’
(PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7, Chapter 3, 3.2.1 General

Influence of the flight procedure (departure, cruise, approach)

List the main parameters for NADP 1 and NADP 2 (i.e. speeds, heights and
configuration).
Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations’
(PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7, Chapter 3, 3.3 & Appendix to Chapter 3

State that a runway lead-in lighting system should be provided where it is desired to
provide visual guidance along a specific approach path for noise-abatement purposes.
Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, 5.3.7.1/Volume 2, 5.3.4.1
State that detailed information about noise-abatement procedures is to be found in
Part ‘Aerodromes’ (AD), Sections 2 and 3 of the AIP.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 1
Influence by the pilot (power setting, low drag)
List the adverse operating conditions under which noise-abatement procedures in the
form of reduced-power take-off should not be required.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations’
(PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 3, Chapter 1, 1.2.3 Reduced power take-off

List the adverse operating conditions under which noise-abatement procedures during
approach should not be required.
Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations’
(PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7, Chapter 2, 2.1 Noise preferential runways

State the rule regarding the use of reverse thrust on landing.

Source: ICAO Doc 8168 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aircraft Operations’
(PANS-OPS), Volume 1, Part I, Section 7, Chapter 3, 3.5 Aeroplane operating
procedures - landing

Influence by the pilot (power setting, track of helicopter)

List the adverse operating conditions under which noise-abatement procedures in the
form of reduced-power take-off should not be required.

Fire and smoke

Carburettor fire
Explain that the actions to be taken in the event of a carburettor fire may be type-
specific and should be known by the pilot.
Engine fire
Explain that the actions to be taken in the event of an engine fire may be type-specific
and should be known by the pilot.
Fire in the cabin, in the flight crew compartment and in the cargo compartment
Identify the different types of extinguishants used in handheld fire extinguishers and
the type of fire for which each one may be used.
Describe the precautions to be considered when applying fire extinguishants.
Identify the appropriate handheld fire extinguishers to be used in the flight crew
compartment, the passenger cabin and lavatories, and in the cargo compartments.
Smoke in the flight crew compartment and in the cabin
Explain which actions should be taken in the event of smoke in the flight crew
compartment or in the cabin, why these actions may be type-specific, and why they
should be known by the pilot.
Actions in case of overheated brakes
Describe the problems and safety precautions in the event that brakes overheat after a
heavy-weight landing or a rejected take-off.
Explain the difference in the way steel and carbon brakes react to energy absorption x
and the operational consequences.
Decompression of pressurised cabin
Slow decompression
Explain what can cause, and how to detect, a slow decompression or an automatic
pressurisation system failure.
Describe the actions required following a slow decompression.
Rapid and explosive decompression
Explain what can cause, and how to detect, a rapid or an explosive decompression.
Dangers and action to be taken
Describe the actions required following a rapid or explosive decompression.
Describe the effects on aircraft occupants of a slow decompression and of a rapid or
explosive decompression.
Wind shear and microburst
Effects and recognition during departure and approach
Explain how to identify low-level wind shear.
Source: ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
See subject 050 for details x

See subject 050 for details x

See subject 050 for details x

Actions to avoid and actions to take when encountering wind shear

Describe the effects of wind shear and the actions required when wind shear is
encountered at take-off and approach.
Source: ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
Describe the precautions to be taken when wind shear is suspected at take-off and
approach.
Source: ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
Describe the effects of wind shear and the actions required following entry into a
strong downdraft wind shear.
Source: ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
Describe a microburst and its effects.
Source: ICAO Circular 186 ‘Wind Shear’
Wake turbulence
Cause
Describe the term ‘wake turbulence’.
Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II
Describe tip vortex circulation.
Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II
State when vortex generation begins and ends.
Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II
Describe vortex circulation on the ground with and without crosswind.
Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II
List of relevant parameters
List the three main factors which, when combined, give the strongest vortices (heavy,
clean, slow).
Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II
Describe the wind conditions which are worst for wake turbulence near the ground.
Source: ICAO Doc 9426 ‘Air Traffic Services Planning Manual’, Part II
Actions to be taken when crossing traffic, during take-off and landing
Describe the actions to be taken to avoid wake turbulence, specifically separations.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’ (PANS-ATM), 5.8 Timebased wake turbulence longitudinal separation
minima

Security (unlawful events)

ICAO Annex 17 and Regulation (EC) No 300/2008
Define the following terms: ‘aircraft security check’, ‘screening’, ‘security’, ‘security-
restricted area’, ‘unidentified baggage’.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Chapter 1 Definitions
State the objectives of security.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, 2.1 Objectives
Use of Secondary Surveillance Radar (SSR)
Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning notifying the appropriate ATS
unit.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to Annex 17
Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning operation of SSR.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to Annex 17
Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning departing from assigned track
or cruising level.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to Annex 17
Describe the commander’s responsibilities concerning the action required or being
requested by an ATS unit to confirm SSR code and ATS interpretation response.
Source: ICAO Annex 17, Attachment to Annex 17
Security (Regulation (EC) No 300/2008 and ICAO Annex 17)
Describe the relationship between Regulation (EC) x
No 300/2008 and ICAO Annex 17.
Source: Regulation (EC) No 300/2008, Articles 1 and 2
Explain the requirements regarding training programmes. x
Source: Regulation (EC) No 300/2008, Annex: 10 ‘In-flight security measures’ and 11
‘Staff recruitment and training’; ICAO Annex 17, 13.4 Training programmes
State the requirements regarding reporting acts of unlawful interference. x
Source: ICAO Annex 17, 13.5 Reporting acts of unlawful interference
State the requirements regarding aircraft search procedures. x
Source: ICAO Annex 17: 4.3 Measures relating to aircraft;
5.1 Prevention; 13.3 Aeroplane search procedure checklist
Emergency and precautionary landing, and ditching
Descriptions
Describe the meaning of: ‘ditching’, ‘precautionary landing’,
and ‘emergency landing’.
Describe a ditching procedure.
Describe a precautionary landing procedure.
Describe an emergency landing procedure. x
Explain the factors to be considered when deciding to conduct a x
precautionary/emergency landing or ditching.
Cause
List some circumstances that may require a ditching, a precautionary landing or an
emergency landing.
Passenger information
Describe the briefing to be given to passengers before conducting a
precautionary/emergency landing or ditching (including evacuation).
Source: AMC1 CAT.OP.MPA.170 ‘Passenger briefing’
Action after a precautionary/emergency landing or ditching
Describe the actions and responsibilities of crew members after landing.
Evacuation
Explain why the aircraft must be stopped and the engine(s) shut down before
launching an emergency evacuation.
See new LO reference above x

Explain the CS-25 requirements regarding evacuation procedures. x

Source: CS 25.803 and Appendix J
Fuel jettisoning
Safety aspects
Explain why an aircraft may need to jettison fuel so as to reduce its landing mass in
order to make a safe landing.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’ (PANS-ATM), 15.5.3 Fuel dumping

Explain that when an aircraft that operates within controlled

airspace needs to jettison fuel, the flight crew shall coordinate with ATC the following:
— route to be flown which, if possible, should be clear of
cities and towns, preferably over water and away from
areas where thunderstorms have been reported or are
expected;
— the flight level to be used, which should be not less than 1 800 m (6 000 ft); and
— the duration of fuel jettisoning.
Source: ICAO Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services — Air Traffic
Management’ (PANS-ATM), 15.5.3 Fuel dumping

Explain how flaps and slats may adversely affect fuel jettisoning.
Source: CS 25.1001 Fuel jettisoning system
Requirements
See subject 021 for details x

Explain why a fuel-jettisoning system must be capable of jettisoning enough fuel within x
15 minutes.
Source: CS 25.1001 Fuel jettisoning system
Transport of dangerous goods by air
ICAO Annex 18 (4th Edition, July 2011)
Define the following terms:‘dangerous goods’, ‘dangerous goods accident’, ‘dangerous
goods incident’, ‘exemption’, ‘incompatible’, ‘packaging’, ‘UN number’.
Source: ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 1 Definitions
Explain that detailed provisions for the transport of dangerous goods by air are
contained in the Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Air.
Source:ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’; ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 2, 2.2.1

State that in the event of an in-flight emergency, the pilot-incommand must inform
the ATC of the transport of dangerous goods by air.
Source: ICAO Annex 18, Chapter 9, 9.5
Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (ICAO Doc
9284)
Explain the principle of dangerous goods compatibility and segregation. x
Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous
Goods by Air’
Explain the special requirements for the loading of radioactive materials.
Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous
Goods by Air’
Explain the use of the dangerous goods list.
Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous
Goods by Air’
Identify the labels.
Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous
Goods by Air’
See new LO reference above x

Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 — Annex IV (Part-CAT) and

Annex V (Part-SPA)
Explain the terminology relevant to dangerous goods. x
Source: Point SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’; Point SPA.DG.105
‘Approval to transport dangerous goods’; Point SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods
information and documentation’

Explain the scope of that Regulation. x

Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’
Explain why the transport of dangerous goods by air is subject to operator approval. x
Source: Point SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’; AMC1 ARO.OPS.200
‘Specific approval procedure’
See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference above x

x
See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

See new LO reference below x

Explain the limitations on the transport of dangerous goods by air. x

Source: Point SPA.DG.100 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’; Point SPA.DG.105
‘Approval to transport dangerous goods’; Point SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods
information and documentation’

Explain the requirements for the acceptance of dangerous goods. x

Source:Point SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’; AMC1
SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’
See new LO reference above

Explain the requirements regarding inspection for damage, leakage or contamination. x

Source: Point SPA.DG.105 ‘Approval to transport dangerous goods’; AMC1
SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’: (a)(1)
Explain the requirement for the provision of information to flight crew. x
Source: Point SPA.DG.110 ‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’; AMC1
SPA.DG.110(a);(b) ‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’
Explain the requirements for dangerous goods incident and accident reports. x
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’
State that some articles and substances, which would otherwise be classed as x
dangerous goods, can be exempted if they are part of the aircraft equipment, or
required for use during aeromedical flights.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’; ICAO Doc 9284
‘Technical Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’, 2.2
Exceptions for dangerous goods of the operator

Explain why some articles and substances may be forbidden for transport by air. x
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’; ICAO Doc 9284
‘Technical Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’, 2.1
Dangerous goods forbidden for transport by air under any circumstance

Explain why packing must comply with the specifications of the Technical Instructions. x
Source: ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical Instructions For The Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’, Introductory chapter, 2.4 (for packing
purposes, etc.)

Explain the need for an inspection prior to loading dangerous goods on an aircraft. x
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 ‘Transport of dangerous goods’; AMC1
SPA.DG.110(b) ‘Dangerous goods information and documentation’
Explain why some dangerous goods are designated for carriage only on cargo aircraft. x
Source:ICAO Annex 18, 8.9 Loading on cargo aircraft; ICAO Doc 9284 ‘Technical
Instructions For The Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air’, GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Explain how misdeclared or undeclared dangerous goods found in baggage are to be x
reported.
Source: Point CAT.GEN.MPA.200 and related AMCs/GM
Contaminated runways
Intentionally left blank x

See subject 032 for details x

See subject 032 for details x

See subject 050 for details x

Estimated surface friction, friction coefficient

Identify the difference between friction coefficient and estimated surface friction.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2
State that when estimated surface friction is 4 or 5, the expected braking action is
good.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2
Hydroplaning principles and effects
Define the different types of hydroplaning.
Source: NASA TM-85652 - Tire friction performance
Compute the two dynamic hydroplaning speeds using the following formulas: — spin-
down speed (rotating tire) (kt) = 9 square root
(pressure in PSI) — spin-up speed (non-rotating tire) (kt) = 7.7 square root (pressure in
PSI).
Source: NASA TM-85652 — Tire friction performance

State that it is the spin-up speed rather than the spin-down speed which represents
the actual tire situation for aircraft touchdown on flooded runways.
Source: NASA TM-85652 — Tire friction performance
Intentionally left blank x
See subject 032 for details x

See subject 032 for details x

See subject 032 for details x

SNOWTAM and contamination on the aerodrome

Interpret from a SNOWTAM the contamination and braking action on a runway,
taxiways and apron.
Source: ICAO Annex 15, Appendix 2
Explain which hazards can be identified from the SNOWTAM/METAR and how to x
mitigate them.
Rotor downwash
Describe downwash
Describe the downwash.
Effects
Explain its effects: soil erosion, water dispersal and spray, recirculation, damage to
property, loose articles.
Operation influence by meteorological conditions (helicopter)
White-out/sand/dust
Give the definition of ‘white-out’.
Describe loss of spatial orientation.
Describe take-off and landing techniques.
Strong winds
Describe blade sailing.
Describe wind operating envelopes.
Describe vertical speed problems.
Mountain environment
Describe constraints associated with mountain environment.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (HELICOPTER)
Influence of technical problems
Engine failure
Describe recovery techniques in the event of engine failure during hover, climb, cruise,
approach.
Fire in the cabin, in the flight crew compartment and in the engine(s)
Describe the basic actions when encountering fire in the cabin, flight deck or engine(s).
Tail-rotor directional control failure
Describe the basic actions following loss of tail rotor.
Describe the basic actions following loss of directional control.
Ground resonance
Describe recovery actions.
Blade stall
Describe cause of and recovery actions when encountering retreating blade stall.
Settling with power (vortex ring)
Describe potential conditions for this event and recovery actions.
Overpitch
Describe recovery actions.
Overspeed: rotor/engine
Describe overspeed control.
Dynamic rollover
Describe potential conditions for this event and recovery action.
Mast bumping
Describe potential conditions of the ‘conducive to’ and ‘avoidance of’ effect.
SPECIALISED OPERATIONS (Regulation (EU) No 965/2012 on air operations, as x
amended)
Additional requirements for commercial specialised operations and CAT operations x
(Annex III (Part-ORO), Subpart FC, Section 3)
Explain the requirements related to flight crew recurrent training and checking and x
operator proficiency check.
Source: Point ORO.FC.330 ‘Recurrent training and checking - operator proficiency
check’

General requirements (Annex VIII (Part-SPO), Subpart A) x

Explain the task specialist’s responsibilities. x
Source: Point SPO.GEN.106 ‘Task specialists responsibilities’
Helicopter external sling load operations (HESLO) (Annex VIII (Part-SPO), Subpart E) x
Explain the standard operating procedures and equipment requirements. x
Source: Point SPO.SPEC.HESLO.100 ‘Standard operating procedures’ and related
AMCs/GM; Point SPO.SPEC.HESLO.105 ‘Specific HESLO equipment’ and related
AMCs/GM

Human external cargo operations (HEC) (Annex VIII (Part-SPO), Subpart E) x

Explain the standard operating procedures and equipment requirements. x
Source: Point SPO.SPEC.HEC.100 ‘Standard operating procedures’ and related
AMCs/GM; Point SPO.SPEC.HEC.105 ‘Specific HEC equipment’ and related AMCs/GM
 x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Text unmodified

Reworded, intent the

x
x
same
Reworded, intent

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
modified

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPLA

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPLA

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPLHIR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPLH

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPLH

IR

CBIR EIR

x
Basic Knowledge
 x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x x

x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x

x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x

x x x

x x
 x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x

x x

x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x
x
x

x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x
 x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
 x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x
x
x x

x x

x
 x

x x

x x

x
 x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x
 x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
 x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x
x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x x x
 x x x

x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x
x x x x

x
x
 x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x
x x x

x x

x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x x x
x
x x x
x x x

x
x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x

x
x x x x x x
x
x x x x x x

x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x

x x x

x
x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x
 x x x x x x

x x x x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x x x x x

x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x

x
x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x
x
x x x x

x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x

x x x
 In subject 081, almost all of the "old" LOs have been split into multiple new ones. Alt

Old syllabus text

Index

1 PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT — AEROPLANES

2 SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS
3 Basics, laws and definitions
4 Laws and definitions
5 List the SI-units of measurement for mass, acceleration, weight, velocity, density, temperature,
pressure, force, wing loading and power.
Define mass, force, acceleration and weight. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
State and interpret Newton’s Laws. State and interpret Newton’s first law. State and interpret
Newton’s second law. State and interpret Newton’s third law.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain air density.(Renumbered within the paragraph)
List the atmospheric properties that effect air density. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain how temperature and pressure changes affect density.(Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Define static pressure. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define dynamic pressure . (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define the formula for dynamic pressure. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Apply the formula for a given altitude and speed. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
State Bernoulli’s equation. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define total pressure. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Apply the equation to a Venturi. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe how the IAS is acquired from the pitot-static system. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the relationship between density, temperature and pressure for air. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Describe the Equation of Continuity. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define IAS, CAS, EAS, TAS. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

6 Define mass, force, acceleration and weight.

7 State and interpret Newton’s Laws. State and interpret Newton’s first law. State and interpret
Newton’s second law. State and interpret Newton’s third law
8 Explain air density.
9 List the atmospheric properties that effect air density.
10 Explain how temperature and pressure changes affect density.
11 Define static pressure.
12 Define dynamic pressure.
13 Define the formula for dynamic pressure.
14 Apply the formula for a given altitude and speed.

15 State Bernoulli’s equation.

16 Define total pressure.

17 Apply the equation to a Venturi.

18 Describe how the IAS is acquired from the pitot-static system.

19 Describe the relationship between density, temperature and pressure for air.

20 Describe the Equation of Continuity.

21 Define IAS, CAS, EAS, TAS.

22 Basics about airflow
23 Describe steady and unsteady airflow.
Explain the concept of a streamline. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe and explain airflow through a stream tube. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the difference between two and three-dimensional airflow. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

24 Explain the concept of a streamline.

25 Describe and explain airflow through a stream tube.
26 Explain the difference between two and three-dimensional airflow.
27 Aerodynamic forces and moments on aerofoils
28 Describe the force resulting from the pressure distribution around an aerofoil.
Resolve the resultant force into the components ‘lift’ and ‘drag’. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the direction of lift and drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
List the factors that affect the aerodynamic moment. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the aerodynamic moment for a symmetrical aerofoil. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the aerodynamic moment for a positively and negatively cambered aerofoil.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Forces and equilibrium of forces (Refer to 081 08 00 00).
Define angle of attack. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

29 Resolve the resultant force into the components ‘lift’ and ‘drag’.
30 Describe the direction of lift and drag.
31 Define the aerodynamic moment.
32 List the factors that affect the aerodynamic moment.
33 Describe the aerodynamic moment for a symmetrical aerofoil.
34 Describe the aerodynamic moment for a positively and negatively cambered aerofoil.
35 Define angle of attack
36 Shape of an aerofoil section
37 Describe the following parameters of an aerofoil section: leading edge;
trailing edge; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
chord line; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
thickness to chord ratio or relative thickness; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
location of maximum thickness; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
camber line; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
camber; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
nose radius; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe a symmetrical and an asymmetrical aerofoil section; (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

38 trailing edge;
39 chord line;
40 thickness to chord ratio or relative thickness;

41 location of maximum thickness;

42 camber line;
43 camber;
44 nose radius;
45 Describe a symmetrical and an asymmetrical aerofoil section;
46 Wing shape
47 Describe the following parameters of a wing: span;
tip and root chord; (Renumbered within theparagraph)
taper ratio; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
wing area; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
wing planform; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
mean geometric chord; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
mean aerodynamic chord (MAC); (Renumbered within the paragraph)
aspect ratio; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
dihedral angle; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
sweep angle; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
wing twist; geometric; aerodynamic; (Renumbered within the paragraph)
angle of incidence. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Remark: In certain textbooks angle of incidence is used as angle of attack, for Part-FCL
theoretical knowledge examination purposes this use is discontinued and the angle of incidence
is defined as the angle between the aeroplane longitudinal axis and the wing root chord line.

48 tip and root chord;

49 taper ratio;
50 wing area;
51 wing planform;
52 mean geometric chord;
53 mean aerodynamic chord (MAC);
54 aspect ratio;
55 dihedral angle;
56 sweep angle;
57 wing twist; geometric; aerodynamic;
58 angle of incidence.
Remark: In certain textbooks angle of incidence is used as angle of attack, for Part-FCL
theoretical knowledge examination purposes this use is discontinued and the angle of incidence
is defined as the angle between the aeroplane longitudinal axis and the wing root chord line.
59 Two-dimensional airflow around an aerofoil
60 Streamline pattern
61 Describe the streamline pattern around an aerofoil.
Describe converging and diverging streamlines and their effect on static pressure and velocity.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe upwash and downwash. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

62 Describe converging and diverging streamlines and their effect on static pressure and velocity.
63 Describe upwash and downwash.
64 Explain upwash and downwash due to tip vortices. (Moved out of 081.01.04.01.01)
65 Stagnation point
66 Describe the stagnation point.
Explain the effect on the stagnation point of angle of attack changes. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain local pressure changes. (Covered by 081.01.02.03.02)

67 Explain the effect on the stagnation point of angle of attack changes.

68 Pressure distribution
69 Describe pressure distribution and local speeds around an aerofoil including effects of camber
and angle of attack.
Describe where the minimum local static pressure is typically situated on an aerofoil.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

70 Describe where the minimum local static pressure is typically situated on an aerofoil.
71 Centre of pressure and aerodynamic centre
72 Explain centre of pressure and aerodynamic centre.
73 Lift and downwash
74 Explain the association between lift and downwash.
(Moved and merged into 081.01.03.02.01)
75 Drag and wake
76 List two physical phenomena that cause drag.
Describe skin friction drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe pressure (form) drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why drag and wake cause a loss of energy (momentum). (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

77 Describe skin friction drag.

78 Describe pressure (form) drag.
79 Explain why drag and wake cause a loss of energy (momentum).
80 Influence of angle of attack
81 Explain the influence of angle of attack on lift.
82 Flow separation at high angles of attack
83 Refer to 081 01 08 01.
84 The lift – a graph
85 Describe the lift and angle of attack graph.
Explain the significant points on the graph. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe lift against a graph for a symmetrical aerofoil.
(Covered in 081.01.03.02.02)

86 Explain the significant points on the graph.

87 Coefficients
88
89 Explain why coefficients are used in general.
90 The lift coefficient Cl
91 Describe the lift formula and perform simple calculations.
Describe the Cl – a graph (symmetrical and positively / negatively cambered aerofoils).
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the typical difference in C l – a graph for fast and slow aerofoil design. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Define the ClMAX and astall on the graph. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

92 Explain the association between lift and downwash. (Moved from 081.01.02.05.01 )
93
Describe the Cl – a graph (symmetrical and positively / negatively cambered aerofoils).

94 Describe the typical difference in C l – a graph for fast and slow aerofoil design.
95 Define the ClMAX and astall on the graph.
96
97 The drag coefficient Cd
98 Describe the drag formula and perform simple calculations.
Discuss the effect of the shape of a body on the drag coefficient.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the Cl – Cd graph (aerofoil polar). (Moved to 081.01.04.03.13) (from 2D to 3D)
Indicate minimum drag on the graph. (Moved to 081.01.04.03.14)
Explain why the Cl – Cd ratio is important as a measure of performance. (Moved to
081.01.04.03.15)
State the normal values of C l – Cd. (Moved to 081.01.04.03.16)

99 Discuss the effect of the shape of a body on the drag coefficient.

100 Three-dimensional airflow about an aeroplane

101
102 Define angle of attack.
Remark: For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the angle of attack definition
requires a reference line. This reference line for 3-D has been chosen to be the longitudinal axis
and for 2-D the chord line.
Explain the difference between the angle of attack and the attitude of an aeroplane.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

103 Explain the difference between the angle of attack and the attitude of an aeroplane.
104 Streamline pattern
105 Describe the general streamline pattern around the wing, tail section and fuselage.
Explain and describe the causes of spanwise flow over top and bottom surfaces.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe tip vortices and local a. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain how tip vortices vary with angle of attack. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain upwash and downwash due to tip vortices. (Merged into 081.01.02.01.03)
Describe spanwise lift distribution including the effect of wing planform. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
Describe the causes, distribution and duration of the wake turbulence behind an aeroplane.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the influence of flap deflection on the tip vortex. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

List the parameters that influence the wake turbulence. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

106 Explain and describe the causes of spanwise flow over top and bottom surfaces.
107 Describe tip vortices and local a.
108 Explain how tip vortices vary with angle of attack.
109 Describe spanwise lift distribution including the effect of wing planform.
110 Describe the causes, distribution and duration of the wake turbulence behind an aeroplane.
111 Describe the influence of flap deflection on the tip vortex.
112 List the parameters that influence the wake turbulence.
113 Induced drag
114 Explain what causes the induced drag.
Describe the approximate formula for the induced drag coefficient. (Renumbered within the
paragraph).
State the factors that affect induced drag. (Covered in 081.01.04.03.01)
Describe the relationship between induced drag and total drag in the cruise. (Renumbered
within the paragraph).
Describe the effect of mass on induced drag at a given IAS.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the means to reduce induced drag: aspect ratio. winglets. tip tanks. wing twist.
camber change. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe
the influence of lift distribution on induced drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the influence of tip vortices on the angle of attack. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain induced and effective local angle of attack. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of the induced angle of attack on the direction of the lift vector.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the relationship between induced drag and: speed. aspect ratio.wing planform. bank
angle in a horizontal co-ordinated turn.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the induced drag coefficient. (Covered in 081.01.04.03.02)
Explain the relationship between the induced drag coefficient and the angle of attack or lift
coefficient.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of induced drag on: C L – angle of attack graph, show effect on graph when
comparing high and low aspect ratio wings. C L – CD (aeroplane polar), show effect on graph
when comparing high and low aspect ratio wings. parabolic aeroplane polar in a graph and as a
formula (CD = CDp + kCL2).
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

115 Describe the approximate formula for the induced drag coefficient.

116 Describe the relationship between induced drag and total drag in the cruise.

117 Describe the effect of mass on induced drag at a given IAS.

118 Describe the means to reduce induced drag: aspect ratio. winglets. tip tanks. wing twist.
camber change.
119 Describe the influence of lift distribution on induced drag.
120 Describe the influence of tip vortices on the angle of attack.
121 Explain induced and effective local angle of attack.
122 Explain the influence of the induced angle of attack on the direction of the lift vector.
123 Explain the relationship between induced drag and: speed. aspect ratio.wing planform. bank
angle in a horizontal co-ordinated turn.
124 Explain the relationship between the induced drag coefficient and the angle of attack or lift
coefficient.
125 Explain the influence of induced drag on: C L – angle of attack graph, show effect on graph when
comparing high and low aspect ratio wings. C L – CD (aeroplane polar), show effect on graph
when comparing high and low aspect ratio wings. parabolic aeroplane polar in a graph and as a
formula (CD = CDp + kCL2).

126 Describe the Cl – Cd graph (aerofoil polar).

(Moved from 081.01.03.02.01)
127 Indicate minimum drag on the graph.
(Moved from 081.01.03.02.01)
128 Explain why the Cl – Cd ratio is important as a measure of performance.
(Moved from 081.01.03.02.01)
129 State the normal values of Cl – Cd.
(Moved from 081.01.03.02.01)
130 Total drag
131
132 State that total drag consists of parasite drag and induced drag.
133 Parasite drag
134 List the types of drag that are included in parasite drag.
Describe form (pressure) drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

Describe interference drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

Describe friction drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

135 Describe form (pressure) drag.
136 Describe interference drag.
137 Describe friction drag.
138 Parasite drag and speed
139 Describe the relationship between parasite drag and speed.
140 Induced drag and speed (Refer to 081 01 04 02)
141 Refer to 081 01 04 02.
142 Intentionally left blank
143 Total drag and speed
144 Explain the total drag – speed graph and the constituent drag components.
Indicate the speed for minimum drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

145 Indicate the speed for minimum drag.

146 Intentionally left blank
147 The total drag – speed graph
148 Describe the effect of aeroplane gross mass on the graph.
Describe the effect of pressure altitude on: * drag – IAS graph; *drag – TAS graph.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe speed stability from the graph. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe non-stable, neutral and stable IAS regions. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain what happens to the IAS and drag in the non-stable region if speed suddenly decreases.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
149 Describe the effect of pressure altitude on: * drag – IAS graph; *drag – TAS graph.
150 Describe speed stability from the graph.
151 Describe non-stable, neutral and stable IAS regions.
152 Explain what happens to the IAS and drag in the non-stable region if speed suddenly decreases.

153 Ground effect

154 Effect on CDi
155 Explain what happens to the tip vortices, downwash, airflow pattern, lift and drag in ground
effect.
156 Describe the influence of ground effect on CDi and induced angle of attack.
Explain the effects on entering and leaving ground effect. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
157 Explain the effects on entering and leaving ground effect.
158 Effect on astall
159 Describe the influence of ground effect on a stall.
160 Effect on CL
161 Describe the influence of ground effect on C L.
162 Effect on take-off and landing characteristics of an aeroplane
163 Describe the influence of ground effect on take-off and landing characteristics and performance
of an aeroplane.
Describe the difference between: * high and low wing characteristics; * high and low tail
characteristics.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the effects on static pressure measurements at the static ports when entering and
leaving ground effect.

164 Describe the difference between: * high and low wing characteristics; * high and low tail
characteristics.
165 The relationship between the lift coefficient and speed in steady, straight and level flight
166 Represented by an equation
167 Explain the effect on CL during speed increase/decrease in steady, straight and level flight and
perform simple calculations.

168 Represented by a graph

169 Explain, by using a graph, the effect on speed of C L changes at a given weight.
170 The stall
171 Flow separation at increasing angles of attack
172 Moved to 081 03 01 01:
Define the boundary layer.
Describe the thickness of a typical boundary layer.
List the factors that affect the thickness.
Describe the laminar layer.
Describe the turbulent layer.
Define the transition point.
Covered above in (03) and (04): List the differences between laminar and turbulent boundary
layers.
Explain why the laminar boundary layer separates easier than the turbulent one.
List the factors that slow down the airflow over the aft part of an aerofoil, as the angle of attack
is increased.
Define the separation point and describe its location as a function of angle of attack.
Define the critical of stall angle of attack.
Describe the influence of increasing the angle of attack on: * the forward stagnation point; *
the pressure distribution; * location of the centre of pressure (straight and swept back wing); *
CL and L. CD and D; * the pitching moment (straight and swept back wing); * the downwash at
the horizon stabiliser.
Explain what causes the possible natural buffet on the controls in a pre-stall condition.
Describe the effectiveness of the flight controls in a pre-stall condition.
Describe and explain the normal post stall behaviour of a wing / aeroplane.
Describe the dangers of using the controls close to the stall.

173 The stall speed

174 Moved to 081 03 01 02:
Explain VS0, VS1, VSR, VS1g. Solve the 1g stall speed from the lift formula. Describe and explain the
influence of the following parameters on the stall speed: centre of gravity. thrust component.
slipstream. wing loading. mass. wing contamination. angle of sweep. altitude (for
compressibility effects see 081 02 03 02). Define the load factor n. Explain why the load factor
increases in a turn. Explain why the load factor increases in a pull-up and decreases in a push-
over manoeuvre. Describe and explain the influence of the load factor (n) on the stall speed.
Explain the expression: accelerated stall. Note: Sometimes accelerated stall is also erroneously
referred to as high speed stall. This latter expression will not be used for the subject 081.
Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the load factor. Calculate the increase of
stall speed in a horizontal co-ordinated turn as a function of bank angle. Calculate the change of
stall speed as a function of the gross mass.

175 The initial stall in span-wise direction

176 Moved to 081 03 01 03:
Explain the initial stall sequence on the following platforms: * elliptical; * rectangular; *
moderate and high taper; * sweepback or delta.
Explain the influence of geometric twist (wash out) and aerodynamic twist.
Explain the influence of deflected ailerons.
Explain the influence of fences, vortilons, saw teeth, vortex generators.

177 Stall warning

178 Moved to 081 03 01 04:
Explain why stall warning is necessary.
Explain when aerodynamic and artificial stall warnings are used.
Explain why CS-23 and CS-25 require a margin to stall speed.
Describe: * buffet; * stall strip; * flapper switch (leading edge stall warning vane); * angle of
attack vane; * angle of attack probe; * stick shaker.
Describe the recovery after: * stall warning; * stall; * stick pusher actuation.
179 Special phenomena of stall
180 Moved to 081 03 01 05:
Describe the basic stall requirements for transport category aeroplanes.
Explain the difference between the power-off and power-on stalls and recovery.
Describe the stall and recovery in a climbing and descending turn.
Describe the effect on stall and recovery characteristics of: * wing sweep (consider both
forward and backward sweep); * T-tailed aeroplane; * canards.
Describe super-stall or deep-stall.
Describe the philosophy behind the stick pusher system.
Explain the effect of ice, frost or snow on the stagnation point.
Explain the absence of stall warning.
Explain the abnormal behaviour of the stall.
Describe and explain cause and effects of the stabiliser stall (negative tail stall).
Describe when to expect in-flight icing.
Explain how the effect is changed when retracting/extending lift augmentation devices.
Describe how to recover from a stall after a configuration change caused by in-flight icing.
Explain the effect of a contaminated wing.
Explain what “on-ground” icing is.
Describe the aerodynamic effects of de/anti-ice fluid after the holdover time has been reached.
Describe the aerodynamic effects of heavy tropical rain on stall speed and drag.
Explain how to avoid spins.
List the factors that cause a spin to develop.
Describe spin development, recognition and recovery.
Describe the differences in recovery techniques for aeroplanes that have different mass
distributions between the wing and the fuselage.

181 CLMAX augmentation

182 Trailing edge flaps and the reasons for use in take-off and landing
183 Describe trailing edge flaps and the reasons for their use during take-off and landing. (Covered
in 081.01.09.01.01)
Identify the different types of trailing edge flaps given a relevant diagram: * split flaps; * plain
flaps; * slotted flaps; * fowler flaps.
Describe their effect on wing geometry. (Covered in 081.01.09.01.02)
Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases. (Renumbered within the paragraph
Describe how the effective chord line differs from the normal chord line. (Covered in
081.01.09.01.02)
Describe their effect on: * location of centre of pressure; * pitching moments; * stall speed.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Compare their influence on the CL – a graph. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Indicate the variation in CL at any given angle of attack.
Indicate the variation in CD at any given angle of attack.
Indicate their effect on CLMAX. Indicate their effect on the stall or critical angle of attack.
Indicate their effect on angle of attack at a given CL. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Compare their influence on the CL – CD graph.Indicate how the (CL/CD)MAX differs from that of
a clean wing. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of trailing edge flap deflection on glide angle. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe flap asymmetry. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the effect on aeroplane controllability. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe trailing edge flap effect on take-off and landing. Explain the advantages of lower nose
attitudes. Explain why take-off and landing speeds/distances are reduced. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)

184 Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases.

185 Describe their effect on: * location of centre of pressure; * pitching moments; * stall speed.

186 Compare their influence on the C L – a graph. Indicate their effect on C LMAX.
Indicate their effect on the stall or critical angle of attack.

187 Compare their influence on the CL – CD graph.Indicate how the (C L/CD)MAX differs from that of a
clean wing.
188 Explain the influence of trailing edge flap deflection on glide angle.
189 Describe flap asymmetry. Explain the effect on aeroplane controllability.
190 Describe trailing edge flap effect on take-off and landing. Explain the advantages of lower-nose
attitudes. Explain why take-off and landing speeds/distances are reduced.
191

192 Leading-edge devices and the reasons for their use in take-off and landing
193 Describe leading edge high lift devices. (Covered in 081.01.09.02.01)
Identify the different types of leading edge high lift devices given a relevant diagram: * Krueger
flaps; * variable camber flaps; * slats.
State their effect on wing geometry. (Covered in 081.01.09.02.01)
Describe the function of the slot. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe how the effective chord line differs from the normal chord line. (Covered in
081.01.09.02.04)
State their effect on the stall speed, also in comparison with trailing edge flaps. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Compare their influence on the C L – a graph, compared with trailing edge flaps and a clean
wing. Indicate the effect of leading edge devices on C LMAX. Explain how the CL curve differs from
that of a clean wing. Indicate the effect of leading edge devices on the stall or critical angle of
attack. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Compare their influence on the C L – CD graph. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe slat asymmetry. Describe the effect on aeroplane controllability. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
Explain the reasons for using leading edge high lift devices on take-off and landing.
Explain the disadvantage of increased nose up attitudes. Explain why take-off and landing
speeds/distances are reduced. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

194 Describe the function of the slot.

195 Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases.
196 State their effect on the stall speed, also in comparison with trailing edge flaps.

197 Compare their influence on the C L – a graph, compared with trailing edge flaps and a clean
wing. Indicate the effect of leading edge devices on C LMAX. Explain how the CL curve differs from
that of a clean wing. Indicate the effect of leading edge devices on the stall or critical angle of
attack.
198 Compare their influence on the C L – CD graph.
199 Describe slat asymmetry. Describe the effect on aeroplane controllability.
200 Explain the reasons for using leading edge high lift devices on take-off and landing. Explain the
disadvantage of increased nose up attitudes. Explain why take-off and landing speeds/distances
are reduced.
201 Vortex generators
202 Explain the purpose of vortex generators.
Describe their basic operating principle. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
State their advantages and disadvantages. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
203 Describe their basic operating principle.
204 State their advantages and disadvantages.
205 Means to reduce the CL-CD ratio
206 Spoilers and the reasons for use in the different phases of flight
207 Describe the aerodynamic functioning of spoilers: * roll spoilers; flight spoilers (speed brakes);
ground spoilers (lift dumpers).
Describe the effect of spoilers on the C L – a graph and stall speed. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the influence of spoilers on the C L – CD graph and lift/drag ratio. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)

208 Describe the effect of spoilers on the C L – a graph and stall speed.
209 Describe the influence of spoilers on the C L – CD graph and lift/drag ratio.
210 Speed brakes and the reasons for use in the different phases of flight
211 Describe speed brakes and the reasons for use in the different phases of flight.
State their influence on the C L – CD graph and lift/drag ratio. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain how speed brakes increase parasite drag. (Renumbered within the subject)
Describe how speed brakes affect the minimum drag speed. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe their effect on rate and angle of descent. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

212 State their influence on the C L – CD graph and lift/drag ratio.

213 Explain how speed brakes increase parasite drag.
214 Describe how speed brakes affect the minimum drag speed.
215 Describe their effect on rate and angle of descent.
216 The boundary layer
217 Different types
218 Refer to 081 01 08 01.
219 Their advantages and disadvantages on pressure drag and friction drag
220 Aerodynamic degradation
221 Ice and other contaminants
222 Describe the locations on an aeroplane where ice build-up will occur during flight.
Explain the aerodynamic effects of ice and other contaminants on: * lift (maximum lift
coefficient); * drag; * stall speed; * stalling angle of attack; * stability and controllability.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the aerodynamic effects of icing on the various phases during take-off.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

223 Explain the aerodynamic effects of ice and other contaminants on: * lift (maximum lift
coefficient); * drag; * stall speed; * stalling angle of attack; * stability and controllability.
224 Explain the aerodynamic effects of icing on the various phases during take-off.
225 Deformation and modification of airframe, ageing aeroplanes
226 Describe the effect of airframe deformation and modification of an ageing aeroplane on
aeroplane performance.
Explain the effect on boundary layer condition of an ageing aeroplane. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

227 Explain the effect on boundary layer condition of an ageing aeroplane

228 HIGH-SPEED AERODYNAMICS
229 Speeds
230 Speed of sound
231 Define speed of sound.
Explain the variation of the speed of sound with altitude. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the influence of temperature on the speed of sound. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

232 Explain the variation of the speed of sound with altitude.

233 Describe the influence of temperature on the speed of sound.
234 Mach number
235 Define Mach number as a function of TAS and speed of sound.
236 Influence of temperature and altitude on Mach number
237 Explain the absence of change of Mach number with varying temperature at constant flight
level and calibrated airspeed.
Referring to 081 08 01 02 and 081 08 01 03 explain relationship of Mach number, TAS and IAS
during climb and descent at constant Mach number and IAS and explain variation of lift
coefficient, angle of attack, pitch and flight path angle. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Referring to 081 06 01 04 and 081 06 01 05 explain that VMO can be exceeded during a descent
at constant Mach number and that MMO can be exceeded during a climb at constant IAS.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

238 explain relationship of Mach number, TAS and IAS during climb and descent at constant Mach
number and IAS and explain variation of lift coefficient, angle of attack, pitch and flight path
angle.
239 explain that VMO can be exceeded during a descent at constant Mach number and that MMO
can be exceeded during a climb at constant IAS.

240 Compressibility
241 State that compressibility means that density can change along a streamline.
Describe how the streamline pattern changes due to compressibility.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
State that Mach number is a measure of compressibility.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

242 Describe how the streamline pattern changes due to compressibility.

243 State that Mach number is a measure of compressibility.

244
245 Subdivision of aerodynamic flow
246 List the subdivision of aerodynamic flow: * subsonic flow; * transonic flow; * supersonic flow.
Describe the characteristics of the flow regimes listed above. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
State that transport aeroplanes normally cruise at Mach numbers above M crit. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)

247 Describe the characteristics of the flow regimes listed above.

248 State that transport aeroplanes normally cruise at Mach numbers above M crit.

249 Shock waves

250
251 Define a shock wave.
252 Normal shock waves
253 Describe a normal shock wave with respect to changes in: * static temperature; * static and
total pressure; *velocity; * local speed of sound; * Mach number; * density.
Describe a normal shock wave with respect to orientation relative to the wing surface.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of increasing Mach number on a normal shock wave, at positive lift, with
respect to: * strength; * length; * position relative to the wing; * second shock wave at the
lower surface. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of angle of attack on shock wave intensity at constant Mach number.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Discuss the bow wave.

254 Describe a normal shock wave with respect to orientation relative to the wing surface.
255 Explain the influence of increasing Mach number on a normal shock wave, at positive lift, with
respect to: * strength; * length; * position relative to the wing; * second shock wave at the
lower surface.

256 Explain the influence of angle of attack on shock wave intensity at constant Mach number.

257 Oblique shock waves

258 Describe an oblique shock wave with respect to changes in: * static temperature; * static and
total pressure; * velocity; * local speed of sound; * Mach number; * density.
Compare characteristics of normal and oblique shock waves.
259 Mach cone
260 Define 'Mach angle m' with a formula and perform simple calculations.
Identify the Mach cone zone of influence of a pressure disturbance due to the presence of the
aeroplane.
Explain “sonic boom”.

261 Effects of exceeding the critical Mach number (MCRIT)

262 Mcrit
263 Define 'Mcrit'.
Explain how a change in angle of attack influences M crit. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
264 Explain how a change in angle of attack influences Mcrit.

265 Effect on lift

266 Describe the behaviour of lift coefficient C L versus Mach number at constant angle of attack.
Explain shock induced separation, shock stall and describe its relationship with Mach buffet.
(Moved to 081 03 02 01 (01)
Define shock stall. Moved to 081 03 02 01 (02)
Remark: For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the following description is used for
shock stall: Shock stall occurs when the lift coefficient, as a function of Mach number, reaches its
maximum value (for a given angle of attack).
Describe the consequences of exceeding M crit with respect to: * gradient of the C L – a graph; *
CLMAX (stall speed). (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the change in stall speed (IAS) with altitude. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Discuss effect on critical or stalling angle of attack. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

267 Describe the consequences of exceeding Mcrit with respect to: * gradient of the CL – a graph; *
CLMAX (stall speed).
268 Explain the change in stall speed (IAS) with altitude.
269 Discuss effect on critical or stalling angle of attack.
270

271 Effect on drag

272 Describe wave drag.
Describe the behaviour of drag coefficient C D versus Mach number at constant angle of attack.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain effect of Mach number on the C L – CD graph. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define drag divergence. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Mach number and explain relation with M crit. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

273 Describe the behaviour of drag coefficient CD versus Mach number at constant angle of attack.
274 Explain effect of Mach number on the C L – CD graph.
275 Define drag divergence.

276 Mach number and explain relation with Mcrit.

277 Effect on pitching moment
278 Discuss effect of Mach number on the location of centre of pressure and aerodynamic centre.
Explain “tuck under” effect. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
List the methods of compensating for tuck under effect. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Discuss aerodynamic functioning of the Mach trim system. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

Discuss corrective measures if the Mach trim fails. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
279 Explain “tuck under” effect.

280 List the methods of compensating for tuck under effect.

281 Discuss aerodynamic functioning of the Mach trim system.

282 Discuss corrective measures if the Mach trim fails.
283 Effect on control effectiveness
284 Discuss effects on the functioning of control surfaces.
285 Buffet onset
286 Moved to 081.03.02.02:
Explain the concept of buffet margin and describe the influence of the following parameters: *
angle of attack; * Mach number; *pressure altitude; * mass; * load factor; * angle of bank; * CG
location.
Explain how the buffet onset boundary chart can be used to determine manoeuvre capability.
Describe the effect of exceeding the speed for buffet onset.
Explain aerodynamic ceiling and “coffin corner”.
Explain the concept of the “1.3g” altitude.
Find (using an example graph): * buffet free range; * aerodynamic ceiling at a given mass; *
load factor and bank angle at which buffet occurs at a given mass, Mach number and pressure
altitude.

287 Means to influence Mcrit

288 Wing sweep
289 Explain the influence of the angle of sweep on: * M crit; * effective thickness/chord change or
velocity component perpendicular to the quarter chord line.
Describe the influence of the angle of sweep at subsonic speed on: * C LMAX; * efficiency of high
lift devices; * pitch-up stall behaviour. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Discuss effect of wing sweep on drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

290 Describe the influence of the angle of sweep at subsonic speed on: * CLMAX; * efficiency of high
lift devices; * pitch-up stall behaviour.
291 Discuss effect of wing sweep on drag.
292 Aerofoil shape
293 Explain use of thin aerofoils with reduced camber.
Explain the main purpose of supercritical aerofoils. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Identify the shape characteristics of a supercritical aerofoil shape. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of supercritical aerofoils for wing design.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

294 Explain the main purpose of supercritical aerofoils.

295 Identify the shape characteristics of a supercritical aerofoil shape.
296 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of supercritical aerofoils for wing design.
297 Vortex generators
298 Explain the use of vortex generators as a means to avoid or restrict flow separation.

299 Area ruling

300 Explain area ruling in aeroplane design.
301 Intentionaly left blank
302 The stall
303 Flow separation at increasing angles of attack
304 Moved from 081 01 08 01 01 to 081 03 01 01:
Define the boundary layer.
Describe the thickness of a typical boundary layer. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
List the factors that affect the thickness.
Describe the laminar layer. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the turbulent layer. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define the transition point. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
List the differences between laminar and turbulent boundary layers. (Covered in
081.03.01.01.03 and 081.03.01.01.04)
Explain why the laminar boundary layer separates easier than the turbulent one.
List the factors that slow down the airflow over the aft part of an aerofoil, as the angle of attack
is increased. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define the separation point and describe its location as a function of angle of attack.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define the critical of stall angle of attack. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the influence of increasing the angle of attack on: * the forward stagnation point; *
the pressure distribution; * location of the centre of pressure (straight and swept back wing); *
CL and L. CD and D; * the pitching moment (straight and swept back wing); * the downwash at
the horizon stabiliser. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain what causes the possible natural buffet on the controls in a pre-stall condition.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the effectiveness of the flight controls in a pre-stall condition. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
Describe and explain the normal post stall behaviour of a wing / aeroplane. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Describe the dangers of using the controls close to the stall. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

305 Describe the thickness of a typical boundary layer.

306 Describe the laminar layer.
307 Describe the turbulent layer.
308 Define the transition point.
309 Explain why the laminar boundary layer separates easier than the turbulent one.

310 List the factors that slow down the airflow over the aft part of an aerofoil, as the angle of attack
is increased.
311 Define the separation point and describe its location as a function of angle of attack.
312 Define the critical of stall angle of attack.
313 Describe the influence of increasing the angle of attack on: * the forward stagnation point; *
the pressure distribution; * location of the centre of pressure (straight and swept back wing); *
CL and L. CD and D; * the pitching moment (straight and swept back wing); * the downwash at
the horizon stabiliser.
314 Explain what causes the possible natural buffet on the controls in a pre-stall condition.

315 Describe the effectiveness of the flight controls in a pre-stall condition.

316 Describe and explain the normal post stall behaviour of a wing / aeroplane.
317 Describe the dangers of using the controls close to the stall.
318 The stall speed
319 Moved from 081 01 08 02 01 to 081 03 01 02:
Explain VS0, VS1, VSR, VS1g.
Solve the 1g stall speed from the lift formula. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

Describe and explain the influence of the following parameters on the stall speed: centre of
gravity. thrust component. slipstream. wing loading. mass. wing contamination. angle of sweep.
altitude (for compressibility effects see 081 02 03 02). (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define the load factor n. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why the load factor increases in a turn. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why the load factor increases in a pull-up and decreases in a push-over manoeuvre.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe and explain the influence of the load
factor (n) on the stall speed. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the expression: accelerated stall. Note: Sometimes accelerated stall is also erroneously
referred to as high speed stall. This latter expression will not be used for the subject 081.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the load factor. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Calculate the increase of stall speed in a horizontal co-ordinated turn as a function of bank
angle. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Calculate the
change of stall speed as a function of the gross mass. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

320 Solve the 1g stall speed from the lift formula.

321 Describe and explain the influence of the following parameters on the stall speed: centre of
gravity. thrust component. slipstream. wing loading. mass. wing contamination. angle of sweep.
altitude (for compressibility effects see 081 02 03 02).
322 Define the load factor n.
323 Explain why the load factor increases in a turn.
324 Explain why the load factor increases in a pull-up and decreases in a push-over manoeuvre.
325 Describe and explain the influence of the load factor (n) on the stall speed.
326 Explain the expression: accelerated stall. Note: Sometimes accelerated stall is also erroneously
referred to as high speed stall. This latter expression will not be used for the subject 081.

327 Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the load factor.
328 Calculate the increase of stall speed in a horizontal co-ordinated turn as a function of bank
329 angle.
Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the gross mass.
330 The initial stall in spanwise direction
331 Moved from 081.01.08.03.01:
Explain the initial stall sequence on the following platforms: * elliptical; * rectangular; *
moderate and high taper; * sweepback or delta.
Explain the influence of geometric twist (wash out) and aerodynamic twist. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of deflected ailerons. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of fences, vortilons, saw teeth, vortex generators. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
332 Explain the influence of geometric twist (wash out) and aerodynamic twist.
333 Explain the influence of deflected ailerons.
334 Explain the influence of fences, vortilons, saw teeth, vortex generators

335 Stall warning

336 Moved from 081.01.08.04.01:
Explain why stall warning is necessary.
Explain when aerodynamic and artificial stall warnings are used. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain why CS-23 and CS-25 require a margin to stall speed. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe: * buffet; * stall strip; * flapper switch (leading edge stall warning vane); * angle of
attack vane; * angle of attack probe; * stick shaker. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the recovery after: * stall warning; * stall; * stick pusher actuation. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)

337 Explain when aerodynamic and artificial stall warnings are used.
338 Explain why CS-23 and CS-25 require a margin to stall speed.
339 Describe: * buffet; * stall strip; * flapper switch (leading edge stall warning vane); * angle of
attack vane; * angle of attack probe; * stick shaker.
340 Describe the recovery after: * stall warning; * stall; * stick pusher actuation.
341 Special phenomena of stall
342 Moved from 081.01.08.05.01:
Describe the basic stall requirements for transport category aeroplanes.
Explain the difference between the power-off and power-on stalls and recovery. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Describe the stall and recovery in a climbing and descending turn. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the effect on stall and recovery characteristics of: * wing sweep (consider both
forward and backward sweep); * T-tailed aeroplane; * canards. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe super-stall or deep-stall. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the philosophy behind the stick pusher system. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the effect of ice, frost or snow on the stagnation point.
Explain the absence of stall warning. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the abnormal behaviour of the stall.
Describe and explain cause and effects of the stabiliser stall (negative tail stall). (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Describe when to expect in-flight icing. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain how the effect is changed when retracting/extending lift augmentation devices.
Describe how to recover from a stall after a configuration change caused by in-flight icing.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the effect of a contaminated wing. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain what “on-ground” icing is. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the aerodynamic effects of de/anti-ice fluid after the holdover time has been reached.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the aerodynamic effects of heavy tropical rain on stall speed and drag. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Explain how to avoid spins. (Moved to 081.03.01.06.01)
List the factors that cause a spin to develop. (Moved to 081.03.01.06.02)
Describe spin development, recognition and recovery. (Moved to 081.03.01.06.03)
Describe the differences in recovery techniques for aeroplanes that have different mass
distributions between the wing and the fuselage. (Moved to 081.03.01.06.04)

343 Explain the difference between the power-off and power-on stalls and recovery.
344 Describe the stall and recovery in a climbing and descending turn.
345 Describe the effect on stall and recovery characteristics of: * wing sweep (consider both
forward and backward sweep); * T-tailed aeroplane; * canards.
346 Describe super-stall or deep-stall.
347 Describe the philosophy behind the stick pusher system.
348 Explain the absence of stall warning.

349 Describe and explain cause and effects of the stabiliser stall (negative tail stall).

350 Describe when to expect in-flight icing.

351 Explain how the effect is changed when retracting/extending lift augmentation devices.
352 Describe how to recover from a stall after a configuration change caused by in-flight icing.
353 Explain the effect of a contaminated wing.
354 Explain what “on-ground” icing is.

355 Describe the aerodynamic effects of de/anti-ice fluid after the holdover time has been reached.
356 Describe the aerodynamic effects of heavy tropical rain on stall speed and drag.

357
358 Explain how to avoid spins.
359 List the factors that cause a spin to develop.
360 Describe spin development, recognition and recovery.
361 Describe the differences in recovery techniques for aeroplanes that have different mass
distributions between the wing and the fuselage.
362
363
364 Explain shock induced separation, shock stall and describe its relationship with Mach buffet.
(Moved from 081 02 03 02 (01)
Define shock stall. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Remark: For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the following description is used for
shock stall: Shock stall occurs when the lift coefficient, as a function of Mach number, reaches
its maximum value (for a given angle of attack).

365 Define shock stall.

Remark: For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the following description is used for
shock stall: Shock stall occurs when the lift coefficient, as a function of Mach number, reaches its
maximum value (for a given angle of attack).

366 Buffet onset

367 Moved from 081.02.04.00.01:
Explain the concept of buffet margin and describe the influence of the following parameters: *
angle of attack; * Mach number; *pressure altitude; * mass; * load factor; * angle of bank; * CG
location.
Explain how the buffet onset boundary chart can be used to determine manoeuvre capability.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the effect of exceeding the speed for buffet onset. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain aerodynamic ceiling and “coffin corner”. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the concept of the “1.3g” altitude. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Find (using an example graph): * buffet free range; * aerodynamic ceiling at a given mass; *
load factor and bank angle at which buffet occurs at a given mass, Mach number and pressure
altitude. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

368 Explain how the buffet onset boundary chart can be used to determine manoeuvre capability.
369 Describe the effect of exceeding the speed for buffet onset.
370 Explain aerodynamic ceiling and “coffin corner”.
371 Explain the concept of the “1.3g” altitude.
372 Find (using an example graph): * buffet free range; * aerodynamic ceiling at a given mass; *
load factor and bank angle at which buffet occurs at a given mass, Mach number and pressure
altitude.
373
374
375
376

377

378

379

380
381
382
383

384

385 STABILITY
386 Static and dynamic stability
387 Basics and definitions
388 Define static stability. Identify a statically stable, neutral and unstable condition (positive,
neutral and negative static stability).
Explain manoeuvrability. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why static stability is the opposite of manoeuvrability. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Define dynamic stability. Identify a dynamically stable, neutral and unstable motion (positive,
neutral and negative dynamic stability). Identify periodic and aperiodic motion.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain what combinations of static and dynamic stability will return an aeroplane to the
equilibrium state after a disturbance. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

389 Explain manoeuvrability.

390 Explain why static stability is the opposite of manoeuvrability.

391 Define dynamic stability. Identify a dynamically stable, neutral and unstable motion (positive,
neutral and negative dynamic stability). Identify periodic and aperiodic motion.
392 Explain what combinations of static and dynamic stability will return an aeroplane to the
equilibrium state after a disturbance.
393 Precondition for static stability
394 Explain an equilibrium of forces and moments as the condition for the concept of static
stability.
395 Sum of forces
396 Identify the forces considered in the equilibrium of forces.
397 Sum of moments
398 Identify the moments about all three axes considered in the equilibrium of moments.
Discuss effect of sum of moments not being zero. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
399 Discuss effect of sum of moments not being zero.
400 Intentionally left blank
401 Static and dynamic longitudinal stability
402 Methods for achieving balance
403 Explain the stabiliser and the canard as the means to satisfy the condition of nullifying the total
sum of the moments about the lateral axis.
Explain the influence of the location of the wing centre of pressure relative to the centre of
gravity on the magnitude and direction of the balancing force on stabiliser and canard.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of the indicated airspeed on the magnitude and direction of the balancing
force on stabiliser and canard. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of the balancing force on the magnitude of the wing/fuselage lift.
Explain the use of the elevator deflection or stabiliser angle for the generation of the balancing
force.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the elevator deflection required to balance thrust changes. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

404 Explain the influence of the location of the wing centre of pressure relative to the centre of
gravity on the magnitude and direction of the balancing force on stabiliser and canard.
405 Explain the influence of the indicated airspeed on the magnitude and direction of the balancing
force on stabiliser and canard.
406 Explain the use of the elevator deflection or stabiliser angle for the generation of the balancing
force.
407 Explain the elevator deflection required to balance thrust changes.
408 Static longitudinal stability
409 Explain the changes in aerodynamic forces when varying angle of attack for a static
longitudinally stable aeroplane.
Discuss effect of CG location on pitch manoeuvrability.
410 Neutral point
411 Define neutral point.
Explain why the location of the neutral point is only dependent on the aerodynamic design of
the aeroplane. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
412 Explain why the location of the neutral point is only dependent on the aerodynamic design of
the aeroplane.
413 Factors affecting neutral point
414 Indicate the location of the neutral point relative to the locations of the aerodynamic centre of
the wing and tail/canard.
Explain the influence of the downwash variations with angle of attack variation on the location
of the neutral point.
Explain the contribution of engine nacelles.

415 Location of centre of gravity (CG)

416 Explain the influence of the CG location on static longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.
Explain the CG forward and aft limits with respect to: * longitudinal control forces; * elevator
effectiveness; * stability. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define static margin. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

417 Explain the CG forward and aft limits with respect to: * longitudinal control forces; * elevator
effectiveness; * stability.
418 Define static margin.
419 The Cm – a graph
420 Define the aerodynamic pitching moment coefficient (C m).
Describe the Cm – a graph with respect to: * positive and negative sign; * linear relationship; *
angle of attack for equilibrium state; * relationship between the slope of the graph and static
stability.

421 Factors affecting the Cm – a graph

422 Explain:
the effect on the Cm – a graph of a shift of CG in the forward and aft direction.
The effect on the Cm – a graph when the elevator is moved up or down.
The effect on the Cm – a graph when the trim is moved.
The effect of the wing contribution and how it is affected by CG location.
The effect of the fuselage contribution and how it is affected by CG location.
The tail contribution.
The effect of aerofoil camber change.

423 The elevator position versus speed graph (IAS)

424 Describe the elevator position speed graph.
Explain:
the gradient of the elevator position speed graph;
the influence of the airspeed on the stick position stability.

425 Factors affecting the elevator position – speed graph

426 Explain the contribution on the elevator position – speed graph of:
location of centre of gravity;
trim (trim tab and stabiliser trim);
high lift devices.

427 The stick force versus speed graph (IAS)

428 Define the stick force speed graph.
Describe the minimum gradient for stick force versus speed that is required for certification
according to CS-23 and CS-25.
Explain the importance of the stick force gradient for good flying qualities of an aeroplane.
Identify the trim speed in the stick force speed graph.
Explain how a pilot perceives stable static longitudinal stick force stability.

429 Factors affecting the stick force versus speed graph

430 Explain the contribution of:
location of the centre of gravity;
trim (trim tab and stabiliser trim);
down spring. bob weight;
friction.

431 Explain the contribution of Mach number - (Ref 081 02 03 04)

432 The manoeuvring stability/stick force per g
433 Define the stick force per g.
Explain why: the stick force per g has a prescribed minimum and maximum value; the stick
force per g decreases with pressure altitude at the same indicated airspeed. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
434 Explain why: the stick force per g has a prescribed minimum and maximum value; the stick
force per g decreases with pressure altitude at the same indicated airspeed.
435 Intentionally left blank
436 Factors affecting the manoeuvring stability/stick force per g
437 Explain the influence on stick force per g of: CG location; trim setting;
a down spring in the control system;
a bob weight in the control system.
438 Stick force per g and the limit load factor
439 Explain why the prescribed minimum and maximum values of the stick force per g are
dependent on the limit load factor.
Calculate the stick force to achieve a certain load factor at a given manoeuvre stability.
440 Dynamic longitudinal stability
441 Describe the phugoid and short period motion in terms of period, damping, variations (if
applicable) in speed, altitude and angle of attack.
Explain why short period motion is more important for flying qualities than the phugoid.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define and describe pilot induced oscillations. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the effect of high altitude on dynamic stability. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the influence of the CG location on dynamic longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

442 Explain why short period motion is more important for flying qualities than the phugoid.
443 Define and describe pilot induced oscillations.
444 Explain the effect of high altitude on dynamic stability.
445 Describe the influence of the CG location on dynamic longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.
446 Static directional stability
447
448 Define static directional stability.
Explain the effects of static directional stability being too weak or too strong. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
449 Explain the effects of static directional stability being too weak or too strong.
450 Sideslip angle ß
451 Define sideslip angle.
Identify b as the symbol used for the sideslip angle. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
452 Identify β as the symbol used for the sideslip angle.
453 Yaw-moment coefficient Cn
454 Define the yawing moment coefficient C n.
Define the relationship between C n and b for an aeroplane with static directional stability.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

455 Define the relationship between C n and b for an aeroplane with static directional stability.
456 Cn – ß graph
457 Explain why:
- Cn depends on the angle of sideslip;
- Cn equals zero for that angle of sideslip that provides static equilibrium about the aeroplane's
normal axis;
- if no asymmetric engine thrust, flight control or loading condition prevails, the equilibrium
angle of sideslip equals zero.
Identify how the slope of the C n – b graph is a measure for static directional stability.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
458 Identify how the slope of the C n – b graph is a measure for static directional stability.
459
460 Factors affecting static directional stability
461 Describe how the following aeroplane components contribute to static directional stability:
- wing;
- fin;
- dorsal fin;
- ventral fin
- angle of sweep of the wing;
- angle of sweep of the fin;
- fuselage at high angles of attack;
- strakes.
Explain why both the fuselage and the fin contribution reduce static directional stability when
the CG moves aft. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

462 Explain why both the fuselage and the fin contribution reduce static directional stability when
the CG moves aft.
463 Static lateral stability
464
465 Define static lateral stability.
Explain the effects of static lateral stability being too weak or too strong. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
466 Explain the effects of static lateral stability being too weak or too strong.
467 Bank angle Ø
468 Define bank angle Ø.
469 The roll-moment coefficient Cl
470 Define the roll moment coefficient C l.
471 Contribution of sideslip angle (β)
472 Explain how without co-ordination, the bank angle creates sideslip angle.
473 The Cl-β graph
474 The Cl–β graph.
Identify the slope of the Cl–β graph as a measure for static lateral stability. (Renumbered
within the subject)
475 Identify the slope of the Cl–β graph as a measure for static lateral stability.
476
477 Factors affecting static lateral stability
478 Explain the contribution to the static lateral stability of:
- dihedral, anhedral;
- high wing, low wing;
- sweep angle of the wing;
- ventral fin;
- vertical tail.
Define dihedral effect.

479 Dynamic lateral/directional stability

480 Effects of asymmetric propeller slipstream
481 Tendency to spiral dive
482 Explain how lateral and directional stability are coupled.
Explain how high static directional stability and a low static lateral stability may cause spiral
divergence (unstable spiral dive) and under which conditions the spiral dive mode is neutral or
stable. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe an unstable spiral dive mode with respect to deviations in speed, bank angle, nose low
pitch attitude and decreasing altitude.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

483 Explain how high static directional stability and a low static lateral stability may cause spiral
divergence (unstable spiral dive) and under which conditions the spiral dive mode is neutral or
stable.
484 Describe an unstable spiral dive mode with respect to deviations in speed, bank angle, nose low
pitch attitude and decreasing altitude.
485 Dutch roll
486 Describe Dutch roll.
Explain: why Dutch roll occurs when the static lateral stability is large compared with static
directional stability; the condition for a stable, neutral or unstable Dutch roll motion; the
function of the yaw damper; actions to be taken in case of non-availability of the yaw damper.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

487 Explain: why Dutch roll occurs when the static lateral stability is large compared with static
directional stability; the condition for a stable, neutral or unstable Dutch roll motion; the
function of the yaw damper; actions to be taken in case of non-availability of the yaw damper.

488 State effect of Mach number on Dutch roll.

489 Effects of altitude on dynamic stability
490 Explain that increased pressure altitude reduces dynamic lateral/directional stability.
491 CONTROL
492 General
493 Basics — The three planes and three axes
494 Define: lateral axis; longitudinal axis; normal axis.
Define:pitch angle; bank angle; yaw angle. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the motion about the three axes. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Name and describe the devices that control these motions. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
495 Define:pitch angle; bank angle; yaw angle.
496 Describe the motion about the three axes.
497 Name and describe the devices that control these motions.
498 Camber change
499 Explain how camber is changed by movement of a control surface.
500 Angle-of-attack change
501 Explain the influence of local angle of attack change by movement of a control surface.
502 Pitch (longitudinal) control
503 Elevator/all-flying tails
504 Explain the working principle of the elevator/all flying tail and describe its function.
Describe the loads on the tailplane over the whole speed range.
505 Downwash effects
506 Explain the effect of downwash on the tailplane angle of attack.
Explain in this context the use of a T-tail or stabiliser trim. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
507 Explain in this context the use of a T-tail or stabiliser trim.
508 Ice on tail
509 Explain how ice can change the aerodynamic characteristics of the tailplane.
Explain how this can affect the tail's proper function.
510 Location of centre of gravity
511 Explain the relationship between elevator deflection and CG location to produce a given
aeroplane response.
Explain effect of forward CG limit on pitch control. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
512 Explain effect of forward CG limit on pitch control.
513 Moments due to engine thrust
514 Describe the effect of engine thrust on pitching moments for different engine locations.
515 Yaw (directional) control
516
517 Explain the working principle of the rudder and describe its function: State the relationship
between rudder deflection and the moment about the normal axis; Describe the effect of
sideslip on the moment about the normal axis.
518 Rudder limiting
519 Explain why and how rudder deflection is limited on transport aeroplanes.
520 Roll (lateral) control
521 Ailerons
522 Explain the functioning of ailerons.
Describe the adverse effects of ailerons. (refer to 081 05 04 04 and 081 06 01 02).
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain in this context the use of inboard and outboard ailerons. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain outboard aileron lockout and conditions under which this feature is used. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Describe the use of aileron deflection in normal flight, flight with sideslip, cross wind landings,
horizontal turns, flight with one engine out.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define roll rate. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
List the factors that affect roll rate. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Flaperons, aileron droop. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

523 Describe the adverse effects of ailerons. (refer to 081 05 04 04 and 081 06 01 02)
524 Explain in this context the use of inboard and outboard ailerons.
525 Explain outboard aileron lockout and conditions under which this feature is used.

526 Describe the use of aileron deflection in normal flight, flight with sideslip, cross wind landings,
horizontal turns, flight with one engine out.
527 Define roll rate.
528 List the factors that affect roll rate.
529 Flaperons, aileron droop.
530 Intentionally left blank
531 Spoilers
532 Explain how spoilers can be used to control the rolling movement in combination with or
instead of the ailerons.
533 Adverse yaw
534 Explain how the use of ailerons induces adverse yaw.
535 Means to avoid adverse yaw
536 Explain how the following reduce adverse yaw: Frise ailerons; - differential aileron deflection;
rudder aileron cross-coupling; roll spoilers.
537 Roll/yaw interaction
538 Explain roll/yaw interaction
539 Explain the secondary effect of roll.
Explain the secondary effect of yaw. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
540 Explain the secondary effect of yaw.
541 Means to reduce control forces
542 Aerodynamic balance
543 Describe the purpose of aerodynamic balance.
Describe the working principle of the nose and horn balance. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the working principle of internal balance. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the working principle and the application of: balance tab; anti-balance tab; spring tab;
servo tab. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

544 Describe the working principle of the nose and horn balance.
545 Describe the working principle of internal balance.
546 Describe the working principle and the application of: balance tab; anti-balance tab; spring tab;
servo tab.
547 Artificial means
548 Describe fully powered controls.
Describe power assisted controls. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why artificial feel is required. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the inputs to an artificial feel system.

549 Describe power assisted controls.

550 Explain why artificial feel is required.
551 Mass balance
552 Refer to 081 06 01 01 for mass balance.
Refer to 081 04 03 11 and 081 04 03 14 for bob weight.
553 Trimming
554 Reasons to trim
555 State the reasons for trimming devices.
Explain the difference between a trim tab and the various balance tabs. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
556 Explain the difference between a trim tab and the various balance tabs.
557 Trim tabs
558 Describe the working principle of a trim tab including cockpit indications.
559 Stabiliser trim
560 Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a stabiliser trim compared with a trim tab.
Explain elevator deflection when the aeroplane is trimmed in the case of fully powered and
power assisted pitch controls. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the factors influencing stabiliser setting. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of take-off stabiliser trim setting on rotation characteristics and stick force
during take-off rotation at extremes of CG position. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Discuss the effects of jammed and runaway stabiliser. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the landing considerations with a jammed stabiliser. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

561 Explain elevator deflection when the aeroplane is trimmed in the case of fully powered and
power assisted pitch controls.
562 Explain the factors influencing stabiliser setting.
563 Explain the influence of take-off stabiliser trim setting on rotation characteristics and stick force
during take-off rotation at extremes of CG position.
564 Discuss the effects of jammed and runaway stabiliser.
565 Explain the landing considerations with a jammed stabiliser.
566 LIMITATIONS
567 Operating limitations
568 Flutter
569 Describe the phenomenon of flutter and list the factors:
- elasticity;
- backlash;
- aero-elastic coupling;
- mass distribution;
- structural properties;
- IAS.
List the flutter modes of an aeroplane:
- wing;
- tailplane;
- fin;
- control surfaces including tabs.
Describe the use of mass balance to alleviate the flutter problem by adjusting the mass
distribution: wing mounted pylons; control surface mass balance. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
List the possible actions in the case of flutter in flight. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

570 Describe the use of mass balance to alleviate the flutter problem by adjusting the mass
distribution: wing mounted pylons; control surface mass balance.
571 List the possible actions in the case of flutter in flight.

572 Aileron reversal

573 Describe the phenomenon of aileron reversal: at low speeds; at high speeds. Describe the
aileron reversal speed in relationship to V NE and VNO.
574 Landing gear/flap operating
575 Describe the reason for flap/landing gear limitations. define V LO; define VLE.
Explain why there is a difference between V LO and VLE in the case of some aeroplane types.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define VFE. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe flap design features to prevent overload. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

576 Explain why there is a difference between V LO and VLE in the case of some aeroplane types.
577 Define VFE.
578 Describe flap design features to prevent overload.
579 VMO, VNO, and VNE
580 Define VMO, VNO, VNE.
Describe the differences between V MO, VNO and VNE. (Renumbered within the subject)
Explain the dangers of flying at speeds close to V NE. (Renumbered within the subject)

581 Describe the differences between V MO, VNO and VNE.

582 Explain the dangers of flying at speeds close to VNE.

583 MMO
584 Define MMO and state its limiting factors.
585 Manoeuvring envelope
586 Manoeuvring-load diagram
587 Describe the manoeuvring load diagram.
Define limit and ultimate load factor and explain what can happen if these values are exceeded.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define VA, VC, VD. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Identify the varying features on the diagram: load factor ‘n’; speed scale, equivalent airspeed,
EAS. CLMAX boundary; accelerated stall speed refer to 081 01 08 02. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the relationship between V MO and VC. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
State all the manoeuvring limit load factors applicable for CS-23 and CS-25 aeroplanes.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the relationship between V A and VS in a formula. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the adverse consequences of exceeding V A. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

588 Define limit and ultimate load factor and explain what can happen if these values are exceeded.
589 Define VA, VC, VD.
590 Identify the varying features on the diagram: load factor ‘n’; speed scale, equivalent airspeed,
EAS. CLMAX boundary; accelerated stall speed refer to 081 01 08 02.

591 Describe the relationship between V MO and VC.

592 State all the manoeuvring limit load factors applicable for CS-23 and CS-25 aeroplanes.
593 Explain the relationship between V A and VS in a formula.
594 Explain the adverse consequences of exceeding VA.

595 Factors affecting the manoeuvring-load diagram

596 State the relationship of mass to: load factor limits; accelerated stall speed limit; V A and VC.
Explain the relationship between VA, aeroplane mass and altitude.
Calculate the change of VA with changing mass. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

597 Calculate the change of VA with changing mass.

598 Describe the effect of altitude on Mach number, with respect to limitations.
Explain why VA loses significance at higher altitude where compressibility effects occur.
Define MC and MD and its relation with VC and VD. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

599 Define MC and MD and its relation with VC and VD.

600 Gust envelope
601 Gust-load diagram
602 Recognise a typical gust load diagram.
Identify the various features shown on the diagram:- gust load factor ‘n’;- speed scale,
equivalent airspeed and EAS;
- CLMAX boundary; - vertical gust velocities; - relationship of VB to VC and VD; - gust limit load
factor. Define VRA, VB.
Discuss considerations for the selection of this speed. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain adverse effects on the aeroplane when flying in turbulence. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

603 Discuss considerations for the selection of this speed.

604 Explain adverse effects on the aeroplane when flying in turbulence.
605 Factors affecting the gust-load diagram
606 Explain the relationship between the gust load factor, lift curve slope, density ratio, wing
loading, EAS and equivalent vertical sharp edged gust velocity and perform relevant
calculations.
607 PROPELLERS
608 Conversion of engine torque to thrust
609
610 Explain resolution of aerodynamic force on a propeller blade element into lift and drag or into
thrust and torque.
Describe propeller thrust and torque and their variation with IAS. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

611 Describe propeller thrust and torque and their variation with IAS.
612 Relevant propeller parameters
613 Describe the geometry of a typical propeller blade element at the reference section:
- blade chord line;
- propeller rotational velocity vector;
- true airspeed vector;
- blade angle of attack;
- pitch or blade angle;
- advance or helix angle;
- define geometric pitch, effective pitch and propeller slip.
Remark: For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the following definition is used for
geometric pitch: the theoretical distance a propeller would advance in one revolution at zero
blade angle of attack.
Define fine and coarse pitch. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

614 Define fine and coarse pitch.

615 Blade twist
616 Define blade twist.
Explain why blade twist is necessary. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
617 Explain why blade twist is necessary.
618 Fixed pitch and variable pitch/constant speed
619 List the different types of propeller: fixed pitch; adjustable pitch or variable pitch (non-
governing); variable pitch (governing)/constant speed.
Discuss advantages and disadvantages of fixed pitch and constant speed propellers.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Discuss climb and cruise propellers. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the relationship between blade angle, blade angle of attack and airspeed for fixed and
variable pitch propellers. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Given a diagram, explain the forces acting on a rotating blade element in normal, feathered,
windmilling and reverse operation. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the effects of changing propeller pitch at constant IAS. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

620 Discuss advantages and disadvantages of fixed pitch and constant speed propellers.
621 Discuss climb and cruise propellers.
622 Explain the relationship between blade angle, blade angle of attack and airspeed for fixed and
variable pitch propellers.
623 Given a diagram, explain the forces acting on a rotating blade element in normal, feathered,
windmilling and reverse operation.
624 Explain the effects of changing propeller pitch at constant IAS.
625 Propeller efficiency versus speed
626 Define propeller efficiency.
Explain the relationship between propeller efficiency and speed (TAS). (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Plot propeller efficiency against speed for the types of propellers listed in 081 07 01 03 above.
Explain the relationship between blade angle and thrust. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
627 Explain the relationship between propeller efficiency and speed (TAS).

628 Explain the relationship between blade angle and thrust.

629 Effects of ice on propeller
630 Describe the effects of ice on a propeller.
631 Engine failure
632 Windmilling drag
633 List the effects of an inoperative engine on the performance and controllability of an
aeroplane:thrust loss/drag increase; influence on yaw moment during asymmetric power.
634 Feathering
635 Explain the reasons for feathering and the effect on performance and controllability.
Influence on yaw moment during asymmetric power. (Covered by LO 081.07.02.01.01)

636 Design features for power absorption

637
638 Describe the factors of propeller design that increase power absorption.
639 Aspect ratio of blade
640 Define ‘blade-aspect ratio’.
641 Diameter of propeller
642 Explain the reasons for restricting propeller diameter.
643 Number of blades
644 Define “solidity”.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of increasing the number of blades. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
645 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of increasing the number of blades.
646 Propeller noise
647 Explain how propeller noise can be minimised.
648 Secondary effects of propellers
649 Torque reaction
650 Describe the effects of engine/propeller torque.
Describe the following methods for counteracting engine/propeller torque: counter-rotating
propellers; contra-rotating propellers. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
651 Describe the following methods for counteracting engine/propeller torque: counter-rotating
propellers; contra-rotating propellers.
652 Gyroscopic precession
653 Describe what causes gyroscopic precession.
Describe the effect on the aeroplane due to the gyroscopic effect. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
654 Describe the effect on the aeroplane due to the gyroscopic effect.
655 Asymmetric slipstream effect
656 Describe the possible asymmetric effects of the rotating propeller slipstream.
657 Asymmetric blade effect
658 Explain the asymmetric blade effect (also called P-factor).
Explain influence of direction of rotation on critical engine on twin engine aeroplanes.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
659 Explain influence of direction of rotation on critical engine on twin engine aeroplanes.
660
661
662

663

664 FLIGHT MECHANICS

665 Forces acting on an aeroplane
666 Straight, horizontal, steady flight
667 Describe the forces acting on an aeroplane in straight horizontal steady flight.
List the four forces and state where they act. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain how the four forces are balanced. Describe the function of the tailplane. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)

668 List the four forces and state where they act.
669 Explain how the four forces are balanced. Describe the function of the tailplane.
670 Straight, steady climb
671 Define γ flight path angle.
Describe the relationship between pitch attitude, flight path angle and angle of attack for the
zero wind, zero bank and sideslip conditions. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the forces acting on an aeroplane in a straight steady climb. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula relating
to the parallel forces (T = D + W sin γ). Apply the formula relating to the perpendicular forces
(L = W cos γ). (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why thrust is greater than drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why lift is less than weight. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the formula (for small angles) giving the relationship between flight path angle, thrust,
weight and lift/drag ratio and use this formula for simple calculations. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Explain how IAS, angle of attack and flight path angle change in a climb performed with
constant pitch attitude and normal thrust decay with altitude. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

672 Describe the relationship between pitch attitude, flight path angle and angle of attack for the
zero wind, zero bank and sideslip conditions.
673 Describe the forces acting on an aeroplane in a straight steady climb.
674 Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula relating
to the parallel forces (T = D + W sin γ). Apply the formula relating to the perpendicular forces
(L = W cos γ).
675 Explain why thrust is greater than drag.
676 Explain why lift is less than weight.
677 Explain the formula (for small angles) giving the relationship between flight path angle, thrust,
weight and lift/drag ratio and use this formula for simple calculations.
678 Explain how IAS, angle of attack and flight path angle change in a climb performed with
constant pitch attitude and normal thrust decay with altitude.
679 Straight, steady descent
680 Describe the forces acting on an aeroplane in a straight steady descent.
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula parallel
to the direction of flight (T = D - W sin γ). Apply the formula relating to the perpendicular forces
(L = W cos γ). (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why lift is less than weight. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why thrust is less than drag. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
681 Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula parallel
to the direction of flight (T = D - W sin γ). Apply the formula relating to the perpendicular forces
(L = W cos γ).
682 Explain why lift is less than weight.
683 Explain why thrust is less than drag.
684 Straight, steady glide
685 Describe the forces acting on an aeroplane in a straight steady glide.
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula for
forces parallel to the direction of flight (D = W sin γ). Apply the formula for forces perpendicular
to the direction of flight (L = W cos γ). (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the relationship between the glide angle and the lift/drag ratio. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
Describe the relationship between angle of attack and the best lift/drag ratio. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Explain the effect of wind component on glide angle, duration and distance. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Explain the effect of mass change on glide angle, duration and distance. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
Explain the effect of configuration change on glide angle, duration and distance. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Describe the relation between TAS and sink rate including minimum glide angle and minimum
sink rate. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

686 Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula for
forces parallel to the direction of flight (D = W sin γ). Apply the formula for forces perpendicular
to the direction of flight (L = W cos γ).

687 Describe the relationship between the glide angle and the lift/drag ratio.

688 Describe the relationship between angle of attack and the best lift/drag ratio.
689 Explain the effect of wind component on glide angle, duration and distance.
690 Explain the effect of mass change on glide angle, duration and distance.

691 Explain the effect of configuration change on glide angle, duration and distance.
692 Describe the relation between TAS and sink rate including minimum glide angle and minimum
sink rate.
693

694

695 Steady, coordinated turn

696 Describe the forces acting on an aeroplane in a steady co-ordinated turn.
Resolve the forces acting horizontally and vertically during a co-ordinated turn (tan φ = V 2 / gR).
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Describe the difference between a co-ordinated and an unco-ordinated turn and explain how to
correct an unco-ordinated turn using turn and slip indicator.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain why the angle of bank is independent of mass and only depends on TAS and radius of
turn. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Resolve the forces to show that for a given angle of bank the radius of turn is determined solely
by airspeed (tan φ = V2 / gR). (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Calculate the turn radius, load factor and the time for a complete turn for relevant parameters
given for a steady turn. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Discuss effects of bank angle on: load factor; angle of attack; thrust; drag. (Renumbered
within the subject)
Define angular velocity. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Define rate of turn and rate one turn. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the influence of TAS on rate of turn at a given bank angle. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)

697 Resolve the forces acting horizontally and vertically during a co-ordinated turn (tan φ = V 2 / gR).
698 Describe the difference between a co-ordinated and an unco-ordinated turn and explain how to
correct an unco-ordinated turn using turn and slip indicator.
699 Explain why the angle of bank is independent of mass and only depends on TAS and radius of
turn.
700 Resolve the forces to show that for a given angle of bank the radius of turn is determined solely
by airspeed (tan φ = V2 / gR).
701 Calculate the turn radius, load factor and the time for a complete turn for relevant parameters
given for a steady turn.
702 Discuss effects of bank angle on: load factor; angle of attack; thrust; drag.
703 Define angular velocity.
704 Define rate of turn and rate-one turn.
705 Explain the influence of TAS on rate of turn at a given bank angle.
706
707

708
709 Asymmetric thrust
710
711 Describe the effects on the aeroplane during flight with asymmetric thrust including both jet
engine and propeller driven aeroplanes.
Discuss critical engine, include effect of crosswind when on the ground. (Renumbered within
the paragraph)
Explain effect of steady asymmetric flight on a conventional (ball) slip indicator. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)

712 Discuss critical engine, include effect of crosswind when on the ground.

713 Explain effect of steady asymmetric flight on a conventional (ball) slip indicator.

714 Moments about the normal axis

715 Describe the moments about the normal axis. (Covered in 081.08.02.02.01)
Explain the yawing moments about the CG.
Describe the change to yawing moment caused by power changes. (Renumbered within the
paragraph)
Describe the changes to yawing moment caused by engine distance from CG. (Renumbered
within the paragraph)
Describe the methods to achieve balance. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

716 Describe the change to yawing moment caused by power changes.

717 Describe the changes to yawing moment caused by engine distance from CG.
718 Describe the methods to achieve balance.
719 Intentionally left blank
720 Forces parallel to the lateral axis
721 Explain: the force on the vertical fin; the fuselage side force due to sideslip; the use of bank
angle to tilt the lift vector.
Explain how bank angle and sideslip are related in a steady asymmetric flight.
Explain why the bank angle must be limited. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain the effect on fin angle of attack due to sideslip. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

722 Explain why the bank angle must be limited.

723 Explain the effect on fin angle of attack due to sideslip.

724 Influence of aeroplane mass
725 Explain why controllability with one engine inoperative is a typical problem encountered at low
aeroplane mass.
726 Intentionally left blank
727 Secondary propeller effects
728 Describe propeller effects:
- slip stream;
- torque reaction;
- asymmetric blade effect.

729 Intentionally left blank

730 VMCA
731 Define VMCA.
Describe how VMCA is determined. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain influence of CG location. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

732 Describe how VMCA is determined.

733 Explain influence of CG location.
734 Minimum control speed during approach and landing (VMCL)
735 Define VMCL.
Describe how VMCL is determined. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain influence of CG location. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

736 Describe how VMCL is determined.

737 Explain influence of CG location.
738 Minimum control speed on the ground (VMCG)
739 Define VMCG.
Describe how VMCG is determined. (Renumbered within the paragraph)
Explain influence of CG location. (Renumbered within the paragraph)

740 Describe how VMCG is determined.

741 Explain influence of CG location.
742 Influence of density
743 Describe the influence of density.
Explain why VMCA, VMCL and VMCG reduce with an increase in altitude and temperature.
(Renumbered within the paragraph)

744 Explain why VMCA, VMCL and VMCG reduce with an increase in altitude and temperature.
745 Particular points on a polar curve
746 Identify and explain
747 Identify particular points on a polar curve and explain their significance, assuming a parabolic
approximation.
plit into multiple new ones. Although in most cases the resulting "new" LOs are placed in the same syllabus paragraph, this is not alway

Old syllabus New syllabus Moved to/from

reference reference another subject

081.00.00.00 081.00.00.00
081.01.00.00 081.01.00.00
081.01.01.00 081.01.01.00
081.01.01.01 081.01.01.01
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.01

081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.02
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.03

081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.04
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.05
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.06
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.07
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.08
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.09
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.10

081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.11
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.12

081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.13

081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.14
081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.15

081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.16

081.01.01.01.01 081.01.01.01.17
081.01.01.02 081.01.01.02
081.01.01.02.01 081.01.01.02.01

081.01.01.02.01 081.01.01.02.02
081.01.01.02.01 081.01.01.02.03
081.01.01.02.01 081.01.01.02.04
081.01.01.03 081.01.01.03
081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.01

081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.02
081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.03
081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.04
081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.05
081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.06
081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.07
081.01.01.03.01 081.01.01.03.08
081.01.01.04 081.01.01.04
081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.01

081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.02
081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.03
081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.04

081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.05
081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.06
081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.07
081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.08
081.01.01.04.01 081.01.01.04.09
081.01.01.05 081.01.01.05
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.01

081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.02
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.03
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.04
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.05
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.06
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.07
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.08
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.09
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.10
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.11
081.01.01.05.01 081.01.01.05.12
 081.01.02.00 081.01.02.00
081.01.02.01 081.01.02.01
081.01.02.01.01 081.01.02.01.01

081.01.02.01.01 081.01.02.01.02
081.01.02.01.01 081.01.02.01.03
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.02.01.03
081.01.02.02 081.01.02.02
081.01.02.02.01 081.01.02.02.01

081.01.02.02.01 081.01.02.02.02
081.01.02.03 081.01.02.03
081.01.02.03.01 081.01.02.03.01

081.01.02.03.01 081.01.02.03.02
081.01.02.04 081.01.02.04
081.01.02.04.01 081.01.02.04.01
081.01.02.05 081.01.02.05
081.01.02.05.01 081.01.03.02.01

081.01.02.06 081.01.02.06
081.01.02.06.01 081.01.02.06.01

081.01.02.06.01 081.01.02.06.02
081.01.02.06.01 081.01.02.06.03
081.01.02.06.01 081.01.02.06.04
081.01.02.07 081.01.02.07
081.01.02.07.01 081.01.02.07.01
081.01.02.08 081.01.02.08
081.01.02.08.01
081.01.02.09 081.01.02.09
081.01.02.09.01 081.01.02.09.01

081.01.02.09.01 081.01.02.09.02

081.01.03.00 081.01.03.00
 081.01.03.01
081.01.03.00.01 081.01.03.01.01
081.01.03.01 081.01.03.02
081.01.03.01.01 081.01.03.02.01

081.01.02.05.01 081.01.03.02.01
081.01.03.01.01 081.01.03.02.02

081.01.03.01.01 081.01.03.02.03
081.01.03.01.01 081.01.03.02.04
081.01.03.02.05
081.01.03.02 081.01.03.03
081.01.03.02.01 081.01.03.03.01

081.01.03.02.01 081.01.03.03.02

081.01.04.00 081.01.04.00
081.01.04.01
081.01.04.00.01 081.01.04.01.01

081.01.04.00.01 081.01.04.01.02
081.01.04.01 081.01.04.02
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.01

081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.02
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.03
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.04
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.05
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.06
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.07
081.01.04.01.01 081.01.04.02.08
081.01.04.02 081.01.04.03
081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.01

081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.02

081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.03

081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.04
081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.05

081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.06
081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.07
081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.08
081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.09
081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.10

081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.11
081.01.04.02.01 081.01.04.03.12

081.01.03.02.01 081.01.04.03.13

081.01.03.02.01 081.01.04.03.14

081.01.03.02.01 081.01.04.03.15

081.01.03.02.01 081.01.04.03.16

081.01.05.00 081.01.05.00
081 01 05 01
081.01.05.00.01 081.01.05.01.01
081.01.05.01 081.01.05.02
081.01.05.01.01 081.01.05.02.01

081.01.05.01.01 081.01.05.02.02
081.01.05.01.01 081.01.05.02.03
081.01.05.01.01 081.01.05.02.04
081.01.05.02 081.01.05.03
081.01.05.02.01 081.01.05.03.01
081.01.05.03 081.01.05.04
081.01.05.03.01
081.01.05.04
081.01.05.05 081.01.05.05
081.01.05.05.01 081.01.05.05.01

081.01.05.05.01 081.01.05.05.02
081.01.05.06 081.01.05.06
081.01.05.07 081.01.05.07
081.01.05.07.01 081.01.05.07.01
081.01.05.07.01 081.01.05.07.02
081.01.05.07.01 081.01.05.07.03
081.01.05.07.01 081.01.05.07.04
081.01.05.07.01 081.01.05.07.05

081.01.06.00 081.01.06.00
081.01.06.01 081.01.06.01
081.01.06.00.01 081.01.06.01.01

081.01.06.01.01 081.01.06.01.02

081.01.06.01.01 081.01.06.01.03
081.01.06.02 081.01.06.02
081.01.06.02.01 081.01.06.02.01
081.01.06.03 081.01.06.03
081.01.06.03.01 081.01.06.03.01
081.01.06.04 081.01.06.04
081.01.06.04.01 081.01.06.04.01

081.01.06.04.01 081.01.06.04.02

081.01.07.00 081.01.07.00
081.01.07.01 081.01.07.01
081.01.07.01.01 081.01.07.01.01

081.01.07.02 081.01.07.02
081.01.07.02.01 081.01.07.02.01
081.01.08.00 081.01.08.00
081.01.08.01 081.01.08.01
081.01.08.01.01

081.01.08.02
081.01.08.02.01

081.01.08.03
081.01.08.03.01

081.01.08.04
081.01.08.04.01
 081.01.08.05
081.01.08.05.01

081.01.09.00 081.01.09.00
081.01.09.01 081.01.09.01
081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.01

081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.02

081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.03

081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.04

081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.05

081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.06
081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.07
081.01.09.01.01 081.01.09.01.08

081.01.09.01.09

081.01.09.02 081.01.09.02
081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.01

081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.02
081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.03
081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.04

081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.05

081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.06
081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.07
081.01.09.02.01 081.01.09.02.08

081.01.09.03 081.01.09.03
081.01.09.03.01 081.01.09.03.01

081.01.09.03.01 081.01.09.03.02
081.01.09.03.01 081.01.09.03.03
081.01.10.00 081.01.10.00
081.01.10.01 081.01.10.01
081.01.10.01.01 081.01.10.01.01

081.01.10.01.01 081.01.10.01.02
081.01.10.01.01 081.01.10.01.03
081.01.10.02 081.01.10.02
081.01.10.02.01 081.01.10.02.01

081.01.10.02.01 081.01.10.02.02
081.01.10.02.01 081.01.10.02.03
081.01.10.02.01 081.01.10.02.04
081.01.10.02.01 081.01.10.02.05
081.01.11.00 081.01.11.00
081 01 11 01
081.01.11.01.01
081 01 11 02
081.01.12.00 081.01.12.00
081.01.12.01 081.01.12.01
081.01.12.01.01 081.01.12.01.01

081.01.12.01.01 081.01.12.01.02

081.01.12.01.01 081.01.12.01.03
081.01.12.02 081.01.12.02
081.01.12.02.01 081.01.12.02.01

081.01.12.02.01 081.01.12.02.02
081.02.00.00 081.02.00.00
081.02.01.00 081.02.01.00
081.02.01.01 081.02.01.01
081.02.01.01.01 081.02.01.01.01

081.02.01.01.01 081.02.01.01.02
081.02.01.01.01 081.02.01.01.03
081.02.01.02 081.02.01.02
081.02.01.02.01 081.02.01.02.01
081.02.01.03 081.02.01.03
081.02.01.03.01 081.02.01.03.01

081.02.01.03.01 081.02.01.03.02

081.02.01.03.01 081.02.01.03.03

081.02.01.04 081.02.01.04
081.02.01.04.01 081.02.01.04.01

081.02.01.04.01 081.02.01.04.02

081.02.01.04.01 081.02.01.04.03
081.02.01.04.04
081.02.01.05 081.02.01.05
081.02.01.05.01 081.02.01.05.01

081.02.01.05.01 081.02.01.05.02
081.02.01.05.01 081.02.01.05.03

081.02.02.00 081.02.02.00
081.02.02.01
081.02.02.00.01 081.02.02.01.01
081.02.02.01 081.02.02.02
081.02.02.01.01 081.02.02.02.01

081.02.02.01.01 081.02.02.02.02
081.02.02.01.01 081.02.02.02.03

081.02.02.01.01 081.02.02.02.04

081.02.02.02
081.02.02.02.01

081.02.02.03
081.02.02.03.01

081.02.03.00 081.02.03.00
081.02.03.01 081.02.03.01
081.02.03.01.01 081.02.03.01.01

081.02.03.01.01 081.02.03.01.02

081.02.03.02 081.02.03.02
081.02.03.02.01 081.02.03.02.01

081.02.03.02.01 081.02.03.02.02

081.02.03.02.01 081.02.03.02.03
081.02.03.02.01 081.02.03.02.04
081.02.03.02.05

081.02.03.03 081.02.03.03
081.02.03.03.01 081.02.03.03.01

081.02.03.03.01 081.02.03.03.02
081.02.03.03.01 081.02.03.03.03
081.02.03.03.01 081.02.03.03.04

081.02.03.03.01 081.02.03.03.05
081.02.03.04 081.02.03.04
081.02.03.04.01 081.02.03.04.01

081.02.03.04.01 081.02.03.04.02

081.02.03.04.01 081.02.03.04.03

081.02.03.04.01 081.02.03.04.04
081.02.03.04.01 081.02.03.04.05
081.02.03.05 081.02.03.05
081.02.03.05.01 081.02.03.05.01
081.02.04.00 081.02.04.00
081.02.04.00.01 081.03.02.02

081.02.05.00 081.02.05.00
081.02.05.01 081.02.05.01
081.02.05.01.01 081.02.05.01.01

081.02.05.01.01 081.02.05.01.02

081.02.05.01.01 081.02.05.01.03
081.02.05.02 081.02.05.02
081.02.05.02.01 081.02.05.02.01

081.02.05.02.01 081.02.05.02.02
081.02.05.02.01 081.02.05.02.03
081.02.05.02.01 081.02.05.02.04
 081.02.05.03 081.02.05.03
081.02.05.03.01 081.02.05.03.01

081.02.05.04
081.02.05.04.01
081.03.00.00 081.03.00.00
081.01.08.00 081.03.01.00
081.01.08.01 081.03.01.01
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.01

081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.02
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.03
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.04
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.05
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.06

081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.07

081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.08
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.09
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.10
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.11

081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.12
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.13
081.01.08.01.01 081.03.01.01.14
081.01.08.02 081.03.01.02
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.01

081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.02
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.03

081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.04
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.05
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.06
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.07
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.08

081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.09
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.10
081.01.08.02.01 081.03.01.02.11
081.01.08.03 081.03.01.03
081.01.08.03.01 081.03.01.03.01
081.01.08.03.01 081.03.01.03.02
081.01.08.03.01 081.03.01.03.03
081.01.08.03.01 081.03.01.03.04

081.01.08.04 081.03.01.04
081.01.08.04.01 081.03.01.04.01

081.01.08.04.01 081.03.01.04.02
081.01.08.04.01 081.03.01.04.03
081.01.08.04.01 081.03.01.04.04

081.01.08.04.01 081.03.01.04.05
081.01.08.05 081.03.01.05
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.01

081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.02
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.03
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.04

081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.05
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.06
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.07

081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.08

081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.09
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.10
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.11
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.12
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.13

081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.14
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.05.15

081.03.01.06
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.06.01
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.06.02
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.06.03
081.01.08.05.01 081.03.01.06.04

081.03.02.00
081.03.02.01
081.02.03.02.01 081.03.02.01.01

081.02.03.02.01 081.03.02.01.02

081.02.04.00 081.03.02.02
081.02.04.00.01 081.03.02.02.01

081.02.04.00.01 081.03.02.02.02
081.02.04.00.01 081.03.02.02.03
081.02.04.00.01 081.03.02.02.04
081.02.04.00.01 081.03.02.02.05
081.02.04.00.01 081.03.02.02.06

081.03.02.02.07
081.03.03.00
081.03.03.01
081.03.03.01.01

081.03.03.01.02

081.03.03.01.03

081.03.03.01.04

081.03.04.00
081.03.04.01
081.03.04.01.01
081.03.04.01.02

081.03.04.01.03

081.04.00.00 081.04.00.00
081.04.01.00 081.04.01.00
081.04.01.01 081.04.01.01
081.04.01.01.01 081.04.01.01.01

081.04.01.01.01 081.04.01.01.02
081.04.01.01.01 081.04.01.01.03

081.04.01.01.01 081.04.01.01.04
081.04.01.01.01 081.04.01.01.05

081.04.01.02 081.04.01.02
081.03.01.02.01 081.04.01.02.01

081.04.01.03 081.04.01.03
081.04.01.03.01 081.04.01.03.01
081.04.01.04 081.04.01.04
081.04.01.04.01 081.04.01.04.01

081.04.01.04.01 081.04.01.04.02
081.04.02.00 081.04.02.00
081.04.03.00 081.04.03.00
081.04.03.01 081.04.03.01
081.04.03.01.01 081.04.03.01.01

081.04.03.01.01 081.04.03.01.02

081.04.03.01.01 081.04.03.01.03

081.04.03.01.01 081.04.03.01.04

081.04.03.01.01 081.04.03.01.05
081.04.03.02 081.04.03.02
081.04.03.02.01 081.04.03.02.01

081.04.03.03 081.04.03.03
081.04.03.03.01 081.04.03.03.01

081.04.03.03.01 081.04.03.03.02

081.04.03.04 081.04.03.04
081.04.03.04.01 081.04.03.04.01

081.04.03.05 081.04.03.05
081.04.03.05.01 081.04.03.05.01

081.04.03.05.01 081.04.03.05.02

081.04.03.05.01 081.04.03.05.03
081.04.03.06 081.04.03.06
081.04.03.06.01 081.04.03.06.01

081.04.03.07 081.04.03.07
081.04.03.07.01 081.04.03.07.01

081.04.03.08 081.04.03.08
081.04.03.08.01

081.04.03.09 081.04.03.09
081.04.03.09.01

081.04.03.10 081.04.03.10
081.04.03.10.01 081.04.03.10.01

081.04.03.11 081.04.03.11
081.04.03.11.01

081.04.03.11.02
081.04.03.12 081.04.03.12
081.04.03.12.01 081.04.03.12.01
081.04.03.12.01 081.04.03.12.02

081.04.03.13 081.04.03.13
081.04.03.14 081.04.03.14
081.04.03.14.01 081.04.03.14.01

081.04.03.15 081.04.03.15
081.04.03.15.01

081.04.03.16 081.04.03.16
081.04.03.16.01 081.04.03.16.01

081.04.03.16.01 081.04.03.16.02
081.04.03.16.01 081.04.03.16.03
081.04.03.16.01 081.04.03.16.04
081.04.03.16.01 081.04.03.16.05
081.04.04.00 081.04.04.00
081.04.04.01
081.04.04.00.01 081.04.04.01.01

081.04.04.00.01 081.04.04.01.02
081.04.04.01 081.04.04.02
081.04.04.01.01 081.04.04.02.01

081.04.04.01.01 081.04.04.02.02
081.04.04.02 081.04.04.03
081.04.04.02.01 081.04.04.03.01

081.04.04.02.01 081.04.04.03.02
081.04.04.03 081.04.04.04
081.04.04.03.01 081.04.04.04.01
081.04.04.03.01 081.04.04.04.02
081.04.04.04.03
081.04.04.04 081.04.04.05
081.04.04.04.01 081.04.04.05.01

081.04.04.04.01 081.04.04.05.02

081.04.05.00 081.04.05.00
081.04.05.01
081.04.05.00.01 081.04.05.01.01

081.04.05.00.01 081.04.05.01.02
081.04.05.01 081.04.05.02
081.04.05.01.01 081.04.05.02.01
081.04.05.02 081.04.05.03
081.04.05.02.01 081.04.05.03.01
081.04.05.03 081.04.05.04
081.04.05.03.01 081.04.05.04.01
081.04.05.04 081.04.05.05
081.04.05.04.01 081.04.05.05.01

081.04.05.04.01 081.04.05.05.02
081.04.05.05.03
081.04.05.05 081.04.05.06
081.04.05.05.01 081.04.05.06.01

081.04.06.00 081.04.06.00
081.04.06.01 081.04.06.01
081.04.06.02 081.04.06.02
081.04.06.02.01 081.04.06.02.01

081.04.06.02.01 081.04.06.02.02

081.04.06.02.01 081.04.06.02.03

081.04.06.03 081.04.06.03
081.04.06.03.01 081.04.06.03.01

081.04.06.03.01 081.04.06.03.02

081.04.06.03.02 081.04.06.03.03
081.04.06.04 081.04.06.04
081.04.06.04.01 081.04.06.04.01
081.05.00.00 081.05.00.00
081.05.01.00 081.05.01.00
081.05.01.01 081.05.01.01
081.05.01.01.01 081.05.01.01.01

081.05.01.01.01 081.05.01.01.02
081.05.01.01.01 081.05.01.01.03
081.05.01.01.01 081.05.01.01.04
081.05.01.02 081.05.01.02
081.05.01.02.01 081.05.01.02.01
081.05.01.03 081.05.01.03
081.05.01.03.01 081.05.01.03.01
081.05.02.00 081.05.02.00
081.05.02.01 081.05.02.01
081.05.02.01.01 081.05.02.01.01

081.05.02.02 081.05.02.02
081.05.02.02.01 081.05.02.02.01

081.05.02.02.01 081.05.02.02.02
081.05.02.03 081.05.02.03
081.05.02.03.01
 081.05.02.04 081.05.02.04
081.05.02.04.01 081.05.02.04.01

081.05.02.04.01 081.05.02.04.02
081.05.02.05 081.05.02.05
081.05.02.05.01 081.05.02.05.01
081.05.03.00 081.05.03.00
081.05.03.01
081.05.03.00.01 081.05.03.01.01

081.05.03.01 081.05.03.02
081.05.03.01.01 081.05.03.02.01
081.05.04.00 081.05.04.00
081.05.04.01 081.05.04.01
081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.01

081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.02
081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.03
081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.04

081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.05

081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.06
081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.07
081.05.04.01.01 081.05.04.01.08
081.05.04.02 081.05.04.02
081.05.04.03 081.05.04.03
081.05.04.03.01 081.05.04.03.01

081.05.04.04 081.05.04.04
081.05.04.04.01 081.05.04.04.01
081.05.04.05 081.05.04.05
081.05.04.05.01 081.05.04.05.01

081.05.05.00 081.05.05.00
081.05.05.01
081.05.05.00.01 081.05.05.01.01

081.05.05.00.01 081.05.05.01.02
081.05.06.00 081.05.06.00
081.05.06.01 081.05.06.01
081.05.06.01.01 081.05.06.01.01

081.05.06.01.01 081.05.06.01.02
081.05.06.01.01 081.05.06.01.03
081.05.06.01.01 081.05.06.01.04

081.05.06.02 081.05.06.02
081.05.06.02.01 081.05.06.02.01

081.05.06.02.01 081.05.06.02.02
081.05.06.02.01 081.05.06.02.03
081.05.07.00 081.05.07.00
081.05.07.00.01

081.05.08.00 081.05.08.00
081.05.08.01 081.05.08.01
081.05.08.01.01 081.05.08.01.01

081.05.08.01.01 081.05.08.01.02
081.05.08.02 081.05.08.02
081.05.08.02.01 081.05.08.02.01
081.05.08.03 081.05.08.03
081.05.08.03.01 081.05.08.03.01

081.05.08.03.01 081.05.08.03.02

081.05.08.03.01 081.05.08.03.03
081.05.08.03.01 081.05.08.03.04

081.05.08.03.01 081.05.08.03.05
081.05.08.03.01 081.05.08.03.06
 081.06.00.00 081.06.00.00
081.06.01.00 081.06.01.00
081.06.01.01 081.06.01.01
081.06.01.01.01 081.06.01.01.01

081.06.01.01.01 081.06.01.01.02

081.06.01.01.01 081.06.01.01.03

081.06.01.02 081.06.01.02
081.06.01.02.01 081.06.01.02.01

081.06.01.03 081.06.01.03
081.06.01.03.01 081.06.01.03.01

081.06.01.03.01 081.06.01.03.02
081.06.01.03.01 081.06.01.03.03
081.06.01.03.01 081.06.01.03.04
081.06.01.04 081.06.01.04
081.06.01.04.01 081.06.01.04.01

081.06.01.04.01 081.06.01.04.02

081.06.01.04.01 081.06.01.04.03
081.06.01.05 081.06.01.05
081.06.01.05.01 081.06.01.05.01
081.06.02.00 081.06.02.00
081.06.02.01 081.06.02.01
081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.01

081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.02
081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.03
081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.04

081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.05
081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.06
081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.07
081.06.02.01.01 081.06.02.01.08

081.06.02.02 081.06.02.02
081.06.02.02.01 081.06.02.02.01

081.06.02.02.01 081.06.02.02.02
081.06.02.02.02 081.06.02.02.03

081.06.02.02.02 081.06.02.02.04
081.06.03.00 081.06.03.00
081.06.03.01 081.06.03.01
081.06.03.01.01 081.06.03.01.01

081.06.03.01.01 081.06.03.01.02
081.06.03.01.01 081.06.03.01.03
081.06.03.02 081.06.03.02
081.06.03.02.01 081.06.03.02.01

081.07.00.00 081.07.00.00
 081.07.01.00 081.07.01.00
081.07.01.01
081.07.01.00.01 081.07.01.01.01

081.07.01.00.01 081.07.01.01.02
081.07.01.01 081.07.01.02
081.07.01.01.01 081.07.01.02.01

081.07.01.01.01 081.07.01.02.02
081.07.01.02 081.07.01.03
081.07.01.02.01 081.07.01.03.01

081.07.01.02.01 081.07.01.03.02
081.07.01.03 081.07.01.04
081.07.01.03.01 081.07.01.04.01

081.07.01.03.01 081.07.01.04.02
081.07.01.03.01 081.07.01.04.03
081.07.01.03.01 081.07.01.04.04

081.07.01.03.01 081.07.01.04.05

081.07.01.03.01 081.07.01.04.06
081.07.01.04 081.07.01.05
081.07.01.04.01 081.07.01.05.01
081.07.01.04.01 081.07.01.05.02

081.07.01.04.01 081.07.01.05.03
081.07.01.05 081.07.01.06
081.07.01.05.01 081.07.01.06.01
081.07.02.00 081.07.02.00
081.07.02.01 081.07.02.01
081.07.02.01.01 081.07.02.01.01

081.07.02.02 081.07.02.02
081.07.02.02.01 081.07.02.02.01

081.07.03.00 081.07.03.00
081.07.03.01
081.07.03.00.01 081.07.03.01.01
081.07.03.01
081.07.03.01.01
081.07.03.02 081.07.03.02
081.07.03.02.01 081.07.03.02.01
081.07.03.03 081.07.03.03
081.07.03.03.01 081.07.03.03.01

081.07.03.03.01 081.07.03.03.02
081.07.03.04 081.07.03.04
081.07.03.04.01 081.07.03.04.01
081.07.04.00 081.07.04.00
081.07.04.01 081.07.04.01
081.07.04.01.01 081.07.04.01.01

081.07.04.01.01 081.07.04.01.02

081.07.04.02 081.07.04.02
081.07.04.02.01 081.07.04.02.01

081.07.04.02.01 081.07.04.02.02
081.07.04.03 081.07.04.03
081.07.04.03.01 081.07.04.03.01
081.07.04.04 081.07.04.04
081.07.04.04.01 081.07.04.04.01

081.07.04.04.01 081.07.04.04.02
081.07.04.05
081.07.04.05.01
 081.07.04.05.02

081.07.04.05.03

081.08.00.00 081.08.00.00
081.08.01.00 081.08.01.00
081.08.01.01 081.08.01.01
081.08.01.01.01 081.08.01.01.01

081.08.01.01.01 081.08.01.01.02
081.08.01.01.01 081.08.01.01.03
081.08.01.02 081.08.01.02
081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.01

081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.02

081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.03
081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.04

081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.05
081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.06
081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.07

081.08.01.02.01 081.08.01.02.08

081.08.01.03 081.08.01.03
081.08.01.03.01 081.08.01.03.01
081.08.01.03.01 081.08.01.03.02

081.08.01.03.01 081.08.01.03.03
081.08.01.03.01 081.08.01.03.04
081.08.01.04 081.08.01.04
081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.01

081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.02

081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.03

081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.04
081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.05
081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.06

081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.07
081.08.01.04.01 081.08.01.04.08

081.08.01.04.09

081.08.01.04.10

081.08.01.05 081.08.01.05
081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.01

081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.02
081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.03

081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.04

081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.05

081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.06

081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.07
081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.08
081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.09
081.08.01.05.01 081.08.01.05.10
081.08.01.05.11
081.08.01.05.12

081.08.01.05.13
081.08.02.00 081.08.02.00
081.08.02.01
081.08.02.00.01 081.08.02.01.01

081.08.02.00.01 081.08.02.01.02

081.08.02.00.01 081.08.02.01.03

081.08.02.01 081.08.02.02
081.08.02.01.01 081.08.02.02.01

081.08.02.01.01 081.08.02.02.02
081.08.02.01.01 081.08.02.02.03
081.08.02.01.01 081.08.02.02.04
081.08.02.02
081.08.02.03 081.08.02.03
081.08.02.03.01 081.08.02.03.01

081.08.02.03.01 081.08.02.03.02

081.08.02.03.01 081.08.02.03.03
081.08.02.04 081.08.02.04
081.08.02.04.01 081.08.02.04.01

081.08.02.05 081.08.02.05
081.08.02.06 081.08.02.06
081.08.02.06.01

081.08.02.07 081.08.02.07
081.08.02.08 081.08.02.08
081.08.02.08.01 081.08.02.08.01

081.08.02.08.01 081.08.02.08.02
081.08.02.08.01 081.08.02.08.03
081.08.02.09 081.08.02.09
081.08.02.09.01 081.08.02.09.01

081.08.02.09.01 081.08.02.09.02
081.08.02.09.01 081.08.02.09.03
081.08.02.10 081.08.02.10
081.08.02.10.01 081.08.02.10.01

081.08.02.10.01 081.08.02.10.02
081.08.02.10.01 081.08.02.10.03
 081.08.02.11 081.08.02.11
081.08.02.11.01 081.08.02.11.01

081.08.02.11.01 081.08.02.11.02
081.08.03.00 081.08.03.00
081.08.03.01 081.08.03.01
081.08.03.00.01 081.08.03.01.01
ting "new" LOs are placed in the same syllabus paragraph, this is not always the case. Cross-references are always given in columns C

New syllabus text

Renumbered

Deleted
New
PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT — AEROPLANES
SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS
Basics, laws and definitions
Laws and definitions
List the international system of units of measurement (SI) for mass, acceleration, weight,
velocity, energy, density, temperature, pressure, force, wing loading, and power.

Define ‘mass’, ‘force’, ‘acceleration’, and ‘weight’. x

State and interpret Newton’s three laws of motion. x

Explain air density. x

List the atmospheric properties that effect air density. x
Explain how temperature and pressure changes affect air density. x
Define ‘static pressure’. x
Define ‘dynamic pressure’. x
State the formula for ‘dynamic pressure’. x
Describe dynamic pressure in terms of an indication of the energy in the system, and how it is x
related to indicated airspeed (IAS) and air density for a given altitude and speed.

State Bernoulli’s equation for incompressible flow. x

Define ‘total pressure’ and explain that the total pressure differs in different systems. x

Apply Bernoulli’s equation to flow through a venturi stream tube for incompressible flow. x

Describe how IAS is acquired from the pitot static system. x

Describe the relationship between density, temperature, and pressure for air. x

Explain the equation of continuity and its application to the flow through a stream tube. x

Define ‘IAS’, ‘CAS’, ‘EAS’, and ‘TAS’. x

Basics of airflow
Describe steady and unsteady airflow.

Explain the concept of a streamline and a stream tube. x

Describe and explain airflow through a stream tube. x
Explain the difference between two- and three-dimensional airflow. x
Aerodynamic forces on aerofoils
Describe the originating point and direction of the resultant force caused by the pressure
distribution around an aerofoil.

Resolve the resultant force into the components ‘lift’ and ‘drag’. x
Describe the direction of lift and drag. x
Define the ‘aerodynamic moment’. x
List the factors that affect the aerodynamic moment. x
Describe the aerodynamic moment for a symmetrical aerofoil. x
Describe the aerodynamic moment for a positively and negatively cambered aerofoil. x
Define ‘angle of attack’ (α). x
Shape of an aerofoil section
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: leading edge.

Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: trailing edge. x

Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: chord line. x
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: thickness-to-chord ratio or relative x
thickness.
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: location of maximum thickness. x
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: camber line. x
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: camber. x
Describe the following parameter of an aerofoil section: nose radius. x
Describe a symmetrical and an asymmetrical aerofoil section. x
Wing shape
Describe the following parameter of a wing: span.

Describe the following parameter of a wing: tip and root chord. x

Describe the following parameter of a wing: taper ratio. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing area. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing planform. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: mean geometric chord. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: mean aerodynamic chord (MAC). x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: aspect ratio. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: dihedral angle. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: sweep angle. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: wing twist, geometric and aerodynamic. x
Describe the following parameter of a wing: angle of incidence. x
Remark: In certain textbooks, angle of incidence is used as angle of attack (α). For Part-FCL
theoretical knowledge examination purposes, this use is discontinued, and the angle of
incidence is defined as the angle between the aeroplane longitudinal axis and the wing-root
chord line.
Two-dimensional airflow around an aerofoil
Streamline pattern
Describe the streamline pattern around an aerofoil.

Describe converging and diverging streamlines, and their effect on static pressure and velocity. x
Describe upwash and downwash. x
See new LO reference above x
Stagnation point
Describe the stagnation point.

Describe the movement of the stagnation point as the α changes. x

Pressure distribution
Describe pressure distribution and local speeds around an aerofoil including effects of camber
and α.

Describe where the minimum local static pressure is typically situated on an aerofoil. x
Centre of pressure (CP) and aerodynamic centre (AC)
Explain CP and AC.
Intentionally left blank x
See new LO reference below x

Drag and wake

List two physical phenomena that cause drag.

Describe skin friction drag. x

Describe form (pressure) drag. x
Explain why drag and wake cause loss of energy (momentum). x
Influence of angle of attack (α)
Explain the influence of α on lift.
Intentionally left blank x
x
The lift coefficient (CL) - angle of attack (α) graph
Describe the CL-α graph.

Explain the significant points: point where the curve crosses the horizontal axis (zero lift); point x
where the curve crosses the vertical axis (α= 0); point where the curve reaches its maximum
(CLMAX).

Coefficients
General use of coefficients x
Explain why coefficients are used in general. x
The lift coefficient (CL) x
Explain the lift formula, the factors that affect lift, and perform simple calculations. x

See new LO reference above x

Describe the effect of camber on the CL-α graph (symmetrical and positively/negatively x
cambered aerofoils).
Describe the typical difference in the CL-α graph for fast and slow aerofoil design. x
Define ‘CLMAX’ (maximum lift coefficient) and ‘αCRIT’ (stalling α) on the graph. x
Describe CL and explain the variables that affect it in low subsonic flight. x
Drag x
Describe the two-dimensional drag formula and perform simple calculations. x

Discuss the effect of the shape of a body, cross-sectional area, and surface roughness on the x
drag coefficient.
Three-dimensional airflow around an aeroplane
Angle of attack (α) x
Define ‘angle of attack’ (α). x
Remark: For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the angle-of-attack definition
requires a reference line. This reference line for 3D has been chosen to be the longitudinal axis
and for 2D the chord line.

Explain the difference between the α and the attitude of an aeroplane. x

Streamline pattern x
Describe the general streamline pattern around the wing, tail section, and fuselage. x

Explain and describe the causes of spanwise flow over top and bottom surfaces. x
Describe wing tip vortices and their contribution to downwash behind the wing. x
Explain why wing tip vortices vary with α. x
Describe spanwise lift distribution including the effect of wing planform. x
Describe the causes, distribution and duration of the wake turbulence behind an aeroplane. x
Describe the influence of flap deflection on the wing tip vortex. x
Describe the parameters that influence wake turbulence. x
Induced drag x
Explain the factors that cause induced drag. x

Describe the approximate formula for the induced drag coefficient (including variables but x
excluding constants).
Describe the relationship between induced drag and total drag in straight and level flight with x
variable speed.
Describe the effect of mass on induced drag at a given IAS. x
Describe the means to reduce induced drag: aspect ratio; winglets; tip tanks; wing twist; x
camber change.
Describe the influence of lift distribution on induced drag. x
Describe the influence of downwash on the effective airflow. x
Explain induced and effective local α. x
Explain the influence of the induced α on the direction of the lift vector. x
Explain the relationship between induced drag and: speed; aspect ratio; wing planform; bank x
angle in a horizontal coordinated turn.
Explain the induced drag coefficient and its relationship with the lift coefficient and aspect ratio. x
Explain the influence of induced drag on: the CL-α graph, and show the effect on the graph x
when comparing high- and low-aspect ratio wings; the CL-CD (aeroplane polar), and show the
effect on the graph when comparing high- and low-aspect ratio wings; the parabolic aeroplane
polar in a graph and as a formula [C D = CPD + kCL2], where CD = coefficient of drag and C PD =
coefficient of parasite drag.

Describe the CL- CD graph (polar). x

Indicate minimum drag on the graph. x

Explain why the CL-CD ratio is important as a measure of performance. x

State the normal values of C L-CD. x

Total drag
Total drag in relation to parasite drag and induced drag x
State that total drag consists of parasite drag and induced drag. x
Parasite drag x
Describe the types of drag that are included in parasite drag. x

Describe form (pressure) drag and the factors which affect its magnitude. x
Describe interference drag and the factors which affect its magnitude. x
Describe friction drag and the factors which affect its magnitude. x
Parasite drag and speed x
Describe the relationship between parasite drag and speed. x
Induced drag and speed (Refer to 081 01 04 03) x
x
x
Total drag
Explain the total drag-speed graph and the constituent drag components.

Indicate the speed for minimum drag. x

Intentionally left blank
Variables affecting the total drag-speed graph
Describe the effect of aeroplane gross mass on the graph.
Describe the effect of pressure altitude on: drag-IAS graph; drag-TAS graph. x
Describe speed stability from the graph. x
Describe non-stable, neutral, and stable IAS regions. x
Explain what happens to the IAS and drag in the non-stable region if speed suddenly decreases x
and why this could occur.
Ground effect
Influence of ground effect
Explain the influence of ground effect on wing tip vortices, downwash, airflow pattern, lift, and x
drag.
Describe the influence of ground effect on induced α and the coefficient of induced drag (C Di). x

Explain the effects of entering and leaving ground effect. x

Effect on stalling angle of attack (αCRIT)
Describe the influence of ground effect on α CRIT.
Effect on lift coefficient (CL)
Describe the influence of ground effect on the effective α and CL.
Effect on take-off and landing characteristics of an aeroplane
Describe the influence of ground effect on take-off and landing characteristics and performance
of an aeroplane.

Describe the difference in take-off and landing characteristics of high- and low-wing aeroplanes. x

The relationship between lift coefficient and speed in steady, straight, and level flight
Represented by an equation
Explain the effect on CL during speed increase/decrease in steady, straight, and level flight, and
perform simple calculations.

Represented by a graph
Explain, by using a graph, the effect on speed of C L changes at a given weight.
Intentionally left blank x
Intentionally left blank x
see new LO reference below x

x
see new LO reference x

x
see new LO reference below x

x
see new LO reference below x
 x
see new LO reference below x

CLMAX augmentation
Trailing-edge flaps and the reasons for their use in take-off and landing
From the given relevant diagrams, describe or identify the following types of trailing-edge flaps:
split flaps; plain flaps; slotted flaps; Fowler flaps.

Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases the CL and CD, and the reasons why this can x
be beneficial.
Describe their effect on: the location of CP; pitching moments (due to wing CP movement); stall x
speed.
Compare their influence on the C L-α graph: indicate the variation in CL at any given α; indicate x
their effect on CLMAX; indicate their effect on critical α; indicate their effect on the α at a given C L.

Compare their influence on the C L-CD graph: indicate how the (CL/CD)MAX differs from that of a x
clean wing.
Explain the influence of trailing-edge flap deflection on the glide angle. x
Describe flap asymmetry: explain the effect on aeroplane controllability. x
Describe trailing-edge flap effect on take-off and landing: explain the advantages of lower-nose x
attitudes; explain why take-off and landing speeds/distances are reduced.
Explain the effects of flap-setting errors, such as mis-selection and premature/late extension or x
retraction of flaps, on: take-off and landing distance and speeds; climb and descent
performance; stall buffet margins.
Leading-edge devices and the reasons for their use in take-off and landing
From the given relevant diagrams, describe or identify the different types of leading-edge high-
lift devices: Krueger flaps; variable camber flaps; slats.

Describe the function of the slot. x

Describe how the wing’s effective camber increases with a leading-edge flap. x
Explain the effect of leading-edge flaps on the stall speed, also in comparison with trailing-edge x
flaps.
Compare their influence on the C L-α graph, compared with trailing-edge flaps and a clean wing: x
indicate the effect of leading-edge devices on C LMAX; explain how the CL curve differs from that of
a clean wing; indicate the effect of leading-edge devices on αCRIT.

Compare their influence on the C L-CD graph. x

Describe slat asymmetry: describe the effect on aeroplane controllability. x
Explain the reasons for using leading-edge high-lift devices on take-off and landing: explain the x
disadvantage of increased nose-up attitudes; explain why take-off and landing speeds/distances
are reduced.
Vortex generators
Explain the purpose of vortex generators.

Describe the basic operating principle of vortex generators. x

State their advantages and disadvantages. x
Means to reduce the CL-CD ratio
Spoilers and the reasons for their use in the different phases of flight
Describe the aerodynamic functioning of spoilers: roll spoilers; flight spoilers (speed brakes);
ground spoilers (lift dumpers).

Describe the effect of spoilers on the C L-α graph and stall speed. x
Describe the influence of spoilers on the C L-CD graph and lift-drag ratio. x
Speed brakes and the reasons for their use in the different phases of flight
Describe speed brakes and the reasons for using them in the different phases of flight.

State their influence on the C L- CD graph and lift-drag ratio. x

Explain how speed brakes increase parasite drag. x
Describe how speed brakes affect the minimum drag speed. x
Describe their effect on rate and angle of descent. x
Intentionally left blank x
x
x
x
Aerodynamic degradation
Ice and other contaminants
Describe the locations on an aeroplane where ice build-up will occur during flight.

Explain the aerodynamic effects of ice and other contaminants on: lift (maximum CL); drag; stall x
speed; αCRIT; stability and controllability.
Explain the aerodynamic effects of icing during take-off. x
Deformation and modification of airframe, ageing aeroplanes
Describe the effect of airframe deformation and modification of an ageing aeroplane on
aeroplane performance.

Explain the effect on boundary layer condition of an ageing aeroplane. x

HIGH-SPEED AERODYNAMICS
Speeds
Speed of sound
Define ‘speed of sound’.

Explain the variation of the speed of sound with altitude. x

Explain the influence of temperature on the speed of sound. x
Mach number
Define ‘Mach number’ as a function of TAS and speed of sound.
Influence of temperature and altitude on Mach number
Explain the absence of change of Mach number with varying temperature at constant flight
level and calibrated airspeed.

Explain the relationship between Mach number, TAS and IAS during climb and descent at x
constant Mach number and IAS, and explain variation of lift coefficient, α, pitch and flight-path
angle.
Explain: risk of exceeding the maximum operation speed (VMO) when descending at constant x
Mach number; risk of exceeding the maximum operating Mach number (MMO) when climbing
at constant IAS; risk of a low-speed stall at high altitude when climbing at a too low Mach
number.
Compressibility
State that compressibility means that density can change along a streamline, and that this
occurs in the high subsonic, transonic, and supersonic flow.

State that compressibility negatively affects the pressure gradient, leading to an overall x
reduction of the CL.
State that Mach number is a measure of compressibility. x
Describe that compressibility increases low-speed stall speed and decreases the α CRIT. x
Subdivision of aerodynamic flow
List the subdivision of aerodynamic flow: subsonic flow; transonic flow; supersonic flow.

Describe the characteristics of the flow regimes listed above. x

Explain why some transport aeroplanes normally cruise at Mach numbers above the critical x
Mach number (MCRIT), but below the divergence Mach number (M DRAG DIVERGENCE).

Shock waves
Definition of shock wave x
Define a ‘shock wave’. x
Normal shock waves x
Describe a normal shock wave with respect to changes in: static temperature; static and total x
pressure; velocity; local speed of sound; Mach number; density.

Describe a normal shock wave with respect to orientation relative to the wing surface. x
Explain the influence of increasing Mach number on a normal shock wave, at positive lift, with x
respect to: strength; length; position relative to the wing; second shock wave at the lower
surface.

Explain the influence of α on shock-wave intensity and shock-wave location at constant Mach x
number.
x
x

x
x

Effects of exceeding the critical Mach number (MCRIT)

Critical Mach number (MCRIT)
Define ‘MCRIT’.

Explain how a change in α, aeroplane weight, manoeuvres, and centre-of-gravity (CG) position x
influences MCRIT.
Effect on lift
Describe the behaviour of CL versus Mach number at constant α.

Explain the consequences of exceeding M CRIT with respect to CL and CLMAX. x

Explain the change in stall indicated airspeed (IAS) with altitude. x

Discuss the effect on αCRIT. x
Explain the advantages of slightly exceeding M CRIT in aeroplanes with supercritical aerofoils with x
respect to: speed versus drag ratio; specific range; optimum altitude.
Effect on drag
Describe wave drag.

Describe the behaviour of CD versus Mach number at constant α. x

Explain effect of Mach number on the C L-CD graph. x
Describe the effects and hazards of exceeding M DRAG DIVERGENCE, namely: drag rise; instability; Mach x
tuck; shock stall.

State the relation between MCRIT and MDRAG DIVERGENCE. x

Effect on pitching moment
Discuss the effect of Mach number on the CP location.

Describe the overall change in pitching moment from M CRIT to MDRAG DIVERGENCE and explain the x
‘tuck under’ or ‘Mach tuck’ effect.

State the requirement for a Mach trim system to compensate for the effect of the CP x
movement and ‘tuck under’ effect.
Discuss the aerodynamic functioning of the Mach trim system. x
Discuss the corrective measures if the Mach trim fails. x
Effect on control effectiveness
Discuss the effects on the functioning of control surfaces.
Intentionally left blank x
See new paragraph reference below x

Means to influence critical Mach number (MCRIT)

Wing sweep
Explain the influence of the angle of sweep on: M CRIT; effective thickness/chord change or
velocity component perpendicular to the quarter chord line.

Describe the influence of the angle of sweepback at subsonic speed on: CLMAX; efficiency of and x
requirement for high-lift devices; pitch-up stall behaviour.
Discuss the effect of wing sweepback on drag. x
Aerofoil shape
Explain the use of thin aerofoils with reduced camber.

Explain the main purpose of supercritical aerofoils. x

Identify the shape characteristics of a supercritical aerofoil shape. x
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of supercritical aerofoils for wing design. x
Vortex generators
Explain the use of vortex generators as a means to avoid or restrict flow separation caused by
the presence of a normal shock wave.
x
x
Stall, shock stall, and upset prevention and recovery x
The stall x
Flow separation at increasing α x
Define the ‘boundary layer’. x

Describe the thickness of a typical laminar and turbulent boundary layer. x

Describe the properties, advantages and disadvantages of the laminar boundary layer. x
Describe the properties, advantages and disadvantages of the turbulent boundary layer. x
Define the ‘transition point’. x
Explain why the laminar boundary layer separates easier than the turbulent boundary layer x
does.
Describe why the airflow over the aft part of a wing slows down as the α increases. x

Define the ‘separation point’ and describe its location as a function of α. x

Define αCRIT. x
Describe in straight and level flight the influence of increasing the α on: the forward stagnation x
point; the pressure distribution; the CP location (straight and swept-back wing); C L; CD and D
(drag); the pitching moment (straight and swept-back wing).
Explain what causes the possible natural buffet on the controls and on the aeroplane in a pre- x
stall condition.
Describe the effectiveness of the flight controls in a pre-stall condition. x
Describe and explain the normal post-stall behaviour of a straight-wing aeroplane. x
Describe the effect and dangers of using the controls close to the stall. x
The stall speed x
Explain VS0, VS1, VSR, and VS1G. x

Solve VS1G from the lift formula given varying CL. x

Describe and explain the influence of the following parameters on stall speed: CG; thrust x
component; slipstream; wing loading; mass; wing contamination; angle of sweep; altitude (for
compressibility effects, see 081 02 03 02).
Define the ‘load factor n’. x
Explain why the load factor increases in a turn. x
Explain why the load factor increases in a pull-up and decreases in a push-over manoeuvre. x
Describe and explain the influence of the ‘load factor n’ on stall speed. x
Explain the expression ‘accelerated stall’. x
Remark: Sometimes, accelerated stall is also erroneously referred to as high-speed stall. This
latter expression will not be used for Subject 081.
Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the load factor. x
Calculate the increase of stall speed in a horizontal co-ordinated turn as a function of bank x
angle.
Calculate the change of stall speed as a function of the gross mass. x
The initial stall in spanwise direction x
Explain the initial stall sequence on the following planforms: elliptical; rectangular; moderate x
and high taper; sweepback or delta.
Explain the purpose of washout. x
Explain the effect of aileron deflection. x
Explain the influence of fences, vortilons, saw teeth, vortex generators, and strakes on engine x
nacelles.
Stall warning x
Explain why stall warning is necessary. x

Explain when aerodynamic and artificial stall warnings are used. x

Explain why CS-23 and CS-25 require a margin to stall speed for take-off and landing speeds. x
Describe: buffet; stall strip; flapper switch (leading-edge stall-warning vane); angle-of-attack x
vane; angle-of-attack probe; stick shaker.
Describe the recovery after: stall warning; stall; stick-pusher actuation. x
Special phenomena of stall x
Describe the basic stall requirements for commercial air transport (CAT) aeroplanes. x

Explain the difference between power-off and power-on stalls and recovery. x
Describe the stall and recovery in a climbing and descending turn. x
Describe the effect on stall and recovery characteristics of: wing sweep (backward sweep); T- x
tailed aeroplane.
Describe super stall or deep stall. x
Describe the philosophy behind the stick-pusher system. x
Describe the factors that can lead to the absence of stall warning and explain the associated x
risks.
Describe the indications and explain the consequences of premature stabiliser stall due to ice x
contamination (negative tail stall).
Describe when to expect in-flight icing. x
Explain how the effect is changed when retracting/extending lift-augmentation devices. x
Describe how to recover from a stall after a configuration change caused by in-flight icing. x
Explain the effect of a contaminated wing on the stall speed and αCRIT. x
Explain airframe contamination and the aerodynamic effects when parked and during ground x
operations in winter conditions.
Explain de-icing/anti-icing holdover time and the likely hazards after it has expired. x
Describe the aerodynamic effects of heavy tropical rain on stall speed and drag, and the x
appropriate mitigation in such conditions.
The spin x
Explain how to avoid spins. x
List the factors that cause a spin to develop. x
Describe an ‘incipient’, ‘developing’ and ‘developed’ spin, recognition and recovery. x
Describe the differences in spin attitude with forward and aft CG. x

Shock stall x
Definition and relationship with Mach buffet x
Explain shock-induced separation, shock stall, and describe its relationship with Mach buffet. x

Define ‘shock stall’. Remark: x

For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the following description is used for shock
stall: Shock stall occurs when the lift coefficient, as a function of Mach number, reaches its
maximum value (for a given α).

Buffet onset x
Explain the concept of buffet margin, and describe the influence of the following parameters on x
the concept of buffet margin: α; Mach number; pressure altitude; mass; load factor; angle of
bank; CG location.

Explain how the buffet onset boundary chart can be used to determine: manoeuvrability; buffet x
margin.
Describe the effect of exceeding the speed on buffet onset. x
Explain ‘aerodynamic ceiling’ and ‘coffin corner’. x
Explain the concept of the ‘1.3g’ buffet margin altitude. x
Find (using an example graph): buffet free range; aerodynamic ceiling at a given mass; load x
factor and bank angle at which buffet occurs at a given mass, Mach number, and pressure
altitude.
Explain why descent increases the buffet free range. x
Situations in which buffet or stall could occur x
Explain why buffet or stall occurs x
Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following pilot-induced situations, and the x
methods to mitigate them: inappropriate take-off configuration, detailing the consequences of
errors associated with leading-edge devices; steep turns; go-around using take-off/go-around
(TOGA) setting (underslung engines).

Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following environmental conditions at low x
altitude, and how to mitigate them: thunderstorms; wind shear and microburst; turbulence;
wake turbulence; icing conditions.
Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following environmental conditions at high x
altitude, and how to mitigate them: thunderstorms in the intertropical convergence zone
(ITCZ); jet streams; clear-air turbulence.
Explain why buffet or stall could occur in the following situations, and how to mitigate them: x
inappropriate autopilot climb mode; loss of, or unreliable, airspeed indication.
Recognition of stalled condition x
Recognition and explanation of stalled condition x
Explain why a stalled condition can occur at any airspeed, or attitude or altitude. x
Explain that a stall may be recognised by continuous stall-warning activation accompanied by at x
least one of the following: buffet, that can be heavy; lack of pitch authority; uncommanded
pitch down and uncommanded roll; inability to arrest the descent rate.
Explain that ‘stall warning’ means a natural or synthetic indication provided when approaching x
the stall that may include one or more of the following indications: aerodynamic buffeting;
reduced roll stability and aileron effectiveness; visual or aural clues and warnings; reduced
elevator (pitch) authority; inability to maintain altitude or arrest a rate of descent; stick-shaker
activation.

STABILITY
Static and dynamic stability
Basics and definitions
Define ‘static stability’: describe/identify a statically stable, neutral, and unstable condition
(positive, neutral, and negative static stability).

Explain manoeuvrability. x
Explain why static stability is the opposite of manoeuvrability, and why CAT aeroplanes are x
designed to be statically stable.
Define ‘dynamic stability’: describe/identify a dynamically stable, neutral, and unstable motion x
(positive, neutral, and negative dynamic stability); describe/identify periodic and aperiodic
motion.
Explain what combinations of static and dynamic stability will return an aeroplane to the x
equilibrium state after a disturbance.
Precondition for static stability
Explain an equilibrium of forces and moments as the initial condition for the concept of static
stability.
Sum of forces
Identify the forces considered in the equilibrium of forces.
Sum of moments
Identify the moments about all three axes considered in the equilibrium of moments.

Discuss the effect of sum of moments not being zero. x

Intentionally left blank
Static and dynamic longitudinal stability
Methods for achieving balance
Explain the stabiliser as the means to satisfy the condition of nullifying the total sum of the
moments about the lateral axis.

Explain the influence of the location of the wing CP relative to the CG on the magnitude and x
direction of the balancing force on the stabiliser.
Explain the influence of the indicated airspeed on the magnitude and direction of the balancing x
force on stabiliser.
Explain the use of the elevator deflection or stabiliser angle for the generation of the balancing x
force and its direction.
Explain the elevator deflection required to balance thrust changes. x
Static longitudinal stability
Discuss the effect of the CG location on pitch manoeuvrability and longitudinal stability.

Neutral point
Define ‘neutral point’.

Explain why the location of the neutral point is only dependent on the aerodynamic design of x
the aeroplane.
Factors affecting neutral point
Describe the location of the neutral point relative to the locations of the aerodynamic centre of
the wing and tail.

Location of centre of gravity (CG)

Explain the influence of the CG location on the static longitudinal stability of the aeroplane.

Explain the CG forward and aft limits with respect to: longitudinal control forces; elevator x
effectiveness; stability.
Define ‘static margin’. x
The Cm-α graph
Describe the Cm-α graph with respect to the relationship between the slope of the graph and
static stability.

Factors affecting the Cm-α graph

Explain:
the effect on the Cm-α graph of a shift of CG in the forward and aft direction;
the effect on the Cm-α graph when the elevator is moved up or down;
the effect on the Cm-α graph when the trim is moved;
the effect of the wing contribution and how it is affected by the CG location;
the effect of the fuselage contribution and how it is affected by the CG location;
the tail contribution;
the effect of aerofoil camber change.

Intentionally left blank x

x

Intentionally left blank x

x

The stick force versus speed graph (IAS)

Explain how a pilot perceives stable static longitudinal stick force stability regarding changes in:
speed; altitude; mass.

Intentionally left blank x

x

x
The manoeuvring stability/stick force per g
Define the ‘stick force per g’, and describe that the stick force increases linearly with increase in
g.
Explain why: the stick force per g has a prescribed minimum and maximum value; the stick x
force per g decreases with pressure altitude at the same indicated airspeed.
Intentionally left blank
Factors affecting the manoeuvring stability/stick force per g
Explain the influence on stick force per g of: CG location; trim setting.

Intentionally left blank x

x

Dynamic longitudinal stability

Describe the phugoid and short-period motion in terms of period, damping, variations (if
applicable) in speed, altitude, and α.

Explain why the short-period motion is more hazardous than the phugoid. x
Describe ‘pilot-induced oscillations’. x
Explain the effect of high altitude on dynamic stability. x
Describe the influence of the CG location on the dynamic longitudinal stability of the aeroplane. x
Static directional stability
Definition and effects of static directional stability x
Define ‘static directional stability’. x

Explain the effects of static directional stability being too weak or too strong. x
Sideslip angle x
Define ‘sideslip angle’. x

Identify β as the symbol used for the sideslip angle. x

Yaw-moment coefficient Cn x
Define the ‘yawing-moment coefficient Cn’. x

Define the relationship between Cn and β for an aeroplane with static directional stability. x
Cn-β graph x
Explain why: x
Cn depends on β;
Cn equals zero for that β that provides static equilibrium about the aeroplane’s normal axis;
if no asymmetric engine thrust, flight control or loading condition prevails, the equilibrium β
equals zero.
Identify how the slope of the Cn-β graph is a measure for static directional stability. x
Identify how the slope of the Cn-β graph is affected by altitude. x
Factors affecting static directional stability x
Describe how the following aeroplane components contribute to static directional stability: x
wing;
fin;
dorsal fin;
ventral fin;
angle of sweep of the wing;
angle of sweep of the fin;
fuselage at high α;
strakes.

Explain why both the fuselage and the fin contribution reduce static directional stability when x
the CG moves aft.
Static lateral stability
Definition and effects of static lateral stability x
Define ‘static lateral stability’. x

Explain the effects of static lateral stability being too weak or too strong. x
Bank angle Ø x
Define ‘bank angle Ø’. x
The roll-moment coefficient Cl x
Define the ‘roll-moment coefficient Cl’. x
Contribution of sideslip angle (β) x
Explain how without coordination the bank angle (Ø) creates sideslip angle (β). x
The Cl-β graph x
Describe the Cl-β graph. x

Identify the slope of the Cl-β graph as a measure for static lateral stability. x
Identify how the slope of the Cl-β graph is affected by altitude. x
Factors affecting static lateral stability x
Explain the contribution to the static lateral stability of: x
dihedral, anhedral;
high wing, low wing;
sweep angle of the wing;
ventral fin;
vertical tail.

Dynamic lateral/directional stability

Intentionally left blank x
Tendency to spiral dive
Explain how lateral and directional stability are coupled.

Explain how high static directional stability and low static lateral stability may cause spiral x
divergence (unstable spiral dive), and under which conditions the spiral dive mode is neutral or
stable.
Describe an unstable spiral dive mode with respect to deviations in speed, bank angle, nose x
low-pitch attitude, and decreasing altitude.
Dutch roll
Describe Dutch roll.

Explain: why Dutch roll occurs when the static lateral stability is large compared to static x
directional stability; the condition for a stable, neutral or unstable Dutch roll motion; the
function of the yaw damper; the actions to be taken when the yaw damper is not available.

State the effect of Mach number on Dutch roll. x

Effects of altitude on dynamic stability
Explain that increased pressure altitude reduces dynamic lateral/directional stability.
CONTROL
General
Basics — The three planes and three axes
Define: lateral axis; longitudinal axis; normal axis.

Define: pitch angle; bank angle (Φ); yaw angle. x

Describe the motion about the three axes. x
Name and describe the devices that control these motions. x
Camber change
State that camber is changed by movement of a control surface and explain the effect.
Angle-of-attack (α) change
Explain the influence of local α change by movement of a control surface.
Pitch (longitudinal) control
Elevator/all-flying tails
Explain the working principle of the elevator/all-flying tail and describe its function.

Downwash effects
Explain the effect of downwash on the tailplane α.

Explain in this context the use of a T-tail or stabiliser trim. x

Intentionally left blank x
Covered in 081.03.01.05.08 x
Location of centre of gravity (CG)
Explain the relationship between elevator deflection and CG location to produce a given
aeroplane response.

Explain the effect of forward CG limit on pitch control. x

Moments due to engine thrust
Describe the effect of engine thrust on pitching moments for different engine locations.
Yaw (directional) control
The rudder x
Explain the working principle of the rudder and describe its function. State the relationship x
between rudder deflection and the moment about the normal axis. Describe the effect of
sideslip on the moment about the normal axis.
Rudder limiting x
Explain why and how rudder deflection is limited on CAT aeroplanes. x
Roll (lateral) control
Ailerons
Explain the functioning of ailerons.

Describe the adverse effects of aileron deflection. (Refer to 081 05 04 04 and 081 06 01 02) x
Explain why some aeroplanes have inboard and outboard ailerons. x
State that the outboard ailerons are locked beyond a given speed to prevent: over-control; x
exceeding structural limitations; aeroelastic phenomena (flutter, divergence and aileron
reversal).

Describe the use of aileron deflection in normal flight, flight with sideslip, crosswind landings, x
horizontal turns, flight with one-engine-inoperative.
Define ‘roll rate’. x
List the factors that affect roll rate. x
Describe flaperons and aileron droop. x
Intentionally left blank
Spoilers
Explain how spoilers can be used to control the rolling movement in combination with or
instead of the ailerons.
Adverse yaw
Explain why the use of ailerons induces adverse yaw.
Means to avoid adverse yaw
Explain how the following reduce adverse yaw: Frise ailerons; differential aileron deflection;
rudder aileron cross-coupling; roll spoilers.
Roll/yaw interaction
Explain roll/yaw interaction x
Explain the secondary effect of roll. x

Explain the secondary effect of yaw. x

Means to reduce control forces
Aerodynamic balance
Describe the purpose of aerodynamic balance.

Describe the working principle of the horn balance. x

Describe the working principle of the internal balance. x
Describe the working principle and application of: balance tab; anti-balance tab; spring tab; x
servo tab.
Artificial means
State the differences between fully powered controls and power-assisted controls.

Describe power-assisted controls. x

Describe the advantages of artificial feel in fully powered control. x
Intentionally left blank x
x

Trimming
Reasons to trim
State the reasons for using trimming devices.

Explain the difference between a trim tab and the various balance tabs. x
Trim tabs
Describe the working principle of a trim tab including cockpit indications.
Stabiliser trim
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of a stabiliser trim compared to a trim tab.

Explain elevator deflection when the aeroplane is trimmed in the case of fully powered and x
power-assisted pitch controls.
Explain the relationship between CG position, take-off trim setting, and stabiliser trim position. x
Explain the effect of errors in the take-off stabiliser trim setting on the rotation characteristics x
and stick force during take-off rotation.
Discuss the effects of jammed and runaway stabiliser. x
Explain the consequences of jammed stabiliser during take-off, landing, and go-around. x
LIMITATIONS
Operating limitations
Flutter
Describe the phenomenon of flutter and how IAS and mass distribution affects the likelihood of
flutter occurrence.

Describe the use of mass balance to alleviate the flutter problem by adjusting the mass x
distribution: wing-mounted engines on pylons; control surface mass balance.
State how to avoid flutter, and possible actions if flutter occurred. x

Aileron reversal
Describe the phenomenon of aileron reversal: at low speeds; at high speeds. Describe the
aileron reversal speed in relationship to V NE and VNO.
Landing gear/flap operating
Describe the reason for flap/landing gear limitations. Define ‘V LO’. Define ‘VLE’.

Explain why there is a difference between V LO and VLE in the case of some aeroplane types. x
Define ‘VFE’ and describe flap limiting speeds. x
Describe flap design features, procedures and warnings to prevent overload. x
VMO, VNO, and VNE
Define ‘VMO’, ‘VNO’, and ‘VNE’.

Describe VMO, VNO and VNE, the relevance of the airspeed on which they are based, and the x
differences between the airspeeds.
Explain the hazards of flying at speeds close to VNE and VMO. x
MMO
Define ‘MMO’ and state its limiting factors.
Manoeuvring envelope
Manoeuvring-load diagram
Describe the manoeuvring-load diagram.

Define limit and ultimate load factor, and explain what can happen if these values are x
exceeded.
Define ‘VA’, ‘VC’, and ‘VD’. x
Identify and explain the varying features on the VN diagram: load factor ‘n’; speed scale, x
equivalent airspeed; equivalent airspeed envelope; CLMAX boundary; 1g stall speed;
accelerated stall boundary (refer to 081 03 01 02).

Describe the relationship between V MO or VNE and VC. x

State all the manoeuvring load-factors limits applicable to CS-23 and CS-25 aeroplanes. x
Explain the relationship between V A and VS in a formula, and calculate the values. x
Explain the significance of VA and the adverse consequences of applying full, abrupt nose-up x
elevator deflection when exceeding VA.
Factors affecting the manoeuvring-load diagram
State the relationship of mass to: load-factor limits; accelerated stall speed boundary limit; VA
and explain why if a single value for VA is given, it will be at the aeroplane’s maximum structural
take-off mass and at low altitude.

Calculate the change of VA with changing mass. x

Explain why VA loses significance at higher altitude where compressibility effects occur. x

Define ‘MC’ and ‘MD’ and their relation with ‘VC’ and ‘VD’. x
Gust envelope
Gust-load diagram
Recognise a typical gust-load diagram, and state the minimum gust speeds in ft/s, m/s and kt
that the aeroplane must be designed to withstand at VB to VC and VD.

Discuss considerations for the selection of VRA. x

Explain the adverse effects on the aeroplane when flying in turbulence. x
Factors affecting the gust-load diagram
Describe and explain the relationship between the gust-load factor and the following: lift-curve
slope, aspect ratio, angle of sweep, altitude, wing loading, weight, wing area, equivalent
airspeed (EAS), and speed of vertical gust.
PROPELLERS
Conversion of engine torque to thrust
Explain conversion of aerodynamic force on a propeller blade x
Explain the resolution of aerodynamic force on a propeller blade element into lift and drag or x
into thrust and torque.

Describe how propeller thrust and aerodynamic torque vary with IAS. x
Relevant propeller parameters x
Describe the geometry of a typical propeller blade element at the reference section: x
blade chord line;
propeller rotational velocity vector;
true airspeed vector;
blade angle of attack;
pitch or blade angle;
advance or helix angle.
Define ‘geometric pitch’, ‘effective pitch’, and ‘propeller slip’.
Remark: For theoretical knowledge examination purposes, the following definition is used for
geometric pitch: the theoretical distance a propeller would advance in one revolution at zero
blade angle of attack.

Describe how the terms ‘fine pitch’ and ‘coarse pitch’ can be used to express blade angle. x
Blade twist x
Define ‘blade twist’. x

Explain why blade twist is necessary. x

Fixed pitch and variable pitch/constant speed x
List the different types of propellers: fixed pitch; adjustable pitch or variable pitch (non- x
governing); variable pitch (governing)/constant speed.

Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of fixed-pitch and constant-speed propellers. x

Discuss climb and cruise propellers. x
Explain the relationship between blade angle, blade angle of attack, and airspeed for fixed and x
variable pitch propellers.
Describe and explain the forces that act on a rotating blade element in normal, feathered, x
windmilling, and reverse operation.
Explain the effects of changing propeller pitch at constant IAS. x
Propeller efficiency versus speed x
Define ‘propeller efficiency’. x
Explain and describe the relationship between propeller efficiency and speed (TAS) for different x
types of propellers.
Explain the relationship between blade angle and thrust. x
Effects of ice on propeller x
Describe the effects and hazards of ice on a propeller. x
Engine failure
Windmilling drag
Describe the effects of an inoperative engine on the performance and controllability of an
aeroplane: thrust loss/drag increase; influence on yaw moment during asymmetric power.
Feathering
Explain the reasons for feathering a propeller, including the effect on the yaw moment,
performance and controllability.

Design features for power absorption

Propeller design characteristics that increase power absorption x
Name the propeller design characteristics that increase power absorption. x
x
x
Diameter of propeller
Explain the reasons for restricting propeller diameter.
Number of blades
Define ‘solidity’.

Describe the advantages and disadvantages of increasing the number of blades. x

Propeller noise
Describe how propeller noise can be minimised.
Secondary effects of propellers
Torque reaction
Describe the effects of engine/propeller torque.

Describe the following methods for counteracting engine/propeller torque: counter-rotating x

propellers; contra-rotating propellers.
Gyroscopic precession
Describe what causes gyroscopic precession.

Describe the effect on the aeroplane due to the gyroscopic effect. x

Slipstream effect
Describe the possible effects of the rotating propeller slipstream.
Asymmetric blade effect
Explain the asymmetric blade effect (also called P factor).

Explain the influence of direction of rotation on the critical engine on twin-engine aeroplanes. x
Hazards and management of propeller effects x
Describe, given direction of propeller rotation, the propeller effects during take-off run, rotation x
and initial climb, and their consequence on controllability.
Describe, given the direction of propeller rotation, the propeller effects during a go-around and x
their consequence on controllability.
Explain how the hazards associated with propeller effects during go-around can be aggravated x
by: high engine performance conditions and their effect on the VMC speeds; loss of the critical
engine; crosswind; high flap setting; engine failure at the moment of the go-around.

FLIGHT MECHANICS
Forces acting on an aeroplane
Straight, horizontal, steady flight
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in straight, horizontal, and steady flight.

List the four forces and state where they act on. x
Explain how the four forces are balanced, including the function of the tailplane. x
Straight, steady climb
Define ‘flight-path angle’ (γ).

Describe the relationship between pitch attitude, γ and α for zero-wind and zero-bank x
conditions.
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a straight, steady climb. x
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula relating x
to the parallel forces (T = D + W sin γ). Apply the formula relating to the perpendicular forces (L
= W cos γ).
Explain why thrust is greater than drag. x
Explain why lift is less than weight. x
Explain the formula (for small angles) that gives the relationship between γ, thrust, weight, and x
lift-drag ratio, and use this formula for simple calculations.
Explain how IAS, α, and γ change in a climb performed with constant vertical speed and x
constant thrust setting.
Straight, steady descent
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a straight, steady descent.
Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula for x
forces parallel to the direction of flight (T = D - W sin γ). Apply the formula relating to the
perpendicular forces (L = W cos γ).
Explain why lift is less than weight. x
Explain why thrust is less than drag. x
Straight, steady glide
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a straight, steady glide.

Name the forces parallel and perpendicular to the direction of flight. Apply the formula for x
forces parallel to the direction of flight (D = W sin γ). Apply the formula for forces perpendicular
to the direction of flight (L = W cos γ).

Describe the relationship between the glide gradient and the lift-drag ratio, and calculate glide x
range given: initial height; L-D ratio; glide speed and wind speed.
Explain the relationship between α, VMD and the best lift-drag ratio. x
Explain the effect of wind component on glide angle, duration, and distance. x
Explain the effect of mass change on glide angle, duration, and distance, given that the x
aeroplane remains at either the same airspeed or at V MD.
Explain the effect of configuration change on glide angle and duration. x
Describe the relation between TAS, gradient of descent, and rate of descent. x

Describe that the minimum rate of descent in the glide will be at VMP, and explain the x
relationship of this speed to the optimum speed for minimum glide angle.
Discuss when a pilot could elect to fly for minimum glide rate of descent or minimum glide x
angle, and why speed stability or headwinds/tailwinds may favour a speed that is faster or
slower than the optimum airspeed in still air.
Steady, coordinated turn
Describe the forces that act on an aeroplane in a steady, coordinated turn.

Resolve the forces that act horizontally and vertically during a coordinated turn (tan Ø = V 2 / x
gR).
Describe the difference between a coordinated and an uncoordinated turn, and describe how x
to correct an uncoordinated turn using turn and slip indicator or turn coordinator.
Explain why the angle of bank is independent of mass, and that it only depends on TAS and x
radius of turn.
Resolve the forces to show that for a given angle of bank the radius of turn is determined solely x
by airspeed (tan Ø = V2 / gR).
Calculate the turn radius of a steady turn given TAS and angle of bank. x

Explain the effects of bank angle on: load factor (LF = 1/cos Ø); α; thrust; drag. x
Define ‘angular velocity’. x
Define ‘rate of turn’ and ‘rate-1 turn’. x
Explain the influence of TAS on rate of turn at a given bank angle. x
Calculate the load factor and stall speed in a turn given angle of bank and 1g stall speed. x
Explain situations in which turn radius is relevant for safety, such as maximum speed limits on x
departure or arrival plates, or outbound speed categories on approach plates, and the
implications/hazards of exceeding given speeds.
Describe the hazards of excessive use of rudder to tighten a turn in a swept-wing aeroplane. x
Asymmetric thrust
Jet-engined and propeller-driven aeroplanes x
Describe the effects on the aeroplane of asymmetric thrust during flight, for both jet-engined x
and propeller-driven aeroplanes.

Explain critical engine, including the effect of crosswind when on the ground, and explain, for a x
propeller-driven aeroplane, the direction of propeller rotation.
Explain the effect of steady, asymmetric flight on a conventional (ball) slip indicator/turn x
indicator.
Balanced moments about the normal axis x
Explain the yaw moments about the CG. x

Explain the change to the yaw moment caused by the effect of air density on thrust. x
Describe the changes to the yaw moment caused by engine distance from CG. x
Describe the methods to achieve directional balance following engine loss. x
x
Forces parallel to the lateral axis
Explain: the force on the vertical fin; the fuselage side force due to sideslip (using wing-level
method); the use of bank angle to tilt the lift vector (in wing-down method).

Explain why the required small bank angle is limited by: increased overall lift required, and x
increase in drag in banked attitude; fin stalling angle.
Explain the effect on fin α due to sideslip. x
Influence of aeroplane mass
Explain why controllability with one-engine-inoperative is a typical problem arising from the
low speeds associated with low aeroplane mass.
Intentionally left blank
Intentionally left blank x
Covered in subtopic 081.07.04.00 x

Intentionally left blank

Minimum control speed (VMC)
Define ‘VMC’.

Describe how VMC is determined. x

Explain the influence of the CG location. x
Minimum control speed during approach and landing (VMCL)
Define ‘VMCL’.

Describe how VMCL is determined. x

Explain the influence of the CG location. x
Minimum control speed on the ground (VMCG)
Define ‘VMCG’.

Describe how VMCG is determined. x

Explain the influence of the CG location. x
Influence of density
Describe the influence of density.

Explain why VMC, VMCL and VMCG reduce with an increase in altitude and temperature. x
Significant points on a polar curve
Identify and explain
Identify and explain the significant points on a polar curve. x
 x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Text unmodified
Reworded, intent the

x
x
same
Reworded, intent

x
x
x
x
modified
ays given in columns C and D.

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPLA

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CPLA

ATPLHIR

ATPLH

CPLH

IR

CBIR EIR

x
x
x
x
x
x
Basic Knowledge
 x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x x
x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x
x
x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x x
x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x
x x x x
x x x
x x x X
x x x
x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x
x
x
x x x x

x x x
x x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x
x x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x x
x
x x X

x
x x x

x x x

x
x x x x
x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x x
x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x x x
 x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
 x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x
x x x
x

x
x x x

x x x
x
x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x
x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x
x
x x x

x
x x x
x
x
 x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x

x
 x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x
 x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x
x
x x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x
x
x x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x
 x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x
x
x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x x
x x x
 x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x
x x x
 x x x
x x x
x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x
x x x x

x x x
x
x x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x x

x
x x x

x x x
 x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x

x x
x x

x x

x
x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x
x x x x

x
x x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x
x
x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x x

x
x x x

x
x x x

x
x x x x
x x x

x
x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x

x x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x x x x

x x x x
x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x x

x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x x
x
x x x
x
x x X x

x x X x
x x x
x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x
x
x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x
x x x
x
x x x
x
x x x x
x
x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
 x
x x x

x x x
x
x x x
x

x x x

x
x x x
x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x x x
x
x
x x x

x
x x x
x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x
x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x
x x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x
x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x x
x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x
x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x x x x

x x x
x
x x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x
 x x x

x x x
x
x x x
x
x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x x

x
x x x
x
x x x x

x x x
x
x x x x
x
x
x x x

x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x
x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x

x x
 x x

x x

x
x
x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x
x
x x x x

x x x

x x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x

x
x x x x
 x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x x x
x x x

x x

x x

x
 x x x

x x x
x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x

x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x
x x
x x

x x
x

x x x

x x x

x x x x

x
 x x x

x x x
x x x
x x x

x
x x x

x x x

x x x
x
x x x

x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x x x
x
x x x

x x x
x
x x
x x x
 Old syllabus text Old syllabus
reference
Index

1 PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT — HELICOPTERS 082.00.00.00

2 SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS 082.01.00.00
3 Basic concepts, laws and definitions 082.01.01.00
4 International system of units of measurement (SI) and conversion of SI 082.01.01.01
units
5 List the fundamental quantities and units in SI system: mass (kg), length 082.01.01.01.01
(m), time (s).
6 Show and apply tables of conversion of units of English units to SI units 082.01.01.01.02
and vice versa.
7 The units of the physical quantities should be mentioned when they are 082.01.01.01.03
introduced.
8 Definitions and basic concepts of air 082.01.01.02
9 Describe air temperature and pressure as functions of height. 082.01.01.02.01
10 Use the table of the International Standard Atmosphere. 082.01.01.02.02
11 Define air density; explain the relationship between density, pressure 082.01.01.02.03
and temperature.
12 Explain the influence of moisture content on density. 082.01.01.02.04
13 Define pressure altitude, density altitude. 082.01.01.02.05
14 Newton’s laws 082.01.01.03
15 Describe Newton’s second law: force equals product of mass and 082.01.01.03.01
acceleration.
16 Distinguish mass and weight, units. 082.01.01.03.02
17 Describe the other form of the second law, applicable to thrust. 082.01.01.03.03
18 Describe Newton’s third law: action and reaction, force and torque. 082.01.01.03.04

19 Basic concepts of airflow 082.01.01.04

20 Describe steady and unsteady airflow. 082.01.01.04.01
21 Define streamline and streamtube. 082.01.01.04.02
22 Equation of continuity or mass conservation. 082.01.01.04.03

23 Mass flow rate through a stream tube section. 082.01.01.04.04

24 Describe the relation between the external force on a stream tube and 082.01.01.04.05
the momentum variation of the airflow.
25 State the Bernoulli’s equation in a non-viscous airflow, use this equation 082.01.01.04.06
to explain and define static pressure, dynamic pressure, total pressure.

26 Define the stagnation point in a flow round an aerofoil and explain the 082.01.01.04.07
pressure obtained in the stagnation point.
27 Describe the pitot system and explain the measurement of airspeed, (no 082.01.01.04.08
compressibility effects).
28 Define TAS, IAS, CAS. 082.01.01.04.09
29 Define a two-dimensional airflow and an aerofoil of infinite span. Explain 082.01.01.04.10
the difference between a two- and a three-dimensional airflow.

30 Explain that viscosity is a feature of a fluid (gas or liquid). 082.01.01.04.11

31 Describe the airflow over a flat surface and explain the tangential friction 082.01.01.04.12
between air and surface and the development of a boundary layer.

32 Define a laminar boundary layer, a turbulent boundary layer and the 082.01.01.04.13
transition from laminar to turbulent. Show the influence of the
roughness of the surface on the position of the transition point.
33 Two-dimensional airflow 082.01.02.00
34 Aerofoil section geometry 082.01.02.01
35 Define the terms aerofoil section, aerofoil element, chordline, chord, 082.01.02.01.01
thickness, thickness to chord ratio of section, camberline, camber,
leading edge radius.
36 Describe different aerofoil sections, symmetrical and asymmetrical. 082.01.02.01.02

37 Aerodynamic forces on aerofoil elements 082.01.02.02

38 Define the angle of attack. 082.01.02.02.01
39 Describe the pressure distribution on the upper and lower surface. 082.01.02.02.02
40 Describe the boundary layers on the upper and lower surfaces for small 082.01.02.02.03
angles of attack (below the onset of stall).
41 Describe the resultant force due to the pressure distribution and the 082.01.02.02.04
friction at the element, the boundary layers and the velocities in the
wake, the loss of momentum due to friction forces.

42 Resolve the aerodynamic force into the components lift and drag. 082.01.02.02.05

43 Define the lift coefficient and the drag coefficient, equations. 082.01.02.02.06

44 Show that the lift coefficient is a function of the angle of attack, draw the 082.01.02.02.07
graph.
45 Explain how drag is caused by pressure forces on the surfaces and by 082.01.02.02.08
friction forces in the boundary layers. Define the term profile drag.

46 Draw the graph of lift (or of the lift coefficient) as a function of drag or of 082.01.02.02.09
the drag-coefficient and define the lift/drag ratio.
47 Use the equations of lift and drag to show the influence of speed and 082.01.02.02.10
density on lift and drag for a given angle of attack and to calculate lift and
drag.
48 Define the action line of the aerodynamic force, the centre of pressure, 082.01.02.02.11
the pitching moment.
49 Know that the pitching moment about the centre of pressure is zero by 082.01.02.02.12
definition.
50 Know that symmetrical aerofoils have the centre of pressure a quarter 082.01.02.02.13
chord behind the leading edge independently of the angle of attack as
long as the angle of attack remains smaller than the angle of stall.
51 Taking an asymmetrical aerofoil section with different cambers, know the 082.01.02.02.14
position of the centre of pressure, the influence of the angle of attack on
the centre of pressure and the pitching moment about a line which is a
quarter chord behind the leading edge.

52 Stall 082.01.02.03
53 Explain the boundary layer separation when the angle of attack increases 082.01.02.03.01
beyond stall onset and the decrease of lift and the increase of drag.
Define the separation point and line.
54 Draw a graph of lift and drag coefficient as a function of the angle of 082.01.02.03.02
attack before and beyond the stall onset.
55 Describe how the stall phenomenon displaces the centre of pressure and 082.01.02.03.03
how pitching moments appear about the line at quarter chord behind
the leading edge.
56 Disturbances due to profile contamination 082.01.02.04
57 Explain ice contamination, the modification of the section profile and the 082.01.02.04.01
surfaces due to ice and snow, influence on lift and drag and L/D ratio, on
the angle of attack at stall onset, effect of the weight increase.
58 Explain the erosion effect of heavy rain on the wing and subsequent 082.01.02.04.02
increase of profile drag.
59 Three-dimensional airflow around a blade 082.01.03.00
60 The blade 082.01.03.01
61 Describe different planforms of blades, and describe untwisted and 082.01.03.01.01
twisted blades.
62 Define the root chord and the tip chord, the mean chord, the aspect ratio 082.01.03.01.02
and the blade twist.
63 Airflow pattern and influence on lift (L) 082.01.03.02
64 Explain the spanwise flow in the case of a blade and the appearance of 082.01.03.02.01
the tip vortices which are a loss of energy.
65 Show that the strength of the vortices increases as the angle of attack 082.01.03.02.02
and the lift increase.
66 Show that downwash causes vortices. 082.01.03.02.03
67 Define the effective air velocity as the resultant of the undisturbed air 082.01.03.02.04
velocity and the induced velocity and define the effective angle of attack.

68 Explain the spanwise lift distribution and how it can be modified by twist. 082.01.03.02.05

69 Induced drag 082.01.03.03

70 Explain the thrust induced drag, the influence of the angle of attack and 082.01.03.03.01
of the aspect ratio.
71 The airflow around the fuselage 082.01.03.04
72 Describe the aircraft fuselage and the external components which cause 082.01.03.04.01
drag, the airflow around the fuselage, influence of the pitch angle of the
fuselage.

73 Describe fuselage shapes that minimise drag. 082.01.03.04.04

(Moved from 082.01.03.04.04)
74 Define parasite drag as the sum of pressure drag and friction drag. 082.01.03.04.02

75 Define interference drag. 082.01.03.04.03

76 Describe fuselage shapes that minimise drag. 082.01.03.04.04
(Merged into 082.01.03.04.01)
77 Know the formula of the parasite drag and explain the influence of the 082.01.03.04.05
speed.
78 TRANSONIC AERODYNAMICS AND COMPRESSIBILITY EFFECTS 082.02.00.00
79 Airflow speeds and velocities 082.02.01.00
80 Speeds and Mach number 082.02.01.01
81 Define the speed of sound in air. 082.02.01.01.01
82 State: the speed of sound is proportional to the square root of the 082.02.01.01.02
absolute temperature (unit Kelvin).
83 Explain the variation of speed of sound with altitude. 082.02.01.01.03
84 Define Mach number. 082.02.01.01.04
85 Explain the meaning of incompressibility and compressibility of air; relate 082.02.01.01.05
this to the value of Mach number.
86 Define subsonic, high subsonic and supersonic flows in relation to the 082.02.01.01.06
value of the Mach number.
87 Shock waves 082.02.01.02
88 Describe a shock wave in a supersonic flow and the pressure and speed 082.02.01.02.01
changes by the shock.
89 Describe the appearance of local supersonic flows at the upper surface of 082.02.01.02.02
a blade section and the compression by a shock when the section is in an
upstream high subsonic flow.
90 Describe the effect of the shock on lift, drag, the pitching moment and 082.02.01.02.03
the CL-CD ratio, drag divergence Mach number.
91 Influence of aerofoil section and blade planform 082.02.01.03
92 Explain the different shapes which allow higher upstream Mach numbers 082.02.01.03.01
without generating a shock wave on the upper surface:
- Reducing the section thickness to chord ratio;
- Special aerofoil sections as supercritical shapes;
- A planform with sweep-angle, positive and negative.

93 ROTORCRAFT TYPES 082.03.00.00

94 Rotorcraft 082.03.01.00
95 Rotorcraft types 082.03.01.01
96 Define the autogyro and the helicopter. 082.03.01.01.01
97 Explain the rolling moment on an autogyro with fixed blades, the 082.03.01.01.02
necessity to use flapping hinges and the ensuing reduction of the
moment arm, the flapback of the blades.
98 Helicopters 082.03.02.00
99 Helicopter configurations 082.03.02.01
100 Describe the single main rotor helicopter and the other configurations: 082.03.02.01.01
tandem, co-axial, side by side, synchrocopter (intermeshing blades), the
compound helicopter, tilt-wing and tilt-rotor.

101 The helicopter, characteristics and associated terminology 082.03.02.02

102 Describe the general lay-out of a single main rotor helicopter, fuselage, 082.03.02.02.01
engine or engines, main gearbox, main rotor shaft and rotor hub.
103 Mention the tailrotor at the aft of the fuselage, the fenestron and the 082.03.02.02.02
NOTOR (No Tail Rotor).
104 Define the rotor disc area and the blade area, the blades turning in the 082.03.02.02.03
hubplane.
105 Describe the teetering rotor with the hinge axis on the shaft axis and the 082.03.02.02.04
rotor with more than two blades with offset hinge axes.
106 Define the fuselage centre line and the three axes, roll, pitch and normal. 082.03.02.02.05

107 Define the gross weight and the gross mass (units), the disc and blade 082.03.02.02.06
loading.
108 MAIN-ROTOR AERODYNAMICS 082.04.00.00
109 Hover flight outside ground effect 082.04.01.00
110 Airflow through the rotor disc and around the blades 082.04.01.01
111 Define the circumferential (tangential) velocity of the blade sections, 082.04.01.01.01
which equals the angular velocity of the rotor multiplied by the radius of
the section.
112 Keep the blade fixed and define the undisturbed upstream air velocity 082.04.01.01.02
relative to the blade.
113 Based on Newton’s second law (momentum) explain that the vertical 082.04.01.01.03
force on the disc, the rotor thrust, produces vertical downward velocities
in the rotor disc plane. The values of these thrust induced velocities
increases as the thrust increases and decreases with increasing rotor
diameter. Know that the velocities some distance downstream are twice
the value of the induced speed in the disc plane.

114 Explain why the production of the induced flow requires a power on the 082.04.01.01.04
shaft, the induced power. The induced power is smallest if the induced
velocities have the same value on the whole disc (flow uniformity over
the disc).

115 Describe uniform and typical non-uniform velocities through the rotor 082.04.01.01.05
disc. (Moved from 082.04.01.01.05)
116 Explain why the vertical rotor thrust must be somewhat higher than the 082.04.01.01.06
weight because of the vertical drag on the fuselage.
117 Describe the vertical air velocities relative to the rotor disc as the sum of 082.04.01.01.07
the upstream air velocities and the induced velocities.
118 Define the pitch angle and the angle of attack of a blade element. 082.04.01.01.08
119 Explain lift and the profile drag of a blade element. 082.04.01.01.09

120 Explain the resulting lift and the thrust on the blade, define the resulting 082.04.01.01.10
rotor thrust. (Merged into 082.04.01.01.05)

121 Explain the necessity of collective pitch angle changes, the influence on 082.04.01.01.11
the angles of attack and on the rotor thrust and the necessity of blade
feathering.
122 Explain the blade twist necessary to obtain a more even induced airspeed 082.04.01.01.12
over the disc.
123 Describe different blade shapes (as viewed from above). 082.04.01.01.13
124 Explain how the profile drag on the blade elements generates a torque 082.04.01.01.14
on the main shaft and define the resulting rotor profile power.

125 Explain the influence of air density on the required powers. 082.04.01.01.15
126 Show the effect on the airflow over the blade tips. 082.04.01.01.16
127 Anti-torque force and tail rotor 082.04.01.02
128 Based on Newton’s third law, explain the need of a tail rotor thrust, the 082.04.01.02.01
required value being proportional to the main rotor torque. Show that
the tail rotor power is proportional to the tail rotor thrust.

129 Explain the necessity of blade feathering of the tail rotor blades and the 082.04.01.02.02
control by the yaw pedals, the maximum and minimum values of the
pitch angles of the blades.
130 Total power required and hover outside ground effect (HOGE) 082.04.01.03
131 Define the ancillary equipment and its power requirement. 082.04.01.03.01
132 Define the total power required. 082.04.01.03.02
133 Describe the influence of ambient pressure, temperature and moisture 082.04.01.03.03
on the required power.
134 Vertical climb 082.04.02.00
135 Relative airflow and angles of attack (α) 082.04.02.01
136 Describe the climb speed and the opposite vertical air velocity relative to 082.04.02.01.01
the rotor disk.
137 Explain the relative air velocities and the angle of attack of the blade 082.04.02.01.02
elements.
138 Explain how the angle of attack is controlled by the collective pitch angle 082.04.02.01.03
control.
139 Power and vertical speed 082.04.02.02
140 Define the total main rotor power as the sum of the parasite power, the 082.04.02.02.01
induced power, the climb power and the rotor profile power.

141 Define the total required power in vertical flight. 082.04.02.02.03

142 Explain why the total main rotor power increases when the rate of climb 082.04.02.02.02
increases.
143 Define the total required power in vertical flight. 082.04.02.02.03
(Merged into 082.04.02.02.01)
144 Forward flight 082.04.03.00
145 Airflow and forces in uniform inflow distribution 082.04.03.01
146 Explain the assumption of a uniform inflow distribution on the rotor disc. 082.04.03.01.01

147 Define the azimuth angle of a blade, the advancing blade angular range 082.04.03.01.02
centred at 90° and the retreating blade range centred at 270°.

148 Show the upstream air velocities relative to the blade elements and the 082.04.03.01.03
different effects on the advancing and retreating blade. Define the area
of reverse flow. Explain the influence of forward speed on the tip
circumferential speed.

149 Assuming constant pitch angles and rigid blade attachments, explain the 082.04.03.01.04
huge roll moment by the asymmetric lift distribution.
150 Show that through cyclic feathering this imbalance could be eliminated 082.04.03.01.05
by a low angle of attack (accomplished by a low pitch angle) on the
advancing blade and a high angle of attack (accomplished by a high pitch
angle) on the retreating blade.

151 Describe the high air velocity at the advancing blade tip and the 082.04.03.01.06
compressibility effects which limits the maximum speed of the
helicopter.
152 Describe the low air velocities on the retreating blade tip resulting from 082.04.03.01.07
the circumferential speed and the forward speed, the necessity of high
angle of attack and the onset of stall.
153 Define the tip speed ratio and show the limits. 082.04.03.01.08
154 Explain the rotor thrust perpendicular to the rotor disc and the necessity 082.04.03.01.09
to tilt the thrust vector forward. (Realisation will be explained in 082 05
00 00)
155 Explain the equilibrium conditions in steady straight level flight. 082.04.03.01.10

156 The flare (powered flight) 082.04.03.02

157 Explain the flare in powered flight, the rearward tilt of the rotor disc and 082.04.03.02.01
of the thrust vector. Show the horizontal thrust component opposite to
the speed.
158 State the increase of the thrust due to the upward inflow, and show the 082.04.03.02.02
modifications of the angles of attack.
159 Explain the increase of rotor RPM in the case of a non-governed rotor. 082.04.03.02.03
160 Explain the actions to be taken by the pilot. 082.04.03.02.04
161 Non-uniform inflow distribution in relation to inflow roll 082.04.03.03
162 Explain why the uniform inflow distribution is an assumption to simplify 082.04.03.03.01
the theory and describe the real inflow distribution which modifies the
angle of attack and the lift especially on the forward and backward
blades.

163 Power and maximum speed 082.04.03.04

164 Explain that the induced velocities and induced power decrease as the 082.04.03.04.01
helicopter speed increases.
165 Define the profile drag and the profile power and their increase with 082.04.03.04.02
helicopter speed.
166 Define the fuselage drag and the parasite power and the increase with 082.04.03.04.03
helicopter speed.
167 Define the total drag and the increase with helicopter speed. 082.04.03.04.04
168 Describe the tail rotor power and the power required by the ancillary 082.04.03.04.05
equipment.
169 Define the total power requirement as a sum of the partial powers and 082.04.03.04.06
explain how this total power varies with helicopter speed.

170 Explain the influence of the helicopter mass, the air density and 082.04.03.04.07
additional external equipment on the partial powers and the total power
required.
171 Describe the translational lift and show the decrease of required total 082.04.03.04.08
power as the helicopter speed increases in the low speed region.

172 Hover and forward flight in ground effect 082.04.04.00

173 Airflow in ground effect, downwash 082.04.04.01
174 Explain how the vicinity of the ground changes the downward flow 082.04.04.01.01
pattern and the consequences on lift (thrust) at constant rotor power.
Show that the ground effect depends on the height of the rotor above
the ground and the rotor diameter. Show the required rotor power at
constant AUM as a function of height above the ground. Describe the
influence of the forward speed.

175 Vertical descent 082.04.05.00

176 Vertical descent, power on 082.04.05.01
177 Describe the airflow to the rotor disc in a trouble-free vertical descent, 082.04.05.01.01
power on, the airflow opposite to the helicopter velocity, the relative air
velocity and the angle of attack.
178 Explain the vortex ring state, the settling with power. State the 082.04.05.01.02
approximate values of vertical descent speeds for the formation of
vortex ring related to the values of the induced velocities.

179 Describe the airflow relative to the blades, the root stall, the loss of lift 082.04.05.01.03
on the blade tip, the turbulence. Show the effect of raising the lever and
discuss the effects on the controls.
180 Autorotation 082.04.05.02
181 State the need for early recognition of malfunctions and for a quick 082.04.05.02.01
initiation of recovery. Describe the recovery actions.
182 Explain that the collective lever position must be lowered sufficient 082.04.05.02.02
quickly to avoid a rapid decay of rotor RPM, explain the influence of the
rotational inertia of the rotor on the rate of decay.
183 Show the induced flow through the rotor disc, the rotational velocity and 082.04.05.02.03
the relative airflow, the inflow and inflow angles.
184 Show how the aerodynamic forces on the blade elements vary from root 082.04.05.02.04
to tip and distinguish three zones: the inner stalled ring (stall region), the
middle autorotation ring (driving region) and the outer anti-autorotation
ring (driven region). Explain the RPM stability at a given collective pitch.

185 Explain the control of the rotor RPM with collective pitch. 082.04.05.02.05
186 Show the need of negative tail rotor thrust for yaw control. 082.04.05.02.06
187 Explain the final increase in rotor thrust by pulling the collective to 082.04.05.02.07
decrease the vertical descent speed and the decay in rotor RPM.

188 Forward flight — autorotation 082.04.06.00

189 Airflow at the rotor disc 082.04.06.01
190 Explain the factors affecting inflow angle and angle of attack, the 082.04.06.01.01
autorotative power distribution and the asymmetry over the rotor disc in
forward flight.
191 Flight and landing 082.04.06.02
192 Show the effect of forward speed on the vertical descent speed. 082.04.06.02.01
193 Explain the effects of gross weight, rotor RPM and altitude (density) on 082.04.06.02.02
endurance and range.
194 Explain the manoeuvers of turning and touchdown. 082.04.06.02.03
195 Explain the height-velocity avoidance graph or dead man’s curves. 082.04.06.02.04
196 MAIN-ROTOR MECHANICS 082.05.00.00
197 Flapping of the blade in hover 082.05.01.00
198 Forces and stresses on the blade 082.05.01.01
199 Show how the centrifugal force depend on rotor RPM and blade mass 082.05.01.01.01
and how they pull on the blade attachment to the hub. Apply the formula
to an example. Justify the upper limit of the rotor RPM.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.03.03)
200 Assume a rigid attachment and show how thrust may cause huge 082.05.01.01.02
oscillating bending moments which stress the attachment.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.03.04)
201 Explain why flapping hinges do not transfer such moments. Show the 082.05.01.01.03
small flapping hinge offset on fully articulated rotors and zero offset in
the case of teetering rotors.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.03.05)

202 Describe the working principle of the flexible element in the hingeless 082.05.01.01.04
rotor and describe the equivalent flapping hinge offset compared to that
of the articulated rotor.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.03.05)

203 Centrifugal turning moment (CTM) 082.05.01.02

204 Describe the centrifugal forces on the mass elements of a blade with 082.05.01.02.01
pitch applied and the components of these forces. Show how these
forces generate a moment which tries to reduce the blade pitch angle.
205 Explain the methods of counteracting by hydraulics, bias springs and 082.05.01.02.02
balance masses.
206 Coning angle in the hover 082.05.01.03
207 Show how the equilibrium of the moments about the flapping hinge of 082.05.01.03.01
lift (thrust) and of the centrifugal force determine the coning angle of the
blade (the blade weight being negligible).
208 Define the tip path plane and the coning angle. 082.05.01.03.02

209 Explain the influence of rotor RPM and lift on the coning angle, justify the 082.05.01.03.03
lower limit of the rotor RPM, relate the lift on one blade to the gross
weight.
210 Explain the effect of the mass of the blade on the tip path and the 082.05.01.03.04
tracking.
211 Flapping angles of the blade in forward flight 082.05.02.00
212 Forces on the blade in forward flight without cyclic feathering 082.05.02.01
213 Assume rigid attachments of the blade to the hub and show the periodic 082.05.02.01.01
lift, moment and stresses on the attachment, the ensuing metal fatigue,
the roll moment on the helicopter and justify the necessity of flapping
hinge.

214 Assume no cyclic pitch and describe the lift on the advancing and the 082.05.02.01.02
retreating blades.
215 State the azimuthal phase lag (90° or less) between the input (applied 082.05.02.01.03
pitch) and the output (flapping angle). Explain the rotor flapback (the
rearward tilting of the tip path plane and the rotor thrust).

216 Cyclic pitch (feathering) in forward flight 082.05.02.02

217 Show that in order to assume and maintain forward flight the rotor 082.05.02.02.01
thrust vector must get a forward component by tilting the tip path plane.

218 Show how the applied cyclic pitch modifies the lift on the advancing and 082.05.02.02.02
retreating blades and produces the required forward tilting of the tip
path plane and the rotor thrust.
219 Show the cone described by the blades and define the virtual axis of 082.05.02.02.03
rotation (or the no flapping axis). Define the plane of rotation.
220 Define the reference system in which we define the movements: the 082.05.02.02.04
shaft axis and the hub plane.
221 Describe the swashplates, the pitch link and the pitch horn. Explain how 082.05.02.02.05
the collective lever moves the non-rotating swashplate up or down
alongside the shaft axis.
222 Describe the mechanism by which the desired cyclic blade pitch can be 082.05.02.02.06
produced by tilting the swashplate with the cyclic stick.
223 Define the no-feathering or control plane (control orbit) and the no- 082.05.02.02.07
feathering axis or control axis.
224 Explain the translational lift effect when the speed increases. 082.05.02.02.08
225 Justify the increase of the tilt angle of the thrust vector and of the tip 082.05.02.02.09
path plane disc in order to increase the speed.
226 Blade-lag motion in forward flight 082.05.03.00
227 Forces on the blade in the disc plane (tip path plane) in forward flight 082.05.03.01
228 Explain the Coriolis force due to flapping, the resulting periodic moments 082.05.03.01.01
in the hub plane and the resulting periodic stresses which make lead-lag
hinges necessary to avoid material fatigue.
229 Describe the profile drag forces on the blade elements and the periodic 082.05.03.01.02
variation of these forces.
230 The drag or lag hinge 082.05.03.02
231 Describe the drag hinge of the fully articulated rotor and the lag flexure 082.05.03.02.01
in the hingeless rotor.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.02.03)
232 Explain the necessity of drag dampers. 082.05.03.02.02
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.02.04)
233 Ground resonance 082.05.03.03
234 Explain the movement of the centre of gravity of the blades due to the 082.05.03.03.01
lead-lag movements in the multi-blade rotor.
235 Show the effect on the fuselage and the danger of resonance between 082.05.03.03.02
this force and the fuselage and undercarriage. State the conditions likely
to lead to ground resonance.
236 Rotor systems 082.05.04.00
237 See-saw or teetering rotor 082.05.04.01
238 Explain that a teetering rotor is prone to mast bumping in low g 082.05.04.01.01
situations because of having no flapping hinge offset.

239 Fully articulated rotor 082.05.04.02

240 Describe the fully articulated rotor with hinges and feathering bearings. 082.05.04.02.01
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.01.03)
241 Describe ball and roller bearings and elastomeric bearings, advantages 082.05.04.02.02
and disadvantages.
242 Hingeless rotor, bearingless rotor 082.05.04.03
243 Show the forces on the flapping hinges with large offset (virtual hinge) 082.05.04.03.01
and the resulting moments, compare them with other rotor systems.
244 Blade sailing 082.05.05.00
245 Blade sailing and causes 082.05.05.01
246 Define blade sailing, the influence of low rotor RPM and of head wind. 082.05.05.01.01

247 Minimising the danger 082.05.05.02

248 Describe the actions to minimise danger and the demonstrated wind 082.05.05.02.01
envelope for engaging and disengaging rotors.
249 Droop stops 082.05.05.03
250 Explain the utility of the droop stops, retraction of the stops. 082.05.05.03.01
251 Vibrations due to main rotor 082.05.06.00
252 Origins of the vertical vibrations 082.05.06.01
253 Explain the lift (thrust) variations per rev of a blade and the resulting 082.05.06.01.01
vertical rotor thrust variation in the case of perfect identical blades.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.07.01)

254 Show the resulting frequencies and amplitudes as a function of the 082.05.06.01.02
number of blades.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.07.02)
255 Explain the thrust variation in case of an out-of- track blade, causes, 082.05.06.01.03
frequencies (one-per-rev).
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.07.03)
256 Explain the importance of the hinges offset on the effect of the vibrations 082.05.06.01.04
on the fuselage.
257 Lateral vibrations 082.05.06.02
258 Explain imbalances of a blade, causes, and effects. 082.05.06.02.01
(Moved to other subject 021.17.01.08.01)
259 Explain the frequencies lateral one-per-rev vibration. 082.05.06.02.02
260 TAIL ROTORS 082.06.00.00
261 Conventional tail rotor 082.06.01.00
262 Tail rotor description 082.06.01.01
263 Describe the two-bladed rotor with teetering hinge, the rotors with more 082.06.01.01.01
than two blades.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.02.01.04)
264 Show the flapping hinges and the feathering bearing. 082.06.01.01.02
265 Describe the dangers to ground personnel, to the rotor blades, 082.06.01.01.03
possibilities of minimising these dangers.
(Moved to other subject 021.17.02.01.05)
266 Tail-rotor aerodynamics 082.06.01.02
267 Explain the airflow round the blades in hover and in forward flight, the 082.06.01.02.01
effects of the tip speeds on the noise production and the compressibility,
limits.
268 Explain in hovering the effect of wind on the tail rotor aerodynamics and 082.06.01.02.02
thrust, problems.
269 Explain the tail rotor thrust and the control through pitch control 082.06.01.02.03
(feathering).
270 Explain the tail rotor flapback, and the effects of delta-three hinges. 082.06.01.02.04

271 Describe roll moment and drift as side effects of the tail rotor. 082.06.01.02.05
272 Explain the effects of the tail rotor failure. 082.06.01.02.06
273 Explain the loss of tail rotor effectiveness, vortex ring state, causes, cross 082.06.01.02.07
wind and yaw speed.
274 Strakes on the tail boom 082.06.01.03
275 Describe the strake and explain the function of the device. 082.06.01.03.01
276 The fenestron 082.06.02.00
277 Technical layout 082.06.02.01
278 Show the technical layout of a fenestron tail rotor. 082.06.02.01.01
(Moved to other subject 021.17.02.06.01)
279 Control concepts 082.06.02.02
280 Explain the control concepts of a fenestron tail rotor. 082.06.02.02.01
281 Advantages and disadvantages 082.06.02.03
282 Explain the advantages and disadvantages. 082.06.02.03.01
(Moved to other subject 021.17.02.06.02)
283 The NOTAR 082.06.03.00
284 Technical lay-out 082.06.03.01
285 Show the technical layout. 082.06.03.01.01
(Moved to other subject 021.17.02.07.01)
286 Explain the control concepts. 082.06.03.02.01
(Moved to other subject 021.17.02.07.02)
287 Explain the advantages and disadvantages. 082.06.03.03.01
(Moved to other subject 021.17.02.07.03)
288 Vibrations 082.06.04.00
289 Tail rotors vibration 082.06.04.01
290 Explain the sources of vibration of the tail rotor and the resulting high 082.06.04.01.01
frequencies.
291 Explain balancing and tracking of the tail rotor. 082.06.04.02.01
292 EQUILIBRIUM, STABILITY AND CONTROL 082.07.00.00
293 Equilibrium and helicopter attitudes 082.07.01.00
294 Hover 082.07.01.01
295 Explain why the vector sum of forces and moments must be zero in any 082.07.01.01.01
acceleration-free situation.
296 Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral axis in a steady 082.07.01.01.02
hover.
297 Indicate the forces and the moments about the longitudinal axis in a 082.07.01.01.03
steady hover.
298 Deduce how the roll angle in a steady hover without wind results from 082.07.01.01.04
the moments about the longitudinal axis.
299 Explain how the cyclic is used to create equilibrium of moments about 082.07.01.01.05
the lateral axis in a steady hover.
300 Explain the consequence of the cyclic stick reaching its forward or aft 082.07.01.01.06
limit during an attempt to take off to the hover.
301 Explain the influence of the density altitude on the equilibrium of forces 082.07.01.01.07
and moments in a steady hover.
302 Forward flight 082.07.01.02
303 Explain why the vector sum of forces and of moments must be zero in 082.07.01.02.01
unaccelerated flight.
304 Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral axis acting on a 082.07.01.02.02
helicopter in a steady straight and level flight.
305 Explain the influence of all-up mass (AUM) on the forces and moments 082.07.01.02.03
about the lateral axis in forward flight.
306 Explain the influence of the position of the centre of gravity on the forces 082.07.01.02.04
and moments about the lateral axis in forward flight.
307 Explain the role of the cyclic stick position in creating equilibrium of 082.07.01.02.05
forces and moments about the lateral axis in forward flight.
308 Explain how forward speed influences the fuselage attitude. 082.07.01.02.06
309 Describe and explain the inflow roll effect. 082.07.01.02.07
310 Stability 082.07.02.00
311 Static longitudinal, roll and directional stability 082.07.02.01
312 Define static stability; give an example of static stability and of static 082.07.02.01.01
instability.
313 Explain the contribution of the main rotor to speed stability. 082.07.02.01.02
314 Describe the influence of the horizontal stabilizer on static longitudinal 082.07.02.01.03
stability.
315 Explain the effect of hinge offset on static stability. 082.07.02.01.04
316 Describe the influence of the tail rotor on static directional stability. 082.07.02.01.05
317 Describe the influence of the vertical stabilizer on static directional 082.07.02.01.06
stability.
318 Explain the influence of the main rotor on the static roll stability. 082.07.02.01.07
319 Describe the influence of the longitudinal position of the centre of gravity 082.07.02.01.08
on the static longitudinal stability.
320 Static stability in the hover 082.07.02.02
321 Describe the initial movements of a hovering helicopter after the 082.07.02.02.01
occurrence of a horizontal gust.
322 Dynamic stability 082.07.02.03
323 Define dynamic stability; give an example of dynamic stability and of 082.07.02.03.01
dynamic instability.
324 Explain why static stability is a precondition for dynamic stability. 082.07.02.03.02
325 Longitudinal stability 082.07.02.04
326 Explain the individual contributions of angle of attack and speed stability 082.07.02.04.01
together with the stabilizer and fuselage on the dynamic longitudinal
stability.
327 Explain the principle of stability augmentation systems. 082.07.02.04.02
(Moved and merged into 022.07.03.01.01)
328 Define the characteristics of a phugoid. 082.07.02.04.03
329 Roll stability and directional stability 082.07.02.05
330 Explain the effect of a dihedral on a helicopter. 082.07.02.05.01
331 Describe how a dihedral influences the static roll stability. 082.07.02.05.02
332 Know that a large static roll stability together with a small directional 082.07.02.05.03
stability may lead to a Dutch roll.
333 Explain which stability features taken together may result in spiral dive 082.07.02.05.04
and the reason why.
334 Explain the static directional stability features of a tandem rotor type 082.07.02.05.05
helicopter.
335 Control 082.07.03.00
336 Manoeuvre stability 082.07.03.01
337 Define the meaning of stick force stability. 082.07.03.01.01
338 Define the meaning of stick position stability. 082.07.03.01.02
339 Explain the meaning of the stick force diagram and the trimspeed. 082.07.03.01.03
340 Explain the meaning of stick force per g. 082.07.03.01.04
341 Explain how a bob weight influences stick force per g. 082.07.03.01.05
342 Explain how helicopter control can be limited because of available stick 082.07.03.01.06
travel.
343 Explain how the position of the centre of gravity influences the remaining 082.07.03.01.07
stick travel.
344 Control power 082.07.03.02
345 Explain the meaning of the control moment. 082.07.03.02.01
346 Explain the importance of the centre of gravity position on the control 082.07.03.02.02
moment.
347 Explain how the changes of magnitude of rotor thrust of a helicopter 082.07.03.02.03
during manoeuvres influence the control moment.
348 Explain which control moment provides control for a helicopter rotor 082.07.03.02.04
with zero hinge offset (central flapping hinge).
349 Explain the different type of rotor control moments which together 082.07.03.02.05
provide the control of helicopters with a hingeless or a fully articulated
rotor system.
350 Explain the influence of hinge offset on controllability. 082.07.03.02.06
351 Dynamic rollover 082.07.03.03
352 Explain the mechanism which causes dynamic roll over. 082.07.03.03.01
353 Explain the required pilot action when dynamic roll over is starting to 082.07.03.03.02
develop.
354 HELICOPTER FLIGHT MECHANICS 082.08.00.00
355 Flight limits 082.08.01.00
356 Hover and vertical flight 082.08.01.01
357 Show the power required OGE and IGE and the power available, the OGE 082.08.01.01.01
and IGE maximum hover height (see subject 020, piston engines and
turbine engines).
358 Explain the effects of all-up mass (AUM), ambient temperature and 082.08.01.01.02
pressure, density altitude and moisture.
359 Discuss the rate of climb in a vertical flight. 082.08.01.01.03
360 Forward flight 082.08.01.02
361 Compare the power required and the power available as a function of 082.08.01.02.01
speed in straight and level flight.
362 Define the maximum speed limited by power and the value relative to 082.08.01.02.02
VNE and VNO.
363 Use the graph to determine the speeds of maximum rate of climb and 082.08.01.02.03
the maximum angle of climb.
364 Use the graph to define the TAS for maximum range and maximum 082.08.01.02.04
endurance, consider the case of the piston engine and the turbine
engine. Explain the effects of tail or head wind on the speed for
maximum range.

365 Explain the effects of AUM, pressure and temperature, density altitude, 082.08.01.02.05
humidity.
366 Manoeuvring 082.08.01.03
367 Define the load factor, the radius of turn and the rate of turn. 082.08.01.03.01
368 Explain the relationship between the bank angle, the airspeed and the 082.08.01.03.02
radius of turn, between the bank angle and the load factor.
369 Explain the influence of all-up mass (AUM), pressure and temperature, 082.08.01.03.03
density altitude, humidity.
370 Define the limit load factors and the certification categories. 082.08.01.03.04
371 Special conditions 082.08.02.00
372 Operating with limited power 082.08.02.01
373 Explain the operations with limited power, use the graph to show the 082.08.02.01.01
limitations on vertical flight and level flight, discuss the power checks and
procedures for take-off and landing.
374 Describe manoeuvres with limited power. 082.08.02.01.02
375 Overpitch, overtorque 082.08.02.02
376 Describe overpitching and show the consequences. 082.08.02.02.01
377 Describe situations likely to lead to overpitching. 082.08.02.02.02
378 Describe overtorqueing and show the consequences. 082.08.02.02.03
379 Describe situations likely to lead to overtorqueing. 082.08.02.02.04
 New syllabus Moved to/from New syllabus text
reference another subject

082.00.00.00 PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT — HELICOPTERS

082.01.00.00 SUBSONIC AERODYNAMICS
082.01.01.00 Basic concepts, laws and definitions
082.01.01.01 International system of units of measurement (SI) and conversion of SI
units
082.01.01.01.01 List the fundamental quantities and units in SI, such as mass (kg), length
(m), time (s).
082.01.01.01.02 Be able to convert imperial units to SI units and vice versa.

082.01.01.02 Definitions and basic concepts of air

082.01.01.02.01 Describe air temperature and pressure as functions of height.
082.01.01.02.02 Define the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA).
082.01.01.02.03 Define air density, and explain the relationship between air density,
pressure, and temperature.
082.01.01.02.04 Explain the influence of moisture content on air density.
082.01.01.02.05 Define pressure altitude and air density altitude.
082.01.01.03 Newton’s laws
082.01.01.03.01 State and interpret Newton’s three laws of motion.

082.01.01.03.02 Distinguish between mass and weight, and their units.

082.01.01.04 Basic concepts of airflow

082.01.01.04.01 Describe steady and unsteady airflow.
082.01.01.04.02 Define ‘streamline’ and ‘stream tube’.
082.01.01.04.03 Explain the principle of the continuity equation or the conservation of
mass.
082.01.01.04.04 Describe the mass flow rate through a stream tube section.

082.01.01.04.05 State Bernoulli’s equation and use it to explain and define the
relationship between static, dynamic and total pressure.

082.01.01.04.06 Define the stagnation point in the flow around an aerofoil, and explain
the pressure obtained at the stagnation point.
082.01.01.04.07 Use the pitot system to explain the measurement of airspeed (no
compressibility effects).
082.01.01.04.08 Define ‘TAS’, ‘IAS’, and ‘CAS’.
082.01.01.04.09 Define two-dimensional airflow and its relationship to an aerofoil of
infinite span (i.e. no blade tip vortices and, therefore, no induced drag).
Explain the difference between two- and three-dimensional airflows.

082.01.01.04.10 Explain that viscosity is a feature of any fluid (gas or liquid).

082.01.01.04.11 Explain the tangential friction between air and the surface of an aerofoil,
and the development of a boundary layer.

082.01.01.04.12 Describe laminar and turbulent boundary layers and the transition from
laminar to turbulent. Show the influence of the roughness of the surface
on the position of the transition point.
082.01.02.00 Two-dimensional airflow
082.01.02.01 Aerofoil section geometry
082.01.02.01.01 Define the terms: ‘aerofoil section’, ‘aerofoil element’, ‘chord line’,
‘chord’, ‘thickness’, ‘thickness-to-chord ratio, ‘camber line’, ‘camber’, and
‘leading-edge radius’.
082.01.02.01.02 Describe symmetrical and asymmetrical aerofoil sections.

082.01.02.02 Aerodynamic forces on aerofoil elements

082.01.02.02.01 Define the angle of attack (α).

082.01.02.02.02 Describe: the resultant force from the pressure distribution and the
friction at the element; the resultant force from the boundary layers and
the velocities in the wake; and the loss of momentum due to friction
forces.

082.01.02.02.03 Resolve the aerodynamic force into the components of lift (L) and drag
(D).
082.01.02.02.04 Define the lift coefficient (CL) and the drag coefficient (CD).

082.01.02.02.05 Show that the CL is a function of the α.

082.01.02.02.06 Explain how drag is caused by pressure forces on the surfaces of an

aerofoil and by friction in the boundary layers. Define the term ‘profile
drag’.
082.01.02.02.07 Define the L-D ratio.

082.01.02.02.08 Use the lift and drag equations to show the influence of speed and
density on lift and drag for a given α.

082.01.02.02.09 Define the action line of the aerodynamic force and the CP.

082.01.02.02.10 Know that symmetrical aerofoils have a CP that is approximately a

quarter chord behind the leading edge.
 082.01.02.03 Stall
082.01.02.03.01 Explain the boundary layer separation when α increases beyond the
onset of stall and the decrease of lift and the increase of drag. Define the
‘separation point’.

082.01.02.04 Disturbances due to profile contamination

082.01.02.04.01 Explain ice contamination, the modification of the section profile and
surfaces due to ice and snow, the influence on L and D and the L-D ratio,
the influence on α (at stall onset), and the effect of the increase in
weight.
082.01.02.04.02 Explain the effect of erosion by heavy rain on the blade and subsequent
increase in profile drag.
082.01.03.00 Three-dimensional airflow around a blade
082.01.03.01 The blade
082.01.03.01.01 Describe the various blade planforms.

082.01.03.01.02 Define aspect ratio and blade twist.

082.01.03.02 Airflow pattern and influence on lift (L)

082.01.03.02.01 Explain the spanwise flow around a blade and the appearance of blade
tip vortices which are a loss of energy.
082.01.03.02.02 Show that the strength of the vortices increases as α and L increase.

082.01.03.02.03 Show that downwash causes vortices.

082.01.03.02.04 Define the relative airflow as the resultant of the undisturbed air velocity
and induced velocity, and define α.

082.01.03.02.05 Explain the spanwise L distribution and the way in which it can be
modified by twist (washout).
082.01.03.03 Induced drag
082.01.03.03.01 Explain induced drag and the influence of α and aspect ratio.

082.01.03.04 The airflow around the fuselage

082.01.03.04.01 Describe the fuselage and the external components that cause (parasite)
drag, the airflow around the fuselage, and the influence of the pitch
angle of the fuselage. Describe fuselage shapes that minimise drag.

082.01.03.04.01 see new LO reference above

082.01.03.04.02 Define profile drag as the sum of pressure (form) drag and skin friction
drag.
082.01.03.04.03 Define ‘interference drag’.
082.01.03.04.01 see new LO reference above

082.01.03.04.04 Know the drag formula.

082.02.00.00 TRANSONIC AERODYNAMICS AND COMPRESSIBILITY EFFECTS

082.02.01.00 Airflow speeds and velocities
082.02.01.01 Speeds and Mach number
082.02.01.01.01 Define the speed of sound in air.
082.02.01.01.02 State that the speed of sound is proportional to the square root of the
absolute temperature (in Kelvins).
082.02.01.01.03 Explain the variation in the speed of sound with altitude.
082.02.01.01.04 Define Mach number.
082.02.01.01.05 Explain the meaning of incompressibility and compressibility of air; relate
this to the value of the Mach number.
082.02.01.01.06 Define high subsonic, transonic and supersonic flows in relation to the
value of the Mach number.
082.02.01.02 Shock waves
082.02.01.02.01 Describe shock waves in a supersonic flow and the changes in pressure
and speed.
082.02.01.02.02 Describe the appearance of local supersonic flows on the surfaces of a
blade.

082.02.01.03 Influence of aerofoil section and blade planform

082.02.01.03.01 Explain the different shapes that allow higher Mach numbers without
generating a shock wave on the upper surface, such as: reducing the
section thickness-to-chord ratio; a planform with a sweep angle.

082.03.00.00 ROTORCRAFT TYPES

082.03.01.00 Rotorcraft
082.03.01.01 Rotorcraft types
082.03.01.01.01 Explain the difference between an autogyro and a helicopter.

082.03.02.00 Helicopters
082.03.02.01 Helicopter configurations
082.03.02.01.01 Describe (briefly) the single-main-rotor helicopter and other
configurations: tandem, coaxial, side-by-side, synchrocopter (with
intermeshing blades), the compound helicopter and tilt rotor.

082.03.02.02 The helicopter, characteristics and associated terminology

082.03.02.02.01 Mention the tail rotor, the Fenestron, and the no tail rotor (NOTAR).

082.03.02.02.02 Define the rotor disc area and the blade area.
082.03.02.02.03 Describe the teetering rotor with its hinge axis on the shaft axis, and
rotors with more than two blades with offset hinge axes.
082.03.02.02.04 Define the fuselage centre line and the three axes: roll, pitch, and normal
(yaw).
082.03.02.02.05 Define gross weight and gross mass (and the units involved), disc and
blade loading.
082.04.00.00 MAIN-ROTOR AERODYNAMICS
082.04.01.00 Hover flight outside ground effect
082.04.01.01 Airflow through the rotor disc and around the blades

082.04.01.01.01 Based on Newton’s second law (momentum), explain that the upward
vertical force from the disc, i.e. the rotor thrust, is the result of vertical
downward velocities inside the rotor disc.

082.04.01.01.02 Explain why the production of the induced flow requires power applied
to the shaft, i.e. induced power. Induced power is least if the induced
velocities have the same value on the whole disc (i.e. there is uniformity
of flow over the disc).

082.04.01.01.02 see new LO reference above

082.04.01.01.03 Explain why vertical rotor thrust must be higher than the weight of the
helicopter because of the vertical drag on the fuselage.

082.04.01.01.04 Define the pitch angle and the α of a blade element.

082.04.01.01.05 Explain L and D relating to a blade element (including induced and profile
drag).

082.04.01.01.05 see new LO reference above

082.04.01.01.06 Explain the necessity for collective pitch angle changes, the influence on
the α and rotor thrust, and the need for blade feathering.

082.04.01.01.07 Describe the different blade shapes (as viewed from above).
082.04.01.01.08 Explain how profile drag on the blade elements generates a torque on
the main shaft, and define the resulting rotor profile power.

082.04.01.01.09 Explain the influence of air density on the required powers.

082.04.01.02 Anti-torque force and tail rotor

082.04.01.02.01 Using Newton’s third law (motion), explain the need for tail-rotor thrust,
the required value being proportional to main-rotor torque. Show that
tail-rotor power is proportional to tail-rotor thrust.

082.04.01.02.02 Explain the necessity for feathering of the tail-rotor blades and their
control by the yaw pedals, and the maximum and minimum values of the
pitch angles of the blades.
082.04.01.03 Total power required and hover outside ground effect (HOGE)
082.04.01.03.01 Define ancillary equipment and its power requirement.
082.04.01.03.02 Define the total power required.
082.04.01.03.03 Describe the influence of ambient pressure, temperature and moisture
on the required power.
082.04.02.00 Vertical climb
082.04.02.01 Relative airflow and angles of attack (α)
082.04.02.01.01 Describe the dependence of the vertical climb speed on the opposite
vertical air velocity relative to the rotor disk.

082.04.02.01.02 Explain how α is controlled by the collective pitch angle control.

082.04.02.02 Power and vertical speed

082.04.02.02.01 Define total main-rotor power as the sum of parasite power, induced
power, climb power, and rotor profile power.

082.04.02.02.01 see new LO reference above

082.04.02.02.02 Explain why the total main-rotor power required increases when the rate
of climb increases.
082.04.02.02.01 see new LO reference above

082.04.03.00 Forward flight

082.04.03.01 Airflow and forces in uniform inflow distribution
082.04.03.01.01 Explain the assumption of a uniform inflow distribution on the rotor disc.

082.04.03.01.02 Show the upstream air velocities relative to the blade elements and the
different effects on the advancing and retreating blades. Define the area
of reverse flow. Explain the influence of forward speed on the
circumferential speed of the blade tip.

082.04.03.01.03 Assuming constant pitch angles and rigid blade attachments, explain the
roll moment from the asymmetric distribution of L.
082.04.03.01.04 Show that through cyclic feathering this imbalance could be eliminated
by a low α (accomplished by a low pitch angle) on the advancing blade,
and a high α (accomplished by a high pitch angle) on the retreating blade.

082.04.03.01.05 Describe the high air velocity at the advancing blade tip and the
compressibility effects which limit maximum speed.
082.04.03.01.06 Describe the low air velocity on the retreating blade tip resulting from
the difference between the circumferential speed and forward speed,
the need for high α, and the onset of stall.
082.04.03.01.07 Define the blade tip speed ratio.
082.04.03.01.08 Explain the total rotor thrust that is perpendicular to the rotor disc and
the need for tilting the thrust vector forward.

082.04.03.01.09 Explain the conditions of equilibrium in steady straight and level flight.

082.04.03.02 The flare (powered flight)

082.04.03.02.01 Explain the flare in powered flight, the rearward tilt of the rotor disc and
the thrust vector. Show the horizontal thrust component that is in the
opposite direction to forward velocity.
082.04.03.02.02 State the increase in thrust due to the upward inflow, and show the
modifications in the α.
082.04.03.02.03 Explain the increase in rotor rpm for a non-governed rotor.

082.04.03.03 Non-uniform inflow distribution in relation to inflow roll

082.04.03.03.01 Describe the inflow distribution which modifies α and L especially on the
advancing and retreating blades.

082.04.03.04 Power and maximum speed

082.04.03.04.01 Explain that the induced velocities and power values decrease as the
speed of the helicopter increases.
082.04.03.04.02 Define profile drag and profile power, and the increase in their values
with the speed of the helicopter.
082.04.03.04.03 Define parasite drag and parasite power, and the increase in their values
with the speed of the helicopter.
082.04.03.04.04 Define total drag and its increase with the speed of the helicopter.
082.04.03.04.05 Describe the power required for the tail rotor and the power required by
ancillary equipment.
082.04.03.04.06 Define the total power requirement as a sum of the above partial
powers, and explain how it varies with the speed of the helicopter.

082.04.03.04.07 Explain the influence of helicopter mass, air density, and additional
external equipment on the partial powers and the total power required.
082.04.03.04.08 Describe translational lift and show the decrease in required total power
as the helicopter increases its speed from the hover.

082.04.04.00 Hover and forward flight in ground effect

082.04.04.01 Airflow in ground effect, downwash
082.04.04.01.01 Explain how the vicinity of the ground changes the downward flow
pattern and the consequences on lift (thrust) at constant rotor power.
Show that ground effect depends on the height of the rotor above the
ground and the rotor diameter. Show the required rotor power at
constant all-up mass (AUM) as a function of height above the ground.
Describe the influence of forward speed.

082.04.05.00 Vertical descent

 082.04.05.01 Vertical descent, power on
082.04.05.01.01 Describe the airflow around the rotor disc in a trouble-free vertical
descent, power on, the airflow opposing the helicopter’s velocity, the
relative airflow, and α.
082.04.05.01.02 Explain the vortex-ring state, also known as settling with power. State the
approximate vertical descent speeds that allow the formation of vortex
ring, related to the values of the induced velocities.

082.04.05.01.03 Describe the airflow relative to the blades, the root stall, the loss of lift at
the blade tip, and the turbulence. Show the effect of raising the lever and
describe the effects on the controls.
082.04.05.02 Autorotation
082.04.05.02.01 State the need for early recognition and for a quick initiation of recovery.
Describe the recovery actions.
082.04.05.02.02 Explain that the collective lever must be lowered quickly enough to avoid
a rapid decay of rotor rpm due to drag on the blades, and explain the
influence of rotational inertia of the rotor on the rate of decay.
082.04.05.02.03 Show the induced flow through the rotor disc, the rotational velocity and
relative airflow, the inflow and inflow angles.
082.04.05.02.04 Show how the aerodynamic forces on the blade elements vary from root
to tip and distinguish three zones: the inner stalled region, the middle
driving region, and the driven region.

082.04.05.02.05 Explain the control of the rotor rpm with collective pitch.
082.04.05.02.06 Show the need for negative tail-rotor thrust with yaw control.
082.04.05.02.07 Explain the final increase in rotor thrust caused by raising the collective
pitch to decrease the vertical descent speed and the decay in rotor rpm.

082.04.06.00 Forward flight — autorotation

082.04.06.01 Airflow at the rotor disc
082.04.06.01.01 Explain the factors that affect inflow angle and α, the autorotative power
distribution, and the dissymmetry over the rotor disc in forward flight.

082.04.06.02 Flight and landing

082.04.06.02.01 Show the effect of forward speed on the vertical descent speed.
082.04.06.02.02 Explain the effects of gross weight, rotor rpm, and altitude (density) on
endurance and range.
082.04.06.02.03 Explain the manoeuvres for turning and touchdown.
082.04.06.02.04 Explain the height-velocity curves.
082.05.00.00 MAIN-ROTOR MECHANICS
082.05.01.00 Flapping of the blade in hover
082.05.01.01 Intentionally left blank
021.17.01.03.03 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021
021.17.01.03.04 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

021.17.01.03.05 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021

021.17.01.03.06 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021

082.05.01.02 Centrifugal turning moment (CTM)

082.05.01.02.01 Describe the centrifugal forces on the mass elements of a blade with
pitch applied and the components of those forces. Show how the forces
generate a moment that tries to reduce the blade pitch angle.
082.05.01.02.02 Explain the methods of counteracting CTM with hydraulics, bias springs,
and balance masses.
082.05.01.03 Coning angle in the hover
082.05.01.03.01 Define the tip path plane and the coning angle.

082.05.01.03.02 Show how the equilibrium of the moments about the flapping hinge of
lift (thrust) and of the centrifugal force determine the coning angle of the
blade (the blade mass being negligible).
082.05.01.03.03 Justify the lower limit of rotor rpm.

082.05.01.03.04 Explain the effect of the mass of a blade on the tip path and the tracking.

082.05.02.00 Flapping angles of the blade in forward flight

082.05.02.01 Forces on the blade in forward flight without cyclic feathering
082.05.02.01.01 Assume rigid attachments of the blade to the hub and show the periodic
lift, moment and stresses on the attachment, the ensuing metal fatigue,
the roll moment on the helicopter, and justify the necessity for a flapping
hinge.

082.05.02.01.02 Assume no cyclic pitch and describe the lift on the advancing and
retreating blades.
082.05.02.01.03 State the azimuthal phase lag (90° or less) between the input (applied
pitch) and the output (flapping angle). Explain flapback (the rearward
tilting of the tip path plane and total rotor thrust).

082.05.02.02 Cyclic pitch (feathering) in forward flight

082.05.02.02.01 Show that in order to assume and maintain forward flight, the total rotor
thrust vector must obtain a forward component by tilting the tip path
plane.
082.05.02.02.02 Show how the applied cyclic pitch modifies the lift on the advancing and
retreating blades and produces the required forward tilting of the tip
path plane and the total rotor thrust.
082.05.02.02.03 Show the cone described by the blades and define the virtual axis of
rotation. Define the plane of rotation.
082.05.02.02.04 Define the reference system in which the movements are defined: the
shaft axis and the hub plane.
082.05.02.02.05 Describe the swash plates, the pitch links and horns. Explain how the
collective lever moves the non-rotating swash plate up or down the shaft
axis.
082.05.02.02.06 Describe the mechanism by which the desired cyclic blade pitch can be
produced by tilting the swash plate with the cyclic stick.

082.05.02.02.07 Explain the translational lift effect when the speed increases.
082.05.02.02.08 Justify the increase of the tilt angle of the thrust vector and of the disc in
order to increase the speed.
082.05.03.00 Blade-lag motion in forward flight
082.05.03.01 Forces on the blade in the disc plane (tip path plane) in forward flight
082.05.03.01.01 Explain the Coriolis force due to flapping, the resulting periodic moments
in the hub plane, and the resulting periodic stresses which make lead-lag
hinges necessary to avoid material fatigue.
082.05.03.01.02 Describe the profile drag forces on the blade elements and the periodic
variation of these forces.
082.05.03.02 Intentionally left blank
021.17.01.02.03 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

021.17.01.02.04 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021
082.05.03.03 Ground resonance
082.05.03.03.01 Explain the movement of the CG of the blades due to lead-lag
movements in the multibladed rotor.
082.05.03.03.02 Show the effect on the fuselage and the danger of resonance between
this force and the fuselage and undercarriage when the gear touches the
ground.
082.05.04.00 Rotor systems
082.05.04.01 See-saw or teetering rotor
082.05.04.01.01 Explain that a teetering rotor is prone to mast bumping in low-G
situations, and that it is difficult to counteract because there is no lift
force to provide sideways movement.
082.05.04.02 Intentionally left blank
021.17.01.01.03 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

082.05.04.03 Hingeless rotor, bearingless rotor

082.05.04.03.01 Show the forces on the flapping hinges with a large offset (virtual hinge)
and the resulting moments, and compare them with other rotor systems.
082.05.05.00 Blade sailing
082.05.05.01 Blade sailing and causes
082.05.05.01.01 Define blade sailing, the influence of low rotor rpm and of a headwind.

082.05.05.02 Minimising the danger

082.05.05.02.01 Describe actions that minimise danger and the demonstrated wind
envelope for engaging and disengaging rotors.
082.05.05.03 Droop stops
082.05.05.03.01 Explain the purpose of droop stops, and their retraction.
082.05.06.00 Vibrations due to main rotor
082.05.06.01 Intentionally left blank
021.17.01.07.01 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

021.17.01.07.02 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021

021.17.01.07.03 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021

082.05.06.02 Intentionally left blank

021.17.01.08.01 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

082.06.00.00 TAIL ROTORS

082.06.01.00 Conventional tail rotor
082.06.01.01 Intentionally left blank
021.17.02.01.04 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

021.17.02.01.05 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021

082.06.01.02 Tail-rotor aerodynamics

082.06.01.02.01 Explain the airflow around the blades in the hover and in forward flight,
and the effects of the tip speeds on noise production and compressibility.

082.06.01.02.02 Explain the effect of wind on tail-rotor aerodynamics and thrust in the
hover, and any problems.
082.06.01.02.03 Explain tail-rotor thrust and the control through pitch alterations
(feathering).
082.06.01.02.04 Explain tail-rotor flapback, and the effects of Delta 3.

082.06.01.02.05 Describe the roll moment and drift as side effects of the tail rotor.
082.06.01.02.06 Explain the effects of tail-rotor failure.
082.06.01.02.07 Explain the loss of tail-rotor effectiveness (LTE), tail-rotor vortex-ring
state, causes, crosswind, and yaw speed.
082.06.01.03 Strakes on the tail boom
082.06.01.03.01 Describe the strake and explain its function.
021.17.02.06.01 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

021.17.02.06.02 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021

021.17.02.07.01 Moved to See subject 021 for details

subject 021
021.17.02.07.02 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021
021.17.02.07.03 Moved to See subject 021 for details
subject 021

082.07.00.00 EQUILIBRIUM, STABILITY AND CONTROL

082.07.01.00 Equilibrium and helicopter attitudes
082.07.01.01 Hover
082.07.01.01.01 Explain why the vector sum of forces and moments must be zero in any
acceleration-free situation.
082.07.01.01.02 Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral axis in a steady
hover.
082.07.01.01.03 Indicate the forces and the moments about the longitudinal axis in a
steady hover.
082.07.01.01.04 Deduce how the roll angle in a steady hover without wind results from
the moments about the longitudinal axis.
082.07.01.01.05 Explain how the cyclic is used to equalise moments about the lateral axis
in a steady hover.
082.07.01.01.06 Explain the consequence of the cyclic stick reaching its forward or aft
limit during an attempt to take off to the hover.
082.07.01.01.07 Explain the influence of density altitude on the equilibrium of forces and
moments in a steady hover.
082.07.01.02 Forward flight
082.07.01.02.01 Explain why the vector sum of forces and of moments must be zero in
unaccelerated flight.
082.07.01.02.02 Indicate the forces and the moments about the lateral axis in steady
straight and level flight.
082.07.01.02.03 Explain the influence of AUM on the forces and moments about the
lateral axis in forward flight.
082.07.01.02.04 Explain the influence of the CG position on the forces and moments
about the lateral axis in forward flight.
082.07.01.02.05 Explain the role of the cyclic stick position in creating equilibrium of
forces and moments about the lateral axis in forward flight.
082.07.01.02.06 Explain how forward speed influences the fuselage attitude.
082.07.01.02.07 Describe and explain the inflow roll effect.
082.07.02.00 Stability
 082.07.02.01 Static longitudinal, roll and directional stability
082.07.02.01.01 Define static stability; give an example of static stability and of static
instability.
082.07.02.01.02 Explain the contribution of the main rotor to speed stability.
082.07.02.01.03 Describe the influence of the horizontal stabiliser on static longitudinal
stability.
082.07.02.01.04 Explain the effect of hinge offset on static stability.
082.07.02.01.05 Describe the influence of the tail rotor on static directional stability.
082.07.02.01.06 Describe the influence of the vertical stabiliser on static directional
stability.
082.07.02.01.07 Explain the influence of the main rotor on static roll stability.
082.07.02.01.08 Describe the influence of the longitudinal position of the CG on static
longitudinal stability.
082.07.02.02 Static stability in the hover
082.07.02.02.01 Describe the initial movements of a hovering helicopter after the
occurrence of a horizontal gust.
082.07.02.03 Dynamic stability
082.07.02.03.01 Define dynamic stability; give an example of dynamic stability and of
dynamic instability.
082.07.02.03.02 Explain why static stability is a precondition for dynamic stability.
082.07.02.04 Longitudinal stability
082.07.02.04.01 Explain the individual contributions of α and speed stability together with
the stabiliser and fuselage to dynamic longitudinal stability.

022.07.03.01.01 Moved to See subject 022 for details

subject 022

082.07.02.05 Roll stability and directional stability

082.07.02.05.01 Know that a large static roll stability together with a small directional
stability may lead to a Dutch roll.

082.07.03.00 Control
082.07.03.01 Manoeuvre stability

082.07.03.01.01 Explain how helicopter control can be limited because of available stick
travel.
082.07.03.01.02 Explain how the CG position influences the remaining stick travel.

082.07.03.02 Control power

082.07.03.02.01 Explain the meaning of the control moment.
082.07.03.02.02 Explain the importance of the CG position on the control moment.
082.07.03.02.03 Explain the influence of hinge offset on controllability.
082.07.03.03 Dynamic rollover
082.07.03.03.01 Explain the mechanism which causes dynamic rollover.
082.07.03.03.02 Explain the required pilot action when dynamic rollover is starting to
develop.
082.08.00.00 HELICOPTER FLIGHT MECHANICS
082.08.01.00 Flight limits
082.08.01.01 Hover and vertical flight
082.08.01.01.01 Show the power required for HOGE and HIGE, and the power available.

082.08.01.01.02 Explain the effects of AUM, ambient temperature and pressure, density
altitude, and moisture.
082.08.01.01.03 Describe the rate of climb in a vertical flight.
082.08.01.02 Forward flight
082.08.01.02.01 Compare the power required and the power available as a function of
speed in straight and level flight.
082.08.01.02.02 Define the maximum speed limited by power and the value relative to
VNE and VNO.
082.08.01.02.03 Use the power graph to determine the speeds of maximum rate of climb
and the maximum angle of climb.
082.08.01.02.04 Use the power graph to define true airspeed (TAS) for maximum range
and maximum endurance, and consider the case of piston engine and
turbine engine. Explain the effects of tailwind or headwind on the speed
for maximum range.

082.08.01.02.05 Explain the effects of AUM, pressure and temperature, density altitude,
and humidity.
082.08.01.03 Manoeuvring
082.08.01.03.01 Define the load factor, the radius, and the rate of turn.
082.08.01.03.02 Explain the relationship between the angle of bank, the airspeed and the
radius of turn, and between the angle of bank and the load factor.
082.08.01.03.03 Explain the influence of AUM, pressure and temperature, density
altitude, and humidity.

082.08.02.00 Special conditions

082.08.02.01 Operating with limited power
082.08.02.01.01 Explain operations with limited power, use the power graph to show the
limitations on vertical and level flight, and describe power checks and
procedures for take-off and landing.
082.08.02.01.02 Describe manoeuvres with limited power.
082.08.02.02 Overpitch, overtorque
082.08.02.02.01 Describe overpitching and show the consequences.
082.08.02.02.02 Describe situations likely to lead to overpitching.
082.08.02.02.03 Describe overtorquing and show the consequences.
082.08.02.02.04 Describe situations likely to lead to overtorquing.
x
x
x
x
Renumbered

New

x
x
x
x
Deleted

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Text unmodified
Reworded, intent the

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
same
Reworded, intent

x
x
x
x
modified
ATPL(A)

CPL(A)

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ATPL(H)/IR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

ATPL(H)/VFR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

CPL(H)

IR(A/H)

CBIR, EIR

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Basic Knowledge
x x x x x x

x x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x
x x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x
x
x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
 x

x
x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x
x x x x

x x

x x x x

x x x x
x

x x x x x

x
x
x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x
x
x
x x x x
x

x
x
x x x x

x
x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x
x
x

x x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x
x
 x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x x

x
x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x
x
x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x
 x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
 x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x x
x x x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x
x x x x

x
x
x x x x

x
 x x x x

x
x x x x
x
x
x

x
x

x
x
x
x
x

x
x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x x x x

x
x x x x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

x
x
x

x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x
 x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x
x x x x

x
x x x x

x
x x x x

x x x x
x
x x x x

x
x
x
x
x x x x x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x x x x

x x x x x

x
x x x x
x x x x
 x

x x x x x
x
x x x x
x x x x

x
x
x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x
x
x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x
x x x x
x x x x

x x x x

x
x
x
x x x x

x x x x
x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
Note that subjects 091 VFR Communications and 092 IFR Communications are NOT contained in this document.
The forthcoming merged subject 090 Communications will only be published once Regulation (EU) No 1178/2011
has been amended to combine the subjects. This amendment was proposed in Opinion No 06/2017.